Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Permit D17-0237 - PINK - TENANT IMPROVEMENT
PINK 646 SOUTHCENTER MALL D17-0237 Parcel No: Address: 0 City of Tukwila O Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Inspection Request Line: 206-438-9350 Web site: htto://www.TukwilaWA.gov 9202470010 DEVELOPMENT PERMIT 646 SOUTHCENTER MALL Project Name: PINK Permit Number: 017-0237 Issue Date: 11/2/2017 Permit Expires On: 5/1/2018 Owner: Name: Address: Contact Person: Name: Address: Contractor: Name: Address: License No: Lender: Name: Address: WESTFIELD PROPERTY TAX DEPT PO BOX 130940, CARLSBAD, MN, 92013 TIM SCHENK 1120 E 80 ST #211, BLOOMINGTON, MN, 55420 PINNACLE CONSTRUCTION INC PO BOX 368 , GLENWOOD, IA, 51534 PINNACI941K3 Phone: (952) 345-6040 Phone: (712) 527-9745 Expiration Date: 4/6/2019 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: TENANT IMPROVEMENT - COMPLETE REMODEL OF THE EXISTING STORE - NEW WALLS, CEILING, DOORS, STORE FIXTURES, FINISHES AND STOREFRONT. Project Valuation: $525,000.00 Type of Fire Protection: Sprinklers: YES Fire Alarm: YES Type of Construction: IIB Electrical Service Provided by: TUKWILA Fees Collected: $8,978.88 Occupancy per IBC: M Water District: TUKWILA Sewer District: TUKWILA Current Codes adopted by the City of Tukwila: International Building Code Edition: International Residential Code Edition: International Mechanical Code Edition: Uniform Plumbing Code Edition: International Fuel Gas Code: 2015 2015 2015 2015 2015 National Electrical Code: WA Cities Electrical Code: WAC 296-46B: WA State Energy Code: 2014 2014 2014 2015 Public Works Activities: Channelization/Striping: Curb Cut/Access/Sidewalk: Fire Loop Hydrant: Flood Control Zone: Hauling/Oversize Load: Land Altering: Landscape Irrigation: Sanitary Side Sewer: Number: 0 Sewer Main Extension: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Water Main Extension: Water Meter: No Permit Center Authorized Signature: 1 /0.1(L' Volumes: Cut: 0 Fill: 0 Date: I hearby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting .f this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local aws regulating construction or the performance of work. I am authorized to sign and obtain this developmen perm't . d agree to the conditions attached to this permit. Signature: Print Name: Date: l t-02 This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days for the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. PERMIT CONDITIONS: 1: ***BUILDING PERMIT CONDITIONS*** 2: Work shall be installed in accordance with the approved construction documents, and any changes made during construction that are not in accordance with the approved construction documents shall be resubmitted for approval. 3: All permits, inspection record card and approved construction documents shall be kept at the site of work and shall be open to inspection by the Building Inspector until final inspection approval is granted. 4: New suspended ceiling grid and light fixture installations shall meet the seismic design requirements for nonstructural components. ASCE 7, Chapter 13. 5: Partition walls shall not be tied to a suspended ceiling grid. All partitions greater than 6 feet in height shall be laterally braced to the building structure. Such bracing shall be independent of any ceiling splay bracing. 6: All construction shall be done in conformance with the Washington State Building Code and the Washington State Energy Code. 7: Fire retardant treated wood shall have a flame spread of not greater than 25. All materials shall bear identification showing the fire performance rating thereof. Such identification shall be issued by an approved agency having a service for inspection at the factory. 8: Special inspection for sprayed fire-resistant materials applied to structural elements and decks is required. Special inspections shall be based on the fire -resistance design as designated in the approved construction documents. 0 0 9: All rack storage requires a separate permit issued through the City of Tukwila Permit Center. Rack storage over 8 -feet in height shall be anchored or braced to prevent overturning or displacement during seismic events. The design and calculations for the anchorage or bracing shall be prepared by a registered professional engineer licensed in the State of Washington. Periodic special inspection is required during anchorage of storage racks 8 feet or greater in height. 10: There shall be no occupancy of a building until final inspection has been completed and approved by Tukwila building inspector. No exception. 11: Remove all demolition rubble and loose miscellaneous material from lot or parcel of ground, properly cap the sanitary sewer connections, and properly fill or otherwise protect all basements, cellars, septic tanks, wells, and other excavations. Final inspection approval will be determined by the building inspector based on satisfactory completion of this requirement. 12: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206-431-3670). 13: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center. 14: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. 15: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center (206/431-3670). 19: The total number of fire extinguishers required for an ordinary hazard occupancy with Class A fire hazards is calculated at one extinguisher for each 1,500 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "All Purpose" (3A, 40B:C) dry chemical type. Travel distance to any fire extinguisher must be 75' or less. (IFC 906.3) (NFPA 10, 5.4) 16: Portable fire extinguishers, not housed in cabinets, shall be installed on the hangers or brackets supplied. Hangers or brackets shall be securely anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor. Hand- held portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 3.5 feet (1067 mm) above the floor. The clearance between the floor and the bottom of the installed hand-held extinguishers shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm). (IFC 906.7 and IFC 906.9) 17: Extinguishers shall be located in conspicuous locations where they will be readily accessible and immediately available for use. These locations shall be along normal paths of travel, unless the fire code official determines that the hazard posed indicates the need for placement away from normal paths of travel. (IFC 906.5) 18: Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag or label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. Every six years stored pressure extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge procedures. If the required monthly and yearly inspections of the fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the inspection tag is not completed, a reputable fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10, 7.2, 7.3) 20: Maintain fire extinguisher coverage throughout. 21: Egress doors shall be readily openable from the egress side without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. (IFC 1010.1.9) 22: Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. (IFC Chapter 10) 23: Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the International Fire Code. (IFC Chapter 10) 24: Door handles, pulls, latches, locks and other operating devices on doors required to be accessible by Chapter 11 of the International Building Code shall not require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of the wrist to operate. (IFC 1010.1.9.1) 0 O 25: Exits and exit access doors shall be marked by an approved exit sign readily visible from any direction of egress travel. Access to exits shall be marked by readily visible exit signs in cases where the exit or the path of egress travel is not immediately visible to the occupants. Exit sign placement shall be such that no point in an exit access corridor is more than 100 feet (30,480 mm) or the listed viewing distance for the sign, whichever is less, from the nearest visible exit sign. (IFC 1013.1) 26: Every exit sign and directional exit sign shall have plainly legible letters not less than 6 inches (152 mm) high with the principal strokes of the letters not less than 0.75 inch (19.1 mm) wide. The word "EXIT" shall have letters having a width not less than 2 inches (51 mm) wide except the letter "I", and the minimum spacing between letters shall not be less than 0.375 inch (9.5 mm). Signs larger than the minimum established in the International Fire Code shall have letter widths, strokes and spacing in proportion to their height. The word "EXIT" shall be in high contrast with the background and shall be clearly discernible when the exit sign illumination means is or is not energized. If an arrow is provided as part of the exit sign, the construction shall be such that the arrow direction cannot be readily changed. (IFC 1013.6.1) 27: Aisles and aisle access ways serving as a portion of the exit access in the means of egress system shall comply with the requirements of this section. Aisles or aisle access ways shall be provided from all occupied portions of the exit access which contain seats, tables, furnishings, displays and similar fixtures or equipment. The required width of aisles shall be unobstructed. (IFC 1018.1) 28: Exit signs shall be illuminated at all times. To ensure continued illumination for a duration of not less than 90 minutes in case of primary power loss, the sign illumination means shall be connected to an emergency power system provided from storage batteries, unit equipment or on-site generator. (IFC 1013.6.3) 29: Emergency lighting facilities shall be arranged to provide initial illumination that is at least an average of 1 foot-candle (11 lux) and a minimum at any point of 0.1 foot-candle (1 lux) measured along the path of egress at floor level. Illumination levels shall be permitted to decline to 0.6 foot-candle (6 lux) average and a minimum at any point of 0.06 foot-candle (0.6 lux) at the end of the emergency lighting time duration. A maximum -to -minimum illumination uniformity ratio of 40 to 1 shall not be exceeded. (IFC 1008.3.5) 33: Fire protection systems shall be maintained in accordance with the original installation standards for that system. Required systems shall be extended, altered or augmented as necessary to maintain and continue protection whenever the building is altered, remodeled or added to. Alterations to fire protection systems shall be done in accordance with applicable standards. (IFC 901.4) 31: Sprinklers shall be installed under fixed obstructions over 4 feet (1.2 m) wide. (NFPA 13-8.6.5.3.3) 30: All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of Factory Mutual or any fire protection engineer licensed by the State of Washington and approved by the Fire Marshal prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance No. 2436). 34: A fire alarm system is required for this project. The fire alarm system shall meet the requirements of N.F.P.A. 72 and City Ordinance #2437. 36: Maintain fire alarm system audible/visual notification. Addition/relocation of walls or partitions may require relocation and/or addition of audible/visual notification devices. (City Ordinance #2437) 35: All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #2437) (IFC 901.2) 37: An electrical permit from the City of Tukwila Building Department Permit Center (206-431-3670) is required for this project. 38: All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly to the standards of the National Electrical Code. (NFPA 70) 39: The maximum flame spread class of finish materials used on interior walls and ceilings shall not exceed that set forth in Table No. 803.11 of the International Building Code. 40: Post address on storefront per approved Westfield standards. 32: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #2436 and #2437) 41: Any overlooked hazardous condition and/or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. • • 42: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 511. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575-4407. PERMIT INSPECTIONS REQUIRED Permit Inspection Line: (206) 438-9350 1700 BUILDING FINAL** 0611 EMERGENCY LIGHTING 1400 FIRE FINAL 0409 FRAMING 0606 GLAZING 0502 LATH/GYPSUM BOARD 0406 SUSPENDED CEILING CITY OF TUK1QA Community Development Department Public Works Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 http://www.TukwilaWA.gov Building Permit No. 1761' 0S-121 Project No. Date Application Accepted: Date Application Expires: `-t1 (For office use only) CONSTRUCTION PERMIT APPLICATION Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. **Please Print** SITE LOCATION Site Address: 644* SW rH C M1 P- MALL. Tenant Name: Pi 414... King Co Assessor's Tax No.: g 207410010 Suite Number:1 Mr . Floor: PROPERTY OWNER Name: we si..Ft Eu0 Address: Dam savcAce at R. PYIAL. CityillIC t , State: WA . zip -coon CONTACT PERSON — person receiving all project communication Name: 11 11n s G a 6ls/K- Address: 1IZO . • s4 µ` sr. Sv1 Z.1 City:(w0m l tf (rT0 (J State: ma ZiP SSq ZQ Phone:9SZ. • 34 S:.0) 4Q Fax: qS.2 •9S4 4105 Email:J C.etde,C3one.s.coo, GENERAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: 1..g . a Address: Address:1400 wes- cam ei S 129 city: NMnl AIA/`( state: Q aZip: t{34 .4 BA Phone:6 i4 •sg` is..4ssoFax: nl .s -.4-S ' City: State: City: WESstrUllik State: 4g Zip: Phone: Fax: Email: bin cc wee.. e, (nem 1n epin t1S.GQd.- Contr Reg No.: Exp Date: Tukwila Business License No.: H:Wpplications\Fotms-Applications On Line \2011 Applications\Perma Application Revised - 8-9-11.docx Revised: August 2011 bh New Tenant: El Yes J..No ARCHITECT OF RECORD Company Name: 51itten muc to Art44 Ilt;ny Architect Name:FCgau, 5. $1a11ens :.toGK Address:1400 wes- cam ei S 129 city: NMnl AIA/`( state: Q aZip: t{34 .4 BA Phone:6 i4 •sg` is..4ssoFax: nl .s -.4-S ' Email:S (mean e. shrernsh4G`/ .tett. ENGINEER OF RECORD Name: NIA - fJA-Address: Company Name: ;.w . Et l F 1 NEER Iwo 1' Engineer Name: Address:. $0 (sQAO twee e, c p . City: City: WESstrUllik State: 4g Zip:43a 1 Phoneto . en. 446.sci Fax: Email: bin cc wee.. e, (nem 1n epin t1S.GQd.- LENDER/BOND ISSUED (required for projects $5,000 or greater per RCW 19.27.095) Name: NIA - fJA-Address: Address: City: State: Zip: Page 1 of 4 BUILDING PERMIT INFORMATIO ` — 206-431-3670 a Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ S Z� t OXJ , " Existing Building Valuation: $ Describe the scope of work (please provide detailed information): C 4m t. ey'n dOei, OF: TiNq .0(t$iln(6r et NVQ same Jr/ Sct u . macs— n1EN kAu ,s c E«+eros, UootRs , ssarervavuEs , -j=,r•ItSNFS Slikt r2vr/r EIC . Will there be new rack storage? ®L ..Yes 0.. No If yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. Provide Ail Building Areas in Square Footage Below PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? ❑ Yes 0 No If "yes", explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: Sprinklers O Automatic Fire Alarm 0 None 0 Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? 0 Yes MI No If "yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8-1/2"x 11" paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM ❑ On-site Septic System — For on-site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. H:\Applications\Fomes-Applications On Line 1201 I Applications\Permit Application Revised - &9-11 .docx Revised: August 2011 bh Page 2 of 4 Existing Interior Remodel Addition to Existing Structure New Type of Construction per IBC Type of Occupancy per IBC 14 Floor 41kk`i 4744 ..� i 16 K. 2°d Floor 3rd Floor Floors thra Basement Accessory Structure* Attached Garage Detached Garage Attached Carport Detached Carport Covered Deck Uncovered Deck PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? ❑ Yes 0 No If "yes", explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: Sprinklers O Automatic Fire Alarm 0 None 0 Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? 0 Yes MI No If "yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8-1/2"x 11" paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM ❑ On-site Septic System — For on-site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. H:\Applications\Fomes-Applications On Line 1201 I Applications\Permit Application Revised - &9-11 .docx Revised: August 2011 bh Page 2 of 4 n PUBLIC WORKS PERMIT DNFO>t1'�Ii ATION 206-433-0179 Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): Call before you Dig: 811 Please refer to Public Works Bulletin #1 for fees and estimate sheet Water District ...Tukwila ❑... Water District #125 0 ...Water Availability Provided Sewer District ® ...Tukwila 0 ...Sewer Use Certificate ❑...Valley View ❑...Sewer Availability Provided ❑ .. Highline ❑ .. Renton 0 .. Renton ❑ .. Seattle Septic System: D On-site Septic System — For on-site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. Submitted with Application (mark boxes which apply): 0 ...Civil Plans (Maximum Paper Size — 22" x 34") ❑ ...Technical Information Report (Storm Drainage) 0 ...Bond 0 .. Insurance 0 .. Easement(s) Proposed Activities (mark boxes that apply): 0 ...Right-of-way Use - Nonprofit for less than 72 hours 0 ...Right-of-way Use - No Disturbance 0 ...Construction/Excavation/Fill - Right-of-way 0 Non Right-of-way 0 0 ...Total Cut cubic yards 0 ...Total Fill cubic yards ❑ ...Sanitary Side Sewer 0 ...Cap or Remove Utilities ❑ ...Frontage Improvements ❑ ...Traffic Control ❑ ...Backflow Prevention - Fire Protection Irrigation ❑ .. Geotechnical Report 0 .. Maintenance Agreement(s) 0 ...Traffic Impact Analysis 0 ...Hold Harmless — (SAO) 0 ...Hold Harmless — (ROW) ❑ .. Right-of-way Use - Profit for less than 72 hours ❑ .. Right-of-way Use — Potential Disturbance ❑ .. Work in Flood Zone ❑ .. Storm Drainage ❑ .. Abandon Septic Tank ❑ .. Curb Cut ❑ .. Pavement Cut ❑ .. Looped Fire Line Domestic Water 0 ...Permanent Water Meter Size... WO # 0 .. Grease Interceptor 0 .. Channelization ❑ .. Trench Excavation ❑ .. Utility Undergrounding ❑ ...Temporary Water Meter Size .. WO # ❑ ...Water Only Meter Size WO # ❑...Deduct Water Meter Size ❑ ...Sewer Main Extension Public 0 Private 0 ❑ ...Water Main Extension Public 0 Private 0 FINANCE INFORMATION Fire Line Size at Property Line Number of Public Fire Hydrant(s) 0 ...Water 0 ...Sewer ❑ ...Sewage Treatment Monthly Service Billing to: Name: Day Telephone: Mailing Address: Water Meter Refund/Billing: Name: Mailing Address: City State Zip Day Telephone: City State Zip H:\ApplicationsWorms-Applications On Line \2011 Applications\Permit Application Revised - 8-9-11.docx Revised: August 2011 bh Page 3 of 4 Value of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review — Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING OWNER �THORIZED AGENT: Signature: Date: S rX1 17 Print Name: T M SG 1.41rJK- Day Telephone: q SZ !NV. 6040 Mailing Address: R2 0 E • SO SS. 5\11, ZI (3 1/4.00(r1 (Y) t,1'S'+2O City H:Applications\Forms-Applications On Line \2011 Appliications\Permit Application Revised - 8-9-11.docx Revised: August 2011 bh State Zip Page 4 of 4 Cash Register Receipt City of Tukwila DESCRIPTIONS PermitTRAK ACCOUNT QUANTITY PAID '.. $69.87 D17-0237 Address: 646 SOUTHCENTER MALL Apn: 9202470010 $69.87:. Credit Card Fee $2.04 Credit Card Fee R000.369.908.00.00 0.00 $2.04 DEVELOPMENT $67.83 ADDITIONAL PLAN REVIEW TOTAL FEES PAID BY RECEIPT: R13024 R000.345.830.00.00 1.00 $67.83 $69.87 Date Paid: Thursday, December 14, 2017 Paid By: MATTHEW ASHBY Pay Method: CREDIT CARD 06268D Printed: Thursday, December 14, 2017 8:36 AM 1 of 1 CPWTSYS Cash Register Receipt City of Tukwila DESCRIPTIONS I PermitTRAK ACCOUNT I QUANTITY PAID $7,046.93 D17-0237 Address: 646 SOUTHCENTER MALL Apn: 9202470010 $5,609.98 Credit Card Fee $163.40 Credit Card Fee I R000.369.908.00.00 I 0.00 $163.40 DEVELOPMENT $5,187.43 PERMIT FEE R000.322.100.00.00 0.00 $5,182.93 WASHINGTON STATE SURCHARGE B640.237.114 0.00 $4.50 TECHNOLOGY FEE $259.15 TECHNOLOGY FEE I R000.322.900.04.00 0.00 $259.15 D17-0258 Address: 2800 SOUTHCENTER MALL Apn: 3597000150 $471.78 Credit Card Fee $13.74 Credit Card Fee R000.369.908.00.00 0.00 $13.74 DEVELOPMENT $436.44 PERMIT FEE R000.322.100.00.00 0.00 $431.94 WASHINGTON STATE SURCHARGE B640.237.114 0.00 $4.50 TECHNOLOGY FEE $21.60 TECHNOLOGY FEE R000.322.900.04.00 0.00 ' $21.60 D17-0265 Address: 2800 SOUTHCENTER MALL Apn: 3597000150 $644.73 Credit Card Fee $18.78 Credit Card Fee R000.369.908.00.00 0.00 $18.78 DEVELOPMENT $596.36 PERMIT FEE R000.322.100.00.00 0.00 $591.86 WASHINGTON STATE SURCHARGE B640.237.114 0.00 $4.50 TECHNOLOGY FEE $29.59 TECHNOLOGY FEE R000.322.900.04.00 0.00 $29.59 D17-0286 Address: 646 SOUTHCENTER MALL Apn: 9202470010 $320.44 Credit Card Fee $9.33 Credit Card Fee I R000.369.908.00.00 0.00 I $9.33 DEVELOPMENT $296.51 PERMIT FEE R000.322.100.00.00 0.00 $292.01 WASHINGTON STATE SURCHARGE B640.237.114 0.00 $4.50 TECHNOLOGY FEE $14.60 TECHNOLOGY FEE TOTAL FEES PAID BY RECEIPT: R12713 R000.322.900.04.00 0.00 .; $14.60 $7,046.93 Date Paid: Thursday, November 02, 2017 Paid By: ERIC J MACE Pay Method: CREDIT CARD 03580C Printed: Thursday, November 02, 2017 10:55 AM 1 of 1 CiISYSTEMS Cash. Register Receipt City of Tukwila DESCRIPTIONS ACCOUNT I QUANTITY , PAID $3,577.77 PermitTRAK D17-0237 Address: 646 SOUTHCENTER MALL Apn: 9202470010 $3,368.90 DEVELOPMENT $3,368.90 PLAN CHECK FEE R000.345.830.00.00 0.00 $3,368.90 M17-0122 Address: 646 SOUTHCENTER MALL Apn: 9202470010 $140.48 MECHANICAL $140.48 PLAN CHECK FEE R000.322.102.00.00 0.00 5140.48 PG17-0108 Address: 646 SOUTHCENTER MALL Apn: 9202470010 $68.39. PLUMBING $56.99 PLAN CHECK FEE R000.322.103.00.00 0.00 $56.99 TECHNOLOGY FEE $11.40 TECHNOLOGY FEE TOTAL FEES PAID BY RECEIPT: R12249 R000.322.900.04.00 0.00 $11.40 . $3,577.77 Date Paid: Friday, September 01, 2017 Paid By: ELDER -JONES Pay Method: CHECK 78811 Printed: Friday, September 01, 2017 10:53 AM 1 of 1 CRWSYSTEas INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit Dl7-e237 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 PERMIT NO.4......, CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION Projecc;t: Type of Inspection: Address: NA-LS6, 5'DU i''fea T iq INA-2- Date Called: Special pecial Instructions: 8011-00'16" 1Ff riA-L. Date Wanted:.. / 3/ 'cp.m. Requester: Phone No: Approved per applicable codes. LJ Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 1f4- 6�4-2_/N6 12K - a)f L -DI l G fr tkL- Inspector: 155 Date: REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION Df7-c237 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila: WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 Ll 7J/YGt Project: PAN Type of Inspection: Address:,Date L, y .rr nc-E�:rrr ie( A`1 -u. Called: Special Instructions: .Ervtl2R6-01C/ LI -TA IG- Date Wanted: / _d14"_l8 am. p.m` Requester: Phone No: Approved per applicable codes. LJ Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: c*— AreA6-ifit' sl Inspector: Date: REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 J»7. 42.9 7 Project ri N kC Type of Inspection: :516- whe,C/7 ekt. ANG. Address: 6'0 5 v7% eevme 4/44-1. Date Called: . Special Instructions: Date Wanted:a.m. -70/7 —Y`/3 p,m. Requester: Phone No: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Inspector: Date: REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 Project: P/IVK Type of Inspection: FR A1441)4t- Address: Ga /4 3atirke:NThn/041-4. Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 1 Z -15-f 7 a.m p.m. Requester: Phone No: Approved per applicable codes. LJ Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Icz t Rkrn11\I Inspector: Date: 1 �. -/5 •l 7 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Btvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. c INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd.., #100, Tukwila: WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 �Df7- 69,37 Project: Type of Inspection: ex/(_ 4/ e'02/ Address: 696ee/777ereA R /rne L Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted:I2 —ll'--i 7 :,.m. Requester: Phone No: NApproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 6 G-- eatLiN (6\6e -/A. Inspector: Date: /2-1/1 7 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit f— OZ 0/74— 023'4- INSke—TIOV-NUMBER .P�ERMIT3nSf CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 Project: Sprinklers: Type of Inspection: Address: Suite #:. ���0� �% Contact Person: Special Instructions: Occupancy Type: Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: F1/4i- 6 — t -- 9 v& %ci-G le,-- e• -(/\179-z.- 117,0()-(1--(1�/ ri m f (f--)/+-1-- f v6i) Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: A Inspector: Date: 1 /311( (6 Hrs.: I $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedta e a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 3/14/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION'NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain'a copy with permit l � 223 PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 Project: Sprinklers: '/ 5 k Type of Inspection: Address: Suite #:(—r-410, ,5‹f /1/1 o Contact Person: Special Instructions: Permits: Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Sprinklers: '/ 5 Fire Alarm: .'LA/2- 6//7"-y''` Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: n i r� )VOI---' /2 y (14)- � 1!i� �- t` ci j pg-/ iv ir �1Z- /=----7,,i ..•- 0 kr.._- - .0 , ( . c-,4,6 /. 4 4 is- /—u' c,9) -1.:e- Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: '/ 5 Fire Alarm: .'LA/2- 6//7"-y''` Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: i Inspector: 9 Date: ///,7- /j X/ Hrs.: $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 3/14/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit 02-37 /7- 5 —2-33 PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 Project: // /".,/,---- Type of Inspection: io 1/Q•'' Address:,Contact Suite #: 6 q _c� /3?Al Person: Special Instructions: Phone No.: /)< Approved perapplicablecodes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: ( / r , id/ c) Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: _ Occupancy Type: Inspector: -- M 3-3 Date: /Wft/ 7 Hrs.: /- V // $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip:. Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 3/14/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 Lighting Summary LGT-SUM 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised August 2016 Project Info Compliance forms do not require a password to use. Instructional and calculating cells are write - protected. Project Title: Victoria's Secret - Southcenter Date 6/25/2017 Applicant Information. Provide contact information for individual who can respond to inquiries about compliance form information provided. For Building [ftm4Vd�e CITY OF T U K �'�+' I I �-A J i'''01V g 3 0 2017 PERMIT CENTER Company Name: M -Engineering Company Address: 750 Brooksedge Blvd, Westerville, OH 43081 Applicant Name: Shige Moroi Applicant Phone: 614-839-4639 Applicant Email: smoroi@mengineering.us.com Project Description ❑ New Building ❑ Addition Include PROJ-SUM form (included in envelope forms workbook) -' Alteration ❑ Plans Included with lighting complliance forms. Building Additions Refer to Section C502.2.6 for additional requirements. Compliance Method Interior lighting Exterior lighting Lighting systems in addition area comply with all applicable provisions as a stand alone new construction project . ❑ Lighting systems in addition are combined with existing building lighting systems to demonstrate compliance ❑ ❑ Addition is combined with existing: For interior lighting projects, include new + existing interior lighting Wattage table in LTG -INT -BLD or LTG -INT -SPACE form. For exterior lighting projects, include new + existing exterior lighting Tradable and Proposed Non -Tradable Lighting Wattage tables fixture wattage in fixture wattage in LTG -EXT form. Proposed Lighting in Proposed Interior and Exterior Lighting Alterations Select all Lighting Power and Lighting Control elements that apply to the scope of the retrofit project. If project includes a combination of spaces where less than 50% of the existing fixtures are replaced in some spaces, and 50% or more of the fixtures are replaced in others, then'. provide separate lighting power compliance forms for the two retrofit conditions. Spaces undergoing the same type of retrofit may be combined into one lighting power compliance form. ^—"'" — Lighting Power Interior lighting Parking garage Exterior lighting 50% or more of existing are replaced ❑ ❑ Less than 50% of existing are replaced ❑ ❑ ❑ Lamp and/or ballast replacement only - existing total wattage not increased ❑ ❑ ❑ 50% or more replaced - Total lighting power of new + existing -to -remain fixtures shall comply with total LPA per Sections C405.4.2 and C405.5.2. Include new + existing -to -remain fixtures in Proposed Lighting Wattage table in LTG -INT -BLD, LTG -INT -SPACE or LTG -EXT form. Less than 50% replaced - Total lighting power of new + existing -to -remain fixtures shall not exceed the total lighting power prior to alteration. Include new + existing -to -remain fixtures in the Proposed Lighting Wattage table in LTG -INT -BLD, LTG -INT -SPACE or LTG -EXT form. 50% threshold applies to number of luminaires for interior spaces and parking garages, and total installed wattage for exterior luminaires. /-�� ler tre of .b r�atldi nal re 4Mr$r OE COMPLIANCE Alt alltterraatiio C r it �e VETsDall be co'Mmissioned per C408.3. DECGlr 3 2011 Cil of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION ❑ No changes are being made to the interior or exterior lighting systems and existing space uses and configuration are not changed. Lighting Controls Interior lighting Parking garage Exterior lighting New wiring installed to serve added fixtures and/or fixtures relocated to new circuit(s) ❑ ❑ New or moved lighting panel ❑ ❑ ❑ space is reconfigured - luminaires luminaires unchanged or relocated only ❑ New wiring or circuit- For interior light ng, provide required manual controls per C405.2.3, occupancy sensor controls per C405.2.1, daylight responsive controls per C405.2.4 and application specific lighting controls per C405.2.5. For exterior lighting, provide required controls per C405.2.7. New or moved panel - Provide all applicable lighting controls as noted for New Wiring and automatic time switch controls per C405.2.2. Reconfigured interior space - Provide all required lighting controls that apply to a new interior space. Application specific lighting control provisions per C405.2.5 do not apply to reconfigured spaces. Change of Space Use ,, Identify LTG Existing interior lighting systems in areas under -going a change in space use are upgraded to comply with LPAs for the new space types per Tables C405.4.2(1) or C405.4.2(2). interior spaces requiring LPD upgrade to the current Code in Proposed Lighting Wattage table in -INT -BLD or LTG -INT -SPACE form. REVISION No.! DI1-W31 Lighting Summary, cont. LGT-SUM 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised August 2016 Project Title: Victoria's Secret - Southcenter Date 6/25/2017 Interior Lighting System Description Interior Lighting Power Allowance Method ❑ Building Area Method -/ Space -by -space Method Select method used in project. Interior Lighting Controls ❑ All C405.2.1 - C405.2.8 Controls C405.2 Exception 5 Luminaire Level Lighting Control (LLLC) Additional Efficiency Package Option C406.4 Enhanced digital lighting controls To comply with C406.4, no less than 90% of the total installed interior lighting power shall comply with the required controls per C406.4. Dwelling Unit Interior Lighting Permanently installed interior lighting fixtures in dwelling units comply with: 0 C405.2 thru C405.5 Commercial Lighting Controls and LPA 0 C406.3 High Efficacy Lighting 0 Exterior Lighting System Description Interior Lighting - Space -By -Space Method LTG -INT -SPACE 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised August 2016 Project Title: Victoria's Secret - Southcenter Date 6/25/2017 Calculation Area NOTE 9 0 0 Addition - Q Addition stand alone + existing O Spaces where < 50% of O Spaces where >_ 50% of Q luminaires are replaced luminaires are replaced For Building Department Use LPA CalculationC406.3 Type ® Standard Q Additional Efficiency Package Option Q Reduced Interior Lighting Power To comply with C406.3, the Proposed LPD shall be 25% lower than the Target LPA. Refer to C406.3 for additional requirements. Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage NOTE 1 4 Location (plan #, room #) Space Type Ceiling Height NOTE z Gross Interior Area in ft2 Allowed Watts per ft2 Watts Allowed (watts/ft2 x area) Sales Sales area EU2 Led 3390 1.270 4305 Fitting Room Retail: Dressing/fitting area 12 431 0.570 246 Stockroom Storage room 15 358 0.500 179 Break Room Lounge/breakroom: all other 54 200 0.580 116 Office Office: Enclosed Sales 76 0.890 68 Restroom Restroom: all other HA6 (2) 3' Linear T8 Led 130 0.780 101 Hallway Corridor: all other 4 160 0.530 85 Lobby Art/Exhibit Display Allowance from LTG -INT -DISPLAY NOTE 8 Total Area Retail Display 4745 LTG -INT -DISPLAY Allowed Watts Hallways Allowance from 5172 25 100 10272 Proposed Lighting Wattage "'°' Location (plan #, room #) Fixture Description NOTE 4, 5, 6 Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture NOTE 7 s • Watts Proposed Restrooms W7 Led 4 60 240 Restrooms QA2 Led 2 19 38 Sales EU2 Led 3 28 84 Fitting Rooms MW7 Led 12 25 300 Fitting Rooms B9 Led 2 15 30 Sales GL1 Led 3 18 54 Sales HA3 3' Linear T8 Led 12 11 126 Sales HA4 4' Linear T8 Led 30 12 360 Sales HA6 (2) 3' Linear T8 Led 5 21 105 Sales HA2 2' Linear T8 Led 4 9 36 Sales QA1 and QA2 Led 6 19 114 Hallways QA5 and QA6 Led 4 25 100 Fitting Rooms MS1 Led 7 75525 Sales SL Armoire Led Sticks 1 90 90 Stockroom FG, FR and F9 T8 Fluorescents 6 32 192 Office N2E T8 Fluorescents 1 32 32 Office PK T5 Fluorescents 3 25 75 Breakroom N3 and N3E (2) lamp Fluorescents 3 64 192 Fitting Rooms QA1 and QA2 Led 8 19 152 Sales 6 amp Current Limiter - General Track Security Lighting 1 720 720 Sales 6 amp Current Limiter - General Track Lighting 1 720 720 Proposed Retail Disp ay Lighting from LTG -INT -DISPLAY Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Interior Lighting Total Proposed Watts 5520 9805 Interior Lighting Power Allowance COMPLIES Note 1 - List all unique .space types per Table C405.4.2(2) that occur in the project scope. Select space type category per from drop down menu. Note 2 - Indicate ceiling height for atriums and spaces utilizing the ceiling height adjustment per Table C405.4.2(2), Footnotes d thru f. Note 3 - List all proposed lighting fixtures including exempt lighting equipment and existing -to -remain fixtures. Note 4 - For proposed Fixture Description, indicate fixture type, lamp type (e.g. T-8), number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if included). For track linhfinn list the lennth of the track /in feefl in ardditinn to tha fixtures lamn and hallast infnrmatinn Note 5 - For lighting equipment eligible for exemption per C405.4.1, note exception number and leave Watts/Fixture blank. Note 6 - Existing -to -remain fixtures shall be included in the Proposed Lighting Wattage table in the same manner as new fixtures. Identify as existing in fixture description. Note 7 - For proposed Watts/Fixture enter the luminaire wattage for installed lamp and ballast using manufacturer or other approved source. For luminaires with screw-in lamps, enter the manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage of the fixture (not the lamp wattage). For low voltage lighting, enter the wattage of the transformer. For line voltage track/busway systems, enter the larger of the attached luminaire wattage or 50 watts/lineal foot, or enter the wattage limit of permanent current limiting device. Note 8 - Lobby Art/Exhibit Display Allowance is independent of the Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage. Note 9 - Calculation Area Details: a. Lighting fixtures in a building addition may comply as a stand alone project, or they may be combined with the overall existing building lighting systems to demonstrate compliance. Refer to C502.1. b. For alterations and building additions, provide Space Types and gross interior areas in the Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage table. If a building addition will comply as combined with the overall existing building lighting systems, include all applicable existing Space Types and gross interior areas. c. If less than 50% of existing lighting fixtures will be replaced provide total existing lighting wattage (prior to alteration) in the space provided Interior Display Lighting - Space -by -Space LTG -INT -DISPLAY 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised August 2016 Project Title: Victoria's Secret - Southcenter Date 6/25/2017 General Note - In Sales areas, an increase in lighting power allowance is permitted for lighting installed specifically for the purpose of highlighting merchandise. Only Sales areas illuminated with eligible merchanise display lighting may be included in the Gross Interior Area under each Retail category. This lighting power allowance is the Maximum Retail Display Allowance OR the Total Retail Proposed Display Watts, whichever is less. Proposed retail display lighting wattage that exceeds this allowance is applied to general area lighting. Maximum Allowed Retail Display Lighting Wattage For Building Department Use Location (plan #, room #) Retail Sales Area Type NOTE 1 Gross Interior Area in ft2 Allowed Watts per ft2 NOTE 2 Watts Allowed (watts/ft2 x area) Sales Retail 3: Furniture, clothing, cosmetics, artwork 3337 1.40 4672 6 amp Current Limiter Storefront Dis.Track 1 720 720 Total Retail With Display Area Maximum 3337 Total Watts Base Allowance Allowance NOTE 3 4672 Retail Display Lighting Retail Display 500 5172 Proposed Retail Display Lighting Wattage "OTE 4 Retail Area Location (plan #, room #) Fixture Description NOTE s Number of Fixtures Watts per Fixture NOTE 6 Watts Proposed Retail 3 Sales 10 amp Current Limiters Display Track 4 01200 4800 Retail 3 Sales 6 amp Current Limiter Storefront Dis.Track 1 720 720 Total Retail Proposed Display Watts NOTE 7 5520 RETAIL DISPLAY WATTAGE ALLOWANCE - PER LPA Proposed Retail Display Lighting Totals from LTG -INT -DISPLAY Retail Display Power Allowance NOTE 8 5172 Retail 1 Retail 2 Retail 3 Retail 4 5520 Note 1 - Select retail sales areas from drop down menu. Only retail sales areas that comply with C405.4.2.2.1 may be entered in this table. Note 2 - Retail display lighting power allowances per C405.4.2.2.1, Equation 4-11. Note 3 - Maximum retail display wattage allowance as calculated per C405.4.2.2.1, Equation 4-11. Note 4 - Only separately controlled retail display fixtures that are independent of general area lighting per C4054.2.2.1 may be entered in this table. Note 5 - For proposed Fixture Description, list ALL proposed display lighting fixtures. Indicate fixture type, lamp.type (e.g. T-8), number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if included). For track lighting, list the length of the track (in feet) in addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. Note 6 - For proposed Watts/Fixture enter the luminaire wattage for installed lamp and ballast using manufacturer or other approved source. For luminaries with screw-in lamps, enter the manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage of the fixture (not the lamp wattage). For low voltage lighting, enter the wattage of the transformer. For line voltage track/busway systems, enter the larger of the attached luminaire wattage or 50 watts/lineal foot, or enter the wattage limit of permanent current limiting device. Note 7 - Total Retail Proposed Display Watts is automatically entered into the Proposed Fixture Wattage table in LTG -INT -SPACE. Note 8 - Retail display lighting power allowance is the lesser of the Maximum Retail Display Allowance OR the Total Retail Proposed Display Watts. Retail display wattage allowance is automatically entered in the Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage table in LTG -INT -SPACE. Note 9 - Enter a unique title for each lobby area in project that has art/exhibit display lighting. Note 10 - Lobby art and exhibit display wattage allowance per Table C405.4.2(2), Footnote c = 0.5 W/ft2. Note 11 - Proposed display lighting totals for each lobby area per information entered into Proposed Lobby Art/Display Lighting Wattage table. Note 12 - Only separately controlled display fixtures installed in lobbies for the purpose of highlighting art and exhibits, that are independent of general area lighting, may be entered in this table. Note 13 - Lobby Art/Exhibit Display Allowance is automatically entered in LTG -INT -SPACE. Lighting, Motor, and Electrical Permit Checklist, Pg. 1 LTG -CHK 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised August 2016 Project Title: Victoria's Secret - Southcenter Date 6/25/2017 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and electrical requirements in the Washington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. Applicability (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Location in Decuments Building Department Notes LIGHTING CONTROLS Yes C405.2 Lighting controls, general For all lighting fixtures, indicate lighting control method on plans for spaces and lighting zone(s) served, or exception taken E03.011, E05.01 and E05.02 NA C405.2 Luminaire level lighting controls (LLLC) Indicate on plans all fixtures provided with LLLC in lieu of C405.2 lighting controls; provide description of control capabilities and performance parameters NA C405.1 Lighting in dwelling units For permanently installed lighting fixtures in dwelling units, indicate lighting control method on plans for spaces and lighting zone(s) served, or demonstrate compliance with high efficacy exception Yes C405.2.3 C405.2.1.1 C405.2.2.2 C405.2.4 C405.2.5 Manual controls Indicate on plans the method of manual lighting control (whether combined with occupancy sensor, automatic light reduction, daylight responsive or specific application controls), location of manual control device and area or specifice application it serves E03.01., E05.01 and E05.02. Yes C405.2.2.1 C405.2.2.2 C405.2.3 Manual interior lighting controls Indicate on plans which method of manual 50% lighting load reduction is provided, or whether lighting load is reduced via occupancy sensors or daylight responsive controls E05.02 Yes C405.2.2 Method of automatic shut-off control Indicate on plans the method of automatic shut-off control during unoccupied periods (occupancy sensor or time switch) for all lighting zones; E05.02 Indicate locations where automatic shutoff is provided by other methods (occupancy sensor or digital timer switch) or which time switch control exception applies E05.02 Yes C405.2.1 C405.2.1.1 Occupancy sensor controls Indicate on plans the spaces served by occupancy sensors; E03.011 and E05.02 Indicate whether occupancy sensor controls are configured to be manual -on, automatic 50% -on, or serve a space eligible for automatic 100% -on per exception E03.01. and E05.02 NA C405.2.1.2 Occupancy sensor controls - warehouses Indicate aisleways and open areas in warehouse spaces provided with occupancy sensor controls that reduce lighting power by 50% NA C405.2.6 Digital timer switch Indicate required digital timer switch control function when control is used Yes C405.2.2.1 Automatic time switch controls Indicate locations of override switches on plans and the lighting zone(s) served, include area sq. ft. E05.011 and E05.02 NA C405.2.4.2 C405.2.4.3 Daylight zones - Sidelight and toplight Indicate primary and secondary sidelight daylight zone areas on plans, include sq. ft.; Indicate toplight daylight zone areas on plans, include sq. ft.; For small vertical fenestration assemblies (rough opening less than 10 percent of primary daylight zone) where daylight responsive controls are not required, provide fenestration area to daylight zone calculation(s) NA C405.2.4 Daylight responsive controls Indicate on plans lighting zone(s) served by daylight responsive controls; Identify sidelight and toplight daylight zones that are not provided with daylight sensing controls and the exception(s) that apply; Indicate on plans the lighting load reduction method - continuous dimming, or stepped dimming that provides at least two even steps between 0%-100% of rated power; Indicate that daylight sensing controls are configured to completely shut off all controlled lights in the lighting zone Yes C405.2.5 Additional controls Specific application lighting controls Identify spaces and lighting fixtures on plans that require E03.01, E05.01 and specific application lighting controls per this section E05.02: Yes C405.2.5 - Items 1&2 Display and accent lighting Indicate on plans that display and accent lighting, and display case lighting are controlled independently from both general area lighting and other lighting applications within the same space; E03.01, E05.01 and E05.02 Indicate manual and automatic lighting control method E05.02 Lighting, Motor, and Electrical Permit Checklist, Pg. 2 LTG -CHK 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised August 2016 Project Title: Victoria's Secret - Southcenter Date 6/25/2017 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and electrical requirements in the Washington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. Applicability (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes NA C405.2.5 - Item 3 Hotel/motel guest rooms Indicate method of automatic control - vacancy or captive key control of all installed luminaires and switched receptacles in guest room No 0405.2.5 - Item 4 Supplemental task lighting Indicate method and location of automatic shut-off vacancy control for supplemental task lighting, including under -shelf or under -cabinet lighting NA C405.2.5 - Item 5 Lighting for non - visual applications Indicate on plans eligible non -visual lighting applications, include sq. ft. area of each lighting control zone; Indicate on plans that non -visual lighting are controlled independently from both general area lighting and other lighting applications within the same space; Indicate method of manual lighting control and applicable automatic lighting control NA 0405.2.5 - Item 6 Lighting equipment for sale or demonstration Indicate on plans that lighting equipment for sale or demonstration are controlled independently from both general area lighting and other lighting applications within the same space; Indicate method of manual lighting control and applicable automatic lighting control Yes C405.2.5 - Item 7 Means of egress lighting Identify on plans egress fixtures that function as both normal and emergency means of egress illumination; E03.07 Provide calculation of lighting power density of total egress lighting; If total egress lighting power density is greater than 0.02 W/sq. ft., indicate on plans egress fixtures requiring automatic shut-off during unoccupied periods; Indicate method of automatic shut-off control NA C405.2.7 Exterior lighting controls Indicate on exterior lighting plans and fixture schedules the automatic lighting control method, control sequence, and locations served; For building facade and landscape lighting, indicate automatic controls shut off lighting as a function of dawn/dusk and fixed opening/closing time; For all other exierior lighting, indicate automatic controls shut off lighting as a function of available daylight; include control sequence that also reduces lighting power by at least 30% between 12am-6am, or from 1 hour after closing to 1 hour before opening, or based upon motion sensor NA C405.5.1 Exterior building grounds lighting controls For building grounds fixtures greater than 100 watts, indicate on plans whether fixtures have efficacy greater than 80 lumens or; are controlled by motion sensor, or are exempt lighting per C405.5.2 Yes C405.2.5 Area controls - Master control switches and circuit power limit Indicate location(s) of master control switch(es) intended to control multiple independent switches; circuit breaker may not be used as a master control switch; Verify that no 20 amp circuit controlled by a single switch or automatic control is loaded beyond 80% E05.01 NA C406.4 Enhanced digital lighting controls To comply with additional efficiency package option, indicate on plans all interior lighting fixtures that are individually addressed and provided with continuous dimming, or exception taken; Include calculation of percent total installed interior lighting power that is configured with required enhanced lighting control functions (min 90% to comply with additional efficiency package option) NAper C405.13 C408.3 Lighting system functional testing If claiming lighting system commissioning exemption provide supporting calculation; Identify applicable commissioning documentation requirements Section C408 or eligibility for exception; Provide written procedures for functional testing of all automatic controls and describe the expected system response Lighting, Motor, and Electrical Permit Checklist, Pg. 3 LTG -CHK 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised August 2016 Project Title: Victoria's Secret - Southcenter Date I 6/25/2017 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and electrical requirements in the Washington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. Applicability (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes INTERIOR LIGHTING POWER & EFFICACY Yes C405.4.1 C405.4.1 C405.4.2 Total connected interior lighting g g power Include all luminaires in lighting fixture schedule; indicate fixture types, lamps, ballasts, and manufacturer's rated watts per fixture; E04.01 Identify spaces eligible for lighting power exemption on plans and in compliance forms; indicate the exception applied; NA Identify lighting equipment eligible for lighting power exemption in fixture schedule and in compliance forms; indicate the exception applied; NA Indicate that exempt lighting equipment is in addition to general area lighting and is controlled independently NA Yes C405.3 Exit signs Indicate location of exit signs on plans and rated watts per fixture in lighting fixture schedule (maximum 5 watts per fixture) E03.01:and E04.01 NA C405.1 Lighting in dwelling units - lamp efficacy If high efficacy exception is applied to permanently installed lighting fixtures in dwelling units, indicate in lighting fixture schedule if lamps in fixtures are high efficacy per R404.1. Calculate percentage of fixtures with high efficacy lamps in project (min 75% to comply with exception). NA C406.3 Reduced lighting power density - dwelling unit lamp efficacy For project with dwelling units, to comply with additional efficiency package option indicate in lighting fixture schedule if lamps in fixtures have efficacy rating of 60 lumens per watt or more. Calculate percentage of fixtures with lamps that have this efficacy rating (min 95% to comply with option). Lighting Power Calculation - Indicate compliance path taken NA C405.4.2.1 Building Area Method Complete required compliance forms — proposed wattage per building area does not exceed maximum allowed wattage per building area. Identify locations of building areas on plans Yes C405.4.2.2 Space -By -Space Method Complete required compliance forms — total proposed wattage does not exceed maximum allowed wattage. Identify locations of space types on plans, including retail display areas, lobby art & exhibit display areas, and ceiling heights as applicable E03.01 NA C406.3 Reduced lighting power density To comply with additional efficiency package option, demonstrate in compliance forms that total connected interior lighting wattage is 75% less than the total maximum allowed lighting wattage via Building Area Method or Space -By -Space Method EXTERIOR LIGHTING POWER & EFFICACY NA C405.5.2 Total connected exterior lighting power Include all luminaires in lighting fixture schedule; indicate fixture types, lamps, ballasts, and manufacturer's rated watts per fixture; Identify exterior applications eligible for lighting power exemption on plans and in compliance forms; indicate exception applied; Indicate that exempt exterior lighting is controlled independently from non-exempt exterior lighting; include exception claimed for each fixture or group of fixtures under exception category NA Table C405.5.2(1) Exterior lighting zone Indicate building exterior lighting zone as defined by the AHJ NA C405.5.1 Exterior building grounds lighting For building grounds fixtures rated at greater than 100 watts that are complying based on efficacy, indicate rated lamp efficacy (in lumens per watt) in fixture schedule NA C405.5.2 Exterior lighting power calculations Complete required compliance form — proposed wattage for exterior lighting plus base site allowed does not exceed maximum allowed Lighting, Motor, and Electrical Permit Checklist, Pg. 4 LTG -CHK 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised August 2016 Project Title: Victoria's Secret - Southcenter Date 6/25/2017 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and electrical requirements in the Washington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. Applicability (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes MOTORS & TRANSFORMERS Yes C405.6 Electrical tranformers Include electrical transformer schedule on electrical plans; indicate transformer size, efficiency, or exception taken E05.011 NA C405.7 Dwelling unit electrical energy consumption Indicate on electrical plans that each dwelling unit in Group R-2 has a separate electrical energy meter NA C405.8 Electric motor efficiency Include all motors, including fractional hp motors, in electric motor schedule on electrical plans; indicate hp, rpm, rated efficiency, or exception applied NA C405.9.1 Elevator cabs For luminaires in each elevator cab, provide calculated average efficacy of combined fixtures that indicates efficacy is not less than 35 lumens per watt; Indicate rated watts per cfm for elevator cab ventilation fans do not exceed 0.33 watts per cfm; Indicate automatic controls that de -energize lighting and ventilation fans when elevator is stopped and unoocupied for a period of 15 minutes or more NA C405.9.2 Escalators and moving walks Indicate escalators comply with ASME A17.1/CSA B44; automatic controls are configured to reduce operational speed to the minimum permitted when not in use NA C405.9.3 Regenerative drive Indicate all one-way down or reversible escalators are provided with a variable frequency regenerative drive Yes C405.10 Controlled receptacles Identify all controlled and uncontrolled receptables on electrical plans in each space in which they are required; include receptacle configuration such as spacing between controlled and uncontrolled, duplex devices, etc; E02.011, E05.01 and E05.02 Indicate on plans whether the method of automatic control for each controlled receptable zone is by occupant sensor or programmable time -of -day control E03.01 and E05.02 If "no" is selected for any question, provide explanation: End of Lighting, Motor & Transformer Permit Documents Checklist Lighting Summary LGT-SUM 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised August 2016 Project Info Compliance forms do not require a password to use. Instructional and calculating cells are write - protected. Project Title: Victoria's Secret - Southcenter Date 6/25/2017 Applicant Information. Provide contact information for individual who can respond to inquiries about compliance form information provided. For Building Department Use Company Name: M -Engineering Company Address: 750 Brooksedge Blvd, Westerville, OH 43081 ? t Applicant Name: Shige Moroi Applicant Phone: 614-839-4639 Applicant Email: smoroi@mengineering.us.com Project Description ❑ New Building ❑ Addition Include PROJ-SUM form (included in envelope ❑ Plans Included with lighting complliance forms. J Alteration forms workbook) Building Additions Refer to Section C502.2.6 for additional requirements. Compliance Method Interior lighting Exterior lighting Lighting systems in addition area comply with all applicable provisions as a stand alone new construction project ❑ Lighting systems in addition are combined with existing building lighting systems to demonstrate compliance ❑ ❑ Addition is combined with existing: For interior lighting projects, include new + existing interior lighting fixture wattage in Proposed Lighting Wattage table in LTG -INT -BLD or LTG -INT -SPACE form. For exterior lighting projects, include new + existing exterior lighting fixture wattage in Proposed Tradable and Proposed Non -Tradable Lighting Wattage tables in LTG -EXT form. Interior and Exterior Lighting Alterations Select all Lighting Power and Lighting Control elements that apply to the scope of the retrofit project. If project includes a combination of spaces where less than 50% of the existing fixtures are replaced in some spaces, and 50% or more of the fixtures are replaced in others, then provide separate lighting power compliance forms for the two retrofit conditions. Spaces undergoing the same type of retrofit may be combined into one lighting power compliance form. requ(` 1�IVEpp�DFAe• -- a)fn°'y' L`o,�s7g" ommis .. e:lap SEP 19 2011 f �� City of �h BUILDING DIVISION No changes are being made to the interior or exterior lighting systems and existing space uses and configuration are not changed. Lighting Power Interior lighting Parking garage Exterior lighting 50% or more of existing are replaced ❑ ❑ ✓ Less than 50% of existing are replaced ❑ ❑ ❑ Lamp and/or ballast replacement only — existing total wattage not increased ❑ ❑ ❑ 50% or more replaced - Total lighting power of new + existing -to -remain fixtures shall comply with total LPA per Sections C405.4.2 and C405.5.2. Include new + existing -to -remain fixtures in Proposed Lighting Wattage table in LTG -INT -BLD, LTG -INT -SPACE or LTG -EXT form Less than 50% replaced - Total lighting power of new + existing -to -remain fixtures shall not exceed the total lighting power prior to alteration. Include new + existing -to -remain fixtures in the Proposed Lighting Wattage table in LTG -INT -BLD, LTG -INT -SPACE or LTG -EXT form. 50% threshold applies to number of luminaires for interior spaces and parking garages, and total installed wattage for exterior luminaires. Lighting Controls Interior lighting Parking garage Exterior lighting New wiring installed to serve added fixtures and/or fixtures relocated to new circuit(s) ❑ ❑ ' New or moved lighting panel ❑ ❑ ❑ Interior space is reconfigured luminaires unchanged or relocated only ❑ I .LL ° w New wiring or circuit - For interior lighting, provide required manual controls per C405.2.3, occupancy sensor controls per C405.2.1, daylight responsive controls per C405.2.4 and application specific lighting controls per C405.2.5. For exterior lighting, provide required controls per C405.2.7. New or moved panel - Provide all applicable lighting controls as noted for New Wiring and automatic time switch controls per C405.2.2. Reconfigured interior space - Provide all required lighting controls that apply to a new interior space. Application specific lighting control provisions per C405.2.5 do not apply to reconfigured spaces. Change of Space Use areas under -going a change in space use are upgraded to types per Tables C405.4.2(1) or C405.4.2(2). to the current Code in Proposed Lighting Wattage table in ,, Existing interior lighting systems in comply with LPAs for the new space Identify interior spaces requiring LPD upgrade LTG -INT -BLD or LTG -INT -SPACE form. bV7o37 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA SEP 012011 PERMIT CENTER Lighting Summary; 'cont. 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 LGT-SUM Revised August 2016 Project Title: Victoria's Secret - Southcenter Date 6/25/2017 Interior Lighting System Description Interior Lighting Power Allowance Method ❑ Building Area Method " Space -by -space Method Select method used in project. Interior Lighting Controls ❑ All C405.2.1 - C405.2.8 Controls C405.2 Exception 5 Luminaire Level Lighting Control (LLLC) Additional Efficiency Package Option C406.4 Enhanced digital lighting controls To comply with C406.4, no less than 90% of the total installed interior lighting power shall comply with the required controls per C406.4. Dwelling Unit Interior Lighting Permanently installed interior lighting fixtures in dwelling units comply with: QQ 0 C405.2 thru C405.5 Commercial Lighting Controls and LPA 0 C406.3 High Efficacy Lighting 0 Exterior Lighting System Description Interior Lighting :- Space -By -Space Method TG=INT-SPACE 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised August 2016 Project Title: Victoria's Secret - Southcenter Date 6/25/2017 Calculation Area NOTE 9 0 0 Addition - O Addition stand alone + existing O Spaces where < 50% of O Spaces where >_ 50% of o luminaires are replaced luminaires are replaced For Building Department Use LPA Calculation Type ® Standard O Additional Efficiency Package Option O C406.3 Reduced Interior Lighting Power To comply with C406.3, the Proposed LPD shall be 25% lower than the Target LPA. Refer to C406.3 for additional requirements. Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage NOTE 1 4 Location (plan #, room #) Space Type Ceiling Height NOTE 2 Gross Interior Area in ft2 Allowed Watts per ft2 Watts Allowed (watts/ft2 x area) Sales Sales area EU2 Led 3337 1.270 4238 Fitting Room Retail: Dressing/fitting area 12 434 0.570 247 Stockroom Storage room 32 310 0.500 155 Break Room Lounge/breakroom: all other 54 142 0. 580 82 Office Office: Enclosed Sales 80 0.890 71 Restroom Restroom: all other H6 (2) 3' Linear T8 Led 181 0 .780 141 Hallway Corridor: all other 4 260 0.530 138 Lobby Art/Exhibit Display Allowance from LTG -INT -DISPLAY NOTE a Total Area Retail Display 4744 LTG -INT -DISPLAY Allowed Watts Hallways Allowance from 5160 200 10233 Proposed Lighting Wattage "' °' Location (plan #, room #) Fixture Description NOTE 4,5,6 Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture NOTE 7 ; -k-- -- ; - - - - s - , r ," a • 1. _•= 5j. , f) ! � • ', . ' • „ ''r# 'i„ • N - t , ' ' - ' - Watts Proposed Restrooms W7 Led 4 60 240 Restrooms QA2 Led 2 19• 38 Sales EU2 Led 3 28 84 Fitting Rooms MM Led 12 25 300 Sales F4 Fluorescent 1 32 32 Sales GL1 Led 3 18 54 Sales H3 3' Linear T8 Led 12 11, 126 Sales H4 4' Linear T8 Led 30 12 360 Sales H6 (2) 3' Linear T8 Led 5 21 105 Sales H2 2' Linear T8 Led 4 9 36. Sales QA1 and QA2 Led 5 19 95 Hallways QA5 and QA6 Led 8 25 200 Fitting Rooms MJ Led 7 75, 75525 525 Sales SL Armoire Led Sticks 1 90 90 Stockroom FG, FR and F9 T8 Fluorescents 5 32160 Office N2E T8 Fluorescents 1 32 32 Office PK T5 Fluorescents 3 25 75 Breakroom N3 and N3E (2) lamp Fluorescents 4 64 256 Fitting Rooms QA1 and QA2 Led 8 19 152 Sales 6 amp Current Limiter - General Track Security Lighting 1 720 720 Sales 6 amp Current Limiter - General Track Lighting 1 720 720 Sales RF Gondola 1 75 75 Proposed Retail Display Lighting from LTG -INT -DISPLAY Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Interior Lighting Total Proposed Watts 5160 9635 Interior Lighting Power Allowance COMPLIES Note 1 - List all unique space types per Table C405.4.2(2) that occur in the project scope. Select space type category per from drop down menu. Note 2 - Indicate ceiling height for atriums and spaces utilizing the ceiling height adjustment per Table C405.4.2(2), Footnotes d thru f. Note 3 - List all proposed lighting fixtures including exempt lighting equipment and existing -to -remain fixtures. Note 4 - For proposed Fixture Description, indicate fixture type, lamp type (e.g. T-8), number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if included). For trar•.k liahtinn list the lenoth of the track fin feet) in addition to the fixture lamn anri ballast information Note 5 - For lighting equipment eligible for exemption per C405.4.1, note exception number and leave Watts/Fixture blank. Note 6 - Existing-to-remain fixtures shall be included in the Proposed Lighting Wattage table in the same manner as new fixtures. Identify as existing in fixture description. Note 7 - For proposed Watts/Fixture enter the luminaire wattage for installed lamp and ballast using manufacturer or other approved source. For luminaires with screw-in lamps, enter the manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage of the fixture (not the lamp wattage). For low voltage lighting, enter the wattage of the transformer. For line voltage track/busway systems, enter the larger of the attached luminaire wattage or 50 watts/lineal foot, or enter the wattage limit of permanent current limiting device. Note 8 - Lobby Art/Exhibit Display Allowance is independent of the Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage. Note 9 - Calculation Area Details: a. Lighting fixtures in a building addition may comply as a stand alone project, or they may be combined with the overall existing building lighting systems to demonstrate compliance. Refer to C502.1. b. For alterations and building additions, provide Space Types and gross interior areas in the Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage table. If a building addition will comply as combined with the overall existing building lighting systems, include all applicable existing Space Types and gross interior areas. c. if less than 50% of existing lighting fixtures will be replaced, provide total existing lighting wattage (prior to alteration) in the space provided Interior Display. Lighting -Space-by.-Space LTG -INT -DISPLAY 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised August 2016 Project Title: Victoria's Secret - Southcenter Date 6/25/2017 General Note - In Sales areas, an increase in lighting power allowance is permitted for lighting installed specifically for the purpose of highlighting merchandise. Only Sales areas illuminated with eligible merchanise display lighting may be included in the Gross Interior Area under each Retail category. This lighting power allowance is the Maximum Retail Display Allowance OR the Total Retail Proposed Display Watts, whichever is less. Proposed retail display lighting wattage that exceeds this allowance is applied to general area lighting. Maximum Allowed Retail Display Lighting Wattage For Building Department Use Location (plan #, room #) Retail Sales Area Type NOTE 1 Gross Interior Area in ft2 Allowed Watts per ft2 NOTE 2 Watts Allowed (watts/ft2 x area) Sales Retail 3: Furniture, clothing, cosmetics, artwork 3337 1.40 4672 3 amp Current Limiter Storefront Dis.Track 1 360 360 Total Retail With Display Area Maximum 3337 Total Watts Base Allowance Allowance NOTE 3 4672 Retail Display Lighting Retail Display 500 5172 Proposed Retail Display Lighting Wattage NOTE 4 Retail Area Location (plan #, room #) Fixture Description NOTE 5 Number of Fixtures Watts per Fixture NOTE 6 Watts Proposed Retail 3 Sales 10 amp Current Limiters Display Track 4 1200 4800 Retail 3 Sales 3 amp Current Limiter Storefront Dis.Track 1 360 360 Total Retail Proposed Display Watts NOTE 7 5160 RETAILDISPLAY WATTAGE ALLOWANCE - AS PROPOSED Proposed Retail Display Lighting Totals from LTG -INT -DISPLAY Retail Display Power Allowance NOTE 8 5160 Retail 1 Retail 2 Retail 3 Retail 4 5160 Note 1 - Select retail sales areas from drop down menu. Only retail sales areas that comply with C405.4.2.2.1 may be entered in this table. Note 2 - Retail display lighting power allowances per C405.4.2.2.1, Equation 4-11. Note 3 - Maximum retail display wattage allowance as calculated per C405.4.2.2.1, Equation 4-11. Note 4 - Only separately controlled retail display fixtures that are independent of general area lighting per C405.4.2.2.1 may be entered in this table. Note 5 - For proposed Fixture Description, list ALL proposed display lighting fixtures. Indicate fixture type, lamp type (e.g. T-8), number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if included). For track lighting, list the length of the track (in feet) in addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. Note 6 - For proposed Watts/Fixture enter the luminaire wattage for installed lamp and ballast using manufacturer or other approved source. For luminaries with screw-in lamps, enter the manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage of the fixture (not the lamp wattage). For low voltage lighting, enter the wattage of the transformer. For line voltage track/busway systems, enter the larger of the attached luminaire wattage or 50 watts/lineal foot, or enter the wattage limit of permanent current limiting device. Note 7 - Total Retail Proposed Display Watts is automatically entered into the Proposed Fixture Wattage table in LTG -INT -SPACE. Note 8 - Retail display lighting power allowance is the lesser of the Maximum Retail Display Allowance OR the Total Retail Proposed Display Watts. Retail display wattage allowance is automatically entered in the Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage table in LTG -INT -SPACE. Note 9 - Enter a unique title for each lobby area in project that has art/exhibit display lighting. Note 10 - Lobby art and exhibit display wattage allowance per Table C405.4.2(2), Footnote c = 0.5 W/ft2. Note 11 - Proposed display lighting totals for each lobby area per information entered into Proposed Lobby Art/Display Lighting Wattage table. Note 12 - Only separately controlled display fixtures installed in lobbies for the purpose of highlighting art and exhibits, that are independent of general area lighting, may be entered in this table. Note 13 - Lobby Art/Exhibit Display Allowance is automatically entered in LTG -INT -SPACE. Interior Display_ Lighting; -Space -by -Space 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 NT -DISPLAY Revised July 2016 Project Title: Victoria's Secret - Southcenter Date 6/25/2017 General Note - In Lobby areas, an additional wattage allowance is permitted for lighting installed specifically for the purpose of highlighting art and exhibits. Only Lobby areas with eligible display lighting may use this additional allowance. Proposed display lighting for each Lobby area may not exceed this allowance. Maximum Allowed Lobby Art/Exhibit Display Lighting Wattage For Building Department Use Lobby Area NOTE s Lobby Description including (plan # & room #) Gross Interior Area in ft2 Maximum Display Watts Allowed Per Area NOTE 10 Proposed Display Lighting Total Per Area NOTE 11 • Total Lobby with Display Area Total Lobby Art/Exhibit Display Allowance NOTE 13 Proposed Lobby Art/Exhibit Display Lighting Wattage NOTE 12 Lobby Area Location (plan #, room #) Fixture Description NOTE e Number of Fixtures Watts per Fixture NOTE 6 Watts Proposed Total Lobby Art/Exhibit Proposed Display Watts Lighting,' Motor, .and Electrical Permit. Checklist, Pg. 1 -LTG CHK Revised August 2016 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Project Title: Victoria's Secret - Southcenter Date 6/25/2017 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and electrical requirements in the Washington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. Applicability (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes LIGHTING CONTROLS Yes C405.2 Lighting controls, general For all lighting fixtures, indicate lighting control method on plans for spaces and lighting zone(s) served, or exception taken E03.01, E05.01 and E05.02 NA C405.2 Luminaire level lighting controls (LLLC) Indicate on plans all fixtures provided with LLLC in lieu of C405.2 lighting controls; provide description of control capabilities and performance parameters NA C405.1 Lighting in dwelling units For permanently installed lighting fixtures in dwelling units, indicate lighting control method on plans for spaces and lighting zone(s) served, or demonstrate compliance with high efficacy exception Yes C405.2.3 C405.2.1.1 C405.2.2.2 C405.2.4 C405.2.5 Manual controls Indicate on plans the method of manual lighting control (whether combined with occupancy sensor, automatic light reduction, daylight responsive or specific application controls), location of manual control device and area or specifice application it serves E03.01, E05.01 and E05.02 Yes C405.2.2.1 C405.2.2.2 C405.2.3 Manual interior lighting controls Indicate on plans which method of manual 50% lighting load reduction is provided, or whether lighting load is reduced via occupancy sensors or daylight responsive controls E05.02 Yes C405.2.2 Method of automatic shut-off control Indicate on plans the method of automatic shut-off control during unoccupied periods (occupancy sensor or time switch) for all lighting zones; E05.02 Indicate locations where automatic shutoff is provided by other methods (occupancy sensor or digital timer switch) or which time switch control exception applies E05.02 Yes C405.2.1 C405.2.1.1 Occupancy sensor controls ' Indicate on plans the spaces served by occupancy sensors; E03.01 and E05.02 Indicate whether occupancy sensor controls are configured to be manual -on, automatic 50% -on, or serve a space eligible for automatic 100% -on per exception E03.01 and E05.02 NA C405.2.1.2 Occupancy sensor controls - warehouses Indicate aisleways and open areas in warehouse spaces provided with occupancy sensor controls that reduce lighting power by 50% NA C405.2.6 Digital timer switch Indicate required digital timer switch control function when control is used Yes C405.2.2.1 Automatic time switch controls Indicate locations of override switches on plans and the lighting zone(s) served, include area sq. ft. E05.01 and E05.02 NA C405.2.4.2 C405.2.4.3 Daylight zones - Sidelight and toplight Indicate primary and secondary sidelight daylight zone areas on plans, include sq. ft.; Indicate toplight daylight zone areas on plans, include sq. ft.; For small vertical fenestration assemblies (rough opening less ( 9 P 9 than 10 percent of primary daylight zone) where daylight responsive controls are not required, provide fenestration area to daylight zone calculation(s) NA C405.2.4 Daylight responsive controls Indicate on plans lighting zone(s) served by daylight responsive controls; Identify sidelight and toplight daylight zones that are not provided with daylight sensing controls and the exception(s) that apply; Indicate on plans the lighting load reduction method - continuous dimming, or stepped dimming that provides at least two even steps between 0%-100% of rated power; Indicate that daylight sensing controls are configured to completely shut off all controlled lights in the lighting zone Yes C405.2.5 Additional controls Specific application lighting controls Identify spaces and lighting fixtures on plans that require E03.01, E05.01 and specific application lighting controls per this section E05.02 Yes C405.2.5 - Items 1&2 Display and accent lighting Indicate on plans that display and accent lighting, and display case lighting are controlled independently from both general area lighting and other lighting applications within the same space; E03.01, E05.01 and E05.02 Indicate manual and automatic lighting control method E05.02 Lighting, Motor, and-E1e`ctrcal Permit Checklist, Pg. 2 LTG-CHK 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised August 2016 Project Title: Victoria's Secret - Southcenter Date 6/25/2017 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and electrical requirements in the Washington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. Applicability (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes NA C405.2.5 - Item 3 Hotel/motel guest rooms Indicate method of automatic control - vacancy or captive key control of all installed luminaires and switched receptacles in guest room Nocontrol 0405.2.5 - Item 4 Supplemental task lighting Indicate method and location of automatic shut-off vacancy for supplemental task lighting, including under-shelf or under-cabinet lighting NA C405.2.5 - Item 5 Lighting for non- visual applications Indicate on plans eligible non-visual lighting applications, include sq. ft. area of each lighting control zone; Indicate on plans that non-visual lighting are controlled independently from both general area lighting and other lighting applications within the same space; Indicate method of manual lighting control and applicable automatic lighting control NA C405.2.5 - Item 6 Lighting equipment for sale or demonstration Indicate on plans that lighting equipment for sale or demonstration are controlled independently from both general area lighting and other lighting applications within the same space; Indicate method of manual lighting control and applicable automatic lighting control Yes C405.2.5 - Item 7 Means of egress lighting Identify on plans egress fixtures that function as both normal and emergency means of egress illumination; E03.01 Provide calculation of lighting power density of total egress lighting; If total egress lighting power density is greater than 0.02 W/sq. ft., indicate on plans egress fixtures requiring automatic shut-off during unoccupied periods; Indicate method of automatic shut-off control NA C405.2.7 Exterior lighting controls Indicate on exterior lighting plans and fixture schedules the automatic lighting control method, control sequence, and locations served; For building facade and landscape lighting, indicate automatic controls shut off lighting as a function of dawn/dusk and fixed opening/closing time; For all other exierior lighting, indicate automatic controls shut off lighting as a function of available daylight; include control sequence that also reduces lighting power by at least 30% between 12am-6am, or from 1 hour after closing to 1 hour before opening, or based upon motion sensor NA C405.5.1 Exterior building grounds lighting controls For building grounds fixtures greater than 100 watts, indicate on plans whether fixtures have efficacy greater than 80 lumens or; are controlled by motion sensor, or are exempt lighting per C405.5.2 Yes C405.2.5 Area controls - Master control switches and circuit power limit Indicate location(s) of master control switch(es) intended to control multiple independent switches; circuit breaker may not be used as a master control switch; Verify that no 20 amp circuit controlled by a single switch or automatic control is loaded beyond 80% E05.01 NA C406.4 Enhanced digital lighting controls To comply with additional efficiency package option, indicate on plans all interior lighting fixtures that are individually addressed and provided with continuous dimming, or exception taken; Include calculation of percent total installed interior lighting power that is configured with required enhanced lighting control functions (min 90% to comply with additional efficiency package option) NA C405.13 C408.3 Lighting system functional testing If claiming lighting system commissioning exemption provide supporting calculation; Identify applicable commissioning documentation requirements per Section C408 or eligibility for exception; Provide written procedures for functional testing of all automatic controls and describe the expected system response Lighting or and Electrical Permit Checklist, Pg. LTG CHK 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised August 2016 Project Title: Victoria's Secret-Southcenter Date • 6/25/2017 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and electrical requirements in the Washington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. Applicability (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes INTERIOR LIGHTING POWER & EFFICACY Yes C405.4.1Total C405.4.1 C405.4.2 connected interior lighting power g g Include all luminaires in lighting fixture schedule; indicate fixture types, lamps, ballasts, and manufacturer's rated watts per fixture; E04.01 Identify spaces eligible for lighting power exemption on plans and in compliance forms; indicate the exception applied; NA identify lighting equipment eligible for lighting power exemption in fixture schedule and in compliance forms; indicate the exception applied; NA Indicate that exempt lighting equipment is in addition to general area lighting and is controlled independently NA Yes C405.3 Exit signs Indicate location of exit signs on plans and rated watts per fixture in lighting fixture schedule (maximum 5 watts per fixture) E03.01 and E04.01 NA C405.1 Lighting in dwelling units - lamp efficacy If high efficacy exception is applied to permanently installed lighting fixtures in dwelling units, indicate in lighting fixture schedule if lamps in fixtures are high efficacy per R404.1. Calculate percentage of fixtures with high efficacy lamps in project (min 75% to comply with exception). NA C406.3 Reduced lighting power density - dwelling unit lamp efficacy For project with dwelling units, to comply with additional efficiency package option indicate in lighting fixture schedule if lamps in fixtures have efficacy rating of 60 lumens per watt or more. Calculate percentage of fixtures with lamps that have this efficacy rating (min 95% to comply with option). Lighting Power Calculation - Indicate compliance path taken NA C405.4.2.1 Building Area Method Complete required compliance forms — proposed wattage per building area does not exceed maximum allowed wattage per building area. Identify locations of building areas on plans Yes 0405.4.2.2 Space -By -Space Method Complete required compliance forms — total proposed wattage does not exceed maximum allowed wattage. Identify locations of space types on plans, including retail display areas, lobby art & exhibit display areas, and ceiling heights as applicable E03.01 NA C406.3 Reduced lighting power density To comply with additional efficiency package option, demonstrate in compliance forms that total connected interior lighting wattage is 75% less than the total maximum allowed lighting wattage via Building Area Method or Space -By -Space Method EXTERIOR LIGHTING POWER & EFFICACY NA 0405.5.2 Total connected exterior lighting power Include all luminaires in lighting fixture schedule; indicate fixture types, lamps, ballasts, and manufacturer's rated watts per fixture; Identify exterior applications eligible for lighting power exemption on plans and in compliance forms; indicate exception applied; Indicate that exempt exterior lighting is controlled independently from non-exempt exterior lighting; include exception claimed for each fixture or group of fixtures under exception category NA Table C405.5.2(1) Exterior lighting zone Indicate building exterior lighting zone as defined by the AHJ NA C405.5.1 Exterior building grounds lighting For building grounds fixtures rated at greater than 100 watts that are complying based on efficacy, indicate rated lamp efficacy (in lumens per watt) in fixture schedule NA C405.5.2 Exterior lighting power calculations Complete required compliance form — proposed wattage for exterior lighting plus base site allowed does not exceed maximum allowed f L.gh`ting, .Motor, and 'Electrical Permit Checklist, Pg. 4 • LTG'CHK Revised August 2016 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Project Title: Victoria's Secret - Southcenter Date 6/25/2017 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and electrical requirements in the Washington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. Applicability (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes MOTORS & TRANSFORMERS Yes C405.6 Electrical tranformers Include electrical transformer schedule on electrical plans; indicate transformer size, efficiency, or exception taken E05.01. NA C405.7 Dwelling unit electrical energy consumption Indicate on electrical plans that each dwelling unit in Group R-2 has a separate electrical energy meter NA C405.8 Electric motor efficiency Include all motors, including fractional hp motors, in electric motor schedule on electrical plans; indicate hp, rpm, rated efficiency, or exception applied NA C405.9.1 Elevator cabs For luminaires in each elevator cab, provide calculated average efficacy of combined fixtures that indicates efficacy is not less than 35 lumens per watt; Indicate rated watts per cfm for elevator cab ventilation fans do not exceed 0.33 watts per cfm; Indicate automatic controls that de -energize lighting and ventilation fans when elevator is stopped and unoocupied for a period of 15 minutes or more NA C405.9.2 Escalators and moving walks Indicate escalators comply with ASME A17.1/CSA B44; automatic controls are configured to reduce operational speed to the minimum permitted when not in use NA C405.9.3 Regenerative drive Indicate all one-way down or reversible escalators are provided with a variable frequency regenerative drive Yes C405.10 Controlled receptacles Identify all controlled and uncontrolled receptables on electrical plans in each space in which they are required; include receptacle configuration such as spacing between controlled and uncontrolled, duplex devices, etc; E02.01, E05.01 and E05.02 Indicate on plans whether the method of automatic control for each controlled receptable zone is by occupant sensor or programmable time -of -day control E03.01 and E05.02 If "no" is selected for any question, provide explanation: End of Lighting, Motor & Transformer Permit Documents Checklist REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED SEP 19 2011 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION Pink at Southcenter 633 Southcenter Mall #1125 Tukwila, WA 98188 Structural Calculations Submitted by SMBH, Inc. 08/25/2017 SMBH 1 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERIN Bob Baumann 7/..d\- , . 27,4 Nathan Miller SMBH, Inc 1166 Dublin Road Suite 200 Columbus, Ohio 43215 Phone: 614-481-9800 Email: nmiller@smbhinc.com SMBH Job Number: 317-006.501 bri Q237 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA SEP 01 2011 PERMIT CENTER 8/7/2017 Search Results for Map ASCE Windspeed ASCE Applied Technology Council WiN9SPEED Ground Snow Related Resources LOCATION Sponsors About ATC Contact Search Results Query Date: Mon Aug 07 2017 Latitude: 47.4582 Longitude: -122.2586 ASCE 7-10 Windspeeds (3 -sec peak gust in mph*): Risk Category I: 100 Risk Category II: 110 ) Risk Category III-IV: 115 MRI** 10 -Year: 72 MRI** 25 -Year: 79 MRI** 50 -Year: 85 MRI** 100 -Year: 91 ASCE 7-05 Windspeed: 85 (3 -sec peak gust in mph) ASCE 7-93 Windspeed: 70 (fastest mile in mph) *Miles per hour "Mean Recurrence Interval Users should consult with local building officials to determine if there are community -specific wind speed requirements that govem. 2 Print your results Google, r • BRITISH ..COLUMBIA ALBERTA Canada 1SASKATCHEWAN1 ^Y WASHINGTON OREGON MONTANA IDAHO WYOMING •NORT OAKO' SOUT OAKO NE.BR. NEVADA. United Sta LTkH COLORADO San Francisco 0 CALIFORNIA OLesVegas Los Angeles „Map data ©2017 Google, INEGI WINDSPEED WEBSITE DISCLAIMER While the information presented on this website is believed to be correct, ATC and its sponsors and contributors assume no responsibility or liability for its accuracy. The material presented in the windspeed report should not be used or relied upon for any specific application without competent examination and verification of its accuracy, suitability and applicability by engineers or other licensed professionals. ATC does not intend that the use of this information replace the sound judgment of such competent professionals, having experience and knowledge in the field of practice, nor to substitute for the standard of care required of such professionals in interpreting and applying the results of the windspeed report provided by this website. Users of the information from this website assume all liability arising from such use. Use of the output of this website does not imply approval by the governing building code bodies responsible for building code approval and interpretation for the building site described by latitude/longitude location in the windspeed load report. Sponsored by the ATC Endowment Fund • Applied Technology Council • 201 Redwood Shores Parkway, Suite 240 • Redwood City, Califomia 94065 • (650) 595-1542 f http://windspeed.atcouncil.org/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=10&dec=1 &latitude=47.45824&longitude=-122.25864&risk_category_i... 1/1 8/7/2017 snowload.atcouncil.org/index.php/component/vcpsnowload/item?pdf=1 Applied Technology Council SNOW LOADS BY LOCATION Search Result Elevation Limitation: ASCE 7* Ground Snow Load Query Date: August 07, 2017 Latitude: 47.45824 Longitude: -122.25864 Elevation: 29.9 Feet Elevation < 400 feet:(GroundSnow Load is_15 psf Elevation > 400 < 700 feet: Ground Snow Load is 20 psf All loading data is in pounds per square foot. For a site-specific case study area, a case study is required to establish ground snow loads. *Based on Figure 7-1 Ground Snow Loads printed in ASCE 7-95 through ASCE 7-10. Users should consult with local building officials to determine if there are community -specific snow load requirements that govern. Red shaded area is the load specific boundaries. Any darker red area is the overlapping load specific boundary. sc ?Ib I i , �,'' y fM island �.Go�glej - [`' I 'Wenatchee / ,1 atiooalForest SPS©= or-, 7.4,...i. 1 ` _-WASHINGTON 1 I - I-'••' s.Yaii;-ia . YAKAMA IN'D4AN� RESERVATION` *1'� 1 - , Portland?� � w � - /' .r-41 GROUND SNOW LOAD WEBSITE DISCLAIMER o=• szseral'1 e O tarp .dr. €2:17 Googis :e�.. eUse While the information presented on this website is believed to be correct, ATC and its sponsors and contributors assume no responsibility or liability for its accuracy. The material presented in the ground snow load report should not be used or relied upon for any specific application without competent examination and verification of its accuracy, suitability and applicability by engineers or other licensed professionals. ATC does not intend that the use of this information replace the sound judgment of such competent professionals, having experience and knowledge in the field of practice, nor to substitute for the standard of care required of such professionals in interpreting and applying the results of the ground snow load report provided by this website. Users of the information from this website assume all liability arising from such use. Use of the output of this website does not imply approval by the governing building code bodies responsible for building code approval and interpretation for the building site described by latitude/longitude location in the ground snow load report. Sponsored by the ATC Endowment Fund • Applied Technology Council • 201 Redwood Shores Parkway, Suite 240 • Redwood City, California 94065 • (650) 595-1542 http://snowload.atcouncil.orgfindex.php/component/vcpsnowloadfitem?pdf=1 1/1 7/24/201'7 Design Maps Summary Report mumsDesign Maps Summary Report User—Specified Input Building Code Reference Document 2012/2015 International Building Code (which utilizes USGS hazard data available in 2008) Site Coordinates 47.45824°N, 122.25864°W Site Soil Classification Site Class D - "Stiff Soil" Risk Category I/II/III ,�`TDN .,.. UUNI WORT .155,001 I° pp % Belie n.., Vas ono, ci / 1, Seri "it E TA COMA NIL ) /tDDR r Dd" Des Moin{es. I n 1 j'' enton' USGS—Provided Output Ss = 1.456 g Si = 0.543 g SMS = 1.456 g SM1 = 0.814 g 41ple Valley Kent cow naton Sns = 0.971 g S°1 = 0.543 g •Hob cel For information on how the SS and 51 values above have been calculated from probabilistic (risk -targeted) and deterministic ground motions in the direction of maximum horizontal response, please return to the application and select the "2009 NEHRP" building code reference document. MCEa Response Spocteurn 1.55 1.10 1.10 1.00 1.35 a97 1321 aDp 1.05 070 4 093 a10 cnn a03 aan a45 033 0220 a1] a10 0.0p - am 0.03 0.20 040 0.03 13.B3 103 L20 1.49 1103 1.6] 203 007 0:20 au] ais0 Period. T (sec) ©c:s'cn Respi-se Spo:Worn Period. T (see) Although this information is a product of the U.S. Geological Survey, we provide no warranty, expressed or implied, as to the accuracy of the data contained therein. This tool is not a substitute for technical subject -matter knowledge. https://earthquake.usgs.gov/cn 1 /designmaps/us/summary.php?template=minimal&latitude=47.458237&longitude=-122.258638&siteclass=3&riskcateg... 1/1 7/24/2017 Design Maps Detailed Report usGs Design Maps Detailed Report 2012/2015 International Building Code (47.45824°N, 122.25864°W) Site Class D - "Stiff Soil", Risk Category I/II/III Section 1613.3.1 — Mapped acceleration parameters Note: Ground motion values provided below are for the direction of maximum horizontal spectral response acceleration. They have been converted from corresponding geometric mean ground motions computed by the USGS by applying factors of 1.1 (to obtain Ss) and' 1.3 (to obtain S1). Maps in the 2012/2015 International Building Code are provided for Site Class B. Adjustments for other Site Classes are made, as needed, in Section 1613.3.3. From Figure 1613.3.1(1) Ell Ss = 1.456 g From Figure 1613.3.1(2) [2I S1 = 0.543 g Section 1613.3.2 — Site class definitions The authority having jurisdiction (not the USGS), site-specific geotechnical data, and/or the default has classified the site as Site Class D, based on the site soil properties in accordance with Section 1613. Site Class 2010 ASCE-7 Standard - Table 20.3-1 SITE CLASS DEFINITIONS vs NorNC,, su A. Hard Rock >5,000 ft/s N/A N/A B. Rock 2,500 to 5,000 ft/s N/A N/A C. Very dense soil and soft rock 1,200 to 2,500 ft/s >50 >2,000 psf D. Stiff Soil 600 to 1,200 ft/s 15 to 50 1,000 to 2„000 psf E. Soft clay soil <600 ft/s <15 <1,000 psf Any profile with more than 10 ft of soil having the characteristics: • Plasticity index PI > 20, • Moisture content w >_ 40%, and • Undrained shear strength s, < 500 psf F. Soils requiring site response analysis in accordance with Section 21.1 See Section 20.3.1 For SI: 1ft/s = 0.3048 m/s 1Ib/ft2 = 0.0479 kN/m2 https://earthquake.usgs.gov/cn 1/designma ps/us/report.php?template=m in imal&latitude=47.4582378dong itude=-122.258638&siteclass=3&riskcategory... 1/4 7/24/2017 Design Maps Detailed Report Section 1613.3.3 - Site coefficients and adjusted maximum considered earthquake spectral response acceleration parameters TABLE 1613.3.3(1) VALUES OF SITE COEFFICIENT Fa Site Class Mapped Spectral Response Acceleration at Short Period Ss <_ 0.25 SS = 0.50 SS = 0.75 Ss = 1.00 SS >_ 1.25 A 0.8 0.8 0.8 B 1.0 1.0 1.0 C 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.0 D 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.1 E 2.5 1.7 1.2 0.9 F See Section 11.4.7 of ASCE 7 0.8 0.8 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.9 Note: Use straight-line interpolation for intermediate values of SS For Site Class = D and 55 = 1.456 g, Fa = 1.000 TABLE 1613.3.3(2) VALUES OF SITE COEFFICIENT F„ Site Class Mapped Spectral Response Acceleration at 1-s Period SI <_ 0.10 S1 = 0.20 S1 = 0.30 S1 = 0.40 S1 >_ 0.50 A B C D E 0.8 0.8 0.8 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.7 1.6 1.5 2.4 2.0 0.8 0.8 1.0 1.0 1.4 1.3 1.8 1.6 3.5 3.2 2.8 1.5 2.4 2.4 See Section 11.4.7 of ASCE 7 Note: Use straight-line interpolation for intermediate values of S1 For Site Class = D and S1 = 0.543 g, F„ = 1.500 https://earthquake.usgs.gov/cn 1 /designmaps/us/report.php?template=minimal&latitude=47.458237&longitude=-122.258638&siteclass=3&riskcategory... 2/4 7/24/20'P7 Design Maps Detailed Report Equation (16-37): SMS = FaSs = 1.000 x 1.456 = 1.456 g Equation (16-38): SM1 = FvS1 = 1.500 x 0.543 = 0.814 g Section 1613.3.4 — Design spectral response acceleration parameters Equation (16-39): SDS = % SMS = 2/3 x 1.456 = 0.971 g Equation (16-40): SDI = % SM1 = % x 0.814 = 0.543 g https://earthquake.usgs.gov/cn 1 /designmaps/us/report.php?template=minimal&latitude=47.458237&longitude=-122.258838&siteclass=3&riskcategory... 3/4 7/24/207 Design Maps Detailed Report Section 1613.3.5 — Determination of seismic design category TABLE 1613.3.5(1) SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY BASED ON SHORT -PERIOD (0.2 second) RESPONSE ACCELERATION VALUE OF SDs RISK CATEGORY IorII III IV SDs<0.167g A A A 0.167g <_ SDs < 0.33g B B C 0.33g 5 SDs < 0.50g C C D 0.50g <_ SDs D D D For Risk Category = I and SDS = 0.971 g, Seismic Design Category = D TABLE 1613.3.5(2) SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY BASED ON 1 -SECOND PERIOD RESPONSE ACCELERATION VALUE OF SD1 RISK CATEGORY I or II III IV SDI. < 0.067g A A A 0.067g <_ SDI. < 0.133g B B C 0.133g 5 5» < 0.209 C C D 0.20g <_ SDI. D D D For Risk Category = I and SDi = 0.543 g, Seismic Design Category = D Note: When S1 is greater than or equal to 0.75g, the Seismic Design Category is E for buildings in Risk Categories I, II, and III, and F for those in Risk Category IV, irrespective of the above. Seismic Design Category = "the more severe design category in accordance with Table 1613.3.5(1) or 1613.3.5(2)'' = D Note: See Section 1613.3.5.1 for alternative approaches to calculating Seismic Design Category. References 1. Figure 1613.3.1(1): https://earthquake.usgs.gov/hazards/designmaps/downloads/pdfsjIBC-2012- Fig1613p3p1(1).pdf 2. Figure 1613.3.1(2): https://earthquake.usgs.gov/hazards/designmaps/downloads/pdfsjIBC-2012- Fig1613p3p1(2).pdf https://earthquake.usgs.gov/cn 1 /designmaps/us/report.php?template=minimal&latitude=47.458237&longitude=-122.258638&siteclass=3&riskcategory... 4/4 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING SE C-17.011/ F ; /-/E/41,FP ';• PROJECT: PrAr kfet-77-f Cpvm-re TASK: S'7 jeFFervv-r- t NO: S't 7 -ca. soi PAGE: 1 ENG: 'V4/-/ CLIENT: 61_ /v1' 5. 7 ;r? V 0 • 25 is = (Is pi -F) PIT = pt.F. .577r' f 7 FT ( 5G. pi' (5- ei-F-) /35 ; 01 2 Li) FT (i0 )( 0, 47 ) (4a114) FT 2-65-4a FT 5 - 7 rr sey-r"V 072,14 36,2 PPS/75- - 338 DATE: 6//7/2/7 () o -S/ tr - 31-6,1>s /114d k V / 27 fe. 144- 7* /6 Ce 4-3) v7 ( ti;117.-• 0 Ftr tliti 1_„ 'Y 1 I 'f• C„7.5 LEk 7Je.)"'” P) /'/C.4 - „A-141 gSr 2a" STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING PROJECT: a, vie - So- e.,7fric54,7-t-ie TASK: Ce•etir., NO: 317 - PAGE: 2 ENG: .v.10/ CLIENT: L4i4 i-% 134-c4e- &)(' 6e-ileV SZ • necer.-7-. 641-/ lic4pre_ ,f4r Air Rvi. = 2F -r fs9, iopir ; L /7Fr 1/3it v' /5 DATE: 06//7/2/7 3e4T/2-5 7-761-06-5 /8_7 - A:; II 31, 0 6 c-77 ------ 1- - /-31,;,1 V, SHREMSHOCK Architects & Engineers 7400 West Campus Rd. Shite 150 New Albany, OH 43054 t6145454550 8863734/30 i 614 545 4555 ww,w.shremshock.corn REVISION DOCUMENT PROJECT BULLETIN No. RV4 11/22/17 PINK Victoria's Secret Southcenter Mall Store #1449 646 Southcenter Mall Space No. 1125 Tukwila, WA 98188 ARCH PROJECT No.: 170357.R04 To the Contractor: This bulletin, issued after the execution of the contract, describes proposed revisions of the contract documents and requests from contractor the amount of change, if any, in contract sum to accomplish the work described. It is assumed no change in contract time will be necessary unless contractor submits written request for time extension, including justification, with his proposal for work described in this bulletin. Except, as otherwise described herein, or as shown on drawings issued with this, current contract documents apply to proposed work. This bulletin is not an order to do work. After receipt and review of the proposal requested, a change order will be issued to authorize execution of the work, or portion thereof, if the owner so directs. REASON FOR REVISION: Field Conditions and Master development Submit proposals for the change described herein on Contractor's letterhead. List each item U I individually as listed below. REVISION N0.1 DRAWINGS INCLUDED WITH THIS BULLETIN: A00.00, A00.01, A00.02, A00.03, A00.10, A02.01, A03.01, A04.01, A05.01, A06.01, A07.01, A07.02, A08.01, A08.20, A08.25, A08.30, A10.01, A10.04, A10.05, A10.06, A13.01 &A14.02 RECEIVED CITY OF T UKWILA DRAWING REVISION PROPOSALS: A00.00 - COVER SHEET • Updated drawings index for revision • Updated Area calculations per field conditions A00.01 - RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE Dil' NOV 3 0 2017 PERMIT CENTER • Added responsibility for cashwrap face tile and cashwrap foot rail per updated shop drawings. A00.02 - DOOR SCHEDULES • Door 2C: Updated Head and Sill detail callouts • Removed trim PKF-15 from PINK non -sales door per master development o Updated note for door to remove trim installation • Updated location of details for PINK storefront blind door A00.03 - SCHEDULES • Revised WC -211 per cashwrap tile spec • Added brick paints P-91 and P-92 per master development • Revised various PINK floor fixture version numbers per master development A00.10 - LIFE SAFETY / ACCESSIBILITY PLAN • Updated egress distances per field conditions at restroom / stock room • Updated egress path per addition of fixture on sales floor between room #1 and room #2 A02.01 - CONSTRUCTION FLOOR PLAN • Revised restroom and stock room locations per field conditions. • Revised cabinet run in room #3 per field conditions at column • Added floor outlet in between room #1 and room #2 per master development • Revised various detail callouts per master development A03.01 - REFLECTED CEILING PLAN • Revised restroom and stock room locations per field conditions. • Revised cabinet run in room #3 per field conditions at column • Removed access panel in PINK RM 2, Type C cabinet, per master development • Revised tall A cabinet ceiling heights per master development • Revised various detail callouts per master development A04.01 - REFLECTED LIGHTING PLAN • Revised various back of house lighting per restroom and stock room field conditions • Revised ceiling element finish note to be painted P-89 per master development A05.01 - FLOOR & WALL FINISH PLAN • Revised storefront ACM finish per master development • Revised brick paint finish per master development throughout sales floor and sales floor keynotes • Revised restroom and stock room locations per site conditions. A06.01 - PRESENTATION & FIXTURE PLAN • Revised to show PRT fixtures with curved bunks in room #2 and room #3 • Revised PMTS to version #2 • Added Dog fixture to room #1 and between room #1 and room #2 • Revised accessory drawer bunks to SPL version • Revised back of house to show new location of restroom and stock room per field conditions. • Updated all affected square footages per field conditions. A07.01 - INTERIOR ELEVATIONS • Revised elevation Al for PINK 3 cabinets per site conditions. 2 of 4 • Added hatch to all ticking stripe panels. • Updated tile on front face of cashwrap in elevation A8 • Revised wall condition in elevation Li per sire conditions A07.02 - INTERIOR ELEVATIONS • Added various keynotes per clarification • removed chair rail height callout in elevation C A08.01 - STOREFRONT ELEVATION • Revised Brick finish callouts in keynotes 24, 25, 26, 29, and 44 • Added keynote #49 for GC supplied PVC trim at faux window lintel, per master development A08.20 - PINK STOREFRONT DETAILS • Section A: Updated ACM dot panel size per shop drawings • Section E: Revised depth of display window platform, per master development A08.25 - PINK STOREFRONT DETAILS • Detail A: Revised depth of portal TV pocket, per master development and revise ACM dot panel size per shop drawings • Detail J1: Revised depth of poral TV pocket, per master development A08.30 - PINK STOREFRONT DETAIL • Detail A: Revised depth of display window platform, per master development o Added 1/2" caulk joint at window mullion for installation, per master development • Details K: Shifted Trims at back side of platform and reduced platform to allow trims to die into adjacent side trims, per master development • Detail J: Added back side of display to detail, per master development A10.01 - PINK CONSTRUCTION DETAILS • Section B: Added "TALL A HIEGHT" note, per master development A10.04 - PINK CONSTRUCTION DETAILS • Various details reorganized per master development o Affected detail callouts throughout set updated per reorganization • Cashwrap elevation 'added for tile layout and placement of G.C. work. • Section detail updated per G.C. work • Voided backwrap and cahswrap filler detail • Revised backwrap wall plan to show backwrap counter. A10.05 - PINK CONSTRUCTION DETAILS • Various details reorganized per master development o Affected detail callouts throughout set updated per reorganization • Revised detail for brick transition to show no crown condition. A10.06 - PINK CONSTRUCTION DETAILS • Detail A and D: Revised base trim # from PKF-17 to PKF-77, clarification • Detail A: Added recessed sales/non-sales door at brick wall, per master development. • Removed Details H and M, per master development A13.01 - RESTROOM NOTES, PLAN & ELEVATION • Revised restroom plan and elevations to reflect relocation per site conditions. 3 of 4 A14.01 - NON -SALES AMENITY PLAN • Revised break area and hallway plan to reflect back of house changes per site conditions. END OF REVISIONS Revised by: HMG 4 of 4 0 0 M -Engineering Project Revision Summary REVISION NO. # Rev#4 ISSUE DATE: 11/22/2017 Project: Pink - Southcenter Store No: 105.01.1449.02 Dwg. Date: 08/25/2017 Project No: 1743058 ' Architectural Changes (A) r Building Department Comments (B) oi Owner's Changes (OC) i.;__. Other (0): Landlord Comments (L) Item No. Reference Document Comments 1 E02.01 1. Moved motion sensor in PINK Room 1 to coordinate with the Security Vendor's drawing. 2. Added an Unassisted Delivery (UAD) Keypad at the rear door. 3. Added Coded Note 47. 4. • Moved Burglar Keypad and Telephone Jack from Hallway 2 to Vestibule 2 entry door. 5. Added Burglar Door Contacts to the restroom doors. 6. Added burglar Door Contact to the 2 -Person Office door. 7. Moved the Burglar System from the electric Room to the 2 -Person Office. 8. Added circuiting to new floor outlet in Pink 1. 9. Revised electrical device locations, circuitry and device quantities in Restrooms, Hallway, Break room, Stock, Electrical room, Manager's office and Cashwrap area per layout changes. 10. Added coded note 21 for recirculating pump. 2 E02.51 1. Revised speaker layout and security device layout in Cashwrap, Electrical, Hallway and Break area per layout changes. 3 E03.01 1. Revised lighting quantities, lighting locations and circuitry in Restrooms, Hallway, Break room, Stock, Electrical room, Manager's office and Pink 3 cabinets per layout changes. 2. Revised Corridor LTS switching wiring schematic. 4 E04.01 1. Removed light fixture "RF" per lighting layout change. 5 E05.01 1. Added circuit B-14 for new closet receptacles. 2. Revised electrical load on circuits A-23, A-25 and A-27 per layout changes. 3. Added circuit B-28 for recirculating pump. 6 M02.01 1. Revised ceiling diffusers and return air grilles in Restrooms, Hallway, Break room, Stock, Electrical room and Manager's office areas per latest architectural changes. 2. Revised supply ductwork and exhaust ductwork in in Restrooms, Hallway, Break room, Stock, Electrical room and Manager's office areas per latest architectural changes. 7 P01.01 1. Added "RP" to the Plumbing Fixture Schedule. 2. Revised Domestic Water Piping Diagram per latest architectural changes. 3. Revised Waste & Vent Piping Diagram per latest architectural changes. 0 8 P02.01 1. Revised Sprinkler heads location in in Restrooms, Hallway, Break room, Stock, and Electrical room areas per latest architectural changes. 2. Added sprinkler head in Pink 3 area. 3. Revised sprinkler heads in Pink 3 area per latest architectural drawing. 4. Revised sanitary and domestic water lines in Restrooms, Hallway, Breakroom, Stock, and Electrical room areas per latest architectural changes .5. Revised Plumbing Fixtures in. Restroom area per latest architectural changes. SMBH Inc. Project Revision Summary REVISION NO. # 4 ISSUE DATE: 11/22/2017 Project: Pink — Southcenter Tukwila, WA. Store No: 00105809 Dwg. Date: 08/25/2017 Project No: 317-006.S01 Architectural Changes (A) r Building Department Comments (B) is ` Owner's Changes (OC) %' Other (0): POR Revision Landlord Comments (L) Item No. Reference Document Comments 1. S01.01 Plan A — Restroom was relocated per existing site conditions. Relocated water heater callout to match new restroom locations and updated the structural walls that support shelving. Summary • Revision 4: Site Conditions/Master Development • Comments: Restroom was relocated to avoid conflict with the existing foundations. This also caused updates to the shelving areas. M -En ineerin g g Project Revision Summary REVISION NO. # Rev#4 ISSUE DATE: 11/22/2017 Project: Pink - Southcenter Store No: 105.01.1449.02 Dwg. Date: 08/25/2017 Project No: 1743058 Architectural Changes (A) r Building Department Comments (B) fl Landlord Comments (L) P] Owner's Changes (OC) l Other (0): Item No. Reference Document Comments 1 E02.01 1. Moved motion sensor in PINK Room 1 to coordinate with the Security Vendor's drawing. 2. Added an Unassisted Delivery (UAD) Keypad at the rear door. 3. Added Coded Note 47. 4. Moved Burglar Keypad and Telephone Jack from Hallway 2 to Vestibule 2 entry door. 5. Added Burglar Door Contacts to the restroom doors. 6. Added burglar Door Contact to the 2 -Person Office door. 7. Moved the Burglar System from the electric Room to the 2 -Person Office. 8. Added circuiting to new floor outlet in Pink 1. 9. Revised electrical device locations, circuitry and device quantities in Restrooms, Hallway, Break room, Stock, Electrical room, Manager's office and Cashwrap area per layout changes. 10. Added coded note 21 for recirculating pump. 2 E02.51 1. Revised speaker layout and security device layout in Cashwrap, Electrical, Hallway and Break area per layout changes. 3 E03.01 1. Revised lighting quantities, lighting locations and circuitry in Restrooms, Hallway, Break room, Stock, Electrical room, Manager's office and Pink 3 cabinets per layout changes. 2. Revised Corridor LTS switching wiring schematic. 4 E04.01 1. Removed light fixture "RF" per lighting layout change. 5 E05.01 1. Added circuit B-14 for new closet receptacles. 2. Revised electrical load on circuits A-23, A-25 and A-27 per layout changes. 3. Added circuit B-28 for recirculating pump. 6 M02.01 1. Revised ceiling diffusers and return air grilles in Restrooms, Hallway, Break room, Stock, Electrical room and Manager's office areas per latest architectural changes. 2. Revised supply ductwork and exhaust ductwork in in Restrooms, Hallway, Break room, Stock, Electrical room and Manager's office areas per latest architectural changes. 7 P01.01 1. Added "RP" to the Plumbing Fixture Schedule. 2. Revised Domestic Water Piping Diagram per latest architectural changes. 3. Revised Waste & Vent Piping Diagram per latest architectural changes. P02.01 1 ReQd Sprinkler heads location in in Restrooms, allway, Break room, Stock, and Electrical room areas per latest architectural changes. 2. Added sprinkler head in Pink 3 area. 3. Revised sprinkler heads in Pink 3 area per latest architectural drawing. 4 Revised sanitary and domestic water lines in Restrooms, Hallway, Breakroom, Stock, and Electrical room areas per latest architectural changes. 5 Revised Plumbing Fixtures in Restroom area per latest architectural changes. SMBH Inc. Project Revision Summary REVISION NO. # 4 ISSUE DATE: 11/22/2017 Project: Pink — Southcenter Tukwila, WA Store No: 00105809 Dwg. Date: 08/25/2017 Project No: 317-006.S01 17 Architectural Changes (A) r Bulling Department Comments (B) 0 Landlord Comments (L) Owner's Changes (OC) r Other (0): POR Revision Item No. Reference Document Comments 1. S01.01 Plan A — Restroom was relocated per existing site conditions. Relocated water heater callout to match new restroom locations and updated the structural walls that support shelving. Summary • Revision 4: Site Conditions/Master Development • Comments: Restroom was relocated to avoid conflict with the existing foundations. This also caused updates to the shelving areas. °PERMiT CO ftb COPY CS PLAN REVIEW/ROUTING SLIP PERMIT NUMBER: D17-0237 DATE: 12/04/17 PROJECT NAME: PINK SITE ADDRESS: 646 SOUTHCENTER MALL Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # Revision # before Permit Issued Revision # 1 after Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: 3uilding Division nu Public Woks I��I Fire Prevention Structural Planfiing ivision Permit Coordinator n PRELIMINARY REVIEW: Not Applicable (no approval/review required) DATE: 12/05/17 Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: DUE DATE: 01/02/18 Approved — Approved with Conditions Corrections Required ❑ Denied (corrections entered in Reviews) (ie: Zoning Issues) Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg 0 Fire 0 Ping 0 PW ❑ Staff Initials: 12/18/2013 4ERMIT COORD COPY, PLAN REVIEW/ROUTING SLIP PERMIT NUMBER: D17-0237 PROJECT NAME: PINK DATE: 09/01/17 SITE ADDRESS: 646 SOUTHCENTER MALL X Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # Revision # before Permit Issued Revision # after Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: A)C.i Building Division Ays AO) q s-17 Public Works A .1.4 Fire Prevention Structural r\* N Planning Di ision U11 Permit Coordinator 110 PRELIMINARY REVIEW: Not Applicable n (no approval/review required) DATE: 09/05/17 Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: DUE DATE: 10/03/17 Approved Corrections Required ❑ Approved with Conditions ❑ Denied ❑ (corrections entered in Reviews) Notation:-}-✓�� (ie: Zoning Issues) REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg 0 Fire 0 Ping 0 PW ❑ Staff Initials: iznsrzou PROJECT NAME: P0`— SITE ADDRESS: 0 I 5M YtC (0,0111 u ISI PERMIT NO: Dr-koi ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE: 111Z 1 G REVISION NO. Summary of Revision: DATE RECEIVED 11 STAFF ISSUED DATE INITIALS ori fA IrpI rims % STAFF INITIAi,S Received by:_/ ,a- %14, REVISION NO. LATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Summary of Revision: Received by: please print) REVISION DATE RECEIVED NO. STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: (please print) REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: (please print) REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: (please print) REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: (please print) City of Tukwila REVISION SUBMITTAL Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Web site: http://www.TukwilaWA.gov Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: II `-2,Q—f Plan Check/Permit Number: ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter # ❑ Response to Correction Letter # J4Revision # / after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner ❑ Deferred Submittal # Project Name: 171;A. k. Vfe_,4 r -e 4-- Project Address: j0Ll (p Soddy vA4-)4 b 023 Contact Person: `yj4-% U/1 Phone Number: (oij- .S'Q// - e/-71 Summary of Revision: cry OF TUKWILA PERMIT CFNTER Sheet Number(s): "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revisio Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: ❑ Entered in TRAKiT on W:\Permit Center\Templates\Forms\Revision Submittal Formdoc Revised: August 2015 PINNACLE CONSTRUCTION INC() Home Espafiol Contact Safety & Health C4 Washington State Department of 4. Labor & Industries Search L&I Page 1 of 2 A-"ZIndex Help My L&I Claims & Insurance Workplace Rights Trades & Licensing PINNACLE CONSTRUCTION INC Owner or tradesperson Principals ESTERLING, VONNIE RAE, PRESIDENT Doing business as PINNACLE CONSTRUCTION INC WA UBI No. 601 744 941 Parent company PINNACLE CONSTRUCTION INC. P.O. BOX 368 22060 221ST STREET GLENWOOD, IA 51534 712-527-9745 Business type Corporation Governing persons GREG A ESTERLING VONNIE R ESTERLING; MONTGOMERY C DIXON; GREG A ESTERLING; DOUGALS J HOFFMAN; License Verify the contractor's active registration / license / certification (depending on trade) and any past violations, Construction Contractor Active. Meets current requirements. License specialties GENERAL License no. PINNACI941K3 Effective — expiration 05/31/2006— 04/06/2019 Bond MERCHANTS BONDING CO (MUTUAL) Bond account no. WA16600 $12,000.00 Received by L&I Effective date 05/31/2006 05/26/2006 Expiration date Until Canceled Insurance Employers Mutual Casualty Co $1,000,000.00 Policy no. 1D24213 Received by L&I Effective date 03/28/2016 04/01/2015 Expiration date 04/01/2018 Insurance history Savings .........._. No savings accounts during the previous 6 year period. Help us improve https://secure.lni.wa.gov/verify/Detail.aspx?UBI=601744941 &LIC=PINNACI941 K3 &SAW= 11/2/2017 PINNACLE CONSTRUCTION INC Lawsuits against the bond or savings No lawsuits against the bond or savings accoz,ns during the previous 6 year period. L&I Tax debts No L&I tax debts are recorded for this contractor license during the previous 6 year period, but some debts may be recorded by other agencies. 0 License Violations No license violations during the previous 6 year period. Workers' comp Do you know if the business has employees? If so, verify the business is up-to-date on workers' comp premiums. This company has multiple workers' comp accounts. Active accounts L&I Account ID 927,014-01 Doing business as PINNACLE CONSTRUCTION INC Estimated workers reported Quarter 3 of Year 2017 "0" Workers L&I account contact T2 / MATT PEDERSEN (360)902-5476 - Email: PEDM235@lni.wa.gov Track this contractor Account is current. Public Works Strikes and Debarments Verify the contractor is eligible to perform work on public works projects. Contractor Strikes No strikes have been issued against this contractor. Contractors not allowed to bid No debarments have been issued against this contractor. Workplace safety and health No inspections during the previous 6 year period. Page 2 of 2 ©Washington State Dept. of Labor & Industries. Use of this site is subject to the laws of the state of VVashington. Help us improve https://secure.lni.wa.gov/verify/Detail.aspx?UBI=601744941&LIC=PINNACI941K3&SAW= 11/2/2017 0 J-1 95 10A 3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1 3/4"_ 3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1 3/4" M -IA F-2 F-2 A LANDLORD COMMENTS: • ROLLING OVERHEAD GRILLE 15 APPROVED FOR THIS LOCATION ONLY /1\ VARIES 'SEE A/A00.02 WALL MOUNTED ALARM KICKPLATE SERVICE DOOR ELEVATIONS GC TO ALIGN DOOR STOP W/ WOOD TRIM 2' 9 V2" 2' 3" o MIRROR MOUNTED ON DOOR (SHOWN DASHED) BLIND PINK SALES SIDE 0 0 VARIES '' SEE A/A00.021 KICKPLA E @ PUSH SIDE ONLY. PUSH STYLE PINK m U) 4f 3' 0" cn KICKPLATE @ PUSH SIDE ONLY. LEVER STYLE HOOK IS NOT INSTALLED ON DOOR TYP D N in GRAPHIC BY OTHERS FITTING ROOM PINK - TYPE D (ALCOVE SIDE ONLY) FITTING ROOM PINK - TYPE E (ROOM SIDE OF TYPE D) VARIES SEE A/A00.02 - LEXAN INSERTS U I I11•11►AU I USI IMNIM/II • • IIII • I nnnnnnnnnnnt-� VARIES - SEE A/A00.0: ICU U • I■ ■ I I• ■ ■ ICU U U I• ■ ■ ICU I U I 11 • • I■ U ■ ISI U I ISI U U I■ ■ U I■ U U I 0 ROLLING GRILLE LEXAN ›- 0 0 1 1 1 5 NUMBER SEE PLAN ( IA ) ( 2C) 5PL LOCATION ROLLING GRILLE - LEXAN SIZE WIDTH x HEIGHT x THICKNESS 17'-0" x 10'-7" HEIGHT 15 TO B.O. COIL MATERIAL LEAF: METAL / LEXAN FRAME: STEEL POST FINISH * PREFINISHED FINISH SAME EA. SIDE U.O.N. CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM * (4D) ( 4E) PINK STOREFRONT BLIND DOOR (SALES FLOOR SIDE) 2'-3" x 7'-5" x 1 3/4" LEAF: WOOD FRAME: WOOD MIRROR FRAME: GOLD* LEAF/JAMB: P-67 PINK FITTING ROOM - TYPE D 3'-0" x 6'-5 3/8" x 1 3/4" LEAF: S.C. WOOD FRAME: WOOD LEAF: PAINTED GRAY* FRAME: P-67 PINK FITTING ROOM - TYPE E 3'-0" x 6'-5 3/8" x 1 3/4" LEAF: S.C. WOOD FRAME: WOOD LEAF: PAINTED GRAY* FRAME: P-67 2 1 1 (75) ( BA) C. 11 ) PINK SALES/NON-SALES NI CASING TRIM TOILET ROOM OFFICE SERVICE 3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1 3/4" 3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1 3/4" LEAF: H.M. FRAME: H.M. LEAF: H.M. FRAME: H.M. SALES: P-67 NON -SALES: P-84 FIRE RATE FR SIDE: P-84 HALLWAY SIDE: P-84 LEAF: H.M. FRAME: H.M. LEAF: H.M. FRAME: H.M. P-84 NON -SALES: P-84EXTER I OR: V.I.F. HDW GROUP 45 MIN. G-2 GENERAL DOOR AND HARDWARE NOTES IA D A08.25 A A08.25 PROVIDE SIGNAGE PER GENERAL NOTE 5 ..s 'IL 12D A10.06 A10.06 A10.06 G.C. TO ATTACH DECORATIVE MIRROR TO SALES SIDE OF DOOR SA A10. AI0.06 LEAF PRE -FINISHED BY MANUFACTURER W/ PRE -APPLIED MIRROR ON ALCOVE SIDE. JAMB/CASING FINISHED BY G.C. 8B D1 A10.06 D2 A10.06 LEAF PRE -FINISHED BY MANUFACTURER, JAMB/CASING FINISHED BY G.G. K L-1 10A 11A Al A10.06 A2 A10.06 Al2.02 G. . 0 CA E DOOR J • MB/H D / W. .D TR MS P R D TA LS DI Al2.02 D2 Al2.02 P Al2.02 D1 Al2.02 Al2.02 D2 Al2.02 Al2.02 SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR DELIVERY BUZZER HARDWARE GROUPS 0 1 2 ITEM GROUP A: ROLLING GRILLE GRILLE CURTAIN, ENDPLATES, BARREL, BOT. PLATE STEEL COLUMN SUPPORTS FURN O GC INST O GC E PP"'"I/ o0 HARDWARE GROUPS 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 GRILLE MOTOR 0 0 2 3 1 KEYSWITCHES INTERLOCK DEVICE EMERGENCY RELEASE THUMBTURN LOCK CYLINDER: SECURITY SOLUTIONS U -CHANGE 316A01A1D2 W KEY AND CHANGE TOOL, FIN: BRUSHED CHROME CODE SIGNAGE "GRILLE TO REMAIN IN FULL OPEN..." 1 GROUP F-2: PINK FITTING ROOM DOOR LEAF, JAMB, AND CASING 0 0 0 0 • 0 0 0 0 0 3 • 0 1 0 0 0 1 3 SPRING LOADED HINGE: PBB INC. SP81 US5 4.5"X4.5" • 0 0 1 BUTT HINGE: PBB INC. 5581 US5 4.5"X4.5" LEVER: SUN VALLEY BRONZE CUSTOM "PINK" TRIM SET - FINISH: S1 -A. OPERABLE FR SIDE, DUMMY ALCOVE SIDE LOCKBODY: ACCURATE 9159 - COVER PLATE FINISH: SI -A STRIKE PLATE: ACCURATE - FINISH: SI -A CYLINDER: ILCO W/KEYS - FINISH: SI -A • • 0 1 ITEM GROUP K: OFFICE DOOR LEAF AND JAMB CONCEALED BEARING HINGES: STANLEY CB -179 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" US26D MORTISE LEVER LOCKSET, OFFICE FUNCTION: TOWNSTEEL, MSS-L-4-MALMO-U532D, FINISH: SATIN SS KICKPLATE: IVES 8400-10"x34", FINISH: US26D BRUSHED CHROME CLOSER: CORBIN RUSSWIN DC3200-689 (INSWING DOOR). DC3210-689 (OUTSWING DOOR) DOOR STOP: DELTANA WBC238U26D, FINISH: US26D BRUSHED CHROME DOOR SEAL: PEMKO S88W (AT RATED DOORS ONLY) LOCK CYLINDER: SECURITY SOLUTIONS U -CHANGE #5L2521BS02 W/ KEY 4 CHANGE TOOL, FINISH: US26D BRUSHED CHROME GROUP L-1: SERVICE 1 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 2 DOOR STOP: DELTANA WBC238U5 -FINISH: US5 ANTIQUE BRASS HINGE MOUNTED DOOR STOP: IVES 69F5 - FINISH: US5 FITTING ROOM HOOK: DOOR TYPES E AND F ONLY v.4.4m I -i.7\ 711111.71M 7 r i-it/-].x:7-1\Iif 0 1 0 0 0 r7 u W-7 u 1 1 1 0 DOOR LEAF DOOR JAMB FURN O GC INST O E 1. EXIT DOORS AT STOREFRONT TO HAVE SIGN ON TOP RAIL STATING "THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED WHEN BUILDING IS OCCUPIED." 2. DOORS WITHIN THE PATH OF TRAVEL FOR A PERSON USING A WHEELCHAIR SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH A SINGLE EFFORT BY LEVER, PANIC BAR OR PUSH / PULL HARDWARE AS PER ADA. 3. EXIT DOORS TO BE OPERABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT USE OF A KEY OR ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. 4. PROVIDE A MOTOR FOR ROLLING GRILLES MORE THAN 150 SQUARE FEET OR WIDER THAN 12'-0", COORDINATE POWER REQUIREMENTS WITH ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS AS REQUIRED, COORDINATE LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT. 5. STOREFRONT GRILLES TO HAVE SIGNAGE ON STORE SIDE OF BOTTOM RAIL OF GRILLE STATING, "GRILLE TO REMAIN IN FULL OPEN POSITION DURING STORE HOURS WHEN OCCUPIED BY THE GENERAL PUBLIC." 6. FIRE DOORS SHALL HAVE A MIN. OPEN FORCE ALLOWABLE BY THE APPROPRIATE ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY. THE FORCE FOR PUSHING OR PULLING OPEN A DOOR OR GATE OTHER THAN FIRE DOORS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: 6.a. INTERIOR HINGED OR FOLDING DOORS: 5 LBS MAX. 6.b. SLIDING OR FOLDING DOORS: 5 LBS MAX. 7. DOOR CLOSERS AND GATE CLOSERS SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM AN OPEN POSITION OF 90 DEGREES, THE TIME REQUIRED TO MOVE THE DOOR TO A POSITION OF 12 DEGREES FROM THE LATCH IS 5 SECONDS MINIMUM. 8. DOOR AND GATE SPRING HINGES SHALL BE ADJUSTED 50 THAT FROM THE OPEN POSITION OF 70 DEGREES, THE DOOR OR GATE SHALL MOVE TO THE CLOSED POSITION IN 1.5 SECONDS MINIMUM. 9. THRESHOLDS SHALL NOT EXCEED 1/2" IN HEIGHT. RAISED THRESHOLDS AND FLOOR LEVEL CHANGES AT ACCESSIBLE DOORWAYS SHALL BE BEVELED WITH A SLOPE NO GREATER THAN 1:2. 10. ALL WOOD AND H.M. DOORS TO HAVE A MINIMUM OF THREE PAIRS OF HINGES PER LEAF. 11. BOTH SIDES OF DOORS SHALL BE FINISHED THE SAME, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. SEE A05.XX DRAWINGS FOR PAINT CALL OUTS. 12. ALL WOOD DOOR FRAMES AND TRIM SHALL BE A.N.I. OR N.I.C. CUSTOM GRADE U.O.N. 13. ALL LEGAL EXITS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH SELF -ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGNS HAVING 6" LETTERS WITH 3/4" STROKES IN CONTRASTING COLORS. 14. HARDWARE CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE ALL HARDWARE WITH DOORS 4 FRAMES AS SPECIFIED, INCLUDING BACKSETS 4 STRIKES. HARDWARE GROUPS 0 ITEM FURN O GC INST O GC E 15. ALL MILLWORK IN THIS SCOPE OF WORK SHALL BE DELIVERED ON SITE SHOP -PRIMED AND SANDED. 16. ALL COMPONENTS OF FIRE RATED DOOR ASSEMBLIES SHALL BEAR THE LABEL OF AN APPROVED TESTING AGENCY INCLUDING: DOOR, FRAME, CLOSING DEVICE, LATCHES 4 HINGES. PROVIDE SMOKE GASKETS AND DRAFT CONTROL IF REQUIRED. 17. HARDWARE FOR ALL ACCESSIBLE DOORS SHALL BE OF THE LEVER OR PUSH TYPE. MOUNTED 34" TO 44" A.F.F. 18. LOCKING HARDWARE AT ENTRY DOORS MUST INCLUDE U -CHANGE CYLINDERS. 19. KEY ALL LOCKS ALIKE. 20. FOR EXISTING SERVICE DOORS, G.C. TO INSTALL TAMPER PROOF HINGES IF NOT EXISTING. 21. FOR ANY ABANDONED SERVICE DOOR, REMOVE OUTSIDE KNOB/LEVER/LOCK AND INSTALL BLANK COVER PLATES TO CONCEAL ALL HOLES. 22. DOOR UNDERCUT FOR AIR TRANSFER SHALL BE 1". REFER TO MECH PLAN TO DETERMINE WHEN THIS IS REQUIRED. 23. G.C. TO MAXIMIZE POSSIBLE DOOR SWING AT ALL DOORS. 24. G.C. TO VERIFY OPERATION OF ROLLING GRILLE BARREL SWITCH (INTERLOCK DEVICE) ENSURING THAT OPERATION PROPERLY SHUTS THE MOTOR OFF WHEN GRILLE IS IN LOCKED POSITION TO AVOID DAMAGE TO MOTOR. 25. G.C. TO VERIFY OPERATION OF EMERGENCY RELEASE DEVICE AT ROLLING GRILLES ENSURING THAT GRILLE OPENS TO A MIN. OF 48" A.F.F. WHEN USED. 26. REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN FOR DOOR TAG LOCATIONS. 27. INTERIOR GLAZING TO BE FULLY TEMPERED PER ASTM C1048 AND COMPLIANT WITH CPSC 16 CFR PART 1201 AND SHALL HAVE PASSED ANSI Z97.1. THICKNESS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. SEE SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 088100 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 28. EXTERIOR GLAZING TO BE TEMPERED PER GENERAL NOTE 27. EXTERIOR GLAZING TO PROVIDE REQUIRED WINMORN E -DEBRIS -IMPACT RESISTANCE PER ASTM E1996 AND BE INSULATED WITH DUAL SEAL. SEE SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 088100 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 29. EXTERIOR LAMINATED GLAZING TO BE TEMPERED PER GENERAL NOTE 27. GLAZING TO PROVIDE WINDBORNE-DEBRIS-IMPACT RESISTANCE AND INSULATION PER GENERAL NOTE 28 AND MEET REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM C1172 FOR LAMINATED GLAZING. SEE SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 088100 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. HARDWARE GROUPS st- 0 ITEM FURN O GC INST O GC 0 0 IN I 0 0 0 0 0 • 0 0 0 0 0 0 • 0 • BALL BEARING HINGE WITH SECURITY STUD: IVES 5551SH, FINISH: US26D BRUSHED CHROME DOORSCOPE VIEWER: ADVANCED SAFETY DEVICES ULTRA WIDE ANGLE DSI75 - SILVER (INSTALL AT 54" A.F.F.) KICKPLATE: IVES 8400-10"x34", FINISH: US26D BRUSHED CHROME (42" DOOR USE 10"X40") CLOSER: CORBIN RUSSIA! IN DC3210-689 (OUTSWING DOOR) PANIC RELEASE / ALARM: SECURITECH TRIDENT TEL -210 U -CHANGE LOCK CYLINDER. 311B01A1D2 WI KEY AND CHANGE TOOL THRESHOLD (ADJ TO WOOD/TILE): REESE 5245A 5" MILL FINISH ALUMINUM, HALF SADDLE THRESHOLD (ADJ TO VCT @ EXT): PEMKO 252X3AFG, MILL FINISH ALUMINUM, THERMAL BARRIER SADDLE 0 • • 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 • • 1 THRESHOLD (ADJ TO VCT @ INT): PEMKO 270A, MILL FINISH ALUMINUM, SADDLE • • 1 3 1 GROUP G-2: PINK SALES/NON-SALES DOOR LEAF AND JAMB CONCEALED BEARING HINGES: STANLEY CB -179 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" US26D 1 1 1 1 3 PUSHPLATE: IVES 8200-4"x16", FINISH: US15 SATIN NICKEL PULL PLATE: IVES 8302-8-4"x16, FINISH: US26D" KICKPLATE: IVES 8400-10"x34", FINISH: US15 SATIN NICKEL CLOSER: CORBIN RUSSWIN DC3200-689 DOOR HOLDER: IVES FS452 -5- US26D 0 1 1 DOOR SHOE: PEMKO 216AV, MILL FINISH ALUMINUM (AT EXTERIOR ONLY) DOOR CONTACT STORE NAME AND SUITE NUMBER, 2"H LETTERS @ 5'-6" A.F.F. (OR PER MALL STANDARDS) 0 • 0 0 0 • 0 0 0 0 0 0 a 1 PERIMETER GASKETING: PEMKO 303AV MILL FINISH ALUMINUM WITH GRAY INSERT (AT EXTERIOR ONLY) ADHESIVE FIRE/SMOKE GASKETING: PEMKO PK33BL, COLOR: BLK 0 0 GROUP M -1A: PINK BLIND DOOR (MIRROR) • 0 0 DOOR CHIME: EZ -TONE DC -1 (ONLY DOORS ADJ TO SALES FLOOR) GROUP J-1: TOILET ROOM DOOR LEAF AND JAMB CONCEALED BEARING HINGES: STANLEY MORTISE LEVER LOCKSET, PRIVACY FUNCTION: TOWNSTEEL, MSS- L-19- MALMO-ADA- US32D. FINISH: SATIN SS KICKPLATE: IVES 8400-10"x34", FINISH U526D CLOSER: CORBIN RUSSWIN DC3200-68c1 ( INSWING DOOR). DOOR STOP: DELTANA WBC238U26D BRUSHED CHROME DOOR SEAL: PEMKO S8814 (AT RATED DOORS ONLY) THRESHOLD: CALACATTA MARBLE 0 0 0 • 0 1 2 1 1 a a a 0 DOOR LEAF AND JAMB SELECT HINGES #SL41HD SWING CLEAR CONTINUOUS GEAR HINGE. FINISH: 2041R1 CLEAR ROLLER CATCH: IVES #336-B26 OVERHEAD STOP: GLYNN JOHNSON 9045. FINISH: US32D SATIN STAINLESS STEEL PRE -FINISHED MIRROR FRAME / LADDER FRAME / HARDWARE MIRROR GLASS • 0 • 0 • 0 0 0 • • 0 0 0 0 a • 0 • a • 0 NIB BU NO SCALE 05N -A0002 -A02 -NOTE SHREMSHOCK Shremshock Architects, Inc. 7400 W. Campus Rd. Suite 150 New Albany, OH 43054 t: 614 545 4550 I f: 614 45 4555 I shremshock.com Gerald S. S emshock, Architect Timothy J. remshock, Architect 0 0 0 ct 0 F- CNI ui 15 CL CD N. ro co a. in ca It: a 6 s: ;! ! ! ! : .< 2, , , c • • 41 f: !! ! ! '!41a, !! !! %; t4 : ,E :: l: !! !cd c! !! ! !! gg vEr td 17: !!!! i ; i i :: t.1:E ZO cd :: 2m :: f4 ,11 FE Lat La 1 • PROJECT INFORMATION: LIJ Cn Fsma cc °3 LU z Loj g 0 .< a. co Di 00 0 CL .4C CL IC La M 0 LU en LU CD LLI LLI REVISIONS: REQUIRED BY: DATE ABD PLUMBNG RESPONSE 09/21/17 POR: DESIGN CHANGES MASTER DEVELOPMENT CITY OF TUKWILA DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 AM HMG SKM DOOR SCHEDULE DRAWING NUMBER: PINK DECORATIVE ELEMENTS PINK DECORATIVE ELEMENTS CODE LOCATION MANUFACTURER DESCRIPTION 1 SPREAD LOCATION MANUFACTURER DESCRIPTION SPREAD NO DESCRIPTION STENCIL LOCATION NO DESCRIPTION LOCATION PAINT FINISHES ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE PS -01 W PS -01G PS -53B PS -545 P5 -55K PS -60B PS -60K PS -61B P5 -61K P5-625 PS -63B PS -645 PS -65B PS -66B P5 -66K PS -66W P5 -67K PS -67W PS -685 PS -68K P5 -68W PS -69B PS -69K PS -69W WHITE BORDER STENCIL GOLD BORDER STENCIL 1" GOLD DOT STENCILS LOVE PINK - STENCIL 'F' CABINET LOVE PINK IN LAUREL - STENCIL DOGGIE - STENCIL 11 1/2" T LOVE PINK IN HEART OUTLINE - STENCIL FR LOVE PINK IN HEART - STENCIL FR LOVE PINK IN HEART - STENCIL FR PINK LAUREL - STENCIL FR PINK LAUREL - STENCIL 2'-4 3/8" T 2'-4 3/8" T 2'-10" T FR LOVE PINK - STACKED - STENCIL FR PINK IN HEART - STENCIL 2'-1 3/4" T FR LOVE PINK STACKED IN LAUREL- STENCIL AFR STENCIL - DOGGIE IN LAUREL PINK IN LAUREL - STENCIL PINK IN LAUREL - STENCIL PINK IN LAUREL - STENCIL 2'-7 3/8" T CUSTOM DOGGIE IN LAUREL - STENCIL DOGGIE IN LAUREL - STENCIL DOGGIE IN LAUREL - STENCIL CUSTOM CUSTOM CUSTOM CUSTOM CUSTOM LOVE PINK IN HEART - STENCIL LOVE PINK IN HEART - STENCIL LOVE PINK IN HEART - STENCIL LOVE PINK STACKED - STENCIL LOVE PINK STACKED - STENCIL LOVE PINK STACKED - STENCIL CUSTOM CUSTOM FR ALCOVE/VEST FR ALCOVE/VEST COLUMNS PV -33G PINK ROOM 2 TRANSITION TRANSITIONS FR CABINETS FITTING ROOM FITTING ROOM FITTING ROOM FITTING ROOM FITTING ROOM FITTING ROOM FITTING ROOM PKG1 PKG1 PV -49G PV -50G PV -51G PV -52G PV -52G PV -53B PV -545 PV -55K PV -56K VINYL: 1/2" BORDER SET FOR 48" WIDE ACCESSORY BUNK (2 PER SET) VINYL: 1/2" BORDER SET FOR 67" WIDE ACCESSORY BUNK (4 PER SET) VINYL: DOUBLE BORDER W/ PINK PLAQUE AT DISPLAY WINDOWS VINYL: DOUBLE BORDER AT STOREFRONT DOORS VINYL: SINGLE BORDER AT SIDELITES 14"W X 12 .625"1-1 7"W X 12.625"H VARIES VARIES VARIES ACCESS() ORY CABS REFRONT STOREFRONT STOREFRONT NON -SALES VINYL: INTERNATIONAL STORE GOLD BORDERS DOGGIE IN LAUREL (BLIND MIRROR) - VINYL DOGGIE IN LAUREL VINYL 'F' CABINET LOVE PINK IN LAUREL - VINYL (OFF ;LAC DOGGIE VINYL 32" T 11 1/2" T VINYL: LOVE PINK IN HEART OUTLINE 29 1/2"T BLIND DOOR MIRROR AFR DOOR BENJAMIN MOORE 877-623-8484 BENJAMIN MOORE 877-623-8484 BENJAMIN MOORE 877-623-8484 BENJAMIN MOORE 877-623-8484 TRANSITION TRANSITION PKG2 PKG2 FR CABINETS FR MIRROR PINK BRICK BENJAMIN MOORE 877-623-8484 AFR FITTING ROOM STOREFRONT/VARIOUS STOREFRONT/VARIOUS STOREFRONT/VARIOUS STOREFRONT/VARIOUS STOREFRONT/VARIOUS STOREFRONT/VARIOUS STOREFRONT/VARIOUS STOREFRONT/VARIOUS STOREFRONT/VARIOUS VSL NON -SALES PW -31A.1 PINK LAUREL ON 8" DISTRESS PINK DOTS (WC -31A) CUSTOM CUSTOM CUSTOM USE THE KEY BELOW TO DECIPHER THE PINK GRAPHIC P - INDICATES THAT THIS GRAPHIC IS F X - MEDIUM (V, W, 5) ## - GRAPHIC CONTENT C - COLOR OPTION (K, B, G ###" - SIZE OPTION, IF •, ,L (OMITTED IF AVAIL •? R - INCLUDED IN GRAPHIC "REVERSED" VERSIO (ADD "REVERSE" SIZE ONLY). FOR THE "MIRRORED" OR ASYMMETRICAL "PW" GRAPHICS OVE BUBBLE FOR "PS" OR "PV" TYPES MEDIUM: ✓ VINYL W PRE -FINISHED WALLCOVERING/PANEL S FIELD PAINTED STENCIL COLORS: K PINK B OFF BLACK G GOLD LEAF W WHITE PN -36A.2 PW -36A.3 PW -36A.4 PW -36A.5 PW -83A.1 PW -84A.6 PW -115.4 PW -115.5 PW -115.6 PW -146.1 LOVE PINK (WHITE) ON PINK BACKGROUND (WC -52A) DOG LAUREL, SMALL (WHITE) ON PINK BACKGROUND (WC -36A) DOG LAUREL, LARGE (WHITE) ON PINK BACKGROUND (WC -36A) LOVE PINK HEART, LARGE (WHITE) ON PINK BACKGROUND (WC -36A) LOVE PINK HEART, SMALL (WHITE) ON PINK BACKGROUND (WC -36A) DOG LAUREL (BLACK) (WC -83A) PINK ROOM 1 OR 3 PINK ROOM 1 OR 3 PINK ROOM 1 OR 3 PINK ROOM 1 OR 3 PINK ROOM 2 50H WALLS PINK GRAPHIC BOH DOORS /FRAMES BENJAMIN MOORE 877-623-8484 BENJAMIN MOORE 877-623-8484 BENJAMIN MOORE 877-623-8484 BENJAMIN MOORE 877-623-8484 BENJAMIN MOORE 877-623-8484 BENJAMIN MOORE 877-623-8484 VICTORIA'S REGAL 549 VICTORIA'S CORONADO VICTORIA'S REGAL 548 VICTORIA'S REGAL 550 SECRET 'RHODODENDRON': (EGGSHELL) OR AURA 524 (EGGSHELL) SECRET 'POLKA PINK': (EGGSHELL) - APPLY 2 COATS MIN. SECRET 'WHITE CHOCOLATE' (MATTE) OR AURA 522 (MATTE) SECRET 'WHITE CHOCOLATE' (PEARL) OR AURA 526 (SATIN) VICTORIA'S SECRET 'WHITE CHOCOLATE' REGAL 549 (EGGSHELL) OR AURA 524 (EGGSHELL); APPLIED OVER PRIMER: (2) COATS AQUA LOCK PLUS - WHITE CLASS A 5 CLASS A 5 CLASS A 5 CLASS A 5 CLASS A 0 CLASS A 0 CLASS A 0 CLASS A 0 NON -SALES ARMSTRONG 877-276-7876 SALES AREA ARMSTRONG 877-276-7876 LAY -IN CEILING: NH ITE STYLE: DUNE, SQUARE LAY -IN 24"x48"X5/8" FINE TEXTURE DESIGN #1773 GRID: ARMSTRONG 15/16" PRELUDE CLASS A < 25 CLASS A 0 SHREMSHOCK Shremshock Architects, Inc. 7400 W. Campus Rd. Suite 150 New Albany, OH 43054 t: 614 545 4550 I f: 614 545 4555 I shremshock.com Gerald Shremshock, Architect Timoth J. Shremshock, Architect LAY -IN CEILING: WHITE STYLE: DUNE, BEVELED TEGULAR 2411X24"X5/8", FINE TEXTURE DESIGN #1775, GRID: INTERLUDE XL 9/16" CLASS A < 25 CLASS A 0 CLASS A 5 CLASS A 0 VICTORIA'S SECRET 'WHITE CHOCOLATE' REGAL 551 (SEMI -GLOSS) OR AURA 528 (SEMI -GLOSS) VICTORIA'S SECRET 'BALBOA MIST' REGAL 549 (EGGSHELL) OR AURA 524 (EGGSHELL) 'WHITE BLUSH' OC -86 (MATTE) CLASS A 5 CLASS A 0 MISCELLANEOUS CLASS A 5 CLASS A 0 MULTIPLE LOCATIONS CLASS A 5 CLASS A 0 OFFICE DESKS WILSONART CLASS A 5 CLASS A 0 CLASS A 5 CLASS A 0 BREAK ROOM COUNTER DUPONT-CORIAN FORM ICA WILSONART 1/4" CLEAR PLATE MIRROR W/ POLISHED EDGES PLASTIC LAMINATE #15025-60: "WHITE LACE" (MATTE) W/ PLASTIC TEE MOLDING EDGE TO MATCH WORK SURFACE. "ANTHRACITE" - SOLID SURFACE FINISH F7515 "GRAPHITE GRAPH IXII (MATTE 58) #4623-60: "GRAPHITE NEBULA" - (MATTE) NON -FR ALCOVE/VEST NON -FR ALCOVE/VEST NON -FR ALCOVE/VEST POWDER ROOM POWDER ROOM PINK BRICK AFR FITTING ROOM AFR FITTING ROOMS ALL ALL BENJAMIN MOORE 877-623-8484 ALL PKG2 PKG2 PKG2 PINK PINK 'C' C BENJAMIN MOORE 877-623-8484 'WHITE BLUSH' OC -86 (SEMI -GLOSS) VICTORIA'S SECRET "POLKA PINK" CORONADO (EGGSHELL) APPLIED OVER PRIMER: (2) COATS AQUA LOCK PLUS - WHITE BALBOA MIST #11549 (MATTE) CHELSEA GRAY (SATIN/PEARL) FINISH TO MATCH I .. E PW -146.2 PN -146.3 PN -200.1 PN -200.2 PW -200.3 PW -202.1 PW -202.2 PN -202.3 PW -208.1 DOG LAUREL, LARGE (BLACK) ON GRAY BACKGROUND (WC -115) LOVE PINK HEART, LARGE (BLACK) ON GRAY BACKGROUND (WC -115) PINK BRICK BENJAMIN MOORE 877-623-8484 DOG LAUREL (BLACK) ON 8" LIGHT PINK DOT BACKGROUND (WC -146) PINK LAUREL, SMALL (BLACK) (WC -146) LOVE PINK STACKED - (BLACK) (NC -200) DOG LAUREL - (BLACK) (WC -200) PINK LAUREL - (BLACK) (WC -200) LOVE PINK IN HEART - (PINK) (WC -202) PINK LAUREL - (PINK) (WC -202) PINK LAUREL - (PINK) (WC -202) PINK LAUREL - (BLACK) (WC -208) FR ALCOVE FR VEST FEAT. WALL FR VEST FEAT. WALL FITTING ROOM FITTING ROOM AFR FITTING ROOM FITTING ROOM PINK BRICK AFR FITTING ROOM AFR FITTING ROOM PKG2 PKG2 PKG2 PKG2 PKG2 PKG2 BENJAMIN MOORE 877-623-8484 VICTORIA'S SECRET 'WHITE CHOCOLATE' REGAL 551 (SEMI -GLOSS) OR AURA 528 (SEMI -GLOSS); APPLIED OVER PRIMER: TWO COATS AQUA LOCK PLUS -WHITE 'VICTORIA'S SECRET 'POLKA PINK' CORONADO (SEMI -GLOSS) APPLIED OVER PRIMER: TWO COATS AQUA LOCK PLUS WHITE WALL FINISHES NON -SALES KEMLITE 815-467-8600 COLOR IMAGE WC -50A COLOR IMAGE WC -52A COLOR IMAGE NOTE: THIS SCHEDULE = S ALL POSSIBLE GRAPHIC TYPES. SEE THE A07 SHEETS TO DETERMINE WHICH GRAPHICS ARE USED IN THIS STORE. WC -115 PINK FR COLOR IMAGE HIC SCHEDULE - PINK NO SCALE 05N -A0003 -LOO -NOTE 02.24.17 WC -116 FIXTURE NAME IDENTIFICATION TAG TOI LET ROOM/PINK POWDER ROOM STONE SOURCE PINK BUILT IN FIXTURES PINK ACCESSORY CABINET - 48/48 32/32 48 PINK CABINET A - SET BACK SOFFIT PINK CABINET TALL A - NO SOFFIT PINK CABINET B - TYPICAL SOFFIT PKG 1/2 PKG 1/2 PINK CABINET C - FIXED FAUX UPPER CABINET PINK CABINET C - OPERABLE UPPER CABINET PINK CABINET D - TYPICAL SOFFIT PINK CABINET E - SMALL MEDIUM LARGE PINK CABINET F - SMALL MEDIUM LARGE PINK CABINET G - FIXED FAUX UPPER CABINET PKG 1/2 PKG 1 PKG 1 PKG 1/2 PKG 1/2 PKG 1/2 PKG 1 PINK CABINET G - OPERABLE UPPER CABINET PINK FIN PINK FOCAL W/ ARCH $ LOW PUCKS (SCRIPT SIGN) PINK FOCAL W/ ARCH $ LOW PUCKS(PINK SPARKLE SIGN) PINK SALES FLOOR CLOSET BLIND DOOR MIRROR - GOLD PINK SALES FLOOR DOUBLE BLIND DOOR MIRROR - GOLD PKG 1/2 PKG 1/2 PKG 1/2 PKG 1/2 PKG 1/2 PKG 1/2 PKG 1/2 PKG 1/2 PKG 1/2 PKG 1/2 PKG 1/2 PKG 1/2 PKG 1/2 PKG 1/2 PAC- COMBO -V4 PCAB-A-V3 PCAB-AT-V3 PCAB-B-V3 PCAB-C-V3 PCAB-CO-V2 FLOOR COVERING NON -SALES PCAB- D -V2 PCAB-E-X-V6 PCAB-F-X-V4 PCAB-G-V1 PCAB-G0-V1 PFIN-Vl RECEIVING AREA ARMSTRONG 877-276-7876 ARMSTRONG 877-276-7876 SERVICE DOOR ENTRY MAT MATWORKS 800.523.5179 12" X 12" VCT: EXCELON #518161: 'CHERRY RED' IMPERIAL TEXTURE. (OR LSD$C APPROVED EQUAL) 12" X 12" VCT: EXCELON #51812: 'LEMON YELLOW' IMPERIAL TEXTURE. (OR LSD$C APPROVED EQUAL) WC -146 WC -147 NC -200 PINK FR COLOR IMAGE APROPOS WC -202 PINK FR PINK FR APROPOS DESIGNER LINKS 'CHARCOAL' TIGHT ZEPHYR CARPET W/ TACFAST BACKING $ BLACK PVC GRID. * G.C. TO PAINT CONCRETE BENEATH MAT BLACK WC -203 WC -208 PINK FR PINK FR APROPOS APROPOS APROPOS PFOC-AR-L-V6 COLOR IMAGE PFOC-AR-LPS-V7 PFOC-PL-H-V9 PFOC-PL-L-V9 PPXX-V3 WC -210C APROPOS WC -211 PSFM-CB-V2 PSFM-DB-V2 PSFMS-A-V3 PSFMS-C-V3 PSFMT-A-V3 PSFMT-C-V3 PSFM-D-V2 KEMLITE FIRE -X GLASBOARD PLUS OR APPROVED EQUAL; EMBOSSED FINISH; WHITE; SEE SPEC 09721 WALLCOVER I NG: SLUE TICKING STRIPE; DREAMSCAPE CANVAS CLASS A < 25 CLASS A < 450 CLASS A 20 CLASS A 280 WALLCOVERING: 8" DISTRESS WHITE DOT ON BRIGHT PINK DISTRESS BKGD; DREAMSCAPE CLASS A 20 CLASS A 280 WALLCOVER I NG: 'LOVE PINK' DISTRESS ON BRIGHT PINK DISTRESS BKGD. DREAMSCAPE CANVAS. SEE SHEETS A07.XX * E/A10.06 FOR GRAPHIC TAGS AND LOCATIONS WHEN THEY OCCUR. WALLCOVER I NG: BALBOA GRAY; DREAMSCAPE CANVAS, REFER TO SHEETS A07.XX * E/10.05 FOR GRAPHIC TAGS AND LOCATIONS NHEN THEY OCCUR. CLASS A 20 CLASS A 280 CERAMIC TILE: SATIN WHITE GLOSSY 4 1/411X10"x3/8" WALL TILE (4 5/16"X9 3/4"X3/8" ACTUAL) #LAU-SW1G-P4X10, SET IN RUNNING BOND PATTERN W/ 2.4"HX6"L CHAIR RAIL #LAU-SWHG-2X6CHRL. MITER TILE AT OUTSIDE CORNERS. GROUT: MAPEI ULTRA COLOR PLUS, #19 PEARL GRAY (SANDED) WALLCOVERING: 8" LIGHT PINK SOI LD DOT ON BRIGHT PINK SOLID BKGD; DREAMSCAPE CANVAS WALLCOVERING: 1" TEXTURED GOLD DOT ON WHITE CHOCOLATE BACKGROUND WALLCOVER I NG: 5" POLKA PINK DOT ON GRAY GEO PATTERN BACKGROUND WALLCOVERING: 5" BLACK DOT CROSS HATCH ON GRAY CROSS HATCH BACKGROUND WALLCOVERING: 3 1/2" LIGHT PINK DOT ON POLKA PINK BACKGROUND WALLCOVERING: 1" LIGHT PINK DOT ON POLKA PINK BACKGROUND WALLCOVER I NG: 1'-9" POLKA PINK DOT ON WHITE CHOCOLATE BACKGROUND ARMOURCOAT SURFACE FINISH: FAUX "CONCRETE": K124 LEVEL 4 FINISH ON GYP BD OR WOOD IMO lhAl6dilid.14.641.6dillim."." HAMILTON PARKER ANA SOHO TAUPE GLOSS 4"X16". 1/8" GROUT: NM MAPEI 93 WARM GREY - GRIS CHAUD L► STOREFRONT FINISHES 41 LW .1C 81 0. P!o- u!L-!j:i2! !! !! !! !! !! LE 0 en AS 1.61 Lw o !! 11 :! oaZw CL0 CL cal xrc ox ur- PINK SALES FLOOR MIRROR - TYPE E PINK VIDEO WALL W/ 46' MONITORS PINK VIDEO WALL W/ 55" MONITORS COPPER PLANK PKG 1/2 PKG 1/2 PVW -46 -#X3-V2 PVW-55-#X3-V2 CASHWRAP AND BACKWRAPS PINK FLOOR FIXTURES PINK ACCESSORY CABINET DRAWER BASE 48" 67" PINK ARMOIRE PINK BRA BAR PINK BRA LAUNCH TABLE PINK BRA LAUNCH TABLE DRAWER BUNK PINK BRA LAUNCH TABLE LARGE PINK BRA LAUNCH TABLE DRAWER BUNK LARGE PKG 1/2 PKG 1/2 PKG 1/2 PKG 1/2 PKG 1/2 PKG 1/2 PKG 1/2 PADBXX-SP PARM-SPL P55 -V3 PBLT-V2 PBLDB-414-V5 PBLTL VI PINK BACKWRAP VIDEO FRAME - 134" PINK BACKWRAP VIDEO FRAME - 174" PINK BACKWRAP: 4 - 6 REGISTER PINK CASHWRAP: 3 - 6 REGISTER PINK CASHWRAP: 3-6 REG, END EXPOSED RIGHT / LEFT PKG1/FS PKG1/FS PKG1/FS PKG1/FS PKG1/FS PKG1/FS PBWM-136-V3 PBWVF-134-V3 PBWVF-174-V1 PBWxR-V6 PCNxR-V7 PINK FITTING ROOMS KAREN PEARSE GLOBAL DIRECT PCWxR-#E-V7 PBLDB-3W-V2 PINK POWDER ROOM, VSL/PINK NON-PUBLIC TOI LET ROOM NASCO STONE $ TILE, LLC PINK/VSL PINK CURVED DRAWER BUNK PINK COAT RACK PINK DRAWER BASE 32" $ 48" PINK FEAST TABLE SMALL PKG 1/2 PKG 1/2 PKG 1/2 -V8 PFST#-V3 PINK ENTRY MAT PINK/VSL FR TRANS KAREN PEARSE GLOBAL DIRECT MATS, INC 781-573-0262 KAREN PEARSE GLOBAL DIRECT PINK IMPULSE TOWER PINK LAUNCH CUBE PKG 1/2 PKG 1/2 PIPT-Vl PLC -V2 PINK LAUNCH CUBE - ILLUMINATED PINK LAUNCH TABLE LARGE OR SMALL PINK LOUNGE FC -102 PINK SALES FLOOR (CHINA) KAREN PEARSE GLOBAL DIRECT PINK MINI BAR PINK OTTOMAN PINK PANTY BAR LARGE PINK PANTY DRAWER BUNK PINK ROUND BRA TABLE SMALL OR LARGE PINK ROUND 13RA TABLE DRAWER BUNK - OR SM PINK ROUND TABLE PINK SQUARE TABLE PINK SHOE RACK - TALL PINK SPENCER TABLE PINK SPENCER TABLE DRAWER BUNK PINK TRUNK LARGE PKG 1/2 PKG 1/2 PKG 1/2 PKG V2 PKG V2 PKG 1/2 PKG 1/2 PKG 1/2 PKG 1/2 PKG 1/2 PKG 1/2 PKG 1/2 PLF-SPL PMB-V4 POT -V3 FC- 103 KAREN PEARSE GLOBAL DIRECT PP13L- V5 PPDB-V1 PRBTL-SPL PRB13#- V1 PRT -V4 PSQT-V1 PSTB-V4 PTPL-V2 PINK WOOD U -BAR PNU13- V4 PINK METAL U -BAR PKG 1/2 LIGHTBOX TOWER 80" OR 96" HIGH L I G1 -1-1130X TOWER 80" OR 96" HIGH DOUBLE L I GHTBOX TOWER 80" OR 96" HIGH TRIPLE WALL MOUNTED LIGHTBOX 80" OR 96" HIGH WALL MOUNTED LIGHTBOX 80" OR 96" HIGH DOUBLE PORTAL SIGNAGE - LLUMINATED LETTERS PKG 1/2 PKG 1/2 PKG 1/2 PKG 1/2 PKG 1/2 PKG 1/2 1 -13T## -BL FC -104 P I NK/VSL FR TRANS KAREN PEARSE GLOBAL DIRECT NON -SALES PORTAL SIGNAGE - APPL I ED LETTERS PINK W I NDOW WALL DOTS (36" or 40") VITRI NE - FRONT ACCESS POWDER ROOM FIXTURES PINK POWDER ROOM VANITY TOP * BASE SGP -V1 ARMSTRONG 877-276-7876 SGPSA-V1 PKG 1/2 PKG 1/2 VITF -V3 -131-IG FC -107 PI NK STOREFRONT ENTRY * VESTIBULE KAREN PEARSE GLOBAL DIRECT FC -122 PINK POWDER ROOM VANITY TOP * BASE - CALI FORN IA 3/4" x 3-3/4" RANDOM LENGTHS, EUROPEAN OAK, CUSTOM COLOR "D" (W IRE BRUSH, CUSTOM DENTS) MICROBEVELED EDGE PORCELAIN: 'MAVERICK WENGE 6"X48"X3/8" (5.81 "X47.06"X.38" ACTUAL) GROUT: MAPEI, #47 CHARCOAL (SANDED) OR LATICRETE, #45 RAVEN (UNSANDED) PORCELAIN: ALABASTRO COLLECTION, 'SINTRA GREY' MATTE, #CPT150 24"X24"X3/8" (23.62"X23.62"X.38" ACTUAL), SET IN RUNNING BOND PATTERN, GROUT: MAPEI ULTRA COLOR PLUS, #19 PEARL GRAY (SANDED) PINK (CALIFORNIA) BENJAMIN MOORE BENJAMIN MOORE 877-623-8484 MARBLE THRESHOLD: CALACATTA EXTRA POLISHED RODDED AND CRATED 44"X4 7/8"X3/4" (44"X4.88"X3/4" ACTUAL) #CAL2THRP006 1/2" THICK SYNTHETIC BERKSHIRE MAT - COLOR NATURAL PINK MULLION STOREFRONT VENDORS CLASS B CLASS B PINK THIN BRICK VENEER HAMILTON PARKER MARBLE THRESHOLD: CALACATTA EXTRA POLISHED RODDED AND CRATED 44"X7 1/4"X3/4" TONG BAN, GLAZED WOOD PORCELAIN, NATURAL FINISH 6" X36" X3/8" PORCELAIN: 'TANNEY OAK 2.0' 6"X72"X3/8" GROUT: MAPEI, #47 CHARCOAL (SANDED) OR LATICRETE, #45 RAVEN (UNSANDED) CLASS B CLASS 5 1 COAT FRESH START MULTI-PURPOSE LATEX PRIMER (N023; 2 COATS P.T.M. ACRYLIC SEMI -GLOSS (HP29); VICTORIA'S SECRET 'WHITE CHOCOLATE' ONE COAT AQ -01 AQUALOCK PLUS PRIMER, TWO COATS COROTECH V341-85 PRE -CATALYZED WATERBORNE EPDXY SEMI GLOSS; VICTORIA'S SECRET 'WHITE CHOCOLATE' "POLKA PINK" MULLION SYSTEM WITH POLISHED PINK FINISH CAP BRICK VENEER: MARION CERAMICS VEE BRICK - 610 SUNLIT EARTH, 2 1/4" X 7 5/8" X 1/2" (MODULAR FACE SIZE); CORNERS (90° TURN) = 2 1/4" X 7 5/8" X 3 5/8" X 1/2", INSTALL ON GLEN GERY MASONRY SUPPORT PANELS. MORTAR: CEMEX IVORY 10-C. SEE SPECIFICATIONS MARBLE THRESHOLD: CALACATTA EXTRA POLISHED RODDED AND CRATED 44"X2 5/8"X3/4" IMPERIAL TEXTURE CLASS B CLASS B I y�e.�� •.�reIr�. PORCELAIN: 'CALACATTA WHITE POLISHED 3/8" X 3" X 12" RUNNING BOND TILE. GROUT: MAPEI ULTRA COLOR PLUS, #11 SAHARA BEIGE (SANDED) STOREFRONT GLAZ I NG VENDORS 1/2" CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS MARBLE BEVELED EDGE THRESHOLD: 'CALACATTA #44 BRIGHT WHITE (UNSANDED) OR MAPEI ULTRA COLOR PLUS, #38 AVALANCHE (SANDED) NOTE: USE THE KEY BELOW TO DECIPHER THE FLOOR FIXTURE I D TAGS: VX - VERSION (1, 2, ETC.) XX - COLOR OPTION (BL, PK, ETC.) COLORS: BI -IG BLACK HIGH GLOSS BL ALL BLACK BS BLACK STAIN HP 1-10T P INK (PEONY) 1 -IPG HOT P INK (PEONY) GLOSS MB BROWN PAINT FABRIC: PINK FITTING ROOM FIXTURES PKG 1/2 PKG 1/2 PBWF-2W -V2 W/ ASSOC. DRAWER PINK ACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOM OTTOMAN PINK FITTING ROOM CHAIR - PINK PINK FITTING ROOM EDGE LIT MIRROR PKG 1/2 PKG 1/2 PKG 1/2 PKG 1/2 PKG 1/2 PKG 1/2 PKG 1/2 PFRBO-V3 PFRC-P -V1 PFLM -V1 PGB -X -V6 F18 SATIN BLACK F19 HOT PINK BASE COVERING STOREFRONT BARRICADES ARMSTRONG 877-276-7876 MBS MEDI UM BROWN STAIN NF NOT FINISHED (OR PRIMED) PC POLISHED CHROME NB TE BLUSH NC TE CHOCOLATE PINK POWDER ROOM, VSL/P INK NON-PUBLIC TOI LET ROOM STONE SOURCE PINK STOREFRONT STONE SOURCE F20 VS STOREFRONT F21 PNK STOREFRONT NON -SALES ARMSTRONG 877-276-7876 VI NYL WALL BASE 6" ARMSTRONG #60 JET BLACK CLASS A < 25 CLASS A PINK EXTERIOR STOREFRONT GLAZ I NG VENDORS PORCELAIN: CROSSVILLE ECOCYCLE/COLORBLOX COLLECTION, 'SLINKY' COVE BASE 6"X12"X7/16", GROUT: MAPEI ULTRA COLOR PLUS, #19 PEARL GRAY (SANDED) PINK EXTERIOR GLAZING - PKG STOREFRONT GLAZ I NG VENDORS 1" INSULATED CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS kV 3 m ACM DOT MATTE PRINTED PANEL (PROVI DED Y DIGICO) DI RECTLY BEH IND GLASS BIN REVISIONS: REQUIRED BY: DATE BD PLUMBING RESPONSE 09/21/17 POR: DESIGN CHANGES 10/18/17 MASTER DEVELOPMENT 11/03/17 SITE CONINTRFDFAStEil FOLOPMENT 11/22/17 UPI OF TUKWILA 1" INSULATED CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS HURRICANE SYSTEM W/ 3mm ACM DOT GLOSS PRINTED PANEL 12"X24"X3/8" (11 13/16"X23 5/811X3/89 GROUT: MAPEI ULTRA COLOR PLUS, #49 LIGHT ALMOND (SANDED RUBBER WALL BASE 4" ARMSTRONG #64 FRESH TAUPE STOREFRONT GLAZ I NG VENDORS PLYWOOD SUBSTRATE TE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: D BY: 08/25/17 AM HMG SKM CLASS A CLASS A PINK BRICK BELDEN BRICK BELDEN STANDARD TH IN BRICK: (E) EXISTING (R) RELOCATED (N ) NEN (SPL) SPECIAL FIXTURE NOTE: THIS SCHEDULE LISTS ALL POSSIBLE FIXTURES. PLEASE SEE THE A06 SHEETS FOR FIXTURES SPECI FIC TO THIS STORE. SF -74C PINK BRICK BELDEN BRICK BELDEN JUMBO THIN BRICK: POLAR NH ITE CLEAR - SCHEDULES NOTE: ALL FINISHES ARE SHOWN FOR REFERENCE AND MAY NOT NECESSARI LY BE USED ON THIS PROJECT. REFER TO THE A03.XX, A05.XX, A07.XX, AND A13.XX SERIES FOR FIN IS1-1 LOCATIONS. REFER TO SPECI F I CAT IONS, FOR NOTES RELAT I NG TO Fl N I 51-1 AND MATERIALS. ALL FINISHES REQU IRE A 'CLASS C' RATING TO MEET THE MINIMUM FLAME AND SMOKE DEVELOPMENT REQU I REMENTS, U.N.O. NO SUBSTITUTIONS ALLOWED tAl ITI-IOUT WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM THE LSDN*C PROJECT MANAGER. FLOOR AND WALL FIXTURE SCHEDULE NO SCALE FINISH SCHEDULE NO SCALE DRAWING NUMBER: 12 .0q.16 03.06.17 EXIT LOAD CALCULATION EXIT 1 -MALL EGRESS 196" CLEAR 198"/.2 = 990 PERSONS MAXIMUM ACTUAL LOAD = 65 EXIT 2 -MALL EGRESS 32" CLEAR 32"/.2 = 160 PERSONS MAXIMUM ACTUAL LOAD = 65 EXIT W I DTII CALCULATION EXIT 1 -MALL EGRESS 65 PERSONS EXITING 65 X .2 = 13" ACTUAL WIDTH = 198" EXIT 2 -MALL EGRESS 65 PERSONS EXITING 65 X .2 = 13" ACTUAL WIDTH = 32" NOTE: EXIT WIDTH NEVER TO BE LESS THAN 32" AS MEASURED PER IBC 1010.1.1 LIFE SAFETY LEGEND: I -HOUR FIRE BARRIER (N) 2 -HOUR FIRE BARRIER (N) EXIT TRAVEL DISTANCE EGRESS EXIT EXIT LOAD ■ I■■1 EXIT # LIFE SAFETY AND EGRESS CALCULATIONS NO SCALE 05N -A00104100 -NOTE 04.20.15 GENERAL 44" CLEAR EGRESS PATH SHOWN HATCHED O ILLUMINATED EGRESS SIGN -REFER TO ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION O 36" WIDE CLEAR ACCESSIBLE TRANSACTION SPACE AT 34" MAX A.F.F. WHEELCHAIR TURNING SPACE: 5'-0" DIAMETER CLEAR CIRCLE OR T -SHAPED TURNING CLEARANCE. O ACCESSIBLE MANEUVERING CLEARANCE INCLUDING PUSH/PULL CLEARANCE AT DOOR AND LANDING SPACE © TACTILE EGRESS SIGNAGE - REFER TO DETAIL B/A13.01 TACTILE ACCESSIBILITY SIGNAGE - REFER TO DETAIL B/A13.01 ® FIRE EXTINGUISHER - REFER TO PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS FOR REQUIREMENTS. O EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURE WITH BATTERY BACK UP - REFER TO ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 10 24" X 48" MIN. ACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOM BENCH TO BE SECURELY FASTENED TO WALL A LANDLORD COMMENTS: CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS W/ THE LOD IF ANY DISCREPENCIES ARISE, CONTRACTOR HAS 24 HOURS TO INFORM LANDLORD, NO PROJECTIONS BEYOND THE LEASE LINE LIFE SAFETY / ACCESSIBILITY PLAN AND KEYNOTES NO SCALE ru) 06.31.16 35'-2" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE V.I.F. 231-2" 18'-4" ADJACENT TENANT - N.I.C. 85'-11 3/16" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE V.I.F. 30' 01" 211-6" aai��oiiaiiiiaiiiaiii, ieaioaiiiiii�aaiiiaiiaoiaiaiiiiiii�ai�aaaaii/iiii�• A II I � \ / \ / - / / / PINK 1 // / / / / / / / / JAIL. # _ ://4 frAiV/A% „er vow' I lA) 0 HALLWA cg F - EXIT 1 65 MEMOMMEr . i ..4.t: i zA # W LU a LU (STOCK III II TRANS #4 I I 111P— EGRESS FROM THIS POINT TO ' EST EXIT = ALCOVE 1 EGRESS FROM THIS POINT TO NEAREST EXIT = 44'-21" EGRESS FROM THIS POINT TO NEAREST EXIT = 88'-6" 471-11 1/2" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE V.I.F. ADJACENT TENANT - N.I.C. 17 N s U) 4- N LU Lu 'a 'O Cl)� LU LU N W J > W 1 LU LW O J O r1— LU _1 LU Q LU J EVSO 6Z37 MALL CONCOURSE 12.8 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 13 2017 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION LIFE SAFETY / ACCESSIBILITY PLAN 1/4"=1'-0" A SH REMSHOCK Shremshock Architects, Inc. 7400 W. Campus Rd. Suite 150 New Albany, OH 43054 t: 614 545 4550 I f: 614 545 4555 I shremshock.com Gerald S/Shremshock, Architect Timothy yl. Shremshock, Architect z 0 F— U D F- z 0 U oS z U) W 0 W 0 F- O M ct O :E 0 v) E 0 U ca chi a -a a) J a) a) I— O 0 0 co a) 0 a) a) I- J W N CC �- Z :L.5Dm cc N o��o O O w w 6 O a = Z < 0 0 o z Z w < U O U O Z VIZ cc W V' < Z 3 W Z 4 W � m U C ;"2 < W O i1 � W 0. < = 2 V_. ~ ~ H W 0 H W - W W w p O W C d N ,N,, W O O_ W 2 Z O C V �` � W ..1 w v 6 - � m li N o O Z J G W < W z y=o�� V W O Z ¢ O K O N U C 0 U 3 K U = N W W C = O O W 0- 0. C..)00.. <e O Z Z W ZO - T Z J s = Z 00 <a CO' v�3ytn W V 7 = 2 Z O c V LU o c kj W = N Z = W 0 Z w ~al al a <at 0= I O t+. O n 5 m O O LL. ,mv,om W a Z w U 0< � Z CG a W U O = W W O < Z 00 VI W < J F- ~ Q IR I O Z O W W N N W m CD <= Woo N 0 0 0 3 w Z_ O Z Z = =U' §E W qC 0 = j N Q N W > OT.. W 2 FE :E Z 0 0= O Z p � O 0 W N Fa O la 0 0 N U C7 0 � 0 N�-UN ✓� ��oaNZ O r O La j Z Z= K V a o < 0 ¢¢z z W 0 C7 < = C C07 O U) N WU O 6-= W U = r U p Y J d 0 a ^ 0 LU = o N J O N . C W K W H N F=-• � � U W Z O p O N Q < - HU W 0 0 W J W J < 0 = Oy g U Y W V > N U O j = I U EM c444 0 PROJECT INFORMATION: _IVO) W Z O —0o O Lr) 0 W Iz REVISIONS: REQUIRED BY: BD PLUMBING RESPONSE POR: DESIGN CHANGES MASTER DEVELOPMENT SITE CO ONS, ASTER ,DEVELOPMENT b'S t 1 I V s�. L. CET q`OF TUKWII ! DATE 09/21/17 10/1B/17 11/03/17 11/22/17 j PERMIT CENTER DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 AM HMG SKM LIFE SAFETY / ACCESSIBILITY PLAN DRAWING NUMBER: HATCH .74:;:r_ • VA11:‘gat WALL TYPE / DESCRIPTION (E) PARTITION AND/OR TENANT SEPARATION (DEMISING) WALLS: REPAIR OR REPLACE 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. IF REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN FIRE RATING U.L. #U465 (N) STOREFRONT WALL: METAL STUD FRAMING, FINISH VARIES, REFER TO THE A08.XX SERIES DETAIL (N) STANDARD PARTITION: (1) LAYER 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. EA. SIDE ON MTL STUDS @ 16" O.C. STUDS TO EXTEND MIN. 6"-12" ABOVE CLG. - INSTALL GYP. BD. / FINISH ON ONE SIDE ONLY AT INACCESSIBLE VOID CONDITIONS. - AT RESTROOM WALLS ADJACENT TO SALES AREA AND FITTING ROOM WALLS ADJACENT TO NON -SALES AREAS, FILL WITH 3 1/2" FRICTION FIT BATT SOUND ATTENUATION INSULATION (STC 42 OR BETTER). - USE 6" STUDS FOR PLUMBING WALLS AND PILASTER WALLS AS REQD. A thstwesmom (N) PARTIAL HEIGHT WALL: (1) LAYER 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. EA. SIDE ON MTL STUDS @ 16" O.C. CAP TOP OF WALL WITH GYP. BD. WHERE APPLICABLE (REFER TO SPECIFIC DETAILS). - INSTALL GYP. BD. / FINISH ON ONE SIDE ONLY AT INACCESSIBLE VOID CONDITIONS. - USE 1 5/8", 2 1/2", OR 3 5/8" STUDS FOR PILASTER WALLS AS REQD. - REFER TO SPECIFIC DETAILS FOR HEIGHT OF WALL AND BRACING REQUIREMENTS REFER TO DETAILS NOTED ON PLANS Al2o1 REFER TO DETAILS NOTED ON PLANS (N) PARTIAL HEIGHT WALL - SEISMIC: (1) LAYER 1/4" GYP BOARD ON 7/16" FRT OSB ON 20 GA. CFMF AT 16" O.C. REFER TO CABINET DETAILS NOTED ON PLANS, OR A4/A10.05 FOR WALL DETAIL PARTITION SCHEDULE HATCH WALL TYPE / DESCRIPTION (N) ONE HOUR FIRE BARRIER: METAL STUDS WITH 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP.BD ON BOTH SIDES. EXTEND GYP BD TIGHT TO DECK ABOVE OR TIGHT TO BOTTOM OF RATED CEILING, SEE FLOOR PLAN FOR SPECIFIC CONDITION (U.L. #U465) (N) VEE BRICK WALL (N2/A10.01): (1) LAYER 9/16" VEE BRICK ON (1) EQUAL) OVER (I) LAYER 5/8" FRT 6"-12" ABOVE CLG. - PLYWOOD AND BRICK ASSEMBLY LAYER OF GLEN-GERY THIN TECH PANEL (CLASSIC SERIES OR PLYWOOD ON MTL STUDS @ 16" O.C. STUDS TO EXTEND MIN. NOT TO BE INSTALLED BEHIND CABINETS DETAIL PARTITION SCHEDULE GENERAL NOTES: 1. ALL LIGHT GAGE METAL FRAMING TO COMPLY WITH THE 55MA (STEEL STUD MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION) TABLES AND GUIDELINES. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR REQD STUD SIZES, GAGE AND SPACING. FOR WALLS UNDER DIFFERENT LOADING CONDITIONS OR HEIGHTS, REFER TO THE SSMA TABLES. 2. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ALL BRACING, SLAB ATTACHMENT, AND STRUCTURE / HEAD CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS. 3. FOR WALLS AT BUILT-IN CABINETS THROUGHOUT THE SALES AREA, REFER TO SPECIFIC DETAILS IN THE A10.XX - A11.XX SHEETS AS INDICATED ON THE FLOOR PLAN FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. 4. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS. NO SCALE 05N -A0201 -M00 -NOTE 08.18.16 GENERAL LEASE LINE O MALL BULKHEAD ABOVE O3 CENTERLINE OF STOREFRONT ENTRY GRILLE e LOCATION OF SENSORMATIC SYSTEM - REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FLOOR OUTLET W/ LONG EDGE PERPENDICULAR TO PATH OF TRAVEL - REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS © FIRE EXTINGUISHER 'NST/'LI IpISIILATlnKL IN FLIP SE. /`I Cklr EYTFP" P 072100 E O TELEPHONE AND ELECTRICAL PANEL - REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS CI 1 1/2" X 1 1/2" X 48" BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL CORNER GUARD - GAMCO #CG -2. REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 102613. 11 ALL SYSTEM - REFER TO DETAIL H/AI4.02 12 13 14 15 HARDWARE STORAGE BIN - REFER TO DETAIL N/A14.01 PLAN TUBE HOLDER - REFER TO DETAIL C/A14.0I MUSIC / VIDEO SYSTEM - REFER TO DETAIL S/A14.01 PROCESSING WORK STATION DOOR CHIME FOR NON -SALES DOOR. MOUNT ON NON-PUBLIC SIDE ONLY 17 G.C. TO MAINTAIN MIN. 6" CLEAR AT EACH SIDE OF MOBILE SHELVING UNITS TO ANY OBSTRUCTIONS NOT USED IT CABINET ON CASTERS - REFER TO DETAIL R/A14.01 18 ® FITTING ROOM PAGING SYSTEM BUTTON - REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR SPECIFICATIONS. PAPER PANTY HOLDER. INSTALL W/ VENDOR SUPPLIED SCREWS AND GYP. BD. ANCHORS - REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT EXISTING STRUCTURAL BRACING ALONG BACK WALL. TO REMAIN PINK CI PINK MARKETING STORAGE BIN - REFER TO DETAIL P/A14.01 ® LOCATION OF LADDER RAIL CORNER BRACKET - REFER TO DETAIL N/A10.04 PINK FITTING ROOM MIRROR - REFER TO DETAIL G/A10.05 ® PINK FITTING ROOM HOOKS - INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR MOUNTING AND BLOCKING HEIGHT FIT CARD HOLDER. CENTERLINE MOUNTED AT 4'-0" A.F.F. AND EDGE OF HOLDER TIGHT TO DOOR TRIM USING VENDOR SUPPLIED GYP. BD., ANCHORS, AND SCREWS (NOTE: OMIT THE ANCHORS WHEN INSTALLED AT HOOD TRIM) ® ADDITIONAL LAYER OF 1/2" GYP. BD. AT PINK FITTING ROOM FIXTURE (GO BACK, BRA WARDROBER OUTFITTING CENTER), REFER TO DETAIL R2/A10.05 AND G/A10.05 L L DI ER WALL ABOVE CABINET TO RECEIVE BRICK VENEER - REFER TO DETAIL N3/A10.01 REFER TO SHEET A05.01 FOR GENERAL NOTES REFER TO SHEET A00.02 DOOR SCHEDULE CONSTRUCTION FLOOR PLAN KEYNOTES NO SCALE 04.16.17 23'-2" 35'-2" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE 11' 8" 18'-4" 30'-0" 211-6" 5' -9" 4 6" 4' 2" ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON CONSTRUCTION PLAN ARE TO FACE OF GYP BD OR TO FACE OF SHEATHING. 5'-8 1/2" HOLD 11-4 3/4"± 11 1/2" 5 7/8" ADJACENT TENANT - N.I.C. 221-8" HOLD 85'-11 3/16" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE 5 5/8" 81_7" HOLD 28'-8 3/4" HOLD 7/8" 481-0 1/2" HOLD 4 7/8" ! EQ. 4 5 3 LAY 81-7" HO D Co • -H MIN. (1'-7 7/8' _■■ ■tel■ ' I d 4 7/81" 71_3" 11 5/8" HOLD 1 Ii?i In v- ::b__K!iIi bMW // IV;;;;j7 '' 77,K.'WW 7 it A A10.01 i% // /life Fiiiaiiiiiiaaaaiiiisiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiaiiiai iiaaaaaiiiiiiiaioiaiiiiiiiaiaiiiiiiiiiiaiiiiiiiiiiiaiiaiiiii�aiaiaiiiiaaiiaiaiiaiaiii iiiiiiiiiiaiaiiiiiiiaii.41.7IL rAB V3 PA8.-FQC 32-Foc • - PFOC-PL-H-V9 Co r 0 I N Z ROOM #1 2 -1 1/2", 41 1 iii =1;,' ....1 -I7Le-3' 81 1 r 1 1 111-7 5/8" 1 HALLWAY I13' 8" 7.S11or- J • I ELS V�________% V -1- ---I - - -V/ /// %/////////// ///////%iIII __1' �I- A14.01 ROOM #2 ROOM *3 A A08.OI Lu O N O Li I11 797 -71 J iY z O Q I o 11 7/8" OPP. 2442M LU w N _ w m O N� vw z LU Q w J PROCESSING 2442M Al2.01 '.4 „/1,;i/////moi A10.04 TRANS *4 M# I(/ 10'H STOCK 2442M 2442M M# 10'H 6 3/8" 6' 5 3/8" Tio c4 7B >7n j!TR ; ( ) ` NS VO go//////////////////////r%///////////////,.-:7//////////////iii//////i//////ai-/////////////mo i/////////////////////v7 , ,LTi P - IV ---! A10.01 ' o Z 81_711 HOLD EQ. EQ. Mpg 3'- 1/2' H LD m \ A10.01 A10.01 SCAB JK- V3 n -pCA a -V3- 4 - PEZAB V3 -4 • X1 6'-011 0 HOLD _! iiiii).7///////////////////o//////%.as/a//a//...ioMLIT /i num me r.u5-6 1/2" 11 HOLD - r 5" m o ii .7 47 AW AIM A L., 1m W g V31L PCAB PCS g V3rECKB-LJV3 12 m ISI - mI - _ , t•■ ....J•I 71-0 1/2" HOLD Al2.01 Jr A 3 5/811 n BREAK I_6" CLR. TVP. 12' 11 3/4" ,o J TRANS #5 m c 0 AFR 1B Al2.01 REFER TO J/A13.01 FOR ENLARGED TOILET ROOM PLAN REFER TO J/A14.02 FOR ENLARGED OFFICE AND BREAK ROOM PLAN MIN. (I'-9 7/8") 81_511 HOLD 8'-7 7/8" 1=11=111=11=1121 47i/////Dia//////a,//,//a//4W//////ia//////4eV/,4W/A 4'-9" 41-9" 1'I-11° 7' 3 1/2" HOLD HOLD HOLD 7 3/4" 2 7/8" 61-711 HOLD 47'-11 1/2" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE 24'-11" HOLD ADJACENT TENANT - N.I.C. 81-7" HOLD 8'-0 1/2" HOLD 2'-0 3/8" 711-11 3/16" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE c� m 1 Lt -H MALL CONCOURSE REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 132017 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION REVSII, b oa37 CONSTRUCTION FLOOR PLAN 1/4" 1'-0" A SHREMSHOCK Shremshock Architects, Inc. 7400 W. Campus Rd. Suite 150 New Albany, OH 43054 t: 614 545 4550 I f: 61 545 4555 I shremshock.com Gerald S. S emshock, Architect othy J. ; remshock, Architect M N CS) CO 0• 0 Cf CC Go 0 1=1 Lti C� w z 0 F- U F- U) z 0 U z ui W 0 w Cr O F - 0 0 O N. L CO a) O a) a) H a W Z W CNJ ■ ■ O ■ O PROJECT INFORMATION: CD J (a) LLI o0 I"..IJJ 00 Z o) IJ oi-3 GIN Lo -i as tibV11'..OF- 00 W 0 - CI) N W CL U) W REVISIONS: REQUIRED BY: BD PLUMBING RESPONSE POR: DESIGN CHANGES MASTER DEVELOPMENT DATE 09/21/17 10/18/17 SITE CONDITIONS / MASTER DEVELOPMENT CRECEIVED C C h �a' or 0 11/03/17 11/22/17 D`7 3.0 2017 PERMIT CENTER DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 AM HMG SKM CONSTRUCTION FLOOR PLAN DRAWING NUMBER: 1. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS TO TILT THE LAMP IN ALL AIM -ABLE FIXTURES AT A 30 DEGREE ANGLE TOWARD WALL OR CABINETS PER DIRECTION FROM THE LSD$C PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO STORE OPENING - REFER TO "DIRECTION ARROWS" ON PLAN 2. IF MUSIC SPEAKERS NEED TO BE RELOCATED OTHER THAN WHAT 15 SHOWN ON REFLECTED CLG. PLAN, THEN RELOCATE AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO GIVEN LOCATION. RELOCATE IN A SYMMETRICAL PATTERN IN RELATIONSHIP TO ADJACENT LIGHTS AND SPRINKLER HEADS. 6. WHEN A LEDGE IS LOCATED ABOVE THE MANAGER'S OFFICE OR ABOVE THE LAVATORIES, G.G. IS RESPONSIBLE TO MAKE SURE THESE LEDGES ARE KEPT CLEAR OF ALL CONDUIT AND OTHER ITEMS THAT MAY RUN ABOVE. IF IT IS NECESSARY TO RUN CONDUIT OR OTHER ITEMS, HOLD THEM TIGHT TO FULL HEIGHT WALLS TO ALLOW USE OF LEDGE. SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR EXTENT OF LEDGE. 7. ALL CEILING HEIGHTS ARE FROM THE TOP OF FINISH FLOOR TO UNDERSIDE OF FINISH CEILING 3. G.C. 15 TO PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS AS REQUIRED BY 8. LANDLORD TO GAIN ACCESS TO PULL BOXES, DAMPERS, VALVES, TEMPERATURE CONTROL. (COORDINATE LOCATIONS IN FIELD WITH LSDtC - LOCATE IN SYMMETRICAL PATTERN WITH LIGHTING LAYOUT) SEE ACCESS PANEL SPECIFICATIONS. GENERAL ROLLING GRILLE MOTOR ABOVE NOT USED ACCESS PANEL TO BE INSTALLED ON FACE OF PONY WALL CPiO APPLCC 1 LIAT}sP IICATfeO 13ry KIrl OAAICI Tt F2>e PINK MARKETING PIPE RAIL. G.C. TO PAINT REFER TO DETAIL S/A10.02 BLOCKING ABOVE CEILING FOR NEON- REFER T. SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR WATER HEATE SH REMSHOCK Shremsho k Architects, Inc. 7400 W. Campus Rd. t: 614 545 4550 I f: Gerald S othy °. -uite 150 New Albany, OH 43054 14 545 4555 I shremshock.com hremshock, Architect Shremshock, Architect PROVIDE ADEQUATE CLEARANCES FOR FIXTURES, DUCTS, CEILINGS AND RELATED PERTINENT ITEMS NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN THE SPECIFIED HEIGHTS ABOVE FINISH FLOOR. ALL EXIT SIGNS ARE TO BE CEILING MOUNTED U.O.N. 4. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON REFLECTED CEILING PLAN ARE TO FACE OF GYP.BD OR TO FACE OF FINISH U.O.N. SEE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS FOR CLARIFICATION. 5. NO COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS OF ANY TYPE ALLOWED ABOVE FINISHED CEILING OR IN ANY OTHER CONCEALED OR NON SPRINKLED SPACE. NOT USED RETURN AIR DIFFUSER ON LIFT -OUT FRAME TO BE USED 10 FOR TRANSFER OF SENSORMATIC ALARM SOUND. REFER TO A04.XX FOR LOCATION, COORDINATE W/ MECH. PLANS START POINT OF CEILING TILE MARK AND INSTALL GARLAND SCREWS AT EACH END OF LOCATION OF FLUSH MOUNTED METAL ACCESS PANEL FOR EQUIPMENT ABOVE (FOR NON-PUBLIC AREAS). PANEL TO BE 24"X24" (18"X18" MIN. ACCEPTABLE SIZE PER FIELD CONDITIONS). COORDINATE WITH MEP PLANS - REFER TO DETAIL M/Al2.01 AND SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 083100 LOCATION OF DROP-IN TRIMLESS ACCESS PANEL FOR EQUIPMENT ABOVE (FOR PUBLIC AREAS). PANEL TO BE 24"X24" AT MAIN CEILING LOCATIONS (1a"Xla" MIN. ACCEPTABLE SIZE PER FIELD CONDITIONS). COORDINATE WITH MEP PLANS - REFER TO DETAIL S/Al2.01 AND SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 053100 MARK AND INSTALL GARLAND SCREWS AT EACH END OF LINE OF CEILING SOFFIT AT 11'-0" A.F.F. - SEE DETAIL R/A10.01 CROWN TO DIE INTO ADJACENT WALL/SOFFIT DROP-IN TRIMLESS ACCESS PANEL INSTALLED IN UNDERSIDE OF CABINET CEILING FOR NEON SIGNAGE EQUIPMENT ACCESS - REFER TO DETAIL M/A10.02 FAUX BEAM @ 111-4" A.F.F. - SEE DETAIL H/A10.04 EXPOSED DUCT WORK ABOVE HEIGHTS NOTED ON PLAN, SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR SIZE. PAINT TO MATCH CEILING EXPOSED SPRINKLER LINES. REFER TO SPRINKLER DRAWINGS. REFER TO SHEET A00.03 FOR FINISH SCHEDULE. REFLECTED CEILING PLAN GENERAL NOTES NO SCALE 0511 -A0301 -00 -NOTE 09.12.13 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN KEYNOTES NO SCALE 01.26.17 ADJACENT TENANT - N.I.C. OPEN N/A El 1•:le/ l:s 154c WI MI IN®1:i,mt,'ic WC -2010 WC -201C A10.01 A10.03 A10.01 NC -201C SOFFIT ALIGN SOFFIT A10.01 A10.01 J Z V, ¢ WN y,�,,�,lWi Q O CO :!)',,, WU v W O. U Q. ZV1 W - ¢ O ZZ O W C7 = ((//,, Z v, F- lliE ¢ H 7 0 3 0 N O W O m U Q = wo- d N N W W a O � � W - W W W W p 2 C O 0 N W D O_ W = Z�q H C O g ¢ ¢ m C.) a H n - m W N 4 - O Z W C ¢ N ¢ W K y D K ,_162 Z ,,Oj 0 ELECTRICAL ---J s1-011 P-66 TVP. q' -5 3/8" P-60 z N - Z W WF Z C '141: 7 ,/DN � m n W O 11,,i Zz3~3-gc~=OD¢W=WHw3=O�W-QaaoUZZn 3 Q U D g ,m"'. 12 d Z W • U ._ _ n. W � O O [= W W ¢ ! O ,„ _ DDy N W a �O O Z 2 O c N¢ D U 3 0 �=a��ri �Uy D �/D�/,, K W 072-z( O W J • W f= D W W m N iv''`'i�f-Nm p O w �Z,d1.-a,Wi, U_ W , O la. W Y d W = I --C -• UU,o Al2.01 AI0.01 Al2.01 27'-2 3/4" PINK 2 A10.04 q' -611 SF -5q zzzww- =IMP 410111.10, Al2.01 &' q'-8° A.F. HALLWAY A10.04 A.F.F. ,:z Air ` - 14 '>A IRIP!/Tai I ,��s,ia_ TRANS 1 `� .. 7'-10ll OVEST P-67 SEE DTL. CLOSET A10.01 A10.01 TYPE 10-0" A.F.F TRANS #4 Al2.01 Al2.01 11:1!/ InvkciEll Mill .171111 Allrir ArEMME 51 OIAg �r 3: M1111!♦ % iAIM 0*KI♦n=:lN 1:1,_s'K1.i Lief urr rk,K MI:INA :ffc�`KMir= MN1NA'N.fl'K •"Ill :AIWA :1'JaWkC 11 r- 47 aaiiiiiiiiiiiiaiiaiiiiiiiiiiia•ii•iiiiiaiiiiiaaaai : iaiaaiiiiiiiiaaaPiiaiio ; N.1:1laIS`[t FO PL -L -V9 ALCOVE 1 P-66 TRANS #5 101-0" ACT -2 2 PERSON OFFICE ADJACENT TENANT - N.I.C. ALL ROOMS REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 13 2017 0 ■ ■ w o Z O_ W�WQ o tJo�� z Z � W � W c) • kun=0<a) 0 -CO to co E - REVISIONS: REQUIRED BY: / I \ BD PLUMBING RESPONSE Al2.01 POR: DESIGN CHANGES MASTER DEVELOPMENT SITE CONDITIO ;'vr ttJL DE IE IPMENT CrrY OF TUK\VILA P-75 TMP � FR 3B FR2B� i%iiiiiiiiiaiiiiiiiiiaiiaaiiiiaiiaaiiiiiioiaaiiiiiiiiaaiio�%iiiaaiiiiiaioaiaiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiaiiiiaaiiaiiiaiiiiiiiiiiiioiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii iiiiiiiiiiiaiiaiiiiiiiai 1111., ^+] i ,71 �il"9ai E �J '3 Y1 201 U o- O 1- Z W V 40 UW(//) CI) C J DATE 09/21/17 10/,6/17 11/03/17 11/22/17 PERMIT CENTER DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 AM HMG SKM REFLECTED CEILING PLAN DRAWING NUMBER: REFLECTED CEILING PLAN LANDLORD COMMENTS: CUT SHEETS OF ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES IN FRONT OF HOUSE MUST BE SUBMITTED TO LANDLORD FOR APPROVAL IF USED ANY PEOPLE COUNTER SYSTEMS MUST BE CONCEALED FROM VIEW AT STOREFRONT ALL EMERGENCY AND EXIT LIGHTING IN FRONT OF HOUSE MUST HAVE RECESSED BASE - NO SURFACE MOUNTED NO FREESTANDING CAMERAS WILL BE ALLOWED IN THE SALES AREA - MUST BE RECESSED INTO WALL, ETC. ALL EMERGENCY AND EXIT LIGHTING IN FRONT OF HOUSE MUST HAVE RECESSED BASE - NO SURFACE MOUNTED NO FREESTANDING CAMERAS WILL BE ALLOWED IN THE SALES AREA - MUST BE RECESSED INTO WALL, ETC. NON -DIRECTIONAL RECESSED DOWNLIGHT RECESSED DOWNLIGHT W/ EMERGENCY BACKUP SINGLE TUBE STRIP LIGHT FIXTURE LVAN DOUBLE TUBE FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE TRAFFIC COUNTER DIRECTION RECESSED LIGHT W/ EMERGENCY BACKUP PAGING SYSTEM CEILING SENSOR LIGHTING TRACK AND HEADS WALL SCONCE FIXTURES (SYMBOL SHAPE HILL VARY) PENDANT FIXTURES (SYMBOL SHAPE WILL VARY) STAGGERED VERTICAL FLUORESCENT LIGHTS DOUBLE TUBE FLUORESCENT CHAIN HUNG SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER W/ EMERGENCY BACKUP RETURN AIR DIFFUSER FLUORESCENT FIXTURE TOILET EXHAUST FAN HI EMERGENCY BACKUP LINEAR SLOT DIFFUSER RECESSED MULTI -LIGHT FIXTURE ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGNAGE DIRECTIONAL ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGNAGE SPEAKER - WHITE FINISH SUBWOOFER - WHITE FINISH SPEAKER - BLACK FINISH GENERAL LVAN SYSTEM FIXTURE CENTERED IN CEILING 21 NOT USED RECESSED TRAFFIC COUNTER INSTALLED AT UNDERSIDE OF PORTAL - REFER TO STOREFRONT SECTIONS AND G/Al2.01. WALL SCONCE - REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR POWER REQUIREMENTS RETURN AIR DIFFUSER FOR TRANSFER OF SENSORMATIC ALARM SOUND PINK FITTING ROOM LIGHT FIXTURE. FIXTURE WILL BE FLUSH MOUNTED TO CEILING ILLUMINATED SIGNAGE - REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR PLACEMENT AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR POWER REQUIREMENTS LED LIGHTING IN PINK ARMOIRE FIXTURE - REFER TO DETAIL R/A10.04 AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR POWER REQUIREMENTS ® SUSPENDED LIGHTING TRACK ON ADJUSTABLE CABLE, BOTTOM TO BE AT 111-0" A.F.F. REFER TO DETAIL P/Al2.01 EXPOSED DUCT WORK ABOVE. HEIGHTS NOTED ON A03.01. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR SIZE. 31 THIS TRACK ONLY SURFACE MOUNTED TO UNDERSIDE OF SOFFIT. REFER TO DETAIL K/Al2.01 SHREMSHOCK Shremshock Architects, Inc. 7400 W. Campus Rd. Suite 150 New Albany, OH 43054 t: 614 545 4550 I f• 614 545 4555 I shremshock.com Gerald . Shremshock, Architect Timothy . Shremshock, Architect r.� Lu Cr) w O OFFICE TASK LIGHTING PROVIDED W/ OFFICE FURNITURE PACKAGE - REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR POWER REQUIREMENTS SUSPENDED LIGHT FIXTURE ON ADJUSTABLE CABLE, BOTTOM TO BE SET @ 8'-0" A.F.F. NOTE: A MINIMUM GAP OF ci" MUST BE MAINTAINED BETWEEN FIXTURE AND CEILING. DUPLEX FLOOR OUTLET SUBWOOFER - BLACK FINISH DUPLEX FLOOR OUTLET WITH DATA QUAD FLOOR OUTLET FAUX SPEAKER SCREEN - WHITE FINISH FAUX SPEAKER SCREEN - BLACK FINISH NOTE: REFER TO MEP DRAWINGS FOR ALL OTHER ELECTRICAL, FIRE PROTECTION, MECHANICAL, AND PLUMBING SYMBOLS FINK BLADE iIGr1 Nal ILLUMINATED BULB LETTER PINK CICNACE AT BACK 1-IALL OF DICPLAY IIIP1 C1-1 REFER TO CLEVATICNC AND CTOREFRCi1T CECTI NC AOR DCTAILL. REFER T ELECTRICAL DRAI-IINCC rcR P01.1LR RCCUIRLMCr1TC. PINK ILLUMINATED DLADE CICN REFER TO ELECTRICAL r•.n AI lith r r n r+ I Irrf n! # 1IIPIrMrb It'" REFER TO SHEET E04.01 FOR LIGHTING SCHEDULE NOTE: ALL SECURITY CAMERAS, DOMES, AND LVAN SYSTEMS ARE FIXTURES WHICH ARE PROVIDED WITH WHITE TRIM RINGS. G.C. TO PAINT THE RING TO MATCH THE CEILING FINISH WHEN LOCATED IN A DARK CEILING ONLY. CEILIN G & FLOOR PLAN L EGEND NO SCALE NO SCALE 05N -A0401 -MOO -NOTE REFLECTED LIGHTING PLAN KEYNOTES z 0 H U D F- z 0 U oj z w 0 w 0 F - ADJACENT TENANT - N.I.C. ALL CEILING ELEMENTS, DIFFUSERS, SPEAKERS ETC. (EXCEPT SUS ' ' TRACKS) TO BE PAINTE r P -8q 0 MATCH CEILING �, ' 1 7 11 . I I I / //�,�1N®\:15:15Kms: 1N 1:�:� Kl �1N.�:w:�►-' Eca 3' 3" T _----_.+S•EVKiMII_IM1•1=\:1SPELKMI 11of telKTA -- MN1f7,\:15•15KUM 4 r /24 :1'tl!Vx� PFOC-PL-H-V9 Al2.01 PINK 3 Al2.01 -SL 1 31 3"0 / / �lhi% Ali, / / ,;e;\ \* Q \ _ i gi PINK 1 // (� PINK 2 �� / 8 3/8" Al2ot T —I a N Al2o1 / � \ /.1.AlfrAM-7 L -I" I 0 PVAO:Mie" A r frelFACr -_- �� T5:25 -10 LL✓ 1 Al2.01 UWZOm�Ot-1:ce W a Z w 8L 1j O ¢ Z1 W U O O.Y,,= W W< O W W WK r - Z C W a N a a o a z o O Ny N V:, -.:a r Z V, W O Z = O W= Z4 O 1- 0 q 0 tg Lj V w H Z m V O Z ¢ G _�-¢ z3ci=N LLL ,- W J li. E FA t J 0- I- c ri - O ¢ W O W W Fi N 3< I.: (� � y W m VI �, IyOj Z = W = ; : m W Q y-- W m a j 1- W= O = y O O H N Lei 0 W :::tlEgU' WZi O z p Z' -g cwo1=Qp<NU¢=VSQN O a Q i i - W W W O O id WO O ce S :n !- -s K C('�'' N w- W W C= O C W= J W Z W 1 1-- )_ n., u.. Q. I- In O Z O W C U L4ZJl lua Wc O" In 2 =I"� 0 OI-pOOW � ~ H W O W ii p N O !6:7: U N N 0 Q N J m H Z ¢ 5 = U V W O m N 2 En 66=O1 K =Ua. 9.< Zc:7‘ O O NS,5=1 OI-OWdO^3j 0 Ny w C= W 6 N ~ ~ O C .1 )Yi W C Z = O ;1'16 -3 - REQUIRED tomNoyWC- W111111i'1111"... I TS:15'-0' A:: [� CLOSET / FR @: / 41,01111111111MPiIIII1Y 4, _- TRANS 1 WM1E I♦ 1,q!:E/=1!1Tbc= II— MI LIN e\:1!P2 it=n1111 1N1:1, effi .7m111 a I�;I 1611 • JMa\:1!Ft1skcfl11111 WW1 :MI5 Kill 2'-0"f2'-0"- PFOC-PL- 1 'L,►!�4Po IIIIIIIIIIIMMIEWE. ii;. Millinniiiir . -----'------------------''-/ l I I . I 5B I 6B�-� 1 VEST ii //////// ///.. % ///� %///% I• !i i lI'1. ///: Y: Y///////////////////////////////////////////////////// " TRANS 2'-6"' 1 1 //� EMI %//1/."//%///////ISI j %) o j "'ALCOVE 1" V-3" PERSO II 06 II immi 2 1 it © / I II 1 _ ` II / FR I �� II 'OF ICE �. 3B 10 �. r1s1 FR C -26 ADJACENT TENANT - N.I.C. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 13 2017 BY: BD PLUMBING RESPONSE POR• DESIGN CHANGES MASTER DEVELOPMENT SITE CONDITIONS / MASTER DEVELOPMENT 09/21/17 10/18/17 11/03/17 11/22/17 DATE ISSUED DESIGNED B DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY 08/25/17 AM HMG SKM REFLECTED LIGHTING PLAN DRAWING NUMBER: REFLECTED LIGHTING PLAN rTHESE ELEVATIONS SHOW THE ACTUAL LAYOUT AND STARTPOINT OF DOTS. CONT. PATTERN FROM ADJ WALL CONT. PATTERN FROM ADJ WALL CONT. PATTERN FROM ADJ WALL REFER TO A/A07.02 FOR KEYNOTE LEGEND. REFER TO L/A00.03 FOR GRAPHIC SCHEDULE SHREMSHOCK Shremshock Architects, Inc. 7400 W. Campus Rd. Suite 150 New Albany, OH 43054 t: 614 545 4550 1 f: 614 45 4555 1 shremshock.com Gerald S. S I emshock, Architect Timothy J. §$ remshock, Architect EXPOSED DUCT - HEIGHTS VARY AS A10.05 12'-0" A.F.F. 1w8.0.CEILING�N_ �11-411A.F.F. 8.0. SOFFIT- 11'-0" 'rB.O. CEILING - EXPOSED DUCT - HEIGHTS VARY CONT. PATTERN FROM ADJ WALL FINISH FLOOR ()PINK *1 %.��,PINK *2 (23 PINK VESTIBULE *2 FOR KEYNOTES REFER TO A/A07.02. FOR GRAPHIC SCHEDULE REFER TO L/A00.03. CONT. PATTERN FROM ADJ WALLY CONT. PATTERN FROM ADJ WALL CONT. PATTERN FROM ADJ WALL PRIMARY STARTPOINT OF HAND PAINTED "LOVE PINK" GRAPHIC, BY OWNER'S VENDOR. 6'-2" TO . OF THE COMBINED WORDS "LOVE PINK" FROM CABINET EDGE. NEON SIGN TO ALIGN EXPOSED DUCT - HEIGHTS VARY CONT. PATTERN FROM ADJ WALL�G CONT. PATTERN FROM ADJ WALL BRICK W/ DOT STOP POINT EXPOSED DUCT - HEIGHTS VARY A10.04 IN _-■-----■ I_. -I-II• IBM 11 - NMI ENE N MIN MINE 1M MINE .=1NMI NMI MOM MI NEP MIMI MEM !MN 1/1 MIN MMI111 11=111•11111 MB MN • MN 111111M1 1•1•11111111111///1111111111IIMI UM= //./c 111•111EM 111111111111111 MK • 11111111111/1 11111 r r r L.--►�_r--. �1--.--.-. SEMI„ AM=illi- - -min :am _.1E - UMNI__w_■ AIM OPEN _PINK #3 OPEN TO VES1C #2 / \ / \ / \ / \ 11/0111111•01/CM1 /. maw aft ma Nom mom timer mum 111!..1 WA I -.-._r_11 UPC vlolEMilk _YAM_■ NI II I'M MII2. LA= 1111W,INOM ■■_IN.N-'_1-IMI .I NM MIMI HMI NMI MN ■■rte -■rte\ -r. IBM -MIIMI. Will -E -. El MO lIZIk121111.11111.1e. W. AIM IrIM ,.1111M WINNE Xi 101111MI Will= 11 =il '. B.O. SOFFIT i1'-0" F. A.F �8.0. CEILING - 7'-11 1/8" A.F.F. B.O. NEON SIGIT•s.__ T7'-4" _A.F.F. _ _ _ B.O. VALANCE z 0 U J z 0 U 0 (9z cn w 0 w 0 O CO M 0 O v) E 0 U co 0 . E J cp L L 1- PINK CASHWRAP ROOM ELEVATIONS PINK #2 PINK *3 ROOM *2 - PINK 2 ELEVATIONS CONT. PATTERN FROM ADJ WALL - EXPOSED DUCT - HEIGHTS VARY CONT. PATTERN FROM ADJ WALL CONT. PATTERN FROM ADJ WALL PRIMARY STARTPOINT OF 1'-c1" /3\ DOT. LAYOUT TO START WITH A DOT EQUAL ON EITHER SIDE OF FOCAL. EQUAL VISIBLE DOT ABOVE CABINET AND AT CEILING. EXPOSED DUCT - HEIGHTS VARY A10.03 _:ice -■MIMI�� _ _ ___ __NNIN► -- • --- =Ka 11 4.411=11101111111•11 VIM i...11EM mon or mi • MON NM Mirk ------ NO MIMI IMO 11111111111.1M1 _-___ - MIK a.MEM i.- _ -■ MI MIME KIM MIN //111111111:111• ..N11111• WAIN 11 _- MINI _-_ NEM __ENI■___MINIM ___ --a. .II. _______I M__ _1■_MIN __ --._-______..._-i- . ------ ow:4mm am, 11101111111111. 11111111110.1•11110M 1111MINI EMI •111M M•11 IA= MW MIME NM •WAIIIIONII=M•Mill r__�.--__31111111_MMI _...1___1_ -■ _ _ MINN _ _ _ _ -. _ _ ■- _ N.--_ _ ■i _ - 1M11 NMI ------ REIN-----■---1- EMN MI= MI= MEM =MN NNE LIMN NMI Ng= IN111111•11111..•11•111111111M1 CAMMI 411/121..-.11111111 1111111111 ML1M MINNOW •--- • 8.0. CEILIN�a 11'-4" A.F.F. \ - • B.O. SOFFIT • _ - il'-0" A.F.F,--- B.O. CEILING r A 10 -6 A.F.F._j - `rT.O. HEADER r A.F.F. _J 'rB.O. ENTRY 71_4" A.F.F�� - rB.O. VALANCE DOTS VERTICALLY ALIGN THROUGHOUT SALES - SEE A5/A07.01 CONT. PATTERN FROM ADJ WALL L CONT. PATTERN 1 FROM ADJ WALL THESE ELEVATIONS SHOW THE ACTUAL LAYOUT AND STARTPOINT OF DOTS. REFER TO A/A07.02 FOR KEYNOTE LEGEND. REFER TO L/A00.03 FOR GRAPHIC SCHEDULE N � Z W 5 = J _ Z O yCy Z Q W m 3 W V tn 1- H Z O z 3 � � z = W . W Z VI N 3 W C Z V P.' 1- Q Q . H V Z O ti RS W W Z O r U O = O d Z W U V O .:64 Z W U a W W Q-ZOO1- 4 O Z D Q�: aO O C W O W w W CI) 811 w O W W = m H m v I C p O ce g Q5Q o Q = V N Q N W ; O O - ¢ C 2 W WV1 7- 0. t W 2 1- Q C < N O 00000 BRASS HOOK PINK *3 E?)PINK#2 ()PINK *1 A10.01 bNT66 / EMERGENCY GRILLE RELEASE MOTORIZED GRILLE (A)PINK *1 KEYSWITCH CONTROL STOREFRONT PRIMARY STARTPOINT OF 1'- i" DOT. LAYOUT TO START WITH DOT EQUAL ON EITHER SIDE OF FOCAL. EQUAL VISIBLE DOT ABOVE CABINET AND AT CEILING. A10.03 CONT. PATTERN FROM ADJ WALLS -678 14 CONT. PATTERN 7 01 FROM ADJ WALL 1 =L I 11--•-------- 1 -■-MIN ----------- -N-- --- MN 11111110 1111M11 NM 11 M= IIMM 'MIA NM Mill 1IMMI MM MIN 1111111/1111111 MIR 11 1 •11111 MEI NM NMI MIN ___►-III INN IMO MON _____i._I-_ WON MN MIMI Mk= Crod.• -- �___-_-__-_�.r 11- --�--_�__-- II IA mi MI_►-____ I.___ I� la _1 WA MN MINN MM NM IMII MEI IMIM =M NMI MIMI Ma MI ___-/- __�__-I__--III NMI NM IMO 11 NMI IIIIIIII MN EM =I STARTPOINT OF 8" DOT LAYOUT TO START ON HALF DOT. DOT LAYOUT TO BE CENTERED VERTICALLY AT CEILING AND BASE - REFER TO E/A10.0k EXPOSED DUCT - �\ HEIGHTS VARY J /3 A10.05 �Ia1Osr1.> _■--rf___-■__--____-.__■N-i_�-■__-■NI■ r _-�.- �I ■_I__i■__--___. �■__■-__�__�■_-_ i/_q---___,-_Ni1__�III-__.=_u-,._�. �� � irr_�_• ka---- ■rm r// =Mho ,r_ -.__r>_____--- _•________,___'V L - W W ik `7C =1G-_-L=i= a =C=-__r.�___ I�=7i. G.7/G.',� C.�'LOCAL Y.;_;.- ►��/G-=__..�G�.. =,7i1G�i =�_i- IEC .. _--___________ MI i_ ._______uNr• -_� i- 1_■ 1/ __________--___________►"-i i= /Al 1111•11111111101 IMO MN= MIN NMI 11111.11 NMI IMM MUM Inn .1= NM MIN 1111111M1 MOM , WI/ ML - W.------N'--------■----4-^-- MW M, .■ I --N 11111 NMI --1'1........11•11-----------------------�- •. -� _-_i•_�_ NN�NNMI �___-n-- �MM- -�: `1 .---^!•-.._ - . •_Nn.. mIM .N.."=A. -N-■__--IZNIIIMMI MI--n�IMM■nN-_ImmiNmp.. MP. KM 1.ii.!,111MMI SIM IkM1•111111111111 MIK Mlle MOO h: MERMEN/MEM I III IIMIF2 111•1111‘11 BM Mg IIMIrilliLYNIMI MI I VAIKIIMIIIIIMINIIIMIIIIIMIIIIIIIIIIIZINIUMIII. .•1 MN IIIIIMMININIMMIIIIIMINIIMI INIPA-11 110011 Mill M/11- iM = ---- -_= NM"" ate-,-NMS:-MN M■1 _ r4 -- I v%' -- ��M - �tMIMMMM �I�=-�M i���-- ■-____N-.__■-____-■__-11-._=__i■__■-r _Ii .i_i■i i,. -'-____-N__ .-__i_.-i■__--____-■__E-_. t1__--__Nt--1- ■I■■i_w-- -a,LN\\ iJ■-I,I IOW' i=i___I-/!•____-i__■i_� •----�- -- -----1---------------r---- 1 ---.-.M--------•---------------------- 00�.0 00 0 00 0 0001J 0 00 CONT. PATTERN FROM ADJ WALL S -6g1 so% 000Q.0000• f00o•0S00e i 0 O ( 0 O ( O 0 ) 0 )( 0 REVIEWED FOR . CODE C O MP LIAN CE APPROVED �I DEC132U11 REVISIONS: REQUIRED BY: DATE BD PLUMBING RESPONSE 09/21/17 POR: DESIGN CHANGES 10/18/17 MASTER DEVELOPMENT 11/03/17 SITE CONDMONS / MASTER DEVELOPMENT 11/22/17 RECEIVED CTCY OF TUKWILA NO a2 7 1 A10.04 PERMIT CENTER A10.04 3 0 O 0 3 0 0 O 0 DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 AM HMG SKM PINK #1 BRASS HOOK PINK *2 A10.01 A10.01 ()PINK *3 A10.01 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS DRAWING NUMBER: ROOM *1, *2 & *3 - PINK SALES FLOOR ELEVATIONS GENERAL c,TnPFFPnPIT 1 ICLITiPI( mkt-ri e -A PAM FI (nIMMFP 4YCTFM nrrrn •l r, tom/• 1 Th1F A 1 TL]A, ,1►V'C 1O LEASE LINE O (E) MALL NEUTRAL PIER TO REMAIN, G.C. TO PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQD ® (E) MALL BULKHEAD TO REMAIN, G.C. TO PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQD 1/2" X 1/2" CLEAR ANODIZED REVEAL, FASTENERS SHALL MATCH REVEAL COLOR. 3/4" X J/4" DLACI( ME nr,rAI Pnl /•+n CPAPI1V PPIKITED GDI ArM PAN' OWNER VENDOR TO STENCIL GRAPHIC, FINISH CWRITY FILM ANL GLAZIPIC AT DOCCRC 3mm ACM DOT GLOSS PRINTED PANEL OVER A 1/2" F.R.T PLYWOOD SF -72 ® GC SUPPLIED 1/4" PVC, SMOOTH FINISH, TRIM. GC TO PAINT REFER TO SHEET A00.02 FOR DOOR SCHEDULE 1/2" r.R.T. rLYH00D 1\YVJ..vvYY ,.-IW1,1 VVI"iu,v,u1 Iv,� 6 146 i QM EITI IEP GIDE GF PGRTA LIICD RCC TO DETAIL 1I/A 06 ROLLING GRILLE MOTOR ABOVE /. O 1/2" CLEAR TEMPERED GLAZING SUPPLIED BY G.C. Og NOT USED qO NOT USED 1" TUIri' ' LEAP TEMPPPFP 'DISL'LAT�D CIAZIDIG SF -56 TO T'AIUT JC ONL 3/t6" D T f RINTLD f OLYCARD f MEL REFER TO SHEET A00.03 FOR GRAPHIC SCHEDULE SH REMSHOCK Shremsho Architects, Inc. 7400 W. Campus R•' uite 150 New Albany, OH 43054 t: 614 545 4550 1 # 614 545 4555 1 shremshock.com Gera Shremshock, Shremshock, Architect mot J. Shremshock, Architect PREFINISHED STOREFRONT MULLION SF -41 I 0 MARKETING PIPE RAIL, G.C. TO PAINT DETAIL S/A10.02. I REFER TO PINK SIGNAGE - DARK GRAY MOUNTED 'VICTORIA'S SECRET' LETTERS, SIZE AS INDICATED ON ELEVATION. ® PINK SIGNAGE - BACK -LIT FLUSH MOUNTED 'PINK' LETTERS, SIZE AS INDICATED ON ELEVATION. BELDEN STANDARD THIN BRICK BELDEN JUMBO THIN BRICK MARION CERAMICS VEE BRICK SF -73C I , GC TO PAIN SF -74C IIV -FII M - PFFFP Tn coFrIFIrATInkiq c,FrTI(Tl nP I(Y CI CENTER LINE OF GRILLE, SEE SCHEDULE A/A00.02 CI LOCATION OF ROLLING GRILLE KEY SWITCH. REFER TO ELEVATIONS / SECTIONS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT 1 I c. AI AKIT InIP1T Pt=FFP TQ FIPIIc,LI crl1FrlLI P FOP COL( FPOKIT Kr Fc,c DLaPI L.I'NDCIAI. ' EE SCNEC'LILE ^//`C^!t'' FORMGLAS FAUX WATER TABLE BASE, GC TO PAIN AZCK DA:,C. G.C. T PAINT D1 lomm Ac.1-I Dv r Ix LL' PRI1,1 I LD PAWfL. imm ACM DOT C1S66 PRINTE>: PANEL c,F-4r) FAUX SIGNAGE "PATCH", NO BRICK IN THIS AREA, SIZE NOTED ON PLAN, INFILL WITH 3/4" FINISH GRADE POPLAR PANEL, FINISH TO MATCH STOREFRONT ® STOREFRONT COLUMN. FINISHES TO REMAIN. ® G.C. SUPPLIED 3/4" FINISH GRADE POPLAR LINTEL TO BE PAINTE ® SIDE WALL MOUNTED VIDEO MONITORS. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND DETAIL Jl/A08.25. ® SIDE WALL MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. NOT USED 02.21.17 ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON CONSTRUCTION PLAN ARE TO FACE OF GYP BD OR TO FACE OF SHEATHING. z 0 U J cc z 0 U 03 z W 0 W cc 0 F - (I) (J) AO8.20, 51 133"l -I %i !. I ii w N u.1 n z L MEP ME !1!I!,! MMOwIMM MHIM.1MO1M1• MEWOMMMEM !1 mosamummwm I � 1 ii.l�l���1.!iiiii MEWOMWERM =ME nimaWnhasmin minaztmui_l! IlralwAlmsom mummmommommm ams ■millllmI =mEmps mm ►fir►^�L�,�i��f. MEWMPAMMMOM •11MIEWM�1 IAl ii -i1\ mirmiummiavi 1lI�1����lj moimommi �mmul I`'mem _■_I IMISEIO A. I111111\I11101I111�w/ ASI MIDI I I l ami` in1iW Irvoi ISI II I_IImm1^IViy retina II 1mil Imi! In111.04 VI :ISLE GLAZING i`f� rII I I�!1�i�illllI 111.;lr_ JI11111, _jl11=1I © ' t`0:71 1111►1r 11 Eidrd TA L n-\MMB illllllr.1111 L-t7rm1 1[CTORlA' Ufa W/� MIMI IVJ' I I 1111,2, mom.- MEM MEM EMI EEO AMIN I II 1Mil II ■ 7/16" 16'-6" 17' 10 7/8" I II I!ISM L ao 1 II IlM1MII 1—'l11I1 do 11 -I'; �1 _AIi1111=11 =WA milk 8" !1 MIME I1I_11 W 1 11-1L 1 _II�ilii 1111111•111111111MILMII II1M11011111111111MIKIIIIMIll �1KI�1�1_ =I 1171=r=1=1i 11 - t -I A I J VIW VI CC < G 1- CS - as 2 C r iJ 0 W 6 y 2 a O = OF G 00:- 6: WQUZNOU0 O U • C C::U-1:4 O N : 00OECCC:C • Z-C7Q ,__O - O Z 3 W W mC 6 =O �j W R Z d � I:, V, fn — • CI W - W W K La W G = it O LWo_ N 0¢ O N � ~ <w�am U r � Z N 3 i apN Wyoo• Z=WZ3�l=oG O N • V N W W W 0 ;5? WOa;ci G1�, 1- U d C i N ›- 2? N Z = • oy y W J 3 13 Lal (� 13 g;. Ea g z ~ O G Q W = = H W 3 W 2 ac=1 ce Q • Q 1.. 3-- U Z O Z O C:1 C-: O m N 0 2. W • Z W U o�• o�Z X Q ,6 d W U O Le ~ = • O R = ¢re con c, G K =Go Inwa � O 2 Z G . z G O z W 4. O • W � W 1- G G W= m W7F. 2 �., Q W z G (n 0 W CD 0 3 o 0 z a o z = v h • M 0 0 N Z S U W W >- -F<¢ E1Di,0 /:\ A INSTALL WHITE, 4"1-1 AERIAL FRONT SPACE NUMBER, 18" A.F.F. FROM BOTTOM OF NUMBERS RIGHT JUSTIFIED 8" FROM NEUTRAL PIER. 5 1/4" 0" 16'-6" 11 MiI_i IMM 111 ii 1 • ■� ■ :1_,.c.: .1Igssoomes MN MI ifffi 1:71.174:414.mirtillahl 0.4 ►1I7r 18.11_. lel — 7- 1 17'-0" GRILLE FINISH OPENING REQUIRED BY: BD PLUMBING RESPONSE Trr. R A05.25 8.25 sift T BELOW 51-0" VISIBLE GLAZING ±3'-0 1/2"---1 5'-7 3/4" REVIEWED FOR BODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED '-5 3/4" 16'-6" PORTAL OPENING (BRICK TO BRICK) 16'-7 3/4" 1 1 35'-1 3/8" V.I.F. 1 l POR: DESIGN CHANGES MASTER DEVELOPMENT SITE CONDRIONS / MASTER DEVELOPMENT �c RECEIVED CITY Jr Ili, L a & 1 �,,.t�i�ti 09/21/17 10/18/17 11/03/17 11/22/17 DEC 1.3 2017 I'-11 1/6" t' 10 7/A" 6 1/;/ i City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION kd x 0 '61/ PERMIT CENTER DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 AM HMG XXX V! 037 STOREFRONT ELEVATION DRAWING NUMBER: STOREFRONT ELEVATION NOTES: 1. SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR FRAMING SIZE, GAUGE, AND ASSEMBLY OF ALL STOREFRONT FRAMING. 2. G.C. SHALL PATCH, REPAIR, AND FINISH EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD AS REQUIRED TO "LIKE -NEW" CONDITION AT STOREFRONT TIE-IN. COORDINATE FINISH SPECIFICATIONS WITH THE LANDLORD. 3. G.C. SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION, CONDITION, AND ACTUAL HEIGHT ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR OF EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD. 4. SEE DETAIL J/A10.01 FOR ALL PINK WOOD TRIM PROFILES. 5. SEE DETAIL A/A00.02 FOR DOOR SCHEDULE. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF SHEATHING OR FINISH U.O.N. NOTES: 1. SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR FRAMING SIZE, GAUGE, AND ASSEMBLY OF ALL STOREFRONT FRAMING. 2. G.C. SHALL PATCH, REPAIR, AND FINISH EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD AS REQUIRED TO "LIKE -NEW" CONDITION AT STOREFRONT TIE-IN. COORDINATE FINISH SPECIFICATIONS WITH THE LANDLORD. 3. G.C. SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION, CONDITION, AND ACTUAL HEIGHT ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR OF EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD. 4. SEE DETAIL J/AI0.01 FOR ALL PINK WOOD TRIM PROFILES. 5. SEE DETAIL A/A00.02 FOR DOOR SCHEDULE. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF SHEATHING OR FINISH U.O.N. NOTES: 1. SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR FRAMING SIZE, GAUGE, AND ASSEMBLY OF ALL STOREFRONT FRAMING. 2. G.C. SI -TALL PATCH, REPAIR, AND FINISH EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD AS REQUIRED TO "LIKE -NEW" CONDITION AT STOREFRONT TIE-IN. COORDINATE FINISH SPECIFICATIONS WITH THE LANDLORD. 3. G.C. SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION, CONDITION, AND ACTUAL HEIGHT ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR OF EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD. _ 4. SEE DETAIL J/A10.OI FOR ALL PINK WOOD TRIM PROFILES. 5. SEE DETAIL A/A00.02 FOR DOOR SCHEDULE. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF SHEATHING OR FINISH U.O.N. Shremshock Architects, Inc. 7400 W. Campus Rd wuite 150 New Albany, OH 43054 t: 614545 4550 I f .14 545 4555 1 shremshock.com Gerald . Shremshock, Architect Timoth J. Shremshock, Architect BELDEN UMBO BRICK SEED IL S/A08.25 FOR SUB TRATE INSTALLATION DETAIL 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. OVER METAL STUD FRAMING. BELDEN 'JUMBO BRICK - SEE DETAIL S/A08.25 FOR SU TRATE INSTALLATION DETAI LS 13'-6 L3/4" A.F.F... B O MALL SULK'-IEAD LOW VOLTAGE LEADS FROM SIN LETTERS TO JUNCTION BOX MOTORIZED ROLLING GRILLE, 'PLACE MOTOR ON THE FAME SIDE OF GRILLE 45 THE CONTROL'S. SEE STOREFONT ELEV. FOR CONTROL LOCATIONS. +3/4" A.F.F. a. B.O. SEAM 'L' SHAPED EDGE /CORNER PIECES PROVIDED BY OWN VENDOR TYP. _ -8" A.F.F. 1570. BEAM V.-6" A.F.F. - -� .p. -PORTAL CEILING 9'-5 13/6" A.F.F. 5.p. PORTAL- ' ORTALI FRAME STOREFONT BOX BEAM, SEE STRUCT. DWGS. MARION EE -BRICK UNDER (SPLAY WIND SEE DETAIL S/A08. 5 FOR SUBSTRATE INSTAL TION DETAIL 1'-0 3/8" B. . MULLION )0000 0 • O 0 )000• O 000 )0000 O 000 )0000 O 000 )0000 o 0 0 0 •. 0 o o 0 •• • O 0! 0 )0•x•0 O 00 O 0 O 0 O 00.•••000 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0.00000000 O 00000000000 O 000000 000 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0000000000 O 00000000000 o. 00000000 o .• -- 0 0 0 .�� N• 00 0 METAL STUD FRAMING AT PLATFORM (SEE STRUCT. DWGS.) COMPOSITE METAL PANEL TPP. ROLLING IGRI LLE KEYSWITPH. REFER TO STOREF ONT PLAN TO DETERMI E WHICH SIDE THE SWI CH AND MOTOR I TO BE INSTALLED. I ROLLING IGRI LLE INTERLOCK DEVICE. G.C. TO \IOTCH MATERIA_ TO EXPOSE FACE. TURN STICKER TO FACE INSIDE THE BOX ANd PAINT THE EXPOSED' FACE TO MATCH 4DJACENT MATERIA.. SEE SHEET A05.XX FOR FLO'R FINISH I 01-0" REVIEWED FOR ODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 13 2011 REVISIONS: SITE CONDITIONS t MASTER-DEVvEf NT 11/22/17 CITY OF TUKWILA DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: VERTICAL SECTION AT FIXED DISPLAY WINDOW - OPEN BACK 4'-9 9/16" COLUMN LINE .F8 TO FINISH VERTICAL SECTION AT ENTRY ROLLING GRILLE 1/2" CEMENT BOARD 0/ 5/8" CEMENT BOARD (E) MALL BULKHEAD TO REMAIN 1/2" METAL REVEAL 5/8" CEMENT BOARD© THIN -SET BRICK (RUNNING BOND) SEE DETAIL M/A08.25 FOR SPECIFIC BRICK INSTALLATION BRICK SOLDIER COURSE NON -CORROSIVE FASTENER 8" VERITCALLY, 16" HORIZONTALLY, OR 1 SCREW/SQ. FT. SUPPORT TIE MORTAR JOINT - CONCAVE GLEN-GERY THIN TECI-I - CLASSIC PANEL ADH ESIVE/MASTIC - APPLIED IN VERTICAL STRIPS OR DABS - DON'T APPLY HORIZONTALLY 5/8" PLYWOOD FILL AND PATCH ALL FASTENERS PRIOR TO FINAL FINISHING/PAINTING. COMPOSITE METAL PANELS (PROVIDED BY OWNER VENDOR) TO BE ATTACHED 0/ 1/2" PLYWOOD 0/ MTL STUD FRAMING BY G.C. TYP. -le- 2 1/2" - BELDEN JUMBO BRICK - SEE DETAIL M3/A08.25. BUILT-UP BOX BEAM, SEE STRUCTURAL DNGS. SHREMSHOCK Shremshock Architects, Inc. 7400 W. Campus Rd. Suite 150 New Albany, OH 43054 t: 614 545 4550 1 f• 614 545 4555 1 shremshock.com Gerald ;.. Shremshock, Architect Timoth. J. Shremshock, Architect BRICK ANGLE - SIZE DETERMINED IN FIELD BULKHEAD VEE BRICK - VERTICAL VEE BRICK - HORIZONTAL SCALE: 6" 1'-0" 3/4" FINISH GRADE POPLAR 0/ MTL STUD FRAM! NG.G.C. TO COORDINATE W/ LSDSC PM AND DESIGNER FOR FINISH TREATMENT. VARIES A05.25 NOTES: 1. SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR FRAMING SIZE, GAUGE, AND ASSEMBLY OF ALL STOREFRONT FRAMING. 2. G.C. SHALL PATCH, REPAIR, AND FINISH EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD AS REQUIRED TO "LIKE -NEW" CONDITION AT STOREFRONT TIE-IN. COORDINATE FINISH SPECIFICATIONS WITH THE LANDLORD. 3. G.C. SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION, CONDITION, AND ACTUAL HEIGHT ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR OF EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD. 4. SEE DETAIL J/A10.01 FOR ALL PINK WOOD TRIM PROFILES. 5. SEE DETAIL A/A00.02 FOR DOOR SCHEDULE. 6. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF SHEATHING OR FINISH U.0.N. 'L' SHAPED CORNER PIECES PROVIDED BY OWNER VENDOR TYP. PINK THIN BRICK SECTION DETAILS CUSTOM 08.08.17 MORTAR JOINT - USE 4\ EXTRUDED (SQUEEZED) TECHNIQUE ADHESIVE/MASTIC - APPLIED IN VERTICAL STRIPS OR DABS - DON'T APPLY HORIZONTALLY 5/8" CEMENT BOARD BELDEN BRICK - VERTICAL SCALE: 6" = 1'-0" BELDEN BRICK - HORIZONTAL COMPOSITE METAL PANELS (PROVIDED BY OWNER VENDOR) TO BE ATTACHED 0/ 1/2" PLYWOOD 0/ MTL STUD FRAMING BY G.C. TYP. q'-6" A.F.F. B.O. CEIILING AL � re-\�_ q'-5 5/6" A.F.F.B.O. PORTAL FRAME 5/8" FRT MDF 0/ MTL STUD FRAMING. 4' 0 5/8" PINK THIN BRICK SECTION DETAILS CUSTOM 10.05.17 VERTICAL SECTION AT PORTAL SIDE FOLDING GRILLE CUSTOM () 08.08.17 DEMISING WALL 3/4" BD. OVE FRAMING. FOR ALL WOOD TRI REFER TO J/A10 O PRIME CUT ENDS BASE BELOW NOTES: 1. SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR FRAMING SIZE, GAUGE, AND ASSEMBLY OF ALL STOREFRONT FRAMING. 2. SEE DETAIL J/A10.01 FOR ALL PINK WOOD TRIM PROFILES. 3. SEE DETAIL A/A00.02 FOR DOOR SCHEDULE. 4. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF SHEATHING OR FINISH U.O.N. G.C. TO PRIME ALL CUT ENDS COMPOSITE METAL PANELS (PROVIDED BY A OWNER VENDOR) TO BE /3\ ATTACHED 0/ 1/2" PLYWOOD 0/ MTL STUD FRAMING BY G.C. TYP. 'L' SHAPED CORNER PIECES PROVIDED BY OWNER VENDOR TMP. KEY SWITCH AND EMERGENCY RELEASE. REFER TO STOREFRONT PLAN TO DETERMINE WHICH SIDE THE SWITCH AND MOTOR ARE TO BE INSTALLED 5/8" GYP. BD. ON METAL STUD FRAMING EQ. EQ. -it- 1/2" REVEA BELDEN JU REFER TO STUD FRAM BASE BELOW «««« < < «««« CUT TO SIZE CORNER WOOD SILL BO THIN BRICK, 3/A08.25 0/ MTL NG BRICK VENEER SYSTEM - REFER TO S/A08.25 BASE BELOW NOTES: 1. SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR FRAMING SIZE, GAUGE, AND ASSEMBLY OF ALL STOREFRONT FRAMING. 2. SEE DETAIL J/A10.01 FOR ALL PINK WOOD TRIM PROFILES. 3. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF SHEATHING OR FINISH U.O.N. VIDEO MONITOR CUT TO SIZE LEASE LINE G.C. SUPPLIED HDF FORMGLAS FAUX WATER TABLE BELOW TO BE MITERED AT CORNER. TYP. NER IN -SET BRICK WOOD SILL BUILT-UP COLUMN REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS 3/4" MDF. BD. ON METAL STUD FRAMING CUSTOM R 08.08.17 SECTION AT PILASTER RNER - MEDIUM 05D-A0825-L10-DETL 10.18.1 OUTLET FOR VIDEO. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS 'L' SHAPED CORNER PIECES PROVIDED BY OWNER VENDOR TYP. 9'-6" A.F.F.B.O. PORTAL CEILING COMPOSITE METAL PANELS (PROVIDED BY OWNER VENDOR) TO BE ATTACHED 0/ 1/2" PLYWOOD 0/ MTL STUD FRAMING BY G.C. TYP. NOTES: 1. SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR FRAMING SIZE, GAUGE, AND ASSEMBLY OF ALL STOREFRONT FRAMING. 2. G.C. SHALL PATCH, REPAIR, AND FINISH EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD AS REQUIRED TO "LIKE -NEW" CONDITION AT STOREFRONT TIE-IN. COORDINATE FINISH SPECIFICATIONS WITH THE LANDLORD. 3. G.C. SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION, CONDITION, AND ACTUAL HEIGHT ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR OF EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD. 4. SEE DETAIL J/A10.01 FOR ALL PINK WOOD TRIM PROFILES. 5. SEE DETAIL A/A00.02 FOR DOOR SCHEDULE. 6. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF SHEATHING OR FINISH U.O.N. COMPOSITE METAL PANELS (PROVIDED BY OWNER VENDOR) TO BE ATTACHED 0/ 1/2" PLYWOOD 0/ MTL STUD FRAMING BY G.C. TMP. 1/2" SPACER AS REQUIRED. < N x C!=)11, = O w o z 3 CW 9 V U N 0 1�/1 _ a o = o z z z v o O = Q O U ? N Z = w =a - z E W 2 O 0 0 W ~ = N W a O F O w ~ w w ¢ W G 0 O p N W = Z a�zm ti = W Z J wx50 W L y 3 a o z in= Z J ~ F Z U y5j O = Z z3 C o O peO y U w - 0 U O 0' U = y F w r p 25iEE w• = o 0. H U 0. C Q y C O Z C T Z 0 W a :012:9:1 H N Lal O IIIO -=0OOw = Q = N yco o W ^ O JHN VWL mz= z o • o a coaaz - = . • U W d O Q ZIER -, = O > O C w 11115 o U =U�HVO¢WW3�jII OC=ZJ:c'i yUCyil oH0Z U• w=0WWCL.i a3I-i-teaUy y =OWmoz ga=F- u,z3 = �o 0~OHUOFw-•Y z _. F- 8 N U O • j e • U J 0. W C Q1 .2E7 W W m U 1=- Q� • Z W y � 'L' SHAPED CORNER PIECES PROVIDED BY OWNER VENDOR TYP. FRT BLOCKING AS REQUIRED 46" VERTICAL MONITORS ON ADJUSTABLE MOUNTS (TMP. OF 2) AND STRUT CHANNEL (TYP. OF 6 ROWS) PROVIDED AND INSTALLED SEPARATELY TMP. OF DEVICES MOUNTED BEHIND VIDEO DISPLAYS PROVIDED AND INSTALLED SEPARATELY LOCATION OF POWER AND OUTLET, SEE ELEC DWGS. 6'-3 1/4" A.F.F. gb CL OF POWER $ JUNCTION BOX ROLLING GRILLE LINE OF GRILLE OPENING ABOVE CENTERLINE OF ROLLING GRILLE CLOSED END ON FORMGLAS FAUX WATER TABLE, ALIGNS WITH BRICK FACE 3/4" MDF 0/ 3 5/8" MTL STUD FRAMING ROLLING GRILLE KEY SWITCH. REFER TO STOREFRONT PLAN TO DETERMINE WHICH SIDE THE SWITCH AND MOTCR IS TO BE INSTALLED iiui: ■■IAI111010■11■■1111111111■■1101 11111 1111111 BELDEN JUMBO THIN BRICK - REFER TO DETAIL M3/A08.25 1/2" REVEAL BELDEN JUMBO THIN BRICK - CORNER PIECE FORMGLAS FAUX WATER TABLE BELOW TO BE MITERED AT CORNER. TYP. COMPOSITE METAL PANELS (PROVIDED BY OWNER VENDOR) TO BE ATTACHED 0/ 1/2" PLYWOOD 0/ MTL STUD FRAMING BY G.C. TYP. FULL BRICK TO START AT TOP OF WATER TABLE. REVISIONS: REQUIRED BY: /1\ BD PLUMBING RESPONSE #10 X 1 1/2" WOOD SCREWS @ 12" O.C. TOP AND BOTTOM COLUMN LINE F8 POR: DESIGN CHANGES MASTER DEVELOPMENT SITE CONDITIONS / MASTER DEVELOPMENT RECEIVED C Y Oo TU::V`'ILA DATE 09/21/17 10/18/17 11/03/17 11/22/17 NV30Z ! PERMIT CENTER (2) LAYERS OF 5/8" F.R.T. PLYWOOD BACKER LEASE LINE TRIM, PROVIDED BY OWNER VENDOR TO ALLOW FOR METAL TO SCRIBE TO FLOOR. 1/4" CAULK JOINT REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 13 2017 DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: FINISI-I FLOOR VIDEO AT PORTAL WATER TABLE SECTION 08/25/17 AM HMG XXX PINK STOREFRONT DETAILS DRAWING NUMBER: CUSTOM 10.11.17 PLAN SECTION AT PORTAL SIDE FOLD GRILLE 05D-A0825-Al2-DETL A 10.31.17 FOR ALL WOOD TRIMS REFER TO J/A10.01 FAUX WOOD TILE FLOORIN OVER MORTAR SETTING PLANKS SH RESHOCK Shremshock Architects, Inc. 7400 W. Campus Rd. Suite 150 New Albany, OH 43054 t: 614 545 4550 1 f: 614 545 4555 1 shremshock.com Gerald S. hremshock, Architect Timothy Shremshock, Architect (E) MALL BULKHEAD TO REMAIN 1/2" REVEAL G.C. TO SHIM AS REQUIRED TO BRING PANEL LEVEL WITH FINISHED FLOOR. BELDEN JUMBO THIN BRICK. SEE DETAIL M3/A08.25 ±6" 1 FULL PLANK SECTION 5/8"- 1/8" PINK DISPLAY WINDOW BULKHEAD SECTION DETAIL DROP - NON RING CERAMIC TIL CEMENTITIOUS B LEVEL WITH ACCES ACCESS PANEL -FLOOR DOOR PANEL RECESSED 1" FOR A -FT -8080-1 ER BOARD ANEL FRAME. 5/8" F.R.T. PLYWOOD 5 THING. METAL STUD FRAMING AT PL CUSTOM 08.15.17 FOR ALL WOOD TRIMS REFER TO J/A10.01 BELDEN JUMBO THIN BRICK. SEE DETAIL M3/A08.25 TAILS - TILE 05D-A0830-D1O-DETL 10.13.1 NOTES: 1. SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR FRAMING SIZE, GAUGE, AND ASSEMBLY OF ALL STOREFRONT FRAMING. 2. SEE DETAIL J/A10.01 FOR ALL PINK WOOD TRIM PROFILES. 3. SEE DETAIL A/A00.02 FOR DOOR SCHEDULE. 4. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF SHEATHING OR FINISH U.O.N. SS i A 2 3/4" 1/4" G.C. TO PRIME ALL CUT ENDS SMOOTH FINISH 1/4" PVC TRIM - G.C. SUPPLIED • DISPLAY WINDOW CLG I— SEE A03.XXlv z 0 0 z 0 0 z w 0 w cc 0 F— 2 1/2"--/-3 1/2"—/ 6" SURFACE MOUNTED SIDE-WALL MOUNTED DISPLAY LIGHT FIXTURE 1/8" CAULK JOINT PREFINISI-IED ALUMINUM MULLION W/ PREFINISHED MULLION CAP BRICK BEYOND REFER TO STOREFRONT ELEVATIONS FOR GLAZING TYPE BASE DIES INTO FACE OF TRIM BELOW LINE OF TRIM AT BACK OF PLATFORM SHOE MOLD PINK DISPLAY WINDOW HEAD DETAIL CUSTOM 08.15.17 FOR ALL WOOD TRIMS REFER TO J/A10.01 SEE A05.0X FOR FLOOR FINISHES FLOOR TILE: THINSET ON 5/8" CBPB, 0/ 5/8" F.R.T. PLYWOOD SHEATHING, 0/ METAL FRAMING. REFER TO STOREFRONT ELEVATIONS FOR GLAZING TYPE PREFINISI-IED ALUMINUM MULLION W/ PREFINISHED MULLION CAP 111111111111 1111111 II1III111I 11111 SCRIBE TO FLOOR 1/4" CAULK JOINT F.R.T. WOOD BLOCKING METAL STUD FRAMING AT PLATFORM VEE THIN BRICK. SEE DETAIL M1/A08.25 5/8" F.R.T. PLYWOOD SHEATHING SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ANCHORAGE TO FLOOR STORE SIDE MALL SIDE LINE OF TRIM BILLOW PINK DISPLAY WINDOW SILL DETAIL CUSTOM 08.15.17 FRT WOOD BLOCKING. SHIM AS REQUIRED TYP. REFER TO STOREFRONT ELEVATIONS FOR GLAZING TYPE. PREFINISHED ALUMINUM MULLION W/ PREF! NISHED MULLION CAP - TYP. VEE -BRICK - THIN BRICK - BELOW - SEE DETAIL MI/A08.25 REVISIONS: REQUIRED BY: BD PLUMBING RESPONSE POR: DESIGN CHANGES MASTER DEVELOPMENT SITE CONDITONS /Eyrsile RED BELDEN JUMBO THIN BRICK - SEE DETAIL M3/A08.25 09/21/17 10/18/17 11/03/17 11/22/17 CITY OF TUKWILA PEsv;iT CEN T ER LEASE LINE FORMGLAS FAUX WATER TABLE BELOW TO BE MITERED AT CORNERS. TYP. CLOSED END ON FORMGLAS FAUX WATER TABLE, ALIGNS A WITH BRICK FACE CLOSED END ON FORMGLAS A\ FAUX WATER TABLE, ALIGNS WITH BRICK FACE BELDEN JUMBO THIN BRICK - SEE DETAIL M3/A08.25 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 13.2017 f-2 1/2" I' 1/2" DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 AM HMG XXX PINK STOREFRONT DETAILS DRAWING NUMBER: PLAN SECTION AT DISPLAY WINDOW CUSTOM 08.15.17 G.C. TO INSTALL LED STRIP LIGHTING (SHIPPED LOOSE) EQ.2'-10" EQ. 11 WATTS A10.04 TOP LIGHT FED FROM ONE SIDE. G.C. TO ENSURE CORDS ARE BOUND TIGHT AND OUT OF THE WAY. ADJUSTABLE GLASS SHELF. TYPICAL OF (5) G.C. TO DRILL (2) 1" HOLES ON EITHER SIDE FOR POWER CONNECTOR CONNECTION BLOCK POWER SUPPLY 00ARMOIRE ELEVATION 1/2" - 1'-O" G.C. TO SECURE ARMOIRE TO WALL BEI -II ND WITH (2) VENDOR SUPPLIED L -ANGLES. ATTACH INTO METAL WALL BLOCKING (REFER TO DETAIL E/Al2.01) USING #8 X 1 1/2" METAL SCREWS. ATTACH TO ARMOIRE USING #8 X 3/4" WOOD SCREWS. INSTALL SO THAT THE VERTICAL PORTION OF THE ANGLE 15 FACING DOWN, HIDDEN BEHIND THE FIXTURE. 7'-4 1/2" A.F.F. T.O. CROWN C!'-2 3/4" A.F.F. C.L. BLOCKING G.C. TO INSTALL — LED STRIP LIGHTING (SHIPPED LOOSE) / SECTION @ TOP LED STRIP LIGHTING SHIPPED LOOSE. INSTALL BY G.C. PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS SECTION 0 STILES PINK ARMOIRE DETAILS VARIES 05D-A1004-ROO-DETL PSFMT-SPL SECTION SECTION 1/2" PLYWOOD BACKER Z -CLIPS TO ALIGN WITH BLOCKING SECURE MOUNTING FRAME W/ #8 X 2 1/2" F1 -I STEEL SCREWS @ ±10" 0.C. AT EA. BLOCKING LOCATION. 3'-11" A.F.F. MTL BLOCKING 1/4" THICK MIRROR BY G.C. G.C. TO INSTALL IN -WALL BLOCKING PER DETAIL E/Al2.01. --�� METAL STUD FRAMING. BASE AND SHOE MOLD TO TERMINATE INTO SIDES (50TH SIDES) A10.04 A10.04 ELEVATION G.C. TO CAULK ALL EDGES W/ WHITE SILICONE (TYP) PINK SALES FLOOR MIRROR (TALL) DETAILS END BRACKET my s ALIGN EDGE OF BRACKET (i)TYPE D CABINETS W/ EDGE OF TRIM TYPE C CABINETS TYPE A & B CABINETS END BRACKET CORNER BRACKET (1) MIDDLE BRACKET AT CENTER OF CABINET RUN GREATER THAN A SINGLE 48" PUCK PANEL (SEE ELEVS) (1) MIDDLE BRACKET AT CENTER OF CABINET RUN GREATER THAN A SINGLE 50" PUCK PANEL (SEE ELEVS) CORNER BRACKET 111.-1111111-111111. 117-rd.411111."14,1"111\". CORNER BRACKET (SEE PLANS) V\ ( ) MIDDLE BRACKET AT CENTER OF CABINET RUN GREATER THAN A SINGLE 48" PUCK PANEL (SEE ELEVS) BARRISTER CABINETS ATTACH EACH BRACKET WITH (2) VENDOR SUPPLIED SCREWS. 1" DIA. PIPE PROVIDED W/ BRACKETS. SIDE VIEW REFER TO DETAIL F/A10.03 FOR SCRIPT SIGN FOCAL LADDER RAIL DIMENSIONS ti CORNER VIEW CORNER BRACKET INSTALLED WHEN CABINET TRIMS ARE TIGHT TO CORNER END BRACKET PROVIDE (1) MIDDLE BRACKET AT CENTER OF FOCAL (SEE ELEVS). ()AT FOCAL PINK LADDER RAIL DETAILS CUSTOM 041.15.17 1 1/2" = 1'-0" CUSTOM REFER TO DETAIL N/Al2.01 FOR CEILING DETAILS. VARIES SEE PLAN ligo. PKF 74 + + BEAM REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DANGER WIRE REQUIREMENTS. 121-0" A.F.F. B.O. CEILING PKF 74 SUSPENDED MTL STUD. REFER TO STRC DRAWINGS. 5/8" GYP. BD OVER METAL —� STUD FRAMING TYP \� 11'-4" A.F.F. B.O. SEAMY FOR ALL WOOD TRIMS REFER TO J/A10.01 REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR STUD GAUGE AND CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS PINK CEILING FAUX BEAM SECTION L 10.10.17 VARIES - EDGE OF BACKWRAP COUNTERTOP ATTACH PROVID WALL AND SI ATTACH F FOR ALL WOOD TRIMS, REFER TO TRIM PROFILES J/A10.01. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR POWER/ DATA REQUIREMENTS BACKWRAP COUNTERTOP PROVIDED W/ SCRIBE T EA. END. CLEATS TO OF FIXTURE. ER TO CLEATS. AP FILLER 1 1/2" = 1'-0" 05D-A1004-HOO-DETL EDGE OF CASHWRAP COUNTERTOP 3 1/4" CASHWRAP FILLER FOOT RAI PROVID SEP REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR POWER/ DATA REQUIREMENTS FACE PANEL PROVIDED LOOSE W/ SCRIBE AT EA. END. ATTACH THROUGH BACK OF PANEL. CASHWRAP COUNTERTOP TO BE SCRIBED AT EA. END. SECURE FILLER TO SIDE OF CASHWRAP MODULE CASHWRAP & BACKWRAP FILLER TAILS 05D-A1005-800-DETL REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR STUD GAUGE AND CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS REFER TO DETAIL N/Al2.01 FOR CEILING DETAILS. 3/8" — I REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ACTUAL POWER PLACEMENT DOUBLE 6" DEEP, 20 GA. STUDS W/ 3-5/8" DEEP, 20 GA. TRACK TOP BOTTOM REFER TO ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR CONDUITS 9'-10 1/4" ,/— T.O. OPENING'i J 46" MONITORS ON ADJUSTABLE MOUNTS (TYP. OF 12) AND STRUT CI-IANNEL (TYP. OF 6 ROWS) PROVID AND INSTALLED SEPARATELY TYP. OF DEVICES MOUNTED BEI -II ND VIDEO DISPLAYS PROVIDED AND INSTALLED SEPARATELY LOCATION OF POWER AND JUNCTION BOX, SEE ELEC DWGS. 8'-7 3/8" A.F.F. OF POWER $ JUNCTION BOXY 5/8" FRT PLYWOOD SHEATHING WITI-I #8 WOOD TO METAL SCREWS AT 6" 0.C. TO STUDS LINE OF ADJACENT WALL (BEYOND) LOCATION OF POWER, SEE ELEC DWGS. 6'-8 5/8" A.F.F.OF PW OER REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN AND STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR WALL TYPE BEHIND G.C. TO PAINT AREA INSIDE OF CAVITY BLACK _ 4'-1 7/8" A.F.F. 8.0. OPENING VEE THIN BRICK SYSTEM. REFER TO DETAIL M1/A08.25 FOR INSTALLATION SEQUENCE. BRICK DOES NOT CONTINUE BEHIND CABINETS 1' IO" .( G.C. TO INSTALL BLKG. PER DTL. E/Al2.01. SECURE W/ #10 x 2" LONG MTL SCREWS @ ±12" O.C. (MIN. 2 �-ER MODULE) REFER TO ELEC DWGS FOR POWER LOCATIONS. (J/BACKWRAP G.C. TO ENSURE CORD IS TIGHT TO UNDERSIDE OF COUNTER EASSIMPJEMENI G.C. TO DRILL 1" HOLE FOR CARD READER CORD. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH RECTANGULAR GROMMET ON EMPLOYEE SIDE COUNTER. ENSURE I -IDLES DO NOT INTERFERE WITI-I FACE TILE GROUT LINES. REFER TO SI -10P DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION OF CARD READER CASHWRAP ADA MODULE PINK CASHWRAP & BACKWRAP W/ VIDEO (46" LCD) SECTION CUSTOM 10.16.17 5/8" FRT PLYWOOD OVER METAL STUD FRAMING. LOCATION OF J -BOX BACK WALL. SEE ELEC DWGS. 13'-5 3/16" HOLD LOCATION OF POWER. SEE ELEC DWGS. DEVICES MOUNTED BEHIND VIDEO DISPLAYS ABOVE - PROVIDED AND INSTALLED SEPARATELY A10.04 46" MONITORS ON ADJUSTABLE MOUNTS (TYP. OF 12) AND STRUT CHANNEL (TYP. OF 6 ROWS) PROVIDED AND INSTALLED SEPARATELY BACKWRAP COUNTER, REFER TO SHOP DRAWINGS FOR INSTALLATION. BASE BELOW 5 REGISTER - 4X3 VIDEO ARRAY BACKWRAP WALL PLAN CUSTOM 11.22.17 ACCESSIBLE TRANSACTION AREA A10.04 STARTPOINT OF FULL TILE. CASHWRAP CARD READER. SEE SHOP DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS. G.C. TO ALIGN 1"P HOLE WITH GROMMET FOR CARD READER POWER. ENSURE HOLES DO NOT INTERFERE WITH FACE TILE GROUT LINES. FOOT RAIL - PROVIDED BY OWNER INSTALLED BY G.C. PER. MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS BASE TO DIE AT CAS4WRAP FACE 5 REGISTER - CASHWRAP ELEVATION TILE LAYOUT CUSTOM 11.22.17 SHREMSHOCK Shremshock Architects, Inc. 7400 W. Campus Rd. uite 150 New Albany, OH 43054 t: 614 545 4550 1 f: e 14 545 4555 1 shremshock.com Gerald S Shremshock, Architect Timothy a . Shremshock, Architect N C) CO LLI Cfio Lu i z 0 U 1- z 0 U z 0 w 0 w 0 1- (1) 0 OD CO 'le CN CO N. _� 0 17- ▪ co cn � X E !i O • 0 O > 3 • Q. -ocD CO J O O 0_ O N I— I— ▪ W W 0 CD U cc 04 Q U_ N O N 1- a O = U 0 O F- ¢ Mu W Z 5E t. = O W 0 U N N U 2 O oo�a m�W�= 3 ~ z z 0!!! W = W Z N W = W C 0 � W ~ 2 Z Z U Z O !! ZNZ� 1=oZ 3 < U o ED: O � a W O L C W O y�j W a Z U O N y y W U O d • 40 O W V V U W W W N d Z p W �a irk z o Z N W 0 Z W a H o -W za or-�a0ci _, W F- Z= U O = 0 1- W 2~ � y H m d O W W 3 � o N Niym O OZZ J 1-- E Z N El - W Q N a W E a= L,_== = N 0= 1 3 N= 0p 0 W O o c9 z OZZ,,,, z = Z O= =a ia.O0OQg l= W CV QZ Q Q W C a V ii L, D a p gg V m W W W 0 0 .lY W 0 0 W= c = 0= W O TF Q C Q co O 1 H U.G. 5 a i N = O = 0)- Z l.U y a H V W 0 O O 0 W = N C .0 6.o1-oo� Z 0 ACN = = = z O Q W � W= 0 0 O PROJECT INFOR A 0 J J M co 0 o LnW00 NI- w Q • O I— w W V) - U N (0 H vN O t!1 M 00 O CL 1- V O LA▪ J • Q ce Y W• usi — I Y 0) w Z O 0 — 00 O °- O w 0 • CD Lai V W 0 0 REVISIONS: REQUIRED BY: DATE ABD PLUMBING RESPONSE 09/21/17 POR: DESIGN CHANGES MASTER DEVELOPMENT SITE CONDm0I S f I(AS�79 DENEL MENT CITU OF TUKW'ILA 10/18/17 11/03/17 11/22/17 pv '3 J `k.+, PERMIT CENTER DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 AM HMG SKM PINK CONSTRUCTION DETAILS DRAWING NUMBER: 1 0 0 0 0 —/-6" O.C.-A-- _ zy __,////: i_ 7_ 70 0- t.0, T-- LU ii- O La N t-- 0 0 0 0 //c/Z0 2'-9 1/4" VISIBLE GLAZING 3'-0 1/4" f DECORATIVE FRAME ' / ELEVATION G.C. TO CAULK ALL EDGES W/ WHITE SILICONE (TYP) PINK SALES FLOOR MIRROR (TALL) DETAILS END BRACKET my s ALIGN EDGE OF BRACKET (i)TYPE D CABINETS W/ EDGE OF TRIM TYPE C CABINETS TYPE A & B CABINETS END BRACKET CORNER BRACKET (1) MIDDLE BRACKET AT CENTER OF CABINET RUN GREATER THAN A SINGLE 48" PUCK PANEL (SEE ELEVS) (1) MIDDLE BRACKET AT CENTER OF CABINET RUN GREATER THAN A SINGLE 50" PUCK PANEL (SEE ELEVS) CORNER BRACKET 111.-1111111-111111. 117-rd.411111."14,1"111\". CORNER BRACKET (SEE PLANS) V\ ( ) MIDDLE BRACKET AT CENTER OF CABINET RUN GREATER THAN A SINGLE 48" PUCK PANEL (SEE ELEVS) BARRISTER CABINETS ATTACH EACH BRACKET WITH (2) VENDOR SUPPLIED SCREWS. 1" DIA. PIPE PROVIDED W/ BRACKETS. SIDE VIEW REFER TO DETAIL F/A10.03 FOR SCRIPT SIGN FOCAL LADDER RAIL DIMENSIONS ti CORNER VIEW CORNER BRACKET INSTALLED WHEN CABINET TRIMS ARE TIGHT TO CORNER END BRACKET PROVIDE (1) MIDDLE BRACKET AT CENTER OF FOCAL (SEE ELEVS). ()AT FOCAL PINK LADDER RAIL DETAILS CUSTOM 041.15.17 1 1/2" = 1'-0" CUSTOM REFER TO DETAIL N/Al2.01 FOR CEILING DETAILS. VARIES SEE PLAN ligo. PKF 74 + + BEAM REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DANGER WIRE REQUIREMENTS. 121-0" A.F.F. B.O. CEILING PKF 74 SUSPENDED MTL STUD. REFER TO STRC DRAWINGS. 5/8" GYP. BD OVER METAL —� STUD FRAMING TYP \� 11'-4" A.F.F. B.O. SEAMY FOR ALL WOOD TRIMS REFER TO J/A10.01 REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR STUD GAUGE AND CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS PINK CEILING FAUX BEAM SECTION L 10.10.17 VARIES - EDGE OF BACKWRAP COUNTERTOP ATTACH PROVID WALL AND SI ATTACH F FOR ALL WOOD TRIMS, REFER TO TRIM PROFILES J/A10.01. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR POWER/ DATA REQUIREMENTS BACKWRAP COUNTERTOP PROVIDED W/ SCRIBE T EA. END. CLEATS TO OF FIXTURE. ER TO CLEATS. AP FILLER 1 1/2" = 1'-0" 05D-A1004-HOO-DETL EDGE OF CASHWRAP COUNTERTOP 3 1/4" CASHWRAP FILLER FOOT RAI PROVID SEP REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR POWER/ DATA REQUIREMENTS FACE PANEL PROVIDED LOOSE W/ SCRIBE AT EA. END. ATTACH THROUGH BACK OF PANEL. CASHWRAP COUNTERTOP TO BE SCRIBED AT EA. END. SECURE FILLER TO SIDE OF CASHWRAP MODULE CASHWRAP & BACKWRAP FILLER TAILS 05D-A1005-800-DETL REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR STUD GAUGE AND CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS REFER TO DETAIL N/Al2.01 FOR CEILING DETAILS. 3/8" — I REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ACTUAL POWER PLACEMENT DOUBLE 6" DEEP, 20 GA. STUDS W/ 3-5/8" DEEP, 20 GA. TRACK TOP BOTTOM REFER TO ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR CONDUITS 9'-10 1/4" ,/— T.O. OPENING'i J 46" MONITORS ON ADJUSTABLE MOUNTS (TYP. OF 12) AND STRUT CI-IANNEL (TYP. OF 6 ROWS) PROVID AND INSTALLED SEPARATELY TYP. OF DEVICES MOUNTED BEI -II ND VIDEO DISPLAYS PROVIDED AND INSTALLED SEPARATELY LOCATION OF POWER AND JUNCTION BOX, SEE ELEC DWGS. 8'-7 3/8" A.F.F. OF POWER $ JUNCTION BOXY 5/8" FRT PLYWOOD SHEATHING WITI-I #8 WOOD TO METAL SCREWS AT 6" 0.C. TO STUDS LINE OF ADJACENT WALL (BEYOND) LOCATION OF POWER, SEE ELEC DWGS. 6'-8 5/8" A.F.F.OF PW OER REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN AND STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR WALL TYPE BEHIND G.C. TO PAINT AREA INSIDE OF CAVITY BLACK _ 4'-1 7/8" A.F.F. 8.0. OPENING VEE THIN BRICK SYSTEM. REFER TO DETAIL M1/A08.25 FOR INSTALLATION SEQUENCE. BRICK DOES NOT CONTINUE BEHIND CABINETS 1' IO" .( G.C. TO INSTALL BLKG. PER DTL. E/Al2.01. SECURE W/ #10 x 2" LONG MTL SCREWS @ ±12" O.C. (MIN. 2 �-ER MODULE) REFER TO ELEC DWGS FOR POWER LOCATIONS. (J/BACKWRAP G.C. TO ENSURE CORD IS TIGHT TO UNDERSIDE OF COUNTER EASSIMPJEMENI G.C. TO DRILL 1" HOLE FOR CARD READER CORD. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH RECTANGULAR GROMMET ON EMPLOYEE SIDE COUNTER. ENSURE I -IDLES DO NOT INTERFERE WITI-I FACE TILE GROUT LINES. REFER TO SI -10P DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION OF CARD READER CASHWRAP ADA MODULE PINK CASHWRAP & BACKWRAP W/ VIDEO (46" LCD) SECTION CUSTOM 10.16.17 5/8" FRT PLYWOOD OVER METAL STUD FRAMING. LOCATION OF J -BOX BACK WALL. SEE ELEC DWGS. 13'-5 3/16" HOLD LOCATION OF POWER. SEE ELEC DWGS. DEVICES MOUNTED BEHIND VIDEO DISPLAYS ABOVE - PROVIDED AND INSTALLED SEPARATELY A10.04 46" MONITORS ON ADJUSTABLE MOUNTS (TYP. OF 12) AND STRUT CHANNEL (TYP. OF 6 ROWS) PROVIDED AND INSTALLED SEPARATELY BACKWRAP COUNTER, REFER TO SHOP DRAWINGS FOR INSTALLATION. BASE BELOW 5 REGISTER - 4X3 VIDEO ARRAY BACKWRAP WALL PLAN CUSTOM 11.22.17 ACCESSIBLE TRANSACTION AREA A10.04 STARTPOINT OF FULL TILE. CASHWRAP CARD READER. SEE SHOP DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS. G.C. TO ALIGN 1"P HOLE WITH GROMMET FOR CARD READER POWER. ENSURE HOLES DO NOT INTERFERE WITH FACE TILE GROUT LINES. FOOT RAIL - PROVIDED BY OWNER INSTALLED BY G.C. PER. MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS BASE TO DIE AT CAS4WRAP FACE 5 REGISTER - CASHWRAP ELEVATION TILE LAYOUT CUSTOM 11.22.17 SHREMSHOCK Shremshock Architects, Inc. 7400 W. Campus Rd. uite 150 New Albany, OH 43054 t: 614 545 4550 1 f: e 14 545 4555 1 shremshock.com Gerald S Shremshock, Architect Timothy a . Shremshock, Architect N C) CO LLI Cfio Lu i z 0 U 1- z 0 U z 0 w 0 w 0 1- (1) 0 OD CO 'le CN CO N. _� 0 17- ▪ co cn � X E !i O • 0 O > 3 • Q. -ocD CO J O O 0_ O N I— I— ▪ W W 0 CD U cc 04 Q U_ N O N 1- a O = U 0 O F- ¢ Mu W Z 5E t. = O W 0 U N N U 2 O oo�a m�W�= 3 ~ z z 0!!! W = W Z N W = W C 0 � W ~ 2 Z Z U Z O !! ZNZ� 1=oZ 3 < U o ED: O � a W O L C W O y�j W a Z U O N y y W U O d • 40 O W V V U W W W N d Z p W �a irk z o Z N W 0 Z W a H o -W za or-�a0ci _, W F- Z= U O = 0 1- W 2~ � y H m d O W W 3 � o N Niym O OZZ J 1-- E Z N El - W Q N a W E a= L,_== = N 0= 1 3 N= 0p 0 W O o c9 z OZZ,,,, z = Z O= =a ia.O0OQg l= W CV QZ Q Q W C a V ii L, D a p gg V m W W W 0 0 .lY W 0 0 W= c = 0= W O TF Q C Q co O 1 H U.G. 5 a i N = O = 0)- Z l.U y a H V W 0 O O 0 W = N C .0 6.o1-oo� Z 0 ACN = = = z O Q W � W= 0 0 O PROJECT INFOR A 0 J J M co 0 o LnW00 NI- w Q • O I— w W V) - U N (0 H vN O t!1 M 00 O CL 1- V O LA▪ J • Q ce Y W• usi — I Y 0) w Z O 0 — 00 O °- O w 0 • CD Lai V W 0 0 REVISIONS: REQUIRED BY: DATE ABD PLUMBING RESPONSE 09/21/17 POR: DESIGN CHANGES MASTER DEVELOPMENT SITE CONDm0I S f I(AS�79 DENEL MENT CITU OF TUKW'ILA 10/18/17 11/03/17 11/22/17 pv '3 J `k.+, PERMIT CENTER DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 AM HMG SKM PINK CONSTRUCTION DETAILS DRAWING NUMBER: 1 1 0 30" CLR v� 0 0 AREA 0 0 0 2' 7 " 8" x 3' 0" 0 CV 5'-11 7/8" 2 PERSON MANAGER OFFICE c�� ,111 4 • 31 5 9" W-5" HOLD 4"-A 4 7/5" 0 2' 8" 4- 81-7 7/8" DESK 81-7 7/8" HOLD cO r <1- GENERAL NOTES: 1. INSTALLATION OF ALL ITEMS MUST FULLY COMPLY WITH ALL LOCAL, STATE, AND FEDERAL CODES. 2. DOORS SHALL NOT SWING INTO THE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE OF ANY PLUMBING FIXTURE. THEY MAY SWING INTO THE REQUIRED TURNING RADIUS. 3. GC TO PROVIDE IN-NALL BLOCKING FOR ALL NALL MOUNTED ITEMS PER DETAIL E OR F ON Al2.01. REFER TO EACH ITEM FOR ACTUAL TYPE REQUIRED. 4. REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF ALL FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES IN TOILET ROOMS AND PONDER ROOMS. 5. REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR SPECIFICATIONS OF ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES. 6. INSTALL ALL ITEMS PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 7. REFER TO SHEET A05.XX FLOOR AND NALL FINISH PLAN FOR FLOOR FINISH CALLOUTS 6. REFER TO SHEET A05.XX AND INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR WALL FINISH CALLOUTS 9. REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ON 51-IEET A00.01 FOR FINISH RESPONSIBILITIES 10. GC SHALL PROVIDE COVERS ON ALL FLOOR DRAINS DURING CONSTRUCTION TO PREVENT DEBRIS IN PIPES 11. WHEN INDICATED, ACCESSORIES LISTED SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR THROUGH THE FOLLOWING DISTRIBUTOR. NO EXCEPTIONS OR SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE ALLOWED. CONSTRUCTION BUILDING SYSTEMS, INC. (CBC) JIM CAMPBELL 800.444.4697, EXT #8504 IF A SINGLE DRINKING FOUNTAIN 15 ALLOWED, THEN THE LOW UNIT DEPICTED HERE SHALL BE INSTALLED AND THE RECESS WIDTH MAY BE REDUCED TO 30" NIDE. ALL OTHER DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES SHALL APPLY. THE FOUNTAIN IS TO BE ACTIVATED BY A PUSH BAR ON FRONT FACE OF UNIT. IF THE DRINKING FOUNTAIN 15 LOCATED IN THE PATH OF TRAVEL, A TEXTURED AREA 1'-0" AROUND THE FOUNTAIN, CLEARLY IDENTIFIABLE BY THE BLIND 15 REQUIRED. REFER TO FLOOR WALL FINISH PLAN, A05.XX FOR FINISHES. IL 0 = t! LU cz S E t-- ' LY•E N O C C ID 074- O�.�1SIDE ELEVATION 0 ti THE FOUNTAIN MUST BE PROVIDED CLEARANCE FOR A FRONT APPROACH BY A NHEELCHAIR 4' 2" 0 NI A15.01 7YP 2'-6" MIN. ole ADA CLR. FRONT ELEVATION 0 0 0 �1- 2"x2"x4"LG. 18GA. STEEL ANGLE BRACKETS (2) PER CROSS -MEMBER (TOTAL OF 4). CONNECT TO METAL STUDS AND 6" CROSS-MEMBER/BLOCKING WITH FIVE #12-14 FASTENERS PER BRACKET #12 - 14 HILT' KWIK FLEX FASTENERS. (NEED TO FALL WITHIN VERTICAL CENTER OF CROSS -MEMBER) FLAT PANEL MONITOR ON ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT/ANGLE BRACKET. DATA, REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. DEDICATED DUPLEX OUTLET, REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT KEYBOARD TRAY METAL STUD FRAMING. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR GUAGE REQUIRMENT. NOTE: G.C. TO INSTALL IN -WALL BLOCKING, POWER, AND DATA ONLY. LSDEtC TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL ALL UNIT. DRINKING FOUNTAIN (NON-PUBLIC) ELEVATIONS 1/2" = 1'-0" 05D-A1302-NOO-DETL L 10.19.15 ALL UNIT MOUNTING DETAIL 1" = 1'-0" 050-A1402-HOO-DETL H 05.23.13 INSTALL ALL CABINETRY PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. G.C. TO PROVIDE (3) ROWS OF METAL BLOCKING IN WALL PER DETAIL E/Al2.01 WALL -MOUNTED PAPER TOWEL HOLDER. INSTALL AT CABINET SECTION W/O MICROWAVE. ELEVATION SHOWN IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY. ACTUAL LAYOUT MAY VARY. REFER TO PLAN ON SHEET A13.02 FOR ACTUAL CONFIGURATION. SHREMSHOCK Shremshock Architects, Inc. 7400 W. Campus Rd. Suite 150 New Albany, OH 43054 t: 614 545 4550 1 f, 614 545 4555 1 shremshock.com Gerald' . Shremshock, Architect Timoth J. Shremshock, Architect PRE -FINISHED CABINETRY. REFER TO SECTIONS FOR INSTALLATION REQUIRMENETS. PAINT NALL TO MATCH ROOM PAINT COLOR _ 6L -1711,1_•L. _ _ PCL OF BLOCKING REFRIGERATOR _ PCL OF BLOCKING SKIRT AT SINK UNIT PROVIDED N/ CABINETRY ATTACH EACH BASE CABINET TO WALL W/ #8 X 2 1/2" LONG F/H METAL SCREWS @ 8" O.C. A.F.F. TCL OF BLOCKING 1/2" SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP AND BACKSPLASH 0/ 3/4" MDF PROVIDED BY G.C. 2' 0" Ln NO u.1 t - ¶o m � Ty O -4- - r U o C4 O• H a] E SINK SKIRT FIXTURE PROVIDED N/ CABINETS. SECURE TO EACH SIDE CABINET N/ #8 SCREWS. I PROVIDE WRAP AT WASTE AND SUPPLY LINES. BASE CABINETS BEYOND DASHED LINE INDICATES KNEE AND TOE CLEARANCES r .�' 1' 5" SINK BASIN AND FAUCET PROVIDED BY G.C. REFER TO PLUMBING DWGS. ATTACH BACK OF SKIRT TO WALL N/#8X3" LONG F/H METAL SCREWS @ 8" 0.C. 5/8" GYP. BD. OVER MTL STUD FRAMING. RUBBER BASE BEHIND SINK OPENING AMENITY PLAN 1/2" = 1'-0" J 03.31.17 BREAK ROOM CABINET AT SINK 1" = 1'-0" 05D-A1402-GOO-DETL 08.18.15 REFER TO ELECT. DNGS. FOR PWR REQ. TYP. OPEN FOR WHEELCHAIR ACCESS. PAINT TO MATCH ROOM NALL COLOR PRE -FINISHED NOOD BASE PROVIDED N/ CABINETRY. SCRIBE TO FLOOR 30" HOLD MIN. BREAK ROOM CABINETRY 1/2" = 1'-0rr CUSTOM OUTLET TNO CABINETS S 1 SHOWN SIDE -BY -SIDE -------__________41 I I HOLES FOR WIRE FEED TASK LIGHTING N/ 9'-0" CORD 1 li 1. 1 al 1- DUPLEX OUTLET FOR UNDER CABINET LIGHTING. ONE OUTLET TO BE PROVIDED PER EVERY TNO CABINETS. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 6'-7" A.F.F. L CL DUPLEX OUTLET 0 NMI INSTALL METAL BLOCKING IN NALL PER DETAIL E/Al2.01. 5'-11" A.F.F.CL BLOCKING FRENCH CLEAT PROVIDED N/ CABINET, SECURE TO BLOCKING PER MFG INSTRUCTIONS WIRE DIAGRAM 3/4":1'-0" 7- OVERHEAD CABINET N/ TRANSLUCENT SLIDING DOOR G.C. TO CUT 1-10LES TO FEED WIRE UP TO OUTLET. HOLES TO BE PLACED AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO EDGE SUPPORT. SIZE AS SMALL AS POSSIBLE TO FIT CORD THROUGH. PROVIDE WHITE GROMMET SLEEVES. 4'-6" A.F.F. _r B.O. CABINET UNDER CABINET TASK LIGHT. SEE ELECT. DWGS FOR REQUIREMENTS 7j77 4011° _tz 12" 12" FieriPAIP 4 6'-0" A.F.F. A0 COAT RACK SHELFY 5'-10 1/2" A.F.F. CL OF BLOCKIN WALL MOUNTED COAT RACK N/ TOP SHELF. G.C. TO INSTALL (3) ROWS OF IN-NALL BLOCKING PER DETAIL E/Al2.01. 3'-10" A.F.F. CL OF 1-IOOKS 4 BLOCKING (6) NALL MOUNTED HOOKS FOR ACCESSIBLE USE. REFER TO A/A13.01. 2'-0" A.F.F. CL OF HOOKS 4 BLOCKINGY WAINSCOT - REFER TO A/A13.02 NALL BASE 1 FINISHED FLOOR COAT RACK MOUNTING DETAIL 1"=1'-0" 05D-A1402-FOO-DETL F= 01.18.17 OFFICE OVERHEAD CABINET 1 1/2" = 1'-0" 05D-A1402-COO-DETL 09.09.13 RIGID COUNTERTOP BRACKETS. #BRA -BRACE -27-N (WHITE) GROMMET COVER: #CAP -WH (WHITE) OUTNATER HARDWARE CORPORATION 800.631.2443 OR LSD4C PM APPROVED EQUAL. 2' 0" 1" MDF DESKTOP WITH PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISH. 1 PLASTIC TEE MOLDING; FINISH TO MATCH LAMINATE. R2" 3/4" COUNTERSUNK NOOD SCREWS (MIN. 3) 1 1/2" X 3/4" CLEAT FASTENED TO NALL. RIGID COUNTERTOP BRACKETS. #12 SELF TAPPING COUNTERSUNK SCREWS (MIN. 3) INSTALL METAL BLOCKING IN WALL PER DETAIL F/Al2.01. 0 c4 SECTION 1" : 1'-0" AT CORNER LOCATIONS: G.C. TO SECURE TOPS TOGETHER N/ (2) 4"X4" METAL PLATES AT UNDERSIDE W/ (4) 3/4" COUNTERSUNK WOOD SCREWS EA. n G.C. TO PROVIDE 2 3/8"P GROMMET IN CORNER OR LOCATION ON DESKTOP CLOSE TO POWER. VERIFY FINAL LOCATION IN FIELD. rm A G.C. TO ROUND � R2" ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS. COUNTERTOP BRACKETS TO BE INSTALLED 611 FROM EACH END, TYP. ®PLAN 1 1/2" : 1'-0" 2'-0" TYP. FOR DESK SIZES O. wCn n, a >w w _ N 0 N z 0- IAA Lu N Th DESK MOUNTING DETAIL VARIES 05D-A1402-BOO-DETL B 05.09.14 BREAK ROOM AREA Ol 1 1/2" X 1 1/2" X 48" BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL CORNER GUARD - GAMCO #CG -2 ® PRE -FINISHED BASE AND NALL CABINETRY, REFER TO DETAIL G/A14.02. O3 SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP AND BACKSPLASH ® BREAK ROOM SINK AND FAUCET, REFER TO PLUMBING DWGS 0 PAPER TOWEL HOLDER - HAFELE #KT1024, STAINLESS STEEL, REFER TO DETAIL D/A14.02 ® FRAMED BREAK ROOM USAGE SIGN O7 MICROWAVE, REFER TO ELEC. DWGS. FOR POWER 18.2 CU. FT. REFRIGERATOR N/ TOP FREEZER, REFER TO ELEC. DNGS. FOR POWER O APARTMENT REFRIGERATOR, SEE ELEC. DNGS. FOR POWER 10 VENDING MACHINE, REFER TO ELEC. DWGS. FOR POWER i 1 COAT RACK, REFER TO DETAIL F/A14.02 12 (6) CLOTHING 1400KS MOUNTED DELON COAT RACK - GAMCD #5154. REFER TO DETAIL F/A14.02 CI FULL SIZE LOCKER BANK - 6 UNITS HIGH. G.C. TO SECURE TO NALL THROUGH BACK. 14 WALL -MOUNTED TELEVISION WITH BRACKET, REFER TO DETAIL M/A14.02. 15 FRAMED LOCKER USAGE SIGN, MOUNT ABOVE LOCKER BANK. 16 36" X 36" TABLE 17 STACKING CHAIRS CI MOBILE TELEVISION CART N/ TV/DVD COMBO UNIT 19 HEADSET STORAGE CART "ALL" SYSTEM EQUIPMENT, REFER TO DETAIL 14/A14.02 SEE NGS FOR POWER REQUIREMENTS 21 48" X 36" ASSOCIATE RESOURCE CENTER COMMUNICATION BOARD. G.C. TO MOUNT TOP @ 6'-0" A.F.F. 48" X 36" COMMUNICATION RESOURCE CENTER COMMUNICATION BOARD. G.C. TO MOUNT TOP @ 6'-0" 48" X 36" GET READY CENTER COMMUNICATION BOARD. G.C. TO MOUNT TOP @ 6'-0" A.F.F. ® MAGNETIC PORCELAIN DRY -ERASE BOARD W/ ALUMINUM FRAME AND MARKER TRAY, 48"X72". MOUNT TOP @ 7'-0" A.F.F. MICROWAVE RACK OFFICE DESK LAMINATE TOP, BRACKETS AND GROMMETS, M-10 1, REFER TO DETAIL B/A14.02 31 NALL MOUNTED OVERHEAD CABINET WITH SLIDING TRANSLUCENT DOOR. LENGTH (42" OR 48") AS INDICATED IN PLAN. PROVIDED N/ TASK LIGHTING, REFER DETAIL C/A14.02 AND ELEC DNGS ® LATERAL FILE CABINET - 4 DRAWERS HIGH ® MOBILE PEDESTAL FILE CABINET c;! COMPUTER WORKSTATION (INDICATED W/ HATCHED AREA) ® NOT USED MAILBOX UNIT, SET ON FILE CABINET OR DESK SURFACE INFORMATION LOCK BOX PLACED ON FLOOR BELOW DESK ® SMALL SAFE; G.C. TO SECURE PER MFG SPECIFICATIONS LARGE SAFE; G.C. TO SECURE PER MFG SPECIFICATIONS ® MOBILE TRAINING ROOM BOOKCASE 41 MELAMINE DRY -ERASE BOARD N/ ALUMINUM FRAME AND MARKER TRAY 24"X36". MOUNT TOP @ 5'-0" A.F.F. ® MAGNETIC DRY -ERASE CALENDAR BOARD 18"X30". MOUNT TO OUTSIDE OF DOOR @ 5'-0" A.F.F. ® FURNISH THE CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY AND A LIST OF THE NAMES, ADDRESSES AND TELEPHONE NUMBERS OF ALL SUBCONTRACTORS INCLUDING ALL LSDC PROVIDED SUBCONTRACTORS. MOUNT IN SEPARATE 8 1/2" X 11" FRAMES. MANAGER'S OFFICE BULLETIN BOARD N/ CLOTH COVER 36"x48". MOUNT TOP @ 6'-0" A.F.F. 4n5 TASK CHAIR REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 13 2017 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION axs7 AMENITY KEYNOTES 1/4" = 05D-A1402-A00-DETL A 03.23.17 z 0 U D 1 - Ci) z 0 U oS z W 0 W 0 X Li • O 0 O r cp J o W CL F- F- Z W Q U O z Z N Z W-0.6 QQ C ~ 0 0 o C O N U ,W\ i- 1_ 0a-1-0 KU 0005 =N1---.1000 P -WWW o W Z O a 2.1=U air. 4 N= 0 2 0 T a m U a 6 a v W 0 o 0 O O L.J N a K C w x L.: o a z ~ o o = Q Z W 00 0~ 4 U U O O1.1 O N 1- V y N W O a N J ~ y.. W W 0 m O ~ O W Z z x� o a o ac���=v W d C7 a Z C 2 O O N Y= 0 0 W U W 00 Q 4 z a 3 y N J O H N O U W y1j F- VW7 -H0 U i W N Z = ? 0 x O ~ w0=�Zy in a�v�_i-iz 0 Y W J LJ O >' V N 3 N 0 W J a o x oZ=�4Z z 3= 3 3 0 3 o ~ ELJE o z Lv, U O J m U �. W � at L, t�a W a H a �= W N W ■gvi ■ 0 ■ L 0 PROJECT INFORMATION: J J CC M co LU ix co -u,wo''o ZC%1Cr) W. -w< • I--zo0 lc cn co 1- g_ zv oL61 W j o IC w 2t La a CD Q _J Y O W Z O -oo O a - g 0 w ce REVISIONS: REQUIRED BY: BD PLUMBING RESPONSE DATE 09/21/17 POR: DESIGN CHANGES 10/18/17 MASTER DEVELOPMENT 11/03/17 RECEIVED SITE C tO FENTA 11/22/17 PERMIT CENTER DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 AM HMG SKM NON -SALES/ AMENITY PLANS DRAWING NUMBER: 1 02 JUNCTION BOX FOR WATER HEATER ELECTRICAL CONNECTION. INSTALL 20A, 2 POLE 'AC' TOGGLE DISCONNECT FURNISHED BY LSD&C. (2)#12 & (1)#12 GROUND IN 1/2" CONDUIT. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND RELATED REQUIREMENTS WITH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO WORK COMMENCEMENT. 0 KEYPAD FOR PAGING SYSTEM, MOUNTED AT 48" AFF, ON WALL AND CONNECTED TO MODEM PANEL. REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE FOR INSTALLATION. TELEPHONE OUTLET IN WALL. INSTALL EMPTY 3/4" CONDUIT, WITH PULLWIRE, BACK TO TELCO SECTION OF IFS ENCLOSURE. TELEPHONE WIRE AND #RJ14C JACK FOR TWO LINE TELEPHONE BY OTHERS. MOUNT AT 42" AFF, EXCEPT AS NOTED ON PLANS. O INSTALL DELIVERY BUZZER SYSTEM AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. LSD&C SHALL FURNISH COMPLETE EDWARDS DELIVERY BUZZER SYSTEM COMPLETE WITH TRANSFORMER, BUZZERS MOUNTED AT 96" AFF IN NON SALES (LARGE GRAY) AND AT 10" AT CASHWRAPS (SMALLER FINNED VERSION), LOUVERED COVERPLATES, AND PUSHBUTTON MOUNTED AT 48" AFF. (WEATHERPROOF FOR OUTSIDE LOCATIONS). ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE NECESSARY JUNCTION BOXES, CONDUIT, AND WIRE TO COMPLETELY INSTALL DELIVERY BUZZER SYSTEM. JUNCTION BOXES SHALL BE MOUNTED VERTICALLY. © PROVIDE DEDICATED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AND DATA BOX AT 42" AFF FOR ALL COMPUTER SYSTEM. RECEPTACLE IS A NON -CONTROLLED RECEPTACLE, GREEN IN COLOR, PASS & SEYMOUR 5362GN. COVER PLATE IS WHITE. CO MICROWAVE RECEPTACLE 0 42" AFF WHEN COUNTER IS PRESENT, 18" FOR ALL OTHER CASES. IF PLAN LOCATION IS NOT ACCEPTABLE, IMMEDIATELY CONTACT LSD&C PROJECT MANAGER FOR DIRECTION. ® RECEPTACLE 0 18" AFF FOR REFRIGERATOR OR VENDING MACHINE. IF PLAN LOCATION IS NOT ACCEPTABLE, IMMEDIATELY CONTACT LSD&C PROJECT MANAGER FOR DIRECTION. SAW CUT/CORE DRILL AND PATCH FLOOR SLAB AS REQUIRED FOR UNDERSLAB CONDUIT. 10 ELECTRICAL WHIP TYPE CONNECTION FOR HAND DRYER. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH MANUFACTURER INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS PRIOR TO WORK COMMENCEMENT. 11 GFI DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AND COVERPLATE SHALL MATCH WALL COLOR. MOUNT AT 42"AFF. 12 JUNCTION BOX AND CODE REQUIRED DISCONNECT SWITCH FOR MOTORIZED ROLL -UP GRILLE ELECTRICAL CONNECTION. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND RELATED REQUIREMENTS WITH LSD&C PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO WORK COMMENCEMENT. 13 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS OF BARREL KEY SWITCHES BEFORE WORK COMMENCEMENT. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CONNECT KEY SWITCH TO CONTROL BOARD AND DOOR LOCK INTERLOCK. ELECTRICAL POWER AND FIRE ALARM PLAN KEYNOTES 14 ENCLOSURE WITH SENSORMATIC CONTROLLER AND 24 HOUR DEDICATED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED ON VERTICAL FACE OF SOFFIT ABOVE CEILING OR BELOW PLATFORM. ALARM SHALL BE POSITIONED ABOVE RETURN AIR GRILLE. COORDINATE SENSORMATIC FREQUENCY WITH ADJACENT TENANT SENSORMATIC SYSTEMS. SEE SHEETS E02.51. C1 AIR DEVICE OR ACCESS PANEL BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO BE USED AS ACCESS TO EQUIPMENT LOCATED ABOVE CEILING AND/OR FOR TRANSMISSION OF ALARM SOUND. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO ENSURE THAT A MINIMUM UNOBSTRUCTED FREE AREA OF 3' VERTICALLY AND 3' HORIZONTALLY IN ALL DIRECTIONS AROUND EQUIPMENT IS MAINTAINED TO ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF EQUIPMENT. IF THIS FREE AREA CANNOT BE OBTAINED, IMMEDIATELY CONTACT LSD&C'S PROJECT MANAGER FOR DIRECTION. ARE SWINGING DOORS IN TIIE PORTAL, TIIE RECEPTACLE WILL BE MOUNTED AT 18" A.F.F. FACING TIIE VOID SIDE. REFER TO PROVIDE JUNCTION 130X WITI I TOGGLE SWITCH DISCONNECT FOR SIGN IOWER. REFER TO ARCI IITECTURAL DETAILS FOR EXACT LOCATION. PROVIDE RECEPTACLE FOR PINK OUTFITTING CENTER LIGHTS. REFER TO ARCIIITECTURAL DETAILS roR EXACT LOCATION. 018 19 PROVIDE CEILING RECEPTACLE FOR SIGNAGE. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS FOR EXACT LOCATION. DUPLEX RECEPTACLES FOR EACH ILLUMINATED LETTER OF PINK SIGN. PROVIDED BY OWNER INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS. 21 PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX FOR RE -CIRC PUMP. COORDINATED LOCATION AND REQUIREMENT WITH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. lett ith ■I\I.lr • STOREFRONT LED). REFER TO SCIIEDULE ON SIIEET E05.01 AND SIIEET A08.00 roR PLACEMENT OF POWER SUPPLY. • REFER TO ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT DATA ON SHEET E05.01 FOR CONDUIT AND WIRE SIZE. 4"X4" JUNCTION BOX MOUNTED AT 60" AFF WITH 1-1/4" CONDUIT (WITH BUSHING) TO CEILING FOR BURGLAR ALARM. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH LSD&C PRIOR TO WORK COMMENCEMENT. INSTALL WALL MOUNTED MOTION DETECTOR AT REAR EXIT AND NEXT TO BURGLAR ALARM AT 7' AFF. VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS WITH LSD&C PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO WORK COMMENCEMENT. KEYPAD FOR BURGLAR SYSTEM, MOUNTED AT 48" AFF, ON WALL, ON HANDLE -SIDE OF NON -SALES DOOR LEADING TO SALES AREA, AND 3/4" CONDUIT FROM JUNCTION BOX TO ABOVE CEILING. CO INSTALL CEILING MOUNTED MOTION DETECTOR IN EACH STOREFRONT ROOM WITH AN ENTRANCE AND IN FRONT OF EVERY CASHWRAP. VERIFY EXACT COLOR AND LOCATIONS WITH LSD&C PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO WORK COMMENCEMENT. O 31 DOOR CONTACT FOR BURGLAR SYSTEM. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL JUNCTION BOX AND 3/4" CONDUIT FROM ABOVE CEILING TO 6" FROM DOOR, ALIGNED WITH TOP OF DOOR FOR SWING DOORS. INSTALL CURTAIN WALL MOUNTED MOTION DETECTOR AT EACH ENTRY/ROLLING GRILLE. VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS WITH LSD&C PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO WORK COMMENCEMENT. MONITORING SENSOR MOUNTED AT 48" AFF. SENSOR TO BE ROUTED BACK TO MONITOR CIRCUIT BOARD. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX NEXT TO IFS PANEL FOR MONITOR CIRCUIT BOARD. PROVIDE AND INSTALL 24 VOLT 150VA TRANSFORMER COMPATIBLE WITH TRANE TRACER MP503 WITH CODE REQUIRED DISCONNECT SWITCH. USB CHARGER RECEPTACLE AND COVERPLATE SHALL BE WHITE. PROVIDE DEEP BACK BOX TO FIT RECEPTACLE PER MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS. FOR RECEPTACLES MOUNTED NEAR BREAK ROOM SINK. THIS IS AN ALWAYS ON RECEPTACLE. PROVIDE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FOR UNDER CABINET LIGHTING. REFER TO DETAIL C/E04.02 FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT AND CIRCUITING INFORMATION. RECEPTACLE IS A CONTROLLED RECEPTACLE, WHITE IN COLOR WITH "CONTROL" SYMBOL, PASS & SEYMOUR 5362CDW. COVER PLATE IS WHITE. RECEPTACLE IS A NON -CONTROLLED RECEPTACLE, GREEN IN COLOR, PASS & SEYMOUR 5362GN. COVER PLATE IS WHITE. ® COORDINATE LOCATION AND HEIGHT WITH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. ® 2 CABINET BEAUTY WALL BAR. RECEPTACLE MOUNTED AT 1' 8" AFF. COORDINATE WITI I ARCIIITECTURAL DRAWINGS. ..7. 41 JUNCTION BOX roR WATER HEATER ELECTRICAL CONNECTION. INSTALL 30A, 2 POLE 'AC' TOGGLE DISCONNECT FURNISIIED DY LSD&C. (2)#10 & (1410 GROUND IN 3/4" CONDUIT. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND RELATED REQUIREMENTS WITII PLUMBING CONTRACTOR ® FLOOR OUTLET W/ LONG EDGE PARALLEL TO STOREFRONT. ei FIRE ALARM DEVICE. A FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IS REQUIRED FOR THE SPACE COMPLETE WITH A FIRE ALARM PANEL (FACP). E.C. SHALL PROVIDE A COMPLETE, PERMITTED, AND FULLY TESTED FIRE ALARM SYSTEM FOR THE SPACE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL LOCAL AND NATIONAL CODES AND LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. THE SPACE FACP SHALL COMMUNICATE WITH THE LANDLORD'S FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. THE LANDLORD'S FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS TO THE LANDLORD'S FIRE ALARM SYSTEM AT TENANT'S EXPENSE. FIELD VERIFY AND COORDINATE PRIOR TO BID AND WORK COMMENCEMENT. PROVIDE A JUNCTION BOX WITH PULL STRING, QUADRAPLEX RECEPTACLE AND DUPLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED IN WALL BEHIND VIDEO MONITORS. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 140 BREAKROOM COUNTER -TOP DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AND COVERPLATE SHALL MATCH WALL COLOR. MOUNT AT 42"AFF. THIS IS A CONTROLLED RECEPTACLE, WHITE IN COLOR WITH "CONTROL" SYMBOL, PASS & SEYMOUR 5362CDW. MUST BE PROTECTED BY A GFI CIRCUIT BREAKER IN THE IFS UNIT. ® UNASSISTED DELIVERY (UAD) KEYPAD. PART OF THE BURGLAR ALARM SYSTEM. NOTE: ALL RECEPTACLES/SWITCHES SHALL BE WHITE IN COLOR WITH THE EXCEPTION OF THE FOLLOWING AREAS, WHICH SHALL HAVE BLACK RECEPTACLES/SWITCHES: GRAND HALL, VSL 1, VSL 2, BEAUTY, CASH WRAP, VS POWDER ROOM, FR ALCOVE B, FR ALCOVE C, EV -A, EV -B, VS TRANSITIONS AND VS DISPLAY WINDOWS. NTS M -Engineering 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, Ohio 43081 phone: 614.839.4639 fax: 614.839.2222 www.mengineering.us.com �c'r�1 ALBS 09/25/12 ADJACENT TENANT - N.I.C. FPVAV-2 LT CTRL TRANSFORMER & PANELS I A & B TO DATA RACK. MEN'S RESTROOM B-20 B-18 E04.03 FPVAV 1 B-27 RECEIVING PINK 2 ii W N Ir G = X Z � W � Q N = O - J O Q O j ' _ p w° 0nF.,, U = U O v W 10.. W Q U N O N Q . C O Z Z W Q U O U ozlnz W - U' Q z 3 W Z a.O :W : m U O !!'' W O .if W ~ N W a O � p W W w C W OZ O �i , v 1 N Z N W O Q � � o z L, Q mLr W Z JW g 0 m4 w N 4 p ZO Z 1- t .- W Q a W COoz_Wz z z 3 ~ O p O 0 O N V N .c•� H p.� U p � dd T W W W O O H = W O � Q N U O N N E W Z dO 1 5 P- B-31 FPVAV-3 WOMEN; - RESTROOM CESSING ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. A-9 E04.03 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN (TYPICAL). STOCK TO PAGING SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL (TYP.) GFI ®15" TRANS #4 VEST 1 ADJACENT TENANT - N.I.C. TO BREAK AREA LIGHTS A-4 BREAK AREA � - -n B-23 / II AFR 1B USB 42" GFI GFI 2 -PERSON OFFICE LANDLORD NOTE: REVISIONS: TENANT GC TO SCAN SLAB PRIOR TO CORING/TRENCHING, COORDINATE WORK WITH FACILITIES MANAGER PRIOR TO TRENCHING REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 13 2017 POR: DESIGN CHANGES MASTER DEVELOPMENT SITE CONDITIONS P Q Lk'LO'_PMk CITY OF TUKWILA �• r s P,11.2P17 PERMIT CENTER DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 09/21/17 10/18/17 11/03/17 11/22/17 08/25/17 CDH CDH DFG ELECTRICAL POWER & FIRE ALARM PLAN DRAWING NUMBER: ELECTRICAL POWER AND FIRE ALARM PLAN NOTE: ALL SPEAKER AND SUBWOOFER CABLING IS DAISY -CHAINED IN PARALLEL SPEAKER -TO -SPEAKER WITHIN THE SAME BRAND OF THE STORE. (I.E. PINK SIDE SPEAKER SHALL NOT BE TIED TO VS SIDE SPEAKER.) NOTE: THERE SHALL NOT BE NO MORE THAN (3) CABLES RUNNING TO/FROM EACH SPEAKER. NOTE: MAINTAIN A SINGLE CABLE BETWEEN ROOMS TO AVOID EXCESSIVE CABLE PULLS. SPEAKER -TO -SPEAKER CABLE PULL WITHIN EACH ROOM ARE DISCRETIONARY AS LONG AS EVERY SPEAKER AND SUBWOOFER IS ACCOUNTED FOR. NOTE: WIRELESS AP DEVICES TO BE PLACED WITHIN 35 FEET RADIUS FROM EACH OTHER. M -Engineering 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, Ohio 43081 phone: 614.839.4639 fax: 614.839.2222 www.mengineering.us.com NOV 2 9 2017 z 0 F- U D F - z 0 STO Lel COPYRIGHTED AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AS AN eeNCD 0U irvz ■ P CC W W // V • Z = W O Q REVISIONS: J J a 200 °0 W � °O Z O) L.J Q H w o W‘41 - c0 REQUIRED BY: A BD PLUMBING RESPONSE POR: DESIGN CHANGES MASTER DEVELOPMENT SITE CONDITIOg F KI creAti ELOPMENT CITY OF TUKWILA z � 3 2fl 7 DATE 09/21/17 10/18/17 11/03/17 11/22/17 PMO IT CENTER DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 CDH CDH DFG ELECTRICAL LOW VOLTAGE PLAN DRAWING NUMBER: 1 CABLE IDENTIFICATION TABLE CABLE DESCRIPTION/TYPE PURPOSE / — —1 -, \ 16AWG / 2 CONDUCTOR SINGLE TWISTED PAIR, PLENUM LOUDSPEAKER N. CRESTON DM -CBL -ULTRA -P SHIELDED CAT7, PLENUM VIDEO SIGNAL & VOLUME CONTROL / -- \ CAT5e OR CAT6 UTP NETWORK M -Engineering 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, Ohio 43081 phone: 614.839.4639 fax: 614.839.2222 www.mengineering.us.com NOV 2 9 2017 z 0 F- U D F - z 0 STO Lel COPYRIGHTED AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AS AN eeNCD 0U irvz ■ P CC W W // V • Z = W O Q REVISIONS: J J a 200 °0 W � °O Z O) L.J Q H w o W‘41 - c0 REQUIRED BY: A BD PLUMBING RESPONSE POR: DESIGN CHANGES MASTER DEVELOPMENT SITE CONDITIOg F KI creAti ELOPMENT CITY OF TUKWILA z � 3 2fl 7 DATE 09/21/17 10/18/17 11/03/17 11/22/17 PMO IT CENTER DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 CDH CDH DFG ELECTRICAL LOW VOLTAGE PLAN DRAWING NUMBER: 1 SWITCHED 120V FROM OCCUPANCY SENSOR 1 A-15 ZONE B1 N LIGHTS CORRIDOR LTS SWITCHING WIRING SCHEMATIC NOTE: LENGTH OF FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT, MC TYPE CABLE, OR AC90(CANADA) MAY EXCEED 6'-0" IF ALLOWED BY LANDLORD. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS. NOTE: REFER TO SHEET E04.01 FOR ELECTRICAL LIGHTING SCHEDULE, LIGHT DESCRIPTIONS. AND CONSTRUCTION NOTES. NOTE: REFER TO SHEET E05.01 FOR PANEL SCHEDULE AND LIGHTING ZONE DESIGNATIONS. NOTE: ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL SHEETS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND INSTALLATION DETAILS FOR SUSPENDED LIGHTING IN NON -SALES AREA. NOTE: GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY CEILING FIRE RATING WITH ARCHITECT, AND BOX OR TENT ALL RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURES, IF REQUIRED, TO MAINTAIN CEILING FIRE RATING. NOTE: ALL RECEPTACLES/SWITCHES SHALL BE WHITE IN COLOR WITH THE EXCEPTION OF THE FOLLOWING AREAS, WHICH SHALL HAVE BLACK RECEPTACLES/SWITCHES: GRAND HALL, VNL 1, VNL 2, BEAUTY, CASH WRAP, VS POWDER ROOM, FR ALCOVE B, FR ALCOVE C, EV -A, EV -B, VS TRANSITIONS AND VS DISPLAY WINDOWS. NOTE: "SL" DENOTES NIGHT TIME SECURITY LIGHTS 0 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL OCCUPANCY MOTION SENSOR SWITCH FOR CONTROL OF LIGHTS AS SHOWN. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SET SWITCH FOR 15 MINUTES. MOUNT AT 48"AFF. 2O BREAK -OFF CIRCUIT. 30 JUNCTION BOX INSTALLED AT THE CENTERLINE OR MOUNTING PLATE OF WALL SCONCE. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS. PROVIDE VACANCY SENSOR TO AUTOMATICALLY TURN OFF LIGHTING WITHIN 20 MINUTES OF ALL OCCUPANTS LEAVING THE SPACE. 5O FURNISH AND INSTALL JUNCTION BOX, TOGGLE DISCONNECT SWITCH IN NON-VISIBLE LOCATION. MOUNT AND MAKE FINAL CONNECTION TO 120 VOLT/12VDC CLASS 2 POWER SUPPLY PER POWER SUPPLY INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. THE LED SIGN ILLUMINATION SYSTEM TO BE INSTALLED PER N.E.C. ARTICLE 600 AS APPLICABLE AND SPECIFICALLY ARTICLE 600.33. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF JUNCTION BOX, SWITCH, AND POWER SUPPLY. (REUSE EXISTING JUNCTION BOX AND CONDUIT INTO SPACE IF ALREADY INSTALLED. VERIFY IN FIELD EXACT LOCATION ON STORE FRONT OR VOID SPACE). 10 11 12 13 REFER TO SHEET E02.01 FOR POWER REQUIREMENTS. LIGHT FIXTURES TO BE INSTALLED IN MILLWORK FIXTURE, NOT IN CEILING. VERIFY WITH LSD&C. GRK EYE) M -Engineering 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, Ohio 43081 phone: 614.839.4639 fax: 614.839.2222 www.mengineering.us.com TO TASK LIGHT LIGHTING RECEPTACLE ON POWER SHEET E -201/E-202. SWITCHING RELAY, DELTROL, MODEL 266F, OR EQUAL, MOUNTED IN A 4 X 4 X 4 BOX. PROVIDED BY E.C. SEE WIRING ON SHEET E-302. LIGHT FIXTURES TO BE INSTALLED IN VALANCE ABOVE MILLWORK FIXTURE, NOT IN CEILING. VERIFY WITH LSD&C. ROOM LIGHTING CONTROLLER, WALL SWITCH, AND VACANCY SENSOR. REFER TO SHEET E05.02. NOV 2 9 2017 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN KEYNOTES NTS D 09/25/12 ADJACENT TENANT - N.I.C. z 0 1- 1- 0 — I- 0 U 06 z w 0 w ce 0 (1) Q < 4 W 1- . Z O 0 17 3 :::_ w O m O W IC.) C U ¢ X COa WO=H S W UN ::23.l'-1! D W C N ' 3 C E Z pI/)WQ-15p-, OWZWl'A 1OWHNNZ 0) - !C:': . ,i C0)CpOWUOZCZ[.�3wgoa Z t- 4 H W O Z O N S2 N BE cc W M O O 4 N C 2 U W W a !- W 2 /S- Q C . (0/) O PROCESSING TRANS *4 BREAK AREA ADJACENT TENANT - N.I.C. REVISIONS: POR: DESIGN CHANGES 09/21/17 10/18/17 MASTER DEVELOPMENT 11/03/17 RECEIVED SITE °�S A L ypiENTj\ 11/22/17 DEC 13 2017 KIR 3 U l i PERMIT CENTER City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 CDH CDH DFG ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN DRAWING NUMBER: ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN ELECTRIC LOAD SUMMARY (TRANSFORMER) 208Y/120V LOADS DESCRIPTION N.E.C. CONNECTED kVA NEC DEMAND NOTES N.E.C. DEMAND FACTOR N.E.C. DEMAND kVA LIGHTING (CONTINUOUS) 13.132 [1] 1.25 16.415 TRACK LIGHT DEMAND ALLOWANCE - [2] - 0.000 SHOW WINDOW DEMAND ALLOWANCE - [3] - 1.100 KIT APPLIANCE 2.400 [4} 1.00 2.400 RECEPTACLES 14.530 [51 - 12.265 MOTORS 2.303 [6] - 2.597 FIXED ELECTRIC SPACE HEATING 0.000 [7] - 0.000 AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM 0.000 [6],[7] - 0.000 ELECTRIC WATER HEATER 3.000 - 1.0 3.000 MISCELLANEOUS 9.715 - 1.0 9.715 N.E.C. DEM. KVA X 1000 45.080 FEEDER AMPERAGE AMPS 47.492 = MINIMUM = 131.8 Lo SYS. VOLTAGE X 1.732 47.492 X 1000 208 X 1.732 ELECTRIC LOAD SUMMARY 480Y/277V SYSTEM DESCRIPTION N.E.C. CONNECTED kVA NEC DEMAND NOTES N.E.C. DEMAND FACTOR N.E.C. DEMAND kVA LIGHTING (CONTINUOUS) 13.132 [1] 1.25 16.415 TRACK LIGHT DEMAND ALLOWANCE - [2] - 0.000 SHOW WINDOW DEMAND ALLOWANCE 2 [3] - 1.100 KIT APPLIANCE 2.400 [4) 1.00 2.400 RECEPTACLES 14.530 [5] - 12.265 MOTORS 2.303 [6] - 2.597 FIXED ELECTRIC SPACE HEATING 0.000 [7] - 0.000 AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM 0.000 [6],[7] - 0.000 ELECTRIC WATER HEATER 3.000 - 1.0 3.000 MISCELLANEOUS 45.266 - 1.0 45.266 TOTAL N.E.C. DEM. KVAX 1000 80.631 TOTAL FEEDER AMPERAGE AMPS 83.043 = MINIMUM = 99.9 Lo SYS. VOLTAGE X 1.732 83.043 X 1000 480 X 1.732 LOAD SUMMARY NOTES: [1] POWER FACTOR IS ALREADY INCLUDED IN LIGHTING LOAD. [2] 150VA/2FT OF LINE VOLTAGE TRACK + SUM LOW VOLTAGE XFRMS - CONNECTED LOAD [3] 200VA/LF -ACTUAL CONNECTED LOAD [4] KIT APPLIANCE DEMAND FACTOR PER NEC 220-56 [5] 0.0 < 10KW = 100%, REMAINING - 50% [6] 125% OF THE LARGEST MOTOR OR COMPRESSOR IN SYSTEM APPLIED ON ONE UNIT. [7] USE GREATER VALUE OF THESE TWO CATEGORIES ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT DATA ITEM VOLTAGE FEEDERS BRANCH BREAKER DISC. SW. BUS/ FUSES NOTE WIRE CONDUIT FPVAV-1 277/480V, 30 (4)#10 & (1)#10G 3/4" 25A -3P - - 2 FPVAV-2 277/480V, 30 (4)#10 & (1)#10G 3/4" 25A -3P - - 2 FPVAV-3 277/480V, 30 (4)#12 & (1)#12G 3/4" 20A -3P - - 2 VAV-1 120V, 10 (2)#12 & (1)#12G 1/2" 20A -1P - - 1 NOTE: TOGGLE SWITCH TO BE FURNISHED BY LSD&C AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. SWITCH TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY MECHANICAL SUPPLIER. 1. 'AC' 2. DISCONNECT Panel Wiring Panelboard Panel Type NEMA Type Schedule (3 -Phase) "MDP" Voltage OCPD Mounting 480Y/277 Phase Wire Buss 3 Options/Notes AIC Rating 65,000 WESCO ENCLOSURE 200A M.C.B. 4 1 SURFACE 400A WHEN REQUIRED BY EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATE PER MAINTENANCE OF EQUIPMENT. 3 CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR 1. ALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS IN 'PANEL MDP' SHALL BE Zone ADOPTED ELECTRICAL CODE Brkr. Size * Ckt. INSTALLATION OF LOW VOLTAGE CONDUIT Phase Brkr. Brkr. N.E.C. 10. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE SURE N.E.C. Brkr. Brkr. RATING OF 65,000 AMPS RMS. 2. Ckt. No. Zone Load Description Size Opts. kVA Phase kVA Opts. Size Load Description Zone No. DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO BID AND 0.720 B * Lo ** NON -SALES LTG ** 11. SWITCHBOARDS, PANELBOARDS, DISCONNECT "LISTED" * CONTRACTOR MUST ARRANGE FOR A FORKLIFT ENTRY LTG AN INTERRUPTING RATING OF 65,000 AMPS RMS. Lo THAN PANEL RATING, NOTIFY YOUR LSD&C SWITCHES, AND CONTACTORS ARE TO BE 0.300 TO OFF-LOAD AT JOB SITE. ELECTRICAL 4.443 A 0.000 PROJECT MANAGER IMMEDIATELY. AND "IDENTIFIED" AS RATED FOR A MINIMUM OF E CONTRACTOR WILL RECEIVE 24 NOTICE PRIOR 3. 1 1.200 FPVAV 1 25/3 HACR 4.000 B 0.000 3. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BALANCE ALL SPACE SHOW WINDOW REC 2 PROTECTED DEVICES UPSTREAM SHALL BE MARKED B PANELS AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT TO 7% 12. IFS ENCLOSURE LIGHTING CONTROLS: SOLENOID 4.000 C 0.000 WITH A PERMANENT LABEL THAT INDICATES THE 11 (+/-) BETWEEN PHASES: A/B, B/C, A/C, REGARDLESS OF CIRCUITING INDICATED. OPERATED BABR BREAKERS ARE PROVIDED WITH IFS PANELS FOR STORE LIGHTING CONTROLS AND COSTS TO FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL LOW VOLTAGE WIRING IN CONDUIT, AS PART OF BASE 0.633 SHORT-CIRCUIT RATING OF THE SERIES COMBINATION AND CALLS OUT THE SPECIFIC 1.200 4.000 A 0.000 12 REPLACEMENT OVERCURRENT DEVICE(S) THAT CAN 4. PROPER CLEARANCE MUST BE MAINTAINED ABOUT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT PER ADOPTED ELECTRICAL LIGHTING ZONE DESIGNATIONS (ie: ZONE A, Al, B1, B2, C, D) 3 DEMARC DEMOLITION NOTES FPVAV 2 25/3 HACR 4.665 B 0.000 14 480-208/120V: SPACE AVAILABLE IN ELECTRICAL ROOM/AREA PRIOR TO 4 1. THE CC SHALL NOT CUT THE MAIN TELEPHONE 1. ALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS IN 'PANEL MDP' SHALL BE 1.200 INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. 4.000 C 0.000 16 FULLY RATED TO PROVIDE AN INTERRUPTING D FTG RM.SIGN DESCRIBED: Lo (DEMARC BLOCK) OR PHONE SYSTEM. C RATING OF 65,000 AMPS RMS. 5. 3.333 A 14.771 18 19 D PINK SIGN BOLT -ON TYPE. 5 2. FPVAV-3 20/3 HACR 3.333 B 15.649 20 125/3 TRANSFORMER 'PANEL C') SHALL BE "SERIES" RATED WITH AL(AND PANEL BRANCH RI BREAKERSOO PROVIDE AN 6 MOUNT A TYPEWRITTEN DIRECTORY BEHIND GLASS EQUIPMENT FOR DAMAGE, VERIFICATION OF B BBW CANADIAN STORE CALL LASENZA 3.777 C 14.660 EQUIPMENT RECEIVED FOR PROPER STORAGE, SETTING AND MOVING OF EQUIPMENT INTO SPACE AS WELL AS REASSEMBLING OF SECTIONS INTO ONE COMPLETE UNIT PER 23 1-877-211-5151 THEN 877#, 3. FOR VS CALL 1-614-415-1011. 3. OTHER EQUIPMENT THAT IS RATEDQUIOVERCURRENTTHAS PROTECTED PANELBOARDSBOR OTHER PROTECTED DEVICESYUPSTREAM SHALL BE MARKED Notes OUTLETS ON EACH CIRCUIT. Breaker Options: 3. * All circuit breakers to be 20 -Amp, 1 -Pole unless otherwise noted. AS Powerlink AS Breaker ** All Phases to be balanced to within 10% using Actual Load Totals. LO Handle lock -on device N.E.C. Connected Totals: PhA 26.547 kVA ST Shunt Trip Type N.E.C. Connected Totals: Ph.B 27.647 kVA AUX Auxiliary Contacts N.E.C. Connected Totals: Ph.0 26.437 kVA PA Handle Padlock Attachment Total 80.631 kVA GFCI Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter E Existing Circuit to remain HACR Heating, NC & Refrigeration IG Isolated Ground Circuit Connected Load: 97.0 amps SF Subfeed NEC Demand Feeder Load: 99.9 amps AFCI Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter LIGHTING TIME CONTROL LEGEND: A - MARKETING LEVEL LIGHTING; SHOW WINDOW LIGHTS, SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLES. B1, B2 - GENERAL LIGHTING USED AS STOCKING LEVEL LIGHTING C - TASK LEVEL: SALES DISPLAY LIGHTING - INCLUDING GENERAL SALES RECEPTACLES. ADDITIONAL STOCKING LEVEL LIGHTING. D - SALES DISPLAY LIGHTING: BALANCE OF SALES WALL DISPLAY LIGHTING, CABINET LIGHTING, CABINET LIGHTING RECEPTACLES, AND INTERIOR DISPLAY LIGHTING (CHANDELIERS, NEON, SIGNS, ETC). E - EXTERIOR SIGNAGE, BLADE SIGN INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED, STOREFRONT TRANSOMS DOWNLIGHTING. NOTE: ALL LIGHTING CIRCUITS CONNECTED TO LIGHTING ZONES ARE CONNECTED AND CONTROLLED AUTOMATICALLY THROUGH THE H.V.A.0 BUILDING CONTROL TIME CLOCK. REFER TO ELECTRICAL POWER GENERAL NOTE #12 ON THIS SHEET. Panel Wiring Panelboard Panel Type NEMA Type ELECTRICAL POWER GENERAL NOTES MARKING SHALL BE LOCATED SO AS TO BE CLEARLY VISIBLE TO QUALIFIED PERSONS BEFORE 208Y/120 TELEPHONE/DATA SECTION AND HVAC CONTROL SECTION OF THE IFS ENCLOSURE 3 SERIES RATED NOTES 1. HVAC CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE "HACR" TYPE EXAMINATION, ADJUSTING, SERVICING OR 4 WILL BE DONE BY OTHERS. ELECTRICAL 208V/120V: 225A WHEN REQUIRED BY EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATE PER MAINTENANCE OF EQUIPMENT. 3 CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR 1. ALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS IN 'PANEL MDP' SHALL BE Zone ADOPTED ELECTRICAL CODE Brkr. Size * Brkr. Opts. INSTALLATION OF LOW VOLTAGE CONDUIT Phase FULLY RATED TO PROVIDE AN INTERRUPTING Brkr. Opts. Brkr. Size * 10. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE SURE Zone SYSTEM (IF REQUIRED BY CODE OR 1 A RATING OF 65,000 AMPS RMS. 2. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ENTIRE INSTALLATION CONFORMS TO ADOPTED 0.720 LANDLORD) INTO THESE SECTIONS ONLY. 0.361 LO 00 0E EXACT K.A.I.C. RATING (BUILDING SERVICE AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT) OF LANDLORDS ELECTRICAL CODE - EXAMINATION, IDENTIFICATION, INSTALLATION, AND USE OF EQUIPMENT. 2 D. SWITCHBOARD WILL BE SHIPPED ON AN 2. MAIN BREAKERS FEEDING 'PANEL A' AND 'PANEL B' (AND 'PANEL C') SHALL BE "SERIES" RATED 2400 DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO BID AND 0.720 B ENCLOSED SEMI -TRAILER. ELECTRICAL Lo WITH ALL PANEL BRANCH BREAKERS TO PROVIDE NON -SALES LTG WORK COMMENCEMENT. IF FOUND TO BE HIGHER 11. SWITCHBOARDS, PANELBOARDS, DISCONNECT "LISTED" 5 CONTRACTOR MUST ARRANGE FOR A FORKLIFT ENTRY LTG AN INTERRUPTING RATING OF 65,000 AMPS RMS. Lo THAN PANEL RATING, NOTIFY YOUR LSD&C SWITCHES, AND CONTACTORS ARE TO BE 0.300 TO OFF-LOAD AT JOB SITE. ELECTRICAL 33 FTG RM LTG C PROJECT MANAGER IMMEDIATELY. AND "IDENTIFIED" AS RATED FOR A MINIMUM OF E CONTRACTOR WILL RECEIVE 24 NOTICE PRIOR 3. PANELBOARDS OR OTHER EQUIPMENT THAT IS 1.200 A 75T CONDUCTOR TERMINATION. 39 TO DELIVERY. FTG RM ALCOVE LTG PROTECTED BY "SERIES" RATED OVERCURRENT 3. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BALANCE ALL A SHOW WINDOW REC PROTECTED DEVICES UPSTREAM SHALL BE MARKED B PANELS AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT TO 7% 12. IFS ENCLOSURE LIGHTING CONTROLS: SOLENOID 14. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE ALL B1 WITH A PERMANENT LABEL THAT INDICATES THE 11 (+/-) BETWEEN PHASES: A/B, B/C, A/C, REGARDLESS OF CIRCUITING INDICATED. OPERATED BABR BREAKERS ARE PROVIDED WITH IFS PANELS FOR STORE LIGHTING CONTROLS AND COSTS TO FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL LOW VOLTAGE WIRING IN CONDUIT, AS PART OF BASE 0.633 SHORT-CIRCUIT RATING OF THE SERIES COMBINATION AND CALLS OUT THE SPECIFIC 1.200 STOREFRONT SIGNS. SEE PANEL SCHEDULES FOR SALES CTR DISPLAY TRK BID. 12 REPLACEMENT OVERCURRENT DEVICE(S) THAT CAN 4. PROPER CLEARANCE MUST BE MAINTAINED ABOUT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT PER ADOPTED ELECTRICAL LIGHTING ZONE DESIGNATIONS (ie: ZONE A, Al, B1, B2, C, D) LO DEMARC DEMOLITION NOTES A BE UTILIZED. CODE FIELD VERIFY EXACT MOUNTING SPACE SALES CTR GEN. TRK C 14 480-208/120V: B1 AVAILABLE IN ELECTRICAL ROOM/AREA PRIOR TO 13. IFS ENCLOSURE FURNISHED BY OWNER AND 1. THE CC SHALL NOT CUT THE MAIN TELEPHONE 1. ALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS IN 'PANEL MDP' SHALL BE 1.200 INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS HEREIN SALES PERM TRK WIRES LEADING TO THE TERMINATION STRIP 16 FULLY RATED TO PROVIDE AN INTERRUPTING D FTG RM.SIGN DESCRIBED: Lo (DEMARC BLOCK) OR PHONE SYSTEM. C RATING OF 65,000 AMPS RMS. 5. ALL PANEL BRANCH CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE SALES PERM TRK D 18 19 D PINK SIGN BOLT -ON TYPE. A. UNIT WILL BE SHIPPED TO PROJECT IN 2. IF THE DEMARC IS TO BE RELOCATED, IT SHALL 2. MAIN BREAKERS IN 'PANEL A' AND 'PANEL B' 6. ALL PANEL BUS BARS SHALL BE COPPER. MULTIPLE SECTIONS AND THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR OFF-LOADING OF EQUIPMENT, INSPECTION OF 20 BE COORDINATED WITH LIMITED TECHNICAL SERVICES (LTS). FOR BBW CALL 1-877-415-7911 AND SELECT OPTION 2. FOR D 'PANEL C') SHALL BE "SERIES" RATED WITH AL(AND PANEL BRANCH RI BREAKERSOO PROVIDE AN 7. MOUNT A TYPEWRITTEN DIRECTORY BEHIND GLASS EQUIPMENT FOR DAMAGE, VERIFICATION OF B BBW CANADIAN STORE CALL LASENZA INTERRUPTING RATINGCS7T0 AMPS RMS. SPARE OR PLASTIC ON THE INSIDE OF EACH PANEL DOOR AND, ON THE DIRECTORY, SHOW THE CIRCUIT NUMBER AND COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF ALL EQUIPMENT RECEIVED FOR PROPER STORAGE, SETTING AND MOVING OF EQUIPMENT INTO SPACE AS WELL AS REASSEMBLING OF SECTIONS INTO ONE COMPLETE UNIT PER 23 1-877-211-5151 THEN 877#, 3. FOR VS CALL 1-614-415-1011. 3. OTHER EQUIPMENT THAT IS RATEDQUIOVERCURRENTTHAS PROTECTED PANELBOARDSBOR OTHER PROTECTED DEVICESYUPSTREAM SHALL BE MARKED OUTLETS ON EACH CIRCUIT. C 3. THE GC SHALL ALLOW ADEQUATE TIME FOR WITH A PERMANENTDLABEL THAT INDICATES THE 24 MANUFACTURER'S DOCUMENTATION. C RELOCATION IN THE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. SHORT-CIRCUIT RATING OF THEA SERIES 8. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS FOR A COMPLETE AND B. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CONNECT 4. IF THE WALL WITH THE TELEPHONE BLOCK IS SPARE COMBINATION AND CALLS OUT THE SPECIFIC 26 OPERABLE ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM. ALL PROVIDED INTERCONNECTING CABLES SALES FLOOR REC SCHEDULED FOR DEMOLITION, THE ENTIRE BACKING 4 REPLACEMENT OVERCURRENT DEVICE(S) THAT CAN B 0.000 BETWEEN SECTIONS AND TORQUE PANEL SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE WALL BE UTILIZED. 9. ALL PANELBOARDS, SWITCHBOARDS AND LINE CONNECTIONS PER MANUFACTURER'S (WITHOUT DISCONNECTING THE WIRING) AND IT :. = ' C 0.000 VOLTAGE CONTROL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE FACTORY REQUIREMENTS. SPARE SHALL BE SAFELY SECURED IN THE CEILING UNTIL 30 31 B1 MARKED TO WARN QUALIFIED PERSONS OF IT CAN BE RELOCATED TO THE NEW AREA OR A 0.000 POTENTIAL ELECTRIC ARC FLASH HAZARDS. C. ALL CONNECTIONS WITHIN THE REINSTALLED ON WALL 33 B1 Panel Wiring Panelboard Panel Type NEMA Type Schedule (3 -Phase) "A" Voltage OCPD Mounting 208Y/120 Phase Wire Buss 3 Options/Notes AIC Rating 65,000 WESCO ENCLOSURE 100A M.C.B. 4 1 SURFACE 225A FAZ-C6/1-SP A-12 3 10 Ckt. No. Zone Load Description Brkr. Size * Brkr. Opts. N.E.C. kVA ** Phase N.E.C. kVA ** Brkr. Opts. Brkr. Size * Load Description Zone Ckt. No. 1 A 10 SALES AREA TRK (SL) FAZ-C1011-SP AL) 0.720 A 0.361 LO 00 0E SALES (SL/EM/EX) LTG 2 1 2 3/ 3 \ A SHOW WINDOW TRK 2400 / 2 \ 0.720 B 1.196 Lo AD ®,27 NON -SALES LTG 28' 4 5 A ENTRY LTG ® D5 Lo 0.057 C 0.300 AD on 33 FTG RM LTG C 6 7 E STOREFRONT SIGN 9 0 013,37 1.200 A 0.095 39 40,00 FTG RM ALCOVE LTG B1 8 9 A SHOW WINDOW REC 0.360 B 0.525 FTG RM PENDANT LTG B1 10 11 B2 SALES PERM LTG 0.633 C 1.200 SALES CTR DISPLAY TRK B1 12 13 B1 CASHWRAP LTG LO 0.141 A 0.720 SALES CTR GEN. TRK C 14 15 B1 CORR LTG CTRL RELAY 0.100 B 1.200 SALES PERM TRK D 16 17 D FTG RM.SIGN Lo 0.300 C 1.200 Lo SALES PERM TRK D 18 19 D PINK SIGN Lo 0.148 A 1.200 SALES PERM TRK D 20 21 D PINK SIGN . - c B 0.000 SPARE 22 23 D SALES FLOOR REC 0.720 C 0.000 SPARE 24 25 C SALES TRANS REC 0.900 A 0.000 SPARE 26 27 D SALES FLOOR REC 4 0.900 B 0.000 SPARE 28 29 C FTG RM REC :. = ' C 0.000 SPARE 30 31 B1 MGRS UTIL. REC 0.720 A 0.000 SPARE 32 33 B1 BREAK RM REC 0.360 B 0.000 SPARE 34 35 B1 BOH HAND STEAMER 0.360 C 0.000 SPARE 36 37 SPARE 20/2 0.000 A 0.000 SPARE 38 39 1.500 SPARE 0.000 0.000 B 0.000 38 39 SPARE SPARE 40 41 A ENTRANCE MONITORS 0.000 1.200 C 0.000 40 41 SPARE SPARE 42 Notes otherwise noted. Actual Load Totals. N.E.C. Connected Totals: PhA N.E.C. Connected Totals: Ph.B N.E.C. Connected Totals: Ph.0 Total Connected Load: NEC Demand Feeder Load: 6.205 6.117 6.150 kVA kVA kVA kVA amps amps Breaker 0 'tions: * All circuit breakers to be 20 -Amp, 1 -Pole unless ** All Phases to be balanced to within 10% using E Existing Circuit to remain IG Isolated Ground Circuit AS Powerlink AS Breaker LO Handle lock -on device ST Shunt Trip Type AUX Auxiliary Contacts PA Handle Padlock Attachment GFCI Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter HACR Heating, NC & Refrigeration SF Subfeed AFCI Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter 18.472 51.3 63.4 LANDLORD CURRENT LIMITING BREAKERS Schedule (3 -Phase) "B" CKT. NUMB. BKR. SIZE PART NUMBER A-1 1 6 A FAZ-C6/1-SP A-3 2 6 A FAZ-C6/1-SP A-12 3 10 A FAZ-C10/1-SP A-14 4 6 A FAZ-C6/1-SP A-16 5 10 A FAZ-C10/1-SP A-18 6 10 A FAZ-C1011-SP A-20 7 10 A FAZ-C10/1-SP EXISTING 2" CONDUIT WITH EXISTING 4#3/0 THWN + 1#6 CU G. TO REMAIN AND BE REUSED. NOTE: GC IS TO VERIFY LOCATION AND SIZE OF LANDLORD ELECTRICAL STUB -UP (IF EXISTING) PRIOR TO BEGINNING OF CONSTRUCTION INCLUDING OTHER RELATED WORKS. REFER TO FIELD SURVEY OR DESIGN CRITERIA. LEASE LINE TENANT SPACE Panel Wiring Panelboard Panel Type NEMA Type Schedule (3 -Phase) "B" Voltage OCPD Mounting 208Y/120 Phase Wire Buss 3 Options/Notes AIC Rating 65,000 WESCO ENCLOSURE 150A M.C.B. 4 1 SURFACE 225A 800 0E AD on Ckt. No. Zone Load Description Brkr. Size * Brkr. Opts. N.E.C. kVA ** Phase N.E.C. kVA ** Brkr. Opts. Brkr. Size * Load Description Zone Ckt. No. 1 0 E BURGLAR SYSTEM 17 Lo 0.600 A 0.800 20' 00 0E MUSIC/SOUND SYSTEM 2 1 2 3 40 0n« DATA CABINET 2400 Lo 1.799 B 0.000 00 0 5 AD ®,27 SPARE 28' 4 5 29 ALL SYSTEM ® D5 Lo 0.360 C 0.360 AD on 33 TRANE CONTROLLER of 6 7 36, PAGING SYSTEM 9 0 013,37 0.360 A 0.000 39 40,00 SPARE AD®141 8 9 00DE SENSOR MONITOR 0.500 B 0.500 TEL DEMARC 10 11 NON -SALES REC 0.540 C 0 • •• • 13 SENSORMATIC LO 0.440 A 0.720 CLOSET REC 14 15 ROLLING GRILLE 1.176 B *. ' : - ' +'.,' ` - . 17 MGR DED. REC Lo 0.360 C 0.900 Lo CASH REGISTERS 18 19 MGR DED. REC Lo 0.360 A 0.900 CASH UTILITY PWR 20 21 BRK RM ON REC & VAV-1 0.460 B 0.990 VIDEO MONITORS 22 23 REFRIGERATOR 1.200 C 0.990 VIDEO MONITORS 24 25 MICROWAVE 1.200 A • : -' 4 s . : , = • 27 HAND DRYER 1.800 B 1.127 RECIRCULATING PUMP 28 • •1= 29 HAND DRYER 1.800 C 1.111 31 31 DRINKING FOUNTAIN 0.696 A 0.000 SPARE 32 33 RR/HALL REC 0.640 B 0.000 SPARE 34 35 WATER HEATER 20/2 1.500 C 0.000 SPARE 36 37 1.500 A 0.000 SPARE 38 39 SPARE 0.000 B 0.000 SPARE 40 41 SPARE 0.000 C 0.000 SPARE 42 Notes All circuit breakers to be 20 -Amp, 1 -Pole unless otherwise noted. All Phases to be balanced to within 10% using Actual Load Totals. N.E.C. Connected Totals: PhA N.E.C. Connected Totals: Ph.B N.E.C. Connected Totals: Ph.0 Total Existing Circuit to remain Isolated Ground Circuit Connected Load: NEC Demand Feeder Load: 8.566 9.532 8.510 kVA kVA kVA kVA amps amps Breaker Options: * ** E IG AS Powerlink AS Breaker LO Handle lock -on device ST Shunt Trip Type AUX Auxiliary Contacts PA Handle Padlock Attachment GFCI Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter HACR Heating, A/C & Refrigeration SF Subfeed AFCI Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter 26.608 73.9 73.9 NEW 2" CONDUIT WITH EXISTING 4#3/0 THWN + 1#6 CU G. TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY E.C.. CONDUITS STUBBED INTO IFS ENCLOSURE SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A CLEAN AND NEAT MANNER. ANCHOR IFS ENCLOSURE ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS AND LOCAL CODES IN SEISMIC AREAS. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION. MAINTAIN MINIMUM WORKING CLEARANCE IN THE DIRECTION OF ACCESS TO LIVE PARTS OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT PER ADOPTED ELECTRICAL CODE. ROOF LINE LEVEL POINT WHERE TO INTERCEPT/EXTEND CONDUIT (SERVICE FEEDER) STUB -IN. PROVIDE PULL/CONNECTION BOX AS NECESSARY, SIZE AS PER CODE REQUIREMENTS. EC SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL A 3/4" CONDUIT AND PULLWIRE FROM DATA CABINET TO IFS ENCLOSURE. FAULT CURRENT IS 16,970 SYM AMPS. EXTEND 1" TELEPHONE CONDUIT FROM SERVICE ENTRANCE AT DEMISING WALL TO TELEPHONE/DATA SECTION OF IFS ENCLOSURE. CEILING LINE LANDLORD MAIN 1200 AMP SWITCHBOARD IN "TFD" ELECTRIC ROOM, 277/480V, 30, 4W, 60HZ. FIELD VERIFY. SEE SERIES RATED NOTE #1. LANDLORD'S EQUIPMENT FAULT CURRENT RATING IS 42,000 SYM AMPS AT LL PANEL. REFER TO MDP SCHEDULE THIS SHEET FOR BREAKER SIZES AND QUANTITY. EXISTING TENANT ELECTRICAL SERVICE METER TO REMAIN AND BE REUSED. FIELD VERIFY REQUIREMENTS WITH THE LANDLORD AND/OR UTILITY COMPANY, PRIOR TO BID AND WORK COMMENCEMENT. EXISTING 200A OVERCURRENT PROTECTION DEVICE TO REMAIN AND BE RESUED. FIELD VERIFY REQUIREMENTS WITH THE LANDLORD ENGINEER PRIOR TO BID AND WORK COMMENCEMENT. TRANSFORMER AND PANEL FEEDER SIZED AND FURNISHED BY IFS MFGR. AS REQUIRED PER N.E.C. GUIDELINES. E.C. TO MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS TO PANELBOARD (TYP.) ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO BALANCE TRANSFORMER TO SUPPLY 120V±3% AFTER ALL CONNECTIONS ARE MADE AND RUNNING. PROVIDE BALANCE SHEET TO THE LSD&C PROJECT MANAGER AT PUNCHLIST. • • • • • PANEL MDP; 277/480V; 30; 4W; 60HZ SUPPLY; 400A BUSS; 65,000 A.I.C. SEE SERIES RATED NOTE #2. (TYP.) PANEL "B" Lo®r 1 2 000E 3o Do 3 4 dno DE �0 ® 5 6' 00 DE 90 ®7 800 0E AD on 9 1000 DE �D on 11 12~00 05 AD®13 14 000E L D 00' 15 16'00 0 E 9 0 on 17 18 , 00 0 5 AD on19 20' 00 0E goon 2 1 2200 0E 40 0n« 23 2400 DE 9 0 01725 26 00 0 5 AD ®,27 28' ,00 05 90 017 29 30, ® D5 40®,31 32{ 00 D5 AD on 33 3400 of 8 0 on 35 36, 00 0 E 9 0 013,37 38 [ED D 5 A 00 39 40,00 0E AD®141 41 42 00DE FURNISH AND INSTALL 3/4" CONDUIT WITH PULLWIRE FROM HVAC SECTION OF IFS ENCLOSURE TO ABOVE CEILING. COORDINATE EXACT REQUIREMENT WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. LIGHTING/HVAC EQUIPMENT CONTROL PANEL 75 KVA ®Io ®ID® PANEL "A" goon 1 2 nODE ]D ®13 4 00 08 A ®15 6 170 0E go ®I7 8 00 0E A ®19 10 00 0E 40 ®I11 12 00 DE 9o0n113 14 000E g0 ®I15 16 00 of A 0 On 117 18 00 0 9 40 ®119 20 00 0E AD DnI21 2200 0E 80 ®I23 24100 of 80 DBI25 261® 0E 4D®I27 281000E 4 0 On 29 30 nn o E 30 0aI31 321® 0E Boon 33 341000E 40 ®135 36 OD 0E 40 Dn137 381.00 09 30°I39 401000E 20On 41 421000_E on 019 ® DIe 00 Dig B-10 DEMARCATION POINT PROVIDED BY PHONE CO. (REFER TO DEMARC DEMOLITION NOTES). GC TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL PLYWOOD SURFACE MOUNTED BACKBOARD ON WALL. LOCATE ADJACENT TO IFS PANEL. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL #6 GROUND CONDUCTOR, TERMINATED AT GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR, CONFORMING TO ADOPTED ELECTRICAL CODE AND LOCAL UTILITY REQUIREMENTS. IFS IS A SINGLE SWITCHGEAR ENCLOSURE THAT MEETS NEMA STANDARD PB -2 AND UL/ULC (SWITCHBOARD CONSTRUCTION). CURRENT LIMITING BREAKERS. TYPICAL. REFER TO CURRENT LIMITING BREAKERS, THIS SHEET, FOR SIZING. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 13 2617 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION FINISH FLOOR LEVEL #2 GROUND CONDUCTOR (SYSTEM BONDING JUMPER) TO BLDG. STEEL, METALLIC WATER PIPE AND/OR GROUND ROD PER ADOPTED ELECTRICAL CODES. APPROX. 125'-0". FIELD VERIFY EXACT DISTANCE PRIOR TO BID. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GC & EC TO VERIFY THE LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM IS WORKING PROPERLY AND IS WIRED PER THE MOST RECENT CONSTRUCTION DRAWING PRIOR TO STORE TURNOVER. CONTACT WESCO RETAIL AND COMMERCIAL AT 614-934-6400 FOR TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE. � (7 (a37 ELECTRICAL RISER DIAGRAM, PANEL SCHEDULES, AND NOTES NTS 00D-E0501-A00-DETL A 09/24/12 M -Engineering 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, Ohio 43081 phone: 614.839.4639 fax: 614.839.2222 www.mengineering.us.com NOV 2 9 2017 z 0 U D I..L F- Z 0 U� (Z V STORE DES M M 0 v) E O U e A Ca Ri a) E a) a) I- 0 0 0 Lri r CO a) 0 a) a) I- C D Z 0 < w ::: =_ WQOU~ONrO�n3K W = 0c-orc1-WW0Q=aQ' '- WU 6 O mO0NI-UQ O c'oNWH0air0 '016- o W d 0 Z=000�ziL VOHU H 0 0 3JNU�N=�U�W ZU�=0=W=U~a. QZNQ�O IL _ :01C aW�U :71 N W o �_n. �030C7yW...ZC0 a, J 0 .- Q - Z W ce 0 ce 0 1.4 In 0 0 O 0 r N U O U) CW.) W 0 5 41 CO N = N 0 oi .4• ■ 0 ■ L 0 PROJECT INFORMATION: ifft IF - O F= 0 Y W CL Ca J Y Q) Z CD CO 0 CL M 0 w c AiL C) O 0 U J REVISIONS: REQUIRED BY: / ' 1 BD PWMBING RESPONSE A POR• DESIGN CHANGES DATE 09/21/17 MASTER DEVELOPMENT SITE CONDmONO17MR �Elhrt0l'MENT CITY OF TUKWILA 10/18/17 11/03/17 11/22/17 vr.ly n 21797 PES i iT CEN DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 CDH CDH DFG ELECTRICAL PANELS AND RISER DIAGRAM DRAWING NUMBER: CONNECT (N) 4" SANITARY SEWER BELOW SLAB TO (E) SANITARY SEWER LINE. (FIELD VERIFY EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION - MIN. 4") 2O CONNECT (N) 1" COLD WATER TO (E) COLD WATER UNE. (FIELD VERIFY EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION - MIN. 1") O3 P.O.C. OF (N) VENT TO (E) VENT LINE. (FIELD VERIFY EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION - MIN. 2") 0 PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE WATER METER - 'HERSEY MODEL NO. 3/4" MVR' AT MINIMUM OF 16 GPM. VERIFY LOCATION. MOUNT 48" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. MAKE NECESSARY CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED. METER TO READ IN GALLONS. M -Engineering 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, Ohio 43081 phone: 614.839.4639 fax: 614.839.2222 www.mengineering.us.com SPRINKLER HEADS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE, STYLE, FINISH, SUGGESTED LOCATION AND QUANTITY ONLY. FILED UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT. GC TO PROVIDE WRITTEN REPORT TO LSD&C PM ON CONDITION OF EXISTING SEWER TIE-IN REGARDING SLOPE AND FLOW. • SCOPE WITH CAMERA PRIOR TO CONNECTION • DO NOT CONNECT WITHOUT LSD&C PM AUTHORIZATION IF SPECS NOT MET GC SHALL PROVIDE COVERS ON ALL FLOOR DRAINS DURING CONSTRUCTION TO PREVENT DEBRIS IN PIPES. PLUMBING AND FIRE SPRINKLER HEAD PLAN KEYNOTES 09/02/11 ADJACENT TENANT - N.I.C. z 0 0 D z 0 0 z CD STORE DES 0 0 0 L r it (0 a) s a) 0) 1- DO NOT ROUTE ANY PIPING OVER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL CASH RO P03.01 P03.01 MEN'S RESTROOM LAV -21 HALLWAY NCO �I (TYP) TP fI (TT -P.2) F- FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY IF SPRINKLER HEADS IN STOREFRONT AND TRANSITIONS ARE REQUIRED BY THE CODE, LO AL AUTHORITIES, FIRE MA SHALL AND THE LANDLORD. EU INATE IF NOT REQUIRED Z N N N J d W Z N Z = a W W N y N m J w • CJ � 14 O O = = W W Z N - rn w 3 w � Z = W aQ4• � U Z o O 34jo O 'm N 0 W W O U 0 W U = w �` - W W W � N D d' a z 0 0 N W Q J H a O = . W o � D Z 4 U F Z • O N W n O • W • W F- N W = 0) X X yLL. a0 1400 N g O 0 W = §E Fq„ CD C;55Z U N 6 fn N K = U W W > O H W = < a N O AN a w 0 Z W N a O U O W N G 1 3 COd W = tt [J F O O ▪ W Z W O O w r Q 0 w 0 jj 0 0 O N F V N O Q 0 = U O a N N a 0 -az o = ac=.2az 2 0 1 O > W 0. 0 W O d r U O~ W 0 = ^ 3 0 0) N J O N � U W j U N a 14 Z 0 = J 0 C_J On J Q O= a 13-0 H a U = C -W 14 1- p,Z N 06.9M d W C Of CD 14 O 0= == U WW U Q = W ■ ■ OCATE SPRINKLER IEADS TO AVOID IPE RAILS (TYP.) = IIr====I = rl ====,iii====,,1 0 ■ 0 ADJACENT TENANT - N.I.C. ALCOVE 1 2 PERSON OFFICE O PROJECT INFORMATION: REVS bI7 U237 CO 1—kAiW5ao �a w Q =oI- Z i w W to co to REVISIONS: REQUIRED BY: BD PLUMBING RESPONSE J Y O) W z O cn 7,700 Oa11) g O w W O v 0 J DATE 09/21/17 POR: DESIGN CHANGES 10/18/17 MASTER DEVELOPMENT 11/03/17 SITE CONDITIONS,t1A(ItR1 b1�4ENT 11/22/17 riTY OF TLK`v`v`iLA n 96/1 PErtNIFCENIER DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 GMT GMT BMM PLUMBING AND FIRE SPRINKLER HEAD PLAN DRAWING NUMBER: PLUMBING AND FIRE SPRINKLER HEAD PLAN 1 '-"--`. STRUCTURAL eJciEERfG smbh job no: 317-006501 1! 1166 Dublin Road Suite200 Columbus, OH 43 21 5-103 8 614-481-9800 wwwsmbhinccan LIGHT GAGE FRAMING VERTICAL WALL STUD 1 MIL. THICKNESS - STRUCTURAL GAGE NUMBER CROSS REFERENCE 20 GA. 33 MIL 18 GA. 43 MIL 16 GA. 54 MIL 14 GA. 68 MIL 12 GA. 97 MIL EXAMPLE CROSS REFERENCE: 3 5/8", 18 GA STRUCTURAL METAL STUD = 362 9 16� STUD (S=STUD) DEPTH (T=TRACK) =3.625" =3 5/8" A. CONTROLLING BUILDING CODE: 2015 SEATTLE BUILDING CODE SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY D SDS - 0.971 GROUND SNOW: 15 PSF WIND SPEED: 110 MPH 3 METAL STUD 8. STRUCTURAL COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING FLANGE WIDTH =1.625" =1 5/8" METAL STUD x 11-0" #8 SCREWS, Tl(P SEE GENERAL NOTES FOR LOCATIONS WHERE NON-STRUCTURAL AND STRUCTURAL STUDS ARE TO 8E USED. TABLES ABOVE ARE A REFERENCE GUIDE FOR STRUCTURAL STUDS ONLY. LIGHT GAGE FRAMING SCREW CONNECTIONS SEE A/S03.01 FOR CONDITIONS WHERE ADD'L STUD 15 REQUIRED. PROVIDE SIMILAR SPLICE DETAIL WI -)ERE STUD BREAKS. TOP TRACK UNLESS NOTED, LIGHT GAGE FRAMING CONNECTINS SHALL BE MADE USING #8 SCREWS. SEE DETAIL A/S03.01 FOR DIAGONAL BRACING CONNECTIONS. AT LOCATIONS WHERE SHEATHING MATERIAL I5 PLACED AGAINST THE SCREW HEADS OF LIGHTGAGE METAL FRAMING CONNECTIONS, PANCAKE HEAD SCREWS SHALL BE USED 50 THAT THE SHEATHING MATERIAL REMAINS STRAIGHT AND SMOOTH. SECTION METAL STUD x 1'-0" 6"= 1'-0' TOP TRACK SPLICE - STUDS NON-STRUCTURAL 00D -5011 -M00 -DET 06.15.011 CODED NOTES: #8 SCREW @ 12"C/c DBL 10" DP, 18 GA BEAM WITH 3 5/8", 20 GA TRACK TOP 4 BOTTOM. (PROVIDE 18 GA WEB STIFFENER AT ALL BEAM BEARING POINTS. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS.) DBL 10" DP, 18 GA BEAM WITH 3 5/8', 16 GA TRACK TOP BOTTOM. (PROVIDE 18 GA WEB STIFFENER AT ALL BEAM BEARING POINTS. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS.) #8 SCREW A 12'c/c 10 NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED CI NOT USED 11 NOT USED 12 NOT USED NOT USED 1. ALL STOREFRONT FRAMING SHOWN 114 STRUCTURAL SECTIONS (502.XX DRAWINGS) AND AREAS HIGHLIGHTED 014 PLAN BELOW SHALL CONFORM TO 114E REQUIREMENT OF THIS SECTION. 114 ADDITION, MEMBERS SUCH AS LEDGE JOISTS, MAIN HEADER MEMBERS OR MEMBERS SPECIFICALLY NOTED AS STRUCTURAL SHALL BE INCLUDED 114 11419 SECTION. 2. COLD FORMED STEEL FRAMING SHALL CONFORM TO REQUIREMENTS OF THE CURRENT EDITION OF AISI "SPECIFICATION FOR DESIGN OF COLD -FORMED STEEL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS". 3. ALL MEMBERS SHALL 8E FORMED FROM CORROSION -RESISTANT STEEL (GRADE 33 UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED) AND THEN ZINC COATED PER ASTM A653, GRADE G-60. 4. ALL COLD FORMED MEMBERS SHALL COME FROM A SINGLE MANUFACTURER, "CLARKDIETRICH" OR EQUAL. THE INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 5. DESIGN BASED ON Fy = 33 K5I FOR MEMBERS 43 MILS AND LIGHTER. Fy = 50 KSI FOR MEMBERS 54 MILS AND HEAVIER. 6. ALL STOREFRONT FRAMING 5HOWN IN THE STRUCTURAL SECTIONS SHALL I -AVE 1 5/8" FLANGES AND WEB DEPTHS AS INDICATED 014 THE DRAWINGS 7. TRACK BLOCKING 114 WALLS AND CEILINGS SHOWN IN TIME ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS SUCH AS F/Al2.0I, ETC. SHALL BE 16 GA (43 MIL) WITH 1 1/4" FLANGES 8. SEE SECTION L/503.01 FOR DEEP LEG DEFLECTION TRACK DETAILS q. BASE TRACKS SHALL BE SET ON SMOOTH AND LEVEL CONCRETE OR NON -SHRINK GROUT SUCH AS "MASTERFLOW 713" BY BASF (FORMERLY MASTER BUILDERS). 10. FASTENING OF COMPONENTS SHALL BE WITH SELF -DRILLING CADMIUM PLATED OR ZINC COATED SCREWS (UNLESS NOTED). SCREWS SHALL BE OF SUFFICIENT SIZE TO ENSURE 114E STRENGTH OF THE CONNECTION. 11. SEE DETAIL R/501.01 FOR ADDITIONAL SCREW REQUIREMENTS. 12. SPLICES IN FRAMING COMPONENTS OTHER THAN BOTTOM WALL TRACK ARE NOT PERMITTED. 13. STUDS SHALL BE INSTALLED 50 THE ENDS ARE POSITIONED AGAINST THE INSIDE OF THE RUNNER TRACK WEB PRIOR TO FASTENING AND SHALL BE ATTACHED TO BOTH FLANGES OF THE UPPER AND LOWER RUNNER TRACKS, WITH (1)-#8 SCREW IN EACH FLANGE OF EACH STUD, UNLESS NOTED. 14. ATTACH BOTTOM TRACKS WITH 0.157" DIA POWDER. ACTUATED FASTENERS (NILTI X -U OR EQUIVALENT) AT 16" O.C., TYP U.N. (1" EMBED) C. NON-STRUCTURAL COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING © BUILT-UP HOX COLUMN - DBL 3 5/8' DP, 20 GA STUDS WITH 3 5/8", 20 GA TRACK, EA SIDE. ATTACH BOX COLUMN TO BEAM PER DETAIL C/503.01, UNLESS NOTED. 15 DOUBLE 3 5/6", 20 GA LINTEL 14111H 1U1 3 5/8", 20 GA TRACK AT BOTTOM. SEE G/S03.01 FOR DETAILS AND ATTACHMENTS.. CI BUILT-UP BOX COLUMN - DBL 3 5/8" DP, 20 GA STUDS WITH 3 5/8", 20 GA TRACK, EA SIDE. SEE t4/503.01 FOR BEAM CONNECTION AND BRACING. 48 SCREW 17 NOT USED 12"c/c 1. ALL INTERIOR FRAMING NOT COVERED IN STRUCTURAL LIGHTGAGE FRAMING SECTION SHALL COMPLY WITH THIS SECTION. 2. COLD FORMED STEEL FRAMING SHALL CONFORM TO REQUIREMENTS OF THE CURRENT EDITION OF THE AMERICAN IRON AND STEEL INSTITUTE PUBLICATION 'NORTH AMERICAN SPECIFICATION FOR THE DESIGN OF COLD -FORMED STEEL FRAMING - NONSTRUCTURAL MEMBERS", EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SHOWN OR SPECIFIED. 3. FRAMING MEMBERS SHALL COMPLY WITH ASTM C 645 FOR CONDITIONS INDICATED. STEEL SHEET COMPONENTS SHALL COMPLY WITH ASTM C 645 AND PROTECTIVE COATING SHALL COMPLY WITH ASTM A 653 G40 OR HAVE A COATING TI44AT PROVIDES EQUIVALENT CORROSION RESISTANCE. MO GALVANNEALED PRODUCTS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. 4. FRAMING SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM THICKNESS OF 0.019 INCHES (57 KSI MINIMUM YIELD STRENGTH) OR 0.030 INCHES (33 K5I MINIMUM YIELD STRENGTH). 5. FRAMING SHALL HAVE 1 I/4' FLANGES AND WEB DEPTHS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 6. FRAMING BASIS OF DESIGN: CLARKDIETRICH PROSTUD20, MARINOWARE VIPER 20. 30 MIL, 33 KSI DRYWALL STUDS ARE ALSO ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATIVES. IF SUBSTITUTIONS ARE REQUESTED, THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVING THE SUBSTITUTION 15 AT LEAST EQUIVALENT TO THE BASIS OF DESIGN. THIS INCLUDES SUBMITTING LOAD TABLES SHOWING THE SUBSTITUTED STUDS MEET OR EXCEED THE UNBRACED HEIGHTS GIVEN IN THE NON COMPOSITE TABLES OF THE BASIS OF DESIGN STUDS AS WELL AS TESTING DATA THAT INDICATES SCREW CONNECTIONS FOR #8 SCREWS MEET OR EXCEEDS PUBLISHED VALUES OF THE BASIS OF DESIGN STUDS. 7. SEE SECTION L/S03.01 FOR DEEP LEG DEFLECTION TRACK DETAILS 8. BASE TRACKS SMALL BE SET ON SI1OOTI4 AND LEVEL CONCRETE OR NON -SHRINK GROUT SUCH AS "MASTERFLOW 713" BY BASF (FORMERLY MASTER BUILDERS). 9. FASTENING OF COMPONENTS SHALL BE WITH SELF -DRILLING CADMIUM PLATED OR ZINC COATED SCREWS (UNLESS NOTED). SCREWS SHALL BE OF SUFFICIENT SIZE TO ENSURE THE STRENGTH OF THE CONNECTION. 10. SEE DETAIL R/S01.01 FOR ADDITIONAL SCREW REQUIREMENTS. 11. SPLICES IN FRAMING COMPONENTS OTHER THAN TOP AND BOTTOM WALL TRACK ARE NOT PERMITTED. SEE DETAIL M/501.01 FOR SPLICES IN TOP WALL TRACK. 12. ATTACH BOTTOM TRACKS WIT) -I 0.157' DIA POWDER ACTUATED FASTENERS (HILTI X -U OR EQUIVALENT) AT 16" O.C., TYP U.N. (1" EMBED) 13. STUDS SHALL BE INSTALLED SO THE ENDS ARE POSITIONED AGAINST THE INSIDE OF TUE RUNNER TRACK WEB PRIOR TO FASTENING AND SHALL BE ATTACHED TO BOTH FLANGES OF THE UPPER AND LOWER RUNNER TRACKS, WITH (1)-#8 SCREW IN EACH FLANGE OF EACH STUD, UNLESS NOTED. LIGHT GAGE mETAL FRAMING STRUCTURAL SPECIFICATIONS 08.27.15 STUD SIZE MATRIX TABLE 1 PARTITIONS FOR ALL INTERIOR EXCEPT AS NOTED IN TABLES 2 & 3 STUDS FOR SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES D, E, & F STUD DESIGNATION STUD DEPTH FLANGE WIDTH MIN THICKNESS STUD SPACING MAX WALL HEIGHT SPANNING FROM FLOOR TO BRACING 3 5/8' NON-STRUCT STUD 3 5/8" 1 1/4" 0.0141" 16' 13'-0' 6" NON-STRUCT STUD 6" 1 1/4" 0.030' 16' 19'-0' TABLE 2 STUD SIZE MATRIX FOR VSBEAUTY CABINET AND PINK CABINET WALLS STOREFRONT FRAMING FULL HEIGHT VERTICAL STUDS SHALL BE 3 5/8", NON-STRUCTURAL STUDS (WITH 1 1/4" FLANGE) Cleft 16" O.C. MAX. INSTALL DIAGONAL BRACING AT APPROXIMATELY 11`-6" A.F.F. AS SHOWN D THESE SECTIONS TABLE 3 STUD SIZE MATRIX FOR PARTITIONS THAT LATERALLY SUPPORT FLOOR MOUNTED STOCKROOM SHELVING SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGO - ES D, E, & F SEE DRAWING S03.02 - ALSO SEE PLAN FOR LOCATIONS WHERE STRUCTURAL STUDS (1 5/8" FLANGE) ARE REQUIRED NOTE: FOR ALL THREE TABLES ABOVE, AT LOCATIONS WHERE SHELVING OCCURS ON EACH SIDE OF A SINGLE STUD WALL, REDUCE THE STUD SPACING SHOWN IN THE TABLES ABOVE BY ONE-HALF, AND REDUCE THE DIAGONAL SPACING SHOWN IN DETAIL A/S03.01 BY ONE-HALF. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED J LLIM 17X) 5zNiE0) �woro UJ ZFS it) ���� �o-J REVISIONS: REQUIRED BY: DATE 110 PLIN®=N0 RESPONSE POR: DESIGN CHANGES MASTE>: DEVELOPMENT 09/21/17 10/18/17 11/03/17 11/22/17 DEC 1 R 2017 NOTES: 1. DESIGN BASED ON ALLOWABLE DEFLECTION OF L/200. 2. PROVIDE HORIZONTAL BRIDGING 4'-0" O.C. FOR FULL HEIGHT OF WALL PER DETAIL R/503.01. 3. DESIGN BASED ON MINIMUM 5 PSF LATERAL LOAD, OR LATERAL SEISMIC LOAD, WHICHEVER CONTROLS. 4. TABLE IS VALID FOR UP TO (2) LAYERS OF 5/8" TI -IK GYPSUM BOARD ON EACI-I SIDE OF METAL STUDS. 5. SEE A/503.01 FOR DIAGONAL BRACING. �Ei11 a� t.;Lw 1 ER HATCHED WALLS SHALL BE STRUCTURAL STUDS - 3 5/80, 20 GA, 1 5/8" FLANGE AT 16" O.C. SEE SECTIONS ON A/503.02 FOR REQUIRED BRACING AT TOP OF WALLS. STUD SIZEMATRIX-STRUCT/NON-STRUCT (SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES D, E & F) DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 NAM JC RAB STRUCTURAL SPECIFICATIONS AND NOTES DRAWING NUMBER 05A -5011 -N00 -NOTE . THE G.C. SHALL REVIEW ALL DOCUMENTS, FIELD VERIFY ALL DRAWING DIMENSIONS, INSPECT EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS AND CONFIRM TI -IAT THE WORK CAN BE BUILT AS SI -TOWN IN THE CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS. 2. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE EXISTING CONDITIONS DRAWINGS, THE CONTRACT DOCUMENT DRAWINGS AND THE FIELD CONDITIONS SI -TALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE LSD$C PROJECT MANAGER FOR CLARIFICATION BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH WORK. 3. THE G.C. SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR 114E LOSS AND/OR DAMAGE OF ALL LSD*C SUPPLIED MATERIALS AND FIXTURES RECEIVED AND ACCEPTED AT THE SITE, WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR NOT. 4. G.C. SHALL MAINTAIN ALL EXITS, EXIT LIGHTING, FIRE PROTECTION DEVICES/ALARMS CONFORMING WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND ORDINANCES FOR THE ENTIRE DURATION OF THE WORK. 5. DURING ALL PHASES OF THE WORK, THE G.C. SHALL NOT DISTURB THE FUNCTIONS AND DELIVERIES OF NEIGHBORING TENANTS. 6. TI -IE G.C. SHALL, IN THE WORK OF ALL TRADES, PERFORM ALL CUTTING, PATCHING RESTORING, REPAIRING AND THE LIKE, NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE WORK AND RESTORE ANY DAMAGED SURFACES RESULTING FROM THE WORK TO THEIR ORIGINAL CONDITION. ALL SAW -CUTTING AND CORING LOCATIONS SHALL BE REVIEWED IN THE FIELD BY LSDtC PROJECT MANAGER AND COORDINATED WITH THE LANDLORD PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK. ALL ROOF PATCHING SHALL RETURN AFFECTED AREA TO A "LIKE NEW" CONDITION. PRIOR TO PATCHING THE G.C. SHALL VERIFY ANY ROOF WARRANTIES WITH THE LANDLORD. 7. EACH SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL LEAVE THE CONSTRUCTION SITE IN A CLEAN AND ORDERLY CONDITION UPON COMPLETION OF 1.119 WORK ON A DAILY BASIS. ALL WASTE, RUBBISH AND EXCESS MATERIALS SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE SITE PROMPTLY. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF ALL TRASH, INCLUDING OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS AND TRASH GENERATED BY THE OWNER'S CONTRACTORS FOR THE DURATION OF THE PROJECT. 8. PERMITS FOR FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM, FIRE ALARM, SIGNAGE OR ANY OTHER PERMITS REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES ARE TO BE SUBMITTED UNDER SEPARATE APPLICATIONS. 9. DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PHASE, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER, WITH A UL LABEL AND RATING OF NOT LESS THAN 2-A, TO BE LOCATED WITHIN A 75 FT. TRAVEL DISTANCE OF ALL PORTIONS OF THE PREMISES. 10. A 44 IN. CLEAR EXIT AISLE THROUGH ROOMS TO EXIT DOORS SHALL BE MAINTAINED AT ALL TIMES DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. 11. EXIT DOORS SHALL SWING IN THE DIRECTION OF EGRESS TRAVEL WHEN SERVING A LOAD OF 50 OR MORE OCCUPANTS. 12. DOORS OPENING INTO AN EXIT CORRIDOR SHALL BE SELF-CLOSING AND HAVE A MINIMUM FIRE RESISTANCE RATING OF 45 MINUTES. DO NOT INSTALL HOLD OPEN KICKDOWNS @ DOORS OPENING INTO EXIT CORRIDORS. 13. FIRE DAMPERS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE MECHANICAL SUBCONTRACTOR WHERE DUCTS PENETRATE FIRE -RATED WALLS, FLOORS OR CEILING ASSEMBLIES. 14. ALL EXITS DOORS SHALL BE READILY OPENED FROM EGRESS SIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY, SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. 15. G.C. IS TO ENSURE THAT A COPY OF THE G.C. PROJECT MANUAL 15 ON SITE AT ALL TIMES AND MUST ADHERE TO ALL REQUIREMENTS THEREIN. GENERAL NOTES 1. PRIOR TO THE STORE OPENING, THE G.C. SHALL PROVIDE (3) THREE (30) YARD TRASH CONTAINERS FOR REMOVAL OF ALL MERCHANDISE PACKING. QUANTITY MAY VARY BASED ON SCOPE AND SIZE OF PROJECT, COORDINATE WITH LSD$C PROJECT MANAGER. 2. THE G.C. SHALL COMPLETE ALL REQUIRED INSPECTIONS BY CONSTRUCTION COMPLETION DATE AND WILL FURNISH THE STORE MANAGER WITH THE CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY. IN ADDITION, THE G.C. SHALL PROVIDE A LIST OF THE NAMES, ADDRESSES AND TELEPHONE NUMBERS OF ALL SUBCONTRACTORS INCLUDING ALL LSD$C PROVIDED SUBCONTRACTORS. BOTH OF THESE ITEMS SHALL BE MOUNTED IN SEPARATE 8 1/2" X 11" PICTURE FRAMES, AT FACE HEIGHT, ON THE REAR OF THE MANAGER'S OFFICE DOOR. THE G.C. WILL SEND A COPY OF BOTH OF THESE ITEMS TO THE LSDtC PROJECT MANAGER AND TO THE L BRANDS SERVICE CORPORATION. 3. THE G.C. SHALL TURN OVER ALL KEYS TO THE STORE MANAGER PRIOR TO SUPPLY/MERCHANDISE DELIVERY. G.C. TO COORDINATE EXACT TIME TO SURRENDER POSSESSION OF PREMISES TO THE STORE MANAGER. EACH KEY SHALL BE CLEARLY MARKED FOR IDENTIFICATION. 4. UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK, THE G.C. SHALL PROVIDE FOR A FINAL CLEANING TO BE PERFORMED BY A PROFESSIONAL CLEANING SERVICE. THE ENTIRE STORE SHALL BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED BEFORE TURNING TI -IE STORE OVER TO LSD$C. CLEANING TO INCLUDE THE STRIP, SEAL, WAX AND BUFF OF THE NON SALES AREA FLOORS. CLEANING TO ALSO INCLUDE LIGHT FIXTURES AND MECHANICAL SUPPLY AND RETURN GRILLES. CLEANING 70 ALSO INCLUDE CLEANING OF STORE AFTER MERCHANDISING. 5. SUPERINTENDENT MUST REMAIN ON JOB SITE THROUGH COMPLETION OF THE PUNCH LIST. 6. SUPERINTENDENT MUST REMAIN ON JOB SITE DURING MERc1-IANDISE DATES. 7. UPON COMPLETION OF WORK, THE G.G. WILL DEMONSTRATE THE OPERATION OF ALL SYSTEMS TO THE STORE MANAGER. THIS INCLUDES ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, SOUND, SECURITY, PAGING SYSTEMS AND THE OPERATION OF ROLLING GRILLES. 8. ALL FLOOR FIXTURES, PROPS, MANNEQUINS AND HARDWARE TO BE UNBOXED AND POSITIONED PER PLANS PRIOR TO PUNCH LIST WALK THROUGH. FIXTURES WHICH REQUIRE ASSEMBLY ARE TO BE COMPLETED BY THE G.C. COMPLETE PPL TO BE SUBMITTED TO LSD*C PM AND LSD*C PURCHASING AGENT BY PUNCH LIST WALK THROUGH. PUNCH LIST WALK THROUGH 15 TO OCCUR (7) SEVEN DAYS PRIOR TO SCHEDULE COMPLETION DATE. 9. THE GC SHALL COORDINATE A WALK THROUGH WITH THE LANDLORD REPRESENTATIVE AND OBTAIN A SIGNATURE INDICATING COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE. SIGNED DOCUMENT SHALL BE SUBMITTED AS PART OF THE THE PROJECT CLOSEOUT PACKAGE. 10. THE SITE SUPERINTENDENT IS TO TAKE COMPREHENSIVE MERCHANDISE PHOTOS OF STORE PRIOR TO LEAVING THE JOBSITE AS INDICATED IN THE G.C. PROJECT MANUAL. TURN OVER REQUIREMENTS S THE G.C. 15 TO DE-INSTALL/DE-BRAND ALL (E) EXISTING FIXTURES. REMOVE ALL (E) GRAPHICS, SIGNAGE AND FLOOR FIXTURES AS REQUIRED. 2. THE G.C. 15 TO REMOVE/DESTROY ALL (E)MARKETING IMAGES, INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR SIGNAGE. 3. THE G.C. 15 TO REMOVE/DESTROY ALL (E) CASHWRAP(5). 4. THE G.C. 15 TO REMOVE/DESTROY ALL LOOSE FIXTURES AS DESIGNATED BY STORE MANAGEMENT. 5. THE G.C. 15 TO PERFORM ALL OTHER WORK AS DESIGNATED BY MALL MANAGEMENT AND APPROVED BY LSDtC PM. 6. THE G.C. IS TO REMOVE OR PAINT OVER (W/ WHITE PAINT) ALL BRAND IDENTIFYING NALLCOVERINGS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PINK DOTS, PINK/WHITE STRIPES, "STRIA", ETC. 7. THE G.C. 15 TO OBTAIN LL SIGNOFF FOR DE -BRANDED SPACE. NOTE: SCOPE OF WORK CAN NOT BE CLEARLY DEFINED AT TIME OF BID AND WILL BE HANDLED AS A CHANGE ORDER AT THE END OF THE PROJECT. DE -BRANDING REQUIRE ENTS R 8i..ck Rio r R,pitt a i rOfest wzci SOUTHCENTER MALL 2800 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA 98188 /4" • VICINITY AP ABV ACT A.F.F. AFR ALUM A.W.I. ASTM BD BLKG B.O. 55 BW CBPB q. / CL CLG C.M. COL LONG CONSTR CONT C.T.F. CW C/C DIAG DIA. EA ELEV EQ XT F.C.D. FD F.D. F/H FHSDS FIN FL FLG FLUOR F.O. FR F.R.P. ABOVE ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE ABOVE FINISH FLOOR ACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOM ALUMINUM AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS BOARD BLOCKING BOTTOM OF BRA SALON BACKWRAP CEMENT BONDED PARTICLE BOARD CENTERLINE CEILING CONSTRUCTION MANAGER COLUMN CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION CONTINUOUS CUT To FIT CASHWRAP CENTER TO CENTER DIAGONAL DIAMETER EACH ELEVATION EQUAL EXISTING EXTERIOR FINISHED CABINET DIMENSIO FLOOR DRAIN FINISH DIMENSION FLAT HEAD FLAT HEAD SELF DRILLING SCREW FINISH FLOOR FLOORING FLUORESCENT FINISHED OPENING FITTING ROOM FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANELS F.R.T. FIRE RESISTIVE TREATED FT FEET GA GAUGE G.G. GENERAL CONTRACTOR GYP.BD GYPSUM BOARD I-IDF HIGH DENSITY FIBERBOARD I4GT HEIGHT NORIZ HORIZONTAL H.M. HOLLOW METAL HR HOUR HVAC HEATING, VENTILATION, AIR CONDITIONING I.D. INSIDE DIMENSION IFS INTEGRATED FACILITY SYSTEM IN. INCHES INT INTERIOR LAV LAVATORY LL LANDLORD L.L. LEASE LINE LLS L BRANDS LOGISTIC SERVICES LSD*C L BRANDS STORE DESIGN $ CONSTRUCTION LTS L BRANDS TECHNOLOGY SERVICES MAX MAXIMUM MDF MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD MECH MECHANICAL MFG MANUFACTURER MISC MISCELLANEOUS MIN MINIMUM MTD MOUNTED MTL METAL N/A NOT APPLICABLE N.I.C. NOT IN CONTRACT N.P. NEUTRAL PIER (N) NEW N.T.S. NOT TO SCALE 0.C. ON CENTER 0.D. OUTSIDE DIMENSION OPNG OPENING OPP. OPPOSITE PKG PACKAGE PL PLATE PLEX PLEXIGLASS PLYWD PLYWOOD PREFIN PRE -FINISHED PM PROJECT MANAGER PR PAIR P.T. PRESSURE TREATED QTY QUANTITY (R) RELOCATED RAD RADIUS REQD REQUIRED (REF) REFERENCE R.O. ROUGH OPENING S.C. SOLID CORE SECT SECTION SHT SHEET SIM SIMILAR SPL SPECIAL SQ SQUARE S.F. SQUARE FEET S.S. STAINLESS STEEL SSMA STEEL STUD MANUFACTURERS ASSOC. STC SOUND TRANSMISSION COEFFICIENT STL STEEL STRUCT STRUCTURE SURF SURFACE TEMP TEMPERATURE THRU THROUGH T.O. TOP OF TRANS TRANSITION TYP TYPICAL U.L. UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES U.N.O. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE VERT VERTICAL V.I.F. VERIFY IN FIELD VSL VICTORIA'S SECRET LINGERIE VSS VICTORIA'S SECRET W/ WITH WD WOOD 14/0 WITHOUT W.I.C. WOOD INSTITUTE COUNCIL ABBREVIATIONS N PLAN DETAIL REFERENCE SWEET NUMBER ADDITIONAL NOTES PLAN SECTION REFERENCE SWEET NUMBER ADDITIONAL NOTES SECTION DETAIL REFERENCE SWEET NUMBER ADDITIONAL NOTES ELEVATION REFERENCE SWEET NUMBER ADDITIONAL NOTES ELEVATION REFERENCE SWEET NUMBER SUB -ELEVATION REFERENCE 3 ELEVATION WEIGWT TARGET x' x" A.F.F. LOCATION IN SPACE LOCATION LAYOUT ORIGIN LAYOUT POINT CEILING HEIGHT CEILING FIN15W ADDITIONAL NOTES FINISW CALLOUT ADDITIONAL NOTES TRIM DESIGNATION ADDITIONAL NOTES GRAPWIC DESIGNATION WALL TYPE DESIGNATION CODED NOTE ADDITIONAL NOTES DOOR NUMBER ADDITIONAL NOTES REVISION SYMBOL REVISION CLOUD MECWANICAL UNIT TYPE MECWANICAL UNIT NUMBER X' -x" X -X #I# #) ANNOTATION SYMBOL LEGEND ARCHITECTURAL / MEP / STRUCTURAL ELEMENT ALUM. STOREFRONT SYSTEM/ WINDOW MULLION SYSTEM AUTOMATIC DOORS/ SECURITY GRILLES WOOD DOORS AND MULLIONS STOREFRONT FRAMING/ 18 GA. OR HEAVIER FRAMING STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING FIRE ALARM SPRINKLER DESIGNED AND/OR DESIGNATED BY: ARCHITECT ARCHITECT ARCHITECT FRAMING CONTRACTOR STRUCT. ENGINEER SUBMITTAL REVIEWED BY: LSD$C LSD*C LSDtC STRUCT. ENGINEER STRUCT. ENGINEER 11111.11111111111•1111111•1111•111 liiiIlliill11111111 5111161•1111111 MEP ENGINEER MEP ENGINEER LSDElC LSD*C M INSPECTION REQUIRED/BY: NO NO NO NO TESTING AGENCY SHEET SHEET TITLE ARCHITECTURAL 400.00 400.01 400.02 400.03 A00.04 400.05 A00.10 A01.01 A01.11 402.01 A03.01 404.01 405.01 406.01 A07.01 407.02 408.01 408.02 A08.20 A08.25 A08.30 A10.01 A10.02 A10.03 A10.04 410.05 410.06 Al2.01 Al2.02 A13.01 A13.02 A14.01 A14.02 AI5.01 AI5.02 A15.03 A15.04 AI5.05 NO NO SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS L THIS SET OF DRAWINGS WAS ORIGINATED USING THE 171Sa.00 MASTERS BULLETIN UPDATE NO. 181So DRAWING ISSUANCE DD BULLETIN UPDATE NO. DRAWING ISSUANCE BULLETIN UPDATE NO. DRAWING ISSUANCE 36 COVER SHEET RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE DOOR SCHEDULE SCI-IEDULES NOT USED NOT USED LIFE SAFETY / ACCESSIBILITY PLAN DEMOLITION PLAN BARRICADE PLAN AND DETAILS CONSTRUCTION FLOOR PLAN REFLECTED CEILING PLAN REFLECTED LIGHTING PLAN FLOOR AND WALL FINISH PLAN PRESENTATION AND FIXTURE PLAN INTERIOR ELEVATIONS INTERIOR ELEVATIONS STOREFRONT ELEVATION NOT USED STOREFRONT DETAILS STOREFRONT DETAILS STOREFRONT DETAILS PINK CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PINK CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PINK CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PINK CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PINK CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PINK CONSTRUCTION DETAILS GENERAL CONSTRUCTION DETAILS GENERAL CONSTRUCTION DETAILS RESTROOM NOTES PLAN AND ELEVATIONS RESTROOM CONSTRUCTION DETAILS SHELVING DETAILS NON-SALES/AMENITY PLANS ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS STORE TYPE: LOCATION: BUILDING LEVEL: APPLICABLE CODES: OCCUPANCY GROUP: SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY: CONSTRUCTION TYPE: FIRE RESISTIVE REQUIREMENTS: FIRE SPRINKLERS: OCCUPANCY LOAD BREAKDOWN: REQUIRED EXITS: MAX TRAVEL DISTANCE: RESTROOM REQUIREMENTS: VICTORIA'S SECRET TUKWILA, WA 1 OF: 3 (WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS 2015) - (2015 IBC) (WASI-IINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS 2015) - (2015 IMC) (WASHINGTON CITY ELECTRICAL CODES 2014) - (2014 NEC) (WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS 2015) - (2015 UPC) (WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE 2015) - (2015 IECC) (WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS 2015) - (2015 IFC) (ICC A117.1 / ADA) - (2009 / 2010) MERCANTILE (D) (115) TENANT SEPARATION WALL (1 HOUR) SALES/NON-SALES NALL (0 HOUR) CEILING (0 HOUR) COLUMNS (0 HOUR) ENTIRE SALES AND NON -SALES AREA OF THE STORE 15 TO RECEIVE AN AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM AS PER APPROVED FIRE PROTECTION PLANS. 3771 SQUARE FEET - 126 SALES AREA: 30 NON -SALES AREA: 973 SQUARE FEET 300 TOTAL = 130 6446 NUMBER OF EXITS REQUIRED: 2 NUMBER OF EXITS PROVIDED: 2 250 FEET WATER CLOSETS: 1 REQUIRED FOR MALE, 1 REQUIRED FOR FEMALE LAVATORIES: 1 REQUIRED FOR MALE, URINALS N/A DRINKING FOUNTAINS PROVIDED PUBLIC ACCESS PROVIDED UNISEX 15 PERMITTED N/A 1 REQUIRED FOR FEMALE CODE SYNOPSIS YES NO ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ BURGLAR ALARM LVAN SYSTEM FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SECURITY REQUIREMENTS TOTAL ARCHITECTURAL SHEETS ELECTRICAL E01.01 E02.01 E02.51 E03.01 E03.02 E04.01 E04.02 E04.03 E04.04 E05.01 E05.02 E06.01 12 ELECTRICAL NOTES AND SCHEDULES ELECTRICAL POWER $ FIRE ALARM PLAN ELECTRICAL LOW VOLTAGE PLAN ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN NOT USED ELECTRICAL LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE ELECTRICAL DETAILS ELECTRICAL DETAILS ELECTRICAL DETAILS ELECTRICAL PANELS AND RISER DIAGRAM ELECTRICAL LIGHTING CONTROLS ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS TOTAL ELECTRICAL SHEETS MECHANICAL BULLETIN IMPLEMENTATION K PUBLIC RESTROOM DISTANCE 550' KEY PLAN 40, MECHANICAL NOTES AND SCHEDULES MECHANICAL PLAN MECHANICAL DETAILS MECHANICAL RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULES MECHANCIAL SPECIFICATIONS TOTAL MECHANICAL SHEETS PLUMBING & FIRE PROTECTION 4 PLUMBING NOTES SCHEDULES AND ISOMETRICS PLUMBING +I FIRE SPRINKLER HEAD PLANS NOT USED PLUMBING * FIRE PROTECTION DETAILS PLUMBING t FIRE PROTECTION SPECIFICATIONS TOTAL PLUMBING SHEETS STRUCTURAL 901.01 S02.I0 503.01 S03.02 504.01 505.01 506.01 STRUCTURAL SPECIFICATIONS AND NOTES STOREFRONT DETAILS 4 SECTIONS STRUCTURAL CONSTRUCTION DETAILS WALL FRAMING AT NON -SALES SHELVING NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED 4 TOTAL STRUCTURAL 5HEETS 62 TOTAL SHEETS PROHIBITION ON REUSE: TI-IESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WERE PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THEIR ISSUE DATE. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY REPRODUCTION THEREOF, ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND CONTRARY TO LAW UNLESS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY L BRANDS, STORE DESIGN +I CONSTRUCTION, INC. (REFERRED TO HEREIN AS "LSDtC"). TI-IESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF LSD4C AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER PROJECT EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH LSDt.C. NO REPRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF THE LSDtC. ALL ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE RETURNED TO LSDtC UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY THE LSDtC. COPYRIGHT NOTICE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COPYRIGHTED AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AS AN "ARCHITECTURAL WORK" UNDER SEC. 102 OF THE COPYRIGHT ACT, 17 U.S.C. AS AMENDED DECEMBER 1990; KNOWN AS THE ARCHITECTURAL WORKS COPYRIGHT PROTECTION ACT OF 1990. THE PROTECTION INCLUDES, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE OVERALL FORM, ARRANGEMENT AND COMPOSITION OF SPACES, AND ELEMENTS OF THE DESIGN. UNDER SUCH PROTECTION, UNAUTHORIZED USE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MAY RESULT IN CESSATION OF CONSTRUCTION, BUILDING SEIZURE, AND/OR MONETARY LIABILITY. DRAWING INDEX REVISIONS No changes shall be made to the scope of work without prior approval of Tukwila Bu `ding Division.... NOTE: Revisions will require a new plan submittal and may include additional plan review fees. SQUARE FOOTAGE CALCULATIONS: SEPARATE PERMIT. REQUIRED FOR: mechanical aelectrical &Plumbing Eas Piping City of Tukwila EU7UY G DIVISION ran STORE DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION Three Limited Parkway Columbus, Ohio 43230 Telephone: 614.415.7000 Fax: 614.415.7349 PINK VICTORIA'S SECRET STORE N0.105.01.1449.02 SOUTHCENTER SPACE NO. 1125 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA 98188 ! 7• 7, GROSS SQUARE FOOTAGE TOTAL 4,744 S.F. SALES SQUARE FOOTAGE TOTAL (INCLUDES ALL ROWS WITH ) 3,771 S.F. 79 % NON SALES SQUARE FOOTAGE TOTAL (INCLUDES ALL ROWS WITH ❑ ) 973 S.F. 21 % SALES SQUARE FOOTAGE SUMMARY: EINKL PINK I PINK 2 PINK 3 PINK CASHWRAP PINK FITTING ROOMS / ALCOVE VESTIBULE 1 1220 S.F. 1008 S.F. • 792 S.F. • 245 S.F. • 434 S.F.< 72 S.F. NON -SALES SQUARE FOOTAGE SUMMARY: RESTROOMS I-IALLNAY 1 I-IALLWAY 2 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT BREAK AREA • MANAGER'S OFFICE PROCESSING / RECEIVING AREA STOCK 181 S.F. 0 171 S.F. 0 89 S.F. ❑ 94 S.F. 0 142 S.F. 0 80 S.F. 0 82 S.F. 0 134 S.F. 0 FILE COPY P1u ± rsv'ev, approval is cubi ors and omissions. Approval of construction documents does not authnrize the violation of any adopted code or ordinance. Receipt of approved FId Cly and conditions is acknowledged: By:� Data: 1 City of Tukwila ILDiI�G DIVISION STOREFRONT: TOTAL PINK FRONTAGE 35 L.F. AREA CALCULATION TENANT PINK VICTORIA'S SECRET THREE LIMITED PARKWAY COLUMBUS, OHIO 43230 (614) 415-7000 TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVES PROJECT MANAGER: DAVID I -I ECK 650 .22G .0023 DI-IECK@LB.COM OPERATIONS PLANNER MAN DY PI NC I OTT 614.415.652S MPINCIOTT I@LB.COM DEVELOPER PROJECT DESIGNER: ALISON MILLER 614.415.1430 AM I LLER@LB.COM SEKO PROJECT COORDINATOR: ALLISON ADAMS xxx ALL I SON .ADAMS@CAL I BER.GLOBAL WESTFIELD 2800 SOUTI-ICENTER MALL TUKWILA, NA 98188 20(0.24 .0423 TENANT COORDINATOR EMILY YEE 847.779.4832 EYEE@WESTFI ELD .COM CONSULTANTS ARCHITECTURAL S1-IEMSI400K ARCHITECTS INC. 7400 NEST CAMPUS RD NEN ALBANY, 01-1 43054 614.545.4550 SARAH MORAN SMORAN@S1-IREMSI-I0CK .COM MECHANICAL / ELECTRICAL M- ENG INEERING 750 BROOKSEDGE BLVD NESTERV I LLE, 01-1 43081 614.839.4639 BRENT McCLURE BMCCLURE@MENGI NEERI NG. US.COM STRUCTURAL SM81-I 11GG DUBLIN RD COLUMBUS, 01-1 43215 614.481 .9800 JON BE I ER JBE I ER@SMB1-1 I NC .COM GENERAL CONTRACTOR TED SCOPE: DESIGN TYPE: LSD&C PROJECT #: REVIEWED FOR ICODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED f 1 SEP 192017 City of Tukwila BUILD l• 17 REMODEL PINK 105809 0 e\, CO c CD att RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA SEP 01 2017 PERMIT CENTER 0.37 PACKAGE: GENERATION: A/E PROJECT #: PKG1 181Sa 170357 LSD&C PROJECT NUMBER: 105.01.1449.02 ISSUED: AUGUST 25TH 2017 REVISIONS REQUIRED BY: DATE REQUIRED BY: DATE STOREFRONT - PINK ACM MARKETING PIPE RAILS - PIPES AND FITTINGS PINK SIGNAGE: "PINK" LETTERS FURNISHED BY INSTALLED BY STOREFRONT- GLOBAL FURNISHED INSTALLED BY FURNISHED BY INSTALLED BY G.C. TO FIELD PAINT PRINTED ACM PANELS DESK LAMINATE TOP, BRACKETS AND GROMMETS REFER TO DETAIL B/A14.02 WALL MOUNTED OVERHEAD CABINET WITH SLIDING TRANSLUCENT DOOR. LENGTH (42" OR 48") AS INDICATED IN PLAN. PROVIDED W/ TASK LIGHTING PROVIDED BY LLS, REFER TO ELEC. DRAWINGS FOR POWER REQUIREMENTS SHREMSHOCK Shremshock Architects, Inc. 7400 W. Campus Rd. Suite 150 New Albany, OH 43054 t: 614 545 4550 1 f: 614 545 4555 1 shremshock.com Gerald S. Shre shock, Architect Timothy J. Shr: mshock, Architect PREF' NISHED METAL MULLIONS, CAPS INSTALLATION HARDWARE, SIGN SAND PLYWOOD STOREFRONT STRUCTURAL MEMBERS AZEK BASE AND WOOD TRIM DISPLAY PLATFORM ACCESS PANEL PRE -PRIMED, G.C. TO FIELD PAINT G.C. TO ASSEMBLE SEE DOOR SCHEDULE FOR HARDWARE FOR SENSORMATIC ACCESS MALL FLOORING AT STOREFRONT SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SEE FLOOR AND WALL FINISH PLAN SEE SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 124813 WINDOW VINYL LOGO AND BORDER TILE AT PINK STOREFRONT ENTRY TI -HN BRICK, MORTAR AND INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES BRICK PAINT FINISH FIELD APPLIED STENCILS AT BRICK (PKC 2) BLIND DOOR MIRROR: LADDER FRAME, PLY BACKER, J -CHANNELS/ SUB -FRAME, AND DECORATIVE FRAME VIDEO MONITORS THINSET AND GROUT BY G.C. SEE STOREFRONT A08.XX SERIES NOTE: ARCHITECT TO CONFIRM RESPONSIBILITY W/ DESIGNER NOTE: ARCHITECT TO CONFIRM RESPONSIBILITY W/ DESIGNER TRAFFIC COUNTER BOX REVEALS AT NEUTRAL PIERS * BULKHEAD STOREFRONT MULLION CLIPS ROLLING GRILLE LIGHT CURTAIN REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 088100 REFER ALSO TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS G.C. CONDUITS * PRE -WIRE SALES AREA - PINK 'A' THRU 'D' CABINET TRIMS * FINS PUCK PANELS NEON SIGNAGE SUPPORT/POWER $ ACCESS FOR NEON SIGNAGE BULB LETTER SIGNAGE SUPPORT * POWER FOR BULB LETTER SIGNAGE SCRIPT LETTER SIGNAGE SUPPORT * POWER FOR SCRIPT LETTER SIGNAGE ACRYLIC LETTER SIGNAGE BACKWRAP MIRROR: 3/4" PLYWOOD MIRROR BACKER, PRIMER * MASTIC BACKWRAP MIRROR TILES AND GOLD LEAF FRAME ILLUMINATED BACKWRAP "PINK" LETTERS LADDER RAIL PIPE AND BRACKETS BRASS 1-100K5 GC TO PROVIDE POWER WHIPS PREF INISHED MARKETING PIPE RAILS - PIPES AND FITTINGS AT FOCALS DECORATIVE SALES FLOOR MIRROR: PLYWOOD BACKER, J-CHANELS, MASTIC, AND Z -CLIPS G.C. TO FIELD PAINT THIS DOES NOT INCLUDE DOOR MIRRORS DECORATIVE SALES FLOOR MIRROR: MIRROR AND MASTIC VIDEO MONITOR BACKWRAP VIDEO MONITOR BACKWRAP GOLD LEAF FRAME PRE-PRINTED WALLCOVERING GRAPHICS APPLIED VINYL GRAPHICS FIELD PAINTED BOUNDARY STRIPE APPLIED OVER WALLCOVERING @ CASHWRAP AND POWDER ROOM FIELD PAINTED LOVE PINK TEXT AT ROOM #2 OVER 'C' CABINETS (PKG 1) G.C. CONDUITS * PRE -WIRE FIELD PAINTED STENCILS THROUGHOUT SALES AREA (PKG 1) WHEN APPLIED OVER PAINTED GYP. BD. OR TRIM, G.C. TO APPLY PRIMER BEHIND STENCIL SEE SPECIFICATIONS O%i000 FITTING ROOMS - PINK FITTING ROOM SEATING ALL FITTING ROOM TRIM FIT CARD * PAPER PANTY HOLDER WALLCOVERING GRAPHIC PANELS SEE SHEET A07.XX AND E/A10.05 FITTING ROOM MIRROR: PLY BACKER, J -CHANNELS, SUB -FRAME, AND DECORATIVE FRAME FITTING ROOM MIRROR: MIRROR GLASS, SAFETY FILM, MASTIC * PRIMER BUILT-IN BRA WARDROBER THIS DOES NOT INCLUDE DOOR TYPE 'A' (PRE-INSTALLED) PREFINI514ED INTERIOR GO -BACK CLOSET EDGE -LIT MIRROR TRANSOM FOR TRANSITION FROM SALES TO FITTING ROOM ALCOVE FITTING ROOM BENCH PREFINI514ED INTERIOR FITTING ROOM HOOKS G.C. TO PROVIDE BLOCKING FIELD PAINTED BOUNDARY STRIPE OVER WALLCOVERING AT FRS, ALCOVE, AND VESTIBULES GOLD VINYL BOUNDARY STRIPE AT FR'S, ALCOVE, AND VESTIBULES (INTERNATIONAL ONLY) FIELD PAINTED FITTING ROOM GRAPHICS (PKGA) NEON SIGNAGE - DOG HEART SALES AREA - GLOBAL CAST -(WRAPS, ANTI -FATIGUE MAT, CASHWRAP FILLERS BACKWRAPS CASI-INRAP EQUIPMENT, DETAGGERS, AND SIGNATURE CAPTURE. TASK CHAIR LATERAL FILE CABINET - 4 DRAWERS HIGH MOBILE PEDESTAL FILE CABINET COMPUTER WORKSTATION (INDICATED WITH HATCHED AREA ON PLAN) MAILBOX UNIT INFORMATION LOCK BOX SMALL SAFE OR LARGE SAFE MOBILE TRAINING ROOM BOOKCASE MELAMINE DRY -ERASE BOARD W/ ALUMINUM FRAME AND MARKER TRAY 24"X36" MAGNETIC DRY -ERASE CALENDAR BOARD 18"X30" FURNISH THE CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY * A LIST OF THE NAMES, ADDRESSES * TELEPHONE NUMBERS OF ALL SUBCONTRACTORS INCLUDING ALL LSD*C PROVIDED SUBCONTRACTORS. MOUNT IN SEPARATE FRAMES MANAGER'S OFFICE BULLETIN BOARD WITH CLOTH COVER 36"x48" PROVIDED BY LLS PROVIDED BY LLS PROVIDED BY LLS REFER TO ELEC DNGS. PROVIDED BY LLS G.C. TO SECURE PER MFG SPECIFICATIONS PROVIDED BY LLS PROVIDED BY LLS PROVIDED BY LLS MOUNT AT FACE HEIGHT, ON THE OFFICE SIDE OF THE MANAGER'S OFFICE DOOR. PROVIDED BY LLS FILLER AS REQUIRED FURNITURE, FIXTURES 4 PRESENTATION ITEMS CABINETWORK (PREFI NI SHED) * ACCESSORIES FINS / GABLES WOOD TRIMS FABRICS AND MOUNTING HARDWARE WALL MOUNTED HANGBARS AND BRACKETS VIDEO WALL NON -SALES/ BREAK AREA VCT FLOORING AND RUBBER BASE SURFACE MOUNTED STANDARDS, BRACKETS, LADDER HOOK5, CLIPS, MOUNTING HARDWARE, ETC. HANGROD, BRACKETS, END CAPS, CONNECTORS FOR NON -SALES 3/4" WALL MOUNTED WOOD SHELVING FIXED RIVET RACK SHELVING AND HARDWARE MOBILE SHELVING, HARDWARE AND CRANK SYSTEM BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL CORNER GUARD DRAWING PLAN TUBE MARKETING 4 HARDWARE STORAGE BINS PROCESSING WORK STATION PREF INISHED BASE AND WALL CABINETRY SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP AND BACKSPLASH BREAK ROOM SINK AND FAUCET PAPER TOWEL HOLDER FRAMED BREAK ROOM USAGE SIGN MICROWAVE AND MICROWAVE RACK REFRIGERATOR, REFER TO PLAN FOR SIZE VENDING MACHINE COAT RACK (6) CLOTHING HOOKS MOUNTED BELOW COAT RACK LOCKER BANK: FULL SIZE LOCKERS, 6 UNITS HIGH FRAMED LOCKER USAGE SIGN, MOUNT ABOVE LOCKER BANK. G.C. TO UNCRATE, ASSEMBLE AND CLEAN SEE DETAILS J/A10.01 AND J/A11.01 PURCHASED THROUGH CBC 36" X 36" TABLE AND STACKING CHAIRS MOBILE TELEVISION CART WITH TV/DVD COMBO UNIT HEADSET STORAGE CART "ALL" SYSTEM EQUIPMENT (3) 48" X 36" COMMUNICATION BOARDS MAGNETIC PORCELAIN DRY -ERASE BOARD W/ ALUMINUM FRAME AND MARKER TRAY, 48"X72" MULTI -USE TELEVISION AND BRACKET PROVIDED BY LLS REFER TO DETAIL D/A14.02 REFER TO DETAIL D/A14.02 REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS REFER TO DETAIL D/A14.02 PROVIDED BY LLS REFER TO ELEC DWGS FOR POWER REQUIREMENTS PROVIDED BY LLS, SEE ELEC. DWG5. FOR POWER PROVIDED BY OPERATIONS, SEE ELEC. DWGS. FOR POWER PROVIDED BY LLS, REFER TO DETAIL F/A14.02 PURCHASE THROUGH CBC, REFER TO DETAIL F/A14.02 PROVIDED BY LLS, G.C. TO SECURE TO WALL THROUGH BACK PROVIDED BY LLS PROVIDED BY LLS PROVIDED BY LLS SEE ELEC DWGS FOR POWER PROVIDED BY LLS PROVIDED BY LLS PROVIDED BY LLS GYPSUM BOARD: CEILINGS, WALLS, ETC. AND REQUIRED FRAMING 4 BLOCKING CONCEALED IN -WALL WOOD OR METAL BLOCKING FOR ALL ITEMS IN STORE SEE SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 092900 * 0c124150 F.R.T. AS REQUIRED PLYWOOD SHEATHING, BLOCKING, 058, MDF PAINT DOOR CHIMES LAY -IN CEILING (TILE * GRID) FIRE EXTINGUISHERS EXIT * EMERGENCY LIGHTS CEILING AND WALL ACCESS PANELS FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANELS (F.R.P.) ALL FURRING FLOOR PROTECTION DURING CONSTRUCTION SAW CUTTING / TRENCHING/ CORE DRILLING MUSIC / VIDEO SYSTEM SUPPORT LVAN SYSTEM ZINC DIVIDER STRIP STUB -UP PRE -WIRING ALL MIRRORS, J -CHANNELS, BACKING AND MASTIC TILE FLOORING AND WALL FINISHES ALL NATURAL STONE FINISHES GROUT, SEALANT, THINSET, AND MORTAR DEMISING WALL FRAMING DEMISING WALL GYP. BD. FLOOR PREPARATION * LEVELING CONCRETE SLAB FIRE PATCHING / FIREPROOFING WOOD FLOORING WOOD FLOORING VAPOR BARRIER AND ADHESIVE WOOD FLOORING MOISTURE TEST EXPANSION JOINT COVERS CURTAIN TRACK, FABRIC, AND TIE -BACK HOOK CARPET CARPET BINDER BAR EDGE STRIPS it CARPET SHIELD SOUND ATTENUATION INSULATION F.R.T. REQUIRED SEE SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 085123 SEE SPECIFICATIONS z 0 1— V cn 3 z 0 U oS z ol w 0 w 0 1— SEE SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 083100 1/8" MASON ITE WHERE REQUIRED PER EQUIPMENT SPECIFIED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED AS REQUIRED N W ▪ Q a • = ti 6� a. 0 �..,i=vim c COOS iy W _�1W C70C� U N O N e Z F- ! !6‘i t!"143; z zvo 0 0UW C=o=4mvxOO�%12 it (iNf.NavcW W W O N we i N W s o - W dG O N a m Ci";I= W = J W 5t Z5 =..Iy... =O Z 0 vN V W O N cl 05 V.O. it WOO. (h OR' W O I O.0 4. {.Ni.,i W Z J s = ttnR. �oU �<W 0 n W O 0 z3i=1c _ O W O H • W talNi, Z N W W �. Z lil _ . O W W N O O 0 N O Z d W O C 0 O Q O ty I00 0 L.W ~ � 8:,,,._ C C N f� J aaZoo to W Q OH F O = < Z U �0 -a0 0Id U O yOy C W - O W J W i= tn CCI O W = {� .< ,B O O f//000 �%.yJ 3,.Cjc�oa ;Z:0:� W Zl. O O k E Q C . N c, AS REQD, COORDINATE W/ LANDLORD AS REQD BY CODE / TENANT CRITERIA SEE SPECIFICATIONS SECTION O'642c1 SEE SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 096421 SEE SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 0g642g SEE WALL SCHEDULE 81CLUDES: BARRICADE AND PHASING TOILET ROOMS WATER CLOSET WALL MOUNTED LAVATORY CLOTHING HOOK, SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL, TOILET SEAT COVER DISPENSER, * WASTE RECEPTACLE GRAB BARS SINGLE ROLL TOILET PAPER HOLDER HAND DRYER BARRICADE PANEL (STRUCTURE) PINK BARRICADE GRAPHICS - FULL BLEED (PKG 1, 1+) REQUIRES L.L. APPROVAL PREFINISHED FRAMED MIRROR, PROVIDED W/ MOUNTING HARDWARE MIRROR GLASS SURFACE MOUNTED PREF INISHED WOOD CABINET WATERPROOF MEMBRANE MOTION SENSOR ACTIVATED LIGHT SWITCH 4 GFI RATED DUPLEX OUTLET ACCESSIBLE SIGNAGE SUPPORT/POWER * ACCESS FOR NEON FLOOR DRAIN REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS PURCI-IASE THROUGH CBC, BLOCKING PER E/Al2.01 SEE ELEVATION FOR SIZE INSTALL PER DETAIL C/A13.02 PROVIDE IN WALL BLOCKING PER DETAIL E/Al2.01 REFER TO ELEC DWGS FOR POWER REQUIREMENTS REFER TO DETAIL 13/A13.02 REFER TO DETAIL B/A13.02 REFER TO DETAIL D/A13.02 SEE SPEC. SECTION 071416 REFER TO ELECTRICAL DWGS REFER TO DETAIL B/A13.01 REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS VS BARRICADE SURFACE APPLIED VINYL LETTERS BARRICADE PAINT FINISH TEMPORARY POWER SETUP DE -INSTALLATION AND DE -BRANDING REQUIRES L.L. APPROVAL SE tEXI1 !' D FOR REVISIONS: REQUIRED BY: DATE BARRICADE REMOVAL CHAIN LINK FENCE (IF REQUIRED) SURFACE MOUNTED STANDARDS 4 TEMPORARY PRE -FAB FITTING ROOMS FOR PHASED STORES ELECTRICAL/FIRE ALARM ELECTRICAL AND FIRE ALARM WORK (AS SPECIFIED) ECHANICAL BUILDING.. IASION SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS DRINKING FOUNTAIN DRINKING FOUNTAIN GUARD RAILS REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS PURCI-IASE THROUGH CBC, INSTALL PER DETAIL N/A13.02 PLUMBING/FIRE 1KV 1 tt: 1 ION PLUMBING AND FIRE PROTECTION WORK (AS SPECIFIED) STRUCTURAL CITY OF TUKWILA Sip012011 SEE PLUMBING / FIRE PROTECTION DRAWINGS DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 RA A ,-int HMG SKM MOP SINK BASIN W/ FAUCET SET, 42" H0SE AND HOSE HOLDER FRICTION TYPE MOP HOLDER PERMIT CENTER SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE WATER HEATER ABOVE REFER TO PLUMBING AND STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS DRAWING NUMBER: NO SCALE ANNOTATIONS: 0: OWNER (L BRANDS OR VENDOR) G: GENERAL CONTRACTOR L: LANDLORD E: EXISTING 0 0 0 • ( BA) 10A T0I LET ROOM A IA CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM ROLLING GRILLE - LEXAN 0 r 217" 2'-6 3/6" PINK: SNGL BI -FOLD VARIES 'SEE A/A00.02 WALL MOUNTED ALARM SERVICE x- Ea tL Io KICKPLATE GC TO ALIGN DOOR STOP IN/ WOOD TRIM 2'-4 7/8" 1/ \\\ MIRROR MOUNTED ON DOOR (SHOWN DASHED) BLIND PINK SALES SIDE -{ PKF - 0 BOOR 3'-0"-f 15 /../ 5 1T"), � � I c VARIES ¶SEE A/A00.021 KICKPLATE @ PUSH SIDE ONLY. PUSH STYLE PINK W/ APPLIED TRIM vie -3'-0" GRAPHIC BY OTHERS FITTING ROOM PINK - TYPE D (ALCOVE SIDE ONLY) y 3'O" L KICKPLATE @ PUSH SIDE ONLY. LEVER STYLE HO0K IS NOT INSTALLED ON DOOR TYPQ4 D in FITTING ROOM • PINK - TYPE E (ROOM SIDE OF TYPE D) SEE A/A00.02 le VARIES - LEXAN INSERTS I"-- ' 1 I \ 1 1 \ / \ 1 1 o• 1 11 • 11 11 1 I I/ 1 1 1 1 m nnnnnnnnn •VARIES - SEE A/A00.0: I-0 II / 11 1 m 11 1 1 1 1 I 11 1 1 1 I.1 PINK: SNGL BI -FOLD VARIES 'SEE A/A00.02 WALL MOUNTED ALARM SERVICE x- Ea tL Io KICKPLATE GC TO ALIGN DOOR STOP IN/ WOOD TRIM 2'-4 7/8" 1/ \\\ MIRROR MOUNTED ON DOOR (SHOWN DASHED) BLIND PINK SALES SIDE -{ PKF - 0 BOOR 3'-0"-f 15 /../ 5 1T"), � � I c VARIES ¶SEE A/A00.021 KICKPLATE @ PUSH SIDE ONLY. PUSH STYLE PINK W/ APPLIED TRIM vie -3'-0" GRAPHIC BY OTHERS FITTING ROOM PINK - TYPE D (ALCOVE SIDE ONLY) y 3'O" L KICKPLATE @ PUSH SIDE ONLY. LEVER STYLE HO0K IS NOT INSTALLED ON DOOR TYPQ4 D in FITTING ROOM • PINK - TYPE E (ROOM SIDE OF TYPE D) SEE A/A00.02 le VARIES - LEXAN INSERTS I"-- 1 I 1 1 1 1 I I 1 1 1 1 1 11 11 11 1 I 11 1 1 1 1 m nnnnnnnnn •VARIES - SEE A/A00.0: 1 II 11 11 1 1 11 1 1 1 1 I 11 1 1 1 1 1 I I 1 1 1 1 I I I 1 1 1 1 1 II 11 11 I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 I1 11 11 1 I I I 1 1 1 1 I1 11 11 1 I 11 11 11 1 I I I 1 1 1 1 1 co___, ROLLING GRILLE LEXAN DOOR ELEVATIONS 1- 0 5 NUMBER SEE PLAN ( 1A ) 2 ( 2C ) SPL (4D) LOCATION (4E ) ( 6A) PINK STOREFRONT BLIND DOOR (SALES FLOOR SIDE) PINK FITTING ROOM - TYPE D (75) ( 12 ) SIZE NIDTW x HEIGHT x THICKNESS 17'-0" x 10'-7" HEIGHT I5 TO 5.0. COIL MATERIAL LEAF: METAL / LEXAN FRAME: STEEL POST FINISH * - PREFINISHED FINISH SAIIE EA. SIDE U.O.N. 2'-4 7/8" x 6'-5 1/8" x 1 3/4" LEAF: WOOD FRAME: WOOD PINK FITTING ROOM - TYPE E PINK CLOSET: SINGLE 5I -FOLD PINK SALES/NON-SALES W/ CASING TRIM OFFICE SERVICE 31-0" x 6'-5 3/8" x 1 3/4" 3'-0" x 6'-5 3/8" x 1 3/4" 2'-7" X 7' -IO 1/2" X 1 3/4" 3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1 3/4" 3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1 3/4" LEAF: 5.C. WOOD FRAME: WOOD LEAF: S.C. WOOD FRAME: WOOD LEAF: S.C. WOOD FRAME: WOOD MIRROR FRAME: GOLD* LEAF/JAMB: P-67 LEAF: PAINTED GRAY* FRAME: P-67 LEAF: H.M. FRAME: H.M. LEAF: H.M. FRAME: H.M. LEAF: PAINTED GRAY* FRAME: P-67 P-67 FIRE RATE SALES: P-67 NON -SALES: P-84 FR SIDE: P-84 HALLWAY SIDE: P-84 3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1 3/4" 3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1 3/4" LEAF: H.M. FRAME: H.M. LEAF: H.M. FRAME: H.M. P-84 NON -SALES: P-84EXTERIOR: V.I.F. HDW GROUP M -1A F-2 ELEV (N/Aoo.o2) F-2 45 MIN. F-4 12D 8A G-2 J-1 K L-1 DETAIL NUMBER HEAD D A08.10 JA B A A08.10 SILL NOTES GENERAL DOOR AND HARDWARE NOTES PROVIDE SIGNAGE PER GENERAL NOTE 5 A10:06 A10:06 A10:06 88 8D D1 A10.06 D2 A10.06 D1 A10.06 D2 A10.06 95 10A 11A A,061=1 MEE= Pin Al A10.06 A10.06 A2 A10.06 G.C. TO ATTACH DECORATIVE MIRROR TO SALES SIDE OF DOOR LEAF PRE -FINISHED BY MANUFACTURER W/ PRE -APPLIED MIRROR ON ALCOVE SIDE. JAMB/CASING FINISI-IED BY G.C. LEAF PRE -FINISHED BY MANUFACTURER, JAMB/CASING FINISHED BY G.C. G.C. TO APPLY PKF-15 TRIM TO FACE OF DOOR. G.C. TO CASE DOOR JAMB/HEAD IN/ WOOD TRIMS PER DETAILS D1 Al2.02 D2 Al2.02 Al2.02 D1 D2 Al2.02 Al2.02 P;Am /Ad WM/ Al2.02 Al2.02 SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR DELIVERY BUZZER //I HARDWARE GROUPS ITEM GROUP A: ROLLING GRILLE 1 GRILLE CURTAIN, ENDPLATES, BARREL, BOT. PLATE 2 STEEL COLUMN SUPPORTS GRILLE MOTOR FURN O 0 0 KEYSWITCHES 0 INTERLOCK DEVICE0 EMERGENCY RELEASE THUMBTURN LOCK CYLINDER: SECURITY SOLUTIONS U -CHANGE 316A01A1D2 IN/ KEY AND CHANGE TOOL, FIN: BRUSHED CHROME CODE SIGNAGE "GRILLE TO REMAIN IN FULL OPEN..." GC INST O 0 • 0 0 GC E 0 0 0 0 0 0 GROUP F-2: PINK FITTING ROOM 3 DOOR LEAF, JAMB, AND CASING SPRING LOADEDHINGE: PBB INC. 5P81 U55 4.5"X4.5" LEVER: SUN VALLEY BRONZE CUSTOM "PINK" TRIM SET - FINISH: 51-A. OPERABLE FR SIDE, DUMMY ALCOVE SIDE 0 0 HARDWARE GROUPS ITEM GROUP K: OFFICE DOOR LEAF AND JAMB CONCEALED BEARING HINGES: STANLEY CB -179 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" US26D MORTISE LEVER LOCKSET, OFFICE FUNCTION: TOWNSTEEL, M55-L-4-MALMO-U532D, FINISH: SATIN SS KICKPLATE: IVES 8400-10"x34", FINISH: U5261) BRUSHED CHROME CLOSER: CORBIN RUSSWIN DC3200-689 (INSWING DOOR). DC3210-689 (OUTSWING DOOR) DOOR STOP: DELTANA WBC238U26D, FINISH: U526D BRUSHED CHROME DOOR SEAL: PEMKO 588W (AT RATED DOORS ONLY) LOCK CYLINDER: SECURITY SOLUTIONS U -CHANGE #5L25215502 W/ KEY * CHANGE TOOL, FINISH: U526D BRUSHED CHROME GROUP L-1: SERVICE LOCKBODY: ACCURATE 9159 - COVER PLATE FINISH: SI -A STRIKE PLATE: ACCURATE - FINISH: SI -A CYLINDER: ILCO IN/KEYS - FINISH: 51-A 0 0 0 0 0 DOOR STOP: BALDWIN 4050 - FINISH: 0500 FITTING ROOM HOOK: DOOR TYPES B AND C ONLY MIRROR GLASS IN/ GRAPHIC: DOOR TYPE A ONLY GROUP F-4: PINK CLOSET - SINGLE BI -FOLD DOOR LEAVES, JAMB, AND CASING HAGER #1279 BALL BEARING HINGE, 3"X3", SATIN NICKEL FINISH BI -FOLD DOOR HDWR PKG: JOHNSON HARDWARE 200FD484 KNOB: CLIFFSIDE #161 -RA, 1 3/16" DIA. RUSTIC ANTIQUE KNOB 0 0 0 0 • 0 • • • LOCK: ADAMS RITE MS1850SN-450-628 HOOK BOLT FOR WOOD DOORS, FINISH: CLEAR ANODIZED STRIKE PLATE: ADAMS RITE 4001-031-628 CLR ANODIZED LOCK CYLINDER: SECURITY SOLUTIONS U -CHANGE 316A01A1D2 W/ KEY AND CHANGE TOOL, FIN: US26D GROUP G-2: PINK SALES/NON-SALES DOOR LEAF AND JAMB CONCEALED BEARING HINGES: STANLEY CB -179 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" U526D PUSHPLATE: IVES 8200-4"x16", FINISH: US15 SATIN NICKEL PULL PLATE: IVES 8302-8-4"x16, FINISH: US26D" KICKPLATE: IVES 8400-10"x34", FINISH: US15 SATIN NICKEL CLOSER: CORBIN RUSSIA! IN DC3200-689 DOOR HOLDER: IVES F5452-5-U526D DOOR CHIME: EZ -TONE DC -1 (ONLY DOORS ADJ TO SALES FLOOR) • 0 0 GROUP J-1: TOILET ROOM DOOR LEAF AND JAMB CONCEALED BEARING HINGES: STANLEY CB -179 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" U526D MORTISE LEVER LOCKSET, PRIVACY FUNCTION: TOWNSTEEL, MSS- L-Iq-MALMO-ADA-U532D. FINISH: SATIN SS KICKPLATE: IVES 8400-10"x34", FINISH US26D CLOSER: CORBIN RUSSIA! IN DC3200-68q (INSWING DOOR). DC3210-689 (OUTSWING DOOR) DOOR STOP: DELTANA 1#1BC238U26D BRUSHED CHROME 0 DOOR SEAL: PEMKO 58814 (AT RATED DOORS ONLY) THRESHOLD: CALACATTA MARBLE • 0 • 0 0 • • • • 0 • • 0 • • • • • 0 • • • • 0 • 0 • • • 3 0 0 0 2 DOOR LEAF DOOR JAMB BALL BEARING HINGE WITH SECURITY STUD: IVES 5551514, FINISH: US26D BRUSHED CHROME DOORSCOPE VIEWER: ADVANCED SAFETY DEVICES ULTRA WIDE ANGLE D5175 - SILVER (INSTALL AT 54" A.F.F.) KICKPLATE: IVES 8400-10"x34", FINISH: U526D BRUSHED CHROME (42" DOOR USE 10"X40") CLOSER: CORBIN RUSSWIN DC3210-689 (OUTSWING DOOR) PANIC RELEASE / ALARM: SECURITECH TRIDENT TEL -210 U -CHANGE LOCK CYLINDER 311501A1D2 W/ KEY AND CHANGE TOOL THRESHOLD (ADJ TO WOOD/TILE): REESE 5245A 5" MILL FINISH ALUMINUM, HALF SADDLE THRESHOLD (ADJ TO VCT @ EXT): PEMKO 252X3AFG, MILL FINISH ALUMINUM, THERMAL BARRIER SADDLE FURN INST E H ITEM 0 O GC • • 0 0 0 0 0 O GC 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1. EXIT DOORS AT STOREFRONT TO HAVE SIGN ON TOP RAIL STATING "THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED WHEN BUILDING IS OCCUPIED." 2. DOORS WITHIN THE PATH OF TRAVEL FOR A PERSON USING A WHEELCHAIR SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH A SINGLE EFFORT BY LEVER, PANIC BAR OR PUSH / PULL HARDWARE AS PER ADA. 3. EXIT DOORS TO BE OPERABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT USE OF A KEY OR ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. 4. PROVIDE A MOTOR FOR ROLLING GRILLES MORE THAN 150 SQUARE FEET OR WIDER THAN 12'-0", COORDINATE POWER REQUIREMENTS WITH ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS AS REQUIRED, COORDINATE LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT. 5. STOREFRONT GRILLES TO HAVE SIGNAGE ON STORE SIDE OF BOTTOM RAIL OF GRILLE STATING, "GRILLE TO REMAIN IN FULL OPEN POSITION DURING STORE HOURS WHEN OCCUPIED BY THE GENERAL PUBLIC." 6. FIRE DOORS SHALL HAVE A MIN. OPEN FORCE ALLOWABLE BY THE APPROPRIATE ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY. THE FORCE FOR PUSHING OR PULLING OPEN A DOOR OR GATE OTHER THAN FIRE DOORS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: 6.a. INTERIOR HINGED OR FOLDING DOORS: 5 LBS MAX. 6.b. SLIDING OR FOLDING DOORS: 5 LBS MAX. 7. DOOR CLOSERS AND GATE CLOSERS SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM AN OPEN POSITION OF 90 DEGREES, THE TIME REQUIRED TO MOVE THE DOOR TO A POSITION OF 12 DEGREES FROM THE LATCH IS 5 SECONDS MINIMUM. 8. DOOR AND GATE SPRING HINGES SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM THE OPEN POSITION OF 70 DEGREES, THE DOOR OR GATE SHALL MOVE TO THE CLOSED POSITION IN 1.5 SECONDS MINIMUM. 9. THRESHOLDS SHALL NOT EXCEED 1/2" IN HEIGHT. RAISED THRESHOLDS AND FLOOR LEVEL CHANGES AT ACCESSIBLE DOORWAYS SHALL BE BEVELED WITH A SLOPE NO GREATER THAN 1:2. 10. ALL WOOD AND H.M. DOORS TO HAVE A MINIMUM OF THREE PAIRS OF HINGES PER LEAF. 11. BOTH SIDES OF DOORS SHALL BE FINISHED THE SAME, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. SEE A05.XX DRAWINGS FOR PAINT CALL OUTS. 12. ALL WOOD DOOR FRAMES AND TRIM SHALL BE A.N.I. OR N.I.C. CUSTOM GRADE U.0.N. 13. ALL LEGAL EXITS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH SELF -ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGNS HAVING 6" LETTERS WITH 3/4" STROKES IN CONTRASTING COLORS. 14. HARDWARE CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE ALL HARDWARE WITH DOORS * FRAMES AS SPECIFIED, INCLUDING BACKSETS $ STRIKES. HARDWARE GROUPS FURN INST E H ITEM O GC O GC 15. ALL MILLWORK IN TI -4I5 SCOPE OF WORK SHALL BE DELIVERED ON SITE SHOP -PRIMED AND SANDED. 16. ALL COMPONENTS OF FIRE RATED DOOR ASSEMBLIES SHALL BEAR THE LABEL OF AN APPROVED TESTING AGENCY INCLUDING: DOOR, FRAME, CLOSING DEVICE, LATCHES * HINGES. PROVIDE SMOKE GASKETS AND DRAFT CONTROL IF REQUIRED. 17. HARDWARE FOR ALL ACCESSIBLE DOORS SHALL BE OF THE LEVER OR PUSH TYPE. MOUNTED 34" TO 44" A.F.F. 18. LOCKING HARDWARE AT ENTRY DOORS MUST INCLUDE U -CHANGE CYLINDERS. 19. KEY ALL LOCKS ALIKE. 20. FOR EXISTING SERVICE DOORS, G.C. TO INSTALL TAMPER PROOF HINGES IF NOT EXISTING. 21. FOR ANY ABANDONED SERVICE DOOR, REMOVE OUTSIDE KNOB/LEVER/LOCK AND INSTALL BLANK COVER PLATES TO CONCEAL ALL HOLES. 22. DOOR UNDERCUT FOR AIR TRANSFER SHALL BE I". REFER TO MECH PLAN TO DETERMINE WHEN TI -115 IS REQUIRED. 23. G.C. TO MAXIMIZE POSSIBLE DOOR SWING AT ALL DOORS. 24. G.C. TO VERIFY OPERATION OF ROLLING GRILLE BARREL SWITCH (INTERLOCK DEVICE) ENSURING THAT OPERATION PROPERLY SHUTS THE MOTOR OFF WHEN GRILLE IS IN LOCKED POSITION TO AVOID DAMAGE TO MOTOR. 25. G.C. TO VERIFY OPERATION OF EMERGENCY RELEASE DEVICE AT ROLLING GRILLES ENSURING THAT GRILLE OPENS TO A MIN. OF 48" A.F.F. WHEN USED. 26. REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN FOR DOOR TAG LOCATIONS. 27. INTERIOR GLAZING TO BE FULLY TEMPERED PER ASTM C1048 AND COMPLIANT WITH CPSC 16 CFR PART 1201 AND SHALL HAVE PASSED ANSI Zg7.1. THICKNESS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. SEE SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 088100 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 28. EXTERIOR GLAZING TO BE TEMPERED PER GENERAL NOTE 27. EXTERIOR GLAZING TO PROVIDE REQUIRED WINDBORNE- DEM IS -IMPACT RESISTANCE PER ASTM E1996 AND BE INSULATED WITH DUAL SEAL. SEE SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 088100 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 2q. EXTERIOR LAMINATED GLAZING TO BE TEMPERED PER GENERAL NOTE 27. GLAZING TO PROVIDE WINDBORNE- DEIN IS -IMPACT RESISTANCE AND INSULATION PER GENERAL NOTE 28 AND MEET REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM C1172 FOR LAMINATED GLAZING. SEE SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 088100 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. HARDWARE GROUPS FURN O INST O THRESHOLD (ADJ TO VCT @ INT): PEMKO 270A, MILL FINISH ALUMINUM, SADDLE DOOR SHOE: PEMKO 216AV, MILL FINISH ALUMINUM (AT EXTERIOR ONLY) DOOR CONTACT STORE NAME AND SUITE NUMBER, 2"H LETTERS @ 5'-6" A.F.F. (OR PER MALL STANDARDS) PERIMETER GASKETING: PEMKO 303AV MILL FINISH ALUMINUM WITH GRAY INSERT (AT EXTERIOR ONLY) ADHESIVE FIRE/SMOKE GASKET ING: PEMKO PK33BL, COLOR: BLK GROUP -1A: PINK BLIND DOOR (MIRROR) DOOR LEAF AND JAMB SELECT HINGES #SL41HD SWING CLEAR CONTINUOUS GEAR HINGE. FINISH: 2041R1 CLEAR ROLLER CATCH: IVES #336-B26 OVERHEAD STOP: GLYNN JOHNSON 904S. FINISH: US32D SATIN STAINLESS STEEL PRE -FINISHED MIRROR FRAME / LADDER FRAME / HARDWARE MIRROR GLASS 0 0 • 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 • 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 • 0 • 0 0 0 SHREMSHOCK Shremshock Architects, Inc. 7400 W. Campus Rd. Suite 150 New Albany, OH 43054 t: 614 545 4550 1 f: 614 545 4555 1 shremshock.com Gerald S. Shremshock, Architect Timothy J. S remshock, Architect 00 C/3 cry <C/). rri LLI QQ :YaCfly z 0 1- 0 3 Ct 1 - Ci) z 0 0 o z w 0 w 0 1tn- cv C' ) c+) d' O 0 vi O U ca ca a ..O ar E J 1- wgr LC r tG X ca LL N • REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE PPROVED so) 9 2017 ICi4y (If Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION PROJECT INFORMATION: 1== co 1== Lu UNI LIJ Shs co ai := x.:: 1,91ii :::::: L..; : i : :;-, ; oo co se N. 0 pry c0 0 IC La CL 41:C o w ce cal eft ad REVISIONS: REQUIRED BY: DATE DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: rPNYtIoNLA sEp 01. 2017 PERMIT CENTER DOOR SCHEDULE AND HARDWARE GROUPS NO SCALE 05N -A0002 -A02 -NOTE A 01.13.17 08/25/17 AM HMG SKM DOOR SCHEDULE DRAWING NUMBER: EXIT LOAD CALCULATION EXIT 1 -MALL EGRESS 1q6" CLEAR 198"/.2 = %0 PERSONS MAXIMUM ACTUAL LOAD = 65 EXIT 2 -MALL EGRESS 32" CLEAR 32"/.2 = 160 PERSONS MAXIMUM ACTUAL LOAD = 65 EXIT WIDTH CALCULATION EXIT 1 -MALL EGRESS 65 PERSONS EXITING 65 X .2 = 13" ACTUAL WIDTH = 198" EXIT 2 -MALL EGRESS 65 PERSONS EXITING 65X.2=13" ACTUAL WIDTH = 32" NOTE: EXIT WIDTH NEVER TO BE LESS THAN 32" AS MEASURED PER IBC 1010.1.1 LIFE SAFETY LEGEND: 1 -HOUR FIRE BARRIER (N) 2-14OUR FIRE BARRIER (N) EXIT TRAVEL DISTANCE EGRESS EXIT EXIT LOAD MU. EXIT # LIFE SAFETY AND EGRESS CALCULATIONS NO SCALE 05N -A0010 -MOO -NOTE 04.20.15 GENERAL 44" CLEAR EGRESS PATI -I SHOWN HATCHED O ILLUMINATED EGRESS SIGN -REFER TO ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 0 36" WIDE CLEAR ACCESSIBLE TRANSACTION SPACE AT 34" MAX A.F.F. ® WHEELCHAIR TURNING SPACE: 5'-0" DIAMETER CLEAR CIRCLE OR T-SI-IAPED TURNING CLEARANCE. OACCESSIBLE MANEUVERING CLEARANCE INCLUDING PUSH/PULL CLEARANCE AT DOOR AND LANDING SPACE © TACTILE EGRESS SIGNAGE - REFER TO DETAIL B/A13.01 TACTILE ACCESSIBILITY SIGNAGE - REFER TO DETAIL B/A13.01 ® FIRE EXTINGUISHER - REFER TO PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS FOR REQUIREMENTS. O EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURE WITH BATTERY BACK UP - REFER TO ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 10 24" X 48" MIN. ACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOM BENCH TO BE SECURELY FASTENED TO WALL LIFE SAFETY / ACCESSIBILITY PLAN AND KEYNOTES NO SCALE 08.31.16 35'-2" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE V.I.F. EMERGENCY ILLUMINATION FOR BUILDINGS AND DURATION OF ILLUMINATION (1008.3.2--1008.3.5) In the event of power supply failure in Rooms and spaces, an emergency electrical system shall automatically illuminate all of the following areas: 1. Electrical equipment rooms, 2. Fire command centers, 3. Fire pump rooms, 4. Generator rooms, 5. Public restrooms with an area greater than 300 square feet. The emergency power system shall provide power for a duration of not less than 90 minutes and shall consist of storage batteries, unit equipment or an on-site generator. Illumination level under emergency power, the lighting facilities shall be arranged to provide initial illumination that is not Tess than an average of 1 footcandle and a minimum at any point of 0.1 footcandle measured along the path of egress at floor level. Illumination levels shall be permitted to decline to 0.6 footcandle average and a minimum at any point of 0.06 footcandle at the end of the emergency lighting time duration. A maximum -to -minimum illumination uniformity ratio of 40 to 1 shall not be exceeded. ADJACENT TENANT - N.I.C. 2015 IBC SECTION 1008 MEANS OF EGRESS ILLUMINATION REQUIRED The means of egress serving a room or space shall be illuminated at all times that the room or space is occupied; illumination level shall be not Tess than 1 footcandle at the walking surface.. The power supply for means of egress illumination shall normally be provided by the premises' electrical supply. In the event of power supply failure in rooms and spaces that require two or more means of egress, an emergency electrical system shall automatically illuminate all of the following areas: 1. Aisles, 2. Corridors, 3. Exit access stairways and ramps. In the event of power supply failure in buildings that require two or more means of egress, an emergency electrical system shall automatically illuminate all of the following areas: 1. Interior exit access stairways and ramps. 2. Interior and exterior exit stairways & ramps, 3. Exit passageways, 4. Vestibules at level of discharge, 5. Exterior landings and areas used for exit discharge. 85'-1I 3/16" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE V.I.F. (2C ) v =V //////// _ /// — — — III 11 if /.� _ - - / /% / ZONE / ' /�� •• '.,�_� �/ / / 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 I I I_ _I r N I— —I ffl I Imo, I I</ \ "Az Af ,A M H9I /\I--11- / 1 1 I I �� lif Ar A Aft; A gi,Z riffArrr' ■■�� I// . - �1 1 1 1 EXIT SEP, AR/16TION irAgt A fill N Akr PINK 2 1 1 1 I �• -\O ����� J L J to ,rI 1 gyp- - L ----J Z r - -\ g PINK 1 1 1 1 1 I 11111 I 1 1 I 1 1 1 I 1 1 I (1A) L C7) • Lu w m 1 co MALL CONCOURSE IL r_;. D I 14011 EGRESS FROM TI -11 POINT TO N IT = TRKNS *5 ALCOVE 1 - J I Rl50N aaaaiiiiaiiiai/ii.� (4E) l i�%7///i (4E) i�ai�/ 1 - % i �i • FR 3 - FR 2IIS AII i' AFR 1 r- 1 r' .11 %j EGRESS FROM THIS POINT TO NEAREST EXIT = 44'-2" i— 15 T EGRESS FROM T POINT TO NEARE EXIT = 54'-2" ADJACENT TENANT - N.I.C.U) aiioaaiaaia% i4::. -.0� :,I ii :Lk tfli 47'-11 1/2" LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE V.I.F. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED SEP 19 2017 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA SEP 01 2017 PERMIT CENTER SH RE SHOCK Shremshock Architects, Inc. 7400 W. Campus Rd. Suite 150 New Albany, OH 43054 t: 614 545 4550 1 f:.14 545 4555 1 shremshock.com Gerald S. Shremshock, Architect Timothy _ Shremshock, Architect CO CO LIFE SAFETY / ACCESSIBILITY PLAN 1/4" : 1'-O" A z 0 1- U cnD 1- z 0 U as z 0 ttn 0 I.I.! 0 1- u) 0 O) M d' MN. eto O▪ � U) st � X E • LL o • UD O � r E C J O o • a) H I- N C< W 6m at= O y1z a' 3 W C O S W y � W (..=,..,1-. C,0 C7 ¢ V N W N <D 0z zzv2 =14< - O E 1) Z U W C9 Q C N Z_ I - O 3200mUO W O •Q7< S a 8a ! N NLa 0. • O F DLU "1:::::: W W K W O C la' 3W��-ZN WO-W0a-1-=W= W<ZW2SO a N N 3 4 Z W 4 N a W C =Inpgr3 O Z W 0 2 Z :5! 3Q:-'oo Ws YJ::12 W O 0 W O Q C O ¢ W O 1=Ua Q•Q• N1�, W Z J - Z O O o a La m W t_na _ Z z 3,-gz O W = W Z - N W W r. Z W )= r., - F,1 azF U=�Oti .RS W W ZO m N W ZW U1 O O C = �4 a' U O�- W U = ▪ W W Z p _ ▪ Z 0 N W a . 00 < 3 C.) g te C y,/, = W d O J W m N Ntr0• 0'� W z O4O -44imFEJ ▪ =0 LA -.-551`d 4 W 0 6 C Z g 0 4 IV.101'�',0 g 0 a a 1O- C W� d 1,9 Z 1-p 0 g a < '. 0 O L. 0. � 0 V O O o • �v� � a z o 6 W g irUQ a= ti gtZ O4= C O > W a W 0 .%pd• 2' 0 OW0< vOZ 52 0ot- O ▪ WQN W WVNO 0 < V=O. z • 3 0 0 0 0 ]_[ WU r ii C W = 0'--1 W W ri C W V p, JO U m O Oti ■ PROJECT INFORMATION: J J M co I,LI ce co I--inWo0 Z"UNI zo r 1-• Zs o 1 ONS co 0 ava C.) Z W ..g—, <ce CL le aCDa wzo — 00 Oo-u') M w D: 0 0 V) REVISIONS: REQUIRED BY: DATE DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 AM HMG SKM LIFE SAFETY / ACCESSIBILITY PLAN DRAWING NUMBER: 1. IT 15 THE INTENT OF THESE DRAWINGS THAT THE ENTIRE SPACE 15 TO BE CLEARED OF ALL PARTITIONS, FIXTURES, FINISHES, AND SIGNAGE. THE REMAINING SPACE SHOULD CONSIST OF EXISTING PERIMETER WALLS, STRIPPED COLUMNS, CONCRETE FLOOR, AND EXPOSED UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE (U.O.N.) COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL DRAWINGS IF ANY EXISTING EQUIPMENT 15 TO REMAIN. SPRINKLER MAINS ARE TO REMAIN. ALL BASE BUILDING UTILITIES TO REMAIN, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PLUMBING, DRAINAGE, AND ELECTRICAL SERVICE. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY FIELD CONDITIONS AND NOTIFY LSD4C PROJECT MANAGER AND ARCHITECT OF ALL DISCREPANCIES BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH WORK. 3. PREVENT MOVEMENT OR SETTLEMENT OF STRUCTURE(S). PROVIDE $ PLACE BRACING OR SHORING TO ENSURE SAFETY AND SUPPORT OF STRUCTURE. G.C. TO ASSUME LIABILITY FOR SUCH MOVEMENT, SETTLEMENT, DAMAGE, OR INJURY. 4. CEASE OPERATIONS AND NOTIFY THE LSD4C PROJECT MANAGER IMMEDIATELY IF SAFETY OF STRUCTURE APPEARS TO BE COMPROMISED. TAKE PRECAUTIONS TO PROPERLY SUPPORT STRUCTURE. DO NOT RESUME OPERATIONS UNTIL SAFETY IS RESTORED. 5. PROVIDE, ERECT, AND MAINTAIN BARRICADES, LIGHTING, AND GUARD RAILS AS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE CODES TO PROTECT OCCUPANTS OF BUILDING, WORKERS, AND PEDESTRIANS. 6. FOR DISCONNECTING, REMOVING, AND CAPPING UTILITY SERVICES WITHIN AREAS OF DEMOLITION. NOTIFY THE LOCAL UTILITY COMPANY AND BUILDING MANAGER IN ADVANCE AND OBTAIN APPROVAL BEFORE STARTING 11415 WORK. 7. HVAC SUBCONTRACTOR TO INSPECT EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO DEMOLITION, AND DETERMINE WHETHER ANY COMPRESSOR REFRIGERANT LINES ARE PRESENT THAT MUST BE PROPERLY DRAINED (TO E.P.A. STANDARDS) PRIOR TO DEMOLITION. B. PLACE MARKERS TO INDICATE LOCATION OF DISCONNECTED SERVICES. IDENTIFY SERVICE LINES AND CAPPING LOCATIONS ON PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS. q. EXCEPT WHERE NOTED OTHERWISE, MAINTAIN POSSESSION OF MATERIALS BEING DEMOLISHED. IMMEDIATELY REMOVE FROM SITE. 10. DEMOLISH IN AN ORDERLY AND CAREFUL MANNER AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE NEW WORK, INCLUDING THAT REQUIRED FOR CONNECTION TO THE EXISTING BUILDING. PROTECT EXISTING FOUNDATIONS AND SUPPORTING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. PHASE DEMOLITION IN ACCORDANCE W1114 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. 11. PERFORM DEMOLITION IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 15. ALL STORE DEMOLITION WORK SHOULD BE COORDINATED WITH THE STORE MANAGER SO AS NOT TO DISRUPT STORE OPERATIONS. AREAS OF NEW CONSTRUCTION SHOULD BE CORDONED OFF TO PREVENT DEBRIS AND DUST FROM ENTERING THE REMAINING SALES FLOOR. ACCESS TO THE STOCKROOM MUST BE MAINTAINED. 18. REMOVAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR DATAPULT EQUIPMENT: 16. PRIOR TO BID SUBMISSION, THE G.C. SHALL MAKE A SITE VISIT TO REVIEW THE DEMOLITION REQUIREMENTS INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED T0, THE ENTIRE INTERIOR OF THE EXISTING SPACE OR SPACES (I.E. COMMON DEMISING WALLS, STOREFRONT, EXISTING UTILITIES AND LAVATORIES) REVIEW M.E.P. DRAWINGS FOR DEMOLITION REQUIREMENTS / UTILITY RELOCATIONS. COORDINATE ALL DEMOLITION WITH LSD4C PROJECT MANAGER AND LANDLORD'S FIELD REP. 17. G.C. TO COORDINATE VERTICAL HEIGHTS OF (E) STRUCTURE, DUCTS, PIPES, CONDUITS, ETC. WITH (N) SCOPE OF WORK TO ACHIEVE DESIRED CEILING HEIGHT. G.C. TO NOTIFY LSD4C PROJECT MANAGER DURING DEMOLITION PHASE OF VERTICAL HEIGHT CLEARANCE DISCREPANCIES. A. POWER DOWN AND DISCONNECT 3 PHASE VOLTAGE SOURCE. 5. CAREFULLY REMOVE ALL SPLIT CURRENT TRANSFORMERS. DO NOT CUT CT LEADS SHORTER THAN 10 FEET OR DAMAGE BECAUSE THE CT'S WILL BE REUSED. C. DISCONNECT ANALOG TELEPHONE CIRCUIT AND PHONE LINE SHARING DEVICE WHERE APPLICABLE. D. RESTORE STORE'S PHONE LINES) TO NORMAL OPERATION AND TEST. E. CALL ENERWISE AT 888.524.2772 UPON COMPLETION OR IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS OR CONCERNS DURING REMOVAL. F. SHIP EQUIPMENT BACK TO ENERWISE WITH A NOTE STATING THE STORE NUMBER AND THAT IT IS LBRANDS PROPERTY. G. SI-IIPPING ADDRESS: ENERWISE GLOBAL TECHNOLOGIES, 511 SCHOOLHOUSE ROAD - SUITE 200, KENNETH SQUARE, PA 19348 12. REPAIR ALL DEMOLITION PERFORMED IN EXCESS OF THAT REQUIRED, AT NO COST TO LSD4C. 13. BURNING OF MATERIALS ON SITE IS NOT PERMITTED. 14. REMOVE DEMOLISHED MATERIALS, TOOLS, AND EQUIPMENT FROM SITE UPON COMPLETION OF WORK. LEAVE SITE IN A CONDITION ACCEPTABLE TO LSD$C PROJECT MANAGER. REMOVE EXISTING FLOORING TO SUBFLOOR. VERIFY FLOOR SURFACE TO BE SMOOTH AND LEVEL TO ACCEPT NEW FINISH FLOOR MATERIAL. PATCH 4 REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 0 REMOVE ALL EXISTING GYP. BD. OR ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS, SOFFITS AND ALL RELATED TENANT CEILING ELEMENTS INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LIGHT FIXTURES CEILING DIFFUSERS, DUCTWORK, AND ABANDONED CONDUIT. 0 REMOVE EXISTING COLUMN FINISHES AND FURRING TO STRUCTURE. ANY EXISTING FIRE PROOFING TO REMAIN INTACT. REMOVE EXISTING PARTITION WALLS, DOORS, FRAMES SHOWN DASHED. O5 REMOVE ALL (E) INTERIOR 4 ROOFTOP MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT NOT PART OF (N) EQUIPMENT INCLUDING ALL PIPES AND LINES. ALL MALL EQUIPMENT * DUCT WORK TO REMAIN, VERIFY W/ TENANT COORDINATOR PRIOR TO REMOVAL. (E) PENETRATIONS TO BE FILLED * MADE WATERTIGHT BY G.C. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DETAILS FOR INFILL. REMOVE ALL TENANT STOREFRONT MATERIALS TO BOTTOM OF (E) MALL BULKHEAD, PATCH, REPAIR, 4 REPAINT ANY DAMAGE TO BULKHEAD TO MATCH MALL FINISHES. EXISTING DEMISING WALL TO REMAIN. REMOVE EXISTING FURRING TO FACE OF EXISTING DEMISING WALL GYP. BD. WHERE OCCURS. REMOVE EXISTING CORRIDOR WALL, COORDINATE EXTENT OF WORK WITH CONSTRUCTION FLOOR PLAN A02.XX. REMOVE ALL EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURES, EXHAUST VENTS, FLOOR DRAIN, FLOOR SINK, AND PLUMBING LINES. CAP ALL PLUMBING LINES WITHIN NEAREST DEMISING WALL. IF PIPES ARE IN THE SLAB, CAP LEVEL WITH FLOOR SLAB. EXISTING MALL NEUTRAL PIER TO REMAIN - PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED TO MATCH MALL FINISHES. EXISTING STRUCTURAL DIAGONAL BRACING TO REMAIN REMOVE EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT EXISTING SPRINKLER MAIN TO REMAIN - HEIGHT AND SIZES NOTED ON PLAN EXISTING STRUCTURAL BEAMS TO REMAIN - HEIGHTS NOTED ON PLAN EXISTING STRUCTURAL JOISTS TO REMAIN - HEIGHTS NOTED ON PLAN SH REMSHOCK Shremshock Architects, Inc. 7400 W. Campus Rd. Suite 150 New Albany, OH 43054 t: 614 545 4550 1 f: 614 545 4555 1 shremshock.com Gerald S. S emshock, Architect Timothy J. S remshock, Architect ® EXISTING STORE FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, AND FURNITURE TO BE REMOVED. 31 EXISTING SANITARY VENT EXISTING STRUCTURAL FOOTER BELOW EXISTING SERVICE DOOR TO BE REMOVED AND NEW DEMISING WALL TO REPLACE. SEE A02.01 FOR WALL TYPE AND DIMENSION. REMOVE EXISTING WALL AS REQUIRED FOR NEW SERVICE DOOR LOCATION - COORDINATE SCOPE OF DEMOLITION W/ CONSTRUCTION FLOOR PLAN A02.XX. G.C. TO VERIFY IF STORE HAS A DATAPULT EQUIPMENT AND REMOVE PER DEMOLITION GENERAL NOTES. EXISTING OVERHEAD PIPE TO REMAIN. - HEIGHTS NOTED ON DEMOLITION PLAN. EXISTING MALL DUCT TO REMAIN - HEIGHT NOTED ON PLAN. NOTE: EXISTING DEMARCATION TELEPHONE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL BLOCK • DO NOT CUT THE MAIN TELEPHONE WIRES LEADING TO THE TERMINATION STRIP OR PHONE SYSTEM. • IF THE WALL WITH THE TELEPHONE BLOCK IS TO BE DEMOLISHED, REMOVE THE ENTIRE BACKING PANEL (WITHOUT DISCONNECTING THE WIRES) AND SECURE SAFELY IN THE CEILING UNTIL IT CAN BE RELOCATED TO THE NEW LOCATION. • G.C. TO CONTACT LBRANDS TECHNICAL SERVICES TO HAVE THE PHONE COMPANY RELOCATE THE DEMARCATION BLOCK TO THE NEW LOCATION. Q COZ:241'8z„2O < O U y ZWf.n O Q C _,,,..C: �z0 - m Up W O adQ w n 5 6 N N ,. W C Lai• C V W I- W W C W O C 3 W C V1 NN W C c114::: W H Z () W ii �C < J W Z W CSC S O CO S <6 O zZ W Q N d W S GC Z O O O r 3 °!c6:_ x W 4,Z - o .. • ::t 0 oa�'�N - �W, W{r.' L. 3:6" O .y OC WO 0 W 7 J Qi=U G.0 ha N Ca ca OW I= Z Occ> Z 1u Q 6 C7 WLl i= 0 C c. 0 CI O. Q. oN W= K 0 2 y Z — O O W Q E c.2=2§ K O ti a.. v. O N O `! L'VW' r O cg L., W�i 1. Z = O < N 9 n LI a az'a C = 8 O O ▪ wooW LOWEST POINT OF DECK: LOWEST POINT OF STRUCTURE: REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED SEP 19 2017 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA SEP U 1 2017 PERMIT CENTER DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: OLITION AND BARRICADE PLAN F-80 B-2 6" VINYL COVE BASE 0 12.8 � a (3U)BARRICADE SIDE ELEVATION P-73 BARRICADE FRONT ELEVATION 0 (2) 3 5/8" X 20 GA. STUDS BOXED W/ 3 5/8" X 20 GA. TRACK TOP * BOTTOM 3 5/8" X 20 GA. BUILT UP — - BOXED COLUMN (TYP.) 0 EQ. 0 0 0 I C --3--i / STOREFRONT BARRICADE PLAN & ELEVATION 4'-O" MIN. TYP BARRICADE PLAN EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD 35' 1 3/8" HEAD ANCHORAGE: MASONRY: 3/8" DIA. HILT! SLEEVE ANCHOR @ 16" 0.C. STEEL LINTEL: TACK WELD OR 0.205" DIA. PAF @ 16" O.G. MTL. STUDS: (3) 1/4" DIA. TEK SCREWS @ 16" O.C. G.C. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL VISQUEEN DUST BARRIER OVER METAL STUDS (SIZE AND SPACING TO MATCH BARRICADE WALL STUDS.) SECURE TO EXISTING BULKHEAD. AFTER REMOVAL OF SUPPORTS, PATCH EXISTING BULKHEAD TO MATCH EXISTING. (3) #10 SCREWS 3 5/6" X 20 GA. METAL STUDS AT 16" O.G. WITH 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. (MALL SIDE) TAPED, SPACKLED AND SANDED SMOOTH. LEASE LINE EQ. 00 13'-6 3/4" A.F.F. "/T.O. BARRICADET \'-6 3/4" A.F.F. B.O. MALL BULKHEADY PINK FULL BLEED GRAPHIC W/ P-80 BEHIND P-80 B-2 _ 0'-0" A_F.F. FINISHED FLOOR G.C. TO FILL ALL SCREWS AND PROVIDE A LEVEL 4 FINISH FOR APPLICATION OF GRAPHIC(S). G.G. TO PAINT ALL SURFACES AS NOTED ON ELEVATIONS. O2 VISQUEEN DUST BARRIER ON TOP SURFACE (INTERIOR BARRICADES ONLY). O REFER TO SEPARATE VENDOR DRAWINGS FOR GRAPHICS SCOPE AND CONTENT. PAIR OF 3'-0" X 7'-O" LOCKABLE HOLLOW CORE DOORS ALIGNED WITH NEW STOREFRONT OPENING. CONTINUE PAINT FINISH AND VINYL BASE OVER FACE OF DOORS. ® (2) 3 5/8" X 20 GA. STUDS BOXED W/ 3 5/8" X 20 GA. TRACK TOP * BOTTOM 3 5/8" X 20 GA. BUILT UP BOXED COLUMN (TYP.) BARRICADE SIDE ELEVATION 3 5/6" X 18 GA. METAL STUD BRACE AT 46" O.C. WITH (4) #8 SCREWS AT EA. END. ATTACH PLYWOOD TO BOTTOM TRACK OF BARRICADE AND USE BALLAST (50 PSF WEIGHT) ON PLYWOOD BASE TO ANCHOR BARRICADE TO MALL FLOORING. G.C. TO ENSURE PROTECTIVE MATERIAL BETWEEN BOTTOM OF BARRICADE AND MALL FLOORING TO PREVENT DAMAGE DURING CONSTRUCTION. 6" VINYL COVE BASE 3 5/8" X 18 GA. METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. WITH 1/2" PLYWOOD REVIEWED FOR CO ACOMPLIANCE APPROVED SEP 19 2511 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TLJKWILA SEP 01 2017 PERMIT CENTER 1/4"=1'-0" 05D-A0111-B00-DETL El 10.04.16 SH RE SHOCK Shremshock Architects, Inc. 7400 W. Campus Rd. Suite 150 New Albany, OH 43054 t: 614 545 4550 1 f: 614 545 4555 1 shremshock.com Gerald S. Shr-mshock, Architect Timothy J. S remshock, Architect z 0 1- U 1- z 0 V cS Z w 0 w cc 0 M CNIM d' 0 •s O N -Q E 0) d• ti 70 Ri LL f/l 5 s 0 Z O "01§',11t1. � S = 8 JJ0I- 4 yi S N Z N W W 0 p 0 8W W 060 G l�++ W N O y m O Z O W > Q U 6 >F¢0 gym.. V 0Z W O 0 O 00 V q 1 a" 00 P. i= W W O n = O C N n ZOZ O (n W Q O- Fa Lau r_4g0�'3 V C GN = W N 0 W J CCI /al m < W 00�: 0 zOzzv'0 W Z> W0 a 1- i=•G Q NO 1. GENERAL CONTRACTOR 15 TO CONSTRUCT BARRICADE AS SHOWN - IF REQUIREMENTS BY LANDLORD / MALL DIFFER, CONTACT LSD*C PROJECT MANAGER. 2. CARE 15 TO BE TAKEN NHEN DISASSEMBLING AND REMOVING BARRICADE - GENERAL CONTRACTOR 15 TO RESTORE MALL FLOORING/SIDEWALK AND BULKHEAD TO A "LIKE NEW" CONDITION. 3. GENERAL CONTRACTOR 15 TO CONSULT WITH MALL REPRESENTATIVE REGARDING HOURS DURING NI -11C1-1 WORK ON BARRICADE MAY OCCUR. REVISIONS: REQUIRED BY: DATE 4. GENERAL CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR MAINTAINING ALL BARRICADE GRAPHICS AND FINISHES IN "LIKE NEW" CONDITION - GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO REPAIR AND REPAINT ANY DAMAGES AS NECESSARY. 5. FOR EXTERIOR LOCATIONS, USE 3/4" CDX - SMOOTH ONE SIDE PLYWOOD OVER WOOD FRAMING. SMOOTH SIDE TO FACE EXTERIOR. PRIME AND PAINT AS NOTED. NOTE: USE CLEAR BOARDS, NO KNOTS OR DEFECTS, FINISH GRADE. 6. PROVIDE BATT INSULATION AS NEEDED FOR CLIMATIC CONDITIONS - PROVIDE SOUND INSULATION AS REQUIRED BY MALL MANAGEMENT. 7. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE CONTINUOUS FLOOR PROTECTION AT POINT OF CONTACT WITH FRAMING - IN CASE OF DAMAGE TO MALL FLOORING, TILE SUBCONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO PATCH AND REPAIR TO A "LIKE NEW" CONDITION. 8. FOR BARRICADE WALLS INTENDED TO RECEIVE FULL BLEED GRAPHICS, GENERAL CONTRACTOR 15 TO FILL ALL VOIDS AND SEAMS TO PROVIDE A SMOOTH FINISH FREE OF ANY DEPRESSIONS OR EXPOSED SCREWS PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF GRAPHICS. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS ALSO RESPONSIBLE FOR PAINTING THE BARRICADE PER THE BARRICADE ELEVATION. 9. SIGNAGE INSTALLER 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING THAT PAINT 15 COMPLETELY DRY PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF GRAPHICS. 10. G.G. TO REMOVE BARRICADE ON THE EVENING PRIOR TO STORE OPENING. 11. BARRICADE CONSTRUCTION SHALL NOT BE USED FOR STORAGE OR SUPPORT OF ANY MATERIALS. DO NOT LEAN ANY ITEMS AGAINST BARRICADE WALLS. DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 12. G.C. SHALL VERIFY CODE REQUIRED MINIMUM EGRESS WIDTHS FOR THE MALL CONCOURSE ARE MAINTAINED AT THE CONSTRUCTION BARRICADE. WHEN MEASURED TO THE NEAREST KIOSK, VENDING MACHINE, BENCH, DISPLAY OPENING, FOOD COURT OR OTHER OBSTRUCTION, THESE SHALL BE MINIMUM 10'-0" CLEAR TO THE FACE OF THE BARRICADE. THE BARRICADE SHALL NOT REDUCE THE OVERALL AGGREGATE WIDTH OF THE MALL CONCOURSE TO LESS THAN 20-0". 08/25/17 AM HMG SKM BARRICADE PLAN AND DETAILS DRAWING NUMBER: NOT USED NO SCALE STOREFRONT BARRICADE (INTERIOR) SECTION (SEISMIC DESIGN CAT. D, E, F) 05D-A0111-J02-DETL 10.04.16 STOREFRONT BARRICADE KEYNOTES NO SCALE 0 -A0111 -E00 -NOTE 10.04.16 STOREFRONT BARRICADE NOTES NO SCALE 05N -A0111 -A00 -NOTE 07.26.16 WALL TYPE / DESCRIPTION DETAIL HATCH (E) PARTITION AND/OR TENANT SEPARATION (DEMISING) WALLS: REPAIR OR REPLACE 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. IF REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN FIRE RATING U.L. #U465 (N) STANDARD PARTITION: (1) LAYER 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. OR (1) LAYER 1/4" GYP. BD. W/ 3/8" FINISH PANEL (REFER TO SPECIFIC DETAILS) EA. SIDE ON MTL STUDS @ 16" 0.C. STUDS TO EXTEND MIN. 6"-12" ABOVE CLG. - INSTALL GYP. BD. / FINISH ON ONE SIDE ONLY AT INACCESSIBLE VOID CONDITIONS. - AT RESTROOM WALLS ADJACENT TO SALES AREA AND FITTING ROOM WALLS ADJACENT TO NON -SALES AREAS, FILL WITH 3 1/2" FRICTION FIT BATT SOUND ATTENUATION INSULATION (STC 42 OR BETTER). - USE 6" STUDS FOR PLUMBING WALLS AND PILASTER WALLS AS REQD. COLUMN NOTES: WRAP COLUMNS OR VERTICAL PIPES WITHIN LEASED SPACE WHICH HAVE NOT BEEN INCORPORATED INTO THE FRAMING LAYOUT WITH (1) LAYER 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. OR (I) LAYER 1/4" GYP. BD. W/ 3/8" FINISH PANEL (REFER TO SPECIFIC DETAILS) 0/ 1 5/8" METAL STUDS @ 16" 0.C. - COLUMNS IN PINK ROOMS TO BE WRAPPED IN 1/2" PLYWOOD (REFER TO DETAILS). - PROVIDE FIRE -RATED ENCLOSURE WHEN REQUIRED (REFER TO PLANS AND DETAILS). - COLUMNS ARE TO BE WRAPPED AS TIGHT AS POSSIBLE TO MAINTAIN A MINIMUM SIZE ENCLOSURE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. - IF SIZE 15 SIGNIFICANTLY LARGER THAN SHOWN ON THE PLANS THEN G.C. SHALL NOTIFY LSD4C PROJECT MANAGER AND REPORT TI -IE ACTUAL SIZE. (N) PARTIAL. HEIGHT WALL: (1) LAYER 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. EA. SIDE ON MTL STUDS @ 16" 0.C. CAP TOP OF WALL WITH GYP. BD. WHERE APPLICABLE (REFER TO SPECIFIC DETAILS). - INSTALL GYP. BD. / FINISH ON ONE SIDE ONLY AT INACCESSIBLE VOID CONDITIONS. - USE 1 5/8", 2 1/2", OR 3 5/8" STUDS FOR PILASTER WALLS AS REQD. - REFER TO SPECIFIC DETAILS FOR HEIGHT OF WALL AND BRACING REQUIREMENTS REFER TO CABINET DETAILS NOTED ON PLANS, OR A4/AI0.05 FOR WALL DETAIL WLL TYPE / DESCRIPTION (N) ONE HOUR FIRE BARRIER: METAL STUDS WITH 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP.BD ON BOTH SIDES. EXTEND GYP BD TIGHT TO DECK ABOVE OR TIGHT TO BOTTOM OF RATED CEILING, SEE FLOOR PLAN FOR SPECIFIC CONDITION (U.L. #U465) (N) TUMBLE VEE BRICK WALL: (I) LAYER 1" TUMBLE VEE BRICK ON (1) LAYER OF GLEN-GERY THIN TECH PANEL (CLASSIC SERIES OR EQUAL) OVER (1) LAYER 5/8" FRT PLYWOOD OVER MTL STUD FRAMING. EA. SIDE ON MTL STUDS @ 16" 0.C. STUDS TO EXTEND MIN. 6"-12" ABOVE CLG. 041) PARTIAL HEIGHT WALL - SEISMIC: (1) LAYER 1/4" GYP BOARD ON 7/16" FRT OSB ON 20 GA. CFMF AT 16" 0.C. (N) STOREFRONT WALL: METAL STUD FRAMING, FINISH VARIES, REFER TO THE A08.XX SERIES GENERAL- () ENERAL( LEASE LINE O MALL BULKHEAD ABOVE 0 CENTERLINE OF STOREFRONT ENTRY GRILLE ® LOCATION OF SENSORMATIC SYSTEM - REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS O5 FLOOR OUTLET W LONG EDGE PERPENDICULAR TO PATH OF TRAVEL - REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS © FIRE EXTINGUISHER rif' 1AICJ II ATItKI LAI FI Ipi?IAI 12 HARDWARE STORAGE BIN - REFER TO DETAIL N/A14.01 13 PLAN TIME HOLDER - REFER TO DETAIL C/A14.01 14 MUSIC / VIDEO SYSTEM - REFER TO DETAIL S/A14.01 15 PROCESSING WORK STATION 16 DOOR CHIME FOR NON -SALES DOOR. MOUNT ON NON-PUBLIC SIDE ONLY 17 G.C. TO MAINTAIN MIN. 6" CLEAR AT EACH SIDE OF MOBILE SHELVING UNITS TO ANY OBSTRUCTIONS 18 NOT USED PINK 41 PINK' MARKETING STORAGE BIN - REFER TO DETAIL P/A14.01 ® LOCATION OF LADDER RAIL CORNER BRACKET - REFER TO DETAIL N/A10.04 PINK FITTING ROOM MIRROR - REFER TO DETAIL G/A10.05 ® PINK FITTING ROOM HOOKS - INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR MOUNTING AND BLOCKING HEIGHT ® FIT CARD HOLDER. CENTERLINE MOUNTED AT 4'-0" A.F.F. AND EDGE OF HOLDER TIGHT TO DOOR TRIM USING VENDOR SUPPLIED GYP. BD., ANCHORS, AND SCREWS (NOTE: OMIT THE ANCHORS WHEN INSTALLED AT WOOD TRIM) SHREMSHOCK Shremshock Architects, Inc. 7400 W. Campus Rd. Suite 150 New Albany, OH 43054 t: 614 545 4550 1 f: 614 545 4555 1 shremshock.com Gerald S. Shremshock, Architect Timothy J. S mshock, Architect REFER TO DETAILS NOTED ON PLANS PARTITION SCHEDULE GENERAL NOTES: 1. ALL LIGHT GAGE METAL FRAMING TO COMPLY WITH THE SSMA (STEEL STUD MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION) TABLES AND GUIDELINES. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR REQD STUD SIZES, GAGE AND SPACING. FOR WALLS UNDER DIFFERENT LOADING CONDITIONS OR HEIGHTS, REFER TO THE SSMA TABLES. 2. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ALL BRACING, SLAB ATTACHMENT, AND STRUCTURE / HEAD CONNECTION REQU IREMENTS. 3. FOR WALLS AT BUILT-IN CABINETS THROUGHOUT THE SALES AREA, REFER TO SPECIFIC DETAILS IN THE A10.XX - A11.XX SHEETS AS INDICATED ON THE FLOOR PLAN FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. 4. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS. ECIi1CATIONC GECTICP 072100 REF -ER TO DETAIL TZ/A14 01 O TELEPHONE AND ELECTRICAL PANEL - REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS 10 1 1/2" X 1 1/2" X 48" BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL CORNER GUARD - GAMCO #CG -2. REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 102613. 11 ALL SYSTEM - REFER TO DETAIL 14/A14.02 FITTING ROOM PAGING SYSTEM BUTTON - REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR SPECIFICATIONS. PAPER PANTY HOLDER. INSTALL W/ VENDOR SUPPLIED SCREWS AND GYP. BD. ANCHORS - REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT EXISTING STRUCTURAL BRACING ALONG BACK WALL. ® ADDITIONAL LAYER OF 1/2" GYP. BD. AT PINK FITTING ROOM FIXTURE (GO BACK, BRA WARDROBER 4 OUTFITTING CENTER), REFER TO DETAIL R2/A10.05 AND G/A10.05 ® STOREFRONT LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL (DIMMER SYSTEM) REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. REFER TO SHEET A05.01 FOR GENERAL NOTES REFER TO SHEET A00.02 DOOR SCHEDULE PARTITION SCHEDULE NO SCALE NO SCALE CONSTRUCTION FLOOR PLAN KEYNOTES 05N -A0201 -M00 -NOTE 08.18.16 04.16.17 z 0 V D z 0 U (9 z W C) W 0 v7 M M 0 0 N z -o E 6 1/4" 1'-q" EQ. 4-2 1/2" HOLD ADJACENT TENANT - N.I.C. 22'-8" HOLD 4 7/8" 4 7/8" 4'-2 1/2" 4'-2 1/2" HOLD it HOLD ///////////////////..<%/JT��%/'%///.ilii%ilii%///Gl%ilii//iiiii 6AB 1 V2 = 1 PCAB 1 11 1/4" 4 7/8" 8' 7" EQ. EQ. 111 45% ///_% 1 41 7/8" 81 7" �. EQ. PFOC-PL-H-V08 trAB v2 dPCAB -V2 A A10.03 A10.01 A14.01 as i / / 7 l I;U / r 1/LIQ•Ji' '///I 10 11/1) A. /////////f'7 t -1 15/16 V.I.F. so W < Z Z U < 6 F. W C a Z O aa7E O O W N < Cd Z-goy = �j O ta. d p N V O ZE O V/ V U N In F O< Q O O r•-• _ = O 2 O'O<rnl9 N < 1 L = m c - 52 9 P O 1~ W O .0 W U O 0 Y d a^3 So N -4 N O U K W d W ce W C = 7 Z N a 3 - W zC K W W �U0o 2 d dal, c. 6E3 W V m U t Q J WN < � • zW � A10.02 141 0" 111' 5 5/8" H4LLWAY 1 2 I 1 J 2442M -STOCK 4' 8 3/8" 4 7/8" r- iZIi18" i®! M ®%aoiaiaiai .aEMI l j /, Al2.01 1111 %® //..''%//////////% TRANS *4 52 A10.04 1 !1'-3" 18" "� 78 (Nt to 2'-11 1 811 2" grAnik __ 6' • 3/8° J a 1, _i- - •r SCAB V2 1 -->3 . AllJ `i7 % ////s7////////////� / 1 j '• ,.,._ ~ j //oiiiii/iiiil/ilii/iiii�iiyyiiiiiiiiii/ili//ilii/ilii//o�piiii FR 4 % PEST I- 7do 1Z t'II �- o HOLD t �I l 6' 4 3/4" 1 ,..4 5' 3 1/4" o SIM. 5" D ECL _ EQ_ A10.01 A10.01 A10.01 A10.01 A13.02 aiaaai : iaiiaiaaioai 6'-0" HOLD 4 7/8" 6'-0" HOLD 4 7/8" P• i / 1141 r , ERS i N I (4E) al Mg" (4E ) �� ' OFFIC °l - VTo llj-� 1 o / °; 1/4" 11 1/4" r i• t 1 // I % 11 \ ���' �N_ i i ZSo ®.. T / 1, �'r`- l ISI /i t II____________ ; Ill ; ea.. l l :::::.: :..:....: f:::::::::::::::::::::*::::...::::::::::: / TYP. i IN III -/////////////.//////////////////////.///////////////./////////////////////////////////.%////////////////////////.///////////////////%;////////////////////://////////////////////r Y////.//////////.////////// l��i/////////////////////////////////////////.///////:%////////////////////////////////.//////////�.//////////////// m--- mil c - q' q 7/8" - I I BREAK 1 1 ARE 1! aaiaaiiaaaa�ai►�t iia,.iiiiiiiioiiii�iiiiiiiiiiioiiaiiiiaiaaiiiiiioiiiiiiiiiiiiioiiiaiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii / - - - - - :===i'll -�- 1--i 6 1I2" ` 1'L % J , �. l^< 11 q" ►� 11 q" 7i EQ. 5" 6 1/2' NV MO NM 7'-0 1/2" HOLD 4'-4 1/2" HOLD 11 I.,_,: 4C- V2 PFOC-PL-L-V08 PCAB g V2f2rEi .----I-I-r-- ^ / iii/ilii ou riiiiriai riiiiiiioiii rill/riiii /iii riiii////////////// /////////%//////r/////s7///////////////////////// .. N.tort,ot.toot: ... all IL 111 ' II 8'-7" O 8'-0 1/2" 81_711 HOLD HOLD HOLD 1' q 3/4" 7 8" 10'-I1 7/8" 4 7/8" 4 7/8" 26'-11" HOLD ADJACENT TENANT - N.I.C. LAYOUT POINT REVISIONS: REQUIRED BY: A10.04 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED SEP 19 2,011 4'-q" HOLD 4 7/8" 4'-q" HOLD 4 7/8" c A10.05 0-8" HOLD 6'-7" HOLD 4 7/8" RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA SEP 012017 PERMIT CENTER DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 AM HMG SKM CONSTRUCTION FLOOR PLAN DRAWING NUMBER: CONSTRUCTION FLOOR PLAN 1. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS TO TILT THE LAMP IN ALL AIM -ABLE FIXTURES AT A 30 DEGREE ANGLE TOWARD WALL OR CABINETS PER DIRECTION FROM THE L5DtC PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO STORE OPENING - REFER TO "DIRECTION ARROWS" ON PLAN 2. IF MUSIC SPEAKERS NEED TO BE RELOCATED OTHER THAN WHAT 15 SHOWN ON REFLECTED CLC. PLAN, THEN RELOCATE AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO GIVEN LOCATION. RELOCATE IN A SYMMETRICAL PATTERN IN RELATIONSHIP TO ADJACENT LIGHTS AND SPRINKLER HEADS. 3. G.C. IS TO PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS A5 REQUIRED BY LANDLORD TO GAIN ACCESS TO PULL BOXES, DAMPERS, VALVES, TEMPERATURE CONTROL. (COORDINATE LOCATIONS IN FIELD WITH LSD*C - LOCATE IN SYMMETRICAL PATTERN WITH LIGHTING LAYOUT) SEE ACCESS PANEL SPECIFICATIONS. 4. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON REFLECTED CEILING PLAN ARE TO FACE OF GYP.BD OR TO FACE OF FINISH U.O.N. SEE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS FOR CLARIFICATION. 5. NO COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS OF ANY TYPE ALLOWED ABOVE FINISHED CEILING OR IN ANY OTHER CONCEALED OR NON SPRINKLED SPACE. 6. WHEN A LEDGE 15 LOCATED ABOVE THE MANAGER'S OFFICE OR ABOVE THE LAVATORIES, G.C. 15 RESPONSIBLE TO MAKE SURE THESE LEDGES ARE KEPT CLEAR OF ALL CONDUIT AND OTHER ITEMS THAT MAY RUN ABOVE. IF IT 15 NECESSARY TO RUN CONDUIT OR OTHER ITEMS, HOLD THEM TIGHT TO FULL HEIGHT WALLS TO ALLOW USE OF LEDGE. SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR EXTENT OF LEDGE. 7. ALL CEILING HEIGHTS ARE FROM THE TOP OF FINISH FLOOR TO UNDERSIDE OF FINISH CEILING 8. 9. PROVIDE ADEQUATE CLEARANCES FOR FIXTURES, DUCTS, CEILINGS AND RELATED PERTINENT ITEMS NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN THE SPECIFIED HEIGHTS ABOVE FINISH FLOOR. ALL EXIT SIGNS ARE TO BE CEILING MOUNTED U.O.N. REFLECTED CEILING PLAN GENERAL NOTES NO SCALE 05N-AO301 O -NOTE 09.12.13 GENERAL ROLLING GRILLE MOTOR ABOVE NOT USED BLOCKING ABOVE CEILING FOR NEON- REFER TO 14/Al2.01 SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR WATER HEATER SUPPORT NOT USED START POINT OF CEILING TILE LOCATION OF FLUSH MOUNTED METAL EQUIPMENT ABOVE (FOR NON-PUBLIC BE 24"X24" (18"X18" MIN. ACCEPTABLE CONDITIONS). COORDINATE WITH MEP DETAIL M/Al2.01 AND SPECIFICATIONS ACCESS PANEL FOR AREAS). PANEL TO SIZE PER FIELD PLANS - REFER TO SECTION 083100 LOCATION OF DROP-IN TRIMLESS ACCESS PANEL FOR EQUIPMENT ABOVE (FOR PUBLIC AREAS). PANEL TO BE 24"X24" AT MAIN CEILING LOCATIONS (18"X18" MIN. ACCEPTABLE SIZE PER FIELD CONDITIONS). COORDINATE WITH MEP PLANS - REFER TO DETAIL 5/Al2.01 AND SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 083100 Ovn_r 11 /gin It 11 R 1ICATER 81r1'ONP. i'AN1i TO 8L Ire 'J RETURN AIR DIFFUSER ON LIFT -OUT FRAME TO BE USED FOR TRANSFER OF SENSORMATIC ALARM SOUND. REFER TO A04.XX FOR LOCATION, COORDINATE W/ MECH. PLANS ARK AND ItICTA,LL CA MNCITICPI, CRAND II/ 1CITi011. RCFLR TO Jl/Ail OC roR V GIDE MIR TO CEILING SOFFIT AT 11'-0" A.F.F. - SEE DETAIL R/A10.01 PINK MARKETING PIPE RAIL. G.C. TO PAINT P-70 I - REFER TO DETAIL 5/A10.02 LINE OF PINK CABINET CROWN BELOW SHOWN DASHED. DROP-IN TRIMLESS ACCESS PANEL INSTALLED IN UNDERSIDE OF CABINET CEILING FOR NEON SIGNAGE EQUIPMENT ACCESS - REFER TO DETAIL M/A10.02 FAUX BEAM @ 11'-4" A.F.F. - SEE DETAIL 14/A10.04 EXPOSED DUCT WORK ABOVE HEIGHTS NOTED ON PLAN, SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR SIZE. PAINT TO MATCH CEILING EXPOSED SPRINKLER LINES. REFER TO SPRINKLER DRAWINGS. REFER TO SHEET A00.03 FOR FINISH SCHEDULE. REFLECTED CEILING PLAN KEYNOTES NO SCALE () 01.26.17 1 ====� AMMOrr •••••-===� cc 0 0 E 0 V cc 0 J 2 P-75 F== \\ 6 = = = ADJACENT TENANT - N.I.C. F.4 44. OPEN N/A P-qqC 111-0" P-qqC B A10.0I SOFFIT A10.0I A10.01 A10.01 0 Ir"/- fr//4J 1111111 ri 9I -611 SF -46C q'-7'1 SF -59 i. 11111111 4 9'-13' A.F.F. i ///iv ai% Al2.01 jiiaanG/1.47 � ■ Al2.0I HALLWAY 1 AMMINgr Air AAMMINI AMIlir NNINPr L_ Ia :::,:::::::_ Allirwr 71-10" 81-8" ® i P-67 : P-66 1I 1 _ ANNO TTP. O � P 10'-0' A.F.F. -- ,..._ -- ® TRANS *4 I ji I A1O.02 T A1O.02 ,,,,„,,,-4,.... , r n rY/ 0 ,p711,,.,„,...„,... __,......,,Ar. Ap.//' A. 'r SII/mm./111i•=IIIT,1,5*► - aiiiiiaiiiaiaoiaaiioiaaiiai�iaiiaiaaioiaaiiiai��aiaiiiiai�aiiaaiaiii r 4 1l1 ������/aiaaiaiioi/ /1'. . aaia�iiii//iiiaaaiiaaiiaiiaiiaaiii/ ;. //////�������������/ aiaaaiao oiiaaaiiaiiai�/////%i///%///'//////// ////�//////tel ;moi FR 4 e%�//// i B 9'-B' A.F.F. N Al2.01 N Al2.01 AIO..01 AI0.01 q'-7 3/16" P-66 MALL CONCOURSE :?_'e.: __ ., =1�11110 8'-10" ALCOVE 1 2 PERSON OFFICE TRANS #5 - se� FR 3 U FR 2 fr7 61, .111111111121111111•1 q'-6° P-66 ALL ROOMS ADJACENT TENANT - N.I.C. b r/ REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED SEP 19 2011 City of Tukwila I BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA SEP 01 2017 PERMIT CENTER REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 1/4" : 1'-O" SHREMSHOCK Shremshock Architects, Inc. 7400 W. Campus Rd. Suite 150 New Albany, OH 43054 t: 614 545 4550 1 f: 614 545 4555 1 shremshock.com Gerald S. Shremshock, Architect Timothy J. Shre shock, Architect 0 Voi COI C%9 orn Met M 7,47. O CO O X E LOL _O O • • U o 0 �+0 CO T co'. 0-I -a a)� E c O o. a) H I - C V Z W O W W W [-i O= Q. •O V C = W U C.) L.- 1.61' -W-.,= w W ~ tL Z_ (/py� Eo= C O� J C N 0 J W Ct1 N QyZ�p Z N W In O Z=. 0-1...,== al -6-(86 O Z K D g i g � M W Z O O C W a O wy W W i= O 'Z' < L.:. O C W W m> W S m =�=t=td W O6 WC.0.,.� W 0cc =oza 3 2 2 H W U 0 Q C C N !Z .iC .iN mEen ccc-awO Q Crz, ,-- Z m Q = i - W Z W S 4J O m 50 DC f; W0' - oz zz N O W U ' tJ W W El ES 5 Oi El 52 a EE pE W = ..1 aO Utl C (/,1t Q t = O Q W 2 Q Z 1C� &U0 O C W N.. K2C' !I!!2: p O N 1- 8 W N H O < C = '- � Q 1- fV N U W E O 4 W g CC RE 2 V 6 O ¢ W E = V O > = O O W U ~ U W O td 6.1 Y g a O a^3��o N O N N F N H H W µW1 O W C Z = Z O U Z = F= J N y, O g W :3 W ac VLa N LL' N ; ce p a Q 3O 52 Yo UY W ard HZ V of V Ltflu'ea� Q 8 V g t1 N 5§ _ t>, 0 = K CNI ■ 0 ■ L 0 PROJECT INFORMATION: CD 1== co W o0 I IA W Oo z (4 W�WQ 0. 1Loi 5ZO� r4) le (i) ccoo t= - p e 00 0 CL W 0 N v W 0 IC 0 C.) ckSG J REVISIONS: REQUIRED BY: DATE DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 AM HMG SKM REFLECTED CEILING - PLAN DRAWING NUMBER: 1 g p. xx Ixx O NON -DIRECTIONAL RECESSED DOWNLIGHT RECESSED DOWNLIGHT W/ EMERGENCY BACKUP DIRECTION RECESSED LIGHT LIGHTING TRACK AND HEADS WALL SCONCE FIXTURES (SYMBOL SHAPE WILL VARY) PENDANT FIXTURES (SYMBOL SHAPE WILL VARY) STAGGERED VERTICAL FLUORESCENT LIGHTS RECESSED MULTI -LIGHT FIXTURE ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGNAGE DIRECTIONAL ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGNAGE DUPLEX FLOOR OUTLET DUPLEX FLOOR OUTLET WITH DATA QUAD FLOOR OUTLET 0 0 707 xx XX Co SINGLE TUBE STRIP LIGHT FIXTURE DOUBLE TUBE FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE W/ EMERGENCY BACKUP DOUBLE TUBE FLUORESCENT CHAIN HUNG W/ EMERGENCY BACKUP FLUORESCENT FIXTURE W/ EMERGENCY BACKUP SPEAKER - NH ITE FINISH SUBWOOFER - WHITE FINISH SPEAKER - BLACK FINISH SUBWOOFER - BLACK FINISH FAUX SPEAKER SCREEN - WHITE FINISH FAUX SPEAKER SCREEN - BLACK FINISH 0 L\/AN TRAFFIC COUNTER PAGING SYSTEM CEILING SENSOR SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER RETURN AIR DIFFUSER TOILET EXHAUST FAN LINEAR SLOT DIFFUSER ACCESS PANEL (SYMBOL MAY VARY SLIGHTLY) NOTE: REFER TO MEP DRAWINGS FOR ALL OTHER ELECTRICAL, FIRE PROTECTION, MECHANICAL, AND PLUMBING SYMBOLS CEILING & FLOOR PLAN LEGEND NO SCALE 05N -A0401 -MOO -NOTE 08.22.15 GENERAL O1 LVAN SYSTEM O2 FIXTURE CENTERED IN CEILING ® RECESSED TRAFFIC COUNTER INSTALLED AT UNDERSIDE OF PORTAL - REFER TO STOREFRONT SECTIONS AND G/Al2.01. WALL SCONCE - REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR POWER REQU IREMENTS ® RETURN AIR DIFFUSER FOR TRANSFER OF SENSORMATIC ALARM SOUND ® OFFICE TASK LIGHTING PROVIDED W/ OFFICE FURNITURE PACKAGE - REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR POWER REQU IREMENTS O SUSPENDED LIGHT FIXTURE ON ADJUSTABLE CABLE, BOTTOM TO BE SET @ 8'-0" A.F.F. NOTE: A MINIMUM GAP OF q" MUST BE MAINTAINED BETWEEN FIXTURE AND CEILING. PINK 21 NOT USED PINK FITTING ROOM LIGHT FIXTURE. FIXTURE WILL BE FLUSH MOUNTED TO CEILING ILLUMINATED SIGNAGE - REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR PLACEMENT AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR POWER REQUIREMENTS LED LIGHTING IN PINK ARMOIRE FIXTURE - REFER TO DETAIL R/A10.04 AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR POWER REQUIREMENTS IN f Ob4DER ROOM PC1 DAIff FIXTURE TO DC NOUNJTLD OVE LAVATO 17� 1lIP1CC1l 11 r rrYt n► In C AT BACY. MALL or DIC r ••••, 1 IVIt�/ V SUSPENDED LIGHTING TRACK 5.0. AT 11'-0" A.F.F. REFER TO DETAIL P/Al2.01 EXPOSED DUCT WORK ABOVE. HEIGHTS NOTED ON A03.01. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR SIZE. T1 -1I5 TRACK ONLY SURFACE MOUNTED TO UNDERSIDE OF SOFFIT. REFER TO DETAIL K/Al2.01 REFER TO SHEET E04.01 FOR LIGHTING SCHEDULE NOTE: ALL SECURITY CAMERAS, DOMES, AND LVAN SYSTEMS ARE FIXTURES W1 -11C1-1 ARE PROVIDED WITH WHITE TRIM RINGS. G.C. TO PAINT THE RING TO MATCH THE CEILING FINISH WHEN LOCATED IN A DARK CEILING ONLY. REFLECTED LIGHTING PLAN KEYNOTES NO SCALE = _ = _, = = / / ////// / / / ///// / // // // // 4%. ..//O////Ol \ \ = 74— EQ. -4 --EQ. w III 1 1 � b1 I* 1 1 ` L-<cl- -1, L itF 0 ■Alliki. %%%///////////////%//////////j//////.////////////////////////////////%iii///////////////moi.��5!% xN- Tri 2 % '-611 1_61. / li. 1% �/aiiaiaiaii�iaaiaiiaaaaaiaiiiaaaiiaiiiiiaiiiaiaiaaa4 V •S• j1 .... /}"� // faswassevare 41I 10 T =10.-5'I f_ • hila/////// J w >1(1 1 1 1 1 AreZ ArijrZarfAINIWAPy AOMPAUMB �� 1 p 0 f�,�Gp} ijCpi �jCpi TS=25'-108V / T5:15'-0" 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Q 0 TS:22'-4' — �e 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ur. i �!_ inElm'-144!1• = ^/ ////,/�..., b . ��•oi:s.%.. i!1 ► : ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON CONSTRUCTION PLAN ARE TO FACE OF GYP.BD OR TO FACE OF FINISH U.O.N. SEE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS FOR CLARIFICATION. 2. THE GYP. BD. / FINISH DIMENSION AT ALL SURFACES HAS BEEN MAINTAINED AT 5/8" THICK. SURFACES RECEIVING PAINT OR WALLCOVERING FINISHES ONLY SHALL RECEIVE 5/8" GYP. BD.; SURFACES WHICH RECEIVE PANELING (I.E. LAMINATE, WOOD GRAIN, OR PRIMED) SHALL RECEIVE 1/4" GYP. BD. UNDER THE 3/8" PANEL TO CREATE AN OVERALL DIMENSION OF 5/8". REFER TO PLANS FOR SPECIFIC FINISH LOCATIONS. 3. ALL ANGLED WALLS ARE TO BE 45' U.O.N. ON PLAN OR CONSTRUCTION DETAILS. 4 FLOOR LEVELING REQUIREMENTS, SALES AREA MAX. SLOPE OF Ye'/10-0", STOCKROOM (FOR FIXED SHELVING PAD, MAX. SLOPE 0.5%. FOR MOBILE SHELVING, MAX. SLOPE 0.01%) 5. REFER TO MECHANICAL/STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR H.V.A.C. EQUIPMENT SERVICE PLATFORM LOCATIONS (IF ANY), SPECIFICATIONS AND INSTALLATION NOTES AND DETAILS. 6. ALL CABINET ROUGH OPENINGS * FINISHED CABINET DIMENSIONS ARE CRITICAL DIMENSIONS. IF FIELD DIMENSION VARIES FROM THOSE SHOWN ON PLAN, LSD4C'S PROJECT MANAGER SHOULD BE NOTIFIED IMMEDIATELY. 7. SAW CUTTING MAY BE REQD FOR INSTALLATION OF SENSORMATIC EQUIPMENT. DASHED LINES INDICATE POSITION OF SENSORMATIC PADS / COILS AT ENTRANCE. OWNER'S VENDOR WILL LAYOUT ANTENNA LOCATIONS PRIOR TO SAW CUTTING. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR SPECIFIC INSTALLATION DETAILS AND REQUIREMENTS. TYP. AT ALL ENTRANCES. 8. ALL G.C. SUPPLIED WOOD TRIM * BLOCKING TO BE FREE FROM ANY KNOTS, DEFECTS, ETC., ONLY CLEAR FINISH GRADE BOARDS WILL BE ACCEPTED BY LSD*C PROJECT MANAGER. G.C. TO PREPARE ALL SLABS AS NECESSARY FOR INSTALLATION OF FINISH FLOORING. 10. (REF) INDICATES A REFERENCE DIMENSION WHICH 15 NOT CRITICAL AND MAY VARY IN THE FIELD. IF DIMENSION VARIES CONSIDERABLY MORE THAN NOTED ON DRAWINGS, NOTIFY THE LSD*C PROJECT MANAGER IMMEDIATELY. 11. ENGINEERED WOOD FLOORING LAYOUT TO START IN CENTER OF ROOM, TRANSITION, OR DISPLAY WINDOW WITH FULL BOARDS, TYP. AS INDICATED BY HATCHED CIRCLE. NO PERIMETER WARD SHOULD MEASURE LESS THAN HALF THE WIDTH OF ONE BOARD IN ANY DIRECTION. LAYOUT APPLIES TO ALL ROOMS, U.O.N. 12. TILE LAYOUT IN ROOMS TO START IN CENTER W/FULL TILE(S), OR AS INDICATED ON PLAN. NO PERIMETER TILE SHOULD MEASURE LESS THAN HALF THE WIDTH OF ONE TILE IN ANY DIRECTION. LAYOUT APPLIES TO ALL ROOMS, U.O.N. 13. TILE LAYOUT AT TRANSITION, PORTAL, OR DISPLAY TO START AS INDICATED ON PLAN W/ FULL TILE(S). NO PERIMETER TILE SHALL MEASURE LESS THAN HALF THE WIDTH OF A TILE IN ANY DIRECTION. 14. WHEREVER THE FLOOR FINISH CHANGES OR TERMINATES, ALIGN THE OUTSIDE EDGE OF THE FINISH W/ THE FACE OF THE GYP. BD. / WALL FINISH, U.O.N. REFER TO CONSTRUCTION DETAILS FOR THE BASE MATERIAL THICKNESS AS TI -115 MAY VARY FROM ROOM TO ROOM. 15. ALL FLOOR TILES ARE TO BE INSTALLED MAINTAINING A CONSISTENT GROUT JOINT WIDTH THROUGHOUT. THE MAXIMUM GROUT JOINT WIDTH IN SALES AREA IS TO BE 1/16" U.O.N. 16. G.C. TO HOLD FLOOR TILES MIN. 1/4" - 3/8" AWAY FROM PERIMETER WALLS FOR EXPANSION CONTROL. THIS GAP SHALL BE COVERED BY WALL BASE. 17. WHEN TWO DISSIMILAR TILES MEET, THE GC SHALL USE THE GROUT OF THE LIGHTER TILE AT THE JOINT BETWEEN THE TWO. THIS 15 TO PREVENT THE DARKER GROUT COLOR FROM STAINING THE LIGHTER TILE. 18. G.C. SHALL PROVIDE COVERS ON ALL FLOOR DRAINS DURING CONSTRUCTION TO PREVENT DEBRIS IN PIPES. - GC TO INFILL MALL FLOORING FROM LEASELINE TO FACE OF STOREFRONT AS REQUIRED. VERIFY AMOUNT IN FIELD. GC TO INSTALL LANDLORD APPROVED WATERPROOF MEMBRANE UNDER FLOOR FINISH. MEMBRANE TO CONTINUE MIN. 6" UP ADJOINING WALLS. FLOOR FINISH TO CONTINUE UNDERNEATH CASHWRAP AND BACKWRAP FIXTURES. III CR TO INSTALLATION © ANTI FATIGUE MAT PLACED ON TOP OF FLOOR FINISH. FtllW 1,1( P FLCCP'"Ir T^ PIAN '"I P'PFCTIC'N INP'CATEP Pl1N. REFiR TC' D�'TAIL L'Al2.02 FOR I.JIYGUT /`Tt'1I if Ttfml. t lS # t tvi.v. re FRP WAINSCOT TO ONLY BE INSTALLED AT EXPOSED WALLS. DO NOT INSTALL BEHIND PERMANENT FIXTURES (I.E. SHELVING, LOCKERS, ELECTRICAL PANELS, ETC.). REFER TO A2/A13.02. O NOT USED PINK PINK TILE ENTRY FLOORING. CENTER PATTERN ON PORTAL OPENING WITH A HALF TILE ON LEASE LINE. TILE NOT 51-1OWN AT ACTUAL SIZE. FAUX WOOD FLOORING TILES TO RUN IN DIRECTION INDICATED IN PLAN. G.C. TO STAGGER SO THAT ENDS ARE MINIMUM OF 8" FROM ENDS OF ADJACENT TILES. AVOID REPEATED STAGGERING PATTERNS. REFER TO ELEVATIONS FOR ACCENT TRIM FINISH LOCATION CABINET TYPE 'C' MILLWORK IS FINISHED PER THE ROOM'S TRIM FINISH, EXCEPT AT THE VALANCE ABOVE THE PKF-15 TRIM AND BELOW THE PKF-64 CROWN, WHICH 15 TO BE PAINTED P-60 I (SEE SECTION B/AI0.02) OWNER VENDOR TO HAND STENCIL THE TEXT 'LOVE PINK' IN WHITE PAINT OVER PAINT AND/OR WALLCOVERING FINISH rrAiTnn Tn 1IAAIt9 f 1 KI!'ll 111 PAINTGD r 1L7 CR C C THIS WALL ONLY TO RECEIVE WC -146 TI -115 WALL ONLY TO RECEIVE WC -208 CD TRIM ABOVC C+1AFR RAFL TI IIC 1 L+r'.vi, cuRrACC. TI IIC HALL CNLY. NOT USED G.C. TO PAINT EXTERIOR OF FOCAL WITH (2) COATS. 11-60 P-67 C rAl1CL I I DISrLAY 1-111.11301. TARGET INDICATES THE START POINT OF TILE PATTERN BASED ON CENTER OF A FULL TILE OR CENTER OF A GROUT JOINT. G.C. TO ENSURE ALIGNMENT OF GROUT JOINTS FOR TILES BETWEEN ROOMS AND TRANSITIONS AS SHOWN AND WHEN FEASIBLE, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. OWNER VENDOR TO HAND STENCIL 8" BRIGHT PINK DISTRESSED DOT OVER TUMBLE VEE BRICK P-60 FINISH SF -46C NOTE: FOR PAINTING PINK TRIM & BASE, THE GC SHALL CREATE A LIGHT BRUSH STROKE EFFECT. DO NOT ROLL OR SPRAY PAINT ON TRIMS AND BASE. REFER TO SHEET A00.03 FOR FINISH SCHEDULE NOTE: G.C. TO APPLY PRIMER BEHIND FIELD -PAINTED STENCILS WHEN APPLIED TO A PAINTED SURFACE. PRIMER IS NOT REQUIRED WHEN APPLIED TO A WALLCOVERED SURFACE. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 099000 SUBSECTION 0 FOR SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS. FLOOR AND WALL FINISH PLAN GENERAL NOTES NO SCALE 05N -A0501 -M00 -NOTE M 10.10.16 FLOOR AND WALL FINISH PLAN KEYNOTES NO SCALE () 03.06.17 STOCK, ELEC & PROCESS/RECEIVING WALLS WC -36A P-80 WAINSCOT 0 WC -1 BASE P-67 5-10 FLOORING TRIM/BASE FC -105 ADJACENT TENANT - N.I.C. FLOOR PATTERN LEGEND CARPET / MAT CUT TILE DARK TILE LIGI-IT TILE FAUX WOOD TILE START POINT CARPET TILE WOOD PLANK FAUX WOOD TILE YELLOW VCT RED VCT 0.00••111 1••••••1 0•••••111 1•••••• 0•••••4 100••••1 WAWA HEX TILE !/J!W/,,/IO/J//////!/./J///00/O//O////J///J////!IO!/J//////////JJO/////////J//!//!/%Jlll/llliflf(ff/////d, SF -46 PINK CASHWRAP WALLS ABOVE CHAIR RAIL WC -36A TRIMS/CHAIR RAIL/BASE P-67 FIN/GABLE SIDES WC -32A WALL BELOW CHAIR RAIL P-67 FLOORING FC -103 BLIND DOOR MIRROR /////!!/J///!///////JJJ/JJ////////////////!%//!J//!J!/!//I//////!/////!7/!///////O!J/l/!///!J/// PINK 3 WALLS WC -31A CAB BACK/SIDES WC -32A FIN/GABLE SIDES WC -32A TRIM/BASE P-67 FLOORING FC -103 tttttttt PINK 2 WALLS P-60 (WS CAB BACK/SIDES WC -29 FIN/GABLE SIDES WC -2q TRIM/BASE P-67 FLOORING FC -103 PINK 1 WALLS BRICK WALLS SF-46C/P-67 35 CAB BACK/SIDES WC -32A FLOORING FIN/GABLE SIDES WC -32A P-60 TRIM/BASE P-67 FOCAL WALL ©7 GYP WALLS WC -31A FLOORING FC -103 WC -31A • n V.I.F. MATCH MALL FINISH 'TYP. MALL EGRESS CORRIDOR RESTROOMS WALLS P-55 WAINSCOT WC -116 BASE 5-6 FLOORING FC -80 TRANSITION #1 PINK ENTRY WALLS SF-5q/SF-46C TRIM/BASE -- FLOORING FC -107 HALLWAY 2 REAAP WOMEN A7 A07.01 rA61111 A07.01 r A5 A07.01 HALLWAY 1 WC -31A HALLWAYS WALLS WAINSCOT FLOORING TRANSITION *4 WALLS P-67 TRIM/BASE P-67 FLOORING FC -88 F n:iONLY THIS NALL P-84 is C A7 /m�aD�a/ �aiooioiiiioiioi/ia!!///aaiiaaiaioiAii1a2a.aoi2oiaioiaii�oaiii�aii.iaao/li A -h=f-=Li A■12Is.02 SALES SIDE 7■TRANS #4 III � / oiME 1 • A07.01 MALL CONCOURSE PINK DISPLAY WINDOW WALL WC -102A TRIM/BASE P-67 FLOORING FC -103 4 1 TYP. BOH DOOR 4 FRAME BREAK ARE ALCOVE 1 PINK FITTING ROOM VEST WALLS ABOVE CHAIR RAIL P-71 CROWN, BASE, CHAIR RAIL P-67 TRIM ABOVE CHAIR RAIL P-67 WALLS BELOW CHAIR RAIL WC -208 TRIM BELOW CHAIR RAIL P-60 FLOORING FC -78 FOCAL WALL ©7 WC -146 2 PERSON OFFICE •-Y- % �1 It 07.E I /!! E: :. t_-::=: FR c� FR Gi 16#111 �I 1 : �I t....,..........:: i11i:::::::::...... 3A ® 2B /•1 ii �iaiaiaaaaioioiiooiiaiiiiiiiiiiiiiiaiiiaaii�oai�iiaiiaioiiiiiii iaoiiiiiaoioiiaiioiaiaaiiaaioiaiaioiai/iiiiaii�aiaaiii iaiaiaiiiiaiiiiioiaiiiaiiaiiiaiai iiiiiiiiaiiiiiiii/ iiai_____ iiaaiai�aaiiaiiiiiiiiiiii�aiaiaia/%iaaiiaiaiiiaioi�aiiaiaiiiiiiiaioiaoaiiiiii/ P-55 M-1 THIS WALL ONLY TYP BREAK ROOM WALLS P-80 U.O.N. WAINSCOT Q WC -1 BASE 5-10 FLOORING FC -105 COUNTERTOP M-10 OFFICE WALLS P-80 U.D.N. BASE 5-10 FLOORING FC -105 DESK TOPS M-7 PINK FITTING ROOMS WALLS TYPE A WC -200 U.O.N. WALLS TYPE 5 WC -202 U.O.N. CROWN * BASE P-67 FLOORING FC -78 TRANSITION *5 WALLS P-67 TRIM/BASE PINK FITTING ROOM ALCOVE WALLS ABOVE CHAIR RAIL WC -147 ALL TRIM P-67 WALLS BELOW CHAIR RAIL WC -203 FOCAL WALL 0 WC -146 FLOORING FC -78 FLOORING PIM is gen' :%:•:SAoa;,...�ao, � t ADJACENT TENANT - N.I.C. b 0 A37 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED SEP 19 2517 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA SEP 01 2017 PERMIT CENTER FLOOR AND WALL FINISH PLAN 1/4" : 1'4" SHREMSHOCK Shremshock Architects, Inc. 7400 W. Campus Rd. Suite 150 New Albany, OH 43054 t: 614 545 4550 I f: 614 545 4555 1 shremshock.com Gerald S. Shremshock, Architect Timothy J. S emshock, Architect 0 C., cal z 0 1- 1- 0 1- 0 V 03 z V7 W 11.1 0 tn MCD d' M N. Nit Lti o t O 1= - co co zst co o •0 >. 0 • a d: Tc; o w H 1- N La 6C aZ =g W Q N a��o {.�ztri3 z O Ocoi`S W - C)�VOH c, Er__ OV� t3 1 O VI Z W . U O O N Z W - 0 Q C V/ O - O N W W O m CJ 2 0 Q W 0 C W d d y t n W a • 0 U G W - W La ¢ W C 0 C O ti N N CC W p--0 VI W HZZ6 - r = m w < W J let a ••3.IS 2 W r C N - W C 1A zF O in. C' tL G 0 z O �y O 01 U l V • 9 w W W 0 .'O tJ KWEE PE O E W E2 z N s = Z ! ! E Z O �03�yy1 52 m W C7 � Z _ z 3 iz ! c J J ~ O O H = W t= N Z W 3 ::i O C W U Z 0 � � W O o mz �Fa2 O to �f/1OWW O aWU_W W1 -W W 0L1.I.J 2E In crtEi a Z!Iil tQ �OZDVO WNOy cl LI O W LJ t- n CC O 0 W Z U g Q N O 1 a fa! 3 W ,' 2 E W = FEQC < 05 0 2221 I" co co J J C 00 ce co W Z"za LU Lai Q ao z ma: 4(0 ") fb--1 • PROJECT INFORMATION: 0 O - pr) OC) 0 1- • . c, o� W I- O CD 44 OG Y W Q W 14.1 acDa J Y O) ozCO Oo-�) O w REVISIONS: REQUIRED BY: DATE DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 AM HMG SKM FLOOR AND WALL FINISH PLAN DRAWING NUMBER: NON -SALES / ASSOCIATE AMENITY AREA BREAKDOWN 1 PERSON MANAGER OFFICE 2 PERSON MANAGER OFFICE X 3 PERSON MANAGER OFFICE BREAK AREA X BREAK ROOM MULTIUSE ROOM OPS OFFICE OPS/CASH OFFICE DSM OFFICE RSM OFFICE GENERAL NOT USED O NOT USED PINK DULD LETTER rIPiK CICP1AGE AT DACK 14ALL Of DICrLAY 1-1111VO1•I REFER TO ELEVATIONC AND CTOREFROUT SECT! WS FPR DETAILS ®--BRACC IICCr..6 WPICTALL VERTICALLY CN COLUMN FACE e C' C" AND 1' C" A.F.F. AC CETERMINED BY COLUMN HEIGHT. PLACE BLCGKINC ACCORDINGLY PINK FIN (PFIN-V01). ALL FINS LOCATED IN ROOM ARE SAME STYLE PINK ARMOIRE FIXTURE - REFER TO DETAIL R/A10.04 FOR ATTACHMENT AND LADDER RAIL DETAILS BRASS I -100K. ATTACH WITI.4 VENDOR SUPPLIED SCREWS. IF BLOCKING AND/OR WOOD TRIM 15 NOT PRESENT USE HILT! NFP GYP. D. ANCHORS - REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR NEIGNT 24"X48" MIN. ACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOM BENCH TO BE SECURELY FASTENED TO HALL. REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR BLOCKING PLACEMENT * ATTACHMENT. SHREMSHOCK Shremshock Architects, Inc. 7400 W. Campus Rd. Suite 150 New Albany, OH 43054 t: 614 545 4550 1 f: 614 545 4555 1 shremshock.com Gerald S. Sh -mshock, Architect Timothy J. remshock, Architect REFER TO SHEET A00.03 FOR FINISH SCHEDULE REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS AND SHEET A00.03 FOR PINK GRAPHIC PLACEMENT AND SCHEDULE PRESENTATION AND FIXTURE PLAN KEYNOTES NO SCALE 10.04.16 REFER TO A00.10 FOR EGRESS PATH DISTANCES & LIFE SAFETY INFORMATION Z 0 1- 0 D Ce V7 Z cSUO(9 ul z w 0 w oc 0 F - (i) HALLWAY 1 & 2 AREA: 260 SQFT PINK CASHWRAP REGISTERS: 5 RGS AREA: 245 SQFT ROOM *3 PINK 3 CABINETS: 13 CABS AREA: 792 SQFT ADJACENT TENANT - N.I.C. ROOM *2 PINK 2 CABINETS: 16 CABS AREA: 1008 SQFT ROOM #1 PINK 1 CABINETS: 15 CABS AREA: 1220 SQFT STOCK PP4 : - p1113 P • 32-V3 P 32-V3 1 PP4 : -V3 AB V2 – 'CAB -V2 PT 8-V ABS -Y.22 % ��jP��P��ppT8{ j -V3�. • - • P4: 3 PB -V2 SHELVING: 7 UNITS AREA: 134 SQFT DB48-V07 PDB48-V07 PDB cO 8-V07 PDB48-V07 PDB48-V07 ELECTRICAL AREA: 94 SQ. PROCESS/ RECEIVING Ar a%tea/ //////lit PSTBDB-V01 Z {WN1, oGa=�W :2.. Jo_WZ..c! WNmW�=zT. z3:iWN ZWW K= m,..F U M 0 i, W 2 O 23 =_�iGmc,= 3 < U O or=o2 m"QQa C W 0 W O O U 0 Z Z x G d' O p W U O = 1 O a Z y0y W � N � J Q „mi<O p�N�CaU o3 GGd'y1;31 O W W to m 0OW1- g O H K O O W a z�zz'r'c� d3 W o 0 W Q Z = Ei N W Z z a N W 1- -. <u)0 H K :3- Z p y Q�Va�� = W : O W C4ZO �:LE a3= o W 1n � K a oo2 Li OO40W4C1_-WaQO E:IC NUCiOO4i�-Uy1-=4OU ZpZW {Oy :42:1: JN < i-- m ZOH d 2 ¢WV NZ W 7, OVoY= O C N 0 = O a. ae��y� Z ; O N N O W W � W G N H � G C) m W Z = C H _ Ly1� H Q V Z = N• Q W ZO = m {N•,1 C �[ 0 H Q CWj to 3 V = 1= 0 - Q = H y z3= `czo 316 y C'.1 O V !k W 4- C,� .. ... a W C 0 W m C) �q U iZi ^f. W N7 POT -V02 2442M 10'H M# POT -V01 cn wAlly2 ;mfr. rir Al tire. tkrittelikrICA. 2442M % r J ...A.- //// „7-7/ �aai//i//a////as////////aa//a/aa//a/aa////// --•ri • ;..�_ :viii l -T---74'-f-1 I• • 1/ 1 I l I 1 1 1 I I I T-- O EN'g ESTRO,OM I M# 2442M 10'H M# 2442M PIT-V01 7n VA, AMe PlARWRA** 2442M CUSTOM 10'H M# HALLWAY 1 1 1 I6AB34_2 . MAB -V2 a��������o���������������o�������������-illiiaiaaiiiaiiiaaiaaiaiaiiiiiia/o//////aiii� P4 : 1 ' p4 • - //, iai.;iiiiiioiaoiiiiiiiiiaiiiaiaiiiaioaiaioiaiaii/iiiliiiia/iiaiaaiaii��////////���������������//�/�/������������i����� PFRM-100 -V0 FR 4I PFRM-10 -vol PFRM-10 -vo1 1- el cav ia. S *4 In a. J • a. PDB48-V07 PDB48-V07 PDB48-V07 07 'L � PCAB g V2 IMAB -V2IL MiK v2 = – 1 SCAB X V2 1 dv2 ----- miii mml _ ISI �I ISI i NII/ / P 32-V3 PP32 3 2', �� III EP 1 - : - 11 111 , L S x PD 48 - 111111111111111 I AB V2 LCgB�Y2 �C�gY2 i PFOC-PL-L-V08 LJ1il: 3- P4 ' Wim: - . "FF."- 11111111111111111, A :••=1: otne.g.e.:7422.aisigAgola. tom= mile 1 II / FRC -V01 VEST 1 PFRBB-60-V01 iv I,. II ■I //////////////////////%� ___ ALCOVE 1 1!ERSON i o % iFFICE 90A- /�\ j _ _: : _:. FFR,� nn1 o AFR 1 o°°e �_ % r:.:.s `/ PFRM-a PFRM %``! 1 ll�M /am % 1:= �j • -V01 • •-V01 • // ,/ i ii / Bo ! - ua. /� it / /ii BREAK ARE PFRC -VO PFRC -Vo ADJACENT TENANT - N.I.C. REQUIRED BY: DATE REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED SEP 19 2017 RESTROOMS 181 SQFT BREAK ROOM ROOMS: AREA: 6 RMS 506 SQFT 142 SQFT RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA DATE ISSUED: 08/25/17 DESIGNED BY: AM DRAWN BY: H M G CHECKED BY: SKM 2 PERSON MANAGER SEP 01 2017 80 SQFT PERMIT CENTER PRESENTATION AND FIXTURE PLAN DRAWING NUMBER: PRESENTATION AND FIXTURE PLAN FOR KEYNOTES REFER TO A/A07.02. FOR GRAPHIC SCHEDULE REFER TO L/A00.03. FOR WALLCOVERING GRAPHIC SPECIFIC DIMENSIONS REFER TO E/A10.05. REFER TO DETAIL M/A10.01 FOR INFORMATION ON WALLCOVERING PATTERNS.THESE ELEVATIONS SHOW THE ACTUAL LAYOUT AND STARTPOINT OF WALLCOVERING. G.C. TO INSTALL AS SHOWN. Shremshock Architects, Inc. 7400 W. Campus Rd. Suite 150 New Albany, OH 43054 t: 614 545 4550 1 f: 614 545 4555 1 shremshock.com Gerald S. Shremshock, Architect Timothy J. Shremshock, Architect 12'-0" F.F.A_. B.O. CEILING'Y X11'-0" A.F.F. B.O. SOFFIT' A.F.F._ B.O. CEILING ----N_ �— 5.0. SOFFIT — B.O. CEILING 12'-0" A.F.F. T5.0. CEILING 11'-4" 5.0. SOFFIT B.O. CEILING FIN. FLO0 'x CENTER PATTERN BETWEEN BOTTOM OF CEILING AND TOP OF CABINET TRIM. PRIMARY STARTPOINT OF DOT WALLCOVERING. START WITH A FULL DOT CENTERED ON CABINET STARTPOINT OF HAND PAINTED "LOVE PINK" GRAPHIC, BY OWNER'S VENDOR. C. OF THE COMBINED WORDS "LOVE PINK" TO ALIGN WITH C OF CABINET. NEON SIGN INSTALLED BY OWNER OVER STENCILED -EQ. ---EQ. 'LOVE PINK' CENTER PATTERN BETWEEN BOTTOM OF CROWN AND TOP OF CABINET TRIM. PRIMARY STARTPOINT OF DOT WALLCOVERING. START WITH A HALF DOT TIGHT TO FOCAL SIDE REFER TO DETAIL M/A10.01 FOR INFORMATION ON WALLCOVERING PATTERNS.TI-IESE ELEVATIONS SHOW THE ACTUAL LAYOUT AND STARTPOINT OF WALLCOVERING. G.C. TO INSTALL AS SHOWN. J N W Q CC W •� W 4 = 4 c O O Z WO�Ww;qv ZD O Z U 1= U W Z C 9 < O Zd O N W W� Q m U 0 <y W O ati K W G S CD a 1z � v C Lt. a O ~ W 1- W 0 0 0 0 Z u, 1:41: D oW Z 4 - O 1- a m W J W=SO�mGg' NS L. Z C r F W y Q W 1„oc> 3 0 oZ4+W_z N ~ N ^ WWW 00.6 11. a GN 1 U d IMAM pill III 4 [1 11 11/ ];11 MIL Al ME 4-u. arty /Walk ak. AL .1111111111W UNE DM NNW Una 111111111: MIKA MEIN MIA RIM 91111IA 11111111151111/./ MI VANE( MID 1_.rr..11.1e,_AAll sac =the =MUM /1MIMINIMI NIS. NMI MOI SI MINI INIM0 MEW �I.r MIIIIK.11111111t•e : WM 'jig MEW JL. MM L. MEE— NI_L L_NIC fila�l NIS: �z_ — MMM>•/1a mom =mom woe sem ami mos !\!.1•MEM .lam =MIMI J WAND/�� I/.7 MOW1.7 WAN g�1I'\�!I \� —1a NMI M1 71 71 71 71 71 71 MC VIM EMIR INN= MNIIIMO MINI DM *MI NMI MINI WM MIMI 11111,111 /4111110.11MICAMIHNILIDVAIN 11111011/%1111,. A! r� qac carr 1111 CAME mai am am am ma mai Ism mem Imo aim min min WM III IOW! =Ill IOW 1111111111~ 111IM War Amnia Mom vowilWili =am WI/ g Mown 0.7WM11111M111111'. MMNI�MM NINII 4 =MUM PIMP== '�I\7=II \7 NIII Ml MIA NOM NOM MOM NEKIIIMONIIMIMM VIII MP PIM e NM—NINMEI IWIllI IN WWI MEI 12'-O" A.F.F. 8.0. CEILING.rr Y11'-4" A.F.F. B.O. SOFFIT _ A�jj11'-0" 75.0. CEILING r 10 6 A.F.F.J — 'FT.O. 1 -LEADER r (� 9'-6" A.F.F. _/ T B.O. ENTRY T8.0. VALANCE CONT. PATTERN FROM ADJ WALL CONT. PATTERN FROM ADJ WALL CONT. PATTERN FROM ADJ WALL CONT. PATTERN FROM ADJ WALL SECONDARY STARTPOINT OF HAND PAINTED "LOVE PINK" GRAPHIC, BY OWNER'S VENDOR. C OF THE COMBINED WORDS "LOVE PINK" TO ALIGN WITH C. OF CAB N 'MI NIS.1 NM Dar n nlIWA1#OW WIMP =11 -. WA:WAi EF MIN II! IIIMIIM/ AMIN 1101111 aflfi�'W11111'itrY111111 GingWiroMMW I�@afs'afl MPA, l�;lYYti�tl�lY II MCI II NEM MEM MEM SIM NM NOM IMM == MEM IN= NM ISM NM NM 11=1 MEM ism Nom inn now ma Num now awn ems umum mum mow elm mum mum mom au iir ism Nom mom ME IMO WM IMP /MI PM INMI WM WIMI NM NEW 1MM ME NM MIK III OM SMI\7—IWWI MEM ••m i! .OW. ••••MWM um. - - -- - - - t ! ���VI—�� l.'�11m: angle ....P.M..�_r7!I11.. -. F �\!'.171�I..I�A�_� . rMMI _ I. fl Ole!. r.r-=1 MUM IMI �.. M7M.I1MINNOW 11�.W.�\..1. \711.- -. r i ���1•'7,71717171r17171 .=1NIIMBE NIMO MEM .M.M M. M..71 M1 M11•t�•!•1.�171� _ ..7(t_'':_1C�:_.7H"' .7'Y ' M IG___S• i'-�., '=I.•• '_.I_-, _=-_„ NIC- .:17'i' - ! WM i7C�... .." ! 11 Il NI\\ WM EMI WW MNI WW PIM MI MO 177. 00001 00 00 00 00 41.0�NM7.1����. 1�1�\!! � MIA MEN r�.1.� �� �1•. sun w •.. Ens nu me mai MN.I/I 1►7�NIM. MM..I•a - IW NM M. .�li1 1. ..1•/.. .ai lmi.u.. Wil. �r.l�NIli MIME MN ��MN����MN� O O O 00 O O ���������—NMEMI �� ��NIN �. MINIM NMI 0=a MIME f. MD 11 ��.. MEM AMU 1.1.•-.I.JIIM.•MIM.1\M�•1MNINII=1.1I NMI NM IL.INIM MOO 1IMIMil NIM EMI SUM ,.... ME ,t�!_J NI!MrIM MOP 7 NIMI MR. D O O p r��r�WMr1PM... 11111•1 MI NM r�� r!7 NM•MIMWM ME NI�'.�NEW 11•� I•..WIIMii WM M1. 1IM!MINIM NI��..!l 111 MSM ..`l II1l1 �!•�ll..• 1..1•I. NM&MI M/�.1�111.11r MIN MEI ION 711/811111111 =Ill VIM ;II IA= IIIIM VIII \(al _ Ifal �I dal iimmularY1 miirlt1Lil1t 11111111 111111 fARi'LJl'MU L■VIIINMiklMi*1Mt1 1-111 fLMALIKI R1IIIIIMAiIL111Lllli filiE PRSETWISLIW . SECONDARY STARTPOINT OF DOT WALLCOVERING. START WITH A FULL DOT CENTERED OVER FITTING ROOM TRANSITION REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED - 12'-O" B.O. CEILING., 4,m611'-4" A.F.F. \_ _ T5.0. SOFFIT — Aj11'-0"— T5.0. CEILING SEP 19 2017 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA SEP 01 2017 DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: GENERAL LEASE LINE (E) MALL NEUTRAL PIER TO REMAIN, G.G. TO PATCI-I AND REPAIR AS REQD O (E) MALL BULKHEAD TO REMAIN, G.C. TO PATCI-4 AND REPAIR AS REQD 0 4TnpFFQnPIT I IrUTIAla rnlJT9nl PENMEN (fIMMFP cYc,TFM) R$F6R TO 6L6CTRICAL CRA1-IIPICS. '' A "4{r-RPIAITEP GSI ACM PANEL. 17 66CWRITY FILM AND IMPACT FRCT6CTIGPI IES !VG APPLIED CLAZIP1C AT DCCRC 14 RECEJCED LICI IT CURTAIN UNIT FOR ROLLING GRILLE. ALIGN OPTICAL 66PIiQR8 QM 6ITI liR 6IP6 QF PORTAL. ® 1/2" X 1/2" WHITE METAL REVEAL, FASTENERS SHALL MATCH REVEAL COLOR. 3/4" )( 3/4" DLACK METAL REVEAL, FACTEtNCRC CI !ALL MATO I REVEAL CCLCR. O ROLLING GRILLE MOTOR ABOVE 1/2" CLEAR TEMPERED GLAZING SF -56 Og NOT USED Oq NOT USED 10 '"'Torr rLEAP TEMPEPEP 'KL I hTFt' rJ A7'nlry 11 I IV -F11 M - PFFFT? 17) cPFrIFICATIMIc, CFCTIMI (PPInn 12 CENTER LINE OF GRILLE, SEE SCHEDULE A/A00.02 13 LOCATION OF ROLLING GRILLE KEY SWITCH. REFER TO ELEVATIONS / SECTIONS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT DE PCLI:I IED. REFER TO DETAIL 1I/A08.30 PIPIT GGLPL6.AF VINYL. 1.11NPCI1 CR\PIdIC APPLIEP TQ TENANT SIDE Cr CLACC, CENTERED CPI 1.1IHDC11. C nn, ACM DOT GLO3 PRINTED rAtNEL OVER 1/2" F.R.T. rLYLtOOD 3/16" DOT FKIIJTED f OL'(CARD PANEL PREFINISHED STOREFRONT MULLION REFER TO SHEET A00.02 FOR DOOR SCHEDULE REFER TO SHEET A00.03 FOR GRAPHIC SCHEDULE SHREMSHOCK Shremshock Architects, Inc. 7400 W. Campus Rd. Suite 150 New Albany, OH 43054 t: 614 545 4550 1 f: 614 545 4555 1 shremshock.com Gerald S. Shremshock, Architect Timothy J. remshock, Architect SF -49 MARKETING PIPE RAIL, G.C. TO PAINT DETAIL S/A10.02. PINK SIGNAGE LETTERS, SIZE ® PINK SIGNAGE 14 I/$" FAL AKIT VIIKIT pFFFP Tn PIAIIC.0 caruFN 11 E FOP rnl r'P AND EPEC. Fiannl-i Ay Iwnnlpr AI c F c•CuFDLII /1./A0^ t2 A/A00.02 FOR IEDULC. G.C. TO rAIUT JANDC ONLY. ® IICF PANEL AND 1-ICCD TRIM C.C. TO PAIPIT (ALL STOREFRONT MILLHCRr., REFER TO C'TORCF1:ONT DETAILC. ® MARION CERAMICS TUMBLE VEE BRICK MARION CERAMICS VEE BRICK 5F-46 1 , PAINT OUTLINE OF WINDOW WALL. REFER TO NOTES IN SECTION E/A08.20. BUTT JOINT BETWEEN ACM PANEL. REFER TO DETAIL 14/A08.30 ® CONCRETE WATER TABLE BASE, PAINT 5F-31 AZEK BASE. G.C. TO PAINT SF -31 I 31 (, ,.. , ACM DOT CLCCC rRINTED PANEL Cf 7 SF -46C REFER TO - DARK GRAY MOUNTED 'VICTORIA'S SECRET' AS INDICATED ON ELEVATION. LETTERS, SIZE - BACK -LIT FLUSH MOUNTED 'PINK' AS INDICATED ON ELEVATION. ® NO BRICK IN THIS AREA, SIZE NOTED ON PLAN. INFILL WITH TEXTURED CONCRETE. I , PAINT SF -31 PRE -FINISHED PINK DOT SIGNAGE. SIZE AS INDICATED ON ELEVATION 5F-31 ® STOREFRONT COLUMN. FINISHES TO REMAIN. STOREFRONT ELEVATION KEYNOTES 05E -A0801 -D00 -NOTE 02.21.17 S -67 E3 349-1 z 0 1- V VI z 0 U z w w 0 Ci) Immo No 1 1 ---------_—_--__-1 1 1 ii. mi IN 1—I—I-1- 7I1I11111•111Imi di 11—I —IMI -I—I—I—I—I- MI11— iimiI1—I-1— L_ s - miimmitmumou miuraN N IMMII—IMMI - IIM X11- �I—I—Ill-1-'. 171 7.7 —111-1-1—' 117171_ -ISI—I-7M171 0 —1——I—I—I—I— • 11_1_1_ �I�I—I—I—II —I•I1—[—I—I—I JI -1—I- -I—_ — 1111L.7ll ' Nil 7 - —i --- MN 11111111111111711111111 I� f 11 11 II II 1I�tIG l II 1 ��!(9►�� f II II ISI II ire 3] —1 Irs1wnl 11 II 11 1L. It� \T/AIL�II;_.LrMl II II MN A I I IMO 111011/70=1114%7dF4 I ' 1 NOM !'•\W 1MINI �1i�\ YAM 42 1 ��i`! 7mak7Aw ii Sam 1 1N311= ��L►�'i NMI 1 II MN t =MEW ^I�►��1 IN —I IWiI— I�t./�.i 167 II 11 11 Ihim EaMN IIF MINE -12 11 II —I 11 lMEM EMI --L.1 - E44IIIIIIIIIIIIIIII Ill m■.�l II II 1ELMN - O 0 0 0 0 0 0 Co00000000O3 703000000E 0 0 0 0 0 0 0; O 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 004)00000 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Mil 11111111111111111111 11111II1111•1111I—le 11111 —I—I—I—I- I1�I�l�II� ®I-1—I—I® 1311171.7 —1—I— i 1®I® —1-7111111 it-1—I- 111111. 11111„1 111111. -I I.gafii�ll� 11111- 0111111111MW -1-1.11Will...l-- -1-leI.1=111- 1.111111-1-1- -I—T-7_711•1- 1111177111111111111111111111-1— -1-711110-111 7 11111111111111111111111111711171111111111 61111111711111177117177 —1-1—I1MM1— Z N d W Q }0- Z "12 > WCg OO j N3 W ... O U Z ZO z O U :::151,:g Q z� z V < W O 'Q% n W a Z y O F-2 Q O W C O K = 0- A-3't Z v, W O W = V y,FZ Q EC ~ WW J (9514 ...1 m . o t t N�Zr�Wz" W< y Q W E Z�3a O Z zW� W Z Z . EL2-2 O OK dyo,Wy m W W: WOO.(//,, K W O K W 7 J d V a d' 6 . i1�11—I� �i■�1— E11111111111111111 REVISIONS: REQUIRED BY: DATE SEP 19 2017 ±2'-8 7/8" V.I.F. 16'-6" PORTAL OPENING ±341-0 7/8" V.I.F. 1' q 1/4" 1' 10 ±3'-4 5/8" V.I.F. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA DATE ISSUED: nrcir\1rn DV. NL.JIVI11LN LJ 1 . DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: SEP 01 2017 PERMIT CENTER STOREFRONT ELEVATION DRAWING NUMBER: STOREFRONT ELEVATION NOTES: 1. SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR FRAMING SIZE, GAUGE, AND ASSEMBLY OF ALL STOREFRONT FRAMING. 2. G.C. SHALL PATCH, REPAIR, AND FINISH EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD AS REQUIRED TO "LIKE -NEW" CONDITION AT STOREFRONT TIE-IN. COORDINATE FINISH SPECIFICATIONS WITH THE LANDLORD. 3. G.C. SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION, CONDITION, AND ACTUAL HEIGHT ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR OF EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD. 4. SEE DETAIL J/A10.01 FOR ALL PINK WOOD TRIM PROFILES. 5. SEE DETAIL A/A00.02 FOR DOOR SCHEDULE. 6. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF SHEATHING OR FINISH U.O.N. NOTES: 1. SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR FRAMING SIZE, GAUGE, AND ASSEMBLY OF ALL STOREFRONT FRAMING. 2. G.C. SHALL PATCH, REPAIR, AND FINISH EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD AS REQUIRED TO "LIKE -NEW" CONDITION AT STOREFRONT TIE-IN. COORDINATE FINISH SPECIFICATIONS WITH THE LANDLORD. 3. G.C. SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION, CONDITION, AND ACTUAL HEIGHT ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR OF EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD. 4. SEE DETAIL J/A10.01 FOR ALL PINK WOOD TRIM PROFILES. 5. SEE DETAIL A/A00.02 FOR DOOR SCHEDULE. 6. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF SHEATHING OR FINISH U.O.N. NOTES: 1. SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR FRAMING SIZE, GAUGE, AND ASSEMBLY OF ALL STOREFRONT FRAMING. 2. G.C. S1-IALL PATCH, REPAIR, AND FINISH EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD AS REQUIRED TO "LIKE -NEW" CONDITION AT STOREFRONT TIE-IN. COORDINATE FINISH SPECIFICATIONS WITH THE LANDLORD. 3. G.C. SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION, CONDITION, AND ACTUAL HEIGHT ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR OF EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD. 4. SEE DETAIL J/A10.01 FOR ALL PINK WOOD TRIM PROFILES. 5. SEE DETAIL A/A00.02 FOR DOOR SCHEDULE. 6. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF SHEATHING OR FINISH U.O.N. SH REMSHOCK Shremshock Architects, Inc. 7400 W. Campus Rd. Suite 150 New Albany, OH 43054 t: 614 545 4550 1 f: 614 545 4555 1 shremshock.com Gerald S. Shremshock, Architect Timothy J. hremshock, Architect S.O.Y17'-5 1/4" A.F.F. ROOF DECK 15'-8 1/8" A.F.F. _/ B.O. STRUCTURE k17'-5 1/4" A.F.F. B.O. ROOF DECK z 0 D C Z 0 U z U) w w 0 vI O) L 70 x co LL 15'-8 1/8" A.F.F. _/ B.O. STRUCTURE r (E) MALL BULKHEAD TO REMAIN 00 SEE A03.XX FOR CEILING TYPE - 3/4" A.F.F SEE A03.XX FOR CEILING TYPE - B.O. MALL,' BULKHEAD + T (E) MALL BULKHEAD TO REMAIN /14., A10.01 U3'-6 3/4" A.F.FI. B.O. MALL, TUMBLEJ VEE -BRICK 4 SEE DETAIL 5/A08.251 (I 12'-0" A.F.FL B.O. CEI LIN PKF 64 1 TUMBLE !VEE -BRICK - SEE D IL S/A08.25 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. OVER METAL STUD FRAMING. 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. OVER METAL STUD FRAMING. 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. OVER METAL STUD FRAMING. 21/2"-- ALq'-7 3/16" A.F.F. B.O. DISPLAY CLG COMPOSITE METAL PANEL TYP. 11111,1= LOW VO FROM S TO JUN TACE LEADS! GN LETTERS I :TION BOX I MOTORI±ED ROLLING 1 GRILLE, PLACE MOTOR ON THE SAME SIDE qF GRILLE AS THE CONTR 5. SEE STORE ONT ELEV. .FPR \CONTR LOCATIONS.' \ 11'01,_3/4" A.F. 5.0. BEAM 9'-8 1/2" A.F.F. /- B.O. BEA c1'-7" A.F.F. - - f B.O. PORTA CEILINQr A.F.F. B.O. BRIG FRAM 8'-11 7/8" A.F.F B. . SOLDIER COURSH STOREFONT BOX BEAM, EE STRUCT. DWGS. J N I- Wa Z aZ W W W y W C 0 LJOosI W U U H ¢ 1 W G. : i N D N � <ooOZw6VOZ N Z WU'<Z3W4 W � m ii <NKWpZCJ � � N W a O U O W -W C W c ¢ ,_ j a N o N W = Z �=oo�_amli HWZJ S N O m r_W 3< p C 1 L'31 J < K i= y W � y0o� o=. OZ 45 3Q O K O N 5 N - =. H am.... la =: 0 0 = W O = W _1 a�c�az< 1.91=c1:11 W�� W= :=6: O O W :6• 12 Z = 0 0 - a 0 o w Q F = E - 1- La O l.. OO. O N V :114: O O VNN4p0OWZ<WDyWWOm.ci 0 0 0 O• i1 < Z F U > O Z W K C) O p H U W O W O p II .1=a!'; O N• Jcs Li 4 O F, ,<f, F N~i=W V {Y o LiW O E p O r N Q H Z = C Y W :3 EU3 frgN x C. to ig N z3XLo- o nY.�i =(Z wm V Ui=e r'ZW N� PORTAL FRAME BEYOND TUMBLE V E -BRICK - SEE DETAI 5/A05.25 J L JL- T-- 7s) a- RECESSED TRAFFIC COUNTS REFER TO CLG PLAN AND DETAIL G/Al2.01 FACE 0I BRICK BEYCND ROLLING GRILLE GUIDE VIEWED FSR COQ E COMPLIANCE !APPROVED :• EP 19 2017 ity of Tukwila BUI DINQULLISI -0" A.F.F. .0. WATER TABLE BASF 1'-2 11/16" A.F.F. I T.O. SEATING HH 5/8" GYP BD 0'-0' FINISH FLOOR 0' -01 FINISH FLOOR RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA SEP 012017 PERMIT CENTER ROLLING KEYSWI" STOREF DETER THE SW GRILLE CH. REFER Tp ONT PLAN T INE WHICH SIDE TCH AND MOTOR 15 TO BE INSTALLED. REVISIONS: REQUIRED BY: ROLLIN GRILLE INTERL K DEVICE. G.C. TO NOTCH MATER! L TO EXPOS FACE. TURN STICKER TO FACE INSIDE THE 1 BOX AN PAINT THE I EXPOSE FACE WHIT! TO MA H ADJACENT! MATERI L. NISH FLOOR VARIES REFER TO A02.01 METAL STUD FRAMING AT PLATFORM (SEE STRUCT. DWGS.) 2' 11 3/4" 7/16" 6 1/1694e- V I..F.F. V DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 2 11 1/8" VERTICAL SECTION AT BRICK 3' 4 1/2" 2'-4" TO COLUMN LINE FB 32 3/4" 2' q 1/4" brv- 6'-0" COLUMN LINE F8 TO FINISH 08/25/17 AM HMG xxx PINK STOREFRONT DETAILS �- µ,. .-. 1" = 1'-O" 01.11.17 v �.� ... VERTICAL SECTION AT FIXED DISPLAY WINDOW - OPEN BACK ._ � -.. ..- � �� �- ,? --, -..r; ._.» -, ..- n ... -.w �.. 1" = 1'-O" -v � VERTICAL SECTION AT ENTRY ROLLING GRILLE c ,- � r'. ..F..z - v ...v .. s: � "'` .. .. :`.. �. .._...o _ .. "i`5%. "u.✓�'.v s........... .. /c. �v�fc.,�.,..,�,.--.s�""�' 1" = 1'-o" A 08.08.1; ,,.... _-.-:....-a;�..�.. 'rz c+-.^�„'""-�. 05D-A0820''��n ..3: w. /. � 05D -A0820 -E _.':.. .. ._ ✓.' ..? \v ... TL � "w a> CUSTOM -�'7;.?-,:-.-}. vav-ro�.�.�"?�""w"';y��X..lu3. 01.11.17 � <,'; v _.' DRAWING NUMBER: 13' -6 3/4" 15.0. BULKEAHD N --3 5/8" 5/8"- 3/16" PINK DISPLAY WINDOW BULKHEAD SECTION DETAIL 4 0 co 0 FOR ALL WOOD TRIMS REFER TO J/A10.01 (E) MALL BULKHEAD TO REMAIN 1/2" REVEAL TUMBLE VEE BRICK - THIN BRICK. SEE DETAIL S/A08.25 3" = 1'-0" CUSTOM 08.15.17 FAUX WOOD TILE FLOORIN OVER MORTAR SETTING PLANKS G.C. TO 514 IM AS REQUIRED TO BRING PANEL LEVEL WITH FINISHED FLOOR. ±6" 1 FULL PLANK / \\ SECTION DROP - NON 141 NG CERAMIC TIL CEMENTITIOUS B LEVEL WITH ACCES ACCESS PANEL -FLOOR DOOR / PANEL RECESSED 1" FOR A -FT -8080-1 ER BOARD ANEL FRAME. 5/8" F.R.T. PLYWOOD 5 THING. METAL STUD FRAMING AT P DISPLAY PLATFORM ACCESS PANEL TAILS - TILE 1 1/2" = 1'-0" 05D -A0830 -D10 -DETL 10.13.1 5/811 GYP. BD. OVER METAL STUD FRAMING. V— 3 1/2" MINOW•r 6" 5/8" PINK DISPLAY WINDOW HEAD DETAIL FOR ALL WOOD TRIMS REFER TO J/A10.01 5EE A05.0X FOR FLOOR FINISHES FLOOR TILE: THINSET ON 5/8" CBPB, 0/ 5/8" F.R.T. PLYWOOD SHEATHING, 0/ METAL FRAMING. PKF 66 PKF 1q PKF 40 SCRIBE TO FLOOR n (STORE SIDE IIH II)HHIilliil11111 PINK DISPLAY WINDOW SILL DETAIL 6111 FOR ALL WOOD TRIMS REFER TO J/A10.01 TUMBLE VEE BRICK - THIN BRICK. SEE DETAIL 5/A08.25 DISPLAY WINDOW CLG 5 E E A03.XX 5.0. MULLIONIC SEE A08.XX PREFINISHED ALUMINUM MULLION W PREFINISHED MULLION CAP REFER TO STOREFRONT ELEVATIONS FOR GLAZING TYPE 3" - 1'-0" CUSTOM •i...i..i •....n L. 08.15.17 REFER TO STOREFRONT ELEVATIONS FOR GLAZING TYPE PREFINISHED ALUMINUM MULLION W PREFINISHED MULLION CAP 1'-2 11/16" A.F.F.ph rt PLATFORM`f' 1'-2 3/16" 5.0. MULLIONT F.R.T. WOOD BLOCKING METAL STUD FRAMING AT PLATFORM TUMBLE VEE BRICK THIN BRICK. 5/8" F.R.T. PLYWOOD SHEATHING SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ANCHORAGE TO FLOOR MALL SIDE 3" = 1'-0" 05D-A0830-K1O-DETL 10.06.16 K PKF I 10 PKF 63 NOTES: 1. SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR FRAMING SIZE, GAUGE, AND ASSEMBLY OF ALL STOREFRONT FRAMING. 2. SEE DETAIL J/A10.01 FOR ALL PINK WOOD TRIM PROFILES. 3. SEE DETAIL A/A00.02 FOR DOOR SCHEDULE. 4. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF SHEATHING OR FINISH U.0.N. TUMBLE VEE -BRICK - THIN BRICK 7 FRT WOOD BLOCKING. SHIM AS REQUIRED TYP. 22 >5>>>>>>>> REFER TO STOREFRONT ELEVATIONS FOR GLAZING TYPE. PREFINISHED ALUMINUM MULLION W PREFINISHED MULLION CAP - TYP. TLMBLE VE NMI MN E -BRICK - THIN BRICK 410011 NOM 2 1/2"-( \-1/4" 11000 LEASE LINE 011110 MM. 5' 7"___Ar 4" VEE -BRICK - THIN BRICK - BELOW PKF 40 PKF I 1q 5/8" GYP BD. 0/ MTL STUD FRAMING. PKF iq u — MINN 011100 2 1/2" TUMBLE VEE -BRICK - THIN BRICK LEASE LINE 0 cn oa7 G.C. TO PRIME ALL CUT ENDS REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED SEP 19 2017 . ItL.y, of Tulcwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA SEP 01 2017 PERMIT CENTER PLAN SECTION AT DISPLAY WINDOW = 1'-0" CUSTOM A 08.15.17 SHREMSHOCK Shremshock Architects, Inc. 7400 W. Campus Rd. Suite 150 New Albany, OH 43054 t: 614 545 4550 1 f: 614 45 4555 1 shremshock.com Gerald S. Sh emshock, Architect Timothy J. S remshock, Architect co cNit z 0 U z 0 V rrz V w w 0 cn N K 6 y cL nm W Q NW = Q 0 = amwO O WG0t�" W LO W C V N O N t D 0 0 Z MW W < 0 Z N Z U W - 0' Q C O� z C C G 8 U p < W O */ Z 'En"Z N � 5 z 0. N p O --Z m W ('J O p Er a;(/, N W 3 z 3 1- W s `C Z -� p N W 1:3W - p C • W [Z W OH v= 0 2"p 2"6= _ N O - m ZO Z W W U H O 0).-X-00_ 4'3‘"2 C E5 l- Z W U W W D• W O ¢ Z 0= b5 O X a C 0 WN W 0. W M y O O 11 -LA ---u H O W- U J U W W W W -= D. Z py� W O W p0[ O d C J 3 W a .10 -0C -2-. Z 0 0 e=dJ CC �ozazV W �_ W = J n. a-5�m wo3<>3>� 6 N 6 W iY N n C L z 3 B t 6 z N Cpd O N �� -W W_.O .. 0. 0 WZOo. 0..1-C.)0. uti PROJECT INFORMATION: W U w co 0 v z Y 0 z c5 C 0 U p p d. 0- 0 W w W W W Owen w = 0 0.11=• 10 - CD Cp 0 W N CC X c O O o cQg^c—caa3 W Z • .4 U Z Q Kh 0 -J J M co IRI cr CO a— '1' o W i W < es cn co I- = Z0 LJ j..7„ 0 Q g a W J Y O) OZ00 0 a in M 0 W e - W 00 CL 0 C.) V) W CL C7 0) W 0 CL C.) 0 J REVISIONS: REQUIRED BY: DATE DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 AM HMG XXX PINK STOREFRONT DETAILS DRAWING NUMBER: 4 WC -116 WC -116 WC -116 FLUSH I-IANDLE MUST BE ON "OPEN" SIDE OF WATER CLOSET DASHED LINE INDICATES KNEE AND TOE CLEARANCES WOMEN'S RESTROOM ELEVATIONS 02.04.15 6"—A WC -116 WC -116 WC -116 WC -116 I' 5" DASHED LINE INDICATES KNEE AND TOE CLEARANCES FLUSH HANDLE MUST BE ON "OPEN" SIDE OF WATER CLOSET MEN'S RESTROOM ELEVATIONS 02.04.15 ACCESSOELE o�; iiiiiiaiii iiiiiiiiiz A • - Wit! --rte �— k 10° 1P j � ON o /41 MEV Ar A 7.. li ...v.. z rsrAut li Ag •ten m� IPA Ii° ,� � A13.01 � • h/ I I Ir --i---.', TYPESTYLE GRADE 2 BRAILLE, TYP. WOMEN ESTROOM NO FREIGHT CA5-2) (5-3X) (AS -41) (AS -5) WALL SIGNAGE TO BE INSTALLED q" HORIZONTALLY FROM EDGE OF OPENING TO CENTER OF SIGN AND VERTICALLY AT 60" A.F.F. TO TOP OF SIGN. ENSURE CODE REQUIRED BRAILLE HEIGHT OF MIN 48" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM OF LOWEST TACTILE CHARACTER AND MAX 60" TO BOTTOM OF HIGHEST TACTILE CHARACTER ANSI A117.1 COMPLIANT SIGNAGE SIGNAGE TO FULLY COMPLY WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS OF ICC A117.1. TYPESTYLE GRADE 2 BRAILLE, TYP. ®INSTALLATION 3/4"0" HEIGHT : 1' 18" CLEAR FLOOR SPACE CENTERED ON SIGN PROVIDED BEYOND ARC OF DOOR SWING SIGNAGE SCHEDULE NO. DESCRIPTION SIZE AS -1X ACC. SIGNAGE: "ACCESSIBLE" 6" x 8" AS -2X ACC. SIGNAGE: "WOMEN" 6" x 8" AS -3X ACC. SIGNAGE: "MEN" 6" x 6" AS -4X ACC. SIGNAGE: "RESTROOM" 6" x 8" AS -5X ACC. SIGNAGE: "NO FREIGHT" 6" x 8" ES -1X EXIT SIGNAGE: "EXIT" 5 1/2" x 4" ES -2X EXIT SIGNAGE: "EXIT ROUTE" 7 1/2" x 5 3/4" COLORATION OPTIONS XX -XB BLACK BACKGROUND W/ WHITE LETTERS XX -XP HOT PINK BACKGROUND W/ WHITE LETTERS XX-XSS STAINLESS STEEL BACKGROUND W/ BLACK LETTERS XX-XWHT WHITE BACKGROUND W/ PINK LETTERS COMPLIANT EXIT SIGNAGE 3" = T -O" ACCESSIBILITY AND TACTILE EGRESS SIGNAGE 05D-A1301-800-DETL 03.07.17 GENERAL CI CLOTHING HOOK - GAMCO *76727, SATIN FINISH. G.C. TO PROVIDE IN WALL BLOCKING PER E/Al2.01. DOOR AND JAMB, REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE A00.02 FOR HARDWARE AND RESPONSIBILITIES O2 DOOR STOP, ALIGN WITH DOOR HANDLE. PROVIDE BLOCKING PER E/Al2.01. SEE DOOR SCHEDULE A00.02 FLOOR DRAIN 1 1/2" X 1 1/2" X 48" BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL CORNER GUARD - 0CG-2. REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 102613. ® DRINKING FOUNTAIN 1 1/4" DIA. GRAB BAR: KOHLER PURIST 18"= *K-11882, 24"= *K-11883, 36"= *K-11885, 42"= *K -118g6. INSTALL PER DETAIL C/AI3.02. SINGLE ROLL SURFACE MOUNTED TOILET PAPER HOLDER - AMERICAN STANDARD 08336.230, SATIN NICKEL. G.C. TO PROVIDE IN WALL BLOCKING PER DETAIL E/Al2.01 GAMCO RECESSED SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL - BOBRICK 0B-4353, STAINLESS STEEL .07.077 10 it 12 13 14 15 16 CTALL PER CLTAIL MOP SINK BASIN W/ FAUCET SET AND 42" HOSE HOSE HOLDER - McMASTER-CARR *18505A71 FRICTION TYPE MOP HOLDER - GAMCO 0MS-1, G.C. TO PROVIDE IN WALL BLOCKING PER E/Al2.01 WATER HEATER ABOVE, REFER TO STRUCTURAL DWGS FOR SUPPORT MOTION SENSOR ACTIVATED LIGHT SWITCH GFI RATED DUPLEX OUTLET ACCESSIBLE SIGNAGE, REFER TO DETAIL B/A13.01 WATERPROOF MEMBRANE, SEE SPEC. SECTION 071416 WATER CLOSET WALL MOUNTED LAVATORY, G.C. TO PROVIDE IN -WALL BLOCKING AND INSTALL PER MFG INSTRUCTIONS. CI SURFACE MOUNTED TOILET SEAT COVER DISPENSER - BOBRICK 08-221, PROVIDE IN WALL BLOCKING PER DETAIL E/Al2.01 RECESSED WASTE RECEPTACLE - GAMCO 01A1R-q SEMI -RECESSED HAND DRYER - ASI ROVAL 020188-I, BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL. ROUGH OPENING 10 1/2" W. X 15 1/8" H. ® NOT USED WALL MOUNTED LIGHT SCONCE PRE -FINISHED FRAMED MIRROR, CENTERED ABOVE SINK. MIRROR FRAME AND MOUNTING HARDWARE BY OWNER, GLAZING BY G.C. REFER TO DETAIL B/A13.02 SURFACE MOUNTED PRE -FINISHED WOOD CABINET. REFER TO DETAIL D/A13.02 OALA IARC *KDI REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED SEP 1 9 2017 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA SEP 01 2017 o� � 0:23 7 PERMIT CENTER RESTROOM KEYNOTES A 06.24.16 SH REMSHOCK Shremshock Architects, Inc. 7400 W. Campus Rd. Suite 150 New Albany, OH 43054 t: 614 545 4550 1 f: 614 545 4555 1 shremshock.com Gerald . Shremshock, Architect Timot - J. Shremshock, Architect z 0 I— V u) z 0 U z 0 W 0 w 0 1- tn N W = W V- Z =_! O .QOf Q 0 N E2 " lN') ~ O � O W aLI=Wz N W 3 W K 4 O Z O a iS WNO s= cei U =tea W W O W Cae W NON O V:; J U ' a. aZ 0 N 9 1 C N yZj a O O OF= -H 6�CU G Z z .. 4dOg� W Z N a- O W J W yy V1CO0 W 0 p z a ¢ C Z 7 N U N W Z i= O i=QCQNO t— 0 A LO 00 C 0 ■ O zifft W 1.11 i= CL. laJ Lai CL J Y O) Z 000 O 0- Lo O w PROJECT INFORMATION: J J M co W 0� Fo�w Z O)0 W w 44 r 01- II--zog OQMcn co rY REVISIONS: REQUIRED BY: DATE DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 AM HMG SKM RESTROOM NOTES, PLAN & ELEVATIONS DRAWING NUMBER: 1 „, R r- .. -1 d Z SHREMSHOCK Shremshock Architects, Inc. 7400 W. Campus Rd. Suite 150 New Albany, OH 43054 t: 614 545 4550 1 f:.14 545 4555 1 shremshock.com Gerald S Shremshock, Architect Timothy . Shremshock, Architect 4 P coo m 40 cri 1 C2 TOILET ROOM CABINET INSTALLATION DETAILS THE STRUCTURAL STRENGTH OF GRAB BARS SHALL MEET THE FOLLOWING SPECIFICATIONS: 1. BENDING STRESS IN A GRAB BAR INDUCED BY THE MAXIMUM BENDING MOMENT FROM THE APPLICATION OF 250 lbf (1112N) SI -TALL BE LESS THAN THE ALLOWABLE STRESS FOR THE MATERIAL OF THE GRAB BAR. 05D-A1302-D0O-DETL G.C. TO INSTALL IN WALL BLOCKING PER DETAIL F/Al2.01. SHEAR STRESS INDUCED IN A GRAB BAR BY THE APPLICATION OF 250 lbf (I112N) SHALL BE LESS THAN THE ALLOWABLE 51-IEAR STRESS FOR THE MATERIAL OF THE GRAB BAR. IF THE CONNECTIONS BETWEEN THE GRAB BAR AND ITS MOUNTING BRACKET OR OTHER SUPPORT IS CONSIDERED TO BE FULLY RESTRAINED, THEN DIRECT AND TORSIONAL SHEAR STRESSES SHALL BE TOTALED FOR THE COMBINED SHEAR STRESS, WHICH 51-IALL NOT EXCEED THE ALLOWABLE SHEAR STRESS. 51-IEAR FORCE INDUCED IN A FASTENER OR MOUNTING DEVICE FROM THE APPLICATION OF 250 1 b (1112N) SHALL BE LESS THAN THE ALLOWABLE LATERAL LOAD OF EITHER THE FASTENER OR MOUNTING DEVICE OR THE SUPPORTING STRUCTURE, WHICHEVER 15 THE SMALLER ALLOWABLE LOAD. TENSILE FORCE INDUCED IN A FASTENER BY A DIRECT TENSION FORCE OF 250 lbf (1112N) PLUS THE MAXIMUM MOMENT FROM THE APPLICATION OF 260 lbf (1112N) SHALL BE LESS THAN THE ALLOWABLE WITHDRAWAL LOAD BETWEEN THE FASTENER AND THE SUPPORTING STRUCTURE. GRAB BARS SHALL NOT ROTATE WITHIN THEIR FITTINGS. ATTACH GRAB BAR IN/ (2) #14 X 2 1/2" ROUND HEAD STEEL SCREWS @ EA. FLANGE LOCATION. GRAB BAR REFER TO PLAN FOR SPECIFICATION. 3"-56" A.F.F. T.O GRAB BAR SEE ELEVATION ob,CL OF BLOCKING z 0 I— U 1- z 0 U (9 z W 0 W 0 F— / 1 1/2"–f GRAB BAR INSTALLATION DETAIL 05D-A1302-COO-DETL 02.0q.16 IF A SINGLE DRINKING FOUNTAIN IS ALLOWED, THEN THE LOW UNIT DEPICTED HERE SHALL SE INSTALLED AND THE RECESS WIDTH MAY BE REDUCED TO 30" WIDE. ALL OTHER DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES SI -TALL APPLY. THE FOUNTAIN IS TO BE ACTIVATED BY A PUSH BAR ON FRONT FACE OF UNIT. IF THE DRINKING FOUNTAIN IS LOCATED IN THE PATH OF TRAVEL, A TEXTURED AREA 1'-0" AROUND THE FOUNTAIN, CLEARLY IDENTIFIABLE BY THE BLIND IS REQUIRED. THE FOUNTAIN MUST BE PROVIDED CLEARANCE FOR A FRONT APPROACH BY A WHEELCHAIR 10.19.15 SEP 012017 PERMIT CENTER REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 097216.16 FOR FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANEL (FRP) INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. N N y d Z • W tr • Z y W .q N = OE0 w O C O OEi W V O V qq1 0, OW W d C Z p 4 0 0 0 i W Q O 0 k" p U VIZ W ? CC D Q C M Z re=Z O WW M m U p QW O �% W W pgE W W EL C F O W ~ W W W W O 3 W z Za 7 N W C O - W Q K O B U = r W Z aF=- s {per, rm . y 3 t V W W Z 6 '¢K :War! C O H O Q Og y j e 1 - W '• Ate, O p 4 d U Of. K N > W Z J <n U N p 0 �o W N m W 7S=Z!QG3CCZOpHW = W Z2tVIVl143WdQOrYVZZ:2; WO(G(�i-mZJ 3 Q 0:". >OmI 0W ka.tQ Z w O O G ceCa d W V O = W W Q ~ � O. Z ypy C C y J a N W < O � Z a C 00 0 19WppNZ WyWJW Yiil mTN:6: OO WM:(1),..;12-:;t::: ZZtli:(mayO C QM=;Q NW p 0 � Z & 1 Y Q C Q N O UNK ..p V) V) Z Lig p W. i-. V pZ. -... Y fW C=1 0 ..J = Ci MWceU Y i Y Z W CO W N= PROJECT INFORMATION: CI) CO Ism J 0 CC QO ce co 51ZNI2-01 LLI C.)z .z3 o—Zog �c``'8 OQMY an Nv,coi- CD Q 0- LC) M 0 W W 0 0 V) x REVISIONS: REQUIRED BY: DATE t.4 L .t II • . OCE COMPLIANCE AP 0.' SEP 19 2017 City of Tukwila 11 1 a. •I DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 AM HMG SKM RESTROOM CONSTRUCTION DETAILS DRAWING NUMBER: 1 2"x2"x4"LG. 18GA. STEEL ANGLE BRACKETS (2) PER CROSS -MEMBER (TOTAL OF 4). CONNECT TO METAL STUDS AND 6" CROSS-MEMBER/BLOCKING WITH FIVE #12-14 FASTENERS PER BRACKET ELEVATION SHOWN IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY. ACTUAL LAYOUT MAY VARY. REFER TO PLAN ON SHEET A13.02 FOR ACTUAL CONFIGURATION. WALL -MOUNTED PAPER TOWEL 1 -(OLDER. INSTALL AT CABINET SECTION WO MICROWAVE. INSTALL ALL CABINETRY PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. G.C. TO PROVIDE (3) ROWS OF METAL BLOCKING IN WALL PER DETAIL E/Al2.01 SHREMSHOCK Shremshock Architects, Inc. 7400 W. Campus Rd. Suite 150 New Albany, OH 43054 t: 614 545 4550 1 f: 614 545 4555 1 shremshock.com Gerald S. Shremshock, Architect Timothy J Shremshock, Architect *12 - 14 HILT! KWIK FLEX FASTENERS. (NEED TO FALL WITHIN VERTICAL CENTER OF CROSS -MEMBER) FLAT PANEL MONITOR ON ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT/ANGLE BRACKET. DATA, REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. DEDICATED DUPLEX OUTLET, REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT KEYBOARD TRAY BREAK ROOM SINK/ FAUCET. REFER TO PLUMBING DWGS REFER TO ELECT. DWGS. FOR PWR REQ. TYP. METAL STUD FRAMING. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR GUAGE REQUIRMENT. NOTE: G.G. TO INSTALL IN -WALL BLOCKING, POWER, AND DATA ONLY. LSD4C TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL ALL UNIT. PRE -FINISHED CABINETRY. REFER TO SECTIONS FOR INSTALLATION REQU I RMEN ETS. PAINT WALL TO MATCH ROOM PAINT COLOR 6'-7" A.F.F.CL OF BLOCKING REFRIGERATOR 5'-5" A.F.F. CL OF SLOCKING� SKIRT AT SINK UNIT PROVIDED W/ CABINETRY ATTACH EACH BASE CABINET TO WALL W #8 X 2 1/2" LONG F/H METAL SCREWS @ 8" 0.C. V-61 GL OF BLOCKING OPEN FOR WHEELCHAIR ACCESS. PAINT TO MATCH ROOM WALL COLOR PRE -FINISHED WOOD BASE PROVIDED W/ CABINETRY. SCRIBE TO FLOOR ALL UNIT MOUNTING DETAIL 05D-A1402-H00-DETL H 05.23.13 BREAK ROOM CABINETRY 05D-A1402-DOO-DETL OUTLET 1 TWO CABINETS SHOWN SIDE-BY-SIDE HOLES FOR WIRE FEED 1/2" SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP AND BACKSPLASH 0/ 3/4" MDF PROVIDED BY G.C. SINK BASIN AND FAUCET PROVIDED BY G.C. REFER TO PLUMBING DWGS. DUPLEX OUTLET FOR UNDER CABINET LIGHTING. ONE OUTLET TO BE PROVIDED PER EVERY TWO CABINETS. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. _ 6'-7" A.F.F. CL DUPLEX OUTLET WIRE DIAGRAM SINK SKIRT FIXTURE PROVIDED W/ CABINETS. SECURE TO EACH SIDE CABINET W/ #8 SCREWS. - PROVIDE WRAP AT WASTE AND SUPPLY LINES. ATTACH BACK OF SKIRT TO WALL W/#8X3" LONG F/H METAL SCREWS @ 8" 0.C. BASE CABINETS BEYOND DASHED LINE INDICATES KNEE AND TOE CLEARANCES 5/8" GYP. BD. OVER MTL STUD FRAMING. RUBBER BASE BEHIND SINK OPENING INSTALL METAL BLOCKING IN WALL PER DETAIL E/Al2.01. 5'-11" A.F.F. CL BLOCKING FRENCH CLEAT PROVIDED W/ CABINET, SECURE TO BLOCKING PER MFG INSTRUCTIONS OVERHEAD CABINET W/ TRANSLUCENT SLIDING DOOR G.C. TO CUT HOLES TO FEED WIRE UP TO OUTLET. HOLES TO BE PLACED AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO EDGE SUPPORT. SIZE AS SMALL AS POSSIBLE TO FIT CORD THROUGH. PROVIDE WHITE GROMMET SLEEVES. 4'-6" A.F.F.- B.O. CABINET - UNDER CABINET TASK LIGHT. SEE ELECT. DWGS FOR REQUIREMENTS 05D-A1402-G00-DETL 08.18.15 05D-A1402-COO-DETL c 09.09.13 BREAK AREA 4' 11 7/8" el co 74. co / c1 0 �'-1 7/8'i ,-' 3'-0" '''N. ,li'� 6' 5 7/8" \.i '0411/�f 2 PERSON 0 MANAGER OFFICE RIGID COUNTERTOP BRACKETS. *BRA -BRACE -27-W (WHITE) GROMMET COVER: #CAP -WH (WHITE) OUTWATER HARDWARE CORPORATION 800.631.2443 N 0 0 m O -J E 3 2' / //����������ff�f��������f�����f�i���� 9'-1 7/8" DESK 9'-1 7/8" HOLD GENERAL NOTES: 1. INSTALLATION OF ALL ITEMS MUST FULLY COMPLY WITH ALL LOCAL, STATE, AND FEDERAL CODES. 2. DOORS SHALL NOT SWING INTO THE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE OF ANY PLUMBING FIXTURE. THEY MAY SWING INTO THE REQUIRED TURNING RADIUS. 3. GC TO PROVIDE IN -WALL BLOCKING FOR ALL WALL MOUNTED ITEMS PER DETAIL E OR F ON Al2.0I. REFER TO EACH ITEM FOR ACTUAL TYPE REQUIRED. 4. REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF ALL FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES IN TOILET ROOMS AND POWDER ROOMS. 5. REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR SPECIFICATIONS OF ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES. 6. INSTALL ALL ITEMS PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 7. REFER TO SHEET A05.XX FLOOR AND WALL FINISH PLAN FOR FLOOR FINISH CALLOUTS 8. REFER TO SHEET A05.XX AND INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR WALL FINISH CALLOUTS 9. REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ON SHEET A00.01 FOR FINISH RESPONSIBILITIES 10. GC SHALL PROVIDE COVERS ON ALL FLOOR DRAINS DURING CONSTRUCTION TO PREVENT DEBRIS IN PIPES 11. WHEN INDICATED, ACCESSORIES LISTED SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR THROUGH THE FOLLOWING DISTRIBUTOR. NO EXCEPTIONS OR SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE ALLOWED. CONSTRUCTION BUILDING SYSTEMS, INC. (CBC) JIM CAMPBELL 800.444.4697, EXT #8504 COAT RACK MOUNTING DETAIL BREAK ROOM AREA 0 1 1/2" X 1 1/2" X 48" BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL CORNER GUARD - GAMCO #CG -2 0 PRE -FINISHED BASE AND WALL CABINETRY, REFER TO DETAIL G/A14.02. 0 SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP AND BACKSPLASH ® BREAK ROOM SINK AND FAUCET, REFER TO PLUMBING DWGS 0 PAPER TOWEL HOLDER - HAFELE #KT1024, STAINLESS STEEL, REFER TO DETAIL D/A14.02 O FRAMED BREAK ROOM USAGE SIGN O7 MICROWAVE, REFER TO ELEC. DWGS. FOR POWER ® 18.2 CU. FT. REFRIGERATOR W/ TOP FREEZER, REFER TO ELEC. DWGS. FOR POWER ® APARTMENT REFRIGERATOR, SEE ELEC. DWGS. FOR POWER 10 VENDING MACHINE, REFER TO ELEC. DWGS. FOR POWER 11 COAT RACK, REFER TO DETAIL F/A14.02 12 (6) CLOTHING HOOKS MOUNTED BELOW COAT RACK - GAMCO #5154. REFER TO DETAIL F/A14.02 CI FULL SIZE LOCKER BANK - 6 UNITS HIGH. G.C. TO SECURE TO WALL THROUGH BACK. 14 WALL -MOUNTED TELEVISION WITH BRACKET, REFER TO DETAIL M/A14.02. 15 FRAMED LOCKER USAGE SIGN, MOUNT ABOVE LOCKER BANK. 16 36" X 36" TABLE M-10 CI STACKING CHAIRS 18 MOBILE TELEVISION CART W/ TV/DVD COMBO UNIT 19 HEADSET STORAGE CART "ALL" SYSTEM EQUIPMENT, REFER TO DETAIL WA14.02. SEE ELEC DWGS FOR POWER REQUIREMENTS 21 48" X 36" ASSOCIATE RESOURCE CENTER COMMUNICATION BOARD. G.C. TO MOUNT TOP @ 6'-0" A.F.F. 48" X 36" COMMUNICATION RESOURCE CENTER COMMUNICATION BOARD. G.C. TO MOUNT TOP @ 6'-0" 48" X 36" GET READY CENTER COMMUNICATION BOARD. G.C. TO MOUNT TOP @ 6'-0" A.F.F. ® MAGNETIC PORCELAIN DRY -ERASE BOARD W/ ALUMINUM FRAME AND MARKER TRAY, 48"X72". MOUNT TOP @ 7'-0" A.F.F. MICROWAVE RACK OFFICE DESK LAMINATE TOP, BRACKETS AND GROMMETS, DETAIL B/AI4.02 M-10 I, REFER TO 31 WALL MOUNTED OVERHEAD CABINET WITH SLIDING TRANSLUCENT DOOR. LENGTH (42" OR 48") AS INDICATED IN PLAN. PROVIDED W TASK LIGHTING, REFER DETAIL C/A14.02 AND ELEC DWGS LATERAL FILE CABINET - 4 DRAWERS HIGH ® MOBILE PEDESTAL FILE CABINET ® COMPUTER WORKSTATION (INDICATED W/ HATCHED AREA) NOT USED MAILBOX UNIT, SET ON FILE CABINET OR DESK SURFACE INFORMATION LOCK BOX PLACED ON FLOOR BELOW DESK SMALL SAFE; G.C. TO SECURE PER MFG SPECIFICATIONS LARGE SAFE; G.C. TO SECURE PER MFG SPECIFICATIONS ® MOBILE TRAINING ROOM BOOKCASE 41 MELAMINE DRY -ERASE BOARD W/ ALUMINUM FRAME AND MARKER TRAY 24"X36". MOUNT TOP @ 5'-0" A.F.F. MAGNETIC DRY -ERASE CALENDAR BOARD 18"X30". MOUNT TO OUTSIDE OF DOOR @ 5'-0" A.F.F. ® FURNISH THE CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY AND A LIST OF THE NAMES, ADDRESSES AND TELEPHONE NUMBERS OF ALL SUBCONTRACTORS INCLUDING ALL LSD3C PROVIDED SUBCONTRACTORS. MOUNT IN SEPARATE 8 1/2" X 11" FRAMES. ® MANAGER'S OFFICE BULLETIN BOARD W CLOTH COVER 36"x48". MOUNT TOP @ 6'-0" A.F.F. 4n5 TASK CHAIR 011 • REVIEWED FOR ODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED SEP 19 2011 City of Tukwila ILDING DIVISION AMENITY PLAN 1/2" = 1'-O" J 03.31.17 AMENITY KEYNOTES CITY OF TUKWILA SEP 01 2017 PERMIT CENTER 1/4"=1'-O" ■ L P ' O >+O cv ti 3 • cha 0- d: T a O cD I- F- Z 0 !s;i2 r 0WWaW-NofO<a0UU OON F V N` -0U ZQW=W ^ ONL=mZ = O Q O 11,1,=[1: W � Z � O 0 Z 0 U a N - 0 0 W U O~ V W O W U O Y; O u, J<� O y v<, O V g W C W az F N H H O L7 V C W Z 7 - d 0 C �_ Z y 0 _ 0 3 s G U I/1 O _ C7 0 F Y W F" 0 ?- C W = �. W � O W K m V W d< Vi=i �?WN� 111 tift ..oma aCCo LaJ CL Inzmi Q 2 Go Wce 00 Zegl L1.1 IJJ zo (1) 13t Now; -o =USS ons (i)cncoi- REVISIONS: J J -003 O o- L() M w Ix 0- 0 v N W 0 C.) 0 J REQUIRED BY: DATE DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 AM HMG SKM NON -SALES/ AMENITY PLANS DRAWING NUMBER: 05D-A1402-A00-DETL A 03.23.17 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 00: 007200 007300 DIVISION 01: 011000 013000 014000 015000 016000 016200 017000 017300 017900 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS GENERAL CONDITIONS SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS QUALITY REQUIREMENTS TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PRODUCT OPTIONS EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS EXECUTION DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING DIVISION 02: EXISTING CONDITIONS (NOT USED) DIVISION 03: CONCRETE 033000 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 034900 GLASS FIBER REINFORCED CEMENT 039250 CONCRETE RESURFACING AND REHABILITATION DIVISION 04: MASONRY 042200 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 044000 STONE ASSEMBLIES DIVISION 05: METALS 055000 METAL FABRICATIONS 057000 DECORATIVE METAL DIVISION 06: WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES 061053 MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 062000 FINISH CARPENTRY 064000 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 061600 SHEATHING DIVISION 07: THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 071416 WATERPROOF MEMBRANE 072100 THERMAL INSULATION 072400 EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS (El FS) 075900 ROOF REPAIRS 076000 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 078100 APPLIED FIREPROOFING 078400 FIRE STOPPING 079200 JOINT SEALANT 079513 EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES DIVISION 08: OPENINGS 081000 METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081400 WOOD DOORS 081433 STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS 083100 ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS 083326 OVERHEAD COILING GRILLES 083516 FOLDING GRILLES 084113 ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES 085200 WOOD WINDOWS 087100 DOOR HARDWARE 088100 GLASS GLAZING 088300 MIRRORS DIVISION 09: FINISHES 092900 092950 093000 095123 095323 096429 096516 096519 096800 097216 097216.16 098100 099000 AND STOREFRONTS GYPSUM BOARD GYPSUM BOARD METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS TILING ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS STEEL SUSPENDED CEILING AND SOFFIT FRAMING WOOD STRIP AND PLANK FLOORING RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING RESILIENT TILE FLOORING CARPETING VINYL -COATED FABRIC WALL COVERING RIGID SHEET VINYL WALL COVERINGS (F.R.P. PANELS ) ACOUSTICAL INSULATION PAINTING AND COATING DIVISION 10: SPECIALTIES 102113 TOILET COMPARTMENTS 102613 CORNER GUARDS 102800 TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 105100 LOCKERS 105626 MOBILE STORAGE SHELVING 107313 AWNINGS DIVISION 11: EQUIPMENT (NOT USED) DIVISION 12: FURNISHINGS 124813 WALK -OFF MATS AND FRAMES DIVISION 13: SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION (NOT USED) DIVISION 14: CONVEYING EQUIPMENT (NOT USED) DIVISION 15 THRU 20: RESERVED DIVISION 21: FIRE SUPPRESSION (REFER TO SPRINKLER DRAWINGS) DIVISION 22: PLUMBING (REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS) DIVISION 23: HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS) DIVISION 24: RESERVED DIVISION 25: INTEGRATED AUTOMATION DIVISION 26: ELECTRICAL (REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS) DIVISION 27: COMMUNICATIONS (REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS) DIVISION 28: ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY DIVISION 29: RESERVED DIVISION 30 THRU 39: SITE AND INFRASTRUCTURE (NOT USED) DIVISION 40 THRU 49: PROCESS EQUIPMENT (INDUSTRIAL) (NOT USED) DIVISION 00: PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 007200 - GENERAL CONDITIONS GENERAL CONDITIONS: OWNER'S STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION ARE INCORPORATED INTO THE CONTROLLING CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION. 1. A COPY WILL BE MADE AVAILABLE BY OWNER UPON REQUEST. SECTION 007300 - SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS A. CONDITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS: GENERAL CONDITIONS, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS CONTAIN INFORMATION NECESSARY FOR COMPLETION OF EVERY PART OF PROJECT. 5. DIVISION 1: WHERE PROVISIONS OF GENERAL CONDITIONS RELATE TO PROJECT ADMINISTRATION OR WORK-RELATED REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT, THOSE PARAGRAPHS ARE EXPANDED IN DIVISION 1. C. MISCELLANEOUS DEFINITIONS: 1. APPROVED: REQUIRES WRITTEN ACTION BY OWNER'S PROJECT MANAGER AS DOES TERMS SUCH AS DIRECTED, SELECTED, REQUIRED, ORDERED, DESIGNATED, ACCEPTED, ACCEPTABLE, AND SATISFACTORY. 2. FURNISH: SUPPLY AND DELIVER TO PROJECT, UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED IN GREATER DETAIL. 3. INSTALL: OPERATIONS AT PROJECT, FROM INSPECTING AND UNLOADING, TO COMPLETION IN PLACE, READY FOR INTENDED USE. 4. PROVIDE: FURNISH AND INSTALL, COMPLETE AND READY FOR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED IN GREATER DETAIL. DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 011000 - SUMMARY A. PROJECT CONSISTS OF CONSTRUCTION OF THE LBRANDS STORE AS INDICATED IN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 1. ITEMS NOTED "NIC" (NOT IN CONTRACT) WILL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY OWNER OR UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACT 2. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: NOT IN CONTRACT; OWNER WILL PROVIDE FOR HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACT PRIOR TO THIS PROJECT. IF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ARE SUSPECTED, NOTIFY OWNER IMMEDIATELY. B. WORK SEQUENCE: COORDINATE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, OPERATIONS AND USE OF PREMISES WITH BUILDING MANAGEMENT. C. CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES: LIMIT TO AREAS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND AS SPECIFIED; LIMIT ACCESS AS DIRECTED BY OWNER. D. LINES AND LEVELS ENGINEERING: ESTABLISH LINES AND LEVELS BY USE OF RECOGNIZED ENGINEERING PRACTICES. LOCATE AND PROTECT CONTROL AND REFERENCE POINTS. E. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS: PROJECT 1-IA5 SEEN DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE CODES. COMPLY WITH CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION. INFORM OWNER'S PROJECT MANAGER OF DISCREPANCIES OBSERVED OR NOTED BY OTHERS. F. STANDARDS: COMPLY WITH STANDARDS REFERENCED EXCEPT WHERE MORE RIGID REQUIREMENTS ARE REQUIRED BY CODE. DATE OF STANDARD IS THAT IN EFFECT AS OF DATE DOCUMENTS ARE ISSUED, EXCEPT WHEN SPECIFIC DATE I5 SPECIFIED. G. OWNER FURNISHED CONTRACTOR INSTALLED ITEMS: OWNER WILL ARRANGE AND PAY FOR PRODUCT AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS TO BE DELIVERED TO PROJECT SITE FOR CONTRACTOR INSTALLATION. 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSPECT, RECEIVE, UNLOAD, STORE, INSTALL AND FINISH. SECTION 013000 - ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. PROCEDURES: CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW AND APPROVE SUBMITTALS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING TO OWNER'S PROJECT MANAGER. INFORM OWNER'S PM IN WRITING AT TIME OF SUBMISSION OF ANY PROPOSED DEVIATION FROM CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 5. C. D. E. F. 1. REVIEW OF SUBMITTALS BY OWNER'S PROJECT MANAGER SHALL BE FOR DESIGN CONCEPT ONLY AND SHALL NOT BE CONSTRUED AS APPROVING DEPARTURES FROM CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE: BAR CHARTS OR CONTRACTOR'S STANDARD COMPUTERIZED SCHEDULES, UPDATED REGULARLY, NO LESS THAN MONTHLY. SCHEDULE OF VALUES: AIA FORM G703 OR APPROVED FORMAT. SHOP DRAWINGS: SUBMIT ONE REPRODUCIBLE AND TWO PRINTS; PROVIDE FOR CUSTOM PRODUCTS AND PRODUCTS NOT FULLY IDENTIFIED BY PRODUCT DATA. PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT NUMBER REQUIRED BY CONTRACTOR PLUS TWO FOR OWNER'S PROJECT MANAGER; INDICATE ITEM TO BE USED WHERE DATA FOR MORE THAN ONE PRODUCT OR OPTION IS INCLUDED; PROVIDE FOR EACH STOCK MANUFACTURED ITEM. SAMPLES: PROVIDE SAMPLES FOR EACH TYPE OF EXPOSED FINISH, COLOR, AND TEXTURE; MINIMUM SIZE 6", MAXIMUM SIZE 12" UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED; SUBMIT ONE SAMPLE FOR OWNER'S PROJECT MANAGER TO RETAIN, ONE SAMPLE FOR FIELD OFFICE, AND NUMBER REQUIRED BY CONTRACTOR. G. MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES: PROVIDE TWO. H. COORDINATE SPACE REQUIREMENTS AND INSTALLATION OF MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL WORK; CONCEAL PIPES, DUCTS, AND WIRING IN FINISHED AREAS; COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF FIXTURES AND OUTLETS WITH FINISHES. 1. MAKE PROVISIONS FOR OWNER INSTALLED ITEMS AND FOR SEPARATE CONTRACTS. 2. VERIFY CHARACTERISTICS OF INTERRELATED OPERATING EQUIPMENT ARE COMPATIBLE; 3. COORDINATE WORK HAVING INTERDEPENDENT RESPONSIBILITIES FOR INSTALLING, CONNECTION TO, AND PLACING OF SUCH EQUIPMENT IN SERVICE. I. PROJECT MEETINGS: SCHEDULE AND ADMINISTER MEETINGS, MAKE PHYSICAL ARRANGEMENT, PREPARE AGENDA, PRESIDE AT MEETINGS AND RECORD MINUTES. SECTION 014000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS A. GENERAL QUALITY CONTROL: MAINTAIN QUALITY CONTROL OVER SUPPLIERS, MANUFACTURERS, PRODUCTS, SERVICES, SITE CONDITIONS, AND WORKMANSHIP, TO PRODUCE WORK OF SPECIFIED QUALITY. 5. MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES: WHEN SPECIFIED IN RESPECTIVE SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, REQUIRE MANUFACTURER OR SUPPLIER TO HAVE QUALIFIED PERSONNEL PROVIDE ON-SITE OBSERVATIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 1. REPRESENTATIVE SHALL: a. OBSERVE FIELD CONDITIONS, INCLUDING CONDITIONS OF SURFACES. OBSERVE QUALITY OF WORKMANSHIP AND METHODS OF INSTALLATION. b. PROVIDE RECOMMENDATIONS FOR INSTALLATION AND WORKMANSHIP. c. WHERE REQUIRED, START, TEST, AND ADJUST EQUIPMENT AS APPLICABLE. d. SUBMIT WRITTEN REPORT TO OWNER'S PM OF OBSERVATIONS. C. MOCK-UPS: CONSTRUCT FIELD SAMPLES AND MOCK-UPS ON SITE AS REQUIRED. D. TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES: TESTING SHALL BE BY AN APPROVED TESTING LABORATORY, AS REQUIRED BY SPECIFICATIONS AND BY APPLICABLE CODES. 1. TESTING REQUIRED WILL BE PAID FOR BY OWNER EXCEPT RETESTING WILL BE PAID FOR BY CONTRACTOR WHERE REQUIRED BY FAILURE TO MEET ORIGINAL TESTS. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH MATERIALS AND SAMPLES FOR TESTS AND SHALL ASSIST TESTING LABORATORY AS REQUESTED. SECTION 015000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS A. GENERAL: PROVIDE TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS AS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE PROJECT IN ACCORDANCE WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND TO CONFORM TO REQUIREMENTS OF APPLICABLE AUTHORITIES. 1. CONTACT GOVERNING AUTHORITIES TO ESTABLISH EXTENT OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS REQUIRED BY AUTHORITIES. B. TEMPORARY POWER: PROVIDE POWER SERVICE AND LIGHTING REQUIRED FOR OPERATIONS, WITH BRANCH WIRING AND DISTRIBUTION BOXES LOCATED TO ALLOW SERVICE AND LIGHTING 5Y MEANS OF CONSTRUCTION -TYPE POWER CORDS. C. TEMPORARY WATER AND SANITARY SERVICES: PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN REQUIRED DRINKING WATER AND SANITARY FACILITIES WITH ENCLOSURES. D. NOISE, DUST, AND POLLUTION CONTROL: PROVIDE MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT NECESSARY TO COMPLY WITH LOCAL REQUIREMENTS FOR NOISE, DUST, AND POLLUTION CONTROL. E. BARRIERS: PROVIDE AS REQUIRED TO PROTECT ADJACENT PROPERTIES FROM DAMAGE FROM OPERATIONS; AND AS REQUIRED BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. 1. SOLID WOOD CONSTRUCTION FENCE; EQUIP WITH GATES WITH LOCKS. 2. SECURITY: MAINTAIN SITE AND MATERIALS SECURE DURING CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. CLEANING: CONTROL ACCUMULATION OF WASTE MATERIALS AND RUBBISH; DISPOSE OF OFF-SITE AT INTERVALS APPROVED BY OWNER'S PROJECT MANAGER AND ACCEPTABLE TO APPLICABLE AUTHORITIES. G. FIELD OFFICE: PROVIDE WEATHER -TIGHT FIELD OFFICE, WITH LIGHTING, ELECTRICAL OUTLETS, HEATING, AND VENTILATING EQUIPMENT, AND EQUIPPED WITH FURNITURE. 1. TELEPHONE SERVICE: PROVIDE TELEPHONE SERVICE AND FAX SERVICE TO SITE DURING ON-SITE CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. 2. TELEPHONE SERVICE: PROVIDE CELLULAR PHONE WITH ON-SITE PERSON IN CHARGE; PROVIDE PHONE NUMBER TO OWNER'S PROJECT MANAGER. H. STORAGE: LIMIT ON-SITE STORAGE TO AREAS DESIGNATED FOR CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS AND APPROVED IN WRITING IN ADVANCE BY OWNER; PROVIDE ADDITIONAL WEATHER -TIGHT, SECURED OFF-SITE STORAGE AS REQUIRED. REMOVAL AND CLEANING: REMOVE CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES, CLEAN AND REPAIR DAMAGE IN EXCESS OF CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS, CAUSED BY OPERATIONS OR USE OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES. SECTION 016000 - PRODU REQUIREENTS A. CONTRACT AMOUNT: BASE ON MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS IN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; WHERE LISTED IN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS BY MANUFACTURERS NOT LISTED SHALL NOT BE USED WITHOUT WRITTEN APPROVAL. 5. PRODUCTS: COMPONENTS SUPPLIED IN QUANTITY SHALL BE INTERCHANGEABLE; PROVIDE NEW MATERIALS UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED IN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. C. INSTALLATION: INSTALL ITEMS PLUMB, LEVEL AND SECURE, AND IN CORRECT RELATION TO ADJACENT PRODUCTS; SECURE IN PLACE WITH POSITIVE ANCHORAGE DEVICES DESIGNED AND SIZED TO WITHSTAND STRESSES, VIBRATION, AND RACKING. 1. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS EXCEPT WHERE MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS ARE SPECIFIED. D. TRANSPORTATION: TRANSPORT PRODUCTS TO AVOID PRODUCT DAMAGE, DELIVER IN UNDAMAGED CONDITION IN MANUFACTURER'S UNOPENED CONTAINERS OR PACKAGING. E. HANDLING: PROVIDE EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL TO HANDLE PRODUCTS 81' METHODS TO PREVENT SOILING AND DAMAGE; PROMPTLY INSPECT TO ASSURE PRODUCTS ARE CORRECT, COMPLETE, AND UNDAMAGED, AND QUANTITIES ARE CORRECT. F. STORAGE: STORE MATERIAL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER INSTRUCTIONS, WITH SEALS AND LABELS INTACT AND LEGIBLE. G. PROTECTION: PROVIDE COVERINGS TO PROTECT PRODUCTS FROM DAMAGE FROM TRAFFIC AND CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS, REMOVE WHEN NO LONGER NEEDED. H. SPECIFIED PRODUCTS: FOR PRODUCTS SPECIFIED BY NAMING ONE OR MORE PRODUCTS OR MANUFACTURERS, SELECT PRODUCTS OF ANY NAMED MANUFACTURER MEETING SPECIFICATIONS. SECTION 016200 - PRODUCT OPTIONS A. SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS: PROVIDE PRODUCTS INDICATED OR APPROVED; REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTIONS OF OTHER PRODUCTS WILL BE CONSIDERED IF SUBMITTED IN WRITING. 1. CONTRACTOR OPTIONS: PROVIDE PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS NAMED IN SPECIFICATIONS, SUBMIT REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION FOR PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS NOT SPECIFICALLY NAMED WHERE NAMES ARE LISTED. 2. SUBSTITUTIONS: CONTRACTOR SHALL INVESTIGATE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS AND DETERMINE IF EQUIVALENT TO PRODUCTS SPECIFIED. SUBMITTALS SHALL INCLUDE COST OR TIME BENEFITS FOR SUBSTITUTIONS; FAILURE TO INDICATE COST OR TIME BENEFIT 15 JUSTIFICATION FOR REJECTION. 3. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION: REQUESTS CONSTITUTE THAT CONTRACTOR 14AS INVESTIGATED PROPOSED PRODUCTS AND DETERMINES IT MEETS OR EXCEEDS SPECIFIED PRODUCTS AND WAIVES CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL COSTS THAT SUBSEQUENTLY BECOME APPARENT. 4. APPROVALS: OWNER'S PROJECT MANAGER SHALL BE THE JUDGE OF ACCEPTABILITY AND RESERVES RIGHT TO REJECT PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION BASED ON INSUFFICIENT INFORMATION; USE ONLY SUBSTITUTIONS APPROVED IN WRITING. SECTION 017000 - EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS A. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: INSTALLERS TO HAVE MINIMUM FIVE YEARS SUCCESSFUL EXPERIENCE INSTALLING ITEMS SIMILAR TO THOSE REQUIRED FOR PROJECT, EXCEPT FOR INDIVIDUALS IN TRAINING UNDER DIRECT SUPERVISION OF EXPERIENCED INSTALLER. B. EXAMINATION: BEGINNING INSTALLATION OF A PRODUCT SIGNIFIES INSTALLER 14AS EXAMINED SUBSTRATES, AREAS, AND CONDITIONS FOR COMPLIANCE WITH MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS FOR TOLERANCES AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE. MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS: WHEN WORK IS SPECIFIED TO COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURERS' RECOMMENDATIONS OR INSTRUCTIONS, DISTRIBUTE COPIES TO PERSONS INVOLVED, AND MAINTAIN ONE SET IN FIELD OFFICE. INSTALLATION: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS UNLESS MORE RESTRICTIVE REQUIREMENTS ARE SPECIFIED. PROTECTION: COVER PRODUCTS SUBJECT TO DETERIORATION WITH IMPERVIOUS SHEET, PROVIDE VENTILATION TO AVOID CONDENSATION AND TRAPPING WATER. CUTTING AND PATCHING: CUT AND FIT COMPONENTS AS REQUIRED; PATCH DISTURBED AREAS TO MATCH ADJACENT MATERIALS AND FINISHES. 1. REFINISHING: REFINISH ENTIRE SURFACES AS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE EVEN FINISH TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISHES; FOR CONTINUOUS SURFACES REFINISH TO NEAREST INTERSECTION, FOR AN ASSEMBLY REFINISH ENTIRE UNIT. FINAL CLEANING: CLEAN INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR SURFACES EXPOSED TO VIEW, REMOVE TEMPORARY LABELS, STAINS, AND FOREIGN SUBSTANCES; POLISH TRANSPARENT AND GLOSSY SURFACES; VACUUM CARPETED AND SOFT SURFACES; CLEAN DUCTS; CLEAN SITE. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: PROVIDE DOCUMENTATION STATING WORK HAS BEEN SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETED. WHERE OWNER REQUIRES USE OF SPACE PRIOR TO FINAL COMPLETION, PROVIDE LIST OF ITEMS TO BE COMPLETED. 1. OWNER'S PROJECT MANAGER WILL REVIEW LIST OF ANY ITEMS TO BE COMPLETED AND SUPPLEMENT LIST WITH ITEMS CONSIDERED TO BE INCOMPLETE OR UNACCEPTABLE. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. FINAL COMPLETION: PROVIDE WRITTEN CERTIFICATION INDICATING WORK IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, SYSTEMS HAVE BEEN TESTED AND ARE OPERATIONAL, AND WORK IS READY FOR FINAL INSPECTION. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS: MAINTAIN COMPLETE AND UP-TO-DATE RECORD DOCUMENTS; KEEP SEPARATE FROM FIELD DOCUMENTS. SUBMIT PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS, MATERIAL AND FINISH DATA, OPERATION AND INSTRUCTION MANUALS, WARRANTIES AND BONDS AT COMPLETION. 1. SUBMIT BOUND IN 8-1/2" X 11" THREE RING BINDERS WITH DURABLE PLASTIC COVERS. ARRANGE IN FORMAT SIMILAR TO SPECIFICATIONS. WARRANTIES: PROVIDE WARRANTIES AS INDICATED, SIGNED 5Y CONTRACTOR AND MANUFACTURER; FORM AS APPROVED BY OWNER PRIOR TO EXECUTION. 1. WARRANTIES SHALL BE IN ADDITION TO AND NOT A LIMITATION OF OTHER RIGHTS OWNER MAY HAVE AGAINST CONTRACTOR UNDER CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND AS PRESCRIBED BY LAW, REGARDLESS OF WORDING OF WARRANTY. J. K. SECTION 017300 - EXECUTION A. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION: REMOVE FROM SITE EXISTING MATERIALS, CONSTRUCTION AND UTILITIES AS NEEDED TO COMPLETE PROJECT. REMOVE EXISTING ELEMENTS INDICATED AND ENCOUNTERED DURING CONSTRUCTION, AS NEEDED TO COMPLETE WORK. 1. REMOVE ONLY THOSE ELEMENTS NECESSARY FOR COMPLETION OF PROJECT, REPLACE OR REPAIR ELEMENTS UNNECESSARILY REMOVED OR DAMAGED DURING CONSTRUCTION. 2. CAREFULLY REMOVE AND STORE ITEMS INDICATED FOR REUSE IN PROJECT AND COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES FOR MODIFICATIONS AND REINSTALLATION. 3. PROTECTION: PREVENT MOVEMENT AND SETTLEMENT OF ADJACENT STRUCTURE; PROVIDE BRACING, SHORING, AND UNDERPINNING AS NEEDED AND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SAFETY AND SUPPORT OF STRUCTURES. ASSUME LIABILITY FOR SUCH MOVEMENT AND SETTLEMENT. 4. UTILITIES: CONTACT APPLICABLE UTILITY COMPANIES PRIOR TO DISCONNECTING UTILITIES; DISCONTINUE WORK IF UNEXPECTED UTILITY LINES ARE ENCOUNTERED. DETERMINE LINE SOURCE AND USE PRIOR TO REMOVAL. CAP AND IDENTIFY EXISTING UTILITY LINES REMOVED. SECTION 017900 - DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING A. SUMMARY: PROJECT INCLUDES SPECIAL FACILITY START-UP PROCESS TO BRING FACILITY TO FULLY OPERATIONAL STATE, FREE OF DEFICIENCIES, IN MOST EFFICIENT AND TIMELY MANNER ACHIEVABLE. DIVISION 02 - EXISTING CONDITIONS (NOT USED) DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE SECTION 033000 - CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE A. CONCRETE SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 3500 PSI AT 28 DAYS, WITH A WATER CEMENT RATIO = .50 (MAXIMUM). CONCRETE EXPOSED TO WEATHER SHALL BE AIR -ENTRAINED AT 6% ± 1.5% B. ALL REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE NEW DOMESTIC DEFORMED BILLET STEEL CONFORMING TO ASTM A -6I5 GRADE 60. C. WELDED WIRE REINFORCEMENT SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A -I85 DELIVERED IN FLAT SHEETS. D. ALL CONCRETE WORK SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH "THE BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE" ACI 3I8 -XX. E. ALL REINFORCING DETAILS SHALL CONFORM TO "MANUAL OF STANDARD PRACTICE FOR DETAILING REINFORCED CONCRETE STRUCTURES" ACI 315-94, UNLESS DETAILED OTHERWISE ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. F. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY LOCATIONS OF ALL OPENINGS, SLEEVES, ANCHOR BOLTS, INSERTS, ETC., AS REQUIRED BY OTHER TRADES BEFORE CONCRETE I5 PLACED. G. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SPACERS, CHAIRS, BOLSTERS, ETC., NECESSARY TO SUPPORT REINFORCING STEEL. CHAIRS WHICH BEAR ON EXPOSED CONCRETE SURFACES SHALL HAVE ENDS WHICH ARE PLASTIC TIPPED OR STAINLESS STEEL. CHAIRS WHICH BEAR ON EXPOSED CONCRETE SURFACES TO RECEIVE SANDBLAST FINISH SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL. H. MINIMUM CONCRETE COVER SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR REINFORCEMENT: (REFER TO THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS * SPECIFICATIONS). REFER TO STRUCTURAL SPECIFICATIONS. SECTION 039250 - CONCRETE RESURFACING AND REHABILITATION A. GENERAL: CONCRETE SURFACE SHALL BE IMPROVED AND/OR REPAIRED TO PROVIDE A SUITABLE SURFACE FOR INSTALLATION OF ALL FLOOR FINISH MATERIALS AND TO COMPLY WITH ALL PROJECT AND/OR FIXTURE REQUIREMENTS. B. SUBMITTALS: 1. NO SUBMITTALS SHALL BE REQUIRED. 2. NO SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE ALLOWED. C. NATIONAL ACCOUNTS 1. THE MAPEI OR LATICRETE PRODUCTS LISTED THROUGHOUT THIS SPECIFICATION SHALL BE PURCHASED BY THE GC THROUGH THE FOLLOWING NATIONAL ACCOUNT, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. a. MAPEI: PRO TILE, 914.665.0654. PLACE ORDER AS A VICTORIA'S SECRET OR PINK STORE. MATERIAL WILL BE PROVIDED FROM THE NEAREST MAPEI' DISTRIBUTION CENTER. b. LATICRETE: DALTILE, CONTACT DAVE MEYERS, LATICRETE NATIONAL ACCOUNT REPRESENTATIVE 203.376.8113. PLACE ORDER AS A VICTORIA'S SECRET OR PINK STORE. MATERIAL WILL BE PROVIDED FROM THE NEAREST LATICRETE DISTRIBUTION CENTER. 2. WHICH MANUFACTURER IS USED DEPENDS ON WHICH ONE IS BEING SPECIFIED FOR THE FLOORING MATERIAL GOING OVER THIS FLOOR PREP. THE SAME MANUFACTURER MUST BE USED THROUGHOUT ANY GIVEN FINISH FLOOR MATERIAL TO MAINTAIN PRODUCT WARRANTIES. 3. ALL OTHER PRODUCTS LISTED WHICH ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GC SHALL BE PURCHASED THROUGH LOCAL RESOURCES. D. EXISTING STATIC SUBSTRATE CRACKS: 1. CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANE COMPLYING WITH ANSI 118.12 (FOR TREATMENT ALONG CRACKS ONLY; MUST BE INSTALLED OVER ANY REQUIRED SELF -LEVELING UNDERLAYMENT). a. MAPEI MAPELASTIC AQUADEFENCE b. LATICRETE INTERNATIONAL HYDROBAN E. PATCHING, RAMPING, AND SMALL FILL AREAS: 1. PRE -BLENDED POLYMER -MODIFIED CEMENTITIOUS FAST SETTING HIGH FLOW PATCHING MORTAR, SUITABLE FROM FEATHER EDGE TO 3 INCH (76MM) APPLICATION IN CONFINED AREAS AND AS A WEAR SURF a. MAPEI MAPECEM QUICKPATCH b. LATICRETE NXT PATCH F. LARGE FILL AREAS AND LEVELING: 1. POURABLE CEMENTITIOUS, HIGH-STRENGTH, FAST -SETTING, NON -SHRINK, SELF -LEVELING UNDERLAYMENT ACHIEVING A MINIMUM OF 4000 P51 COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH AT 28 DAYS, COMPLYING WITH ASTM 0349 AND SUITABLE FROM 1/8 INCH TO 1 INCH (3MMTO 25MM). a. MAPEI ULTRAPLAN 1 PLUS IN CONJUNCTION WITH PRIMER T (SELF -LEVELING PRIMER) b. LATICRETE NXT LEVEL PLUS IN CONJUNCTION WITH LATICRETE NXT PRIMER 2. SUBSTRATE MUST BE PREPARED BY SHOT-BLASTING PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ANY SELF -LEVELING UNDERLAYMENT TO ACHIEVE A SURFACE PROFILE BETWEEN CSP -3 AND CSP -6 AS PER ICRI STANDARDS. G. INSTALLATION: COMPLY WITH ALL MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 1. INCLUDE ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 2. DO NOT INSTALL CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANE BELOW ANY REQUIRED SELF -LEVELING UNDERLAYMENT; CRACKS MUST BE MARKED PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF UNDERLAYMENT; OTHERWISE, FULL COVERAGE OF CRACK ISOLATION MAY BE REQUIRED. DIVISION 04 - MASONRY SECTION 042200 - CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY A. 5. C. D. E. F. G. H. J. K. L. MASONRY CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF ASCE 5-05 "BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR MASONRY STRUCTURES" AND ASCE 6-05 "SPECIFICATIONS FOR MASONRY STRUCTURES". HOLLOW LOAD BEARING UNITS SHALL BE NORMAL WEIGHT, CONFORMING TO ASTM Cqo, WITH A MINIMUM NET COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 2500 PSI (FIM = 1900 PSI). MORTAR SHALL BE TYPE M OR 5, CONFORMING TO ASTM C270. COURSE GROUT SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C476 WITH A MAXIMUM AGGREGATE SIZE OF 3/8" AND A MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 2500 P91. (STANDARD MINIMUM 15 2000) VERTICAL REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE AS NOTED ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS WITH CELLS FILLED WITH COARSE GROUT. VERTICAL REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE HELD IN POSITION AT THE TOP AND BOTTOM AND AT A MAXIMUM SPACING OF 8'-0". REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE PLACED IN THE CENTER OF THE MASONRY CELL, TYPICAL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE LAPPED MINIMUM 48 BAR DIAMETERS WHERE SPLICED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. WHEN A FOUNDATION DOWEL DOES NOT LINE UP WITH A VERTICAL CORE, IT SHALL NOT BE SLOPED MORE THAN ONE HORIZONTAL IN SIX VERTICALS. DOWELS SHALL BE GROUTED INTO A CORE IN VERTICAL ALIGNMENT, EVEN THOUGH IT 15 IN THE CELL ADJACENT TO THE VERTICAL WALL REINFORCEMENT. HORIZONTAL WALL REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE STANDARD TRUSS TYPE DUR-0-VIAL AT 16" C/C., UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS. SPLICED WIRE REINFORCEMENT 51-1ALL BE LAPPED AT LEAST 6" AND CONTAIN AT LEAST ONE CROSS WIRE OF EACH PIECE OF REINFORCEMENT WITHIN THE 6 INCHES. LAP WITH STANDARD "T" AND "L" SHAPED PIECES AT INTERSECTIONS AND CORNERS. PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF 3 COURSES NIGH BY 2 COURSES WIDE GROUTED SOLID MASONRY AT BEAM BEARING POINTS. PROVIDE PRECAST CONCRETE LINTELS OVER ALL OPENINGS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. LINTELS SHALL BE OF SUFFICIENT SIZE AND REINFORCEMENT FOR THE GIVEN SPANS AND LOADING CONDITIONS. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS WITH RATED LOAD CAPACITIES TO THE ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW. PROVIDE A KNOCK -OUT BLOCK OR U -BLOCK REINFORCED WITH (1)-#5 CONTINUOUS AT THE SILL OF ALL WINDOW OPENINGS. EXTEND 16" BEYOND EACH SIDE OF THE OPENING TYPICALLY. M. BOND PILASTERS TO ADJOINING MASONRY WALLS WITH INTERLOCKING UNITS. N. PROVIDE 2 COURSES 51 16" WIDE SOLID OR GROUTED SOLID MASONRY AT JOIST AND LINTEL BEARING POINTS. SECTION 044000 - STONE ASSEMBLIES A. GENERAL: PROVIDE STONE FABRICATIONS FOR CLADDING AS INDICATED, INCLUDING ANCHORS, MORTAR, GROUT, AND ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE, FINISHED INSTALLATION. B. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS: OBTAIN EACH STONE FROM SINGLE QUARRY SOURCE, WITH CONSISTENT COLOR RANGE AND TEXTURE THROUGHOUT WORK; DO NOT CHANGE SOURCES OR KINDS OF MATERIALS DURING COURSE OF WORK. C. QUALITY CONTROL: OBSERVE STONE DURING FABRICATION AND ENSURE CONSISTENCY OF APPEARANCE; DO NOT USE PIECES WITH DEFECTS AND BLEMISHES BEYOND NORMAL CHARACTERISTICS ANTICIPATED FOR STONE. 1. DEFECTS AND BLEMISHES: CONTRASTING SPOTS, FOREIGN ELEMENTS, IRREGULAR COLOR VARIATIONS, AND IRREGULARITIES IN TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS SHALL BE CONSIDERED DEFECTS AND BLEMISHES. D. AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS; EACH TYPE OF STONE SHALL COME FROM A SINGLE QUARRY TO ENSURE CONSISTENT COLOR. E. MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS: ASTM C150, TYPE 1 PORTLAND CEMENT, ASTM C207, TYPE 5 HYDRATED LIME, AND ASTM C144 SAND, CLEAN, FREE OF HARMFUL SUBSTANCES; USE WHITE CEMENT AT COLORED MORTAR AND GROUT, COLOR TO MATCH STONE UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. F. ACCESSORIES: PROVIDE ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. G. FABRICATION: FABRICATE AS SHOWN AND AS DETAILED ON FINAL SHOP DRAWINGS WITH EXPOSED SURFACES SMOOTH, TRUE, AND FLAT. 1. CUT ACCURATELY TO SHAPE AND DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON FINAL SHOP DRAWINGS; COMPLY WITH FABRICATION TOLERANCES OF STONE ASSOCIATION FOR SPECIFIED FINISHES. ZERO TOLERANCE WHERE HAIRLINE JOINTS ARE REQUIRED. H. INSTALLATION: DO NOT USE MATERIAL WITH CHIPS, CRACKS, VOIDS, DISCOLORATIONS OR OTHER DEFECTS THAT MIGHT BE VISIBLE OR CAUSE STAINING IN FINISHED WORK. 1. STONE APPLICATION: INSTALL CURBS WITH SOFT STAINLESS STEEL WIRE ANCHORS, MINIMUM 1/8" DIAMETER SET WITH PORTLAND CEMENT WITH SHRINKAGE REDUCER (EXTERIOR); GROUT JOINTS. 2. EXECUTE WORK WITH SKILLED MECHANICS AND EMPLOY SKILLED FITTERS AT SITE TO DO NECESSARY FIELD CUTTING AS STONE IS SET. 3. TOOL JOINTS SLIGHTLY CONCAVE. DIVISION 05 - METALS SECTION 055000 - METAL FABRICATIONS A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. J. GENERAL: PROVIDE MISCELLANEOUS METAL SHAPES AND FABRICATIONS AS REQUIRED AND NOT INCLUDED AS PART OF OTHER SECTIONS, WITH ANCHORS AND ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. SUBMITTALS: FURNISH SHOP DRAWINGS FOR CUSTOM FABRICATIONS, PRODUCT DATA FOR MANUFACTURED ITEMS; PROVIDE TEMPLATES FOR ANCHOR INSTALLATION BY OTHERS. STEEL SHAPES: ASTM A36 STEEL. PROVIDE NON -SHRINK, NON-METALLIC, PRE -MIXED, FACTORY PACKAGED, NON -STAINING, NON -CORROSIVE, NON-GASEOUS GROUT; TYPE SPECIFICALLY RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR APPLICATIONS INDICATED. FASTENERS AND ROUGH HARDWARE: TYPE REQUIRED FOR SPECIFIC USAGE; PROVIDE ZINC -COATED FASTENERS FOR EXTERIOR USE OR WHERE BUILT INTO EXTERIOR WALLS. WELDING MATERIALS: AWS D1.1, TYPE REQUIRED FOR MATERIALS BEING WELDED. PROVIDE PRIMERS AS RECOMMENDED 5Y PAINT MANUFACTURERS FOR SUBSTRATES AND PAINTS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 099000 - PAINTING AND COATING. 1. GALVANIZING REPAIR PAINT: HIGH ZINC -DUST CONTENT PAINT FOR RE -GALVANIZING WELDS IN GALVANIZED STEEL. FABRICATION: FABRICATE ITEMS WITH JOINTS NEATLY FITTED AND PROPERLY SECURED; GRIND EXPOSED WELDS CONTINUOUS, SMOOTH AND FLUSH WITH ADJACENT FINISHED SURFACES AND EASE EXPOSED EDGES TO APPROXIMATE 1/32" UNIFORM RADIUS. 1. MAKE EXPOSED JOINTS FLUSH BUTT TYPE, HAIRLINE JOINTS WHERE MECHANICALLY FASTENED. FIT AND SI -10P ASSEMBLE IN LARGEST PRACTICAL SECTIONS FOR DELIVERY. FINISHES: GALVANIZE AND PRIME PAINT EXTERIOR MISCELLANEOUS METAL, PRIME PAINT INTERIOR MISCELLANEOUS METAL; GALVANIZE COATING MINIMUM G90 COATING, GALVANIZED AFTER FABRICATION. 1. CLEAN SURFACES OF RUST, SCALE, GREASE AND FOREIGN MATTER PRIOR TO APPLYING GALVANIZED OR PAINTED FINISH. INSTALLATION: INSTALL ITEMS SQUARE AND LEVEL, ACCURATELY FITTED AND FREE FROM DISTORTION OR DEFECTS DETRIMENTAL TO APPEARANCE OR PERFORMANCE; ENSURE ALIGNMENT WITH ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION; COORDINATE WITH RELATED WORK TO ENSURE NO INTERRUPTION IN INSTALLATION. 1. SUPPLY ITEMS TO BE CAST INTO OR EMBEDDED IN OTHER MATERIALS TO APPROPRIATE TRADES. 2. AFTER INSTALLATION, TOUCH-UP FIELD WELDS AND SCRATCHED AND DAMAGED SURFACES; USE PRIMER CONSISTENT WITH 514OP COAT OR RECOMMENDED FOR GALVANIZED SURFACES, AS APPLICABLE. SECTION 057000 - DECORATIVE METAL A. GENERAL: PROVIDE CUSTOM ORNAMENTAL METAL ITEMS AS INDICATED WITH ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENT DEVICES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE, FINISHED INSTALLATION 1. ORNAMENTAL METAL ITEMS: PROVIDE STAINLESS STEEL AND BRAKE METAL SHAPES AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. B. SUBMITTALS: FURNISH PRODUCT DATA, 51-1OP DRAWINGS, AND SAMPLES OF EACH EXPOSED METAL FINISH. STAINLESS STEEL: ASTM A666, TYPE 302/304 CORROSION RESISTANT STAINLESS STEEL WITH N0. 4 SATIN DIRECTIONAL FINISH. BRACKETS AND ANCHORS: UNEXPOSED PLATES, ANGLES AND SUPPORTS MAY BE STEEL; EXPOSED ITEMS TO MATCH ORNAMENTAL METAL TYPE AND FINISH. FASTENERS: TYPE REQUIRED FOR SPECIFIC USAGE; PROVIDE CONCEALED FASTENERS EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFICALLY APPROVED; WHERE EXPOSED MATCH TYPE AND FINISH OF METAL BEING FASTENED. 1. CONCEALED STEEL FASTENERS: HOT -DIPPED GALVANIZED MINIMUM G90 WHERE BUILT INTO EXTERIOR WALLS OR SUBJECT TO HIGH HUMIDITY. FABRICATION: FABRICATE COMPONENT CONNECTIONS TO SUPPORT SPECIFIED DESIGN LOADS. 1. SELECT MATERIALS FOR STRAIGHTNESS, FREE OF DEFECTS AND IRREGULARITIES 2. EXPOSED -TO -VIEW SURFACES EXHIBITING PITTING, SEAM MARKS, ROLLER MARKS, "OIL CANNING", STAINS, DISCOLORATIONS, AND IMPERFECTIONS ON FINISHED UNITS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. 3. MAKE EXPOSED JOINTS FLUSH BUTT TYPE, HAIRLINE JOINTS WHERE MECHANICALLY FASTENED; PROVIDE CONCEALED CONNECTION DEVICES WITH HIDDEN FASTENERS. 4. SEPARATE DISSIMILAR MATERIALS WITH BITUMINOUS PAINT WHERE CONCEALED, WITH PREFORMED SEPARATORS, OR SIMILAR METHOD TO PREVENT CORROSION. INSTALLATION: INSTALL ORNAMENTAL METAL ITEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS, INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS. 1. INSTALL PLUMB, TRUE AND IN CORRECT RELATION TO ADJACENT WORK, FREE FROM DISTORTION OR DEFECTS DETRIMENTAL TO APPEARANCE AND PERFORMANCE. 2. PRIOR TO SECURING CONTINUOUS ITEMS, ADJUST TO ENSURE PROPER MATCHING AT BUTT JOINTS AND CORRECT ALIGNMENT THROUGHOUT THEIR LENGTH. 3. REPAIR OR REPLACE ITEMS DAMAGED OR MARRED DURING CONSTRUCTION. C. D. E. F. G. DIVISION 06 - WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES SECTION 061053 - MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY A. GENERAL: PROVIDE MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY. B. STANDARDS: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF AMERICAN PLYWOOD ASSOCIATION (APA) AND APPLICABLE CODE REQUIREMENTS. C. PLYWOOD: PROVIDE MINIMUM APA C -D PLUGGED PLYWOOD; STRESS RATED WHERE SPANNING SUPPORTING MEMBERS; FIRE RETARDANT TREATED; MINIMUM 3/4" THICK UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED (AT EXTERIOR LOCATIONS PROVIDE MINIMUM APA C -D EXTERIOR CDX PLYWOOD). 1. PLYWOOD STANDARD: COMPLY WITH PS1 (NBS PSI). 2. PLYWOOD PANEL BOARDS: PROVIDE PANEL BOARDS FOR ELECTRICAL AND COMMUNICATION PANEL BOARDS; APA C -D PLUGGED, INTERIOR TYPE PLYWOOD WITH EXTERIOR GLUE, FIRE RETARDANT TREATED; MINIMUM 1/2" THICK. D. FASTENERS: PROVIDE FASTENERS AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE, SECURE INSTALLATION OF MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY; GALVANIZED AT EXTERIOR LOCATIONS AND PRESSURE TREATED WOOD; SIZE AND TYPE TO SUIT APPLICATION; PROVIDE WASHERS FOR NUTS AND BOLTS. E. INSTALLATION: COMPLY WITH REFERENCED STANDARDS AND APPLICABLE CODE REQUIREMENTS. 1. PLYWOOD: COMPLY WITH RECOMMENDATIONS OF AMERICAN PLYWOOD ASSOCIATION (APA) FOR FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION OF PLYWOOD WORK. 2. PLACE MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY TRUE TO LINES AND LEVELS. 3. CORRELATE LOCATION 50 ATTACHED WORK WILL COMPLY WITH DESIGN REQUIREMENTS AND BE PROPERLY LOCATED. 4. CONSTRUCT MEMBERS OF CONTINUOUS PIECES OF LONGEST POSSIBLE LENGTHS. 5. FIT CARPENTRY WORK TO OTHER WORK; SCRIBE AND COPE AS REQUIRED FOR ACCURATE FIT. 6. SECURELY ATTACH CARPENTRY WORK TO SUBSTRATES BY ANCHORING AND FASTENING AS REQUIRED BY RECOGNIZED STANDARDS. 7. PROVIDE WASHERS UNDER BOLT HEADS AND NUTS IN CONTACT WITH WOOD. SECTION 062000 - FINISH CARPENTRY A. GENERAL: PROVIDE WOOD TRIM, WOOD SHELVING, AND ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE FINISHED INSTALLATION. B. STANDARDS: CONFORM TO ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK INSTITUTE (MO/QUALITY STANDARDS OR WOODWORK INSTITUTE (FORMERLY WOODWORK INSTITUTE OF CALIFORNIA) "MANUAL OF MILLWORK" STANDARDS; NOT LESS THAN CUSTOM GRADE WHERE GRADE IS NOT OTHERWISE INDICATED. C. SUBMITTALS: FURNISH PRODUCT DATA FOR MANUFACTURED ITEMS, SHOP DRAWINGS FOR CUSTOM ITEMS, SAMPLES OF EACH EXPOSED FINISH. D. CERTIFICATION: CERTIFICATION WILL NOT BE REQUIRED. E. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: COMPLY WITH REFERENCED STANDARDS AND MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS. F. WOOD TRIM: PREMIUM GRADE WOOD TRIM AS INDICATED; REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE. G. WOOD SHELVING: CUSTOM GRADE 3/4" WOOD BOARD, PARTICLEBOARD, OR HARDWOOD -EDGED PLYWOOD. 1. ADJUSTABLE SHELVING BRACKETS: PROVIDE HEAVY DUTY STANDARDS AND BRACKETS WITH SLOTS 2" ON CENTER, SUPPORTS MAXIMUM 24" APART, AND MINIMUM 12" SHELF BRACKETS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED; COLOR AS SELECTED BY OWNER'S PROJECT MANAGER. H. ANCHORS, NAILS AND SCREWS: SELECT MATERIAL, TYPE, SIZE AND FINISH REQUIRED BY EACH SUBSTRATE FOR SECURE ANCHORAGE; PROVIDE TOOTHED STEEL OR LEAD EXPANSION BOLT SCREWS FOR DRILLED- IN-PLACE ANCHORS. I. WOOD FILLER: COLOR TO MATCH WOOD BEING FILLED. J. FABRICATION: FABRICATE FINISH CARPENTRY ITEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFIED QUALITY STANDARD. K. INSTALLATION: INSTALL WORK CONSISTENT WITH SPECIFIED QUALITY GRADE, PLUMB, AND LEVEL. L. PREPARATION FOR FIELD FINISHING: SAND WORK SMOOTH AND SET EXPOSED NAILS AND SCREWS; APPLY WOOD FILLER IN EXPOSED NAIL AND SCREW INDENTATIONS AND LEAVE READY TO RECEIVE SITE -APPLIED FINISHES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 1. SEAL CONCEALED AND SEMI -CONCEALED SURFACES; BRUSH APPLY ONLY, USING PRIMER CONSISTENT WITH FINISH COATS SPECIFIED UNDER SECTION 099000 - PAINTING AND COATING. SECTION 064000 - ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK A. GENERAL: INSTALL OWNER FURNISHED CASEWORK AND COUNTERTOPS; PROVIDE ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE FINISHED INSTALLATION. B. STANDARDS: CONFORM TO ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK INSTITUTE (AWI)/QUALITY STANDARDS OR WOODWORK INSTITUTE (FORMERLY WOODWORK INSTITUTE OF CALIFORNIA) "MANUAL OF MILLWORK" STANDARDS; NOT LESS THAN PREMIUM GRADE UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. C. SUBMITTALS: FURNISH PRODUCT DATA FOR CONTRACTOR FURNISHED ACCESSORIES INCLUDING SAMPLES OF EXPOSED MATERIALS. D. STORAGE AND HANDLING: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS. E. ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK: OWNER FURNISHED CASEWORK AND COUNTERTOPS. F. ACCESSORIES: PROVIDE AS INDICATED AND AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK AS INDICATED; COORDINATE ACCESSORIES REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF OWNER FURNISHED ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK NOT FURNISHED WITH ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK. G. INSTALLATION: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS AND REFERENCED STANDARDS. TAKE SPECIAL CARE COORDINATING INSTALLATION OF OWNER FURNISHED ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 1. INSTALL WORK CONSISTENT WITH SPECIFIED QUALITY GRADE, PLUMB, LEVEL, TRUE AND STRAIGHT WITH NO DISTORTIONS. 2. SCRIBE AND CUT FOR ACCURATE FIT TO OTHER FINISHED WORK. 3. ENSURE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL ITEMS AFFECTING ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK ARE PROPERLY PLACED, COMPLETE, AND HAVE BEEN INSPECTED BY OWNER'S PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF INSTALLATION. 4. SECURE WORK TO GROUNDS, STRIPPING AND BLOCKING WITH COUNTERSUNK, CONCEALED FASTENERS AND BLIND NAILING AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 5. SCRIBE AND CUT FOR ACCURATE FIT TO OTHER FINISHED WORK. 6. INSTALL ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK UNDER SUPERVISION OF FACTORY -TRAINED MECHANICS. 7. ATTACH ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK SECURELY IN PLACE WITH UNIFORM JOINTS PROVIDING FOR THERMAL AND BUILDING MOVEMENTS. 8. ACCEPTABLE TOLERANCES: a. VARIATION FROM TRUE POSITION: MAXIMUM 1/16" AT ANY POSITION AND MAXIMUM 1/8" IN ANY 10'-0" LENGTH b. ADJOINING SURFACES OF SAME MATERIAL: NO VARIATION PERMITTED. SECTION 061600 - SHEATHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARIES A. SECTION INCLUDES WALL SHEATHING AND SHEATHING JOINT AND PENETRATION TREATMENT. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. FIRE -TEST -RESPONSE CHARACTERISTICS: FOR ASSEMBLIES WITH FIRE -RESISTANCE RATINGS, PROVIDE MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION IDENTICAL TO THOSE OF ASSEMBLIES TESTED FOR FIRE RESISTANCE PER ASTM E 119 BY A TESTING AND INSPECTING AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO AUTUORITIES WAVING JURISDICTION. FIRE -RESISTANCE RATINGS ARE INDICATED BY DESIGN DESIGNATIONS FROM UL'S "FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY." 2.02 WOOD PANEL PRODUCTS A. EMISSIONS: PRODUCTS 51-1ALL MEET THE TESTING AND PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS OF THE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH SERVICES' "STANDARD PRACTICE FOR THE TESTING OF VOLATILE ORGANIC EMISSIONS FROM VARIOUS SOURCES USING SMALL-SCALE ENVIRONMENTAL CHAMBERS." 2.03 FIRE -RETARDANT -TREATED PLYWOOD A. GENERAL: WHERE FIRE -RETARDANT -TREATED MATERIALS ARE INDICATED, USE MATERIALS COMPLYING WITH REQUIREMENTS IN THIS ARTICLE THAT ARE ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION AND WITH FIRETEST - RESPONSE CHARACTERISTICS SPECIFIED AS DETERMINED BY TESTING IDENTICAL PRODUCTS PER TEST METHOD INDICATED BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY. 5. FIRE -RETARDANT -TREATED PLYWOOD BY PRESSURE PROCESS: PRODUCTS WITH A FLAME -SPREAD INDEX OF 25 OR LESS WHEN TESTED ACCORDING TO ASTM E 84, AND WITH NO EVIDENCE OF SIGNIFICANT PROGRESSIVE COMBUSTION WHEN THE TEST 15 EXTENDED AN ADDITIONAL 20 MINUTES, AND WITH THE FLAME FRONT NOT EXTENDING MORE THAN 10.5 FEET (3.2 M) BEYOND THE CENTERLINE OF THE BURNERS AT ANY TIME DURING THE TEST. 1. EXTERIOR TYPE: TREATED MATERIALS SHALL COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED ABOVE FOR FIRE -RETARDANT -TREATED PLYWOOD BY PRESSURE PROCESS AFTER BEING SUBJECTED TO ACCELERATED WEATHERING ACCORDING TO ASTM D 2898. USE FOR EXTERIOR LOCATIONS AND WHERE INDICATED. 2. INTERIOR TYPE A: TREATED MATERIALS SHALL HAVE A MOISTURE CONTENT OF 28 PERCENT OR LESS WHEN TESTED ACCORDING TO ASTM D 3201 AT 92 PERCENT RELATIVE HUMIDITY. USE WHERE EXTERIOR TYPE 15 NOT INDICATED. • 3. DESIGN VALUE ADJUSTMENT FACTORS: TREATED LUMBER PLYWOOD SHALL BE TESTED ACCORDING ASTM D 5516 AND DESIGN VALUE ADJUSTMENT FACTORS SHALL BE CALCULATED ACCORDING TO ASTM D 6305. SPAN RATINGS AFTER TREATMENT SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN SPAN RATINGS SPECIFIED. WHERE HIGH-TEMPERATURE FIRE -RETARDANT TREATMENT IS INDICATED, SPAN RATINGS FOR TEMPERATURES UP TO 170 DEG F (76 DEG C) SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN SPAN RATINGS SPECIFIED. C. KILN -DRY MATERIAL AFTER TREATMENT TO A MAXIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT OF 15 PERCENT. D. IDENTIFY FIRE -RETARDANT -TREATED PLYWOOD WITH APPROPRIATE CLASSIFICATION MARKING OF QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY. E. APPLICATION: TREAT ALL PLYWOOD UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 2.04 WALL SHEATHING A. EXTERIOR PLYWOOD WALL SHEATHING: EXTERIOR, STRUCTURAL I, EXPOSURE 1. THICKNESS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. B. INTERIOR PLYWOOD WALL SHEATHING: INTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD. THICKNESS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS; 1/2" MINIMUM. C. PAPER -SURFACED GYPSUM WALL SHEATHING: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M, GYPSUM SHEATHING; WITH WATER -RESISTANT -TREATED CORE AND WITH WATER-REPELLENT PAPER BONDED TO CORE'S FACE, BACK, AND LONG EDGES. THICKNESS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. D. GLASS -MAT GYPSUM WALL SHEATHING: ASTM C 1177/1177M. THICKNESS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS E. CELLULOSE FIBER -REINFORCED GYPSUM SHEATHING: ASTM C 1278/C 1278M, GYPSUM SHEATHING. THICKNESS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. F. .CEMENTITIOUS BACKER UNITS: ASTM C 1325, TYPE A. THICKNESS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 2.05 CEMENT BONDED PARTICLE BOARD A. MATERIALS: ALL CEMENT BOARD WALL PANELS SHALL COMPLY WITH EN 634-2 FOR CEMENT BONDED PARTICLE BOARDS; AND SHALL BE INSTALLED ACCORDING TO THE MANUFACTURER'S MOST CURRENT PUBLISHED INSTRUCTIONS. WALL PANEL THICKNESS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. B. FIRE RESISTANCE PROPERTIES: ALL CEMENT BOARD WALL PANELS SHALL BE RATED FOR "0" FLAME SPREAD AND "0" SMOKE DEVELOPMENT PER ASTM E84 AND SHALL HAVE PASSED A MODIFIED ASTM E136 TEST FOR A MINIMUM DURATION OF TEN (10) MINUTES. C. DELIVERY AND STORAGE: 1. DELIVER, STORE AND HANDLE MATERIALS TO PREVENT BREAKAGE, WARPING OR DAMAGE BY WATER. 2. ACCLIMATIZE MATERIALS BY STORING ON SITE NOT LESS THAN THREE (3) DAYS BEFORE INSTALLATION. 3. MATERIALS TO BE STORED INDOORS ON LEVELED DUNNAGE NOT EXCEEDING 32" ON CENTERS. IF TEMPORARILY STORED OUTDOORS, BOARDS MUST BE ELEVATED ABOVE GROUND, AND PROTECTED FROM THE WEATHER WITH WATERPROOF COVERING. 4. PANELS TO BE STORED FLAT AND NOT ON EDGES. D. SURFACE TREATMENTS: VERIFY CEMENT BOARD WILL ACCEPT PAINT AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS - REFER TO THE PAINT MANUFACTURER IN ALL INSTANCES. FOR SURFACE TREATMENTS THAT ARE NOT VAPOR OR MOISTURE PERMEABLE, THE REVERSE AND ALL EDGES OF THE PANEL SHOULD ALSO BE TREATED IN THE SAME WAY TO AVOID THE PANEL BEING UNBALANCED AND EXHIBITING WARPING UNDER EXTREME CONDITIONS OF HUMIDITY VARIANCE RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA bl/ SEP 012011 PERMIT CENTER SH RE SHOCK Shremshock Architects, Inc. 7400 W. Campus Rd. Suite 150 New Albany, OH 43054 t: 614 545 4550 1 f: 614 545 4555 1 shremshock.com Gerald S. S remshock, Architect Timothy J. hremshock, Architect azr z 0 U U) z 0 U z (1) w 0 w ct O O 0 rd' (0 as 0 0, PROJECT INFORMATION: y > Z N U W 0 O m J U 7 W z 3 j g z Co G W~ < W W Z C C W ~ 2 a .4 CD W W N O 3 � 0 W = = O m yce O i 670 O C U CL W C<j 0 W W N = W V J U < z O 1!I W !a2 O° °Z Z�W0 Wd O W W N F VO/W C O o z O 0 2O'a W � F � Z � G � V W �p .. �''.� (.`12 = I. I. W 2 <Z< < N O Z O tg C O Z 0 N Z U Q 4 < =1= W 015 Lu ._� z0g mix Lu tx.3 o N(n�1- J J t` 0 C7 L o p c aTh w Z Co 00-0 w cc c) W d p Z W 0 u, (n o REVISIONS: REQUIRED BY: fiVIEWED FOR C COMPLIANCE APPROVED DATE I111LDING DIVISION 1 DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 AM HMG SKM ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS DRAWING NUMBER: 1 2.06 FASTENERS A. GENERAL: PROVIDE FASTENERS OF SIZE AND TYPE INDICATED NAT COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THIS ARTICLE FOR MATERIAL AND MANUFACTURER. FOR WALL SHEATHING, PROVIDE FASTENERS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 2.07 SHEATHING JOINT -AND -PENETRATION TREATMENT MATERIALS A. SEALANT FOR PAPER -SURFACED GYPSUM SHEATHING: ELASTOMERIC, MEDIUM -MODULUS, NEUTRAL -CURING SILICONE JOINT SEALANT COMPATIBLE WITH JOINT SUBSTRATES FORMED BY GYPSUM SHEATHING AND OTHER MATERIALS, RECOMMENDED BY SHEATHING MANUFACTURER FOR APPLICATION INDICATED AND COMPLYING WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 07 SECTION 079200 "JOINT SEALANTS." B. SEALANT FOR GLASS -MAT GYPSUM SHEATHING: SILICONE EMULSION SEALANT COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 834, COMPATIBLE WITH SHEATHING TAPE AND SHEATHING AND RECOMMENDED BY TAPE AND SHEATHING MANUFACTURERS FOR USE WITH GLASS -FIBER SHEATHING TAPE AND FOR COVERING EXPOSED FASTENERS. 1. SHEATHING TAPE: SELF -ADHERING GLASS -FIBER TAPE, MINIMUM 2 INCHES (50 MM) WIDE, 10 5Y 10 OR 10 BY 20 THREADS/INCH (390 BY 390 OR 390 BY 780 THREADS/M), OF TYPE RECOMMENDED BY SHEATHING AND TAPE MANUFACTURERS FOR USE WITH SILICONE EMULSION SEALANT IN SEALING JOINTS IN GLASS -MAT GYPSUM SHEATHING AND WITH A HISTORY OF SUCCESSFUL IN-SERVICE USE. C. SEALANT FOR CEMENT BONDED PARTICLE BOARD: 1. EXTERIOR APPLICATIONS: USE PREMIXED ELASTOMERIC JOINT CAULKING OR SEALANT AS APPROVED BY THE SYNTHETIC COATINGS MANUFACTURER'S FINISH SYSTEM. USE ONLY FULLY ELASTOMERIC SYNTHETIC COATINGS. 2. INTERIOR APPLICATIONS: DESIGN FOR VISIBLE PANEL JOINTS OR USE METAL OR PLASTIC BATTEN COVER STRIPS AT PANEL JOINTS. 2.08 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. ADHESIVES FOR FIELD GLUING PANELS TO FRAMING: FORMULATION COMPLYING WITH ASTM D 3498 THAT 15 APPROVED FOR USE WITH TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION PANEL INDICATED BY MANUFACTURERS OF BOTH ADHESIVES AND PANELS. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. DO NOT USE MATERIALS WITH DEFECTS THAT IMPAIR QUALITY OF SHEATHING OR PIECES THAT ARE T00 SMALL TO USE WITH MINIMUM NUMBER OF JOINTS OR OPTIMUM JOINT ARRANGEMENT. ARRANGE JOINTS 50 THAT PIECES D0 NOT SPAN BETWEEN FEWER THAN THREE SUPPORT MEMBERS. B. CUT PANELS AT PENETRATIONS, EDGES, AND OTHER OBSTRUCTIONS OF WORK; FIT TIGHTLY AGAINST ABUTTING CONSTRUCTION UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. C. SECURELY ATTACH TO SUBSTRATE BY FASTENING AS INDICATED, COMPLYING WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1. NES NER-272 FOR POWER -DRIVEN FASTENERS. 2. TABLE 2304.9.1, "FASTENING SCHEDULE," IN ICC'S "INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE." D. COORDINATE WALL SHEATHING INSTALLATION WITH FLASHING AND JOINT SEALANT INSTALLATION 50 THESE MATERIALS ARE INSTALLED IN SEQUENCE AND MANNER THAT PREVENT EXTERIOR MOISTURE FROM PASSING THROUGH COMPLETED ASSEMBLY. DO NOT BRIDGE BUILDING EXPANSION JOINTS; CUT AND SPACE EDGES OF PANELS TO MATCH SPACING OF STRUCTURAL SUPPORT ELEMENTS. 3.02 WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL INSTALLATION A. GENERAL: COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE RECOMMENDATIONS IN APA FORM N0. E30, "ENGINEERED WOOD CONSTRUCTION GUIDE," FOR TYPES OF STRUCTURAL -USE PANELS AND APPLICATIONS INDICATED. B. FASTEN PANELS AS INDICATED BELOW FOR WALL SHEATHING: 1. NAIL OR STAPLE TO WOOD FRAMING. APPLY A CONTINUOUS BEAD OF GLUE TO FRAMING MEMBERS AT EDGES OF WALL SHEATHING PANELS. a. EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD USES WATERPROOF GLUE; INTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD USES GLUE THAT 15 NOT WATERPROOF. 2. SCREW TO COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING. 3. SPACE PANELS 1/8 INCH (3 MM) APART AT EDGES AND ENDS 3.03 GYPSUM SHEATHING INSTALLATION A. COMPLY WITH GA -253 AND WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 1. FASTEN GYPSUM SHEATHING TO WOOD FRAMING WITH NAILS OR SCREWS. 2. FASTEN GYPSUM SHEATHING TO COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING WITH SCREWS. B. SEAL SHEATHING JOINTS ACCORDING TO SHEATHING MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 3.04 CEMENT BONDED PARTICLE BOARD INSTALLATION A. A SUPPORT FRAMING MEMBER MUST ALWAYS OCCUR BEHIND FASTENER LOCATION. 5. DO NOT NAIL OR SCREW ANY COLLATERAL BUILDING MATERIALS TO PANELS WITHOUT A SECURE BACKING SURFACE BEHIND THE PANEL TO RECEIVE THE FASTENER. TOGGLE BOLTING 15 REQUIRED WHERE NO SECURE BACKING SURFACE 15 PROVIDED. C. DEFLECTION OF PANELS SHALL BE LIMITED TO L/240. D. IN EXTERIOR APPLICATIONS, CONTROL JOINTS (WHERE APPLICABLE) SHALL BE DESIGNED TO PREVENT TRANSFER OF ANY MOVEMENT OR STRESS TO EXTERIOR FINISH SYSTEMS. THROUGH -WALL CONTROL JOINTS SHALL BE DESIGNED TO ISOLATE A MAXIMUM OF 250 SQ. FT. OF WALL AREA. PROVIDE SEPARATE FRAMING MEMBER AT EACH SIDE OF CONTROL JOINT. COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE BUILDING CODES FOR WIND, SEISMIC AND OTHER LOAD REQUIREMENTS. INSTALL PANELS WITH LONG DIMENSIONS VERTICAL. ALL PANEL JOINTS MUST OCCUR OVER A FRAMING MEMBER. ALL PANEL EDGES ARE TO BE SUPPORTED BY A FRAMING MEMBER. G. PROVIDE 1/8" VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL JOINTS BETWEEN PANELS. H. USE PANEL THICKNESS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. USE 2" MINIMUM FLANGE WIDTH STUD FRAMING FOR SINGLE STUD BACK-UP AT PANEL JOINTS. IF STUD FRAMING AT PANEL JOINTS USES LESS THAN 2" FLANGE WIDTH, USE DOUBLE STUDS AT PANEL JOINT LOCATIONS. OPPOSITE SIDE OF STUD WALL TO BE RESTRAINED AGAINST STUD ROTATION. NEVER INSTALL PANELS WHILE WET OR DAMP. K. INSTALL BOARDS WITH A 3/8 -INCH GAP WHERE NON -LOAD-BEARING CONSTRUCTION ABUTS STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS. INSTALL BOARDS WITH A 1/4 -INCH GAP WHERE THEY ABUT MASONRY OR SIMILAR MATERIALS THAT MIGHT RETAIN MOISTURE, TO PREVENT WICKING. 3.05 CEMENTITIOUS BACKER UNIT INSTALLATION A. INSTALL PANELS AND TREAT JOINTS ACCORDING TO ANSI A108.11 AND MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR TYPE OF APPLICATION INDICATED. DIVISION 07 - TI-IERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION SECTION 071416 - WATERPROOF MEMBRANE A. GENERAL: INTEGRAL WATERPROOFING: LIQUID RUBBER INTEGRAL TILE SETTING WATERPROOFING SYSTEM WITH NO BITUMINOUS EXTENDERS, DESIGNED FOR APPLICATION UNDER TILE; EXTEND 6" UP WALL. 5. SUBMITTALS: 1. NO SUBMITTALS SHALL BE REQUIRED. 2. NO SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE ALLOWED. C. PROVIDE A WATERPROOF MEMBRANE WHEN REQUIRED BY THE FOLLOWING: 1. THE BUILDING OWNER (LANDLORD) OR LOCAL BUILDING OFFICIAL 2. ABOVE GRADE TOILET ROOM INSTALLATIONS D. ALLOWABLE PRODUCTS 1. MAPEI CORP: MAPELASTIC AQUADEFENSE 2. LATICRETE INTERNATIONAL: HYDROBAN INSTALLATION: 1. FOLLOW ALL MANUFACTURER INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLATION. 2. PROVIDE ALL ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 3. WHEN USING FIBER MESH LAP AT LEAST 2 INCHES AT JOINTS. 4. CAREFULLY PLACE TILE AND SETTING MATERIALS OVER WATERPROOFING 50 PROTECTION MATERIALS ARE NOT DISPLACED AND WATERPROOFING IS NOT PUNCTURED OR OTHERWISE DAMAGED. REPLACE PROTECTION MATERIALS THAT BECOME DISPLACED AND ARRANGE FOR REPAIR OF DAMAGED WATERPROOFING BEFORE COVERING WITH TILE. 5. PROVIDE CORK JOINT FILLER, WHERE INDICATED, AT WATERPROOFING THAT IS TURNED UP ON VERTICAL SURFACES OR, IF NOT INDICATED, PROVIDE TEMPORARY FILLER OR PROTECTION UNTIL TILE INSTALLATION 15 COMPLETE. SECTION 072100 - THERMAL INSULATION A. GENERAL: PROVIDE THERMAL INSULATION WITH ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 1. INSULATION INTEGRAL WITH ROOFING REPAIRS 15 PROVIDED WITH ROOFING, AND ACOUSTICAL INSULATION 15 PROVIDED WITH GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES. B. TI-IERMAL BATT INSULATION: OWENS CORNING/FS-25 (1.800.438.7.45), THERMAFISER FS25 (1.888.834.2371), OR JOHNS MANVILLE/FSK-25 (1.800.654.3103); FOIL FACED VAPOR RETARDER FACED, VAPOR RETARDER TOWARD INSIDE. 1. THICKNESS/R-VALUE: R-13 (WALLS), OTHERS, AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. C. ACCESSORIES: PROVIDE TAPE OR PENETRATION ANCHORS WHERE REQUIRED TO ENSURE PERMANENT INSTALLATION. D. INSTALLATION: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS. SECTION 072400 - EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS (EIFS) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION OF EIFS 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. 5. C. D. E. F. G. SECTION 061600: SHEATHING SECTION 072100: THERMAL INSULATION SECTION 075900: ROOF REPAIRS SECTION 076000: FLASHING AND SHEET METAL SECTION 079200: JOINT SEALANTS SECTION 084113: ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS SECTION 088100: GLAZING 1.03 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. SUBSTRATE SYSTEMS 514OULD BE DESIGNED TO WITHSTAND APPLICABLE LOADS, INCLUDING LIVE, DEAD, POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE WIND, SEISMIC, ETC. BOND STRENGTH, FASTENER STRENGTH AND CONNECTION STRENGTH SHALL BE ANALYZED AND ENGINEERED, AND APPROPRIATE FACTORS OF SAFETY SHALL BE USED. MAXIMUM DEFLECTION OF SUBSTRATE SYSTEMS SHALL NOT EXCEED L/240TH OF THE SPAN. 5. DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCES: 1. STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING USED TO SUPPORT THE EIFS SYSTEM SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION. 2. BRICK, MASONRY AND CONCRETE SUBSTRATES AND EXTERIOR GRADE SHEATHING SHALL BE FLAT WITHIN 1/4" DEPTH WITHIN ANY 4' RADIUS. C. LIGHT GAUGE STEEL FRAMING: 1. THICKNESS SHALL BE DETERMINED BY LOADS USING ACCEPTED ENGINEERING PRACTICES WITH MINIMUM THICKNESS BEING 20 GAGE AT MAXIMUM 16" STUD SPACING. 2. SECTION PROPERTIES OF MEMBERS SHALL MEET THE LATEST AISI STANDARDS. 3. ALL STUD, TRACK, BRIDGING AND BRACING CONNECTIONS SHALL BE ELECTRIC FUSION WELDED. FIELD ERECTED FRAMING SHALL BE SCREW FASTENED. 4. FRAMING WILL INCLUDE STUD, TRACK, BRIDGING AND BRACING AND BE GALVANIZED OR PAINTED WITH RUST -RESISTANT PRIMER. 5. WHEN LIGHT GAUGE STEEL FRAMING 15 CONTINUED PAST THE FLOORLINE, THE STUD CAVITY FLUE SHALL BE CONTINUOUSLY FIRESTOPPED AT THE FLOORLINE. THE SPACE BETWEEN THE EDGE OF THE FLOOR AND THE SLAB SHALL BE SEALED WITH SAFING MATERIAL AS PER BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS. D. ACCEPTABLE SUBSTRATES: 1. AS DETAILED AND INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 2. SHEATHING SHALL BE PROTECTED AT ALL TIMES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF THE EIFS SYSTEM TO ENSURE THAT DAMAGE TO THE SHEATHING DOES NOT OCCUR AND THAT THE BOND BETWEEN THE GYPSUM AND ITS FACING HAS NOT BEEN COMPROMISED. E MIN. SLOPE OF INCLINED SURFACES SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 6" OF RISE IN 12" OF HORIZONTAL PROJECTION. INCLINED AREAS DEFINED AS ROOF SHALL NOT USE THE PRECOR SYSTEM. F WIND LOAD: DESIGN FOR MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE SYSTEM DEFLECTION, NORMAL TO THE PLANE OF THE WALL, OF L/240. DESIGN FOR WIND LOAD IN CONFORMANCE WITH CODE REQUIREMENTS. G. MOISTURE CONTROL: PREVENT THE ACCUMULATION OF WATER BEHIND THE EIFS SYSTEM, EITHER BY CONDENSATION OR LEAKAGE THROUGH THE WALL CONSTRUCTION, IN THE DESIGN AND DETAILING OF THE WALL ASSEMBLY. 1. PROVIDE FLASHING TO DIRECT WATER TO THE EXTERIOR WHERE IT IS LIKELY TO PENETRATE COMPONENTS IN THE WALL ASSEMBLY, INCLUDING, ABOVE WINDOW AND DOOR HEADS, BENEATH WINDOW AND DOOR SILLS, AT ROOF/WALL INTERSECTIONS, DECKS, ABUTMENTS OF LOWER WALLS WITH HIGHER WALLS, ABOVE PROJECTING FEATURES, AND AT THE BASE OF THE WALL. 2. VAPOR DIFFUSION AND CONDENSATION: PERFORM A DEW POINT ANALYSIS OF THE WALL ASSEMBLY TO DETERMINE THE POTENTIAL FOR ACCUMULATION OF MOISTURE IN THE WALL ASSEMBLY AS A RESULT OF WATER VAPOR DIFFUSION AND CONDENSATION. ADJUST INSULATION THICKNESS AND/OR OTHER WALL ASSEMBLY COMPONENTS ACCORDINGLY TO MINIMIZE THE RISK OF CONDENSATION. AVOID THE USE OF VAPOR RETARDERS ON THE INTERIOR SIDE OF THE WALL IN WARM, HUMID CLIMATES. IMPACT RESISTANCE PER 2.06 REINFORCING MESHES, PROVIDE ULTRA-HIGH IMPACT RESISTANCE TO A MIN. HEIGHT OF 6'-0" (1.8 M) ABOVE FINISHED GRADE AT ALL AREAS ACCESSIBLE TO PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC AND OTHER AREAS EXPOSED TO ABNORMAL STRESS OR IMPACT. JOINTS: 1. DESIGN MINIMUM 3/4" WIDE EXPANSION JOINTS IN THE EIFS WHERE THEY EXIST IN THE SUBSTRATE OR SUPPORTING CONSTRUCTION, WHERE THE EIF5 ADJOINS DISSIMILAR CONSTRUCTION OR MATERIALS, AT CHANGES IN BUILDING HEIGHT, AND AT FLOOR LINES IN MULTI-LEVEL WOOD FRAME CONSTRUCTION. 2. MINIMUM 1/2" WIDE SEALANT JOINTS AT ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH THE EIFS (WINDOWS, DOORS, ETC.) 3. INSTALL BACKER ROD AND SEALANT THAT HAS BEEN EVALUATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 1382, "TEST METHOD FOR DETERMINING TENSILE ADHESION PROPERTIES OF SEALANTS WHEN USED IN EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM (EIFS) JOINTS", AND THAT MEETS MINIMUM 50% ELONGATION AFTER CONDITIONING. 4. DESIGN JOINTS WITH SECONDARY MOISTURE PROTECTION AND DRAIN JOINTS TO THE EXTERIOR. REFER TO STOREFRONT DETAILS FOR LOCATIONS IF REQUIRED. J TRIM, PROJECTING ARCHITECTURAL FEATURES AND REVEALS: ALL TRIM AND PROJECTING ARCHITECTURAL FEATURES MUST HAVE A MINIMUM 1:2 [271 SLOPE ALONG THEIR TOP SURFACE. ALL HORIZONTAL REVEALS MUST NAVE A MINIMUM 1:2 [271 SLOPE ALONG THEIR BOTTOM SURFACE. K. TERMINATIONS: 1. WHERE WINDOW AND DOOR HEADS AND JAMBS AND OTHER ELEMENTS PENETRATE THE SUBSTRATE, A MINIMUM 1/2" WILL BE LEFT BETWEEN THE EIFS AND THAT ELEMENT, IN ORDER TO ACCOMMODATE THE INSTALLATION OF BACKER ROD AND SEALANT. THE SINGLE EXCEPTION 15 IN A SILL CONDITION, WHERE SILL FLASHING IS INSTALLED AND TURNS DOWN ONTO THE VERTICAL FACE OF THE PRECOR-SS SYSTEM. OTHER EXCEPTIONS SHALL BE ONLY AS APPROVED BY COREV AMERICA. 2. WINDOWS MUST BE DESIGNED WITH NE PROPER SILL PAN, END DAMS, OR OTHER DESIGN ELEMENTS TO ENSURE TI -IAT ANY WATER PENETRATING THE WINDOW ASSEMBLY 1S DIVERTED TO THE EXTERIOR OF THE BUILDING. 3. THE El F5 SHALL TERMINATE AT LEAST 8" ABOVE GRADE. 4. AT ROOFLINES, BALCONIES AND OTHER TERMINATIONS, ADEQUATE FLASHING, INCLUDING DIVERTER FLASHING, SHALL BE DESIGNED AND INSTALLED TO PREVENT WATER INFILTRATION INTO THE WALL ASSEMBLY. L SEALANTS: SEALANT SHALL BE INSTALLED PER THE SEALANT MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS, USING ACCESSORIES AND COMPONENTS APPROVED BY THAT MANUFACTURER. BACKER RODS SHALL BE CLOSED CELL. M. DETAILS: FOLLOW COREV AMERICA'S LATEST PUBLISHED INFORMATION FOR STANDARD DETAIL TREATMENTS, UTILIZING PRECOR-SB SYSTEM. 1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. SHALL COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS AS SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED INSTRUCTIONS 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. SAMPLES: 1. G.C. SHALL PROVIDE ONE 12" X 12" SAMPLE OF THE PRECOR-SB SYSTEM, REPRESENTATIVE OF THE PROPER FINISH COATING, TEXTURE AND COLOR, SHALL BE PREPARED USING THE SAME TOOL AND TECHNIQUE A5 REQUIRED BY THE J05. 2. ONE SAMPLE SHALL REMAIN AT THE JOBSITE FOR COMPARISON OF TEXTURE AND COLOR. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. INSTALLATION COMPANY: 1. SHALL BE A COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN THE WORK OF THIS SECTION AND APPROVED BY COREV AMERICA. 2. SHALL EMPLOY INSTALLATION PERSONNEL QUALIFIED IN THE TROWEL TRADES AND EXPERIENCED IN EIFS INSTALLATION. 5. INSULATION BOARD MANUFACTURER: 1. SHALL BE APPROVED IN WRITING BY COREV AMERICA AND BE COMPETENT IN THE MANUFACTURE OF EXPANDED POLYSTYRENE INSULATION BOARD. 2. SHALL MANUFACTURE THE INSULATION BOARD ACCORDING TO COREV AMERICA'S SPECS. C. SEALANT CONTRACTOR: 1. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR OR OWNER SHALL ENSURE THAT NE SEALANT CONTRACTOR 15 QUALIFIED TO PERFORM THE SEALANT WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SEALANT MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. 2. THE APPLICATOR SHALL BE PROPERLY TRAINED 50 THAT A COMPETENT INSTALLATION OF THE SPECIFIED SEALANT SYSTEM 15 ACHIEVED. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. DELIVER MATERIALS TO THE JOBSITE IN COREV AMERICA'S ORIGINAL UNOPENED PACKAGING WITH LABELS INTACT. 5. PROTECT MATERIALS FROM DAMAGE BY STORING IN A COOL, DRY SPACE, PROTECTED FROM DIRECT SUN AND FREEZING TEMPS. BUCKETS SHALL NOT BE STACKED MORE TNAN THREE HIGH. 1.08 JOB CONDITIONS / ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. MATERIALS SHALL NOT BE APPLIED TO A SUBSTRATE WITH A TEMPERATURE LOWER THAN 40° F OR HIGHER THAN 100' F. B. THE AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE WILL BE A MINIMUM OF 40' F AND RISING AT THE TIME OF INSTALLATION AND REMAIN SO FOR TWENTY-FOUR (24) HOURS THEREAFTER. C. FOR EIF5 INSTALLATION IN AMBIENT TEMPERATURES LOWER THAN 40' F, ENCLOSE THE AREA AND APPLY SUPPLEMENTARY HEAT DURING INSTALLATION AND FOR A MINIMUM OF TWENTY-FOUR (24) HOURS AFTER THE INSTALLATION OF MATERIALS IS COMPLETE. D. DO NOT INSTALL EIFS MATERIALS DURING RAIN OR OTHER INCLEMENT WEATHER, AND AFTER SUCH WEATHER, WAIT UNTIL SURFACES ARE COMPLETELY DRY BEFORE RESUMING WORK. E. ADJACENT AREAS AND MATERIALS 51-4ALL BE PROTECTED TO PRECLUDE DAMAGE DURING MATERIALS INSTALLATION. F. THE El F5 ASSEMBLY SHALL BE PROTECTED FROM WEATHER IMMEDIATELY AFTER INSTALLATION THROUGH USE OF FLASHING. PLASTIC SHOULD BE USED TO COVER AREAS THAT MAY BE EXPOSED TO MOISTURE PRIOR TO DRYING. G. PROPER SCHEDULING OF THE INSTALLATION WILL BE COORDINATED WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND THE JOB WILL BE STAFFED TO MAINTAIN THE SCHEDULE ESTABLISHED. H. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ACCESS TO ELECTRIC POWER AND CLEAN WATER WHERE THE EIFS SYSTEM 15 TO BE INSTALLED. 1.09 WARRANTY A. COREV AMERICA WILL PROVIDE A WRITTEN 10 -YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY AGAINST DEFECTIVE MATERIALS. COREV AMERICA SHALL MAKE NO OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED. COREV AMERICA DOES NOT WARRANT WORKMANSHIP ASSOCIATED WITH INSTALLATION OF EIFS SYSTEM. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. PROVIDE EIFS SYSTEM AND ACCESSORIES FROM SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER OR APPROVED SUPPLIER. THE FOLLOWING ARE ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: 1. COREY AMERICA - PRECOR-SB EIFS SYSTEM (1.713.937.3437) 2. PLASTIC COMPONENTS, INC. -ACCESSORIES (1.800.327.7077) 2.02 SURFACE PREPARATION A. COREV AMERICA APPROVED PRODUCT FOR SURFACE PREPARATION, COMPATIBLE WITH PRECOR-SB SYSTEM COMPONENTS. 2.03 WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE: A. IMPERCOREV ACRYLIC POLYMER ELASTOMERIC WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE 2.04 ADHESIVE A. UNIBASE ADHESIVE: ACRYLIC POLYMER CEMENT MODIFIER MIXED AT JOBSITE WITH PORTLAND CEMENT, USED TO ADHERE THE EPS TO APPROVED SUBSTRATE. 2.05 INSULATION BOARD A. NOMINAL 1.OLB./CUBIC FOOT EXPANDED POLYSTYRENE (EPS) INSULATION BOARD COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 578 TYPE 1 REQUIREMENTS AND EIMA GUIDELINE SPECIFICATION FOR EXPANDED POLYSTYRENE INSULATION BOARD. SUCH INSULATION BOARD SHALL BE PRODUCED FOR COREV AMERICA BY MANUFACTURERS APPROVED BY COREV AMERICA. MINIMUM THICKNESS OF EPS FOR THE PRECOR SYSTEM SHALL BE 3/4" AFTER ALL RASPING 15 COMPLETE, INCLUDING ANY POINT WHERE IT HAS BEEN ROUTERED OR GROOVED. MAXIMUM THICKNESS OF EPS SHALL BE 1" U.0.N. 2.06 BASE COAT A. UNIBASE-WP: AN ACRYLIC POLYMER CEMENT MODIFIER WITH A HIGH RESISTANCE TO MOISTURE. AN ELEMENT OF THE BASE COAT MIXTURE. 1. UNIBASE-WP BASECOAT: A COMBINATION OF UNIBASE-WP ACRYLIC POLYMER CEMENT MODIFIER AND PORTLAND CEMENT. MIXED AT THE JOBSITE. 2.07 REINFORCING MESHES A. COREVNET-DTA REINFORCING MESH (ADHESIVE -BACKED DETAIL): USED WITH PRECOR-SB SYSTEM TO TAPE SHEATHING JOINTS, AS AN ELEMENT OF THE SECONDARY WATER -RESISTIVE BARRIER. COREVNET-DT REINFORCING MESH (DETAIL): A COREV-SUPPLIED TREATED GLASS -FIBER REINFORCING MESH IN THE UNIBASE LAMINA USED IN DETAILED WORK AND FOR BACKWRAP AT ALL SYSTEM TERMINATIONS TO STRENGTHEN NE SURFACE OF THE EPS INSULATION BOARD. 2.0 OZ./SY COREVNET-ST REINFORCING MESH (STANDARD): A COREV-SUPPLIED TREATED GLASS -FIBER REINFORCING MESH IN THE UNIBASE LAMINA USED TO STRENGTHEN THE SURFACE OF THE EPS INSULATION BOARD. 4.4 OZ./SY COREVNET-RF REINFORCING MESH (REINFORCED): A COREV-SUPPLIED TREATED GLASS -FIBER REINFORCING MESH IN THE UNIBASE LAMINA USED IN HIGH -TRAFFIC AREAS TO STRENGTHEN THE SURFACE OF THE EPS INSULATION BOARD. 10.6 OZ./SY COREVNET-HD REINFORCING MESH (HEAVY DUTY): A COREV-SUPPLIED TREATED GLASS -FIBER REINFORCING MESH IN THE UNIBASE LAMINA USED IN HIGH -TRAFFIC AREAS TO STRENGTHEN THE SURFACE OF THE EPS INSULATION BOARD. 14.0 OZ./SY COREVNET-51D REINFORCING MESH (SUPER HEAVY DUTY): A COREV-SUPPLIED TREATED GLASS -FIBER REINFORCING MESH IN THE UNIBASE LAMINA USED IN HIGH -TRAFFIC AREAS TO STRENGTHEN THE SURFACE OF THE EPS INSULATION BOARD. 20.0 OZ./SY COREV-CORNER: A COREV-SUPPLIED TREATED GLASS -FIBER REINFORCING MESH TO ADD INCREASED IMPACT RESISTANCE TO CORNERS. 7.0 OZ./SY 5. C. D. G. 2.08 PRIMER A. PINTUPRIME (VAPOR PERMEABLE, ACRYLIC PRIMER) 2.09 FINISH COAT A. QUARRY: FACTORY -MIXED, ACRYLIC POLYMER BASED FINISH COATING CONTAINING INTEGRAL COLOR. COLOR: QR7070F, TEXTURE: SMOOTH. 2.10 PENETRATING SEALER A. VITROCOREV (CLEAR, ACRYLIC SEALER) 2.11 JOB MIXED INGREDIENTS A. WATER: CLEAN AND CLEAR, FREE OF FOREIGN MATTER, AND POTABLE. 5. PORTLAND CEMENT: ASTM C 150 TYPE I OR II PORTLAND CEMENT, GRAY COLOR, WITH FINE POWDER CONSISTENCY AND FREE OF LUMPS. 2.12 MIXING A. MIX IN COMPLIANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED INSTRUCTIONS. 5. MIX ONLY AS MUCH MATERIAL AS CAN READILY BE USED. C. DO NOT USE ANTI -FREEZE COMPOUNDS OR OTHER ADDITIVES. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 ACCEPTABLE INSTALLERS A. PREQUALIFY UNDER QUALITY ASSURANCE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SPECIFICATION (SECTION 1.06.B). 3.02 EXAMINATION A. VERIFY THE SUBSTRATE IS APPROPRIATE FOR USE WITH THE COREV PRECOR SYSTEM. 5. INSPECT SUBSTRATE SURFACES FOR: 1. CONTAMINATION: ALGAE, CHALKINESS, DIRT, DUST, EFFLORESCENCE, FORM OIL, FUNGUS, GREASE, LAITANCE, MILDEW OR OTHER FOREIGN SUBSTANCES. 2. SURFACE ABSORPTION AND CHALKINESS. 3. CRACKS: MEASURE CRACK WIDTH AND RECORD LOCATION OF CRACKS. 4. DAMAGE AND DETERIORATION. 5. MOISTURE CONTENT AND MOISTURE DAMAGE: USE A MOISTURE METER TO DETERMINE IF THE SURFACE 15 DRY ENOUGH TO RECEIVE THE EIFS AND RECORD ANY AREAS OF MOISTURE DAMAGE. 6. COMPLIANCE WITH SPECIFICATION TOLERANCES: RECORD AREAS THAT ARE OUT OF TOLERANCE (GREATER THAN 1/4 INCH IN 8-0 FEET DEVIATION IN PLANE). REPORT DEVIATIONS FROM THE REQUIREMENTS OF PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS OR OTHER CONDITIONS THAT MIGHT ADVERSELY AFFECT THE EIFS INSTALLATION TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. DO NOT START WORK UNTIL DEVIATIONS ARE CORRECTED. C. 3.03 SURFACE PREPARATION A. REMOVE SURFACE CONTAMINANTS ON CONCRETE AND CONCRETE MASONRY SURFACES (REFER TO ASTM D 4258 AND D 4261). 5. APPLY CONDITIONER BY TO CHALKING OR EXCESSIVELY ABSORPTIVE SURFACES. C. REPLACE WEATHER -DAMAGED SHEATHING AND REPAIR DAMAGED OR CRACKED SURFACES. D. LEVEL SURFACES TO COMPLY WITH REQUIRED TOLERANCES. 3.04 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL IN COMPLIANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED INSTRUCTIONS. 3.05 PROTECTION A. PROVIDE PROTECTION OF INSTALLED MATERIALS FROM WATER INFILTRATION INTO OR BEHIND THEM. PROVIDE PROTECTION OF INSTALLED MATERIALS FROM DUST, DIRT, PRECIPITATION, FREEZING AND CONTINUOUS HIGH HUMIDITY UNTIL THEY ARE FULLY DRY. SECTION 072400 - EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS (EIFS) - STO THERM HURRICANE IMPACT SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION OF HURRICANE IMPACT RESISTANT EIF SYSTEM WITH SECONDARY MOISTURE BARRIER AND PROVISIONS FOR DRAINAGE. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. 5. C. D. E. F. G. SECTION 072100: THERMAL INSULATION SECTION 075900: ROOF REPAIRS SECTION 076000: FLASHING AND SHEET METAL SECTION 079200: JOINT SEALANTS SECTION 084113: ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS SECTION 088100: GLAZING SECTION 092900: GYPSUM BOARD 1.03 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. WIND LOAD: DESIGN FOR MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE SYSTEM DEFLECTION, NORMAL TO THE PLANE OF THE WALL, OF L/240. DESIGN FOR WIND LOAD IN CONFORMANCE WITH CODE REQUIREMENTS. B. MOISTURE CONTROL: PREVENT THE ACCUMULATION OF WATER BEHIND THE EIFS SYSTEM, EITHER BY CONDENSATION OR LEAKAGE THROUGH THE WALL CONSTRUCTION, IN THE DESIGN AND DETAILING OF THE WALL ASSEMBLY. 1. PROVIDE FLASHING TO DIRECT WATER TO THE EXTERIOR WHERE IT 15 LIKELY TO PENETRATE COMPONENTS IN THE WALL ASSEMBLY, INCLUDING, ABOVE WINDOW AND DOOR HEADS, BENEATH WINDOW AND DOOR SILLS, AT ROOF/WALL INTERSECTIONS, DECKS, ABUTMENTS OF LOWER WALLS WITH HIGHER WALLS, ABOVE PROJECTING FEATURES, AND AT THE BASE OF THE WALL. 2. VAPOR DIFFUSION AND CONDENSATION-- PERFORM A DEW POINT ANALYSIS OF THE WALL ASSEMBLY TO DETERMINE THE POTENTIAL FOR ACCUMULATION OF MOISTURE IN THE WALL ASSEMBLY AS A RESULT OF WATER VAPOR DIFFUSION AND CONDENSATION. ADJUST INSULATION THICKNESS AND/OR OTHER WALL ASSEMBLY COMPONENTS ACCORDINGLY TO MINIMIZE THE RISK OF CONDENSATION. AVOID THE USE OF VAPOR RETARDERS ON THE INTERIOR SIDE OF THE WALL IN WARM, HUMID CLIMATES. C. IMPACT RESISTANCE PER 2.06 REINFORCING MESHES, PROVIDE ULTRA-HIGH IMPACT RESISTANCE TO A MIN. HEIGHT OF 6'-0" (1.8 M) ABOVE FINISHED GRADE AT ALL AREAS ACCESSIBLE TO PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC AND OTHER AREAS EXPOSED TO ABNORMAL STRESS OR IMPACT. D. JOINTS 1. DESIGN MINIMUM 3/4 INCH WIDE EXPANSION JOINTS IN THE EIFS WHERE THEY EXIST IN THE SUBSTRATE OR SUPPORTING CONSTRUCTION, WHERE THE EIFS ADJOINS DISSIMILAR CONSTRUCTION OR MATERIALS, AT CHANGES IN BUILDING HEIGHT, AND AT FLOOR LINES IN MULTI-LEVEL WOOD FRAME CONSTRUCTION. 2. MINIMUM 1/2 INCH WIDE SEALANT JOINTS AT ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH THE EIFS (WINDOWS, DOORS, ETC.). 3. INSTALL BACKER ROD AND SEALANT NAT HAS BEEN EVALUATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 1382, "TEST METHOD FOR DETERMINING TENSILE ADHESION PROPERTIES OF SEALANTS WHEN USED IN EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM (EIFS) JOINTS," AND THAT MEETS MINIMUM 50% ELONGATION AFTER CONDITIONING. 4. DESIGN JOINTS WITH SECONDARY MOISTURE PROTECTION AND DRAIN JOINTS TO THE EXTERIOR. REFER TO STOREFRONT DETAILS FOR LOCATIONS IF REQUIRED. E TRIM, PROJECTING ARCHITECTURAL FEATURES AND REVEALS 1. ALL TRIM AND PROJECTING ARCHITECTURAL FEATURES MUST HAVE A MINIMUM 1:2 [27'] SLOPE ALONG THEIR TOP SURFACE. ALL HORIZONTAL REVEALS MUST HAVE A MINIMUM 1:2 [271 SLOPE ALONG THEIR BOTTOM SURFACE. . FIRE PROTECTION DO NOT U5E FOAM PLASTIC IN EXCESS OF 4 INCHES THICK. WHERE A FIRE -RESISTANCE RATING 15 REQUIRED BY CODE USE EIFS OVER RATED ASSEMBLY. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. SAMPLES FOR APPROVAL AS DIRECTED BY LSD*C PROJECT MANAGER. B. PREPARE AND SUBMIT PROJECT -SPECIFIC DETAILS (WHEN REQUIRED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS). C. INSULATION BOARD MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS 1. RECOGNIZED 5Y STO AS CAPABLE OF PRODUCING INSULATION BOARD TO MEET SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS, AND HOLD A VALID LICENSING AGREEMENT WITH STO. 2. LISTED 5Y AN APPROVED AGENCY. 3. LABEL INSULATION BOARD WITH INFORMATION REQUIRED BY STO, THE APPROVED LISTING AGENCY AND THE APPLICABLE BUILDING CODE. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS 1. MEMBER IN GOOD STANDING OF THE El F5 INDUSTRY MEMBERS ASSOCIATION (EIMA). 2. SYSTEM MANUFACTURER FOR A MINIMUM OF TWENTY (20) YEARS. MANUFACTURING FACILITIES 150 9002 CERTIFIED. 3. MANUFACTURER'S WALL ASSEMBLY LISTED IN GYPSUM ASSOCIATION FIRE RESISTANCE DESIGN MANUAL. 5. CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS 1. ENGAGED IN APPLICATION OF EIFS FOR A MINIMUM OF THREE (3) YEARS. 2. KNOWLEDGEABLE IN THE PROPER USE AND HANDLING OF STO MATERIALS AND LISTED BY STO AS HAVING ATTENDED STO EIFS CONTINUING EDUCATION. 3. EMPLOY SKILLED MECHANICS 1A11-10 ARE EXPERIENCED AND KNOWLEDGEABLE IN EIFS APPLICATION, AND FAMILIAR WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SPECIFIED WORK. 4. SUCCESSFUL COMPLETION OF MINIMUM OF THREE (3) PROJECTS OF SIMILAR SIZE AND COMPLEXITY OF THE SPECIFIED PROJECT. 5. PROVIDE THE PROPER EQUIPMENT, MANPOWER AND SUPERVISION ON NE JOB SITE TO INSTALL THE SYSTEM IN COMPLIANCE WITH STO'S PUBLISHED SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAILS AND THE PROJECT PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. C. INSULATION BOARD MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS 1. RECOGNIZED 5Y 5TO AS CAPABLE OF PRODUCING INSULATION BOARD TO MEET SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS, AND HOLD A VALID LICENSING AGREEMENT WITH STO. 2. LISTED 5Y AN APPROVED AGENCY 3. LABEL INSULATION BOARD WITH INFORMATION REQUIRED BY STO, THE APPROVED LISTED AGENCY AND THE APPLICABLE BUILDING CODE. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. DELIVER ALL MATERIALS IN THEIR ORIGINAL SEALED CONTAINERS BEARING MANUFACTURER'S NAME AND IDENTIFICATION OF PRODUCT. 5. PROTECT COATINGS (PAIL PRODUCTS) FROM FREEZING AND TEMPERATURES IN EXCESS OF 90'F STORE AWAY FROM DIRECT SUNLIGHT. C. PROTECT PORTLAND CEMENT BASED MATERIALS (BAG PRODUCTS) FROM MOISTURE AND HUMIDITY. STORE UNDER COVER OFF THE GROUND IN A DRY LOCATION. 1.07 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. MAINTAIN AMBIENT AND SURFACE TEMPERATURES ABOVE 40'F DURING APPLICATION AND DRYING PERIOD, MINIMUM 24 HOURS AFTER APPLICATION OF EIFS. 5. PROVIDE SUPPLEMENTARY HEAT FOR INSTALLATION IN TEMPERATURES LESS THAN 40'F (4'C). C. PROVIDE PROTECTION OF SURROUNDING AREAS AND ADJACENT SURFACES FROM APPLICATION OF MATERIALS. I.08 COORDINATION/SCHEDULING A. PROVIDE SITE GRADING SUCH THAT EIFS TERMINATES ABOVE FINISHED GRADE A MINIMUM OF 8 INCHES (203 MM) OR AS REQUIRED BY CODE. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF FOUNDATION WATERPROOFING, ROOFING MEMBRANE, WINDOWS, ODORS AND OTHER WALL PENETRATIONS TO PROVIDE A LEAK -PROOF BUILDING ENVELOPE. PROVIDE PROTECTION OF ROUGH OPENINGS BEFORE INSTALLING WINDOWS, DOORS, AND OTHER PENETRATIONS THROUGH THE WALL AND PROVIDE SILL FLASHING. INSTALL WINDOW AND DOOR HEAD FLASHING IMMEDIATELY AFTER WINDOWS AND DOORS ARE INSTALLED. INSTALL DIVERTER FLASHINGS WHEREVER WATER CAN ENTER THE WALL ASSEMBLY TO DIRECT WATER TO THE EXTERIOR. INSTALL COPINGS AND SEALANT IMMEDIATELY AFTER INSTALLATION OF THE EIFS SYSTEM AND WHEN EIFS COATINGS ARE DRY. ATTACH PENETRATIONS THROUGH EIFS TO STRUCTURAL SUPPORT AND PROVIDE WATER TIGHT SEAL AT PENETRATIONS. B. C. D. G. 1.09 WARRANTY A. PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S 7 YEAR STANDARD LABOR AND MATERIAL WARRANTY PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. PROVIDE MOISTURE BARRIER, EIF SYSTEM AND ACCESSORIES FROM SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER OR APPROVED SUPPLIER. 5. THE FOLLOWING ARE ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: 1. STO CORP. --MOISTURE BARRIER, EIF SYSTEM (1.888.786.3437) a. STO H1- AT SYSTEM- SMALL MISSILE: MIAMI- DADE COUNTY PRODUCT APPROVAL : NOA#03 -0527.12 b. STO 1-4- AT SYSTEM- LARGE MISSILE, MIAMI- DADE COUNTY PRODUCT APPROVAL: N0,403-0422.01 2. PLASTIC COMPONENTS, INC. --ACCESSORIES (1.600.327.7077) C. ACCESSORIES 1. STARTER TRACK RIGID PVC (POLYVINYL CHLORIDE) PLASTIC TRACK PART N0. STDE AS FURNISHED BY PLASTIC COMPONENTS, INC., 9051 NW 97T1-1 TERRACE, MIAMI, FLORIDA 33178 (1.800.327.7077). 2.02 MOISTURE BARRIER A. STO GUARD AIR AND MOISTURE BARRIER SYSTEM. 1. STO GOLD FILL AND STO GUARD MESH JOINT TREATMENT SYSTEM FOR ROUGH OPENING PROTECTION AND JOINT' TREATMENT OF WALL SHEATHING. 2. STO GOLD COAT READY MIXED ACRYLIC BASED WATER PROOFING COATING. 2.03 ADHESIVE A. CEMENTITIOUS ADHESIVE 1. STO PRIMER/ADHESIVE-B--ONE COMPONENT POLYMER MODIFIED CEMENT BASED, FACTORY BLEND, ADHESIVE WITH LESS THAN 33 PERCENT PORTLAND CEMENT CONTENT BY WEIGHT (FOR USE OVER EXTERIOR GYPSUM SHEATHING, DENS -GLASS GOLD SHEATHING, EXTERIOR CEMENTITIOUS SHEATHING , CONCRETE, MASONRY OR PLASTER SURFACES). 2.04 INSULATION BOARD A. STO EPS INSULATION BOARD 1. NOMINAL 1.0 LB./FT3 (16 KG/M3) EXPANDED POLYSTYRENE (EPS) INSULATION BOARD IN COMPLIANCE WITH ASTM C 578 TYPE I REQUIREMENTS, AND EIMA GUIDELINE SPECIFICATION FOR EXPANDED POLYSTYRENE (EPS) INSULATION BOARD. (NOTE: MINIMUM REQUIRED THICKNESS IS 2 INCHES [25 MM] AND MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE THICKNESS IS TYPICALLY 4 INCHES [100 MM] UNLESS THICKER DIMENSIONS ARE APPROVED BY THE CODE OFFICIAL). 2.05 BASE COAT A. CEMENTITIOUS BASE COAT 1. STO PRIMER/ADHESIVE-B--ONE COMPONENT POLYMER MODIFIED CEMENT BASED FACTORY BLEND, BASE COAT WITH LESS THAN 33 PERCENT PORTLAND CEMENT CONTENT BY WEIGHT. B. WATERPROOF BASE COAT 1. STO FLEXYL--TWO COMPONENT FIBER REINFORCED ACRYLIC BASED WATERPROOF BASE COAT MIXED WITH PORTLAND CEMENT (FOR USE AS A WATERPROOF BASE COAT TO WATERPROOF FOUNDATIONS, PARAPETS, SPLASH AREAS, TRIM AND OTHER PROJECTING ARCHITECTURAL FEATURES). 2.06 REINFORCING MESHES A. HIGH IMPACT MESH 1. STO INTERMEDIATE MESH --NOMINAL 11.2 OZ./YD2 (380 G/M2), HIGH IMPACT, INTERWOVEN, OPEN WEAVE GLASS FIBER FABRIC WITH ALKALINE RESISTANT COATING FOR COMPATIBILITY WITH STO MATERIALS (ACHIEVES HIGH IMPACT CLASSIFICATION). 8. ULTRA-H1GH IMPACT MESH 1. STO ARMOR MAT --NOMINAL 15 OZ./YD2 (509 G/M2), ULTRA-HIGH IMPACT, DOUBLE STRAND, INTERWOVEN, OPEN -WEAVE GLASS FIBER FABRIC WITH ALKALINE RESISTANT COATING FOR COMPATIBILITY WITH STO MATERIALS (RECOMMENDED TO A MINIMUM HEIGHT OF 6'-0" [1.8M] ABOVE FINISHED GRADE AT ALL AREAS ACCESSIBLE TO PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC AND OTHER AREAS EXPOSED TO ABNORMAL STRESS OR IMPACT. ACHIEVES ULTRAHIGH IMPACT CLASSIFICATION WHEN APPLIED BENEATH STO MESH OR STO INTERMEDIATE MESH). C. SPECIALTY MESHES I. STO DETAIL MESH --NOMINAL 4.5 OZ./YD2 (153 G/M2), FLEXIBLE, SYMMETRICAL, INTERLACED GLASS FIBER FABRIC, WITH ALKALINE RESISTANT COATING FOR COMPATIBILITY WITH STO MATERIALS (USED FOR STANDARD EIFS BACKWRAPPING, AESTHETIC DETAILING, SPLICE JOINTS IN INTERMEDIATE MESH, AND PROTECTION OF ROUGH OPENINGS WITH MOISTURE BARRIER). 2. STO CORNER MAT- -NOMINAL 7.8 OZ./YD2 (265 G/M2), PRE -CREASED, HEAVY-DUTY, OPEN -WEAVE WOVEN GLASS FIBER FABRIC WITH ALKALINE RESISTANT COATING FOR COMPATIBILITY WITH STO MATERIALS (USED FOR MAXIMUM IMPACT PROTECTION AT INSIDE AND OUTSIDE CORNERS). 2.07 PRIMER A. STO PRIMER ACRYLIC BASED TINTED PRIMER. 2.08 FINISH COAT A. STO LIMESTONE FINISH (2 -STEP PROCESS, USING STD): 1.0 MM AGGREGATE AS 1ST COAT AND STOLIT FREEFORM AS 2ND COAT), CUSTOM FINISH AS INDICATED ON STOREFRONT DRAWINGS. 2.09 PENETRATING SEALER A. STO PENETRATING SEALER (CLEAR, SILOXANE-BASED) 2.10 JOB MIXED INGREDIENTS A. WATER --CLEAN AND POTABLE. 5. PORTLAND CEMENT --TYPE 1 IN CONFORMANCE WITH ASTM C 150. 2.11 MIXING A. STO PLEX W: ADD WATER AS DIRECTED ON LABELING. 5. STO LEVELER: MIX RATIO WITH WATER: 6-7 QUARTS (5.7-6.6 L) OF CLEAN WATER PER 60 POUND (27.3 KG) BAG OF STO LEVELER. POUR WATER INTO A CLEAN MIXING PAIL ADD STO LEVELER, MIX TO A UNIFORM CONSISTENCY AND ALLOW TO SET FOR APPROXIMATELY 5 MINUTES. ADJUST MIX IF NECESSARY WITH ADDITIONAL STO LEVELER OR WATER AND REMIX TO A UNIFORM TROWEL CONSISTENCY. AVOID RETEMPERING. KEEP MIX RATIO CONSISTENT. DO NOT EXCEED MAXIMUM WATER AMOUNT IN MIX RATIO. C. STO RFP --MIX WITH A CLEAN, RUST -FREE HIGH SPEED MIXER TO A UNIFORM CONSISTENCY. D. STO FLEXYL--MIX RATIO WITH PORTLAND CEMENT: 1:1 RATIO 8Y WEIGHT. POUR STO FLEXYL INTO A CLEAN MIXING PAIL. ADD PORTLAND CEMENT, MIX TO A UNIFORM CONSISTENCY AND ALLOW TO SET FOR APPROXIMATELY FIVE MINUTES. ADJUST MIX IF NECESSARY WITH ADDITIONAL STO FLEXYL AND REMIX TO A UNIFORM TROWEL CONSISTENCY. AVOID RE -TEMPERING. KEEP MIX RATIO CONSISTENT. E. STO PRIMER --MIX WITH A CLEAN, RUST -FREE HIGH SPEED MIXER TO A UNIFORM CONSISTENCY. F. STOLIT--MIX WITH A CLEAN, RUST -FREE HIGH SPEED MIXER TO A UNIFORM CONSISTENCY. A SMALL AMOUNT OF WATER MAY BE ADDED TO ADJUST WORKABILITY. LIMIT ADDITION OF WATER TO AMOUNT NEEDED TO ACHIEVE THE FINISH TEXTURE. G. MIX ONLY AS MUCH MATERIAL AS CAN READILY BE USED. H. DO NOT USE ANTI -FREEZE COMPOUNDS OR OTHER ADDITIVES. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 ACCEPTABLE INSTALLERS A. PREQUALIFY UNDER QUALITY ASSURANCE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SPECIFICATION (SECTION 1.05.8). 3.02 EXAMINATION A. INSPECT SURFACES FOR: 1. CONTAMINATION -- ALGAE, CHALKINESS, DIRT, DUST, EFFLORESCENCE, FORM, OIL, FUNGUS, GREASE, LAITANCE, MILDEW OR OTHER FOREIGN SUBSTANCES. 2. SURFACE ABSORPTION AND CHALKINESS. 3. CRACKS -- MEASURE CRACK WIDTH AND RECORD LOCATION OF CRACKS. 4. DAMAGE AND DETERIORATION. 5. MOISTURE CONTENT AND MOISTURE DAMAGE -- USE A MOISTURE METER TO DETERMINE IF THE SURFACE IS DRY ENOUGH TO RECEIVE THE EIFS AND RECORD ANY AREAS OF MOISTURE DAMAGE. 6. COMPLIANCE WITH SPECIFICATION TOLERANCES -- RECORD AREAS THAT ARE OUT OF TOLERANCE (GREATER THAN 1/4 INCH IN 8-0 FEET DEVIATION IN PLANE). 5. INSPECT SHEATHING APPLICATION FOR COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE REQUIREMENT: 1. EXTERIOR GYPSUM SHEATHING--GA-253 2. EXTERIOR GRADE AND EXPOSURE I WOOD BASED SHEATHING --APA ENGINEERED WOOD ASSOCIATION E 30 3. GLASS MAT FACED GYPSUM SHEATHING --GEORGIA PACIFIC PUBLICATION 101514 4. CEMENTITIOUS SHEATHING --CONSULT MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED RECOMMENDATIONS C. REPORT DEVIATIONS FROM THE REQUIREMENTS OF PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS OR OTHER A H CONDITIONS THAT MIGHT ADVERSELY AFFECT THE EIFS INSTALLATION ELATION TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. DO NOT START WORK UNTIL DEVIATIONS ARE CORRECTED. 3.03 SURFACE PREPARATION A. REMOVE SURFACE CONTAMINANTS ON CONCRETE AND CONCRETE MASONRY SURFACES (REFER TO ASTM D 4258 AND D 4261). 5. APPLY CONDITIONER BY SPRAYER OR ROLLER TO CHALKING OR EXCESSIVELY ABSORPTIVE SURFACES. C. REPLACE WEATHER -DAMAGED SHEATHING AND REPAIR DAMAGED OR CRACKED SURFACES. D. LEVEL SURFACES TO COMPLY WITH REQUIRED TOLERANCES. 3.04 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL El F5 IN COMPLIANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED INSTRUCTIONS (SEE ADDENDUM). 3.05 PROTECTION A. PROVIDE PROTECTION OF INSTALLED MATERIALS FROM WATER INFILTRATION INTO OR BEHIND THEM. 5. PROVIDE PROTECTION OF INSTALLED MATERIALS FROM DUST, DIRT, PRECIPITATION, FREEZING AND CONTINUOUS 1-41G1-1 HUMIDITY UNTIL THEY ARE FULLY DRY. SECTION 076000 - FLASHING AND SHEET METAL A. GENERAL: PROVIDE FLASHING AND SHEET METAL, REGLETS, AND ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR ROOF REPAIRS AND A COMPLETE, WEATHERTIGHT INSTALLATION. 5. FLASHING/SHEET METAL AT STOREFRONT 15 PREF INISHED. C. STANDARDS: CONFORM TO SMACNA "ARCHITECTURAL SHEET METAL MANUAL" REQUIREMENTS FOR FLASHING AND SHEET METAL. D. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS: ALLOW FOR MOVEMENT OF COMPONENTS WITHOUT CAUSING BUCKLING, FAILURE OF JOINT SEALS, UNDUE STRESS ON FASTENERS OR OTHER DETRIMENTAL EFFECTS, WHEN SUBJECT TO 100 YEAR SEASONAL TEMPERATURE RANGES. E. SUBMITTALS: FURNISH PRODUCT DATA FOR MANUFACTURED PRODUCTS. F. WARRANTY: CORRECT FAILURE OF METAL FLASHING SYSTEM TO RESIST PENETRATION OF WATER AND DAMAGE FROM WIND; WARRANTY PERIOD TWO YEARS. 1. FLASHING AND SHEET METAL: MATCH EXISTING, BUT NOT LESS THAN FOLLOW ING.GALVANI ZED METAL FLASHING: ASTM A924 AND A653 G90 GALVANIZED STEEL; MINIMUM 24 GAGE. 2. PREFINISHED METAL FLASHING: 24 GAGE GALVANIZED STEEL WITH FACTORY FINISHED KYNAR 500 TYPE FLUOROPOLYMER COATING AND STRIPPABLE PROTECTIVE FILM; COLOR AS SELECTED FROM MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE OF COLORS. 3. ALUMINUM FLASHING: ASTM 8209, ALLOY AS REQUIRED TO MATCH FINISH SPECIFIED FOR OTHER ALUMINUM COMPONENTS; THICKNESS MINIMUM 0.050" AT FLASHINGS. 4. STAINLESS STEEL SHEET-MEMETAL: ASTMM A666, 2DANNEALED FINISH, SOFT TEMPER EXCEPT ORPERFORMANCE; 0.015"(28 GAGE) HARDER TEMPER IS REQUIRED FOR FORMING PERF R TYPICAL. 5. COPPER SHEET METAL: ASTM 13370, COLD ROLLED 16 OZ. (0.0216") THICK; SOFT TEMPER WHERE REQUIRED FOR FORMING. G. REGLETS: FRY/SPRINGLOK OR; FABRICATE OF SAME METAL AS ADJACENT FLASHING AND SHEET METAL. H. METAL TO METAL SEALANT: BUTYL TYPE; NON -STAINING, NON -CORROSIVE, NON- 5HRINKING, NON -SAGGING, ULTRA -VIOLET AND OZONE RESISTANT. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED SEP 19 2017 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA SEP 01 2017 PERMIT CENTER SHREMSHOCK Shremshock Architects, Inc. 7400 W. Campus Rd. Suite 150 New Albany, OH 43054 t: 614 545 4550 1 f: 614 545 4555 1 shremshock.com Gerald S. hremshock, Architect Timothy J. hremshock, Architect z 0 U J z 0 U oS CD Ui W 0 W 0 REVISIONS: REQUIRED BY: DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 AM HMG SKM ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS DRAWING NUMBER: SECTION 076100 - APPLIED FIREPROOFING H. I. A. GENERAL: PATCH EXISTING FIREPROOFING AS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE CODES FOR CONSTRUCTION TYPE; NO ASBESTOS PERMITTED. B. CONFORM TO APPLICABLE CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR BOTH F AND T RATINGS. C. STANDARDS: PASS ASTM E814 THROUGH PENETRATION FIRE STOPS, ASTM E11q FIRE TESTS AND ASTM E84 FLAME SPREAD/SMOKE CONTRIBUTION MAXIMUM 25/25. 1. FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS: COMPLY WITH REQUIRED RATINGS BASED ON TESTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM El1q. 2. SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS: MAXIMUM 25 FLAME SPREAD AND 25 SMOKE DENSITY WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E84. D. CERTIFICATE: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER CERTIFICATION INDICATING APPLICATOR ACCEPTABILITY AND MATERIAL COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE CODES AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 1. CERTIFICATION SHALL INDICATE NEW MATERIALS USED TO PATCH EXISTING FIREPROOFED MEMBERS AT NEW AND EXISTING WORK ARE COMPATIBLE WITH EXISTING FIREPROOFING MATERIALS AND MEET ALL PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS. E QUALIFICATION OF APPLICATOR: FIRM ACCEPTABLE TO MANUFACTURER OF FIREPROOFING MATERIALS, WITH MINIMUM FIVE YEARS SUCCESSFUL EXPERIENCE ON PROJECTS OF SIMILAR SCOPE. F MANUFACTURERS/PRODUCTS: MATCH EXISTING BUT NOT LESS THAN N.R. GRACE/MONOKOTE OR ALB! MANUFACTURING DIVISION STANCHEM/DURASPRAY. G. INSTALLATION: INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS AND FIRE TEST RESULTS AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE REQUIRED FIRE RATINGS. 1. PROTECT ADJACENT SURFACES AND EQUIPMENT FROM DAMAGE BY OVERSPRAY, FALLOUT, AND DUSTING; MASK ADJACENT WORK AS REQUIRED. CLOSE OFF AND SEAL DUCT WORK IN AREAS WHERE FIREPROOFING 15 BEING APPLIED. 2. CLEAN SUBSTRATE OF DIRT, DUST, GREASE, OIL, LOOSE MATERIAL, PAINTS, PRIMERS, AND OTHER MATTER WHICH AFFECTS BOND OF SPRAYED FIREPROOFING. 3. APPLY FIREPROOFING IN SUFFICIENT THICKNESS AND DENSITY TO ACHIEVE REQUIRED FIRE RATINGS. 4. APPLY FIREPROOFING OVER SUBSTRATE, BUILDING TO REQUIRED THICKNESS WITH AS MANY PASSES OR STAGES NECESSARY TO COVER WITH MONOLITHIC BLANKET OF UNIFORM DENSITY AND TEXTURE. SECTION 078400 - FIRESTOPPING J. K. ACCESSORIES: PROVIDE DOOR SILENCERS, ANCHORS, AND ACCESSORIES. FABRICATION: CONFORM TO REQUIREMENTS OF SDI OR NAAMM. 1. DOOR SILENCERS: PLACE MINIMUM THREE SINGLE BUMPERS ON SINGLE DOOR FRAMES; SPACE EQUALLY ALONG STRIKE JAMBS; PLACE TWO SINGLE BUMPERS ON DOUBLE DOOR FRAME HEADS. PRIME PAINT INTERIOR UNITS, GALVANIZE AND PRIME PAINT EXTERIOR UNITS; MINIMUM A60 GALVANIZING; CLEAN, DEGREASE AND FACTORY PRIME PAINT. INSTALLATION: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS AND EITHER SDI OR NAAMM STANDARDS. 1. INSTALL FIRE RATED UNITS IN CONFORMANCE WITH FIRE LABEL REQUIREMENTS AND NFPA80. 2. INSTALL DOORS AND FRAMES PLUMB AND SQUARE, AND WITH MAXIMUM DIAGONAL DISTORTION OF 1/16". SECTION 081400 - WOOD DOORS A. B. C. D. E. F. G. A. GENERAL: PROVIDE EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR FIRESTOPPING NOT PROVIDED ELSEWHERE; TYPE SUITABLE FOR APPLICATION INDICATED WITH ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. B. CODES: CONFORM TO APPLICABLE CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR BOTH F AND T RATINGS. C. STANDARDS: PASS ASTM E814 THROUGH -PENETRATION FIRE STOPS, ASTM E11q FIRE TESTS AND ASTM E84 FLAME SPREAD/SMOKE CONTRIBUTION MAXIMUM 25/25. D. SUBMITTALS: FURNISH SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND CERTIFICATES OF COMPLIANCE WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND APPLICABLE CODES. MANUFACTURERS: 3M/FIRE BARRIER, STI/SPECSEAL OR PENSIL, OR HILTI/FIRESTOP SYSTEMS. F. GENERAL: CHOOSE PRODUCTS AND METHODS MEETING APPLICABLE CODES AND SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS FOR EACH FIRESTOPPING APPLICATION, SUBJECT TO ARCHITECT'S ACCEPTANCE. G. FIRESTOPPING MATERIALS: FURNISH MATERIALS FOR PENETRATIONS IN TIME -RATED FLOOR, WALL, AND PARTITION ASSEMBLIES CAPABLE OF PREVENTING PASSAGE OF FLAME, SMOKE, AND HOT GASES. 1. PENETRATION TEST: FURNISH MATERIALS PASSING ASTM E814 FOR PENETRATION FIRE STOPPING INDICATING MAINTENANCE OF TIME -RATED ADJACENT ASSEMBLIES. 2. FIRESTOPPING: MAINTAIN FIRE RATING OF ASSEMBLY IN WHICH FIRESTOPPING IS INSTALLED, SUCH AS FLOOR, PARTITION, OR WALL, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E11q TESTS. H. INSTALLATION: INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS AND FIRE TEST RESULTS AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE REQUIRED FIRE RATINGS. 1. FIELD INSPECTIONS: MAINTAIN COPY OF MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS AT EACH WORK AREA. W. J. K. L. M. GENERAL: PROVIDE WOOD DOORS AND WOOD DOOR FRAMES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION; COORDINATE WITH HARDWARE IN SECTION 087100 DOOR HARDWARE. STANDARDS: COMPLY WITH WINDOW AND DOOR MANUFACTURER'S ASSOCIATION (WDMA): GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS. SUBMITTALS: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S LITERATURE AND SHOP FINISHED DOOR SAMPLES. PROJECT CONDITIONS: DO NOT DELIVER OR INSTALL DOORS UNTIL CONDITIONS FOR TEMPERATURE AND RELATIVE HUMIDITY HAVE BEEN STABILIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH REFERENCED STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO PROJECT LOCATION WARRANTY: PROVIDE FOR REPLACING, REHANGING AND REFINISHING WOOD DOORS EXHIBITING DEFECTS IN MATERIALS OR WORKMANSHIP INCLUDING WARP AND DELAMINATION; WARRANTY PERIOD TWO YEARS. MANUFACTURERS: ALGOMA (1.800.678.86110), EGGERS (I.c120.722.6444), OR MARSHFIELD (1.800.8661.3667). FLUSH SOLID CORE DOORS: FIVE PLY HOT PRESS, 1-3/4" THICK SOLID WOOD FRAMED GLUED BLOCK CONSTRUCTION OR PARTICLEBOARD CORE. 1. CONFORM WITH WDMA TYPE II BOND, INTERIOR; BOND STILES AND RAILS TO CORE AND SAND PRIOR TO ASSEMBLY OF FACE VENEERS; EDGES TO MATCH FACE VENEER, MINIMUM 1-1/8" THICK. 2. FACE VENEERS: PREMIUM QUALITY WHITE BIRCH VENEERS. 3. EDGES: STILE EDGES TO MATCH FACE VENEER, MINIMUM 1-1/8" THICK AFTER TRIM. WOOD DOOR FRAMES: PREMIUM GRADE TO MATCH PROFILES INDICATED AND COMPATIBLE WITH WOOD DOORS; WHITE BIRCH OR POPLAR FOR OPAQUE PAINT FINISH. FABRICATION: FABRICATE DOORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFIED STANDARDS; PREFIT WOOD DOORS; SHOP PREPARE DOORS TO RECEIVE HARDWARE, REFER TO SECTION 087100 FOR HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS AND TEMPLATES; FACTORY MACHINE DOORS FOR MORTISE HARDWARE. BEVEL STRIKE EDGE OF SINGLE -ACTING DOORS, 1/8" IN 2". SHOP FINISH: PROVIDE SHOP FINISH ON WOOD DOORS AND FRAMES; PREMIUM GRADE SEMIGLOSS ACRYLIC FINISH; COLOR AS DIRECTED BY ARCHITECT. INSTALLATION: INSTALL WOOD DOORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS, INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, AND REFERENCE STANDARDS, PLUMB AND SQUARE, AND WITH MAXIMUM DIAGONAL DISTORTION OF 1/16". PROTECTION: PROTECT DOORS AS RECOMMENDED BY DOOR MANUFACTURER TO ENSURE DOORS ARE WITHOUT DAMAGE AT TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. 1. SHOP FINISHED DOORS: REFINISH OR REPLACE DOORS DAMAGED PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. SECTION 081433 - STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS A. GENERAL: PROVIDE WOOD DOORS AND WOOD DOOR FRAMES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION; COORDINATE WITH HARDWARE IN SECTION 087100. B. STANDARDS: COMPLY WITH WINDOW AND DOOR MANUFACTURER'S ASSOCIATION (WDMA): GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS. SUBMITTALS: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S LITERATURE AND SHOP FINISHED DOOR SAMPLES. PROJECT CONDITIONS: DO NOT DELIVER OR INSTALL DOORS UNTIL CONDITIONS FOR TEMPERATURE AND RELATIVE HUMIDITY HAVE BEEN STABILIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH REFERENCED STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO PROJECT LOCATION. E. WARRANTY: PROVIDE FOR REPLACING, REHANGING AND REFINISHING WOOD DOORS EXHIBITING DEFECTS IN MATERIALS OR WORKMANSHIP INCLUDING WARP AND DELAMINATION; WARRANTY PERIOD ONE YEAR. F. PRODUCTS: DOORS 1. GRADE: SELECT OR BETTER 2. FINISH: WHITE LATEX PRIMER (FIELD PAINTING BY G.C.). 3. WOOD SPECIES: EXTERIOR DOOR LEAVES TO BE 1 15/16" WHITE OAK/INTERIOR DOOR LEAVES TO BE 1 15/16" RED OAK. 4. RAISED PANELS FOR OPAQUE FINISH: PANEL INFILL TO BE 1/2" EXTERIOR MDF. G. GLASS FOR OPENINGS: CLEAR 1/4" TEMPERED. H. WOOD DOOR FRAMES: PREMIUM GRADE TO MATCH PROFILES INDICATED AND COMPATIBLE WITH WOOD DOORS; INTERIOR DOOR FRAMES TO BE RED OAK/EXTERIOR DOOR FRAMES TO BE WHITE OAK FOR OPAQUE PAINT FINISH. 1. FINISH: WHITE LATEX PRIMER (FIELD PAINTING BY G.C.). I. FABRICATION: FABRICATE DOORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFIED STANDARDS; PREFIT WOOD DOORS; SHOP PREPARE DOORS TO RECEIVE HARDWARE, REFER TO SECTION 087100 FOR HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS AND TEMPLATES; FACTORY MACHINE DOORS FOR MORTISE HARDWARE. J INSTALLATION: INSTALL WOOD DOORS IN ACCORDANCE 10',1ITI4 MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND REFERENCE STANDARDS, PLUMB AND SQUARE, AND WITH MAXIMUM DIAGONAL DISTORTION OF 1/16". K. PROTECTION:PROTECT DOORS AS RECOMMENDED BY 000R MANUFACTURER TO ENSURED00 R.. S ARE WITHOUT DAMAGE AT TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. SECTION 07'1200 - JOINT SEALANT C. D. A. GENERAL: PROVIDE EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR JOINT SEALERS NOT PROVIDED ELSEWHERE; TYPE SUITABLE FOR APPLICATION INDICATED WITH ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. B. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: FIRM WITH MINIMUM FIVE YEAR'S SUCCESSFUL EXPERIENCE ON PROJECTS OF SIMILAR TYPE AND SIZE, USING SPECIFIED PRODUCTS C. SUBMITTALS: FURNISH PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES OF EXPOSED JOINT SEALERS IN REQUIRED COLORS. D. WARRANTY: REPAIR OR REPLACE JOINT SEALERS WHICH FAIL TO PERFORM AS INTENDED, BECAUSE OF LEAKING, CRUMBLING, HARDENING, SHRINKAGE, BLEEDING, SAGGING, STAINING AND LOSS OF ADHESION; WARRANTY PERIOD TWO YEARS. E EXTERIOR NON -TRAFFIC JOINTS: GE/SILPRUF, DOW/7g0-7615, PECORA/864 NST, OR TREMCO/SPECTRUM 3 LOW MODULUS SILICONE SEALANT. F TRAFFIC BEARING JOINTS: TREMCO/VULKEM 345, PECORA/NR-200 UREXPAN, OR SONNEBORN DIVISION CHEMREX/SL 2 MULTI-COMPONENT POLYURETHANE, SELF -LEVELING JOINT SEALER. G. MILDEW -RESISTANT SANITARY SEALANTS: GE/SC5 1700 SANITARY SEALANT, DOW/786 BATHTUB CAULK, PECORA/863 #345 WHITE, OR TREMCO/TREMSIL 200; PROVIDE AT INTERIOR AREAS WHERE SEALANT WILL BE EXPOSED TO WATER. 1-1. GENERAL INTERIOR JOINT SEALER: PECORA/AC- 20, SONNEBORN/SONOLAC, OR LATEX EMULSION. I. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: PRIMERS, SEALERS, JOINT CLEANERS, BOND BREAKER TAPE, AND SEALANT BACKER RODS AS RECOMMENDED BY SEALANT MANUFACTURER FOR APPLICATIONS INDICATED. 1 OVERSIZE BACKER ROD MINIMUM 30% TO 50% OF JOINT OPENING. AS INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS HEREIN. J PREPARATION: CLEAN JOINT SURFACES IMMEDIATELY BEFORE INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALER, AND PRIME OR SEAL JOINT SURFACES AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. K. INSTALLATION: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND ASTM C11g3. 1. EMPLOY INSTALLATION TECHNIQUES WHICH WILL ENSURE JOINT SEALERS ARE DEPOSITED IN UNIFORM, CONTINUOUS RIBBONS WITHOUT GAPS OR AIR POCKETS, WITH COMPLETE "WETTING" OF BOND SURFACES. SECTION 07°513 - EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES A. GENERAL: 1. JOINT COVER SYSTEMS SHALL ALLOW UNRESTRAINED MOVEMENT OF JOINT WITHOUT DISENGAGEMENT OF COVER. 2. JOINT SIZES SHALL BE AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 3. FIRE RATING CHARACTERISTICS: a. PREFABRICATED FIRE BARRIER ASSEMBLIES SHALL HAVE RATINGS NOT LESS THAN THE RATING OF ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, UL 263, NFPA 251, ASTM E11g AND ASTM E13gq b. SYSTEM SHALL BE CAPABLE OF ANTICIPATED MOVEMENT WHILE MAINTAINING FIRE RATING. 4. PROVIDE MANUFACTURERS STANDARD ONE YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY. 5. PRODUCTS: 1. MM SYSTEMS CORPORATION (50 MM WAY, P.O. BOX (18, PANDERGRASS, GEORGIA 30567; 1.800.241.3460 OR 1.706.824.7500). OR EQUAL AS APPROVED BY LSD*C PROJECT MANAGER AND ARCHITECT; SUBMIT FOR REVIEW OF EQUAL PRODUCT. 2. PRODUCTS JOINT SIZES AS INDICATED IN DRAWINGS. REFER TO MANUFACTURER FOR CORRESPONDING MODEL NUMBER: a. GYPSUM BOARD CEILING CONDITION = FLEXIBLE WALL * CEILING VSW SERIES b. ACT CEILING CONDITION = FLEXIBLE WALL * CEILING V% SERIES c. FLOOR TO WALL CONDITION = FLUSHLINE FSE SERIES d. FLOOR TO FLOOR CONDITION = FLUSNLINE FS SERIES e. WALL TO WALL CONDITION = FLUSHLINE FSWP SERIES f. CORNER WALL CONDITION = FLUSWLINE FSWPL SERIES g. CARPET TO WALL CONDITION = FLUSHLINE FSSTE SERIES h. CARPET TO CARPET CONDITION = FLUSHLINE FSST SERIES 3. FINISH: MILL FINISH ALUMINUM FRAMES WITH COLORS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. ALUMINUM WALL COVERS TO BE CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM C. EXECUTION: 1. PREPARE SURFACE TO RECEIVE EXPANSION JOINT SYSTEM IN ACCORD WITH MANUFACTURE'S PRODUCT DATA AND WITH SHOP DRAWINGS. 2. INSTALL EXPANSION JOINT ASSEMBLIES IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT DATA AND APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS. 3. COVER AND PROTECT EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES FROM CONSTRUCTION TRAFFIC. SECTION 083100 - ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS A. GENERAL: PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS AS REQUIRED FOR ACCESS TO VALVES AND CONTROLS LOCATED BEHIND FINISHED WALLS AND CEILINGS NOT OTHERWISE ACCESSIBLE, WITH ACCESSORIES FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 1. COORDINATE WITH VARIOUS TRADES FOR CONTROLS AND VALVES WHICH MAY BE CONCEALED. B. SUBMITTALS: FURNISH PRODUCT DATA FOR EACH TYPE OF ACCESS DOOR AND PANEL. C. MANUFACTURERS: KARP ASSOCIATES INC., MASPETH, N.Y. (718-784-2105); INTEX FORMS INC., 8880 ELDER CREEK ROAD, SACRAMENTO, CA 615828 (6116-388-%i33) 1. SALES AREA (NON -RATED): INTEX FORMS "LIFT * SHIFT" ACCESS PANEL W/ RADIUS DOOR CORNERS. SEE CEILING PLAN FOR SIZES AND LOCATIONS. 2. SALES AREA (RATED): KARP MODEL #KATR PRIME COATED STEEL WITH STAINLESS STEEL CAM LATCH ON RECESSED DOOR. SEE CEILING PLAN FOR SIZES AND LOCATIONS. 3. NON -SALES AREA (NON -RATED): KARP MODEL #DSC -214M. PRIME COATED STEEL WITH STUD LATCH. SEE CEILING PLAN FOR SIZES AND LOCATIONS. 4. NON -SALES AREA (RATED): KARP MODEL #KRP-150FR PRIME COATED STEEL WITH RING TURN LATCH. SEE CEILING PLAN FOR SIZES AND LOCATIONS. D. INSTALLATION: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS AND APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE RATINGS. 1. SET FRAMES ACCURATELY IN POSITION AND SECURELY ATTACH TO SUPPORTS WITH FACE PANELS PLUMB OR LEVEL IN RELATION TO ADJACENT FINISH SURFACES. 2. ADJUST HARDWARE AND DOORS AFTER INSTALLATION FOR PROPER OPERATION. 3. REMOVE AND REPLACE DOORS OR FRAMES WHICH ARE WARPED, BOWED OR OTHERWISE DAMAGED. SECTION 083326 - OVERHEAD COILING GRILLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. ALUMINUM OVERHEAD COILING GRILLES. 1.02 SUBMITTALS: SEE SECTION 013000 1.03 SUMMARY A. ROLLING GRILLE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED SY LSD*C. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY GRILLE IS TRUE, PLUMB, AND OPERATING PROPERLY, BEFORE INSTALLER LEAVES PREMISES. DIVISION 08 - OPENINGS PART 2 - PRODUCT SECTION 081000 - METAL DOORS AND FRAMES A. GENERAL: PROVIDE STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES AND ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION; COORDINATE WITH SECTION 087100 - DOOR HARDWARE. STANDARDS: MMPI Y WITl.1 STEEL DOOR INSTITUTE "STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES" OR NAAMM HOLLOW METAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION "HOLLOW METAL MANUAL". 1. FIRE RATED STANDARDS: FURNISH MATERIALS TESTED, LABELED AND INSPECTED PER UL, WARNOCK HERSEY, OR TESTING AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO APPLICABLE AUTHORITIES. C. SUBMITTALS: SUBMIT PRODUCT DATA. D. MANUFACTURERS: AMWELD (L330.527.4385), CECO (1.888.232.6366), OR PIONEER (1.201.g33.1c100). E. HOLLOW METAL DOORS: FLUSH HOLLOW METAL DOORS FULL FLUSH TYPE WITH FLUSH EDGE; CLOSE TOP AT EXTERIOR DOORS. 1. CORE: PROVIDE STEEL STIFFENED CORE; INSULATED AT EXTERIOR DOORS. 2. GAGE: PROVIDE MIN 18 GAGE AT INTERIOR DOORS, MIN 16 GAGE AT EXTERIOR DOORS. F PRESSED STEEL (HOLLOW METAL) FRAMES: MINIMUM 16 GAGE KNOCK -DOWN (FIELD -ASSEMBLED) FRAMES. G. FIRE RATED UNITS: CONFORM TO NFPA 80; PROVIDE UL OR WARNOCK HERSEY LABELED DOORS AND FRAMES AS REQUIRED. B. 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. PROVIDED GRILLES MANUFACTURED BY METRO DOOR INC., 3500 SUNRISE 1-11G14WAY, BUILDING 100, SUITE 210, GREAT RIVER, NY 117361, 800-66q-3667 2.02 MODELS AND MATERIALS A. MODELS: PROVIDED OVERHEAD COILING GRILLE MODELS AS FOLLOWS: 1. LEXAN GLAZED B. MATERIALS: 1. ALUMINUM: BARS, RODS AND EXTRUSIONS TO BE 6063 ALLOY, T5 TEMPERED. 2. STEEL: BAR, PIPE AND PLATE(S) TO MEET MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. 2.03 COMPONENTS A. LOCKING: STANDARD LOCKING MECHANISM TO CONSIST OF TWO-POINT LOCK TO THROW AT 50114 JAMBS, WITH A KEYED CYLINDER ON THE OUTSIDE AND THUMB -TURN ON THE INSIDE. 2.04 FABRICATION 1. HORIZONTAL RODS TO CONSIST OF EXTRUDED ALUMINUM, 7/8"X1/2" WORIZONTAL HINGE SYSTEM SPACED AT 4" ON CENTER. 2. WINDOWS TO CONSIST OF 3/32" CLEAR POLYCARBONATE PANELS EVERY 32" TO HORIZONTAL "I" FOR MAXIMUM STRENGTH. WINDOWS TO BE ENCLOSED IN HORIZONTAL ALUMINUM FRAME WITH PVC "H" FOR QUITE OPERATION. 3. CURTAIN SIZE: SEE DRAWINGS B. GUIDES: EXTRUDED ALUMINUM WITH MOHAIR STRIPS TO PREVENT METAL TO METAL CONTACT. C. STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS: 3X3 OR 4X4 STEEL SUPPORTS. D. BOTTOM BAR: HEAVY DUTY EXTRUDED ALUMINUM WITH THUMB -TURN INTERIOR AND KEYED CYLINDER EXTERIOR. E. COUNTERBALANCE: TEMPERED HELICAL TORSION 1-11G1-1 CYCLE SPRING MOUNTED ON CAST ANCHORS AND CONTINUOUS SOLID TORSION RODS PERMANENTLY LUBRICATED AND ENCLOSED WITHIN A 8" STEEL PIPE SHAFT. F. BRACKET PLATES: STEEL PLATES 1/4" THICK BOLTED TO STRUCTURAL SUPPORT TUBES. G. OPERATION: MANUAL UP TO 120 SQUARE FEET. FOR ROLLING GRILLES 120 SQUARE FEET AND LARGER OR WIDER THAN 12', PROVIDE A MOTOR TO OPERATE. COORDINATE POWER REQUIREMENTS WITH MEP DRAWINGS. 2.05 FINISHES B. ALUMINUM BOTTOM BAR, GUIDES AND CURTAIN TO BE CLEAR BRONZE, BLACK ANODIZED OR WHITE POWDERCOAT. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. PREPARE OPENINGS) TO RECEIVE GRILLES) AS REQUIRED BY MANUFACTURER. B. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO SUPPLY GRILLE INSTALLERS WITH FINISH FLOOR ELEVATION FOR PROPER INSTALLATION OF GRILLE LOCK AS WELL AS PRECISE GRILLE LOCATION ON FLOOR LAYOUT. 3.02 INSTALLATION (BY VENDOR INSTALLERS) A. INSTALL AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS ADJUST FOR SMOOTH AND EASY OPERATION. B. CAREFULLY COORDINATE INSTALLATION AND HOOK-UP OF ROLLING GRILLE WITH ALL AFFECTED TRADES. REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE. SECTION 083516 - FOLDING GRILLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. MANUALLY- OPERATED FOLDING SECURITY GRILLES. 5. RELATED SECTIONS 1. SECTION 055000 -METAL FABRICATIONS - FOR MISCELLANEOUS STEEL SUPPORT BRACKETS AND GUI DES. 1.02 REFERENCES A. AMERICAN ARCHITECTURAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION. (AAMA): 1. AAMA 611, VOLUNTARY SPECIFICATION FOR ANODIZED ARCHITECTURAL ALUMINUM. B. ASTM INTERNATIONAL: 1. ASTM 5 221, STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR ALUMINUM AND ALUMINUM ALLOY EXTRUDED BARS, RODS, WIRE, PROFILES, AND TUBES. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. PRODUCT DATA: MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED PRODUCT INFORMATION IDENTIFYING ALL COMPONENTS, FINISHES, AND OPTIONS. B. SHOP DRAWINGS: SHOW EACH INSTALLATION INCLUDING COMPONENTS NOT DIMENSIONED OR DETAILED IN PRODUCT DATA. INCLUDE ELEVATIONS, PLANS, SECTIONS, DETAILS, AND ATTACHMENT TO OTHER WORK. C. SAMPLES: FOR EACH TYPE OF EXPOSED FINISH REQUIRED. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. SOURCE LIMITATIONS: OBTAIN FOLDING METAL GRILLES SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION THROUGH ONE SOURCE FROM A SINGLE MANUFACTURER. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING. A. DELIVER FOLDING METAL GRILLES IN MANUFACTURER'S ORIGINAL, UNDAMAGED, AND UNOPENED CONTAINERS. PROVIDE IDENTIFICATION LABELS ON EACH CONTAINER. B. STORE FOLDING GRILLES IN LOCATIONS PROTECTED FROM WEATHER AND DAMAGE FROM CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. FIELD MEASUREMENTS: VERIFY DIMENSIONS OF 'OPENINGS WHERE FOLDING GRILLES ARE INDICATED TO BE INSTALLED. INDICATE MEASUREMENTS ON SHOP DRAWINGS. 1.07 WARRANTY A. WARRANTY: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD WARRANTY IN WHICH MANUFACTURER AGREES TO REPLACE HINGED PANEL SECTIONS THAT FAIL IN MATERIALS OR WORKMANSI-IIP WITHIN SPECIFIED WARRANTY PERIOD. PART 2 - PRODUCT 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. METRO DOOR, INC., 3500 SUNRISE HIGHWAY, BUILDING 100 SUITE 210, GREAT RIVER, NY 117361 (800) 66q-3667. WWW METRODOOR.COM SECTION 084113 - ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. J. K. L. M. GENERAL: EXTRUDED ALUMINUM ENTRANCE SYSTEMS WITH DOORS, FRAMES, HARDWARE, AND ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. STANDARDS: COMPLY WITH ARCHITECTURAL ALUMINUM MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (AAMA) "ALUMINUM STORE FRONT AND ENTRANCE MANUAL". CODES AND REGULATIONS: COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE CODES AND REGULATIONS. SUBMITTALS: FURNISH MANUFACTURER'S LITERATURE, S140P DRAWINGS, AND SAMPLES, AS INDICATED IN DRAWINGS. STRUCTURAL CERTIFICATES: PROVIDE CERTIFICATION BY STATE REGISTERED ENGINEER INDICATING SYSTEM COMPLIES WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND APPLICABLE CODES. SPECIAL PROJECT WARRANTY: PROVIDE FOR CORRECTING FAILURES INCLUDING WIND DAMAGE AND WATER PENETRATION TO INTERIOR SURFACES, EXCESSIVE DEFLECTIONS, AND DETERIORATION OF FINISHES, WEATHERSTRIPPING AND ACCESSORIES. SPECIAL WARRANTY PERIOD TWO YEARS. MANUFACTURERS: AS INDICATED IN DRAWINGS AND SCHEDULES. SEE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE IN DRAWINGS TO DETERMINE WHETHER STOREFRONT SYSTEM IS PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY LSD*C VENDOR OR PROVIDED BY LSD*C VENDOR AND INSTALLED BY GC. GLAZING: SEE SECTION 088100. GLAZING ACCESSORIES: SEE SECTION 088100. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: 1. STEEL REINFORCEMENT AND BRACKETS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD WITH MINIMUM 2 OZ. HOT -DIP ZINC COATING, ASTM A123, APPLIED AFTER FABRICATION. 2. BITUMINOUS PAINT: COLD -APPLIED MASTIC, SSPC PAINT 12, COMPOUNDED FOR 30 MIL THICKNESS PER COAT. 3. FLASHING: SEE SECTION 076000. 4. ANCHORING DEVICES: CORROSION RESISTANT TYPE CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING ENTRANCE SYSTEM AND SUPERIMPOSED DESIGN LOADS; DESIGN TO ALLOW ADJUSTMENTS OF SYSTEM PRIOR TO BEING PERMANENTLY FASTENED IN PLACE. 5. JOINT SEALANTS: SEE SECTION 0761200. FABRICATION: FABRICATE ALUMINUM ENTRANCE AND STOREFRONT SYSTEM TO ALLOW FOR CLEARANCES AND SHIM SPACING AROUND PERIMETER OF ASSEMBLIES TO ENABLE INSTALLATION; PROVIDE FOR THERMAL MOVEMENT. 1. ACCURATELY FIT TOGETHER JOINTS AND CORNERS; MATCH COMPONENTS ENSURING CONTINUITY OF LINE AND DESIGN; ENSURE JOINTS AND CONNECTIONS ARE FLUSH, HAIRLINE AND WEATHERPROOF. 2. SEPARATE DISSIMILAR MATERIALS WITH BITUMINOUS PAINT OR PREFORMED SEPARATORS WHICH WILL PREVENT CORROSION. INSTALLATION: INSTALL ALUMINUM FRAMED STOREFRONT ASSEMBLIES, INCLUDING ENTRANCES, IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND TO MEET DESIGN REQUIREMENTS INDICATED. 1. ENSURE ASSEMBLIES ARE PLUMB, LEVEL AND FREE OF WARP OR TWIST; MAINTAIN DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCES AND ALIGNMENT WITH ADJACENT WORK. 2. USE SUFFICIENT ANCHORAGE DEVICES TO SECURELY AND RIGIDLY FASTEN ASSEMBLIES TO BUILDING. 3. INSTALL HARDWARE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS, USING PROPER TEMPLATES. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF CYLINDERS WITH SECTION 087100. 4. INSTALL SILL MEMBERS AND THRESHOLDS IN BED OF COMPOUND, JOINT FILLERS OR GASKETS TO PROVIDE WEATHERTIGHT CONSTRUCTION. 5. GLASS INSTALLATION: COMPLY WITH GANA GLAZING MANUAL AND GLAZING MANUFACTURER INSTRUCTIONS. DO NOT ALLOW GLASS TO TOUCH METAL SURFACES. SECTION 084114 - ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS- HURRICANE RESISTANT 1/4"X 4 1/2" OFFSET TO FRONT, INTERIOR GLAZED SI -FEAR BLOCK SYSTEM FOR 1-5/16" (NOM.) AND/OR q/16" (NOM.) GLAZING b. 1-5/16" LAMINATED INSULATING IMPACT WALL GLASS c. MIAMI-DADE COUNTY, PRODUCT APPROVAL NOTICE OF ACCEPTANCE IS: 05-06106.04 11-1117.02 d. FLORIDA STATE PRODUCT APPROVAL 15 # 16181.2 3. THIS 'SYSTEM' 15 DESIGNED TO COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE HIGH -VELOCITY HURRICANE ZONE OF THE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE (FBC). FOR LOCATIONS WHERE THE PRESSURE REQUIREMENTS DO NOT EXCEED THE DESIGN PRESSURE RATING VALUES INDICATED IN THE APPROVED DRAWINGS, REFER TO THE ABOVE REFERENCED NOA DRAWINGS AND CHARTS FOR ACCEPTED CONFIGURATIONS, LIMITS, ANCHOR REQUIREMENTS, AND ALLOWABLE DOOR HARDWARE." 5. STANDARDS: COMPLY WITH ARCHITECTURAL ALUMINUM MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (AAMA) "ALUMINUM STORE FRONT AND ENTRANCE MANUAL." CODES AND REGULATIONS: COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE CODES AND REGULATIONS. SUBMITTALS: FURNISH MANUFACTURER'S LITERATURE, SHOP DRAWINGS, AND SAMPLES. STRUCTURAL CERTIFICATES: PROVIDE CERTIFICATION SY STATE REGISTERED ENGINEER INDICATING SYSTEM COMPLIES WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND APPLICABLE CODES. SPECIAL PROJECT WARRANTY: PROJECT WARRANTY: REFER TO DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS" FOR PROJECT WARRANTY CONDITIONS. MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT WARRANTY: SUBMIT, FOR OWNER'S ACCEPTANCE, MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT WARRANTY FOR ENTRANCE * STOREFRONT SYSTEMS AS FOLLOWS: 1. RESISTOR IMPACT DOOR 3000 MEDIUM STILE LARGE MISSILE, HURRICANE -RESISTANT ENTRANCE DOOR AND GLASS SYSTEMS SHALL BE GUARANTEED AGAINST DEFECTS IN MATERIALS AND/OR WORKMANSHIP FOR A PERIOD OF TWO (2) YEARS FROM DATE OF SHIPMENT. 2. THE RESISTOR IMPACT SERIES, IMPACT WALL 3100/L3100 - LARGE AND SMALL MISSILE ALUMINUM STOREFRONT FRAMING AND GLASS SYSTEM SHALL BE GUARANTEED BY LIMITED WARRANTY AGAINST DEFECTS IN MATERIALS AND/OR WORKMANSHIP AS DEFINED BY MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED LIMITED WARRANTY FOR A PERIOD OF TWO (2) YEARS FROM DATE OF SHIPMENT. 3. THE 1-5/16" LAMINATED INSULATING IMPACT WALL GLASS SHALL BE GUARANTEED BY LIMITED WARRANTY AGAINST DEFECTS IN MATERIALS AND/OR WORKMANSHIP AS DEFINED BY MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED LIMITED WARRANTY FOR A PERIOD OF FIVE (5) YEARS. MANUFACTURER: TRULITE GLASS * ALUMINUM SOLUTIONS 8130 NW 74TH AVENUE, MEDLEY, FL 33166 CONTACT: JOHN SAUD 888-574-0367 EXT. 1561 ALUMINUM - FRAMED ENTRANCES * STOREFRONTS 1. DOOR AND FRAME SECTIONS SHALL CONFORM TO TI -IE MATERIAL STANDARDS OF ASTM 5 221; 6063 - T5 ALLOY * TEMPER 2. THE DOOR STILE AND RAIL PROFILE DIMENSIONS FOR THE RESISTOR IMPACT SERIES, IMPACT DOOR 3000 MEDIUM STILE LARGE MISSILE SHALL BE: a. VERTICAL STILES: 3 1/2" b. TOP RAIL: 3 1/2" c. BOTTOM RAIL: 10" 3. MAJOR PORTIONS OF THE DOOR STILES AND RAILS ARE TO BE .125" IN NOMINAL THICKNESS. GLAZING MOLDINGS ARE TO BE 0.05" THICK. 4. THE FRAME PROFILE DIMENSIONS WILL BE: VERTICAL * HORIZONTAL MULLIONS: 1 1/4" X 4 1/2" HORIZONTAL MULLION FOR CONCEALED OVERHEAD CLOSER: 1 3/4" X 4 1/2". 5. JOINT SEALANT: SEE SECTION 0761200 I. GLAZING: SEE SECTION 088100 J. GLAZING ACCESSORIES: SEE SECTION 088100 K. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: 1. STEEL REINFORCEMENT AND BRACKETS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD WITH MINIMUM 2 OZ. HOT -DIP ZINC COATING, ASTM A123, APPLIED AFTER FABRICATION. 2. BITUMINOUS PAINT: COLD -APPLIED MASTIC, SSPC PAINT 12, COMPOUNDED FOR 30 MIL THICKNESS PER COAT 3. FLASHING: SEE SECTION 076000 4. ANCHORING DEVICES: CORROSION RESISTANT TYPE CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING ENTRANCE SYSTEM AND SUPERIMPOSED DESIGN LOADS; DESIGN TO ALLOW ADJUSTMENTS OF SYSTEM PRIOR TO BEING PERMANENTLY FASTENED IN PLACE. L. FABRICATION: FABRICATE ALUMINUM ENTRANCE AND STOREFRONT SYSTEM TO ALLOW FOR CLEARANCES AND SHIM SPACING AROUND PERIMETER OF ASSEMBLIES TO ENABLE INSTALLATION; PROVIDE FOR THERMAL MOVEMENT. 1. ACCURATELY FIT TOGETHER JOINTS AND CORNERS; MATCH COMPONENTS ENSURING CONTINUITY OF LINE AND DESIGN; ENSURE JOINTS AND CONNECTIONS ARE FLUSH, HAIRLINE AND WEATHERPROOF. 2. SEPARATE DISSIMILAR MATERIALS WITH BITUMINOUS PAINT OR PREFORMED SEPARATORS WHICH WILL PREVENT CORROSION. M. INSTALLATION: INSTALL ALUMINUM FRAMED STOREFRONT ASSEMBLIES, INCLUDING ENTRANCES, IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND TO MEET DESIGN REQUIREMENTS INDICATED. 1. ENSURE ASSEMBLIES ARE PLUMB, LEVEL AND FREE OF WARP OR TWIST; MAINTAIN DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCES AND ALIGNMENT WITH ADJACENT WORK. 2. USE SUFFICIENT ANCHORAGE DEVICES TO SECURELY AND RIGIDLY FASTEN ASSEMBLIES TO BUILDING. 3. INSTALL HARDWARE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS, USING PROPER TEMPLATES. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF CYLINDERS WITH SECTION 087100. 4. INSTALL SILL MEMBERS AND THRESHOLDS IN BED OF COMPOUND, JOINT FILLERS OR GASKETS TO PROVIDE WEATHERTIGHT CONSTRUCTION. 5. GLASS INSTALLATION: COMPLY WITH GANA GLAZING MANUAL AND GLAZING MANUFACTURER INSTRUCTIONS. DO NOT ALLOW GLASS TO TOUCH METAL SURFACES. C. D. E. F. G. H. SECTION 085200 - WOOD WINDOWS SECTION 038100 - GLASS GLAZING A. GENERAL: INSTALL GLASS AND FILM ON GLASS; PROVIDE GLAZING ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION, UNLESS NOTED BY OTHERS IN DRAWINGS. B. STANDARDS: COMPLY WITH GLASS ASSOCIATION OF NORTH AMERICA (GANA) "GLAZING MANUAL". C. SAFETY GLAZING SHALL COMPLY WITH CONSUMER PRODUCT STANDARD 16 CFR 1201, AND SHALL HAVE PASSED ANSI Zg7i. D. SUBMITTALS: FURNISH PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES OF EXPOSED GLAZING MATERIALS. E. MANUFACTURERS: PILKINGTON (1.4161.247.4506), GUARDIAN (1.248.340.1800), OR PPG (1.888.774.4332) OR APPROVED EQUAL. F. GLAZING: ASTM C1048, FULLY TEMPERED, SELECT GLAZING QUALITY, CLEAR FLOAT GLASS, SAFETY GLASS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 1. INTERIOR: 1/2" OR 5/8" OR 3/4" THICK TEMPERED GLAZING, AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 2. EXTERIOR: I" TEMPERED INSULATED WITH DUAL SEAL (MAKEUP: 1/4" CLEAR TEMPERED, 1/2" SPACER, 1/4" CLEAR TEMPERED) 3. EXPOSED AND BUTT EDGES: EASED POLISHED EDGE 4. CORNER EDGES: LAP -JOINT CORNERS WITH EXPOSED EDGES POLISHED G. GLAZING ACCESSORIES: OF TYPE RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER TO SUIT SECURITY LOCATIONS AND APPLICATIONS FOR DRY GLAZING INSTALLATION. I. MINI MALL CLAMP: 1-1/2" WIDE ALUMINUM CLAMP INSTALLED IN 1/4" GLAZING JOINTS WITH EXTENDED THREADED STUD FOR A 1" THICK GLAZING APPLICATION. H. GLAZING FILM: PROVIDE TRANSLUCENT AND/OR OPAQUE GLAZING FILMS BY 3M IF INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 1. 3M ULTRA PRESTIGE S70 (SOLAR * SECURITY) AT GLASS STOREFRONT ENTRY DOORS, SIDELIGHTS, AND AT DISPLAY WINDOWS WITHOUT DIRECT ACCESS TO STORE. (i.e. FRONT ACCESS WINDOWS). GLAZING SEALANT: ONE COMPONENT SILICONE GLAZING SEALANT BY DOW, GE, OR TREMCO. SETTING BLOCKS AND SPACERS: NEOPRENE OR EPDM, SILICONE COMPATIBLE WHERE IN CONTACT WITH SILICONE SEALANT. K. PREPARATION: CLEAN GLAZING CHANNELS AND FRAMING MEMBERS TO RECEIVE GLASS IMMEDIATELY BEFORE GLAZING; REMOVE COATINGS NOT FIRMLY BONDED TO SUBSTRATE. L. INSTALLATION: COMPLY WITH GANA GLAZING MANUAL AND SEALANT MANUAL AND GLAZING MANUFACTURER INSTRUCTIONS. 1. DO NOT ALLOW GLASS TO TOUCH METAL SURFACES. 2. COMPLY WITH NFPA 80 FOR GLASS IN FIRE RATED OPENINGS. 3. PLACE SETTING BLOCKS AT QUARTER POINTS IN TWIN COURSE OF SEALANT. 4. INSTALL REMOVABLE STOPS WITH GLASS CENTERED IN SPACE WITH SPACER SHIMS AT 2'-0" INTERVALS ON 50114 SIDES OF GLASS, 1/4" BELOW SIGHTLINE. 5. SEALANT GLAZING: FILL GAP BETWEEN GLASS AND STOPS WITH SEALANT TO DEPTH EQUAL TO BITE OF FRAME ON GLASS BUT NOT MORE THAN 3/8" BELOW SIGHTLINE. A. SUMMARY: PRIMED WOOD FRAMING WINDOW COMPONENTS AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. GLAZING TO BE INSTALLED AT SITE. B. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 1. ENGINEERING DESIGN OF WOOD WINDOWS BY LSD*C VENDOR. 2. WIND SPEED LOADS: PER STORE LOCATION AND LOCAL CODES. C. QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. QUALITY STANDARD: CAAMA/WDMA 101/1 .S.2/NAFS] D. WARRANTY 1. WINDOWS: ONE YEAR 2. GLAZING: SEE SECTION 088100 E. WINDOWS 1. TYPE: WOOD FIXED a. PERFORMANCE GRADE: PREMIUM 2. GLAZING: SITE GLAZED: SEE SECTION 088100 3. WOOD FINISHES: FINISH TO BE WHITE LATEX PRIMER (FIELD PAINTING BY G.C.) SECTION 087100 - DOOR HARDWARE A. GENERAL: DOOR HARDWARE FOR HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FOR WOOD DOORS, AND CYLINDERS FOR DOORS PROVIDED WITH HARDWARE, WITH ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE OPERATIONAL DOOR INSTALLATIONS. SEE DOOR SCHEDULE FOR DIRECTION TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL OR JUST INSTALL VENDOR SUPPLIED HARDWARE AND/OR ACCESSORIES. B. STANDARDS: COMPLY WITH BUILDERS HARDWARE MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (BI -IMA) ANSI/BHMA 156 SERIES STANDARDS. C. CODES AND REGULATIONS: 1. COMPLY WITH STATE AND FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ENSURING ACCESS FOR PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES. 2. FIRE RATED DOORS: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 80 AND APPLICABLE CODES FOR FIRE RATED DOOR HARDWARE; PROVIDE HARDWARE BEARING UNDERWRITERS LABORATORY (UL) LABELS. SUBMITTALS: 1. FURNISH SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA INCLUDING KEYING SCHEDULE, AND SAMPLES OF EACH REQUIRED STYLE AND FINISH. 2. SUPPLY TEMPLATES TO DOOR AND FRAME MANUFACTURERS FOR PROPER AND ACCURATE SIZING AND LOCATIONS OF CUT-OUTS FOR HARDWARE. GENERAL MATERIALS: COMPLETE HARDWARE WITH ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR DOORS AND APPLICATIONS INDICATED AND NOT PROVIDED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS. HINGES: AS INDICATED IN HARDWARE SCHEDULE OR IF NOT SPECIFIED: WAGER (1.800.3g2.520g), LAWRENCE (I.800.435.g568), MCKINNEY (1.800.346.7707), STANLEY (1.800.337.43613) OR BALDWIN (1.800.566.16186); FULL MORTISED BUTT HINGES; SIZE AND NUMBER AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER; NON -REMOVABLE PINS AT EXTERIOR OUT SWINGING DOORS, BALL-BEARING HINGES AT FIRE RATED DOORS AND DOORS WITH CLOSERS. LOCKSETS/LATCWSETS: AS SPECIFIED IN HARDWARE SCWEDULE (SWEET A00.02), AND AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. KEYING AS DIRECTED BY LSD*C. PROVIDE U-CWANGE CYLINDERS FOR DOORS FURNISHED WITW LOCKS. U-CWANGE CUSTOMER SERVICE: SECURITY SOLUTIONS 1-800-253-5625. ACCESSORIES: PROVIDE DOOR STOPS, THRESHOLDS, WEATHERSTRIPPING, TRIM, COORDINATORS, AND ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE OPERATIONAL DOOR INSTALLATION. 1. THRESHOLDS, STOPS, TRIM, AND MISCELLANEOUS HARDWARE: PROVIDE AS INDICATED IN HARDWARE SCHEDULE, AND AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 2. WEATHERSTRIPPING: PROVIDE CONTINUOUS WEATHERSTRIPPING AT TOP AND SIDES OF EXTERIOR DOORS. 3. FIRE RATED GASKETS: PROVIDE CONTINUOUS FIRE RATED GASKETS AT TOP AND SIDES OF FIRE RATED DOORS 4. THROUGW BOLTS: THROUGH BOLTS AND GROMMET NUTS SHALL BE AVOIDED ON DOOR FACES IN HIGHLY VISIBLE AREAS, UNLESS NO ALTERNATIVE IS POSSIBLE, AS DIRECTED AND APPROVED, AND SHALL NOT BE USED FOR SOLID WOOD CORE DOORS. 5. KICK PLATES: MINIMUM 0.050", MAXIMUM 0.0625" THICK, 10" TALL, WIDTH TO BE DETERMINED BY SUBTRACTING 1" FROM DOOR LEAF WIDTW. FINISH: BHMA 626 (US26D), SATIN FINISHED CWROMIUM PLATED UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. INSTALLATION: COMPLY WITW MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS, 131 -IMA, AND APPLICABLE FOR ACCESS AND FOR FIRE RATINGS. 1. FIT HARDWARE PRIOR TO PAINTING, THEN REMOVE FOR PAINTING OF DOORS AND FRAMES BEFORE FINAL INSTALLATION OF WARDWARE. 2. WEIGHTS TO COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE CODES AND BWMA RECOMMENDATIONS. 3. HARDWARE GROUPS: REFER TO DRAWINGS A00.02. D. E. F. G. H. A. GENERAL: PROVIDE EXTRUDED ALUMINUM ENTRANCE SYSTEM WITH DOORS, FRAMES, HARDWARE, AND ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE WEATHERTIGHT INSTALLATION AT EXTERIOR LOCATIONS ONLY. ARCH ALUMINUM * GLASS CO., INC. WURRICANE-RESISTANT ALUMINUM ENTRANCE DOOR, GLASS * GLAZING, DOOR HARDWARE, AND COMPONENTS 1. MODEL TYPES OF ARCH ALUMINUM ENTRANCES INCLUDE: a. MEDIUM STILE SWING DOOR AND DOORFRAME: 3 1/2" STILE WIDTH X 1 3/4" DEPTH b. 7/16" LAMINATED DOOR GLASS c. MIAMI-DADE COUNTY PRODUCT APPROVAL IS: NOTICE OF ACCEPTANCE: 12-0117.05 d. FLORIDA STATE PRODUCT APPROVAL # 16211.1 2. TYPE OF ARCH ALUMINUM -FRAMED STOREFRONTS INCLUDES: a. RESISTOR IMPACT SERIES IMPACT WALL 3100/L3100 - LARGE AND SMALL MISSILE: 1 J. J. SECTION 088300 - MIRRORS PART 1 - GENERAL SHREMSHOCK Shremshock Architects, Inc. 7400 W. Campus Rd. Suite 150 New Albany, OH 43054 t: 614 545 4550 1 f: 614 545 4555 1 shremshock.com Gerald S. Shremshock, Architect Timothy J. S remshock, Architect CNi 1.01 SUMMARY G. THIS SECTION INCLUDES NEW WALL MOUNTED GLASS MIRRORS. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: AN EXPERIENCED INSTALLER W140 HAS COMPLETED MIRROR GLAZING SIMILAR IN MATERIAL DESIGN AND EXTENT TO THAT INDICATED; WHOSE WORK HAS RESULTED IN MIRROR INSTALLATIONS WITH A RECORD OF NOT LESS THAN 5 YEARS OF SUCCESSFUL IN-SERVICE PERFORMANCE. SOURCE LIMITATIONS FOR MIRRORS: OBTAIN MIRRORS FROM ONE SUPPLIER/MANUFACTURER FOR EACH TYPE OF MIRROR INDICATED. 8. SOURCE LIMITATIONS FOR GLAZING ACCESSORIES: OBTAIN GLAZING ACCESSORIES FROM ONE SOURCE FOR EACH TYPE OF ACCESSORY INDICATED. C. GLAZING PUBLICATIONS: COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE FOLLOWING. WHERE RECOMMENDATIONS CONFLICT THE MORE STRINGENT SHALL APPLY: 1. GLASS ASSOCIATION OF NORTH AMERICA (GANA): "GLAZING MANUAL" AND THE MIRROR DIVISION'S "MIRRORS, HANDLE WITH EXTREME CARE: TIPS FOR THE PROFESSIONAL ON THE CARE AND HANDLING OF MIRRORS." 2. NATIONAL GLASS ASSOCIATION (NGA): "CUSTOM MIRRORS, FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION." 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. PROTECT MIRRORS ACCORDING TO MIRROR MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND AS NEEDED TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO MIRRORS FROM CONDENSATION, TEMPERATURE CHANGES, DIRECT EXPOSURE TO SUN, OR OTHER CAUSES. B. COMPLY WITH MIRROR MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR SHIPPING, STORING, AND HANDLING MIRRORS AS NEEDED TO PREVENT DETERIORATION OF SILVERING, DAMAGE TO EDGES, AND ABRASION OF GLASS SURFACES AND APPLIED COATINGS. STORE INDOORS, PROTECTED FROM MOISTURE INCLUDING CONDENSATION. 1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. ENVIRONMENTAL LIMITATIONS: DO NOT INSTALL MIRRORED GLASS UNTIL AMBIENT TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY CONDITIONS ARE MAINTAINED AT LEVELS INDICATED FOR FINAL OCCUPANCY. PART 2 - PRODUCT z 0 U 1- z 0 U (9 z w 0 w 0 Cr)(1) M 'Cr 0 0 V) 0 E 0 U a tti 0 J a) 1- 2.01 SILVERED FLAT GLASS MIRROR MATERIALS A. CLEAR GLASS MIRRORS: 6.0 MM THICK AND COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 1503, MIRROR SELECT QUALITY FOR USE IN VISUALLY DEMANDING APPLICATIONS REQUIRING MINIMAL DISTORTIONS AND BLEMISHES. REFLECTIVITY 15 SIMILAR IN APPEARANCE TO THE MAJOR SURFACE OF THE GLASS. J 1'4 4 Z '' Z W Q N = pos W 0=,,,, mcriledcna0v ii W d 3 2 NON 4 0 0 0 Z z z v o W 4 Dme- O Z m Z W - U' 4 m v, r z 1- O - C N mz3�' o O � C m U �j W d Z U_' W N W „Lqo W ly W -Wa g W G Pa 2 O tea(1 Z N W G 0 La a m IT -H W J W = S O r R_ 4 11-7-:, W ;1-71. Z��O6:SWy2y2W0 W J d CiO. C Q R 2.02 FABRICATION A. CUTOUTS: FABRICATE CUTOUTS FOR NOTCHES AND HOLES IN MIRRORS WITHOUT MARRING VISIBLE SURFACES. LOCATE AND SIZE CUTOUTS SO THEY FIT CLOSELY AROUND PENETRATIONS IN MIRRORS. B. MIRROR EDGE TREATMENT: 1. CUTTING AND POLISHING: a. TYPICAL MIRRORS: FLAT EDGES WHERE THE CLEAN CUT "SQUARE" EDGE OF THE GLASS IS .FLAT AND SURFACE EDGES ARE SLIGHTLY ARRISSED. AFTER GRINDING THE ARRISSES, EDGES SHALL SE POLISHED TO A HIGH GLOSS SURFACE WHERE THE SURFACE REFLECTIVITY IS SIMILAR IN APPEARANCE TO TI -4E MAJOR SURFACE OF THE GLASS. b. BEVELED EDGED MIRRORS: PROVIDE BEVELED EDGED MIRRORS WHERE THE SURFACE EDGE OF THE GLASS IS BEVELED TO WIDTH INDICATED ON THE OWNER FURNISHED DRAWINGS. THE ANGLE FORMED BY THE INTERSECTION OF THE PLANE OF THE BEVEL WITH THE MAJOR SURFACE FACE OF THE GLASS SHALL BE BETWEEN 3 TO 10 DEGREES. THE BEVELED SURFACE AND THE NOSE OF THE BEVEL SHALL BE POLISHED TO A HIGH GLOSS SURFACE WHERE THE SURFACE REFLECTIVITY IS SIMILAR IN APPEARANCE TO THE MAJOR SURFACE OF TI -IE GLASS. 2. EDGE SEALING: IMMEDIATELY AFTER CUTTING TO FINAL SIZES, AND APPLYING EDGE TREATMENT, FACTORY SEAL EDGES OF MIRRORS WITH EDGE SEALER TO PREVENT CHEMICAL OR ATMOSPHERIC PENETRATION OF GLASS COATING. 2.03 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. MIRROR SAFETY BACKING: CRL 24" CATEGORY II SHATTERPROOF SAFETY TAPE #2MT24. G.R. LAURENCE CO., INC., 2503 E. VERNON AVE., LOS ANGELES, CA 610058, (800-421-6144). SAFETY BACKING IS REQUIRED FOR ALL MIRROR TYPES IN TI -115 SPECIFICATION. B. SETTING BLOCKS: NON -RUBBER OR NON -NEOPRENE BASED ELASTOMERIC MATERIAL MANUFACTURED FOR SETTING SILVERED FLAT GLASS MIRRORS, COMPATIBLE WITH ADHESIVE USED FOR PLACEMENT, WITH A TYPE A SHORE DUROMETER HARDNESS OF 85, PLUS OR MINUS 5. 1/8" WIDE X 1/4" HIGH X 4" LONG. C. EDGE SEALER: COATING COMPATIBLE WITH GLASS COATING AND APPROVED BY MIRROR MANUFACTURER FOR USE IN PROTECTING AGAINST SILVER DETERIORATION AT MIRROR EDGES. D. MIRROR MASTIC: PALMER "MIRRO-MASTIC'; PALMER PRODUCTS CORP. (502) 8613-3668, (800)431-6151 / FAX (502) 8615-61253. E. DRYWALL AND PLYWOOD PRIMER: KI LZ ORIGINAL (OIL BASED PRIMER); MASTERCHEM INDUSTRIES, INC. (866)6177.3711 OR APPROVED EQUAL. F. TOP AND BOTTOM ALUMINUM J CHANNELS: ALUMINUM EXTRUSIONS WITH A RETURN DEEP ENOUGH TO PRODUCE A GLAZING CHANNEL TO ACCOMMODATE 6 MM THICK MIRRORS AND HEAVY BODIED MIRROR MASTIC SPECIFIED AND IN LENGTHS REQUIRED TO COVER BOTTOM AND TOP EDGES OF EACH MIRROR IN A SINGLE PIECE. THE ENDS OF THE BACK LIPS OF ALL CHANNELS SHALL BE FACTORY SNIPPED AND FILED SO THAT THEY WILL NOT BE SEEN AFTER INSTALLATION. 1. BOTTOM TRIM: J -CHANNELS FORMED WITH FRONT LEG AND BACK LEG NOT LESS THAN 3/8" AND 7/8" IN HEIGHT, RESPECTIVELY. CRL POLISHED FINISH 1/4" STANDARD "J" CHANNEL (PART NUMBER D63613); C. R. LAURENCE CO., INC. (800) 421-6144/ FAX (800) 262-32gq. 2. TOP TRIM: J -CHANNELS FORMED WITH FRONT LEG AND BACK LEG NOT LESS THAN 5/8"AND 1-3/16" IN HEIGHT, RESPECTIVELY. CRL POLISHED FINISH 1/4" DEEP NOSE "J" CWANNEL (PART NUMBER D645P); C. R. LAURENCE CO., INC. (800) 421-6144/ FAX (800) 262-32gq. G. STUD FASTENERS: PROVIDE #6 GAGE DIAMETER, 1-5/8" LONG, PHILLIPS BUGLE HEAD, SELF -DRILLING TYPE, FINE THREADED STEEL SCREW FASTENERS IN QUANTITY AS REQUIRED FOR SUPPORT AND FASTENING OF WOOD TRIMS AND MIRROR CHANNELS TO DRYWALL STUD FRAMING AND SHEET METAL BACKER PLATES. WILTI KW1K-PRO SELF -DRILL DRYWALL SCREWS, MODEL NUMBER 6X 1-5/8 PSN SD; HILT!, CORPORATION (800) 87q-8000 VOICE. H. PLASTIC WOOD FILLER: COMMERCIAL QUALITY WOOD FILLER SPECIFICALLY MANUFACTURED TO ADVANCE THE FINAL BUILD AND SMOOTHNESS OF THE INSTALLED WOOD TRIM SURFACE BY FILLING DENTS, SCRATCHES, MITER JOINTS, AND VOIDS ABOVE COUNTERSUNK FASTENER THE SELECTED FILLER SHALL BE EITHER NEUTRAL OR TINTED TO MATCH THE COLOR OF TI -IE WOOD TRIM. I. PLYWOOD FASTENERS: PROVIDE MINIMUM #6 GAGE DIAMETER, PHILLIPS FLAT HEAD, SHARP POINTED, COARSE THREADED, STEEL WOOD SCREW FASTENERS IN QUANTITY AS REQUIRED. FURNISH PLYWOOD FASTENERS IN LENGTH AS REQUIRED TO SPAN THROUGH WOOD MIRROR TRIM, AND MIRROR CWANNELS, PLUS 3/4". J. WOOD MIRROR TRIM (AS DETAILED) RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA SEP 012011 PERMIT CENTER ■ qi Ci) ujJ 0 CC M 00 LLI fx 00 o ��W03 Z C1 Z O w '_ w L. 0��'g ~ �ZO� w =U��y o ▪ 0o M� 0_ 6 InVJ (fl (O P- REVISIONS: REQUIRED BY: z LA, W 0 0 4IC IX NG W C LAJ Q REVIEWED FOR CODE COPLIAI C APPROVED rt°s # X11? • 1 (%ty aT t ultw ua 1 BUILDING DIV€SLQN 1 DATE ISSUED: nEciaNrn BY; DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 AM HMG SKM ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS DRAWING NUMBER: JI/ PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. EXAMINE SUBSTRATES, OVER WHICH MIRRORS ARE TO BE MOUNTED, WITH INSTALLER PRESENT, FOR COMPLIANCE WITH INSTALLATION TOLERANCES, SUBSTRATE PREPARATION, AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE. 1. VERIFY COMPATIBILITY WITH AND SUITABILITY OF SUBSTRATES, INCLUDING COMPATIBILITY OF MIRROR MASTIC WITH EXISTING FINISHES OR PRIMERS. PROCEED WITH MIRRORED GLASS INSTALLATION ONLY AFTER UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED AND SURFACES ARE DRY. 3.02 PREPARATION A. COMPLY WITH MASTIC MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR PREPARATION OF SUBSTRATES. 1. MIRROR, DRYWALL AND PLYWOOD SUBSTRATES SHALL BE FREE OF DUST, BE CLEAN, AND DRY PRIOR TO APPLICATION OF MIRROR MASTIC AND DRYWALL AND PLYWOOD PAINT. 2. IF PLYWOOD OR DRYWALL SURFACES HAVE BEEN PAINTED PRIOR TO APPLICATION OF THE SPECIFIED DRYWALL AND PLYWOOD PAINT THE EXISTING PAINT SHALL BE SANDED THROUGH TO THE ORIGINAL SURFACE AND THE SUBSTRATE CLEANED PRIOR TO THE APPLICATION OF DRYWALL AND PLYWOOD PAINT. 3.03 GLAZING A. GENERAL: INSTALL MIRRORS WITH MIRROR GLAZING CHANNELS TO COMPLY WITH WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS OF MIRROR AND MIRROR GLAZING CHANNEL MANUFACTURERS, WITH REFERENCED GANA AND NGA PUBLICATIONS, OWNER FURNISHED DRAWINGS, AND AS SPECIFIED. MOUNT MIRRORS PLUMB, IN LINE AND IN A MANNER THAT AVOIDS DISTORTING REFLECTED IMAGES. B. COMPLY WITH MASTIC MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED DIRECTIONS FOR PREPARATION AND SEALING OF MOUNTING SURFACES BY SEALING DRYWALL AND PLYWOOD, SUBSTRATES WITH DRYWALL AND PLYWOOD PAINT. ALLOW PAINT TO DRY BEFORE APPLYING MIRROR MASTIC. C. MIRROR SAFETY BACKING INSTALLATION: 1. SAFETY TAPE APPLICATION: TAPE SHOULD BE APPLIED WITH A PRESSURE ROLLER. SURFACE SHOULD BE CLEAN AND FREE OF OIL AND MOISTURE. APPLY AT TEMPERATURES BETWEEN 60'F AND 100'F (16'C AND 38'C). 2. MASTIC APPLICATION: PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS, USE ONLY REGULAR PALMER MIRRO-MASTIC. (PALMER "QWIKSET MIRRO-MASTIC" NOT TO BE USED WITH PLASTIC SAFETY FILM.) SAFETY TAPE MUST BE WASHED (TWO -CLOTH METHOD) WITH A 70% ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (IPA) SOLUTION PRIOR TO MASTIC APPLICATION. D. MIRROR CHANNEL INSTALLATION: 1. TO PLYWOOD: DRILL, DO NOT DIMPLE, BACK LIP OF CHANNEL TO RECEIVE FASTENERS WITH HOLES PROPERLY SIZED AND SPACED TO RECEIVE FASTENERS. ATTACH MIRROR CHANNELS BY SCREW ATTACHING MIRROR CHANNEL THROUGH THE BACK LIP OF THE CHANNEL TO PLYWOOD SUBSTRATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FASTENER MANUFACTURERS WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. INSTALL THE WEB OF THE TOP CHANNEL 1/4" HIGHER THAN THE HEIGHT OF THE MIRROR TO ALLOW THE RAISING OF THE MIRROR INTO THE TOP CHANNEL AND ITS SUBSEQUENT LOWERING ONTO THE BOTTOM CHANNEL. AFTER INSTALLING FASTENERS PLACE MASKING TAPE OVER THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE BACK LIP OF THE CHANNEL COMPLETELY COVERING THE FASTENER HEADS TO PROTECT THE MIRROR FROM BEING CHIPPED IN SETTING. ADHERE SETTING BLOCKS AT QUARTER POINTS FOR BOTTOM MIRROR CHANNELS USING ONLY 2 SETTING BLOCKS PER MIRROR PANEL. 2. TO DRYWALL: MARK THE LOCATIONS FOR THE STUD FASTENERS ON THE BACK LIP OF EACH MIRROR CHANNEL AT EQUAL INTERVALS NOT OVER 8" ON CENTER, AND NOT MORE THAN 3" FROM ENDS PRIOR TO DRILLING THE CHANNEL. DRILL AND COUNTERSINK, DO NOT DIMPLE, BACK LIP OF CHANNELS TO RECEIVE STUD FASTENERS AT MARKED LOCATIONS WITH HOLES PROPERLY SIZED TO RECEIVE STUD FASTENERS. ATTACH MIRROR CHANNELS BY SCREW ATTACHING MIRROR CHANNEL THROUGH THE BACK LIP OF THE CHANNEL THROUGH DRYWALL, STUD FRAMING, AND SHEET METAL BACKER PLATE SUBSTRATES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FASTENER MANUFACTURERS WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. a. INSTALL THE WEB OF THE TOP CHANNEL 1/4" HIGHER THAN THE HEIGHT OF THE MIRROR TO ALLOW THE RAISING OF THE MIRROR INTO THE TOP CHANNEL AND ITS SUBSEQUENT LOWERING ONTO THE WEB OF THE BOTTOM CHANNEL. AFTER INSTALLING FASTENERS PLACE MASKING TAPE OVER THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE BACK LIP OF THE CHANNEL COMPLETELY COVERING THE FASTENER HEADS TO PROTECT THE MIRROR FROM BEING CHIPPED IN SETTING. ADHERE SETTING BLOCKS TO THE WEB OF THE BOTTOM MIRROR CHANNELS, LOCATED AT QUARTER POINTS, USING 2 SETTING BLOCKS PER MIRROR PANEL. E. WOOD TRIM INSTALLATION: 1. BEFORE INSTALLING MIRROR WOOD TRIM, EXAMINE SHOP -FABRICATED WORK FOR COMPLETION AND COMPLETE WORK AS REQUIRED. PRIME ALL EXPOSED SURFACES OF THE MIRROR WOOD TRIM WHICH WILL BE IN CONTACT WITH THE MIRROR BACKING TO ELIMINATE INTERACTIONS BETWEEN THE RESINS IN THE WOOD AND THE MIRROR BACKING. 2. INSTALL MIRROR WOOD TRIM PLUMB, LEVEL, TRUE, AND STRAIGHT WITH NO DISTORTIONS. SCRIBE AND CUT MIRROR WOOD TRIM TO FIT ADJOINING WORK, AND REFINISH CUT SURFACES AND REPAIR DAMAGED FINISH AT CUTS. INSTALL WITH MINIMUM NUMBER OF JOINTS POSSIBLE, USING FULL-LENGTH PIECES (FROM MAXIMUM LENGTH OF WOOD TRIM AVAILABLE) TO GREATEST EXTENT POSSIBLE. DO NOT USE PIECES LESS THAN 96" LONG, EXCEPT WHERE SHORTER SINGLE -LENGTH PIECES ARE NECESSARY. SCARF RUNNING JOINTS. MITERS OVER 4" LONG SHALL BE SPLINED AND GLUED. 3. FASTEN MIRROR WOOD TRIM THROUGH FIELD DRILLED AND COUNTER SUNKEN HOLES TO PLYWOOD, STUD FRAMING, AND SHEET METAL BACKER PLATES PREVIOUSLY BUILT INTO PARTITION SUBSTRATES. SECURE WITH COUNTER SUNK CONCEALED STUD FASTENERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FASTENER MANUFACTURERS WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. USING PLASTIC WOOD FILLER FILL VOID ABOVE HEADS OF COUNTER SUNK FASTENERS FULL AND STRIKE FLUSH WITH FACE OF THE WOOD TRIM, SAND SMOOTH WITH 220 GRIT OR FINER SANDPAPER. FILL GAPS, IF ANY, AT MITERS WITH PLASTIC WOOD FILLER, SAND SMOOTH. 0 H R WOOD TRIM 4. ADHERE SETTING BLOCKS TO MIRROR GLASS BEARING SURFACEOF THE MIRROR GLAZING CHANNEL DADO LOCATED AT QUARTER POINTS, USING 25ETTING BLOCKS KS PER MIRROR PANEL. F. MIRROR INSTALLATION: APPLY MASTIC IN PING FONG BALL SIZED SPOTS TO THE WALL, NOT TO THE MIRROR BACK TO AVOID POTENTIAL DAMAGE CAUSED BY MASTIC APPLICATOR TOOLS IN COMPLIANCE WITH MASTIC MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR COVERAGE OF NOT LESS THAN ONE SPOT FOR EVERY SQUARE FOOT OF MIRROR AND TO ALLOW AIR CIRCULATION BETWEEN BACK OF MIRRORS AND FACE OF MOUNTING SURFACE. DO NOT APPLY MASTIC WITHIN 6" OF THE MIRROR EDGES TO PREVENT SQUEEZE OUT. PLACE SPOTS SO SPACE WILL BE LEFT BETWEEN THEM WHEN THE MIRROR IS INSTALLED. AFTER MASTIC IS APPLIED, ALIGN MIRRORS AND PRESS INTO PLACE WHILE MAINTAINING A MINIMUM AIR SPACE OF 1/8" BETWEEN BACK OF MIRRORED GLASS AND MOUNTING SURFACE. MASTIC SHALL SPREAD TO A PAT APPROXIMATELY 4-1/2" IN DIAMETER AFTER PRESSING MIRROR INTO PLACE. 3.04 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. PROTECT MIRRORS FROM BREAKAGE AND CONTAMINATING SUBSTANCES RESULTING FROM CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. USING CLEAN WARM WATER, CLEAN MIRRORS BY METHODS RECOMMENDED IN REFERENCED GLAZING STANDARDS. DIVISION - FINISHES SECTION 092900 - GYPSUM BOARD A. GENERAL: PROVIDE GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS INCLUDING METAL FRAMING ACCESSORIES, GYPSUM BOARD, JOINT TREATMENT, ACOUSTICAL INSULATION, ACOUSTICAL SEALANT AND ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. B. STANDARDS: COMPLY WITH ASTM C754 (NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING), ASTM C1007 (STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING) AND ASTM 0840, AND REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE RATINGS. 1. DEFLECTIONS: MAXIMUM L/240 TYPICAL, L/360 AT LOCATIONS INDICATED TO RECEIVE TILE. C. FIRE -RATED ASSEMBLIES: LISTED BY UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORY (UL), GYPSUM ASSOCIATION (GA) FILE NO'S IN GA -600 FIRE RESISTANCE DESIGN MANUAL, OR OTHER LISTING APPROVED BY APPLICABLE AUTHORITIES AND APPLICABLE CODE REQUIREMENTS. D. SYSTEMS RESPONSIBILITY: PROVIDE PRODUCTS MANUFACTURED BY OR RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER OF GYPSUM BOARD TO MAINTAIN SINGLE -SOURCE RESPONSIBILITY FOR SYSTEM. E. SUBMITTALS: SEE SECTION 013000 F. MANUFACTURERS: USG (1.800.950.3839), GEORGIA PACIFIC (I.800.225.6119), NATIONAL GYPSUM (1.704.365.7300), OR APPROVED EQUAL. G. METAL FRAMING: CONFORM TO IDENTIFIED STANDARDS FOR STRUCTURAL AND NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING, AS INDICATED IN DRAWINGS AND STRUCTURAL SPECIFICATIONS, AND SUSPENSION SYSTEMS FOR GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS; PROVIDE ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 1. MANUFACTURED SUSPENSION SYSTEM SUCH AS CHICAGO METALLIC/DRYWALL SYSTEM IS ACCEPTABLE. SEE SECTION 095323 H. GYPSUM BOARD: CONFORM TO 0840; UL LISTED FIRE RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD THROUGHOUT. 1. STANDARD: ASTM C1396, 5/8" THICK. 2. CORE BOARD: ASTM C1396, 1" THICK. I. FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION: COMPLY WITH UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES CERTIFIED FIRE TESTS AND APPLICABLE CODE REQUIREMENTS. 1. PROVIDE PROTECTIVE COATED STEEL CORNER BEADS AND EDGE TRIM; TYPE DESIGNED TO BE CONCEALED IN FINISHED CONSTRUCTION BY TAPE AND JOINT COMPOUND. 2. CORNER BEADS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD METAL BEADS. 3. REINFORCING TAPE, JOINT COMPOUND, ADHESIVE, WATER, FASTENERS: TYPES RECOMMENDED BY SYSTEM MANUFACTURER AND CONFORMING TO ASTM C475. J. SHAFT WALL SYSTEM: PROVIDE AT SHAFTS AND WHERE INDICATED. K. ACOUSTICAL ACCESSORIES: SEE SECTION 098100 L. INSTALLATION: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS, REFERENCED STANDARDS, AND APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE RATINGS AND ACOUSTICAL RATINGS. 1. SPECIAL METAL STUD AND GYPSUM DOOR: PROVIDE SPECIAL CONFIGURATION AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS M. METAL FRAMING ERECTION: ERECT METAL FRAMING IN ACCORDANCE WITH REFERENCED STANDARDS AND MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 1. INSTALL MEMBERS TRUE TO LINES AND LEVELS TO PROVIDE SURFACE FLATNESS WITH MAXIMUM VARIATION OF 1/8" IN 10-0" IN ANY DIRECTION. 2. DOOR OPENING FRAMING: INSTALL DOUBLE STUDS AT DOOR FRAME JAMBS; INSTALL RUNNERS ON EACH SIDE OF OPENING AT FRAME HEAD HEIGHT BETWEEN JAMB STUDS AND ADJACENT STUDS. 3. INSTALL METAL FRAMING BACKING WHERE REQUIRED FOR SUPPORT OF FIXTURES, CABINETS, ACCESSORIES AND HARDWARE. 4. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF BUCKS, ANCHORS, BLOCKING, ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL WORK WI -ITCH IS TO BE PLACED IN OR BEHIND PARTITION FRAMING; ALLOW ITEMS TO BE INSTALLED AFTER FRAMING IS COMPLETE. N. CEILING FRAMING INSTALLATION: SEE SECTION 092950. REINFORCE OPENINGS IN CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM. 1. LATERALLY BRACE ENTIRE SUSPENSION SYSTEM. 0. GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLATION: INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C840 AND MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. USE SCREWS WHEN FASTENING GYPSUM BOARD TO FURRING AND TO FRAMING. 1. STEEL DRILL SCREWS: ASTM C 1002, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. a. USE SCREWS COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 954 FOR FASTENING PANELS TO STEEL MEMBERS FROM 0.033 TO 0.112 INCH THICK. b. FOR FASTENING CEMENTITIOUS SACKER UNITS, USE SCREWS OF TYPE AND SIZE RECOMMENDED BY PANEL MANUFACTURER. 2. FOR FIRE RATED SYSTEMS COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE RATINGS. 3. PLACE CORNER BEADS AT EXTERNAL CORNERS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE; USE LONGEST PRACTICAL LENGTHS. 4. PLACE EDGE TRIM WHERE GYPSUM BOARD ABUTS DISSIMILAR MATERIALS. 5. TAPE, FILL, AND SAND EXPOSED JOINTS, EDGES, CORNERS AND OPENINGS TO PRODUCE SURFACE READY TO RECEIVE FINISHES; FEATHER COATS ONTO ADJOINING SURFACES. 6. FINISHING: COMPLY WITH GYPSUM ASSOCIATION (GA) "LEVELS OF GYPSUM BOARD FINISH". GA LEVEL 4, THREE COAT FINISHING AND SANDING IS REQUIRED FOR SURFACES INDICATED TO BE PAINTED; PROVIDE FLUSH, SMOOTH JOINTS AND SURFACES READY FOR APPLIED PAINT FINISHES. 7. REMOVE AND REPLACE DEFECTIVE WORK. SECTION 09250 - GYPSUM BOARD METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 A. 5. SUMMARY SECTION INCLUDES: 1. SUSPENSION SYSTEM FRAMING AND FURRING ASSEMBLIES 2. WIRE HANGERS, FASTENERS, MAIN RUNNERS, RELATED SECTIONS: 1. SECTION 09200 - GYPSUM BOARD FOR PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD CROSS TEES, AND WALL ANGLE MOLDINGS. 1.02 REFERENCES A. AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM): 1. ASTM C 635 STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS FOR ACOUSTICAL TILE AND LAY -IN PANEL CEILINGS. 2. ASTM C 636 RECOMMENDED PRACTICE FOR INSTALLATION OF METAL CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEMS FOR ACOUSTICAL TILE AND LAY -IN PANELS. 3. ASTM C 754 OR C1007, AS APPROPRIATE: INSTALLATION OF STEEL FRAMING MEMBERS TO RECEIVE SCREW -ATTACHED GYPSUM BOARD 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. SEE SECTION 013000 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. SINGLE -SOURCE RESPONSIBILITY: TO ENSURE PROPER INTERFACE, ALL DRYWALL FURRING COMPONENTS SHALL BE PRODUCED OR SUPPLIED BY A SINGLE MANUFACTURER. 5. ALL ACCESSORY COMPONENTS FROM OTHER MANUFACTURERS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM STANDARDS. C. FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS: AS INDICATED BY REFERENCE TO DESIGN DESIGNATIONS IN UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY, FOR TYPES OF ASSEMBLIES IN WHICH DRYWALL CEILINGS FUNCTION AS A FIRE PROTECTIVE MEMBRANE AND TESTED PER ASTM E 119. INSTALLATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE UL DESIGN BEING REFERENCED. D. COORDINATION OF WORK: 1. COORDINATE DRYWALL FURRING WORK WITH INSTALLERS OF RELATED WORK INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS, BUILDING INSULATION, GYPSUM BOARD, LIGHT FIXTURES, MECHANICAL SYSTEMS, ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, AND SPRINKLERS. 2. ALL WORK ABOVE THE CEILING LINE SHOULD BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO INSTALLING THE DRYWALL SHEET GOODS. THERE SHOULD BE NO MATERIALS RESTING AGAINST OR WRAPPED AROUND THE SUSPENSION SYSTEM, HANGER WIRES OR TIES. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. SEE SECTION 016000 1.06 WARRANTY A. SUSPENSIONS SYSTEM: SUBMIT A WRITTEN LIMITED WARRANTY EXECUTED BY THE MANUFACTURER, AGREEING TO REPAIR OR REPLACE GRID COMPONENTS THAT ARE SUPPLIED WITH A HOT -DIPPED GALVANIZED COATING OR ALUMINUM BASE MATERIAL. FAILURES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO: THE OCCURRENCE OF 50% RED RUST AS DEFINED BY ASTM D 610 TEST PROCEDURES AS A RESULT OF DEFECTS IN MATERIALS OR FACTORY WORKMANSHIP. B. WARRANTY PERIOD: GRID: TEN YEARS FROM DATE OF INSTALLATION. C. THE WARRANTY SHALL NOT DEPRIVE THE OWNER OF OTHER RIGHTS THE OWNER MAY HAVE UNDER OTHER PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND WILL BE IN ADDITION TO AND RUN CONCURRENT WITH OTHER WARRANTIES MADE BY THE CONTRACTOR UNDER THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. SUSPENSION SYSTEMS: 1. ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC. 2. CHICAGO METALIC 2.02 SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. COMPONENTS: 1. MAIN BEAM: SHALL BE DOUBLE -WEB CONSTRUCTION (MINIMUM 0.0179 INCH PRIOR TO PROTECTIVE COATING), HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED (PER ASTM A653). a. 1-08901: 1-1/2 INCH WEB HEIGHT, PREFINISHEP 15/16 INCH FLANGE WITH MINIMUM G40 HOT DIPPED GALVANIZATION. 2. PRIMARY CROSS TEES: SHALL BE DOUBLE -WEB STEEL CONSTRUCTION (MINIMUM 0.0179 INCH PRIOR TO PROTECTIVE COATING), HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED (MINIMUM G40 OR G90 PER ASTM A653), WEB HEIGHT 1-1/2 INCH WITH RECTANGULAR BULB AND PRE -FINISHED 1-1/2 INCH KNURLED FLANGE (XL8945P,XL8965, XL8947P). 3. SECONDARY FRAMING CROSS TEES: SHALL BE DOUBLE WEB STEEL CONSTRUCTION (MINIMUM 0.0179 INCH PRIOR TO PROTECTIVE COATING), HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED (MINIMUM G40, WEB HEIGHT 1-1/2 INCH RECTANGULAR BULB AND 15/16 INCH FLANGE (XL8341). 4. WALL MOLDING: a. LAM -12, 12 FOOT LOCKING ANGLE MOLDING, 1-1/4 INCH X 1-1/4 INCH WITH PRE-ENGINEERED LOCKING TABS PUNCHED 8 INCHES ON CENTER, KNURLED SURFACE, SCREW STOP HEM, PRE -PUNCHED HOLES IN TOP FLANGE. 5. CLIPS: a. MBAC - MAIN BEAM ADAPTER CLIP b. XTAC CROSS TEE ADAPTER CLIP 6. SCREWS FOR WALLBOARD APPLICATION SHALL BE BUGLE HEAD SCREWS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THICKNESS OF MATERIAL USED. B. STRUCTURAL CLASSIFICATION: 1. MAIN BEAM SHALL BE HEAVY DUTY PER ASTM C 635. 2. CLASSIFICATION CAN REQUIRE WIRES TO BE CLOSER TOGETHER FOR ADDITIONAL LOADING WHEN USED TO SUPPORT DOUBLE LAYER GYPSUM, VERTICALS, SLOPES, DOMES, HALF BARRELS, CIRCLES, SOFFITS, CANOPIES, AND STEP CONDITIONS WHICH CALL FOR LOADING OR UNUSUAL DESIGNS AND SHAPES IN DRYWALL CONSTRUCTION. USING CROSS TEES IN THE CONSTRUCTION OF CIRCLES, BARRELS, ETC. 15 COMMON IN ORDER TO HOLD THE RADIUS. 3. DEFLECTION OF FASTENING SUSPENSION SYSTEM SUPPORTING LIGHT FIXTURES, CEILING GRILLES, ACCESS DOORS, VERTICALS AND HORIZONTAL LOADS SHALL HAVE A MAXIMUM DEFLECTION OF 1/360 OF THE SPAN. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. INSTALL SUSPENSION SYSTEM AND PANELS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, IN COMPLIANCE WITH ASTM INSTALLATION STANDARD, AND WITH APPLICABLE CODES AS REQUIRED BY THE AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 5. THE ARMSTRONG DRYWALL GRID SYSTEM CAN BE INSTALLED IN INTERIOR OR EXTERIOR APPLICATIONS. C. TO SECURE TO METAL CLIPS, CONCRETE INSERTS, STEEL BAR JOIST OR STEEL DECK, USE POWER ACTUATED FASTENER, OR INSERT. COORDINATE PLACEMENT FOR HANGER WIRE SPACED AS REQUIRED FOR EXPECTED CEILING LOADS AND LAYOUT. D. INSTALL HANGER WIRE AS REQUIRED WITH NECESSARY ON CENTER SPACING TO SUPPORT EXPECTED CEILING LOAD REQUIREMENTS, FOLLOWING LOCAL PRACTICES, CODES AND REGULATIONS. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL WIRES AT LIGHT FIXTURES, GRILLES, AND ACCESS DOORS WHERE NECESSARY. A PIGTAIL KNOT SHALL BE USED WITH THREE TIGHT WRAPS AT TOP AND BOTTOM FASTENING LOCATIONS. E. ADD ADDITIONAL WIRE AS NEEDED WHEN USING COMPATIBLE CLIPS AND ACCESSORIES. F. CONTROL JOINTS: ROLL FORMED ZINC ALLOY, ALUMINUM, OR PLASTIC AS REQUIRED FOR EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. G. EXPANSION JOINTS: ROLL FORMED ZINC ALLOY, ALUMINUM, OR PLASTIC AS REQUIRED FOR EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. H. MAIN BEAMS SHALL BE SUSPENDED FROM THE OVERHEAD CONSTRUCTION WITH HANGER WIRE, SPACED AS REQUIRED FOR EXPECTED CEILING LOADS, ALONG THE LENGTH OF THE MAIN BEAMS. I. INSTALL CROSS TEES AT ON CENTER SPACING AS SPECIFIED BY THE DRYWALL MANUFACTURER. TYPICAL DRYWALL CROSS TEE SPACING: 1. 24 INCHES ON CENTER WITH 5/8 INCH GYPSUM BOARD J. OTHER ITEMS SUCH AS WOOD, SHEET METAL, OR PLASTIC PANELS SHOULD BE SCREWED TO COMPLY WITH DEFLECTION LIMIT EQUIVALENT TO THAT OF THE CEILING INSTALLATION. K. FOR LIGHT FIXTURES (TYPE G, TYPE F) USE SECONDARY FRAMING CROSS TEES AS REQUIRED TO FRAME OPENING. 3.02 INSTALLATION - INTERIOR APPLICATIONS A. INSTALL MAIN BEAMS AND CROSS TEES AT THE ON CENTER SPACING REQUIRED FOR CEILING LOADING, AND LOCATION OF IN -CEILING SERVICES. 5. ADDITIONAL BRACING AS REQUIRED BY CODE. SECTIO 043000 - TILING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DIVISIONO1 SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, APPLY TO 11H15 SECTION. 1.02 SUMMARY A. SECTION INCLUDES APPLICATION OF AGGLOMERATE TILE, NATURAL STONE TILE, AND CERAMIC / PORCELAIN TILE IN INTERIOR CONDITIONS FOR WALLS AND FLOORS. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. NO SUBMITTALS SHALL BE REQUIRED. 5. NO SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE ALLOWED. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ALL INSTALLATION AND PREPARATION MATERIALS INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO; SETTING BED/ADHESIVE, MOISTURE MITIGATION, CRACK REPAIR, FILLING, AND LEVELING, SHALL BE PROVIDED FROM A SINGLE MANUFACTURER. TO DETERMINE WHICH MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCTS TO USE BEGIN WITH SECTION 2.04 OF THIS SPECIFICATION. 5. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: TILE FABRICATOR, SPECIALIZING IN INSTALLATION OF TILE, MOSAICS, PAVERS, TRIM UNITS AND THRESHOLDS WITH FIVE (5) YEARS DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE WITH INSTALLATIONS OF SIMILAR SCOPE, MATERIALS AND DESIGN. 1. INSTALLER TO HAVE COMPLETED A CERTIFIED TILE INSTALLATION PROGRAM SIMILAR TO TCAA "TROWEL OF EXCELLENCE", TCNA "FIVE STAR" OR OTHER EQUIVALENT RECOGNIZED INSTALLATION PROGRAM. C. INSTALLATION SYSTEM MANUFACTURER: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN ADHESIVES, MORTARS, GROUTS AND/OR OTHER INSTALLATION MATERIALS WITH TEN (10) YEARS MINIMUM EXPERIENCE AND 150 9001 CERTIFICATION. 1. ALL SETTING MATERIALS SHALL BE FROM A SINGLE SOURCE AND COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS. 2. MANUFACTURER OF SETTING MATERIALS SHALL PROVIDE A 25 -YEAR SYSTEMS (LABOR MATERIALS) WARRANTY. SEE SPECIFIC WARRANTY INFORMATION AS PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: A. REFER TO SECTION 016000 1.06 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF TILE WORK WITH RELATED WORK. 5. PROCEED WITH TILE WORK ONLY AFTER CURBS, VENTS, DRAINS, PIPING, AND OTHER PROJECTIONS THROUGH SUBSTRATE HAVE BEEN INSTALLED AND WHEN SUBSTRATE CONSTRUCTION AND FRAMING OF OPENINGS HAVE BEEN COMPLETED. 1.07 A. PROJECT CONDITIONS TEMPERATURE REQUIREMENTS FOR INTERIOR TILE: 1. DO NOT SET WHEN AIR, AMBIENT, MATERIAL, AND/OR SUBSTRATE TEMPERATURE IS BELOW 45'F OR ABOVE 90'F (4'C - 35'C) 2. MAINTAIN TEMPERATURE AT 50'F OR ABOVE BUT LESS THAN 90°F (4'C - 35'C) IN INSTALLATION AREAS DURING INSTALLATION AND FOR 7 DAYS AFTER COMPLETION UNLESS HIGHER TEMPERATURES ARE REQUIRED BY FABRICATOR'S OR SUPPLIER'S INSTRUCTIONS. a. PROTECT PORTLAND CEMENT BASED MORTARS AND GROUTS FROM DIRECT SUNLIGHT, RADIANT HEAT, FORCED VENTILATION (HEAT * COLD) AND DRAFTS UNTIL CURED TO PREVENT PREMATURE EVAPORATION OF MOISTURE. b. EPDXY MORTARS AND GROUTS REQUIRE SURFACE TEMPERATURES BETWEEN 60'F AND 90'F (16'C AND 32'C) AT TIME OF INSTALLATION. 3. PREVENT CARBON DIOXIDE DAMAGE TO TILE, MOSAICS, PAVERS, TRIM, AND THRESHOLDS, AS WELL AS ADHESIVES, MORTARS, GROUTS AND OTHER INSTALLATION MATERIALS, BY VENTING TEMPORARY HEATERS TO THE EXTERIOR. 4. PROVIDE VENTILATION AND PROTECTION OF ENVIRONMENT AS RECOMMENDED BY MFG. MOISTURE REQUIREMENTS FOR INTERIOR TILE: 1. PERFORM THE FOLLOWING TEST TO DETERMINE MOISTURE LEVEL OF SUBSTRATE. THE TEST RESULTS SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE LSD*C PM PRIOR TO SUB FLOOR PREPARATION. a. TEST SLAB FOR RELATIVE HUMIDITY WITH A PROBE TEST COMPLYING WITH ASTM F-2170. IF THE VALUE 15 ABOVE 75% THEN MOISTURE MITIGATION 15 REQUIRED. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 NATIONAL ACCOUNTS A. TI -4E MAPEI OR LATICRETE PRODUCTS LISTED THROUGHOUT T141S SPECIFICATION SHALL BE PURCHASED BY THE GC THROUGH THE FOLLOWING NATIONAL ACCOUNT, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 1. MAPEI: FRO -TILE, 914.665.0654 PLACE ORDER AS A VICTORIA'S SECRET OR PINK STORE. MATERIALWILLBE PROVIDED FROM THE NEAREST MAPEI DISTRIBUTION CENTER. .. _ 2. LATICRETE: CONTACT TO NJA DIG N 0 , LATICRETE IONAL ACCOUNREPRESENTATIVE NTATIVE 203.707.9320. PLACE ORDER AS A VICTORIA'S SECRET OR PINK STORE. MATERIAL WILL BE PROVIDED FROM THE NEAREST LATICRETE DISTRIBUTION CENTER. 5. ALL OTHER PRODUCTS LISTED WHICH ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GC SHALL BE PURCHASED THROUGH LOCAL RESOURCES. 2.02 TILE A. TILE SUPPLIED BY LSD*C VENDOR AS SPECIFIED IN THE FINISH SCHEDULE AND PLANS. 2.03 SURFACE PREPARATION A. MOISTURE MITIGATION 1. A MOISTURE MITIGATION BARRIER SHALL BE PROVIDED WHEN THE SUBSTRATE RELATIVE HUMIDITY EXCEEDS THE ALLOWABLE LIMITS PER SECTION 1.7.B OF 11415 SPECIFICATION. 2. IF MOISTURE MITIGATION 15 REQUIRED, THE CONCRETE SUBSTRATE MUST BE PREPARED BY SHOT-BLASTING TO ACHIEVE A SURFACE PROFILE BETWEEN CSP -3 AND CSP -6 AS PER ICRI STANDARDS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF MOISTURE MITIGATION. 3. MANUFACTURER: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE FOLLOWING PRODUCT: a. MAPEI CORP: PLANISEAL VS FAST b. LATICRETE INTERNATIONAL: LATICRETE NXT VAPOR REDUCTION COATING. 5. BONDING AGENT 1. A BONDING AGENT SHALL BE PROVIDED PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ANY SELF -LEVELING UNDERLAYMENT ONLY WHEN A MOISTURE MITIGATION BARRIER IS REQUIRED. 2. MANUFACTURER: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE FOLLOWING PRODUCT: a. MAPEI CORP: ECO PRIM GRIP (APPLIED OVER PLANISEAL VS FAST) b. LATICRETE INTERNATIONAL: LATICRETE NXT PRIMER (APPLIED OVER NXT VAPOR REDUCTION COATING - REFER TO LATICRETE ISSUED WARRANTY) C. LARGE FILL AREAS AND LEVELING 1. REFER TO SECTION 039250. D. PATCHING, RAMPING, AND SMALL FILL AREAS 2. REFER TO SECTION 039250. 2.04 THIN -SET MORTAR MATERIALS A. AGGLOMERATE RESIN TILE: SUPPLIER TO SUPPLY DATA TO THE OWNER ON THE MOISTURE SENSITIVITY OF THE TILE. THE APPROPRIATE CLASSIFICATION SHALL BE DETERMINED AND LABELED WITHIN THE FINISH SCHEDULE. 11H15 CLASSIFICATION SHALL BE USED TO DETERMINE THE PROPER SETTING MATERIALS. 1. MANUFACTURER: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE FOLLOWING PRODUCT a. FOR CLASS "A", "5", OR "C" MATERIAL: TWO-PART POLYMER MODIFIED RAPID -SETTING FLEXIBLE TILE MORTAR COMPLYING WITH ANSI A118.4 AND ISO 13007 C2F52P2: • MAPEI GRANI RAPID SYSTEM. • LATICRETE LATAPDXY 300 B. NATURAL STONE TILE: SUPPLIER SHALL PROVIDE DATA TO THE OWNER ON THE WATER SENSITIVITY OF THE STONE. THE APPROPRIATE CLASSIFICATION SHALL BE DETERMINED AND LABELED WITHIN THE FINISH SCHEDULE. THIS CLASSIFICATION SHALL BE USED TO DETERMINE THE PROPER SETTING MATERIALS. 1. FOR CLASS "A" STONE: PROVIDE FOLLOWING PRODUCT THAT MEETS OR EXCEEDS REQUIREMENTS OF ANSI A118.4 AND ISO 13007 C2TES1P1 a. PREMIUM POLYMER MODIFIED THIN SET MORTAR FOR INSTALLATION OF LARGE FORMAT TILE: • MAPEI CORP, ULTRA FLEX LFT • LATICRETE 254 RAPID C. 2. FOR CLASS "5" AND CLASS "C" STONE: PROVIDE FOLLOWING PRODUCT THAT MEETS OR EXCEEDS REQUIREMENTS OF ANSI AII8.4 AND 150 13007 C2F52P2 a. TWO-PART POLYMER MODIFIED RAPID -SETTING FLEXIBLE TILE MORTAR: - MAPEI CORP: GRANI RAPID SYSTEM CERAMIC / PORC}ELAIN TILE: 1. TILE UP T© 15" X 15" USE PROFESSIONAL GRADE POLYMER MODIFIED RAPID SETTING THIN SET MORTAR COMPLYING WITH ANSI A118.4 AND 150 13007 C2EP1: MAPEI CORP. ULTRAFLEX 2 RS OR LATICRETE 4-XLT RAPID 2. TILE LAR R TI:,IAN 15" X 15" USE PREMIUM POLYMER MODIFIED RAPID SETTING THIN SET MORTAR F R INSTALLATION OF LARGE FORMAT TILE COMPLYING WITH ANSI A118.4 AND ISO 13007 C2T ;S1P1: MAPEI CORP. ULTRAFLEX LFT RS OR LATICRETE 4-XLT RAPID 2.05 GROUT A. HIGH -HYDRATED CEMENT GROUT THAT 15 FAST SETTING, COLOR CONSISTENT, NON -SHRINKING, AND EFFLORESCENCE FREE CONFORMING TO ANSI AI18.7 AND ISO 13007 CG2WA, FOR JOINTS OF 1/16"-1" WIDE. 1. INTERIOR HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL LOCATIONS: CONFORM TO ANSI A118.6 AND 150 13007 CG2WA. REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE FOR ACTUAL MANUFACTURER AND COLOR REQUIRED FOR EACH TILE TYPE. a. MAPEI CORP; ULTRA COLOR PLUS, SANDED. - CUSTOM GROUT COLORS WILL BE SUPPLIED BY OWNER. b. CUSTOM BUILDING PRODUCTS; PRISM, SANDED. c. LATICRETE; LATICRETE PERMACOLOR SELECT. d. BOSTIK 2. INSTALL ALL GROUT IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANSI A108.6. 3. ALL GROUT TO BE UN -SANDED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 4. ALL GROUT JOINTS TO BE 1/16" UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 2.06 ACCESSORIES A. EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES: REFER TO SECTION 079513 B. TRANSITION STRIPS: ALUMINUM OR ZINC STRIPS AS SPECIFIED IN DRAWINGS AND DETAILS. C. CLEANER: TILE CLEANER SPECIFICALLY FORMULATED FOR SPECIFIED TILE AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. DO NOT USE ANY CLEANING COMPOUNDS THAT ARE NOT RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. 2.07 FLOOR SEALER A. PROVIDE FLOOR TILE AND GROUT SEALER AS FOLLOWS: 1. FLOOR SEALER IS REQUIRED FOR ALL NATURAL STONE. 2. GROUT SEALER: COLORLESS, SLIP AND STAIN RESISTANT SEALER THAT DOES NOT AFFECT COLOR OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF TILE SURFACES, AS RECOMMENDED BY GROUT MANUFACTURER FOR APPLICATION INDICATED. USE A WATER-BASED SEALER, NO SOLVENTS. 3. AGGLOMERATE TILE: TILE FLOOR SEALER 15 ONLY REQUIRED WHEN SPECIFICALLY INSTRUCTED WITHIN THE SUPPLIER'S DOCUMENTATION. 4. CERAMIC AND PORCELAIN TILE SHALL NOT REQUIRE A SEALER. B. COLORLESS, SLIP AND STAIN RESISTANT SEALER THAT DOES NOT ALTER COLOR OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF STONE SURFACES, AS RECOMMENDED BY STONE PRODUCER FOR APPLICATION INDICATED. C. ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS: MIRACLE SEALANTS 511 H2O PLUS WATER BASE PENETRATING SEALER OR EQUAL. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. EXAMINE SURFACES INDICATED TO RECEIVE TILE, WITH INSTALLER PRESENT, FOR COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE. VERIFY THAT SURFACES TO BE COVERED ARE: 1. SOUND, RIGID AND CONFORM TO GOOD DESIGN/ENGINEERING PRACTICES. 2. WITH MAXIMUM DEFLECTION UNDER ALL LIVE, DEAD AND IMPACT LOADS, INCLUDING CONCENTRATED LOADS, OF L/720. 3. CLEAN AND FREE OF DUST, DIRT, OIL, GREASE, SEALERS, CURING COMPOUNDS, LAITANCE, EFFLORESCENCE, FORM OIL OR LOOSE PLASTER, PAINT AND SCALE. 4. LEVEL AND TRUE TO WITHIN 1/8" IN 10' (6MM IN 3M), AND N0 MORE THAN 1/16" IN 1' (1.5MM IN 0.3M) VARIATION FROM SUBSTRATE HIGH POINTS. 5. NOT LEVELED WITH GYPSUM OR ASPHALT BASED COMPOUNDS. 6. DRY AS PER ASTM D4263. 7. TEST SLAB FOR MOISTURE LIMITATIONS AS PER SECTION 1.07.5. OF 11H15 SPECIFICATION. B. CONCRETE SURFACES SHALL BE: 1. CURED MIN. OF 28 DAYS AT 70'F (21'C). 2. WOOD FLOAT FINISHED, OR BETTER CONFORMING TO CSP -3 AS PER ICRI STANDARDS. 3. ADVISE LSD*C PROJECT MANAGER OF ANY SURFACE OR SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS REQUIRING CORRECTION BEFORE TILE WORK COMMENCES. BEGINNING OF WORK CONSTITUTES ACCEPTANCE OF SUBSTRATE OR SURFACE CONDITIONS. C. PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION ONLY AFTER UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED. 3.02 PREPARATION A. VACUUM CLEAN OR SWEEP SUBSTRATES TO REMOVE DIRT, DUST, DEBRIS, AND LOOSE PARTICLES. B. REMOVE SUBSTANCES FROM CONCRETE SUBSTRATES THAT COULD IMPAIR SETTING BOND, INCLUDING CURING AND SEALING COMPOUNDS, FORM OIL, AND LAITANCE. C. SHOT -BLAST SUBSTRATE WHEN REQUIRED PER SECTION 2.03 OF THIS SPECIFICATION; COORDINATE SHOT BLAST REQUIREMENTS WITH SECTION 039250 CONCRETE RESURFACING WHEN REQUIRED AS PREPARATION FOR INSTALLATION OF SELF -LEVELING UNDERLAYMENTS. D. PROFILE SUBSTRATE PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION AS NOTATED IN APPLICABLE DATASHEETS AND WARRANTIES. E. CLEAN ANY DIRTY OR STAINED SURFACES ON THE TILE SCHEDULED TO BE INSTALLED BY REMOVING SOIL, STAINS, AND FOREIGN MATERIALS BEFORE SETTING. 1. CLEAN BY THOROUGHLY SCRUBBING W/ FIBER BRUSHES AND DRENCHING WITH CLEAR WATER. USE ONLY MILD CLEANING COMPOUNDS CONTAINING NO CAUSTIC OR HARSH MATERIALS OR ABRASIVES. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. COMPLY WITH TILE COUNCIL OF NORTH AMERICA (TCNA)HANDBOOK ANSI A108 TILE INSTALLATION SPECIF TIONS, AND ' ICA MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. " B. SUBSTRATE REQUIREMENTS: 1. FLOOR SURFACES: CONCRETE 2. PLATFORM SURFACES: CEMENT BONDED PARTICLE BOARD 3. WALL SURFACES: CEMENT BACKER BOARD 4. CEILINGS AND SOFFITS: GLASS MESH MORTAR UNITS C. PLACE TILE IN ACCORDANCE WITH PATTERNS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS; CAREFULLY PLAN LAYOUTS, ENSURE PATTERN 15 UNINTERRUPTED FROM ONE SURFACE TO THE NEXT AND THROUGH DOORWAYS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. D. ALL TILE >15" DIMENSION MUST BE SACK BUTTERED PRIOR TO SETTING TILE IN TROWELED MORTAR RIBS. NOTE THAT NATURAL STONE THICKNESS TOLERANCE 15 6/64" (2MM), AND MAY REQUIRE ADDITIONAL BACK BUTTERING. BACK BUTTERING MUST BE A CONSISTENT THICKNESS LAYER BETWEEN 1/16-1/8"; NO DABS OR SPOTS OF MORTAR ALLOWED. 3.04 MOVEMENT JOINTS A. MINIMUM 1/4" GAPS SHALL BE MAINTAINED AT ALL PERIMETER WALLS AND AT ALL COLUMN ENCLOSURES. THIS GAP MUST BE OBSCURED COMPLETELY BY THE WALL BASE MATERIAL. 3.05 WATERPROOF MEMBRANE: A. REFER TO SECTION 071416 3.06 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. TILE TO BE REPLACED IF INSTALLED IMPROPERLY AND NOT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THESE SPECIFICATIONS AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. IN -PROGRESS CLEANING: CLEAN TILE AS WORK PROGRESSES. REMOVE MORTAR FINS AND SMEARS PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. C. CLEAN TILE AFTER SETTING AND GROUTING ARE COMPLETE PER MANUFACTURER' RECOMMENDATIONS. 3.07 PROTECTION A. PROHIBIT TRAFFIC FROM INSTALLED TILE PER THE MFGS INSTRUCTIONS FOR SETTING ADHESIVE. SECTION 095123 - ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. THIS SECTION INCLUDES ACOUSTICAL TILES AND EXPOSED SUSPENSION SYSTEMS FOR CEILINGS. 1.02 SUBMITTALS: A. SEE SECTION 013000 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ACOUSTICAL TESTING AGENCY QUALIFICATIONS: AN INDEPENDENT TESTING LABORATORY, OR AN NVLAP-ACCREDITED LABORATORY. B. FIRE -TEST -RESPONSE CHARACTERISTICS: 1. FIRE -RESISTANCE CHARACTERISTICS: WHERE INDICATED, PROVIDE ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS IDENTICAL TO THOSE OF ASSEMBLIES TESTED FOR FIRE RESISTANCE PER ASTM E 119 BY UL OR ANOTHER TESTING AND INSPECTING AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. a. IDENTIFY MATERIALS WITH APPROPRIATE MARKINGS OF APPLICABLE TESTING AND INSPECTING AGENCY. 2. SURFACE -BURNING CHARACTERISTICS: ACOUSTICAL TILES COMPLYING WITH ASTM E 1264 FOR CLASS EA] MATERIALS, WHEN TESTED PER ASTM E 84. a. SMOKE -DEVELOPED INDEX: 450 OR LESS. C. SEISMIC STANDARD: COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1. STANDARD FOR CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEMS REQUIRING SEISMIC RESTRAINT: COMPLY WITH ASTM E 580. 2. CISCA'S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS: COMPLY WITH CISCA'S "RECOMMENDATIONS FOR DIRECT -HUNG ACOUSTICAL TILE AND LAY -IN PANEL CEILINGS --SEISMIC ZONES A -B." 3. CISCA'S GUIDELINES FOR SYSTEMS REQUIRING SEISMIC RESTRAINT: COMPLY WITH CISCA'S "GUIDELINES FOR SEISMIC RESTRAINT OF DIRECT -HUNG SUSPENDED CEILING ASSEMBLIES --SEISMIC ZONES C, D, E, F." 4. UBC STANDARD 25-2, "METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS FOR ACOUSTICAL TILE AND FOR LAY -IN PANEL CEILINGS." 5. ASCE7, "MINIMUM DESIGN LOADS FOR BUILDINGS AND OTHER STRUCTURES": SECTION 9, "EARTHQUAKE LOADS." D. MOCKUPS: SEE SECTION 014000. 1. APPROVED MOCKUPS MAY BECOME PART OF THE COMPLETED WORK IF UNDISTURBED AT TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. E. PRE -INSTALLATION CONFERENCE: CONDUCT CONFERENCE AT PROJECT SITE. 1.04 EXTRA MATERIALS A. FURNISH EXTRA MATERIALS DESCRIBED BELOW THAT MATCH PRODUCTS INSTALLED AND THAT ARE PACKAGED WITH PROTECTIVE COVERING FOR STORAGE AND IDENTIFIED WITH . LABELS DESCRIBING CONTENTS. 1. ACOUSTICAL CEILING UNITS: QUANTITY OF 10 FULL-SIZE TILES. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS, GENERAL A. ACOUSTICAL TILE STANDARD: COMPLY WITH ASTM E 1264. B. METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM STANDARD: COMPLY WITH ASTM C 635. C. ATTACHMENT DEVICES: SIZE FOR FIVE TIMES THE DESIGN LOAD INDICATED IN ASTM C 635, TABLE 1, "DIRECT HUNG," UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. COMPLY WITH SEISMIC DESIGN REQUIREMENTS. 1. ANCHORS IN CONCRETE: EXPANSION ANCHORS FABRICATED FROM CORROSION -RESISTANT MATERIALS, WITH HOLES OR LOOPS FOR ATTACHING HANGERS OF TYPE INDICATED AND WITH CAPABILITY TO SUSTAIN, WITHOUT FAILURE, A LOAD EQUAL TO FIVE TIMES THAT IMPOSED BY CEILING CONSTRUCTION, AS DETERMINED BY TESTING PER ASTM E488 OR ASTM E 1512 AS APPLICABLE, CONDUCTED BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AND INSPECTING AGENCY. 2. POWER -ACTUATED FASTENERS IN CONCRETE: FASTENER SYSTEM OF TYPE SUITABLE FOR APPLICATION INDICATED, FABRICATED FROM CORROSION -RESISTANT MATERIALS, WITH CLIPS OR OTHER ACCESSORY DEVICES FOR ATTACHING HANGERS OF TYPE INDICATED, AND WITH CAPABILITY TO SUSTAIN, WITHOUT FAILURE, A LOAD EQUAL TO 10 TIMES THAT IMPOSED BY CEILING CONSTRUCTION, AS DETERMINED BY TESTING PER ASTM E 1190, CONDUCTED BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AND INSPECTING AGENCY. D. WIRE HANGERS, BRACES, AND TIES: ZINC -COATED CARBON -STEEL WIRE; ASTM A 641/A 641M, CLASS 1 ZINC COATING, SOFT TEMPER. 1. SIZE: SELECT WIRE DIAMETER 50 ITS STRESS AT 3 TIMES HANGER DESIGN LOAD (ASTM C 635, TABLE 1, "DIRECT HUNG") WILL BE LESS THAN YIELD STRESS OF WIRE, BUT PROVIDE NOT LESS THAN 0.106 -INCH- (2.69 -MM-) DIAMETER WIRE. SEISMIC STRUTS AND SEISMIC CLIPS. METAL EDGE MOLDINGS AND TRIM: TYPE AND PROFILE INDICATED OR, IF NOT INDICATED, MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD MOLDINGS FOR EDGES AND PENETRATIONS THAT COMPLY WITH SEISMIC DESIGN REQUIREMENTS; FORMED FROM SHEET METAL OF SAME MATERIAL, FINISH, AND COLOR AS THAT USED FOR EXPOSED FLANGES OF SUSPENSION SYSTEM RUNNERS. E. F. 2.02 ACOUSTICAL TILES FOR ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILING A. AVAILABLE PRODUCTS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PRODUCTS THAT MAY BE INCORPORATED INTO THE WORK INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED T0, THE FOLLOWING: 5. PROVIDE THE PRODUCT INDICATED WITHIN THE FINISH SCHEDULE OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. C. CLASSIFICATION: PROVIDE TILES (OR FIRE -RESISTANCE RATED TILES AS REQUIRED) COMPLYING WITH ASTM E 1264 FOR TYPE AND FORM AS INDICATED: D. COLOR: AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. E. LIGHT REFLECTANCE: ASTM E 1477; WHITE PANEL: LIGHT REFLECTANCE:0.83 F. NOISE REDUCTION COEFFICIENT: ASTM C 423; CLASSIFIED W/ UL LABEL ON PRODUCT CARTON, 0.50 G. CEILING ATTENUATION CLASS: ASTM C 1414; CLASSIFIED WITH UL LABEL ON PRODUCT CARTON, 30 H. J. K. ARTICULATION CLASS: ASTM E 1111; CLASSIFIED WITH UL LABEL ON PRODUCT CARTON N/A EDGE/JOINT DETAIL: BEVELED TEGULAR (ONLY FOR SALES AREA). THICKNESS: AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. MODULAR SIZE: AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 2.03 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM FOR ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILING A. AVAILABLE PRODUCTS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PRODUCTS THAT MAY BE INCORPORATED INTO THE WORK INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: B. PROVIDE THE PRODUCT INDICATED WITHIN THE FINISH SCHEDULE OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. C. DIRECT -HUNG (OR FIRE -RATED AS REQUIRED) SUSPENSION SYSTEM: INTERMEDIATE OR HEAVY-DUTY STRUCTURAL CLASSIFICATION AS REQUIRED. D. ACCESS: DOWNWARD, WITH EACH ACCESS UNIT IDENTIFIED BY MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD UNOBTRUSIVE MARKERS. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. COMPLY WITI-I ASTM C 636, UBC STANDARD 25-2 AND SEISMIC DESIGN REQUIREMENTS INDICATED, PER MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND CISCA'S "CEILING SYSTEMS HANDBOOK." 5. MEASURE EACH CEILING AREA AND ESTABLISH LAYOUT OF ACOUSTICAL TILES TO BALANCE BORDER WIDTHS AT OPPOSITE EDGES OF EACH CEILING. AVOID USING LESS -THAN -HALF -WIDTH TILES AT BORDERS. C. SUSPEND CEILING HANGERS FROM BUILDING'S STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, PLUMB AND FREE FROM PLENUM. SPLAY HAN S ONLY WIT�IfN CEILINGPL PLY GER AC WITH INSULATION OR' OTHER OBJECTS CONTACT WHERE REQUIRED AND, IF PERMITTED WITI1 FIRE -RESISTANCE -RATED CEILINGS, TO MISS OBSTRUCTIONS; OFFSET RESULTING HORIZONTAL FORCES BY BRACING, COUNTERSPLAYING, OR OTHER EQUALLY EFFECTIVE MEANS. WHERE WIDTH OF DUCTS AND OTHER CONSTRUCTION WITHIN CEILING PLENUM PRODUCES HANGER SPACINGS THAT INTERFERE WITH LOCATION OF HANGERS, USE TRAPEZES OR EQUIVALENT DEVICES. WHEN STEEL FRAMING DOES NOT PERMIT INSTALLATION OF HANGER WIRES AT SPACING REQUIRED, INSTALL CARRYING CHANNELS OR OTHER SUPPLEMENTAL SUPPORT FOR ATTACHMENT OF HANGER WIRES. 1. DO NOT SUPPORT CEILINGS DIRECTLY FROM PERMANENT METAL FORMS OR FLOOR DECK; ANCHOR INTO CONCRETE SLABS. 2. DO NOT ATTACH HANGERS TO STEEL DECK TABS OR TO STEEL ROOF DECK. D. INSTALL EDGE MOLDINGS AND TRIM OF TYPE INDICATED AT PERIMETER OF ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILING AREA AND WHERE NECESSARY TO CONCEAL EDGES OF ACOUSTICAL TILES. SCREW ATTACH MOLDINGS TO SUBSTRATE AT INTERVALS NOT MORE THAN 16 INCHES (400 MM) 0.C. AND NOT MORE THAN 3 INCHES (75 MM) FROM ENDS, LEVELING WITH CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM TO A TOLERANCE OF 1/8 INCH IN 12 FEET (3.2 MM IN 3.6 M). MITER CORNERS ACCURATELY AND CONNECT SECURELY. E. INSTALL SUSPENSION SYSTEM RUNNERS SO THEY ARE SQUARE AND SECURELY INTERLOCKED WITH ONE ANOTHER. REMOVE AND REPLACE DENTED, BENT, OR KINKED MEMBERS. F. INSTALL ACOUSTICAL TILES IN COORDINATION WITH SUSPENSION SYSTEM AND EXPOSED MOLDINGS AND TRIM. PLACE SPLINES OR SUSPENSION SYSTEM FLANGES INTO KERFED EDGES SO TILE -TO -TILE JOINTS ARE CLOSED BY DOUBLE LAP OF MATERIAL 3.02 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. REPLACE DAMAGED AND BROKEN PANELS. B. CLEAN EXPOSED SURFACES OF ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS, INCLUDING TRIM, EDGE MOLDINGS, AND SUSPENSION MEMBERS. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS FOR CLEANING AND TOUCH-UP OF MINOR FINISH DAMAGE. REMOVE AND REPLACE MARK THAT CANNOT BE SUCCESSFULLY CLEANED AND REPAIRED TO PERMANENTLY ELIMINATE EVIDENCE OF DAMAGE. SECTION 095323 - STEEL SUSPENDED CEILING AND SOFFIT FRAMING PART 1 - GENERAL PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 COMPONENTS A. COMPLY WITH ASTM C 754 FOR CONDITIONS INDICATED. B. TIE WIRE: ASTM A 641/A 641M, CLASS 1 ZINC COATING, SOFT TEMPER, 0.0625 INCH DIAMETER WIRE, OR DOUBLE STRAND OF 0.0475 INCH DIAMETER WIRE. C. HANGER ATTACHMENTS TO CONCRETE: AS FOLLOWS: 1. ANCHORS: FABRICATED FROM CORROSION -RESISTANT MATERIALS WITH HOLES OR LOOPS FOR ATTACHING HANGER WIRES AND CAPABLE OF SUSTAINING, WITHOUT FAILURE, A LOAD EQUAL TO 5 TIMES THAT IMPOSED BY CONSTRUCTION AS DETERMINED BY TESTING ACCORDING TO ASTM E 488 BY A QUALIFIED TESTING INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCY. D. HANGERS: AS FOLLOWS: 1. WIRE HANGERS: ASTM A 641/A 641M, CLASS 1 ZINC COATING, SOFT TEMPER, AND 0.162 INCH DIAMETER. 2. ROD HANGERS: ASTM A 510, MILD CARBON STEEL. a. DIAMETER: 1/4 INCH. b. PROTECTIVE COATING: ASTM A 153/A 153M, HOT -DIP GALVANIZED. 3. FLAT HANGERS: COMMERCIAL -STEEL SHEET, ASTM A 653/A 653M, G40, H0T-DIP GALVANIZED. a. SIZE: 1 BY 3/16 INCH BY LENGTH INDICATED. 4. ANGLE HANGERS: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60, HOT -DIP GALVANIZED COMMERCIAL -STEEL SHEET. E. CARRYING CHANNELS: COLD -ROLLED, COMMERCIAL -STEEL SHEET WITH A BASE METAL THICKNESS OF 0.0538 INCH, A MINIMUM 1/2 INCH WIDE FLANGE, WITH ASTM A653/A 653M, G40, HOT -DIP GALVANIZED ZINC COATING. F. FURRING CHANNELS (FURRING MEMBERS): COMMERCIAL -STEEL SHEET WITH ASTM A 653/A 653M, G40, 1 -10T -DIP GALVANIZED ZINC COATING. 1. HAT -SHAPED, RIGID FURRING CHANNELS: ASTM A 645, 7/8 INCH DEEP, WITH MINIMUM BASE METAL THICKNESS OF 0.0179 INCH. ol3� RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA SEP 012017 PERMIT CENTER SHREMSHOCK Shremshock Architects, Inc. 7400 W. Campus Rd. Suite 150 New Albany, OH 43054 t: 614 545 4550 1 f: 614 545 4555 1 shremshock.com Gerald S. Shremshock, Architect Timothy J. Shremshock, Architect z 0 U z 0 U z w 0 w 0 MCD d' N '44 LO o;7 Or ( ▪ (Ccs) C .o E o • V O Co CCIIt) d' n, d: -0 Or � � . c J o co so. 2 !Di W W O C a W WU O = WQ „36.20 yy� W C a m E J W W D: C o_ (~n 4 Z O 0 _ ,,,, W 0 Z 0V___O. W 2 Z O N Q 0 Fm 1- :::::: m Li W~ O r a 5 m N 3 Qp 2 , O� W m ca W Q N '¢ W K ri ig . 0 0 N O �O 3 N C O �.� W p a ZWK[ z.= zz O Z Z N 0 1-0 .1. Ni 1:;ii! S N,W W.00 to Z O.O. rg V. W c)"= C)" 5" W W 1 a i= n.�Fvn.o: a. ��z allo W W� 2 Z K !!!!!! 0 F I O O N a2 g F : a. 0 <�00.0V �,j OO y HZc.:73.,:=1 2M al a N ES W O La 0 0 = U 0 0-04 W = O C O N ▪ 2 W U 0 L 0 O d %02,4, : : 52:) jo OxW 1 • II: 'E. : i1- .- N = ■ PROJECT INFORMATION: Co 1=2= 0 DO I-,nW,-„ cr) UJ V Q ZFS Wtn .< ticncoi- z v tii00 Y WCL C.) • 1.61 ****4... CL CD •Itt OZco 00-o IJ •• z W • CD ✓ W N C REVISIONS: REQUIRED BY: DATE DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 AM HMG SKM ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS DRAWING NUMBER: t BVIC F©R CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED SEP 152011 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 AM HMG SKM ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS DRAWING NUMBER: t PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. SUSPEND CEILING HANGERS FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE AS FOLLOWS: 1. INSTALL HANGERS PLUMB AND FREE FROM CONTACT WITH INSULATION OR OTHER OBJECTS WITHIN THE CEILING PLENUM THAT ARE NOT PART OF SUPPORTING STRUCTURAL OR CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM. SPLAY HANGERS ONLY WHERE REQUIRED TO MISS OBSTRUCTIONS AND OFFSET RESULTING HORIZONTAL FORCES BY BRACING, COUNTERSPLAY I NG, OR OTHER EQUALLY EFFECTIVE METHODS. 2. WHERE WIDTH OF DUCTS AND OTHER CONSTRUCTION WITHIN CEILING PLENUM PRODUCES HANGER SPACINGS THAT INTERFERE WITH THE LOCATION OF HANGERS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT STANDARD SUSPENSION SYSTEM MEMBERS, INSTALL SUPPLEMENTAL SUSPENSION MEMBERS AND HANGERS IN FORM OF TRAPEZES OR EQUIVALENT DEVICES. SIZE SUPPLEMENTAL SUSPENSION MEMBERS AND HANGERS TO SUPPORT CEILING LOADS WITHIN PERFORMANCE LIMITS ESTABLISHED BY REFERENCED STANDARDS 3. SECURE WIRE HANGERS BY LOOPING AND WIRE -TYING, EITHER DIRECTLY TO STRUCTURES OR TO INSERTS, EYESCREWS, OR OTHER DEVICES AND FASTENERS THAT ARE SECURE AND APPROPRIATE FOR SUBSTRATE, AND IN A MANNER THAT WILL NOT CAUSE THEM TO DETERIORATE OR OTHERWISE FAIL. 4. SECURE ROD OR FLAT HANGERS TO STRUCTURE, INCLUDING INTERMEDIATE FRAMING MEMBERS, BY ATTACHING TO INSERTS, EYESCRENS, OR OTHER DEVICES AND FASTENERS THAT ARE SECURE AND APPROPRIATE FOR STRUCTURE AND HANGER, AND IN A MANNER THAT WILL NOT CAUSE HANGERS TO DETERIORATE OR OTHERWISE FAIL. 5. DO NOT SUPPORT CEILINGS DIRECTLY FROM PERMANENT METAL FORMS. FURNISH CAST -IN-PLACE HANGER INSERTS THAT EXTEND THROUGH FORMS. 6. DO NOT ATTACH HANGERS TO STEEL DECK TABS. 7. 00 NOT ATTACH HANGERS TO STEEL ROOF DECK. ATTACH HANGERS TO STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. S 8. DO NOT CONNECT OR SUSPEND STEEL FRAMING FROM DUCTS, IPPE OR CONDUIT. B. INSTALLATION TOLERANCES: 1. INSTALL STEEL FRAMING COMPONENTS FOR SUSPENDED CEILINGS 50 MEMBERS FOR PANEL ATTACHMENT ARE LEVEL TO WITH 1/8" IN 12 FEET MEASURED LENGTHWISE ON EACH MEMBER AND TRANSVERSELY BETWEEN PARALLEL MEMBERS. C. SWAY -BRACE SUSPENDED STEEL FRAMING WITH HANGERS USED FOR SUPPORT. D. WIRE -TIE FURRING CHANNELS TO SUPPORTS. E. INSTALL SUSPENDED STEEL FRAMING COMPONENTS IN SIZES AND SPACES INDICATED, BUT NOT LESS THAN THAT REQUIRED BY THE REFERENCED STEEL FRAMING AND INSTALLATION STANDARDS. 1. WIRE HANGERS: 48 INCHES 0.C. 2. CARRYING CHANNELS (MAIN RUNNERS): 46 INCHES O.C. 3. FURRING CHANNELS (FURRING MEMBERS): 16 INCHES 0.C. SECTION 096429 - WOOD STRIP AND PLANK FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL - 1 .01 ENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 01 SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, APPLY TO THIS SECTION. 1.02 SUMMARY A. SECTION INCLUDES INSTALLATION OF 51-40P FINISHED PRE-ENGINEERED WOOD STRIP FLOORING SYSTEM WITH ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE FINISHED INSTALLATION. ENGINEERED WOOD PLANK FLOORING IS OWNER FURNISHED, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. SLAB MOISTURE TEST RESULTS, NO OTHER SUBMITTALS SHALL BE REQUIRED. B. NO SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE ALLOWED. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. INSTALLATION METHOD 1. FOR MAPEI ADHESIVE INSTALLATION METHOD: ALL INSTALLATION AND PREPARATION MATERIALS INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED T0; ADHESIVES, MOISTURE MITIGATION, CRACK REPAIR, FILLING, AND LEVELING, SHALL BE PROVIDED FROM A SINGLE MANUFACTURER: MAPEI AMERICAS U.5.A.1144 E. NEWPORT CENTER ROAD, DEERFIELD BEACH, FL 33442. CONTACT: MIKE GRANATOWSKI (949) 212-2363, MGRANATOWSKI@MAPEI.COM. CONTACT MAPEI REPRESENTATIVE TO COMPLY WITH NATIONAL ACCOUNT WARRANTY PROGRAM. MAPEI WILL COORDINATE WHEN THEIR REPRESENTATIVE WILL VISIT THE SITE TO CONFIRM CONDITIONS AND PREPARATIONS MEET CONDITIONS OF THEIR WARRANTY. 2. FOR BOSTIK ADHESIVE INSTALLATION METHOD: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR APPLICATION AND SURFACE PREP, USING MAPEI OR LATICRETE PRODUCTS AS SPECIFIED IN SECTIONS 3. FOR PLYWOOD SUBFLOOR INSTALLATION METHOD: ALL INSTALLATION AND PREPARATION MATERIALS INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED T0; PLYWOOD, FASTENERS, MOISTURE MITIGATION, SHALL COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF PLANK MANUFACTURER AND NWFA RECOMMENDATIONS. B. WHICH INSTALLATION METHOD IS USED IS PRIMARILY DETERMINED BY PROJECT SLAB CONDITIONS AS DETERMINED IN PARAGRAPHS: 1.07 AND 3.01, OF THIS SECTION AND APPROVED BY 1-513C PM. C. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: WOOD PLANK FLOORING INSTALLER, SPECIALIZING IN INSTALLATION OF PRE-ENGINEERED PLANK FLOORING SYSTEMS WITH MINIMUM FIVE (5) YEARS DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE WITH INSTALLATIONS OF SIMILAR SCOPE, MATERIALS AND DESIGN. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: A. SEE SECTION 016000.. -SECT ION_016000_- 1.06 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF WOOD PLANK WORK WITH RELATED WORK. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. TEMPERATURE REQUIREMENTS FOR WOOD PLANK FLOORING: 1. ROOM TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY OF INSTALLATION AREA 51-1OULD BE CONSISTENT WITW NORMAL, YEAR ROUND CONDITIONS FOR AT LEAST A WEEK BEFORE INSTALLATION. ROOM TEMPERATURE OF 60 TO 70 DEGREES F AND HUMIDITY RANGE OF 40% TO 60%. 2. PROVIDE VENTILATION AND PROTECTION OF ENVIRONMENT AS RECOMMENDED BY MFG. B. MOISTURE REQUIREMENTS FOR WOOD PLANK FLOORING: 1. PERFORM THE FOLLOWING TEST TO DETERMINE MOISTURE LEVEL OF SUBSTRATE. THE TEST RESULTS SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE LSD*C PM IMMEDIATELY AFTER DEMOLITION, PRIOR TO SUB FLOOR PREPARATION AND AT LEAST 1 WEEK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. a. G.C. TO PERFORM MOISTURE TEST ON ALL FLOORS AS DIRECTED BY NWFA. MOISTURE CONTENT OF WOOD SUB -FLOOR MUST NOT EXCEED 12% AND CONCRETE MOISTURE CONTENT MUST NOT EXCEED 15 LBS. OF MVER PER 1000 SF PER 24 HOURS (ASTM 1869) b. IF MOISTURE CONTENT EXCEEDS LIMITS OF I.A ABOVE, MOISTURE MITIGATION IS REQUIRED. SEE APPROPRIATE PARAGRAPHS FOR MITIGATION METHODS FOR GLUE DOWN OR PLYWOOD SUB -FLOOR INSTALLATION METHOD. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 NATIONAL ACCOUNTS A. THE MAPEI PRODUCTS LISTED THROUGHOUT THIS SPECIFICATION SHALL BE PURCHASED BY THE GC THROUGH THE FOLLOWING NATIONAL ACCOUNT, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED: 1. MAPEI: 914.665.0654 PLACE ORDER AS A VICTORIA'S SECRET OR PINK STORE. MATERIAL WILL BE PROVIDED FROM THE NEAREST MAPEI DISTRIBUTION CENTER. B. ALL OTHER PRODUCTS LISTED WHICH ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GC SHALL BE PURCHASED THROUGH LOCAL RESOURCES. 2.02 WOOD STRIP AND PLANK FLOORING: A. PRE -FINISHED, ENGINEERED WOOD PLANK FLOORING SUPPLIED BY LSD*C VENDOR AS SPECIFIED IN THE FINISH SCHEDULE AND PLANS. 2.03 SURFACE PREPARATION - GLUE DOWN METHODS: A. MOISTURE MITIGATION - MAPEI: 1. A MOISTURE MITIGATION BARRIER SHALL BE PROVIDED WHEN THE SUBSTRATE MOISTURE CONTENT EXCEEDS TI -IE ALLOWABLE LIMITS PER SECTION 1.07.5 OF THIS SPECIFICATION SECTION AND THE GLUE DOWN METHOD WILL BE USED. 2. IF MOISTURE MITIGATION IS REQUIRED, TI -4E CONCRETE SUBSTRATE MUST BE PREPARED BY SH0T-13LASTING TO ACHIEVE A SURFACE PROFILE BETWEEN CSP -3 AND CSP -6 AS PER ICRI STANDARDS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF MOISTURE MITIGATION. 3. MANUFACTURER: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE FOLLOWING PRODUCT: a. MAPEI CORP: PLANISEAL VS FAST 4. A BONDING AGENT SHALL BE PROVIDED PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ANY SELF -LEVELING UNDERLAYMENT ONLY WHEN A MOISTURE MITIGATION BARRIER IS REQUIRED. 5. MANUFACTURER: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE FOLLOWING PRODUCT: a. MAPEI CORP: ECO PRIM GRIP (APPLIED OVER PLANISEAL V5 FAST) 5. MOISTURE MITIGATION - BOSTIK: 1. A MOISTURE MITIGATION BARRIER SHALL BE PROVIDED WHEN THE SUBSTRATE MOISTURE CONTENT EXCEEDS THE ALLOWABLE LIMITS PER SECTION 1.07.5 OF THIS SPECIFICATION SECTION 2. REFER TO SECTION 071416- LATICRETE PRODUCTS. C. LARGE FILL AREAS AND LEVELING 1. REFER TO SECTION 039250. D. PATCHING, RAMPING, AND SMALL FILL AREAS: 1. REFER TO SECTION 039250. 2.04 SURFACE PREPARATION - PLYWOOD SUB -FLOOR METHOD. A. COMPLY WITW WOOD STRIP FLOORING MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED PRODUCTS FOR APPLYING THEIR PRODUCT OVER PLYWOOD SUB -FLOORS. B. MOISTURE MITIGATION 1. A MOISTURE MITIGATION BARRIER SHALL BE PROVIDED WHEN THE SUBSTRATE MOISTURE CONTENT EXCEEDS THE ALLOWABLE LIMITS PER SECTION 1.07.5 OF THIS SPECIFICATION SECTION AND THE PLYWOOD SUB -FLOOR METHOD WILL BE USED. 2. IF MOISTURE MITIGATION 15 REQUIRED, CLASS I, II, OR III MOISTURE BARRIERS SHALL BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED, AS INDICATED BY MOISTURE TEST RESULTS AND NWFA RECOMMENDATIONS. IN MOST CASES, SEAM -TAPED 6 MIL ©VISQUEEN" IS SUFFICIENT. C. LARGE FILL AREAS AND LEVELING 1. REFER TO SECTION 039250 AND CONFIRM EXTENT WITH LSD*C PM. D. PATCHING, RAMPING, AND SMALL FILL AREAS 1. USUALLY NOT REQUIRED WITH PLYWOOD SUBFLOOR. E. PLYWOOD SUBFLOOR: 5/8" CDX PLYWOOD INSTALLED PER NWFA RECOMMENDATIONS (PREFERRED CASE-HARDENED PIN NAILS AT RECOMMENDED SPACING AND SLAB PENETRATION) 2.05 ADHESIVE: A. MAPEI ULTRABOND ECO 995 OR BOSTIK ULTRA -SET SINGLESTEP. 2.06 DIVIDER STRIPS: A. PROVIDE WHERE FLOORING TERMINATES WITH TILE OR OTHER FLOOR FINISHES. 1. DIVIDER STRIPS MANUFACTURER: MANHATTAN AMERICAN TERRAllO STRIP COMPANY, PO BOX 72433 OLD 421 ROAD, STALEY, NORTH CAROLINA, 27355: (336) 622-4247. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. EXAMINE SURFACES INDICATED TO RECEIVE WOOD PLANK FLOORING, WITH INSTALLER PRESENT, FOR COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE. VERIFY THAT SURFACES TO BE COVERED ARE: 1. SOUND, RIGID AND CONFORM TO GOOD DESIGN/ENGINEERING PRACTICES. 2. WITH MAXIMUM DEFLECTION UNDER ALL LIVE, DEAD AND IMPACT LOADS, INCLUDING CONCENTRATED LOADS, OF L/360. 3. CLEAN AND FREE OF DUST, DIRT, OIL, GREASE, SEALERS, CURING COMPOUNDS, LAITANCE, EFFLORESCENCE, FORM OIL OR LOOSE PLASTER, PAINT AND SCALE. 4. LEVEL AND TRUE. 5. NOT LEVELED WITH GYPSUM OR ASPHALT BASED COMPOUNDS. 6. TEST SLAB FOR MOISTURE LIMITATIONS AS PER SECTION I.07.5. OF THIS SPECIFICATION SECTION. B. CONCRETE SURFACES SHALL BE: 1. CURED MIN. OF 28 DAYS AT 70'F (21.C). 2. WOOD FLOAT FINISHED, OR BETTER CONFORMING TO CSP -3 AS PER ICRI STANDARDS. 3. ADVISE LSDI:C PROJECT MANAGER OF ANY SURFACE OR SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS REQUIRING CORRECTION BEFORE WORK COMMENCES. BEGINNING OF WORK CONSTITUTES ACCEPTANCE OF SUBSTRATE OR SURFACE CONDITIONS. PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION ONLY AFTER UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED. C. 3.02 PREPARATION A. VACUUM CLEAN OR SWEEP SUBSTRATES TO REMOVE DIRT, DUST, DEBRIS, AND LOOSE PARTICLES. B. REMOVE SUBSTANCES FROM CONCRETE SUBSTRATES THAT COULD IMPAIR SETTING BOND, INCLUDING CURING AND SEALING COMPOUNDS, FORM OIL, AND LAITANCE. C. 51-1OT-BLAST SUBSTRATE WHEN REQUIRED PER SECTION 2.03 OF THIS SPECIFICATION; COORDINATE SHOT BLAST REQUIREMENTS WITH SECTION 039250 CONCRETE RESURFACING WHEN REQUIRED AS PREPARATION FOR INSTALLATION OF SELF -LEVELING UNDERLAYMENTS. D. PROFILE SUBSTRATE PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION AS NOTATED IN APPLICABLE DATASHEETS AND WARRANTIES. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. COMPLY WITH NWFA RECOMMENDATIONS, AND WOOD PLANK FLOORING MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. SUBSTRATE REQUIREMENTS: 1. FLOOR SURFACES: CONCRETE OR PLYWOOD SUB -FLOOR AS INDICATED BY CHOSEN METHOD. 2. PLATFORM SURFACES: CEMENT BONDED PARTICLE BOARD C. G. C. TO STORE FLOORING AT INSTALLATION SITE FOR A MINIMUM OF 72 HOURS BEFORE INSTALLATION TO ALLOW FLOORING TO ADJUST TO ROOM TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY. DO STORE DIRECTLY ON CONCRETE OR NEAR OUTSIDE WALLS. GC TO PERFORM MOISTURE TEST TO ENSURE WOOD IS ACCLIMATED. D. INSTALL WOOD PLANK FLOORING IN ACCORDANCE WITH PATTERNS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS; CAREFULLY PLAN LAYOUTS, ENSURE PATTERN 15 UNINTERRUPTED FROM ONE SURFACE TO THE NEXT AND THROUGH DOORWAYS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. E. PROVIDE MIN W EXPANSION SPACE BETWEEN FLOORING AND ALL WALLS AND VERTICAL OBJECTS. 11H15 GAP I5 TO BE COMPLETELY OBSCURED BY TRIM OR BASE. F. ENSURE JOINTS OF WOOD FLOORING ARE IN LINE - ENSURE FULL CONTACT TO ADHESIVE OR PLYWOOD, AS APPROPRIATE. G. STAGGER RANDOM LENGTHS OF PLANK SO TWAT BOARD ENDS ARE A MINIMUM OF 8" FROM ENDS OF ADJACENT PLANKS. MAXIMIZE USE OF LONG PLANKS IN CENTER OF SALES AREA. USE SHORTER BOARDS UNDER CASHWRAP LOCATION AND OTHER SMALLER AREAS. AVOID REPEATED STAGGERING PATTERNS. "DRAGGED" HAN BEVELED OR DRA ED AND COLORED TO MACH . ALL BOARDS TWAT ARE CUT TO D EV GG LRE T MAT C14 BOARDS USING BLEED KIT SUPPLIED WITH THE FLOORING. ORAT O W AN TONGUE I BOARDS THAT MEET PERPENDICULAR ANY TER ANGLE ARE TO BE AND GROOVED TOGETHER TO PREVENT JOINT SEPARATION. J. PROVIDE MAXIMUM 1:12 SLOPE WHERE FINISHED FLOOR SURFACE CWANGES LEVEL BETWEEN WOOD FLOORING AND ADJACENT FLOORING. I K. ADHESIVE METHOD ONLY: 1. AFTER APPLICABLE MOISTURE MITIGATION AND ADDITIONAL FLOOR PREP, IF REQUIRED, APPLY MAPEI ULTRABOND ECO 995 ADHESIVE WITW CLIP -ON TROWEL ATTACHMENT PROVIDED WITH ADHESIVE (USE A FRESH ATTACHMENT WITH EACH BUCKET- DO NOT REUSE) OR BOSTIK ULTRA -SET SINGLESTEP PER MFR'S RECOMMENDATIONS. KEY ADHESIVE TO FLOOR SURFACE AND STRIKE TROWEL RIDGES PERPENDICULAR TO PLANK DIRECTION, MAINTAINING TROWEL AT 60 - q0 DEGREES TO FLOOR. 2. UTILIZE ADHESIVE MFR'S PROVIDED OPEN TACK TIME CHARTS. 3. ROLL AND WEIGHT FLOORING INSTALLATION PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS, TO ENSURE FULL CONTACT WITH SUBSTRATE. AVOID FOOT TRAFFIC AFTER INSTALLATION FOR AT LEAST 24 WOURS. L. PLYWOOD SUBFLOOR METHOD ONLY: 1. PROVIDE 15# FELT PAPER PER MFR'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 2. TOE -NAIL PLANK FLOORING INTO PLYWOOD WITW MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED FASTENERS AT RECOMMENDED SPACING. 3.04 PROTECTION A. COVER INSTALLED WOOD PLANK FLOORING AFTER INSTALLATION WITH ROSIN PAPER OR OTHER APPROVED METHOD TO PROTECT FINISHED SURFACE DURING BALANCE OF CONSTRUCTION PROJECT. SECTION 096519 - RESILIENT TILE FLOORING A. GENERAL: PROVIDE RESILIENT TILE FLOORING SYSTEM AND RESILIENT BASE, WITH ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE FINISHED INSTALLATION. B. SUBMITTALS: SEE SECTION 013000 C. PROJECT CONDITIONS: ENSURE FLOOR SURFACES ARE SMOOTH AND FLAT WITH MAXIMUM VARIATION OF 1/8" IN 10'-0"; ENSURE CONCRETE FLOORS ARE DRY AND EXHIBIT NEGATIVE ALKALINITY, CARBONIZING AND DUSTING. D. RESILIENT TILE: 12" BY 12" BY 1/8" THICK; VINYL COMPOSITION TILE CONFORMING TO ASTM F1066, COMPOSITION 1; COLOR AND PATTERN AS INDICATED, AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT FROM MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE OF COLORS AND PATTERNS WHERE NOT OTHERWISE INDICATED. 1. MANUFACTURERS: ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES (1 .800 .442 .4212 ), INC.; AZROCK INDUSTRIES, INC.; TARKETT INC. (1.800.877.8453), OR APPROVED EQUAL. 2. FLAMMABILITY: PROVIDE MATERIALS TESTED UNDER ASTM E648, FLOORING RADIANT PANEL TEST, WITH RESULTS OF 0.45 WATTS/CM2 OR HIGHER 3. SLIP RESISTANCE: PROVIDE MATERIALS TESTED UNDER ASTM D2047, JAMES SLIP TEST WITH MINIMUM 0.6 RATING FOR FLOORS. E. RESILIENT BASE: FS SS -W-40, 1/8" GAGE COVED BASE AT HARD FLOOR SURFACES, STRAIGHT (TOP SET) BASE AT CARPET; PROVIDE MOLDED END STOPS AND EXTERNAL CORNERS. 1. MANUFACTURERS: ARMSTRONG (1.800.442.4212), AZROCK, OR TARKETT, VINYL BASE. (1.800.877.8453) 2. HEIGHT: 4" UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 3. COLOR: AS INDICATED ON FINISH SCHEDULE. F. EDGE STRIPS AND ACCESSORIES: RUBBER OR VINYL EDGE STRIPS MATCHING RESILIENT FLOORING; LATEX -MODIFIED PORTLAND CEMENT BASED UNDERLAYMENT AND PATCHING COMPOUND; NONTOXIC WATER RESISTANT TYPE ADWESIVES. INSTALL WHERE EDGE OF TILE WOULD OTHERWISE BE EXPOSED; BUTT TO FLOORING WITHOUT GAPS; SET IN ADHESIVE G. CONCRETE PREPARATION: REFER TO SECTION 039250 H. WATERPROOF MEMBRANE: REFER TO SECTION 071416 I. PRIMERS AND ADHESIVES: WATERPROOF NONTOXIC TYPES AS RECOMMENDED BY FLOOR IN INSTALL MINIMUM 1/2 TILE AT ROOM AND AREA PERIMETER; TERMINATE RESILIENT FLOORING AT CENTERLINE OF DOOR OPENINGS WHERE ADJACENT FLOOR FINISH 15 DISSIMILAR; INSTALL EDGE STRIPS AT UNPROTECTED AND EXPOSED EDGES WHERE FLOORING TERMINATES. J. SEALER AND WAX: TYPE RECOMMENDED BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER FOR MATERIAL TYPE AND LOCATION. K. PREPARATION: CONFORM TO MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR PREPARATION AND WITH ASTM F710; REMOVE SUBFLOOR RIDGES AND BUMPS; FILL LOW SPOTS, CRACKS, JOINTS, HOLES AND DEFECTS WITH SUBFLOOR FILLER. L. FLOORING INSTALLATION: CONFORM TO MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS; SET FLOORING IN PLACE, PRESS WITH HEAVY ROLLER TO ENSURE FULL ADHESION; SCRIBE FLOORING TO WALLS, COLUMNS, AND OTHER APPURTENANCES, TO PRODUCE TIGHT JOINTS. 1. INSTALL MINIMUM 1/2 TILE AT ROOM AND AREA PERIMETER; TERMINATE RESILIENT FLOORING AT CENTERLINE OF DOOR OPENINGS WHERE ADJACENT FLOOR FINISH IS DISSIMILAR; INSTALL EDGE STRIPS AT UNPROTECTED AND EXPOSED EDGES WHERE FLOORING TERMINATES. M. BASE INSTALLATION: COMPLY WITW MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS; APPLY TO WALLS, COLUMNS, PILASTERS, CASEWORK, AND OTHER PERMANENT FIXTURES IN ROOMS AND AREAS WHERE BASE IS REQUIRED. 1. MITER INTERNAL CORNERS; USE PREMOLDED SECTIONS FOR EXTERNAL CORNERS AND EXPOSED ENDS; SCRIBE AND FIT TO DOOR FRAMES AND OTHER OBSTRUCTIONS. N. CLEANING: CLEAN, SEAL AND WAX FLOOR IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. SECTION 096800 - CARPETING A. GENERAL: INSTALL OWNER FURNISHED CARPET; PROVIDE CARPET ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE FINISHED INSTALLATION. B. STANDARDS: COMPLY WITH CARPET AND RUG INSTITUTE (CRI) STANDARDS. 1. FLAMMABILITY: 0.45 WATTS/SQ.CM. OR HIGHER, ASTM E648. C. SUBMITTALS: SEE SECTION 013000 D. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: APPROVED BY CARPET MANUFACTURER; UPON REQUEST, SUBMIT LETTER FROM CARPET MANUFACTURER STATING INSTALLER IS ACCEPTABLE. E. OWNER FURNISHED UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. F. ADHESIVE: NONTOXIC TYPE RECOMMENDED BY CARPET AND UNDERLAY MANUFACTURERS TO SUIT APPLICATION AND EXPECTED SERVICE. G. CONCRETE PREPARATION: REFER TO SECTION 039250 H. EDGE STRIPS: VINYL OR RUBBER; MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD COLORS AS SELECTED. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS I. PREPARATION: CLEAN FLOORS OF DUST, DIRT, SOLVENTS, OIL, GREASE, PAINT, PLASTER AND OTHER SUBSTANCES DETRIMENTAL TO PROPER PERFORMANCE OF ADHESIVE AND CARPET; ALLOW FLOORS TO THOROUGHLY DRY. 1. USE LEVELING AND RAMPING MATERIAL TO PATCH CRACKS, SMALL HOLES, LEVELING AND FOR RAMPING TO PROVIDE FINISHED CARPET WITHIN 1/2" OF ADJACENT FLOORING MATERIALS. J. CARPET INSTALLATION: INSTALL CARPET IN ACCORDANCE WITH CARPET MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. L PRIME SUBSTRATE IF REQUIRED AND AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER; SPREAD ADHESIVE IN QUANTITY RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER TO ENSURE PROPER ADHESION OVER FULL AREA OF INSTALLATION. 2. APPLY ONLY ENOUGH ADHESIVE FOR PROPER ADHESION OF CARPET BEFORE INITIAL SET. K. CARPET SHIELDS: G.C. TO PROVIDE CARPET SHIELD TO PROTECT CARPET IMMEDIATELY AFTER CARPET INSTALLATION: SURFACE SHIELD INC., (800) 754-9685 SECTION 097216 - VINYL -COATED FABRIC WALL COVERINGS A. GENERAL: VINYL COATED FABRIC WALLCOVER I NGS ARE PROVIDED TO SITE BY OWNER. PROVIDE ADHESIVES AND ACCESSORIES FOR A COMPLETE FINISHED INSTALLATION. B. SUBMITTALS: SEE SECTION 013000. C. MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS: SEE SECTION 017000. D. MANUFACTURERS: AS INDICATED ON FINISH SCHEDULE. E. TYPES: AS INDICATED ON FINISH SCHEDULE. F. ADHESIVE FOR APPLICATION OVER GLOSSY SURFACES: VINYL OVER VINYL (VOV) 1. MANUFACTURERS: ROMAN DECORATING PRODUCTS, PRO -555 ADHESIVE (WWW.ROMANDECORATINGPRODUCTS.COM, TEL: 708-891-0770) OR APPROVED EQUAL. 2. ADHESIVE SHALL MEET OR EXCEED THE FOLLOWING CRITERIA: a. ADHESIVE TYPE: MODIFIED STARCH AND SYNTHETIC BASED POLYMER b. PERCENT SOLIDS: APPROXIMATELY 59 PERCENT c. VISCOSITY: APPROXIMATELY 17, 000CPS. d. VOC: LESS THAN 15 G/L (GRAMS PER LITER); LOW VOC, LEED, CHPS COMPLIANT. e. COVERAGE: 160 SQUARE FEET PER GALLON. f. COVERING COMPATIBILITY: SUITABLE FOR COVERING BY NON -PERMEABLE WALL COVERINGS G. ADHESIVE FOR REGULAR APPLICATION: 1. MANUFACTURERS: ROMAN DECORATING PRODUCTS, HEAVY DUTY CLEAR PRO -838 ADHESIVE (WWW .ROMANDECORATINGPRODUCTS.COM, TEL: 708-891-0770), OR ZINSSER, SURE GRIP -122 HEAVY DUTY CLEAR ADHESIVE. 2. ADHESIVE SHALL MEET OR EXCEED THE FOLLOWING CRITERIA: C. ADHESIVE TYPE: MODIFIED STARCH b. PERCENT SOLIDS: APPROXIMATELY 21 PERCENT c. VISCOSITY: APPROXIMATELY 29,000CPS. d. VOC: LESS THAN 25 G/L (GRAMS PER LITER) e. COVERAGE: 280 SQUARE FEET PER GALLON. f. SUBSTRATE COMPATIBILITY: SUITABLE FOR INSTALLATION OVER ROMAN PRO -935 PRIMER COVERING COMPATIB- ILITY: SUITABLE FOR COVERING BY NON PERMEABLE WALL COVERINGS H. PROVIDE PRIMER WHICH ALLOWS REMOVAL OF WALL COVERING FROM GYPSUM BOARD WITHOUT DAMAGING PAPER FACING OF BOARD, AND WITHOUT PREMATURE SEPARATION OF WALL COVERING FROM WALL. PRIMER TO BE NON -STAINING AND NON-TOXIC, AS RECOMMENDED BY WALL COVERING MANUFACTURER. NO PRIMER NEEDED WHEN INSTALLING VINYL OVER VINYL (VOV). I. EXAMINATION: ENSURE SURFACES TO RECEIVE WALL COVERING ARE CLEAN, TRUE AND FREE OF IRREGULARITIES, DO NOT COMMENCE WITH WORK UNTIL SURFACES ARE SATISFACTORY. ENSURE WALL SURFACE FLATNESS TOLERANCE DOES NOT VARY MORE THAN 1/8" IN 10'-0", NOR VARY AT A RATE GREATER THAN 1/16" PER RUNNING FOOT. J. PREPARATION: COMPLY WITW MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS; FILL NICKS, GOUGES AND MINORIMPERFECTIONSi ; SAND SMOOTH FLUSH WITW OFSUBSTRATES WI H LLER L OTHER S BSTRATE T LATEX F SURFACE; APPLY PRIME COAT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. K. ADHESIVE APPLICATION: STRICTLY COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION RECOMMENDATIONS INCLUDING THE FOLLOWING: 1. APPLY WHEN ROOM TEMPERATURE 15 ABOVE 50 DEGREES F. 2. DILUTION: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 3. APPLY ONE EVEN, THIN COAT OF ADHESIVE WITH A BRUSH OR ROLLER, FREE FROM RIDGES. 4. REMOVE EXCESS ADHESIVE WITH CLEAN WATER BEFORE ADHESIVE IS DRY. 5. IF EXCESS ADHESIVE HAS BEEN ALLOWED TO DRY: USE ROMANS PIRANHA CONCENTRATE REMOVAL LIQUID, APPLIED PER MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. L. WALLCOVERING APPLICATION: HANDLE AND APPLY WALL COVERING IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS; MIX AND APPLY ADHESIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ADHESIVE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 1. USE PANELS IN EXACT ORDER AS CUT FROM ROLLS; USE ROLLS IN CONSECUTIVE ORDER AS NUMBERED BY MANUFACTURER. 2. HORIZONTAL SEAMS AND CUTTING AT CORNERS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE; CUT NO CLOSER THAN 2" OF AN INSIDE CORNER, AND NOT CLOSER THAN 6" OF AN OUTSIDE CORNER. 3. FILL SPACES ABOVE $ BELOW WINDOWS, DOORS, AND SIM. AREAS IN SEQUENCE FROM ROLL. 4. INSTALL IN PATTERN AS PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER OR AS INDICATED IN DRAWINGS. 9. SECTION 097216.16 - RIGID -SHEET VINYL WALL COVERINGS (F.R.P. PANELS) A. GENERAL: PROVIDE PREF INISHED GLASS FIBER REINFORCED POLYESTER RESIN FABRICATED WALL PANELS, WITH TRIM PIECES AND ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. B. PANELS: FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC (FRP) PANEL SYSTEM; NOMINAL 0.090" THICKNESS; WHITE; EMBOSSED FINISH. 1. FIRE -RATING: CLASS I (UL CLASS A), MAXIMUM 25 FLAME SPREAD, 450 SMOKE DENSITY BASED ON ASTM E84 INSTALLATION. C. TRIM PIECES: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD MATCHING MOLDINGS AND TRIM PIECES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE, FINISHED INSTALLATION, AND AS REQUIRED FOR JOINTS, CORNERS AND PANEL EDGES. D. ADHESIVE: MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED NONTOXIC, WATERPROOF ADHESIVE SUITABLE FOR SUBSTRATES INDICATED. E. PRIMER; PROVIDE NON -STAINING RELEASE COAT PRIMER AS RECOMMENDED BY WALL PANEL MANUFACTURER WHERE PANELS ARE APPLIED TO GYPSUM BOARD. F. MECHANICAL FASTENERS: CONCEALED TYPE ONLY; TYPES AS RECOMMENDED BY SYSTEM MANUFACTURER. G. INSTALLATION: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS AND APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE RATINGS. COPE AND MITER TRIM PIECES. INSTALL PANELS IN MAXIMUM SIZE INCREMENTS AVAILABLE. 1. INSTALL WALL PANELING BEFORE INSTALLATION OF PLUMBING, BASES, HARDWARE, AND SIMILAR ACCESSORIES. 2. SECURELY ADHERE PANELS TO WALL SURFACES; USE BLIND NAILING METHODS AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT PANELS UNTIL ADHESIVE DRIES; EXPOSED MECHANICAL FASTENERS SHALL NOT HE ACCEPTABLE. H. CLEANING: REMOVE EXCESS ADHESIVE FROM EDGES; WIPE SEAM CLEAN WITH DRY CLOTH TOWEL. SECTION 098100 - ACOUSTICAL INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. GLASS FIBER ACOUSTICAL INSULATION FOR INTERIOR WALLS, FLOORS AND CEILINGS. 1.02 REFERENCES A. AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIAL (ASTM) 1. E84 TEST METHOD FOR SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS 2. E90 LABORATORY MEASUREMENT OF AIRBORNE SOUND TRANSMISSION LOSS OF BUILDING PARTITIONS AND ELEMENTS 3. E96 TEST METHOD FOR WATER VAPOR TRANSMISSION OF MATERIALS 4. E136 TEST METWOD FOR BEHAVIOR OF MATERIALS IN A VERTICAL TUBE FURNACE AT 750 DEGREES F. (UNFACED) 5. C423 TEST METHOD FOR SOUND ABSORPTION AND THE SOUND ABSORPTION COEFFICIENT BY TI -IE REVERBERATION ROOM METHOD 6. 0665 STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR MINERAL FIBER BLANKET INSULATION FOR LIGHT FRAME CONSTRUCTION AND MANUFACTURED HOUSING 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. SEE SECTION 013000 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. SEE SECTION 016000 1.05 LIMITATIONS A. DO NOT USE UNFACED INSULATION IN EXPOSED APPLICATIONS WHERE THERE IS POTENTIAL FOR SKIN CONTACT AND IRRITATION. B. KRAFT FACINGS WILL BURN AND MUST NOT BE LEFT EXPOSED. THE FACING MUST BE IN SUBSTANTIAL CONTACT WITH THE UNEXPOSED SURFACE OF THE CEILING, WALL OR FLOOR FINISH. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. OWENS CORNING 2.02 QUIETZONE ACOUSTIC BATT INSULATION A. TYPE I: UNFACED GLASS FIBER INSULATION COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 665 AND ASTM E 136. 5. TYPE II: KRAFT FACED GLASS FIBER INSULATION COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 665. C. SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS 1. UNFACED INSULATION a. MAXIMUM FLAME SPREAD: 10 b. MAXIMUM SMOKE DEVELOPED:10 2. KRAFT FACED INSULATION a. MAXIMUM FLAME SPREAD: NOT RATED b. MAXIMUM SMOKE DEVELOPED: NOT RATED D. COMBUSTION CHARACTERISTICS: UNFACED INSULATION PASSES ASTM E 136 TEST. E. DIMENSIONAL STABILITY: LINEAR STABILITY LESS THAN 0.1%. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. EXAMINE THE AREAS AND CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH WORK OF THIS SECTION WILL BE INSTALLED. VERIFY THAT ADJACENT MATERIALS ARE DRY AND READY. VERIFY THAT ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL SERVICES WITHIN WALLS HAVE BEEN INSPECTED AND TESTED. VERIFY THAT PROJECT DRAWINGS COMPLY WITH INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. 5. PROVIDE WRITTEN REPORT LISTING CONDITIONS DETRIMENTAL TO THE PERFORMANCE OF WORK IN THIS SECTION. DO NOT PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION UNTIL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN RESOLVED. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS FOR PARTICULAR CONDITIONS OF INSTALLATION IN EACH CASE. 5. BETWEEN METAL STUDS: FRICTION -FIT UNFACED INSULATION BETWEEN STUDS AFTER COVER MATERIAL HAS BEEN INSTALLED ON ONE SIDE OF THE CAVITY. WHEN FACED INSULATION IS USED, ATTACH FLANGES TO FACE OR SIDE (PREFERRED) OF STUD EVERY 8 TO 12 INCHES TO HOLD IN PLACE. 1. PLACE ACOUSTICAL INSULATION TIGHT WITHIN SPACES, AROUND CUT OPENINGS, BEHIND AND • AROUND ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL ITEMS WITHIN PARTITIONS, AND TIGHT TO ITEMS PASSING THROUGH PARTITIONS. C. ACOUSTICAL ACCESSORIES: 1. PLACE ACOUSTICAL SEALANT WITHIN PARTITIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS; INSTALL ACOUSTICAL SEALANT AT GYPSUM BOARD PERIMETER, AT BASE LAYER AND FACE LAYER OF GYPSUM BOARD, AND PENETRATIONS OF PARTITIONS. 2. TOLERANCE: MAXIMUM 1/4" SPACE BETWEEN GYPSUM BOARD AT FLOOR, CEILING AND PENETRATIONS. 3. INSTALL ELECTRICAL BOX PADS WITH PADS MOLDED AND PRESSED ON BACK SIDE OF BOX, CLOSING OPENINGS, IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, FOR COMPLETE ACOUSTICAL BARRIER. 3.03 INSTALLATION- VAPOR RETARDER A. 11H15 INSULATION 15 FOR INTERIOR WALL USE ONLY. B. THE KRAFT PAPER FOR THIS PRODUCT 15 NOT A VAPOR RETARDER. C. NOT RECOMMENDED FOR EXTERIOR WALLS. 3.04 MATERIAL STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. PROTECT INSULATION FROM DAMAGE AND GETTING WET BEFORE, DURING AND AFTER INSTALLATION SECTION 099000 - PAINTING AND COATING A. GENERAL: PROVIDE PAINTING OF EXPOSED ITEMS AND SURFACES NOT PREF INISHED, AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE FINISHED INSTALLATION. B. SURFACES NOT TO BE PAINTED: PREFINI514ED ITEMS; CONCEALED AND INACCESSIBLE AREAS, CODE -REQUIRED LABELS. C. STANDARDS: PROVIDE MATERIALS APPROVED FOR USE BY APPLICABLE AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT FOR LIMITATIONS OF VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS FOR ARCHITECTURAL COATINGS. D. SUBMITTALS: SEE SECTION 013000. (NONE REQUIRED WITH CUSTOMER CARE). E. DELIVERY: SEE SECTION 016000. PLEASE CONTACT BENJAMIN MOORE CUSTOMER CARE BEFORE THE PROJECT BEGINS TO ENSURE ADEQUATE TIME FOR ACCOUNT SET UP AND ORDER FULFILLMENT. F. THIS IS A 'CLOSED' BENJAMIN MOORE PAINT ONLY SPECIFICATION. NO SUBSTITUTES ARE ALLOWED. FOR BID PRICING AND TO ORDER PLEASE CONTACT: (ORDERS WILL BE FULFILLED BY A LOCAL BENJAMIN MOORE RETAILER). BENJAMIN MOORE'S CUSTOMER CARE DEPARTMENT: CALL: 877-623-8484 FAX: 862-432-4362 EMAIL: CCP@BENJAMINMOORE.COM OFFICE HOURS: 7:00 AM -- 7:O0PM ET MICHAEL ECKE 201-783-7658 MICHAEL .ECKE@BENJAMINMOORE.COM LIZA MELAMED 201-949-6450 LIZA.MELAMED@BENJAMINMOORE.COM BETHANY WEINOWITZ 973-252-2544 BETHANY.WEINOW ITZ@BENJAMINMOORE.COM G. MATERIALS QUALITY: PROVIDE ONLY THOSE PRODUCTS THAT ARE SPECIFIED. MANUFACTURER SUBSTITUTIONS OF ANY PAINT FINISH WILL NOT BE PERMITTED. H. COLORS AND FINISHES: FOLLOW SPECIFICATION AND FINISH SCHEDULE. COLORS ARE PROPRIETARY VICTORIA'S SECRET CUSTOM COLORS AND GLAZES. I. SCHEDULING PAINTING: APPLY FIRST COAT TO SURFACES THAT HAVE BEEN CLEANED, PRETREATED OR PREPARED FOR PAINTING AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER PREPARATION. J. PREPARATION: PERFORM PREPARATION ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S TECHNICAL DATA SHEET AND CAN LABEL. 1. EXAMINE AREAS AND CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH PAINTING WORK IS TO BE APPLIED. START OF PAINTING WORK INDICATES ACCEPTANCE OF SURFACE CONDITIONS WITHIN ANY PARTICULAR AREA. 2. REMOVE HARDWARE, ACCESSORIES AND ITEMS IN PLACE AND NOT TO BE PAINTED, OR PROVIDE PROTECTION PRIOR TO SURFACE PREPARATION AND PAINTING, AFTER PAINTING REINSTALL REMOVED ITEMS. K. PRIME COATS: FOR UNFINISHED, UNSEALED, POROUS SURFACES, HARD TO COAT SUBSTRATES, SURFACES THAT DISPLAY SIGNS OF 'FLASHING' AND UN -EVEN SHEEN PRIME WITH BENJAMIN MOORE'S 046 FRESH START HIGH HIDING ALL PURPOSE PRIMER. BARE DRYWALL OR AREAS WHERE PATCHING HAS OCCURRED SHOULD BE DUSTED LIBERALLY TO REMOVE DRYWALL DUST AND CONTAMINANTS BEFORE PAINTING AS IT MAY INTERFERE WITH STENCIL APPLICATION. AURA AND REGAL INTERIOR PAINTS DO NOT REQUIRE A PRIMER OVER MOST INTERIOR SURFACES. L. APPLICATION: APPLY PAINT ACCORDING TO THE PRODUCT TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS. USE APPLICATORS AND TECHNIQUES BEST SUITED FOR SUBSTRATE AND TYPE OF MATERIAL BEING APPLIED. 1. APPLY ADDITIONAL COATS WHEN STAINS OR BLEMISHES SHOW THROUGH FINAL COATS, UNTIL PAINT 15 A UNIFORM FINISH, COLOR AND APPEARANCE. 2. FINISH DOORS ON TOPS, BOTTOMS AND SIDE EDGES SAME AS FACES. 3. PROVIDE EXTRA ATTENTION TO ASSURE DRY FILM THICKNESS AT CORNERS AND CREVICES 15 EQUIVALENT TO THAT OF FLAT SURFACES. 4. PAINT SURFACES BEHIND MOVABLE EQUIPMENT AND FURNITURE SAME AS SIMILAR EXPOSED SURFACES; PAINT SURFACES BEHIND PERMANENTLY -FIXED EQUIPMENT AND FURNITURE WITW PRIME COAT ONLY. M. MINIMUM COATING THICKNESS: APPLY MATERIAL IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PRODUCT TECHNICAL DATA SHEET PAYING SPECIAL ATTENTION TO DRY FILM THICKNESS (DFT). N. FINISH COATS: PROVIDE EVEN TEXTURE; LEAVE NO LAPS, IRREGULARITY IN TEXTURE, SKID MARKS, OR OTHER SURFACE IMPERFECTIONS. 0. PAINT SYSTEMS: PROVIDE MINIMUM OF TWO COATS. AURA AND REGAL INTERIOR PAINT LINES REQUIRE NO ADDITIONAL PRIMER AS THE PRIMER IS INCLUDED IN THE PAINT (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED). 1. MATERIAL AND SHEEN AS INDICATED IN FINISH SCHEDULE. 2. GC TO APPLY SPECIAL PRIMER TO ANY GYPSUM BOARD OR WOOD TRIM SURFACE THAT IS GOING TO RECEIVE A PAINTED GRAPHIC. STENCIL: BENJAMIN MOORE'S 046 FRESH START HIGH HIDING ALL PURPOSE PRIMER APPLY BEFORE FINAL PAINT FINISH. ALWAYS DUST DRYWALL BEFORE APPLYING THE PRIMER. P. NOT USED Q. PROTECTION: PROTECT WORK OF OTHER TRADES WHETHER TO BE PAINTED OR NOT; CORRECT DAMAGE BY CLEANING, REPAIRING OR REPLACING, AND REPAINTING AS ACCEPTABLE TO LSD*C PROJECT MANAGER. 1. PROVIDE ©WET PAINT" SIGNS TO PROTECT NEWLY PAINTED FINISHES. 2. REMOVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE WRAPPINGS PROVIDED BY OTHERS FOR PROTECTION OF THEIR WORK AFTER COMPLETION OF PAINTING OPERATIONS. R. CLEAN-UP: DURING PROGRESS OF WORK, REMOVE DISCARDED PAINT MATERIALS, RUBBISH, CANS AND RAGS FROM SITE AT END OF EACH WORK DAY. 1. CLEAN GLASS AND PAINT -SPATTERED SURFACES IMMEDIATELY BY PROPER METHODS OF WASHING AND SCRAPING, USING CARE NOT TO SCRATCH OR DAMAGE FINISHED SURFACES. 5. AT COMPLETION OF WORK OF OTHER TRADES, TOUCH-UP AND kESTORE DAMAGED SURFACES OR DEFACED PAINTED SURFACES DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES SECTION 102613 - CORNER GUARDS A. GENERAL: INSTALL STAINLESS STEEL * CLEAR CORNER GUARDS WITH ATTACHMENT DEVICES AND ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE FINISHED INSTALLATION. B. MANUFACTURERS: 1. STAINLESS STEEL GUARD: SEE SHEET A13.1. 2. CLEAR CORNER GUARD: OUTWATER PLASTIC INDUSTRIES INC. #CG -17-8 (1.800.631.8375) C. STAINLESS STEEL UNITS WITH SATIN FINISH, 1-1/2" X 1-1/2" X 48" HIGH CORNER GUARDS; MINIMUM 18 GAGE. PAINT GRIP FINISH AT SALES FLOOR. D. INSTALLATION: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS. SECTION 102800 - TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES A. GENERAL: PROVIDE TOILET ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE FINISHED INSTALLATION. B. CODES AND REGULATIONS: COMPLY WITH STATE AND FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ENSURING ACCESS FOR PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES. C. MANUFACTURERS: A5 INDICATED ON DRAWING A13.X D. ACCESSORIES AS INDICATED ON DRAWING A13.X; PROVIDE GRAB BARS WITH CONCEALED MOUNTING, SIZES AND SHAPES AS INDICATED AND AS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE CODES AND REGULATIONS. E. MATERIALS: STAINLESS STEEL, ASTM A666, COMMERCIAL GRADE, TYPE 302/304, NUMBER 4 SATIN FINISH, SATIN CHROME ACCEPTABLE WHERE STAINLESS STEEL IS NOT AVAILABLE FOR ACCESSORY ITEM SCHEDULED; GAGES AS STANDARD WITH MANUFACTURER OF SPECIFIED ITEMS 1. FASTENERS, SCREWS, AND BOLTS: HOT DIP GALVANIZED; AS RECOMMENDED BY ACCESSORY MANUFACTURER FOR COMPONENT AND SUBSTRATE. 2. CONCEALED SURFACES: PRETREAT AND CLEAN, SPRAY APPLY ONE COAT PRIMER AND BAKED ENAMEL FINISH. F. EQUIPMENT: AS INDICATED ON DRAWING A13.X 1. GRAB BARS: STAINLESS STEEL TYPE 304 TO MEET REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM *F446-85. G. FABRICATION: WELD AND GRIND SMOOTH JOINTS OF FABRICATED COMPONENTS; FORM EXPOSED SURFACES FROM ONE SHEET OF STOCK, FREE OF JOINTS. I. FABRICATE UNITS WITH TIGHT SEAMS AND JOINTS, EXPOSED EDGES ROLLED; HANG DOORS AND ACCESS PANELS WITH CONTINUOUS PIANO HINGES; PROVIDE CONCEALED ANCHORAGE WHERE POSSIBLE. 2. PROVIDE STEEL ANCHOR PLATES AND ANCHOR COMPONENTS FOR INSTALLATION. 3. FORM SURFACES FLAT WITHOUT DISTORTION; MAINTAIN FLAT SURFACES WITHOUT SCRATCHES AND WITHOUT DENTS; FINISH EXPOSED EDGES EASED, FREE OF SHARP EDGES WHERE POTENTIAL EXISTS FOR PHYSICAL CONTACT. 4. HOT DIP GALVANIZE FERROUS METAL ANCHORS AND FASTENING DEVICES. 5. S1 -40P ASSEMBLE COMPONENTS; PACKAGE COMPLETE WITH ANCHORS AND FITTINGS. H. INSTALLATION: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS AND APPLICABLE CODES AND REGULATIONS. SECTION 105100 - LOCKERS A. GENERAL: INSTALL OWNER FURNISHED METAL LOCKERS; PROVIDE ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE FINISHED INSTALLATION B. INSTALLATION: INSTALL LOCKERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, SECURE, PLUMB, LEVEL, SQUARE, AND IN LINE. 1. BOLT ADJOINING LOCKER UNITS TOGETHER AND ATTACH TO THE WALL W/ 1/4" X 1" TEK SCREWS (TOP AND BOTTOM.) AT 24" 0.C. TO PROVIDE RIGID INSTALLATION. 2. INSTALL METAL BASES, END PANELS, AND FILLER PANELS TO CLOSE OFF OPENINGS AND AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. SECTION 105626 - MOBILE / FIXED STORAGE SHELVING A. GENERAL: INSTALL OWNER FURNISHED MOVABLE AND FIXED COMPACT STORAGE SYSTEM; PROVIDE ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE FINISHED INSTALLATION. B. EXAMINATION: EXAMINE SUBSTRATES AND CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH COMPACTED STORAGE SYSTEM IS TO BE INSTALLED. DO NOT PROCEED WITH WORK UNTIL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED. C. MANUFACTURER: PIPP MOBILE STORAGE SYSTEMS, INC. 2966 WILSON DRIVE NW, WALKER, MI (1 .800 .234 .P I PP) D. INSTALL UNITS AND ACCESSORIES AT LOCATIONS SHOWN IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS, LEVEL, PLUMB, SECURE AND AT PROPER HEIGHT. E. CLEANING: CLEAN UNITS AND REPAIR OR REPLACE DAMAGED UNITS AS DIRECTED BY LSD*C PROJECT MANAGER. TOUCH-UP MARRED FINISHES OR REPLACE COMPONENT PARTS AS NECESSARY TO ELIMINATE EVIDENCE OF DAMAGE OR DETERIORATION. F. PROTECTION: PROVIDE PROTECTION FOR INSTALLED SYSTEM TO ENSURE PERFECT OPERATING CONDITION WITHOUT DAMAGE AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT. DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT (NOT USED) DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS SECTION 124813 - WALK OFF MATS AND FRAMES A. GENERAL: PROVIDE ENTRY CARPET TYPE FLOOR WALK OFF MATS WITH ACCESSORIES AND SUBASSEMBLIES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE FINISHED INSTALLATION. G.C. TO PROVIDE TRANSITION STRIPS FOR FLUSH MOUNTING OF MAT WITH ADJACENT FLOOR FINISH. B. CODES AND REGULATIONS: COMPLY WITH STATE AND FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ENSURING ACCESS FOR PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES. C. MANUFACTURERS: THE MATWORKS COMPANY LLC, 11900 OLD BALTIMORE PIKE, BELTSVILLE, MD 20705, (301-837-1272); OR GRAND ENTRANCE (888-424-6287). 1. VS ENTRY: MATWORKS - REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE. 2. PINK ENTRY: GRAND ENTRANCE - REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE. 3. EXTERIOR ACCESSIBLE SERVICE DOORS: MATWORKS - REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE D. INSTALLATION: COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS. GC. TO INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, INCLUDING INSTALLATION OF ALL SLAB ANCHORS. FAILURE TO FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS WILL RESULT IN RE -INSTALLATION AT GC EXPENSE FOR PARTS AND LABOR. 1. FOR MATWORKS MATS, SUBSTRATE TO BE PAINTED; ONCE DRY, CLEAN SURFACE PRIOR TO INSTALLING GRID. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED SEP 192017 City of Tukwila BUILDING D€VMB(O b oa37 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA SEP 01 2017 PERMIT CENTER SHREMSHOCK Shremshock Architects, Inc. 7400 W. Campus Rd. Suite 150 New Albany, OH 43054 t: 614 545 4550 1 f: 614 .45 4555 1 shremshock.com Gerald S. S emshock, Architect Timothy J. remshock, Architect z 0 U 1- z 0 U (9 V 0 LI 0 O O 07 et NRe Lei OT co E • • O > O cLi r d' CLte: 'O r O t1D .J O O Q O O 113I -1- (1, J W N 4 aZ w ,M W 4 O = ZO = 3 W W O W U=t4J 1- W IOi W s� O i n 0 h Z 4 2 O U O O Z N Z j W -174 d ;0ZO =44W z E l JW Q m U 0 4 W O 'QS �W W N opo W W W - W W G = K O z N wen p y W S Z F -mom yam 3 Z J W S 4 m n t= E o p 3 O.0_ WW W OO .4f O W O a 0 QQ.1-C.)Cz_z a: 041 PROJECT INFORMATION: V, N V ZO Z = ( LA,' 0 �u'= Z o 3 3 W O W H W < L.. 1=-- _ �f W W N O O � m O Z 9EE 3 ,3g 0 �my80- W O K a W U O a 44 p W W Q .s F. W F. C7 oy J ace C Z 0 0 Z W 4 1.- P 0 Z 4 mad W ZOO d O W W I- N W m (71'91Inm N Z O O W =Ozzo< W 1- -L V F W d 4 N W ZOO. re =...W (n 1-Q <NO 1- w CL�.i U W N o C.) w 0 n. c.> 0 REVISIONS: REQUIRED BY: DATE DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 AM HMG SKM ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS DRAWING NUMBER: 1 REFER TO LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR DESCRIPTION REFER TO UGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR DESCRIPTION REFER TO LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR DESCRIPTION REFER TO LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR DESCRIPTION REFER TO LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR DESCRIPTION REFER TO LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR DESCRIPTION MAIN OVER CURRENT DEVICE IN LANDLORD'S ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT METER IN LANDLORD'S OR TENANT'S SPACE (VERIFY W/ POWER PLANS, RISER) C/T'S AND CABINET IN LANDLORD'S OR TENANT'S SPACE (VERIFY W/ POWER PLANS, RISER) SERVICE ENTRANCE CONDUIT(S) TO LEASE SPACE SERVICE ENTRANCE FEEDER(S) TO LEASE SPACE I.F.S. ENCLOSURE (SWITCHGEAR ASSEMBLY) 277/480 VOLT PANEL OR 347/600 VOLT PANEL STEP DOWN UNE TRANSFORMER & MOUNTING ACCESSORIES REFER TO LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR DESCRIPTION REFER TO LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR DESCRIPTION SMART BREAKER SYSTEM FOR UGHTING CONTROL UGHTING CONTROLLER WITH POWER SUPPLY AND OVERRIDE STATION REFER TO LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR DESCRIPTION ARROWS OPTIONAL PER PLAN. REFER TO LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR DESCRIPTION. IN CANADA, EXIT SIGNS ARE SUPPLIED & INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR REFER TO LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR DESCRIPTION REFER TO UGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR DESCRIPTION MECHANICAL / PLUMBING EQUIPMENT COORDINATION REFER TO LANDLORD'S SPECIFICATIONS AND TENANT DESIGN CRITERIA FOR NECESSARY INFORMATION AND COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH ALL TRADES INCLUDED BUT NOT LIMITED TO MECHANICAL PLUMBING, FIRE PROTECTION, AND STRUCTURAL CONTRACTORS. INSTALL ALL WORK TO CLEAR NEW AND EXISTING ARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. NO ITEM SUCH AS PIPE, DUCT, ETC. IS TO BE IN CONTACT WITH ANY EQUIPMENT. POWER WIRING AND CONDUIT / PULL STRING TO ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT NOTES: 1. ALL U.L/U.LC LISTED SYSTEMS SHOWN FIRESTOP PRODUCT MANUFACTURER FOR 2. ALL U.L/U.LC LISTED SYSTEMS SHOWN PRODUCTS FROM "3—M" OR HILTI, INC. ABOVE ARE BASED ON PROVIDING A 1 & 2 HOUR RATED FIRESTOP. WHERE 3 HOUR RATING IS REQUIRED, CONTACT DESIGN MODIFICATIONS. ABOVE ARE BASED ON "SpecSeal Firestop" PRODUCTS FROM SPECIFIED TECHNOLOGIES, INC. OR APPROVED EQUAL ANY DISCREPANCY BETWEEN LSD&C DRAWINGS AND TENANT CRITERIA, LSD&C DRAWINGS SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE. THE DRAWINGS ARE ESSENTIALLY DIAGRAMMATIC TO THE EXTENT THAT ALL INSTALLED ITEMS AND LOCATIONS ARE NOT EXACTLY PLACED AND ARE NOT TO BE SCALED. ALL CONDUITS SHALL BE RUN TO SUIT CONDITIONS IN THE FIELD. CONDUIT RUNS ARE SHOWN DIAGRAMMATICALLY ON THESE PLANS AND DO NOT NECESSARY REFLECT THE EXACT CONDUIT LOCATIONS. ALL CONDUITS SHALL BE RUN INSIDE SHELL OF BUILDING AND UNDER INSULATED CEILING TO AVOID HIGH AMBIENT TEMPERATURE CONDITION. HUBBELL WS1277W2 PASSIVE INFRARED, DOUBLE POLE, SINGLE THROW WALL SWITCH SENSOR WITH TWO SEPARATE RELAYS. WHITE COLOR FINISH. HUBBELL S61W, SINGLE POLE, SINGLE THROW WALL DIMMER SWITCH. WHITE COLOR FINISH. HUBBELL HBL1223RKL, SINGLE POLE, THREE-WAY BARREL KEY WALL SWITCH FOR STOREFRONT ROLLING GRILLE. WHITE COLOR FINISH. ROOM CONTROLLER DIMMER SWITCH. REFER FOR SHEET E05.02 FOR MORE INFORMATION. REFER TO MECHANICAL SCHEDULE FOR INFORMATION. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR COLOR INFORMATION ROOF TOP UNIT - WEATHERPROOF GFI SERVICE REC. AIR HANDLING UNIT (CW AND/OR HW, CW WITH ELECTRIC HEAT) -DISCONNECT SWITCH/FAN CONTACTS AIR HANDLING UNIT (DX SPUT) - DISCONNECT SWITCH FAN CONTACTS CONDENSING UNIT (DX SPOT) - DISCONNECT SWITCH CONDENSING UNIT (DX SPLIT) - WEATHERPROOF GFI SERVICE REC. FAN POWERED VAV / VAV SYSTEM (WITH OR WITHOUT ELECTRIC HEAT) - DISCONNECT SWITCH WATER SOURCE HEAT PUMP - DISCONNECT SWITCH TOILET EXHAUST FANS (FRACTIONAL HP) WITH DISCONNECT SWITCH ELECTRONIC CONTROL DAMPERS - DISCONNECT SWITCH AIR CONDITIONER ALTERNATING CURRENT HVAC EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AIR HANDLING UNIT AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AMPERE INTERRUPTING CAPACITY AMPERE FULL LOAD AMPS GROUND GENERAL CONTRACTOR GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER NIGHT LIGHT DESIGNATION NORMALLY OPEN IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO SCHEDULE ALL ELECTRICAL AND LOW VOLTAGE INSPECTIONS REQUIRED BY THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT AND SERVING UTILITIES, AND EACH CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR HIS OR HER PERMITS AND INSPECTION FEES. BEFORE COMMENCING ANY WORK, CONTRACTORS SHALL REVIEW THE LATEST ADOPTED CODE REQUIREMENTS, INCLUDING LANDLORD CRITERIA, AND PERFORM THE WORK IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THESE. IN CASE OF CONFLICT, THE STRICTER REQUIREMENTS WILL PREVAIL ENHANCED FR PAGING SYSTEM CEILING SENSOR HVAC SENSOR JUNCTION BOX AND CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR INFORMATION. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR INFORMATION. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR INFORMATION. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR INFORMATION. C C.B CCTV CIRC. CL COL. COND CONT CU CONDUIT CIRCUIT BREAKER CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION CIRCUIT CURRENT LIMITER COLUMN CONDUIT CONTINUED COPPER INTERCOM PHONE IFS SUPPLIER INTEGRATED FACILITY SYSTEM POLE PUBLIC ADDRESS PLUMBING CONTRACTOR PHOTO ELECTRIC PANEL PAGING SYSTEM VENDOR POWER DETAIL DRINKING FOUNTAIN DIAMETER DISCONNECT DISTRIBUTION DRAWING 20 AMP, 120 VOLT, SHALL BE WHITE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE BURGLAR / SECURITY SYSTEM - CONDUIT / PULL STRING EXISTING ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR EXHAUST FAN ELECTRICAL EMERGENCY LIGHT DESIGNATION ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM VENDOR ELECTRIC WATER COOLER EXTERNALLY OPERATED EXTERIOR LOCATION LIGHTING PACKAGE DISTRIBUTOR LONG CONTINUOUS LOAD LANDLORD L BRANDS STORE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION LIGHTING LOW VOLTAGE L -BRANDS VIDEO ANALYTIC NETWORK MAXIMUM MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY MOTOR CONTROL CENTER MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER MECHANICAL MAIN LUG ONLY MOUNTING HEIGHT MAXIMUM OVER CURRENT PROTECTION MUSIC SYSTEM VENDOR SECURITY CONTRACTOR SECURITY SYSTEM VENDOR SENSORMATIC VENDOR SWITCH SWITCHBOARD TIMECLOCK TELEPHONE CONTRACTOR TELEPHONE TYPICAL AI -Engineering 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, Ohio 43081 phone: 614.839.4639 fax: 614.839.2222 www.mengineering.us.com CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD VERIFICATION OF ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING HIS OR HER BID. FOR THE PURPOSE OF SURVEYING EXISTING CONDITIONS, WHICH MAY AFFECT THE WORK TO BE DONE UNDER THIS SECTION, ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY REPORTED TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, LSD&C, OR THE LANDLORD'S FIELD REPRESENTATIVE FOR CLARIFICATION. 6.a. AFTER BID, ANY QUESTIONS RELATING TO SPECIFIC M, E, OR P ISSUES ARE TO BE DIRECTED AS RFI'S THROUGH THE LSD&C PROJECT MANAGER. 6.b. SHOULD THE SPACE HAVE BEEN INACCESSIBLE FOR INSPECTION, CONTRACTOR MUST INDICATE SO ON HIS OR HER BID. 6.c. NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION SHALL BE MADE FOR ANY CHANGE ORDERS DUE TO CONTRACTOR'S FAILURE TO VISIT THE JOBSITE AND/OR PREDETERMINE ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING HIS OR HER BID. MAGNETIC STARTER DISCONNECT SWITCH WHITE COLOR RJ14C TELE. JACK IN SALES AND NON -SALES AREA. WHITE COLOR PLATE IN SALES AND IN NON -SALES AREA. JUNCTION BOX, 4" X 4" X 2 1/8" DEEP MINIMUM LVAN / TRAFFIC & OBSERVATIONS SYSTEM - HARDWARE FIRE ALARM FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR FIXTURE NORMALLY CLOSED NON FUSED NOT IN CONTRACT THE CONTRACTOR, WITHIN FIFTEEN (15) DAYS OF THE AWARD OF THE CONTRACT, SHALL SUBMIT TO THE OWNER SIX (6) COPIES OF A COMPLETE LIST OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT PROPOSED FOR THE JOB INCLUDING ALL DATA, PART NUMBERS, RATING CAPACITY, SIZE, DIMENSIONS, ELECTRICAL DATA, GRADE, MANUFACTURER, AND ANY OTHER DESCRIPTIVE DATA FOR ALL EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEMS THAT DEVIATE FROM SPECIFIED ITEMS. ANY DELAYS OR COSTS DUE TO THESE DEVIATIONS WILL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL ABANDONED WIRING WHICH IS NOT TO BE REUSED. ABANDONED WIRING SHALL BE DISCONNECTED AND REMOVED FROM CONDUIT OR RACEWAY. AS IS PRACTICAL, CONDUIT AND/OR RACEWAYS SHALL REMAIN WITH PULL STRING AND CAPPED. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE DISPOSAL OF ALL UNUSED OR ABANDONED MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT AND ITS REMOVAL OFF THE TENANT'S AND LANDLORD'S PREMISES. OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO HAVE CONSTRUCTION REVIEWED BY AN OUTSIDE CONSULTANT PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE OF THE PROJECT. EACH CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE ALL MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP RELATED TO HIS OR HER WORK FOR A MINIMUM PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM THE DATE WHICH THE OWNER ACCEPTS THE PROJECT. THE CONTRACTOR, AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER OR TENANT, SHALL CORRECT ANY DEFECTS IN MATERIALS OR WORKMANSHIP DURING THIS GUARANTEE PERIOD. 10.a. EACH CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE AND ENSURE A CLEAN INSTALLATION, ESPECIALLY IN EXPOSED CEILING AREAS. THE FINAL APPROVAL OF THIS WORK WILL BE ISSUED BY LSD&C PROJECT MANAGER. PROVIDE THREE SETS OF "AS -BUILT" DRAWINGS AND TWO BOUND SETS OF ALL OPERATIONS MANUALS, DIAGRAMS, SERVICE CONTRACTS, AND GUARANTEES TO LSD&C PRECEDENT TO FINAL PAYMENT. A REPORT PREPARED BY AN INDEPENDENT AIR BALANCE CONTRACTOR, HIRED BY GC, MUST BE INCLUDED IN THE CLOSEOUT PACKAGE. THE ABBREVIATION "LSD&C", WHEREVER IT APPEARS IN THESE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS, SHALL REFER TO "L BRANDS STORE DESIGN & THE CONTRACTOR FOR THIS WORK IS REQUIRED TO READ THE SPECIFICATIONS AND REVIEW DRAWINGS OF ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK AND IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION OF THIS WORK AND THE WORK OF HIS OR HER SUBCONTRACTORS WITH ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK. IT IS THIS CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE ALL SUBCONTRACTORS WITH A COMPLETE SET OF BID DOCUMENTS. THESE PLANS MAY BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION ONLY AFTER APPROVAL IS OBTAINED FROM THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT ELECTRICAL PLAN CHECK DIVISION AND THAT DIVISION'S STAMPED APPROVAL AND AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE APPEAR ON THE PLANS. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DEMOLITION WORK. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT FIXTURE LOCATION. DESIGN AND CIRCUITRY MAY BE BASED ON AS -BUILT DRAWINGS. GC AND ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ACCURACY OF AS -BUILT DRAWINGS. IN CASE OF DISCREPANCY, ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL CONDUITS, CONDUCTORS, BOXES, MISCELLANEOUS FITTINGS, ETC. FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEM FOR HOME RUNS SHOWN. BRANCH CIRCUIT INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH SPECIFICATIONS AND LATEST ADOPTED ELECTRICAL CODE. WHERE PRACTICAL, AND WHERE CONDUIT CONDITION WARRANTS, CONTRACTOR MAY REUSE APPROPRIATE EXISTING CONDUIT SYSTEM. HOWEVER, IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO CORRECT ANY AND ALL EXISTING CODE VIOLATIONS IN CONDUIT SYSTEMS TO BE REUSED. CONTRACTOR MUST OBTAIN THE LSD&C PROJECT MANAGER'S PERMISSION IN WRITING. IF APPLICABLE, RECONNECT, COMPLETE, AND MAKE OPERABLE ALL EXISTING LIGHTING, RECEPTACLES, AND CIRCUITRY. PRIOR TO INSTALLING ANY UNDERGROUND CONDUIT, VERIFY CONDUIT SIZES AND POINTS OF SERVICE WITH THE SERVING UTILITIES. ALL CONDUCTORS ARE TO BE STANDARD ANNEALED COPPER CONDUCTORS WITH TYPE THHN INSULATION, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, AND SHALL RUN FROM POINT TO POINT IN APPROVED CONDUIT. ALL CONDUITS, WHEN EXPOSED IN AREA WITH NO CEILING (EXCEPT STOCKROOM AREAS), SHALL BE INSTALLED IN RACKED FORM, WITH FITTED CONDUIT AND PARALLEL TO STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. ALL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE PHYSICALLY IDENTIFIED AT EACH END FOR CIRCUIT USAGE AND CONTINUITY. GENERALLY, ALL CONDUITS SHALL BE CONCEALED EXCEPT FOR UNFINISHED AREAS, SUCH AS EQUIPMENT ROOMS. EXPOSED CONDUIT SHALL BE ALLOWED ONLY AS NOTED ON PLAN AND AS APPROVED BY LSD&C'S PROJECT MANAGER. PAINTING OF CONDUITS, NOTED ON DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS WILL BE BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. FULL VOLTAGE STARTER IN A NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE, SIZE 1 MINIMUM HEAVY DUTY, FUSIBLE AND NON -FUSIBLE PROVIDED BY EC HEAVY DUTY, FUSIBLE AND NON -FUSIBLE PREINSTALLED WITH EQUIPMENT LVAN / TRAFFIC & OBSERVATIONS SYSTEM - CONDUIT / PULL STRING MUSIC / VIDEO SYSTEM - HARDWARE (SPEAKERS/MONITORS/CONTROLLERS) MUSIC / VIDEO SYSTEM - WIRE MUSIC / VIDEO SYSTEM - CONDUIT / PULL STRING DEUVERY BUZZER SYSTEM - HARDWARE REFER TO POWER PLAN FOR MOUNTING INFORMATION DEUVERY BUZZER SYSTEM - CONDUIT / PULL STRING TRAFFIC COUNTER - CONDUIT / PULL STRING SYSTEM CONNECTED CEILING MOUNTED PHOTOELECTRIC TYPE SMOKE DETECTOR SYSTEM CONNECTED DUCT MOUNTED PHOTOELECTRIC TYPE SMOKE DETECTOR COMPLETE WITH SAMPLING TUBES DREAMSTEAMER SERIES 2300 FURNISHED BY LSD&C RECEPTACLE AT 18" AFF. UGHTING FIXTURES AND LAMPS DIMMING CONTROL SYSTEM RECEPTACLES, COVERPLATES AND MOTION SENSOR UGHT SWITCHES CEILING MOUNTED POWER PACK AND OCCUPANCY SENSOR(S) KEYPAD SEE FLOOR PLAN FOR LOCATION LEVITON POWER BASE ADAPTER MODEL OPB15 AND OCCUPANCY SENSOR MODEL OSC-10 MOW. MOUNT SENSOR LEVELED WITH LIGHTS. ROOM CONTROLLER OCCUPANCY SENSOR. REFER FOR SHEET E05.02 FOR MORE INFORMATION. POWER PACK, LEVITON MODEL OPP20D1 OCCUPANCY SENSOR LEVITON MODEL OSC-10-MOW SENSORMATIC SYSTEM - POWER WIRING AND CONDUIT / PULL STRING DATA AND TELEPHONE SYSTEMS - CABLE AND JACKS DATA AND TELEPHONE SYSTEMS - CONDUITS / PULL STRING TELEPHONE DEMARC PANEL - PROTECTION OF DURING CONSTRUCTION / RELOCATION / DEMOLITION FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL BE UL/ULC LISTED AND APPROVED BY LOCAL FIRE OFFICIAL AND FIRE DEPARTMENT. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM TO SHUT -DOWN HVAC UNITS IN CASE OF ANY ZONE ALARM. FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL RELAYS AND DRY CONTACTS FOR HVAC UNITS AS REQUIRED. RELAYS SHALL SHUT -DOWN HVAC UNITS UPON ANY ZONE ALARM. TENANT'S FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL BE PRE -TESTED PER LANDLORD'S CRITERIA AND LOCAL AUTHORITY. TENANT'S FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL BE FINAL TESTED BY THE LOCAL BUILDING AND FIRE MARSHALL AND WITNESSED BY LANDLORD'S ON-SITE REPRESENTATIVE. LANDLORD'S FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS TO LANDLORD'S FIRE ALARM SYSTEM AT THE TENANT'S SOLE COST AND EXPENSE. THESE PLANS MAY BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION ONLY AFTER APPROVAL IS OBTAINED FROM THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT FIRE ALARM PLAN CHECK DIVISION AND THAT DIVISION'S STAMPED APPROVAL AND AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE APPEAR ON THE PLANS. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH ALL TRADES INCLUDED BUT NOT LIMITED TO MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, FIRE SPRINKLER, AND STRUCTURAL CONTRACTORS. INSTALL ALL WORK TO CLEAR NEW AND EXISTING ARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. NO ITEM SUCH AS PIPE, DUCT, ETC. IS TO BE IN CONTACT WITH ANY CIRCUITING INDICATED ON PLAN IS PARTIALLY DIAGRAMMATIC FOR CLARITY. CIRCUITING SHALL BE "THRU-WIRING" WHERE AND WHENEVER POSSIBLE. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS OF ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ORDERING RELATED ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. 3. ALL RECEPTACLE CIRCUITS UP TO 100'-0" SHALL UTILIZE #12 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. ALL RECEPTACLE AND LIGHTING CIRCUITS FROM 100'-1" TO 150'-0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #10 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. ALL RECEPTACLE CIRCUITS 150'-1" UP TO 250'-0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #8 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. CIRCUITS ABOVE 250'-0" SHALL UTILIZE #6 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. 4. PLACEMENT OF ALL RECEPTACLES IN THE SALES AREA SHALL BE INTENTIONAL (I.E. - CENTERED ON COLUMNS, WALL FEATURES OR TIGHT TO CORNERS), UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. IF THE RECEPTACLE IS NOT SHOWN IN A DESIRABLE LOCATION, FIELD VERIFY EXACT PLACEMENT OF RECEPTACLE WITH LS PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO ROUGH IN. 5. ALL RECEPTACLES AND COVERS (DUPLEX, QUADRAPLEX, ETC) SHALL BE THE COLORS AS NOTED IN THE ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN NOTES AND 6. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED FOR A FULLY COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEM. 8. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DEMOLITION WORK AND EXACT FIXTURE LOCATIONS. 9. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CUT SHEETS TO LSD&C FOR ALL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES FURNISHED BY THE CONTRACTOR THAT DEVIATE FROM SPECIFIED ITEM FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO THE PURCHASE OF ANY SUCH EQUIPMENT OR DEVICES. 10. THE FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO FIELD VERIFY THE EXACT LOCATION OF SMOKE DETECTORS AND FIRE ALARM INTERFACE PANEL IN TENANT'S DEMISED PREMISES PRIOR TO SUBMITTING HIS OR HER BID. NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION WILL BE MADE FOR ANY EXTRAS DUE TO CONTRACTOR'S FAILURE TO VISIT THE JOB SITE AND/OR FAILURE TO PREDETERMINE ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING HIS OR HER BID. 11. ACCESS TO ALL COMPONENTS AND EQUIPMENT MUST BE PROVIDED TO MEET CODE AND SERVICE/MAINTENANCE EASE. 12. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY WITH LOCAL CODES AS TO THE REQUIREMENT/INSTALLATION OF THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. 13. UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK, CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THE PROPER WORKING ORDER OF THE SYSTEM(S) AND MAKE ANY ADJUSTMENTS AS REQUIRED. 14. FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE UL/ULC LISTED FIRE STOPPING SYSTEMS AROUND ALL CONDUIT PENETRATIONS THROUGH RATED WALLS. 15. FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR PULLING LOW VOLTAGE PERMIT. SENSOR/THERMOSTAT/ CARBON MONOXIDE ELECTRONICALLY OPERATED DAMPER W/ TOGGLE DISCONNECT SINGLE GANG BOX (2"x4") FOR SENSOR/THERMOSTAT/CARBON MONOXIDE WITH FACE FLUSH TO DRYWALL REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR SPECIFICATIONS. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SHUT -DOWN RELAY -1°-1- !)- y QZ W 4 =OrDWWW WUate=yO y�1; a. < COZZWQOO y= VW - U < CH- O NCZQIW-ZO w i j m Uxc<Wo'�WdZw,x--ywW - W W• aC3 r1; dNyCyZ a] o wz�"�O • ¢ � w1-zm a � � also m :lc -D 2_rirz•- Wya41Z�wiE ~CO:Q N aC E:• .. zzc�O Z aZZ OO K O V i� C ZU N Q- m WWyWW O 11 : O OW 4 OyO. g .0 OSo o < 523 i_W rZ W -ayW xoo_1-c>ci a < i0 11- ACCESS TO ALL COMPONENTS AND EQUIPMENT MUST BE PROVIDED TO MEET CODE AND SERVICE/MAINTENANCE EASE. WHERE DRYWALL CEILINGS ARE USED IN THE "SALES" AREA, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ARRANGE CIRCUITS TO AVOID THE USE OF JUNCTION BOXES IN INACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS. THE USE OF JUNCTION BOXES ABOVE DRYWALL CEILINGS SHALL BE LIMITED TO LOCATIONS NEAR ACCESS FRAMES USED FOR DIFFUSERS AND RETURN AIR GRILLES OR ACCESS PANELS AS LOCATED ON PLANS. IF PLAN LOCATION IS NOT ACCEPTABLE, IMMEDIATELY CONTACT LSD&C PROJECT MANAGER. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A COMPLETE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM LAYOUT AS REQUIRED BY THE AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION AND ALL APPLICABLE CODES, AND COMPATIBLE WITH THE LANDLORD'S FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO INQUIRE WITH THE LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE ON ANY FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS IN USE AT THE MALL AT THE TIME OF BID. IF THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IS NOT ADEQUATELY DESCRIBED ON THE DRAWINGS, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR INFORMING THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND INCLUDE THE COST AS A SEPARATE LINE IN BID. NO ADDITIONAL MONIES SHALL BE AWARDED FOR TIE-IN REQUIREMENTS TO A LANDLORD'S FIRE ALARM SYSTEM THAT IS IN EXISTENCE AT THE TIME OF BID, WITHOUT A SEPARATE LINE ITEM. 9. ANY PENETRATION THROUGH THE ROOF OR WALL WITH CONTROL WIRING MUST BE SLEEVED IN A CONDUIT. 10. ALL 24 VOLT COMMUNICATION AND/OR SENSOR WIRING ASSOCIATED WITH HVAC SYSTEM SHALL BE FURNISHED BY HVAC EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS SHALL BE BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. ALL WIRING AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF THE ADOPTED ELECTRICAL CODE, JURISDICTION APPROVED CODE AND AMENDMENTS, AND LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. 11. FURNISH AND INSTALL GROUND WIRE CONNECTION (BY-PASS) BETWEEN WATER METER PLUMBING END PIPE USING CLAMP CONNECTORS. MAKE SURE PLUMBING METALLIC WATER PIPE IS SECURELY GROUNDED AS PER THE ADOPTED ELECTRICAL CODE, JURISDICTION APPROVED CODE AND AMENDMENTS. INCLUDES BATTERY BACK-UP FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD ALL FINAL SEQUENCES OF OPERATION. CASHWRAP - POWER WIRING AND CONDUIT / PULL STRING ROWNG GRILLE - INTERLOCK AND BARREL SWITCH MOUNT CENTER OF DEVICE AT 48" AFF DEVICE SHALL BE WALL MOUNTED. MOUNT CENTER OF LENS AT 80" AFF. CANDELA RATING BY FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR. DEVICE SHALL BE WALL MOUNTED. MOUNT CENTER OF LENS AT 80" AFF. CANDELA RATING BY FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR. DEVICE SHALL BE CEILING MOUNTED. CANDELA RATING BY FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR. DEVICE SHALL BE CEILING MOUNTED. CANDELA RATING BY FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR. DEVICE SHALL BE MOUNTED ABOVE THE CEILING. RATING BY FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR. DREAMSTEAMER - POWER WIRING AND CONDUIT / PULL STRING WHITE FOR LIGHT COLOR CEILINGS. BLACK FOR DARK COLOR CEILINGS. IFS ENCLOSURE FURNISHED BY LS AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS HEREIN DESCRIBED: 12.a. EQUIPMENT NOTED HAS BEEN PREPURCHASED BY LIMITED STORE DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION. 12.b. UNIT WILL BE SHIPPED TO THE PROJECT IN MULTIPLE SECTIONS AND THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR OFF-LOADING OF EQUIPMENT, INSPECTION OF EQUIPMENT FOR DAMAGES, VERIFICATION OF EQUIPMENT RECEIVED, ENSURING THAT THE EQUIPMENT RECEIVED IS COMPLETE AND MEETS THE SCHEDULED PANELS FOR THE PROJECT, MOVING AND MOUNTING OF SECTIONS AS WELL AS REASSEMBLING OF SAME INTO ONE COMPLETE UNIT PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. 12.c. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS TO CONNECT ALL PROVIDED INTERCONNECTING CABLES BETWEEN SECTIONS AND TORQUE CONNECTIONS PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. 12.d. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS TO CONNECT LIGHTING BRANCH CIRCUITS TO APPROPRIATE LOAD TERMINALS PROVIDED WITHIN IFS ENCLOSURE PER LIGHTING ZONES INDICATED IN THE PANEL SCHEDULE (I.E: ZONE A, B, C, AND D). UNE SIDE WIRING AND LIGHTING CONTROL WIRING WILL BE PREWIRED BY MANUFACTURER AT FACTORY. COORDINATE EXACT TERMINAL NUMBER FOR EACH CIRCUIT CONNECTION WITH MANUFACTURER'S DRAWINGS. 12.e. ALL LIGHTING, RECEPTACLE, AND MISCELLANEOUS BRANCH CIRCUITS NOT SPECIFIED AS BEING CONTROLLED ARE TO BE WIRED DIRECTLY TO THE CORRESPONDING BRANCH BREAKER IN THE DESIGNATED PANEL 12.f. ALL CONNECTIONS WITHIN THE TELEPHONE/DATA SECTION AND HVAC CONTROL SECTION OF THE IFS ENCLOSURE ARE TO BE PERFORMED BY OTHERS. 13. CENTER ALL FIXTURES IN CEILING TILE WHERE APPLICABLE INCLUDING FAUX 2X2 GRID NOT CENTERED IN 2X4 TILE. 14. THE ELECTRICAL AND TELEPHONE SERVICES SHALL BE INSTALLED TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SERVING UTILITIES. THE MAIN SERVICE SHALL BE ABLE TO WITHSTAND THE AVAILABLE SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT INDICATED (AIC) ON THE ONE -LINE DIAGRAM. 15. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CUT SHEETS TO LSD&C FOR ALL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES FURNISHED BY THE CONTRACTOR THAT DEVIATE FROM SPECIFIED ITEM FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO THE PURCHASE OF ANY SUCH EQUIPMENT OR DEVICES. 16. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ARCHITECT FOR LOCATION, RESTRICTION, AND REQUIREMENTS OF ALL CONCRETE SAW CUTS. SAW CUTS SHALL BE PATCHED TO MATCH EXISTING CONCRETE. REVISIONS: REQUIRED BY: 17. UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK, CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THE PROPER WORKING ORDER OF THE SYSTEM(S) AND MAKE ANY ADJUSTMENTS AS REQUIRED. LUTRON GRAFIK EYE DIMMING SYSTEM. SEE SHEET E05.01 FOR MORE INFORMATION. X = # OF GRAFIK EYE ZONES. ROOM CONTROLLER DIMMING SYSTEM. SEE SHEET E05.02 FOR MORE INFORMATION. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHOWN IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO HIRE MALL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM LAYOUT AS PER MALL, CITY, NFPA CODE REQUIREMENTS, AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS FROM THE AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THIS PROJECT. FIELD VERIFY AND COORDINATE ALL RELATED REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO BID AND WORK COMMENCEMENT. SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED . RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA SEP 012011 PERMIT CENTER DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 CDH CDH DFG ANY ITEM NOT SHOWN IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTOR. ELECTRICAL SY BOLS LEGEND CI JUNCTION BOX FOR WATER HEATER ELECTRICAL CONNECTION. INSTALL 20A, 2 POLE 'AC' TOGGLE DISCONNECT FURNISHED BY LSD&C. (2)#12 & (1)#12 GROUND IN 1/2" CONDUIT. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND RELATED REQUIREMENTS WITH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO WORK COMMENCEMENT. 0 KEYPAD FOR PAGING SYSTEM, MOUNTED AT 48" AFF, ON WALL AND CONNECTED TO MODEM PANEL REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE FOR INSTALLATION. TELEPHONE OUTLET IN WALL. INSTALL EMPTY 3/4" CONDUIT, WITH PULLWIRE, BACK TO TELCO SECTION OF IFS ENCLOSURE. TELEPHONE WIRE AND #RJ14C JACK FOR TWO LINE TELEPHONE BY OTHERS. MOUNT AT 42" AFF, EXCEPT AS NOTED ON PLANS. O INSTALL DELIVERY BUZZER SYSTEM AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. LSD&C SHALL FURNISH COMPLETE EDWARDS DELIVERY BUZZER SYSTEM COMPLETE WITH TRANSFORMER, BUZZERS MOUNTED AT 96" AFF IN NON SALES (LARGE GRAY) AND AT 10" AT CASHWRAPS (SMALLER FINNED VERSION), LOUVERED COVERPLATES, AND PUSHBUTTON MOUNTED AT 48" AFF. (WEATHERPROOF FOR OUTSIDE LOCATIONS). ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE NECESSARY JUNCTION BOXES, CONDUIT, AND WIRE TO COMPLETELY INSTALL DELIVERY BUZZER SYSTEM. JUNCTION BOXES SHALL BE MOUNTED VERTICALLY. © PROVIDE DEDICATED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AND DATA BOX AT 42" AFF FOR ALL COMPUTER SYSTEM. RECEPTACLE IS A NON -CONTROLLED RECEPTACLE, GREEN IN COLOR, PASS & SEYMOUR 5362GN. COVER PLATE IS WHITE. O MICROWAVE RECEPTACLE 0 42" AFF WHEN COUNTER IS PRESENT, 18" FOR ALL OTHER CASES. IF PLAN LOCATION IS NOT ACCEPTABLE, IMMEDIATELY CONTACT LSD&C PROJECT MANAGER FOR DIRECTION. O RECEPTACLE 0 18" AFF FOR REFRIGERATOR OR VENDING MACHINE. IF PLAN LOCATION IS NOT ACCEPTABLE, IMMEDIATELY CONTACT LSD&C PROJECT MANAGER FOR DIRECTION. O SAW CUT/CORE DRILL AND PATCH FLOOR SLAB AS REQUIRED FOR UNDERSLAB CONDUIT. 10 ELECTRICAL WHIP TYPE CONNECTION FOR HAND DRYER. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH MANUFACTURER INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS PRIOR TO WORK COMMENCEMENT. 11 GFI DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AND COVERPLATE SHALL MATCH WALL COLOR. MOUNT AT 42"AFF. CI JUNCTION BOX AND CODE REQUIRED DISCONNECT SWITCH FOR MOTORIZED ROLL -UP GRILLE ELECTRICAL CONNECTION. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND RELATED REQUIREMENTS WITH LSD&C PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO WORK COMMENCEMENT. CI ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS OF BARREL KEY SWITCHES BEFORE WORK COMMENCEMENT. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CONNECT KEY SWITCH TO CONTROL BOARD AND DOOR LOCK INTERLOCK. 14 ENCLOSURE WITH SENSORMATIC CONTROLLER AND 24 HOUR DEDICATED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED ON VERTICAL FACE OF SOFFIT ABOVE CEILING OR BELOW PLATFORM. ALARM SHALL BE POSITIONED ABOVE RETURN AIR GRILLE. COORDINATE SENSORMATIC FREQUENCY WITH ADJACENT TENANT SENSORMATIC SYSTEMS. SEE SHEETS E02.51. ICI AIR DEVICE OR ACCESS PANEL BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO BE USED AS ACCESS TO EQUIPMENT LOCATED ABOVE CEILING AND/OR FOR TRANSMISSION OF ALARM SOUND. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO ENSURE THAT A MINIMUM UNOBSTRUCTED FREE AREA OF 3' VERTICALLY AND 3' HORIZONTALLY IN ALL DIRECTIONS AROUND EQUIPMENT IS MAINTAINED TO ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF EQUIPMENT. IF THIS FREE AREA CANNOT BE OBTAINED, IMMEDIATELY CONTACT LSD&C'S PROJECT MANAGER FOR DIRECTION. 17 PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX WITH TOGGLE SWITCH DISCONNECT FOR SIGN POWER. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS FOR EXACT LOCATION. 18 fR 19 PROVIDE CEILING RECEPTACLE FOR SIGNAGE. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS FOR EXACT LOCATION. DUPLEX RECEPTACLES FOR EACH ILLUMINATED LETTER OF PINK SIGN. PROVIDED BY OWNER INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS. 21 • ® RE ® M( " REFER TO ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT DATA ON SHEET E05.01 FOR CONDUIT AND WIRE SIZE. 4"X4" JUNCTION BOX MOUNTED AT 60" AFF WITH 1-1/4" CONDUIT (WITH BUSHING) TO CEILING FOR BURGLAR ALARM. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH LSD&C PRIOR TO WORK COMMENCEMENT. INSTALL WALL MOUNTED MOTION DETECTOR AT REAR EXIT AND NEXT TO BURGLAR ALARM AT 7' AFF. VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS WITH LSD&C PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO WORK COMMENCEMENT. KEYPAD FOR BURGLAR SYSTEM, MOUNTED AT 48" AFF, ON WALL, ON HANDLE -SIDE OF NON -SALES DOOR LEADING TO SALES AREA, AND 3/4" CONDUIT FROM JUNCTION BOX TO ABOVE CEILING. INSTALL CEILING MOUNTED MOTION DETECTOR IN EACH STOREFRONT ROOM WITH AN ENTRANCE AND IN FRONT OF EVERY CASHWRAP. VERIFY EXACT COLOR AND LOCATIONS WITH LSD&C PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO WORK COMMENCEMENT. 31 DOOR CONTACT FOR BURGLAR SYSTEM. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL JUNCTION BOX AND 3/4" CONDUIT FROM ABOVE CEILING TO 6" FROM DOOR, ALIGNED WITH TOP OF DOOR FOR SWING DOORS. INSTALL CURTAIN WALL MOUNTED MOTION DETECTOR AT EACH ENTRY/ROLLING GRILLE. VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS WITH LSD&C PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO WORK COMMENCEMENT. MONITORING SENSOR MOUNTED AT 48" AFF. SENSOR TO BE ROUTED BACK TO MONITOR CIRCUIT BOARD. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX NEXT TO IFS PANEL FOR MONITOR CIRCUIT BOARD. PROVIDE AND INSTALL 24 VOLT 150VA TRANSFORMER COMPATIBLE WITH TRANE TRACER MP503 WITH CODE REQUIRED DISCONNECT SWITCH. USB CHARGER RECEPTACLE AND COVERPLATE SHALL BE WHITE. PROVIDE DEEP BACK BOX TO FIT RECEPTACLE PER MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS. FOR RECEPTACLES MOUNTED NEAR BREAK ROOM SINK. THIS IS AN ALWAYS ON RECEPTACLE. PROVIDE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FOR UNDER CABINET LIGHTING. REFER TO DETAIL C/E04.02 FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT AND CIRCUITING INFORMATION. RECEPTACLE IS A CONTROLLED RECEPTACLE, WHITE IN COLOR WITH "CONTROL" SYMBOL, PASS & SEYMOUR 5362CDW. COVER PLATE IS WHITE. RECEPTACLE IS A NON -CONTROLLED RECEPTACLE, GREEN IN COLOR, PASS & SEYMOUR 5362GN. COVER PLATE IS WHITE. COORDINATE LOCATION AND HEIGHT WITH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. , eu z JVM, 9 C ® FLOOR OUTLET W/ LONG EDGE PARALLEL TO STOREFRONT. ® FIRE ALARM DEVICE. A FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IS REQUIRED FOR THE SPACE COMPLETE WITH A FIRE ALARM PANEL (FACP). E.C. SHALL PROVIDE A COMPLETE, PERMITTED, AND FULLY TESTED FIRE ALARM SYSTEM FOR THE SPACE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL LOCAL AND NATIONAL CODES AND LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. THE SPACE FACP SHALL COMMUNICATE WITH THE LANDLORD'S FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. THE LANDLORD'S FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS TO THE LANDLORD'S FIRE ALARM SYSTEM AT TENANT'S EXPENSE. FIELD VERIFY AND COORDINATE PRIOR TO BID AND WORK COMMENCEMENT. BREAKROOM COUNTER -TOP DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AND COVERPLATE SHALL MATCH WALL COLOR. MOUNT AT 42"AFF. THIS IS A CONTROLLED RECEPTACLE, WHITE IN COLOR WITH "CONTROL" SYMBOL, PASS & SEYMOUR 5362CDW. MUST BE PROTECTED BY A GFI CIRCUIT BREAKER IN THE IFS UNIT. NOTE: ALL RECEPTACLES/SWITCHES SHALL BE WHITE IN COLOR WITH THE EXCEPTION OF THE FOLLOWING AREAS, WHICH SHALL HAVE BLACK RECEPTACLES/SWITCHES: GRAND HALL, VSL 1, VSL 2, BEAUTY, CASH WRAP, VS POWDER ROOM, FR ALCOVE B, FR ALCOVE C, EV -A, EV -B, VS TRANSITIONS AND VS DISPLAY WINDOWS. ELECTRICAL POWER AND FIRE ALARM PLAN KEYNOTES NTS 09/25/12 c O B LT TRANSFORMER & PANELS A, B, & C ADJACENT TENANT - N.I.C. CTRL iL B-9 _, 0 v MILL GRESS 0 GFI TO RESTROOM LIGHTS A-4 EF 1 WOMEN'S RESTROOM MDP -1 K E04.02 C1.040:A. TO DATA RACK. B-1 ELECTRICAL B-11 4I► 1 .-A-35 B-3 B-2 ESS/ IVING 0 TO BREAK AREA LIGHTS A-4 EF 2 0 GFI HALLWAY 2 B-12 41) FACP 41) 1 B-29 1r _ FPVAV 3 MDP -5 4D B-35/37 ® 1!� B-27 R' B-31 N'S STROOM B-5 A-33 BREAK AREA GFI 8-25 B-21 r 1 GFI @15' -I B-23 • B-21 0 0 FPVAV 1 STOCK l HALLWAY 1 B-33 ® 0 0 /0. 0 U® VAV-1 2 TYP. MDP -3 FPVAV-3 0 B-20 :3-18 �1 /70_1674 II� I I I I I I Ts, I I I I B-16 FR 4 FPVAV 2 1 A-31 PERS OFFICE B-17 B-19 A •, ili ._._x:.111 411..411 JD I3-14 rT L� 0 0 cc B-22 d. B-24 Ca V B-26 1 w �r 4 CC i r rt J FPVAV-1 ®111 (TYP) PINK 3 A-23 =i==_m-=_ J L— -- 1 1 1 1 1 '1 A-17 TRANS #4 H TRANS #3 II II T II II II II ,J s ®II PINK 2 (TYP.) A-25 II II II II II II TfT II II II TRANS #2 ► A-27 FPVAV-2 B-13 B-1 5 III III 111 III U TO PAGING SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL (TYP.) FR 3 L E04.02 (TYP) A a FR 5 13 a FR 2 FR 6 0E_3 TRANS *5 ALCOVE 1 ..I TYP.) A-29 VEST 1 a -a AFR 1 GF e USS 42° 0 GFI GFI E04.02 31 U55 @36° ADJACENT TENANT N.I.C. "VERIFY ALL FIELD CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BID" ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY MOUNTING I I REQUIREMENTS WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. L L----�L A-19 ® PINK 1 0 (TYP �Y A-9 41; z 4 r I 017 MALL CONCOURSE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN (TYPICAL). SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA SEP 01 2017 PERMIT CENTER N ELECTRICAL POWER AND FIRE ALARM PLAN 1/4" = 1'-0" M-Englneer►ng 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, Ohio 43081 phone: 614.839.4639 fax: 614.839.2222 www.mengineering.us.com z 0 1 U z 0 U z V7 W 0 W 0 I - V7 W 4 y = g0 Q O = Z > Z y y W 2 � � � O C O C W3 l4,ymWoHO$:I �Z W W Q 0 W .'i W C y 0 N= O w 1=- W x O O a Q¢ ::: H zw �''.= VZ�yO G W m NFZa� ����o �o o w3avCi Z�p !:.:: y W m UM a O •� Z U S= fZ_7 a 0 H y 1 W U 0 E V = W U 2 WQC~ p N= il: KdC� az o ZyWG=My •OrCOQOZ¢00- .0-. X039 WZo(o�wa 0 W n HyyW C Lig 1- IS 1n w a0 aLoc ilCOOW�pOZ4 W �- ~ H W 0 Z j i Q y V W00 W � CL � L....,..," -td H a C 6 N 0 awoa0� X:: 0 W Vl Q 8 W a o �oa.a3� WC. I W y 4 C Cd = 14 O G- 1- O p F- Z W Z _ oowac?rn�xo,�a1•-'4U O'4 ONo F- 1-.) N N1- ac0UZ aW pzpW O N J = U V W 0 0 y Z S � 4 ZOQVZ2HC � UW 0-azli= 0 0 ya=owM� ::- V06y^ yyOI U y. 1y.1 H y U cg � Z Z 1yUj = Ns �D Wao~�aUy3yW�z3 'co= wyQU_'UH.=Vl'i 1+.d WC .. W W m U H a^ Z W N il PROJECT INFORMATION: im= W03 co I—Loo �zrn o 0 . IS - z=W° O♦�<M� V♦ va 'o i— W c.)O (17 REVISIONS: REQUIRED BY: DATE DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 CDH CDH DFG ELECTRICAL POWER & FIRE ALARM PLAN DRAWING NUMBER: NOTE: ALL SPEAKER AND SUBWOOFER CABLING IS DAISY -CHAINED IN PARALLEL SPEAKER -TO -SPEAKER WITHIN THE SAME BRAND OF THE STORE. (I.E. PINK SIDE SPEAKER SHALL NOT BE TIED TO VS SIDE SPEAKER.) NOTE: THERE SHALL NOT BE NO MORE THAN (3) CABLES RUNNING TO/FROM EACH SPEAKER. NOTE: MAINTAIN A SINGLE CABLE BETWEEN ROOMS TO AVOID EXCESSIVE CABLE PULLS. SPEAKER -TO -SPEAKER CABLE PULL WITHIN EACH ROOM ARE DISCRETIONARY AS LONG AS EVERY SPEAKER AND SUBWOOFER IS ACCOUNTED FOR. NOTE: WIRELESS AP DEVICES TO BE PLACED WITHIN 35 FEET RADIUS FROM EACH OTHER. KEYPAD FOR LVAN SYSTEM, MOUNTED AT 48" AFF, ON WALL, ON HANDLE -SIDE OF DOOR LEADING TO REAR EXIT, AND 3/4" CONDUIT FROM JUNCTION BOX TO ABOVE CEILING. DOOR CONTACT FOR LVAN SYSTEM. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL JUNCTION BOX AND 3/4" CONDUIT FROM ABOVE CEILING TO 6" FROM DOOR, ALIGNED WITH TOP OF DOOR FOR SWING DOORS. INSTALL BUTTON FOR LVAN SYSTEM INSIDE CASHWRAP. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH LSD&C'S PROJECT MANAGER. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX WITH DOUBLE GANG PLASTER RING AT 48" AFF. FOR VOLUME CONTROL. PROVIDE 1/2" EMPTY CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING TO MUSIC SYSTEM. JUNCTION BOX FOR TRAFFIC COUNTER SHALL BE LOCATED IN AN ACCESSIBLE AREA. REFER TO SHEET E02.01 FOR ACCESS PANEL LOCATION WHEN REQUIRED. WAP SENSOR SHALL BE LOCATED 35 FEET FROM ENTRY DOOR. J -BOX FOR VIDEO DATA. SEE VIDEO WALL DETAIL ON E-04.04 SHEET. ENCLOSURE WITH SENSORMATIC CONTROLLER AND 24 HOUR DEDICATED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED ON VERTICAL FACE OF SOFFIT ABOVE CEILING OR BELOW PLATFORM. ALARM SHALL BE POSITIONED ABOVE RETURN AIR GRILLE. COORDINATE SENSORMATIC FREQUENCY WITH ADJACENT TENANT SENSORMATIC SYSTEMS. SEE SHEET E02.01 FOR POWER REQUIREMENTS. 09/25/12 ADJACENT TENANT - N.I.C. CLOSET (2) DATA CABLES (CAT5e UTP OR SIMILAR) TO NETWORK ROUTER BY LBRANDS IT. PROCESS/ RECEIVING STOCK WOMEN'S RESTROOM TRANS *4 MEN'S RESTROOM SYSTEM ADJACENT TENANT - N.I.C. BREAK AREA TRANS *5 2 PERSON OFFICE RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA SEP 012011 137 PERMIT CENTER M -Engineering 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, Ohio 43081 phone: 614.839.4639 fax: 614.839.2222 www.mengineering.us.com z 0 U z 0 V o z 0 W W 0 M M ef' 0 0 Cl) E O 0 a 0) E J 0) t 1 - N W N Cd ¢ ~ d X 61 W CC CC4.1 N W !Wi Q 01 41 N S g0 U Z W O_ T S z JO 0 W O Z JZH � H !AL 5 1- K -1~O�¢W=WNw30 C W QQ.2‹ ic5.11-' 0ZZ.ZSc. WW `343• a• : Om• =a N 0 U O !i3 1W0li OW~=WWQ r 0 z Kc) • N• 0 iice!) =OoNJFOZJZQV�WZ00�WdOWW1-NNWmS-.C= -mac4N cOO� W Z i ��ooaWtiH Z • O N U N tat Z 0 O N' c S CI W = G. 1- W S 1=-40- • Q N0 H U O t - O Y J d N O C Y Iy = W 0- cc O H 0 Q NSF N 2330 0 AUG 2 5 2017 M o0 O CL N. r J Ci) W Z O O0 -u') M 0 W c PROJECT INFORMATION: W CL0 C.) REVISIONS: REQUIRED BY: DATE DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 CDH CDH DFG ELECTRICAL LOW VOLTAGE PLAN DRAWING NUMBER: 1 CABLE IDENTIFICATION TABLE CABLE DESCRIPTION/TYPE PURPOSE / —— . N 16AWG / 2 CONDUCTOR SINGLE TWISTED PAIR, PLENUM LOUDSPEAKER / -- N\ CRESTON DM -CBL -ULTRA -P SHIELDED CAT7, PLENUM VIDEO SIGNAL & VOLUME CONTROL �- —.....N \ CAT5e OR CAT6 UTP NETWORK 09/25/12 ADJACENT TENANT - N.I.C. CLOSET (2) DATA CABLES (CAT5e UTP OR SIMILAR) TO NETWORK ROUTER BY LBRANDS IT. PROCESS/ RECEIVING STOCK WOMEN'S RESTROOM TRANS *4 MEN'S RESTROOM SYSTEM ADJACENT TENANT - N.I.C. BREAK AREA TRANS *5 2 PERSON OFFICE RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA SEP 012011 137 PERMIT CENTER M -Engineering 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, Ohio 43081 phone: 614.839.4639 fax: 614.839.2222 www.mengineering.us.com z 0 U z 0 V o z 0 W W 0 M M ef' 0 0 Cl) E O 0 a 0) E J 0) t 1 - N W N Cd ¢ ~ d X 61 W CC CC4.1 N W !Wi Q 01 41 N S g0 U Z W O_ T S z JO 0 W O Z JZH � H !AL 5 1- K -1~O�¢W=WNw30 C W QQ.2‹ ic5.11-' 0ZZ.ZSc. WW `343• a• : Om• =a N 0 U O !i3 1W0li OW~=WWQ r 0 z Kc) • N• 0 iice!) =OoNJFOZJZQV�WZ00�WdOWW1-NNWmS-.C= -mac4N cOO� W Z i ��ooaWtiH Z • O N U N tat Z 0 O N' c S CI W = G. 1- W S 1=-40- • Q N0 H U O t - O Y J d N O C Y Iy = W 0- cc O H 0 Q NSF N 2330 0 AUG 2 5 2017 M o0 O CL N. r J Ci) W Z O O0 -u') M 0 W c PROJECT INFORMATION: W CL0 C.) REVISIONS: REQUIRED BY: DATE DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 CDH CDH DFG ELECTRICAL LOW VOLTAGE PLAN DRAWING NUMBER: 1 SWITCHED 120V FROM OCCUPANCY SENSOR TO LIGHTS CORRIDOR LTS SWITCHING WIRING SCHEMATIC NOTE: LENGTH OF FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT, MC TYPE CABLE, OR AC90(CANADA) MAY EXCEED 6'-0" IF ALLOWED BY LANDLORD. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS. NOTE: REFER TO SHEET E04.01 FOR ELECTRICAL LIGHTING SCHEDULE, LIGHT DESCRIPTIONS. AND CONSTRUCTION NOTES. NOTE: REFER TO SHEET E05.01 FOR PANEL SCHEDULE AND LIGHTING ZONE DESIGNATIONS. NOTE: ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL SHEETS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND INSTALLATION DETAILS FOR SUSPENDED LIGHTING IN NON -SALES AREA. NOTE: GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY CEILING FIRE RATING WITH ARCHITECT, AND BOX OR TENT ALL RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURES, IF REQUIRED, TO MAINTAIN CEILING FIRE RATING. NOTE: ALL RECEPTACLES/SWITCHES SHALL BE WHITE IN COLOR WITH THE EXCEPTION OF THE FOLLOWING AREAS, WHICH SHALL HAVE BLACK RECEPTACLES/SWITCHES: GRAND HALL, VNL 1, VNL 2, BEAUTY, CASH WRAP, VS POWDER ROOM, FR ALCOVE B, FR ALCOVE C, EV -A, EV -B, VS TRANSITIONS AND VS DISPLAY WINDOWS. NOTE: "SL" DENOTES NIGHT TIME SECURITY LIGHTS ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL OCCUPANCY MOTION SENSOR SWITCH FOR CONTROL OF LIGHTS AS SHOWN. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SET SWITCH FOR 15 MINUTES. MOUNT AT 48"AFF. 0 BREAK -OFF CIRCUIT. O3 JUNCTION BOX INSTALLED AT THE CENTERLINE OR MOUNTING PLATE OF WALL SCONCE. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS. PROVIDE VACANCY SENSOR TO AUTOMATICALLY TURN OFF LIGHTING WITHIN 20 MINUTES OF ALL OCCUPANTS LEAVING THE SPACE. O5 FURNISH AND INSTALL JUNCTION BOX, TOGGLE DISCONNECT SWITCH IN NON-VISIBLE LOCATION. MOUNT AND MAKE FINAL CONNECTION TO 120 VOLT/12VDC CLASS 2 POWER SUPPLY PER POWER SUPPLY INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. THE LED SIGN ILLUMINATION SYSTEM TO BE INSTALLED PER N.E.C. ARTICLE 600 AS APPLICABLE AND SPECIFICALLY ARTICLE 600.33. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF JUNCTION BOX, SWITCH, AND POWER SUPPLY. (REUSE EXISTING JUNCTION BOX AND CONDUIT INTO SPACE IF ALREADY INSTALLED. VERIFY IN FIELD EXACT LOCATION ON STORE FRONT OR VOID SPACE). © REFER TO SHEET E02.01 FOR POWER REQUIREMENTS. O7 LIGHT FIXTURES TO BE INSTALLED IN MILLWORK FIXTURE, NOT IN CEILING. VERIFY WITH LSD&C. 10 TO TASK LIGHT LIGHTING RECEPTACLE ON POWER SHEET E -201/E-202. SWITCHING RELAY, DELTROL, MODEL 266F, OR EQUAL, MOUNTED IN A 4 X 4 X 4 BOX. PROVIDED BY E.C. SEE WIRING ON SHEET E-302. 12 LIGHT FIXTURES TO BE INSTALLED IN VALANCE ABOVE MILLWORK FIXTURE, NOT IN CEILING. VERIFY WITH LSD&C. 13 ROOM LIGHTING CONTROLLER, WALL SWITCH, AND VACANCY SENSOR. REFER TO SHEET E05.02. ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN KEYNOTES 0c1/25/I2 12VDC POWER SUPPLY FOR STORE FRONT SIGN. CLOSET —N. (SL) (SL) �µ'J (SL) (SL) (KD (SL) (KD PINK 2 (SL) KD (SL) "" (SL) (SL) L'�") (SL) (SL) TS)25'-1O' HALLWAY 2 T5:24 -2 T5:25'-10' T5:15' -O' TS:19'-O' 430 0 0 ' T522'-4" 0 0© 4 ©Cs © © © Co HALLWAY 1 QA2 A-2 A-2 (EM/SL) A-11 ► — /11.11111. w�rn>•�w n�w� ��r ==== -II Ir== (EM/NL) VEST A-6 A-2 1 TRANS *4 (EM) JJ X, os U r2L _I I 1 f — i SW #1 1 (EM) -- IIFR 6 TRANS *5 ADJACENT TENANT - N.I.C. QA1 ALCOVE 1 2 (EM) PERSON OFFICE ER�gRarF APP 'N RFQUIgFDD RECEIVED CIN OF TUKWILA SEP 012011 PERMIT CENTER M-Engineer!ng 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, Ohio 43081 phone: 614.839.4639 fax: 614.839.2222 www.mengineering.us.com Z N M M 0 U o; DCt or chs(0 E Z E. O • U 0O O z 3~ r 6-.t a4 W -a r 0 .a) c� w .E cc 1 O tr)i- I— bnJ Wy Q CC ~ Z WO W yyy�� W W g 2 Z J W Z y n W Z = Q WWy = y U Z Q O y W p Oa U = U 0r La v U O U LI -CC O- W CL K UW y Z Z U W Q W -0a 1,7 0 — 0 s WCC Ca BE 0 < W 0 cc Cc W W CL d H - y WCC L DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION, INC. �j 1O_1..� Q W Q CL O Z C " W N ::: 1- W 0 U E � D 6. d 3 00' W S4.1:!('' 1 G , - 0 CM CI SW a Z = 0 0 U Q 0��1 ~ W U 6jO�cN W O y H U yU-OQ0WrN 0WWm0 ,-OWZax��2C � d 2 1-�r�U1- dSU<C2 V C NCL.I d C U H F- O ., CL 2 � O�U ONN ei W C:>E13-: I-- I-- W 0 .U.1 zN20::; az~C 7 o 1-V OW1-..= H y 2 - 1- � r-1"'xW Vj:15 4 U_' H Y WO : O � CL C GVW Q U.� 601.2 JW y AUG. 2 5 2017 J Y O) W Z O — op O °- 0 w INFORMATION v W 0 ce 0 J —J CC M 00 W ex co F-0Wco Z " Z O) �Z lamp I'm O ' Cl) IC2 i - REVISIONS: REQUIRED BY: v W O a 0 DATE DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 CDH CDH DFG ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN DRAWING NUMBER: CEILING TO FITTING ROOMS RACO BOXES PULL BOX 1" CONDUIT / IFS CONTROLS ENCLOSURE /, // // ,/ // // // // // FLOOR 4 0 0 SECONDARY SENSOR/BACK BOX 0 u TELEPHONE ID 12X12 PLYWOOD FOR TELEPHONE DEMARC BOARD NON SALES OUTSIDE FITTING ROOM SALES 7c PRIMARY SENSOR/BACK BOX DRYWALL INSIDE FITTING ROOM FITTING ROOMS OUTSIDE FITTING ROOM - O 1 PRIMARY SENSOR/BACK BOX DRYWALL INSIDE FITTING ROOM ACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOMS i i -1- CEILING ELEVATION EQUAL EQUAL R BACK BOX PLACEMENT 2' O"- 7 -2'O" TI IT T 1 / n n 9" FITTING ROOM PAGING SYSTEM CODED NOTES 0 CONTROL PANEL FOR PAGING SYSTEM, MOUNTED ON PLYWOOD BACKBOARD WHICH IS 90" AFF. 0 SINGLE PHASE DEDICATED CIRCUIT TO A PASS & SEYMOUR RECEPTACLE, IN A SINGLE 3/4" CONDUIT BACK TO PANELBOARD SECTION OF THE SWITCHGEAR. DO NOT SHARE ANY PART OF THIS CIRCUIT WITH ANY OTHER BRANCH CIRCUITS. PLACE OUTLET WITHIN 4' OF PAGING SYSTEM PANEL. 03 WIRE IS CAT 5e, PLENUM RATED, 4 PAIR, 24 AWG CABLE HOME RUN FROM PANEL TO EACH FITTING ROOM PRIMARY SENSOR/BACK BOX. WIRE SUPPLIED BY PAGING SYSTEM VENDOR. WIRED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR AND TERMINATED BY PAGING SYSTEM VENDOR. INSTALL IN CONDUIT IF REQUIRED BY CODE. RACO 4" SQUARE BACK BOX #232 WITH MUD RING #8767. O 1" CONDUIT SHALL BE RUN FROM CEILING BOX DOWN WALL ADJACENT TO LATCH SIDE OF DOOR, TERMINATION AT 50" AFF. REQUIRES 3 CABLE DROPS FROM THE PRIMARY BACK BOX FOR THE BUTTONS/DOOR CONTACTS IN EACH FITTING ROOM. WIRE SUPPLIED BY PAGING SYSTEM VENDOR, INSTALLED BY EC, TERMINATED BY PAGING SYSTEM VENDOR. © CAT 5e WIRE. JUMPER FROM PRIMARY SENSOR/BACK BOX TO SECONDARY SENSOR/BACK BOX WHERE IT EXISTS. WIRE SUPPLIED BY PAGING SYSTEM VENDOR, INSTALLED BY EC, TERMINATED BY PAGING SYSTEM VENDOR. 1" CONDUIT SHOULD GO NO LOWER THAN 50" AFF CABLE DROP FOR MAGNETIC DOOR SENSOR SWITCH -SIDE VIEW GYP. BD. 3/4" HOLE DRILLED BY G.C. PINK FITTING ROOM 2 1/4" 3'-6" OFF INSIDE EDGE OF JAMB SWITCH -FRONT ELEVATION 2" 3" CALL BUTTON FOR PINK FITTING ROOMS ONLY THIS DETAIL IS DIAGRAMMATIC. REFER TO PLAN FOR ACTUAL LOCATION OF ELEMENTS. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS FOR BUTTON SUPPORT AND MOUNTING. FITTING ROOM PAGING SYSTEM TO TELEPHONE DEMARC -1 POWER CIRCUIT (2) 3/4" CONDUIT BY EC, IN WALL --� 3/8"=9'-O" OED -E0402 -L01 -PAGE L 02/27/17 HUBBELL, RECEPTACLE LID, (1) SA3825 CONNECT TO CIRCUIT SHOWN ON POWER PLAN. CODED NOTES SINGLE GANG CAST IRON FLOOR BOX. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE. NON SALES DATA RACK 3 CASH WRAP BACK WRAP 1 M-Englneering 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, Ohio 43081 phone: 614.839.4639 fax: 614.839.2222 wvvw.mengineering.us.com 2 CUT AND PATCH FLOOR AS REQUIRED TO ROUTE CONDUIT TO WALL AS SHOWN. ROUTE UP INSIDE WALL TO CEILING SPACE AND CONNECT TO PANEL LOCATED INSIDE IFS ENCLOSURE. REFER TO POWER PLAN AND PANEL SCHEDULES FOR CIRCUIT DESIGNATIONS. HINGED SIDE OF DATA AND MUSIC RACKS FLOOR HUBBELL, DOUBLE GANG FLOOR BOX, (1) BA2436 PINK - BRASS FLOOR BOX (A) VS - ALUMINUM FLOOR BOX (BA) REFER TO POWER PLAN FOR FLOOR BOX TYPE. GC SHALL ENSURE THAT TOP OF BOX IS FLUSH WITH TOP OF FLOOR FINISH. CAMERA SYSTEM NOTES 0 (2) 2-1/2" CONDUITS AND PULL STRING FROM 12X12 JUNCTION BOX ABOVE CEILING TO DATA CABINET. O PROVIDE 1/2" CONDUIT AND PULLSTRING FROM 4X4 JUNCTION BOX TO BE STUBBED UP INTO CASHWRAP FOR PUSH-BUTTON INSTALLATION. (CONDUIT SHALL RUN ADJACENT TO OTHER CONDUIT IN CASHWRAP). O3 LVAN CAMERA SYSTEM PUSH-BUTTON TO BE INSTALLED INSIDE OF CASHWRAP AT END OF CASHWRAP. PROVIDE DOOR CONTACTOR AT REAR EXIT DOOR. 05 IF REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE, FURNISH AND INSTALL 4X4 JUNCTION BOX AT EACH CAMERA DEVICE WITH 1/2" CONDUIT BACK TO 12x12 J -BOX. © 12X12 JUNCTION BOX ABOVE CEILING. RUN 2-1/2" CONDUITS IN WALL TO TERMINATE INTO THE 10X10 J -BOX BEHIND DATA CABINET. KEYPAD PROVIDED AT INSIDE OF REAR DOOR MOUNTED WITH TOP AT 48" A.F.F. PROVIDE 4X4 JUNCTION BOX ABOVE CEILING AT KEYPAD LOCATION WITH 1/2" CONDUIT AND PULLSTRING DOWN WALL TERMINATING NO LOWER THAN 50" A.F.F. CONTROLLER DEVICE IS MOUNTED TO THE FACE OF THE JUNCTION BOX. CONNECT 4X4 JUNCTION BOX TO 8X8 JUNCTION BOX ABOVE CAMERA SYSTEM WITH 1/2" CONDUIT AND PULLSTRING. ENSURE THAT A MINIMUM 18X18 ACCESS PANEL PANEL IS PROVIDED IN CEILING FOR CONTROLLER. O PROVIDE 4X4 JUNCTION BOX ABOVE CEIUNG OF CAMERA CABINET CONNECTED TO 12X12 JUNCTION BOX WITH 3/4" CONDUIT AND PULLSTRING. THIS DETAIL IS DIAGRAMMATIC. REFER TO PLAN FOR ACTUAL LOCATION OF ELEMENTS. FLOOR BOX RECEPTACLE 05D-E0402-K00-RECP 05/30/16 CAMERA SYSTEM - LVAN 05D-E0402-DOO-CMSY 04/06/17 THIS DETAIL IS DIAGRAMMATIC. REFER TO PLAN FOR ACTUAL LOCATION OF ELEMENTS. FOR INFORMATION REGARDING LOW VOLTAGE AND TELEPHONE SYSTEMS CONTACT LIMITED TECHNICAL SERVICES (LTS) AT 1-614-415-5285. 3/4" EMPTY CONDUIT WITH PULLWIRE FOR HVAC CONTROL SYSTEM 1 IFS CONTROLS ENCLOSURE CEILING ,- MOTION SENSOR SWITCH 1 IN BREAK AREA TRANE CTRLR BACK CASH WRAP WRA J -BOX FOR DATA (NEUTRAL) N o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�j1 1 II I '°' °>f I I�111 1 11;Ill { --}—�--�- 1.11I . 10I111 1 1°1 IIl t 11 .n �1 11 }° 1 11 PLYWOOD BACKING BY EC. WALL FASTENERS BY EC EQ. CABINET SWING OPEN CLEARANCE. MUSIC/ VIDEO RACK CEILING NON SALES NOTE: NOT ALL LOCATIONS WILL INCLUDE ALL SENSORS. (T, S, CO2, H). 1. IF (T) OR (S) & (CO2) ARE LOCATED TOGETHER THEN MOUNT AS SHOWN WITH (CO2) DIRECTLY ABOVE 0+4" FROM TOP OF (S) TO BOTTOM OF (CO2). 2. IF TWO (5) OR (T) ARE LOCATED TOGETHER, MOUNT BOTH AT HEIGHT SHOWN AND EQUIDISTANT FROM CORNER AND ANY CABINET TRIM AND BETWEEN EACH DEVICE. 3. MOUNT (H) ON CEILING. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION WITH CEILING PLAN. (NEUTRAL) N 120V (LINE) L MOTION SENSOR SWITCH IN RESTROOM (TYP) 0- w 0 MW mwm Q = ~ ~1-0 0040- W 2�zooa C 5E 4 0 H4 h- G Z= N U gE W O O V cc = Z W = a - - Q cc 6 0- 0 EM. BALLAST LIGHTING LOAD TRANE CTRLR DATA RACK FLOOR 30" MINIMUM 14" TO 16" CLEARANCE REQUIRED. THIS DETAIL IS DIAGRAMMATIC. REFER TO PLAN FOR ACTUAL LOCATION OF ELEMENTS. REFER TO OTHER DETAILS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION LOCATE FACING AWAY FROM ENTRY. RESTROOM. EXHAUST FAN LV RISER NOTES LIGHTING LOAD EM. BALLAST CABINET SWING ARC EC TO PROVIDE (1) NEMA 5-20 QUAD ON DEDICATED 20 AMP 120VAC CIRCUIT, (2) LAN PORTS & (1) 10" x 10" JUNCTION BOX AT EQUIPMENT RACK LOCATION. G.C. TO VERIFY EXACT LOCATION DATA RACK MOUNTING DETAIL COOLING LOAD: 1,900 BTU/HR USE MANUFACTURER'S SHOP DRAWINGS FOR FINAL INSTALLATION. O 3/4" CONDUIT AND PULL STRING FROM FROM TELEPHONE DEMARC TO THE DATA RACK. 2 PROVIDE 1/2" CONDUIT AND PULLSTRING FROM TRANE CONTROLLER IN THE IFS UNIT TO THE DATA RACK, FOR NETWORK CABLE. 0 12" X 12" PLYWOOD BOARD FOR TELEPHONE DEMARC. ® LANDLORD TELEPHONE CONDUIT STUBBED INTO LEASE SPACE. DATA CABINET INSTALLATION DETAIL 05D -E0402 -P01 -DATA MUSIC/VIDEO RACK: MUSIC SYSTEM; VIDEO DISPLAY SYSTEM. TRANE CTRLR: LIGHTING CONTROL; HVAC CONTROL DATA RACK: TELEPHONE SYSTEM; INTERNET ROUTERS; POS SYSTEM; LVAN CAMERA SYSTEM; WAP SYSTEM; ALL SYSTEM; TRAFFIC COUNTERS. NOTE: 1/2" CONDUIT IN WALL TO ABOVE CEILING FOR BULLET SENSOR. JUNCTION BOX AND 1/2" CONDUIT IN WALL TO ABOVE CEILING FOR CO2 SENSOR. LOW VOLTAGE EQUIPMENT RISER 05D-E0402-K00-LVRI 04/06/17 SENSOR MOUNTING DETAIL - PKG 1 05D-E0402-FOO-TSMD SCHEMATIC FOR 2 R.R EXHAUST FAN 07/31/15 05D-E0402-BOO-XFAN E3 05/06/11 AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM GENERAL NOTES 1. ANY CONDUIT DESIGNATED FOR 70V SPEAKER CABLES SHALL ONLY CONTAIN SUCH TYPE. NO OTHER LOW VOLTAGE CABLES/WIRE SHALL BE BUNDLED WITH OR IN A SHARED CONDUIT WITH 70V SPEAKER CABLES. 2. ALL AUDIO AND VIDEO CABLES SHALL BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED AS INDICATED 014 RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE. AUDIO AND VIDEO CABLES SHALL BE PROVIDED BY MS VENDOR PRIOR TO CEIUNG ROUGH -IN FOR INSTALLATION BY EC. ALL DATA CABLES AND LAN PORTS SHALL BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY TELECOMMUNICATION VENDOR. 3. ALL SPEAKERS WITHIN 10'-0" OF A CASHWRAP SHALL BE TAPPED AT 3.8W AS NOTED ON MS VENDOR'S SHOP DRAWINGS. 4. FITTING ROOM ALCOVE SPEAKERS SHALL SHARE THE MUSIC PROGRAM OF THEIR RESPECTIVE DESIGNATED BRAND. VS MUSIC SHALL BE PROPERLY ROUTED TO VS DESIGNATED FITTING ROOMS AND PINK MUSIC SHALL BE PROPERLY ROUTED TO DESIGNATED PINK FITTING ROOMS. 8"X8" J -BOX AT ACCESSIBLE CEIUNG BY EC (2)1-1/4" CONDUIT BY EC (1) FOR SPKR CBLS (1) FOR DATA CBLS EQUIPMENT CABINET BACKPAN (2) 3/4" CONDUITS BY EC PLYWOOD BACKING BY EC. EQUIPMENT CABINET SWING OPEN CLEARANCE (1) CAT7 CABLE TO A/V CABINET. 5. ALL AUDIO AND VIDEO SPECIFIC CABLES SHALL BE INSTALLED BY EC PER MS VENDOR'S SITE SPECIFIC SHOP DRAWINGS WITHOUT ANY DEVIATIONS. SPEAKERS SHALL BE DAISY -CHAINED WHERE INDICATED. CABLE HOMERUNS TO AUDIO/VIDEO EQUIPMENT CABINET SHALL BE PULLED INTO CABINET AND PROPERLY IDENTIFIED. CABLES SHALL THEN BE TERMINATED TO EQUIPMENT BY MS VENDOR. 6. GC SHALL INSTALL SPEAKER PRE-INSTALLED BRACKETS FOR ALL SPEAKERS AND SUBWOOFERS IN GYPSUM WALLBOARD CEILINGS. PRE -INSTALL BRACKETS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY MS VENDOR PRIOR TO CEILING ROUGH IN. 3/4" CONDUIT BY EC TO STUB OUT AT ACCESSIBLE CEIUNG SPACE 7. EC SHALL INSTALL MUSIC ON HOLD CABLE AS SHOWN ON THE MS VENDOR'S SHOP DRAWINGS. INSTALLER SHALL LEAVE A 4' CABLE LOOP ON BOTH ENDS AND SHALL CLEARLY MARK CABLE AS "MUSIC ON HOLD". CABLE TO BE INSTALLED BETWEEN AUDIO/VIDEO CABINET AND TELEPHONE BOARD. MS VENDOR SHALL TERMINATE CABLE TO AUDIO/VIDEO EQUIPMENT AND TELECOMMUNICATION VENDOR SHALL TERMINATE TO TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT. TELECOMMUNICATION VENDOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL AN RDL TX -1A (OR SIMILAR) IN -UNE AT THE TELEPHONE BOARD FOR ANY NECESSARY SIGNAL ATTENUATION. WALL FASTENERS BY EC EC TO PROVIDE (1) 4" SQUARE J -BOX WITH A DOUBLE GANG PLASTER RING AT DESIGNATED VOLUME CONTROLLER LOCATION. G.C. TO VERIFY EXACT LOCATION. VOLUME CONTROL DETAIL PARATE EC TO PROVIDE (1) NEMA 5-20 DUPLEX ON PERMIT DEDICATED 20 AMP 120VAC CIRCUIT, (2) Af-rRC LAN PORTS & (1) 4-11/16"(MINIMUM) tfEQUI SQUARE JUNCTION BOX AT EQUIPMENT RACK R LOCATION. G.C. TO VERIFY EXACT LOCATION — MAIN EQUIPMENT RACK MOUNTING DETAIL NOTE: THIS SYSTEM IS USED WHEN STORE HAS: -MORE THAN (3) SUBWOOFERS AND/OR -MORE THAN (10) SPEAKERS -BOTH VSL AND PINK SUB -BRANDS -(1) OR FEWER VIDEO COMPONENTS REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL SHEETS FOR EXACT HEIGHT FLOOR DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 CDH CDH DFG COOLING LOAD: 1,900 BTU/HR RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA SEP 0I 2011 PERMIT CENTER NG NUMBER: SOUND/VIDEO SYSTEM INSTALLATION DETAIL - SYSTEM 3 05D-E0402-A02-MSYS A 04/06/17 OUTLET SHALL BE CENTERED ON BASE. COLUMN RECEPTACLE T ANSITION RECEPTACLE MOUNT OUTLET 6" FROM WALL CEILING MOUNT VERTICALLY MOUNT OUTLET 10" ABOVE PLATFORM WALL CORNER RECEPTACLE (REFER TO POWER PLAN FOR EXACT LOCATION AND OUTLET TYPE) NOTE: 1. BLACK RECEPTACLES IN AREAS WITH BLACK BASE AND TRIM. 2. WHITE IN RECEPTACLES IN AREA WITH WHITE OR HOT PINK BASE AND TRIM 3. DO NOT ADD MIRROR ON COLUMN IF OUTLET IS MOUNTED AT 15" AFF. * RECEPTACLES LOCATED IN TRIMMED BRA SALON SHALL BE MOUNTED AT 18". WALL MOUNT PINK PLATFORM PINK SHOW WINDOW NOTE: COLOR OF RECEPTACLE AND COVERPLATE SHALL MATCH SHOW WINDOW COLOR. RECEPTACLE MOUNTING DETAIL 05D-E0403-HOO-RECP 01/20/17 1-1/2" CONDUIT J -BOX _ IS INSTALLED IN PLENUM AT MALL STRUCTURE NEAR ACCESS PANEL, RETURN AIR DIFFUSER, OR ABOVE ACT CEILING. J -BOX IS INSTALLED IN PLENUM AT MALL STRUCTURE NEAR ACCESS PANEL, RETURN AIR DIFFUSER, OR ABOVE ACT CEILING. — CEILING FLUSHED MOUNTED TRAFFIC COUNTER CEILING 10/10/16 UNDERSIDE OF SOFFIT CEILING UNDERSIDE OF SOFFIT FLUSHED MOUNTED TRAFFIC COUNTER CENTERLINE OF / STOREFRONT CLOSURE OU TED SOFFIT MOUNTED CEILING LINE FURNISH AND INSTALL (1) 1-1/2" CONDUIT FROM DATA RACK TO MAIN ENTRANCE AS SHOWN ON PLAN AND FINISH CONDUIT WITH AN INSULATED BUSHING FOR FUTURE INSTALLATION OF THE TRAFFIC COUNTER. IF MULTIPLE STORE ENTRANCES ARE PRESENT THEN HOME RUN FOR EACH ENTRY FROM JUNCTION BOX WITH 1-1/2" CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING. ONE JUNCTION BOX PER ENTRY. FEED ALL TRAFFIC COUNTERS OF THAT ENTRY TO THE JUNCTION BOX. TRAFFIC COUNTER COLOR SHALL MATCH CEILING. TRAFFIC COUNTER DETAIL SEE FLOOR SECTION. ALLOWED DIMENSION IDEAL DIMENSION "A" 2" - 24" 6" — 18" "B" 2" - 24" 6" - 18" "C" 2" - 4" 2" FINISH FLOOR RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA SEP 01 2017 PERMIT CENTER NOTE: CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY AN UNOBSTRUCTED MINIMUM FREE AREA OF 3' VERTICALLY AND 3' WIDE IN EVERY DIRECTION ABOVE THE ACCESS PANEL TO ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION OF THE SENSORMATIC POWER PACK AND CAP ENCLOSURE BOXES. IF FREE AREA CANNOT BE OBTAINED IN THIS LOCATION, IMMEDIATELY CONTACT THE LSD&C PROJECT MANAGER FOR FURTHER INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. NOTE: GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE INSTALLATION OF THE SENSORMATIC SYSTEM WITH SENSORMATIC MANUFACTURER SPECIFICATIONS AND INSTALLATION GUIDE. ELEVATION 6'-6" FULL ANTENNA 3'-0" HALF ANTENNA NOTE: PROVIDE 3/4" CONDUIT BETWEEN ALL DEVICES IN THE SYSTEM IF LOCAL. CODE REQUIRES ALL LOW VOLTAGE WIRE TO BE IN CONDUIT. NOTE: DO NOT COIL EXCESS WIRE OR CABLE IN CEILING. DOING SO WILL CAUSE FALSE ALARMS. LEASE LINE OR EDGE OF CLOSURE REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS BOTTOM OF FINISH FLOOR NOTE: THIS IS A DIAGRAMMATIC DETAIL REFER TO FLOOR PLAN FOR ACTUAL QUANTITY AND LAYOUT OF LOOPS. FLOOR SECTION NOTE: WHEN HALF ANTENNAS ARE USED, EACH HALF ANTENNA SHALL BE PAIRED WITH A FULL ANTENNA. HALF ANTENNAS SHALL NEVER BE INSTALLED ALONE. 05D-E0402-POO-TRAF Oi BRACKETS / TRANSCEIVER CABLES. ROUTE CABLES FROM BELOW FINISH FLOOR UP WALL TO CAP ENCLOSURE BOX. CABLES ABOVE CEILING SHALL BE ROUTED CLEAR OF ACCESS OPENING. 0 GC TO. MOUNT 24"X24" PLYWOOD PANEL ABOVE CEILING OR IN FULLY ACCESSIBLE STOREFRONT VOID AREA AT 48" AFF FOR EQUIPMENT MOUNTING. USE FRT PLYWOOD IF REQUIRED BY CODE. ® DUPLEX RECEPTACLE IN NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE, ZPD216-PL, LOCATED ON PLYWOOD PANEL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS ARE 120V. AC, THREE WIRE, 24 HOUR DEDICATED CIRCUIT WITH LESS THAN 0.5V AC BETWEEN NEUTRAL AND GROUND. 0 IF NOT INSTALLED IN A PREFERRED ACCESSIBLE VOID SPACE THEN A RETURN AIR GRILLE, ACT CLG., OR ACCESS PANEL TO BE USED FOR SERVICING OF EQUIPMENT WHEN LOCATED ABOVE CEILING. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH THE G. C.. GRILLE /ACCESS PANEL MUST BE 24" BY 24" MINIMUM. © JUNCTION BOX ON PLYWOOD PANEL WITH 120V. AC POWER FOR FINAL CONNECTION TO SENSORMATIC POWER PACKS. INSTALLATION OF POWER PACKS AND PLUG-IN OF PACKS TO RECEPTACLE BY SENSORMATIC. O7 CAP BOX ENCLOSURE. DISTANCE FROM CAP ENCLOSURE TO ANTENNA SHALL BE MAX 20'. MOUNT CAP BOX ABOVE CEILING OR IN ACCESSIBLE STOREFRONT VOID AREA WHEN POSSIBLE, OTHERWISE MOUNT AT 18" AFF AND COMPLETELY CONCEAL IN WALL WITH 12"X12" ACCESS PANEL MAXIMUM LENGTH FROM CAP ENCLOSURE TO THE CONTROLLER/POWER PACK IS 40' OF CABLE. 0 REMOTE ALARM. GC TO ENSURE A 12" BY 12" R.A. GRILLE IS I STALLED IN THE CEILING NEARBY TO ALLOW TRANSMISSION + SOUND. ALARM SHALL NOT BE VISIBLE THROUGH THE SENSORMATIC SYSTEM - AMS2020 ANTENNA (ABOVE CEILING OR VOID SPACE) 05D -E0403 -A00 -BENS A 12/08/16 M -Engineering 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, Ohio 43081 phone: 614.839.4639 fax: 614.839.2222 www.mengineering.us.com STORE DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION Z O Q w p Q Z C O W 1W.. to: 0 W z V O O FW- 0 � O. 3 � O 0 W N Q tY O 1-- 0 0 \ = W Z W 2 ca a0o=Q r WW o Q W d O N 0 U O � O fn f- U N f/1 ~ 0 Q 0 = 0 W- O a N J y O W W O m 0 � O W j = 0ZZOlIci): Q 0d9V' Q Z CO Oo=W0rUW!- pYaOC¢Zo0"=oJONVmWm N ti I=-0 0,Y,;,Z�z O Z = � J N Q : 0 � W 3��-c O y N 0 = z�� 3 p 1-�o r ii 0 F_- OZ 4. >N 0O.J.. 0- U .Q.-? W N 7 AUG ' 2 5 2017 04)■ LIJ i INFORMATION: C) 0 CL J 0 co LLI c0 to 16 N 1Z ao Q) LU < c) 15 0 5E O. Co P c2 Z W fY W �CDQ WZo o — ao opo w f 0 - O La.I Z CC C.) 0- C= e O CA o y REVISIONS: REQUIRED BY: DATE DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 CDH CDH DFG ELECTRICAL DETAILS DRA NG NUMBER: DATA TERMINALS AND CONNECTIONS BY P.O.S. CONTRACTOR ALL RECEPTACLES LOCATED IN AREA ACCESSED BY REMOVABLE DOOR INSIDE OF CASHWRAP CASHWRAP & TELE/COMP SYSTEM NOTES FACE OF OUTLET FRONT INSIDE FACE OF CASHWRAP FRONT INSIDE FACE OF CASHWRAP. REGISTERS SHALL SHARE DEDICATED CIRCUIT. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH RED CRB5362RED RECEPTACLE (PASS & SEYMOUR). PROVIDE 1/2" CONDUIT BETWEEN EACH RECEPTACLE. THE EMPTY BOX IS PRE-INSTALLED BY VENDOR WITH PLUGS ORIENTED TO TOP. CIRCUITS FOR UTILITY POWER W/DUPLEX RECEPTACLE. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH RECEPTACLES. PROVIDE 1/2" CONDUIT BETWEEN EACH RECEPTACLE. THE EMPTY BOX IS PRE-INSTALLED BY VENDOR WITH PLUGS ORIENTED TO TOP. PROVIDE 1-1/2" CONDUIT FROM DEMARC PANEL LOCATION DOWN WALL AND CONNECT TO JUNCTION BOX FOR DATA CONNECTION. WIRE FOR DATA LINES TO BE PULLED AND CONNECTED BY P.O.S. CONTRACTOR. (3) 4X4 EMPTY J -BOXES ARE PRE -MOUNTED VERTICALLY IN CASHWRAP BY VENDOR. THE TOP BOX IS FOR DATA WHILE THE BOTTOM TWO ARE FOR POWER. SEE ELEVATION M -Engineering 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, Ohio 43081 phone: 614.839.4639 fax: 614.839.2222 www.mengineering.us.com PROVIDE 1/2" CONDUIT FROM PRE-INSTALLED JUNCTION BOXES. STUB OUT FROM ADJACENT WALL FOR POWER CONNECTION. ROUTE CONDUIT UP INSIDE WALL TO CEILING SPACE AND CONNECT TO PANEL LOCATED INSIDE IFS ENCLOSURE. REFER TO POWER PLAN AND PANEL SCHEDULES FOR CIRCUIT DESIGNATIONS. ROUTE 1-1/2" CONDUIT UNDERFLOOR FROM DEMARC PANEL LOCATION, STUB UP AND PROVIDE FLEXIBLE CONNECTION TO PRE-INSTALLED JUNCTION BOX FOR DATA. WIRE FOR DATA LINES TO BE PULLED AND CONNECTED BY P.O.S. CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE 3/4" CONDUIT UNDERFLOOR FROM PANEL LOCATED IN IFS ENCLOSURE, STUB UP AND PROVIDE FLEXIBLE CONNECTION TO PRE-INSTALLED JUNCTION BOXES. REFER TO POWER PLAN AND PANEL SCHEDULES FOR CIRCUIT DESIGNATIONS. NOTE: REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND LOCATION OF CASHWRAP NOTE: REFER TO SHEET E02.01 FOR ACTUAL QUANTITY OF REGISTERS AND RECEPTACLES. POWER/DATA REQUIREMENTS FOR CASHWRAP CONNECT TO CIRCUIT SHOWN ON POWER PLAN CONNECT TO CIRCUIT SHOWN ON POWER PLAN CONNECT TO CONNECT TO CIRCUIT SHOWN CIRCUIT SHOWN ON POWER PLAN ON POWER PLAN 1 .- TRANSFORMER SHOWN ON PLAN CONNECT TO CIRCUIT SHOWN ON POWER PLAN CIRCUIT FOR UTILITY POWER W/DUPLEX RECEPTACLE BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. CONNECT TO CIRCUIT AS SHOWN ON POWER PLAN. TELEPHONE OUTLET ON INSIDE OF BACKWRAP UNIT. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL 1/2" CONDUIT WITH PULLWIRE. CONDUIT SHALL RUN FROM DEMARC PANEL LOCATION TO WALL DOWN TO 10" AFF. TELEPHONE WIRE AND #RJ14C JACK BY OTHERS. EDWARDS 1064-G5 BUZZER. SEE POWER PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 10" WIDE ACCESS HOLE, CENTERED ON DIMENSION SHOWN. IF ILLUMINATED SIGNAGE IS TO BE INSTALLED IN THIS LOCATION, PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX WITH TOGGLE SWITCH DISCONNECT FOR SIGN POWER. EXTEND (4) WHIPS FROM JUNCTION BOX, UP INSIDE WALL, AND STUB OUT OF WALL TO CONNECT TO EACH LETTER OF SIGN. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS OF STUB -OUTS. POWER/DATA REQUIREMENTS FOR BACKWRAP - PINK (PBW5R-V06) NOTE: REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND LOCATION OF BACKWRAP. NOTE: REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND LOCATION OF VIDEO WALL 1' 8"_/3 4 1/4" 3 4 1/4"--/- 1 '-8 /1'-8 1/4" 13'-5 1/8" REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL SHEETS FOR EXACT HEIGHT MOUNTED VIDEO WALL SYSTEM NOTES NEC IR SENSOR MOUNTED TO BOTTOM OF MILLWORK FRAME BEHIND DISPLAYS. (CAREFULLY POSITION AND MOUNT SUCH THAT IR TRANSMISSION FROM REMOTE CONTROL IS POSSIBLE WHEN MOUNTS ARE LOCKED IN PLACE.) BY VENDOR. TYPICAL OF DEVICES SURFACE MOUNTED ON WALL BEHIND VIDEO DISPLAYS. BY VENDOR. FLUSH MOUNTED 4X4X2 PASSTHRU JUNCTION BOX MOUNTED FLUSH IN WALL BEHIND MILLWORK & 1" C. UP WALL TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. BY E.C. FLUSH MOUNTED 2 GANG 4 X 4 BOX WITH (2) DUPLEX 5-20A RECEPTACLES, MOUNTED IN WALL BEHIND MILLWORK WITH A 1" CONDUIT UP WALL TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. BY E.C. QTY (1) CATEGORY 7 CABLE FROM AUDIO/VIDEO CABINET PULLED BY EC DOWN THROUGH JBOX. LEAVE A 5' WHIP. BY E.C. (1) 24 HOUR DEDICATED 20A 120VAC CIRCUIT. BY E.C. CHIEF LVS LANDSCAPE VIDEO WALL MOUNT, MOUNTED TO BACK WALL (OR SUPPORT BRACKET) WITHIN MILLWORK FRAME. TYPICAL OF 9-12 LOCATIONS DEPENDING ON SIZE OF ARRAY. BY VENDOR. 13/16" DEEP SLOTTED STRUT CHANNEL MOUNTED TO BACK WALL (OR SUPPORT BRACKET) WITHIN MILLWORK FRAME, TYPICAL OF 6 ROWS. BY VENDOR. EC X464UNS 46" DISPLAY TYPICAL OF 9-12 OCATIONS DEPENDING ON SIZE OF ARRAY. BY VENDOR. DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: BACKWRAP VIDEO WALL DETAIL (BVW-46-4X3-VO4-BHG) 1 I I •_-7 ice- ��r� '�� inWNIF . 1 1,4 - - ' 4 I task o 0 I 0 0 J --1- L J L J L J CASHWRAP & TELE/COMP SYSTEM NOTES FACE OF OUTLET FRONT INSIDE FACE OF CASHWRAP FRONT INSIDE FACE OF CASHWRAP. REGISTERS SHALL SHARE DEDICATED CIRCUIT. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH RED CRB5362RED RECEPTACLE (PASS & SEYMOUR). PROVIDE 1/2" CONDUIT BETWEEN EACH RECEPTACLE. THE EMPTY BOX IS PRE-INSTALLED BY VENDOR WITH PLUGS ORIENTED TO TOP. CIRCUITS FOR UTILITY POWER W/DUPLEX RECEPTACLE. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH RECEPTACLES. PROVIDE 1/2" CONDUIT BETWEEN EACH RECEPTACLE. THE EMPTY BOX IS PRE-INSTALLED BY VENDOR WITH PLUGS ORIENTED TO TOP. PROVIDE 1-1/2" CONDUIT FROM DEMARC PANEL LOCATION DOWN WALL AND CONNECT TO JUNCTION BOX FOR DATA CONNECTION. WIRE FOR DATA LINES TO BE PULLED AND CONNECTED BY P.O.S. CONTRACTOR. (3) 4X4 EMPTY J -BOXES ARE PRE -MOUNTED VERTICALLY IN CASHWRAP BY VENDOR. THE TOP BOX IS FOR DATA WHILE THE BOTTOM TWO ARE FOR POWER. SEE ELEVATION M -Engineering 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, Ohio 43081 phone: 614.839.4639 fax: 614.839.2222 www.mengineering.us.com PROVIDE 1/2" CONDUIT FROM PRE-INSTALLED JUNCTION BOXES. STUB OUT FROM ADJACENT WALL FOR POWER CONNECTION. ROUTE CONDUIT UP INSIDE WALL TO CEILING SPACE AND CONNECT TO PANEL LOCATED INSIDE IFS ENCLOSURE. REFER TO POWER PLAN AND PANEL SCHEDULES FOR CIRCUIT DESIGNATIONS. ROUTE 1-1/2" CONDUIT UNDERFLOOR FROM DEMARC PANEL LOCATION, STUB UP AND PROVIDE FLEXIBLE CONNECTION TO PRE-INSTALLED JUNCTION BOX FOR DATA. WIRE FOR DATA LINES TO BE PULLED AND CONNECTED BY P.O.S. CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE 3/4" CONDUIT UNDERFLOOR FROM PANEL LOCATED IN IFS ENCLOSURE, STUB UP AND PROVIDE FLEXIBLE CONNECTION TO PRE-INSTALLED JUNCTION BOXES. REFER TO POWER PLAN AND PANEL SCHEDULES FOR CIRCUIT DESIGNATIONS. NOTE: REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND LOCATION OF CASHWRAP NOTE: REFER TO SHEET E02.01 FOR ACTUAL QUANTITY OF REGISTERS AND RECEPTACLES. POWER/DATA REQUIREMENTS FOR CASHWRAP CONNECT TO CIRCUIT SHOWN ON POWER PLAN CONNECT TO CIRCUIT SHOWN ON POWER PLAN CONNECT TO CONNECT TO CIRCUIT SHOWN CIRCUIT SHOWN ON POWER PLAN ON POWER PLAN 1 .- TRANSFORMER SHOWN ON PLAN CONNECT TO CIRCUIT SHOWN ON POWER PLAN CIRCUIT FOR UTILITY POWER W/DUPLEX RECEPTACLE BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. CONNECT TO CIRCUIT AS SHOWN ON POWER PLAN. TELEPHONE OUTLET ON INSIDE OF BACKWRAP UNIT. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL 1/2" CONDUIT WITH PULLWIRE. CONDUIT SHALL RUN FROM DEMARC PANEL LOCATION TO WALL DOWN TO 10" AFF. TELEPHONE WIRE AND #RJ14C JACK BY OTHERS. EDWARDS 1064-G5 BUZZER. SEE POWER PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 10" WIDE ACCESS HOLE, CENTERED ON DIMENSION SHOWN. IF ILLUMINATED SIGNAGE IS TO BE INSTALLED IN THIS LOCATION, PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX WITH TOGGLE SWITCH DISCONNECT FOR SIGN POWER. EXTEND (4) WHIPS FROM JUNCTION BOX, UP INSIDE WALL, AND STUB OUT OF WALL TO CONNECT TO EACH LETTER OF SIGN. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS OF STUB -OUTS. POWER/DATA REQUIREMENTS FOR BACKWRAP - PINK (PBW5R-V06) NOTE: REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND LOCATION OF BACKWRAP. NOTE: REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND LOCATION OF VIDEO WALL 1' 8"_/3 4 1/4" 3 4 1/4"--/- 1 '-8 /1'-8 1/4" 13'-5 1/8" REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL SHEETS FOR EXACT HEIGHT MOUNTED VIDEO WALL SYSTEM NOTES NEC IR SENSOR MOUNTED TO BOTTOM OF MILLWORK FRAME BEHIND DISPLAYS. (CAREFULLY POSITION AND MOUNT SUCH THAT IR TRANSMISSION FROM REMOTE CONTROL IS POSSIBLE WHEN MOUNTS ARE LOCKED IN PLACE.) BY VENDOR. TYPICAL OF DEVICES SURFACE MOUNTED ON WALL BEHIND VIDEO DISPLAYS. BY VENDOR. FLUSH MOUNTED 4X4X2 PASSTHRU JUNCTION BOX MOUNTED FLUSH IN WALL BEHIND MILLWORK & 1" C. UP WALL TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. BY E.C. FLUSH MOUNTED 2 GANG 4 X 4 BOX WITH (2) DUPLEX 5-20A RECEPTACLES, MOUNTED IN WALL BEHIND MILLWORK WITH A 1" CONDUIT UP WALL TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. BY E.C. QTY (1) CATEGORY 7 CABLE FROM AUDIO/VIDEO CABINET PULLED BY EC DOWN THROUGH JBOX. LEAVE A 5' WHIP. BY E.C. (1) 24 HOUR DEDICATED 20A 120VAC CIRCUIT. BY E.C. CHIEF LVS LANDSCAPE VIDEO WALL MOUNT, MOUNTED TO BACK WALL (OR SUPPORT BRACKET) WITHIN MILLWORK FRAME. TYPICAL OF 9-12 LOCATIONS DEPENDING ON SIZE OF ARRAY. BY VENDOR. 13/16" DEEP SLOTTED STRUT CHANNEL MOUNTED TO BACK WALL (OR SUPPORT BRACKET) WITHIN MILLWORK FRAME, TYPICAL OF 6 ROWS. BY VENDOR. EC X464UNS 46" DISPLAY TYPICAL OF 9-12 OCATIONS DEPENDING ON SIZE OF ARRAY. BY VENDOR. DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: BACKWRAP VIDEO WALL DETAIL (BVW-46-4X3-VO4-BHG) ELECTRIC LOAD SUMMARY (TRANSFORMER) 208Y/120V LOADS DESCRIPTION N.E.C. CONNECTED kVA NEC DEMAND NOTES N.E.C. DEMAND FACTOR N.E.C. DEMAND kVA LIGHTING (CONTINUOUS) 12.772 [11 1.25 15.965 TRACK LIGHT DEMAND ALLOWANCE - [2] - 0.000 SHOW WINDOW DEMAND ALLOWANCE - [31 - 1.550 KIT APPLIANCE 2.400 [4} 1.00 2.400 RECEPTACLES 12.510 [51 - 11.255 MOTORS 1.176 [6] - 1.470 FIXED ELECTRIC SPACE HEATING 0.000 [7] - 0.000 AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM 0.000 [6],[7] - 0.000 ELECTRIC WATER HEATER 3.000 - 1.0 3.000 MISCELLANEOUS 9.715 - 1.0 9.715 N.E.C. DEM. KVA X 1000 41.573 FEEDER AMPERAGE AMPS 45.355 = MINIMUM = 125.9 Lo SYS. VOLTAGE X 1.732 45.355 X 1000 208 X 1.732 ELECTRIC LOAD SUMMARY 480Y/277V SYSTEM DESCRIPTION N.E.C. CONNECTED kVA NEC DEMAND NOTES N.E.C. DEMAND FACTOR N.E.C. DEMAND kVA LIGHTING (CONTINUOUS) 12.772 [11 1.25 15.965 TRACK LIGHT DEMAND ALLOWANCE - [2] - 0.000 SHOW WINDOW DEMAND ALLOWANCE - [3] - 1.550 KIT APPLIANCE 2.400 [4} 1.00 2.400 RECEPTACLES 12.510 [51 3/4" 11.255 MOTORS 1.176 [6] - 1.470 FIXED ELECTRIC SPACE HEATING 0.000 [7] - 0.000 AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM 0.000 [6],[7] - 0.000 ELECTRIC WATER HEATER 3.000 - 1.0 3.000 MISCELLANEOUS 45.266 - 1.0 45.266 TOTAL N.E.C. DEM. KVAX 1000 77.124 TOTAL FEEDER AMPERAGE AMPS 80.906 = MINIMUM = 97.3 Lo SYS. VOLTAGE X 1.732 80.906 X 1000 480 X 1.732 LOAD SUMMARY NOTES: [1] POWER FACTOR IS ALREADY INCLUDED IN LIGHTING LOAD. [2] 150VAI2FT OF LINE VOLTAGE TRACK + SUM LOW VOLTAGE XFRMS - CONNECTED LOAD [3] 200VA/LF - ACTUAL CONNECTED LOAD [4] KIT APPLIANCE DEMAND FACTOR PER NEC 220-56 [5] 0.0 < 10KW = 100%, REMAINING - 50% [6] 125% OF THE LARGEST MOTOR OR COMPRESSOR IN SYSTEM APPLIED ON ONE UNIT. [7] USE GREATER VALUE OF THESE TWO CATEGORIES ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT DATA ITEM VOLTAGE FEEDERS BRANCH BREAKER DISC. SW. BUS/ FUSES NOTE WIRE CONDUIT FPVAV-1 277/480V, 30 (4)#10 & (1)#10G 3/4" 25A -3P - - 2 FPVAV-2 277/480V, 30 (4)#10 & (1410G 3/4" 25A -3P - - 2 FPVAV-3 277/480V, 30 (4)#12 & (1)#12G 3/4" 20A -3P - - 2 VAV-1 120V, 10 (2)#12 & (1)#12G 1/2" 20A -1P - - 1 NOTE: TOGGLE SWITCH TO BE FURNISHED BY LSD&C AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. SWITCH TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY MECHANICAL SUPPLIER. 1. 'AC' 2. DISCONNECT Panel Wiring Panelboard Panel Type NEMAType Schedule (3 -Phase) "MDP" Voltage OCPD Mounting 480Y/277 Phase Wire Buss 3 Options/Notes AIC Rating 65,000 WESCO ENCLOSURE 200A M.C.B. 4 1 SURFACE 400A A A-14 4 6A Ckt. No. Zone Load Description Brkr. Size * Ckt. N.E.C. kVA ** Phase Brkr. Brkr. N.E.C. Load Description N.E.C. Brkr. Brkr. ' SALES AREA TRK (SL) Ckt. No. Zone Load Description Size Opts. kVA Phase kVA Opts. Size Load Description Zone No. LO 0.360 B * Lo ** NON -SALES LTG ** 4 * Al ENTRY LTG ®❑5 Lo 0.057 C 0.300 13on'33 4.443 A 0.000 6 7 Al STOREFRONT SIGN ❑ ou 1 1.200 FPVAV 1 25/3 HACR 4.000 B 0.000 8 9 SPACE SHOW WINDOW REC 2 0.360 B 0.525 4.000 C 0.000 10 11 B2 SALES PERM LTG 0.633 C 1.200 LO 4.000 A 0.000 12 13 B1 CASHWRAP LTG 3 0.141 FPVAV 2 25/3 HACR 4.665 B 0.000 14 15 SPACE CORR LTG CTRL RELAY 4 0.100 B 1.200 4.000 C 0.000 16 17 D FTG RM.SIGN Lo 0.300 C 1.200 Lo 3.333 A 14.411 18 19 D PINK SIGN 5 0.148 FPVAV 3 20/3 HACR 3.333 B 13.882 20 125/3 TRANSFORMER PINK SIGN 6 0.756 B 0.000 3.777 C 13.280 22 23 D SALES FLOOR REC Notes 0.720 Breaker Options: 0.000 * All circuit breakers to be 20 -Amp, 1 -Pole unless otherwise noted. AS Powerlink AS Breaker ** All Phases to be balanced to within 10% using Actual Load Totals. LO Handle lock -on device N.E.C. Connected Totals: PhA 26.187 kVA ST Shunt Trip Type N.E.C. Connected Totals: Ph.B 25.880 kVA AUX Auxiliary Contacts N.E.C. Connected Totals: Ph.0 25.057 kVA PA Handle Padlock Attachment Total 77.124 kVA GFCI Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter E Existing Circuit to remain HACR Heating, NC & Refrigeration IG Isolated Ground Circuit Connected Load: 92.8 amps SF Subfeed NEC Demand Feeder Load: 97.3 amps AFCI Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter LIGHTING TIME CONTROL LEGEND: Al - EXTERIOR SIGNAGE BLADE SIGN INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED, TRANSOMS STOREFRONT DOWNLIGHTING A - MARKETING LEVEL LIGHTING: SHOW WINDOW LIGHTS SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLES B - STOCKING LEVEL LIGHTING C - TASK LEVEL: SALES LIGHTING EVENLY DISTRIBUTED - INCLUDING GENERAL SALES RECEPTACLES. D - SALES LEVEL LIGHTING: BALANCE OF SALES LIGHTING, CABINET LIGHTING, CABINET LIGHTING RECEPTACLES, AND INTERIOR DISPLAY LIGHTING (CHANDELIERS, NEON, ETC). NOTE: ALL LIGHTING CIRCUITS CONNECTED TO LIGHTING ZONES ARE CONNECTED AND CONTROLLED AUTOMATICALLY THROUGH THE H.V.A.0 BUILDING CONTROL TIME CLOCK. REFER TO ELECTRICAL POWER. GENERAL NOTE #12 ON THIS SHEET. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. ELECTRICAL POWER GENERAL NOTES HVAC CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE "HACR" TYPE WHEN REQUIRED BY EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATE PER ADOPTED ELECTRICAL CODE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXACT K.A.I.C. RATING (BUILDING SERVICE AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT) OF LANDLORDS DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO BID AND WORK COMMENCEMENT. IF FOUND TO BE HIGHER THAN PANEL RATING, NOTIFY YOUR LSD&C PROJECT MANAGER IMMEDIATELY. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BALANCE ALL PANELS AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT TO 7% (+/-) BETWEEN PHASES: A/B, B/C, A/C, REGARDLESS OF CIRCUITING INDICATED. PROPER CLEARANCE MUST BE MAINTAINED ABOUT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT PER ADOPTED ELECTRICAL CODE FIELD VERIFY EXACT MOUNTING SPACE AVAILABLE IN ELECTRICAL ROOM/AREA PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. ALL PANEL BRANCH CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE BOLT -ON TYPE. ALL PANEL BUS BARS SHALL BE COPPER. MOUNT A TYPEWRITTEN DIRECTORY BEHIND GLASS OR PLASTIC ON THE INSIDE OF EACH PANEL DOOR AND, ON THE DIRECTORY, SHOW THE CIRCUIT NUMBER AND COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF ALL OUTLETS ON EACH CIRCUIT. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERABLE ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION• SYSTEM. ALL PANELBOARDS, SWITCHBOARDS AND LINE VOLTAGE CONTROL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE FACTORY MARKED TO WARN QUALIFIED PERSONS OF POTENTIAL ELECTRIC ARC FLASH HAZARDS. MARKING SHALL BE LOCATED SO AS TO BE CLEARLY VISIBLE TO QUALIFIED PERSONS BEFORE EXAMINATION, ADJUSTING, SERVICING OR MAINTENANCE OF EQUIPMENT. 10. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE SURE ENTIRE INSTALLATION CONFORMS TO ADOPTED ELECTRICAL CODE - EXAMINATION, IDENTIFICATION, INSTALLATION, AND USE OF EQUIPMENT. 11. SWITCHBOARDS, PANELBOARDS, DISCONNECT SWITCHES, AND CONTACTORS ARE TO BE "LISTED" AND "IDENTIFIED" AS RATED FOR A MINIMUM OF 75'C CONDUCTOR TERMINATION. 12. IFS ENCLOSURE LIGHTING CONTROLS: SOLENOID OPERATED BABR BREAKERS ARE PROVIDED WITH IFS PANELS FOR STORE LIGHTING CONTROLS AND STOREFRONT SIGNS. SEE PANEL SCHEDULES FOR LIGHTING ZONE DESIGNATIONS (ie: ZONE A, Al, B1, B2, C, D) . 13. IFS ENCLOSURE FURNISHED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS HEREIN DESCRIBED: A. UNIT WILL BE SHIPPED TO PROJECT IN MULTIPLE SECTIONS AND THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR OFF-LOADING OF . EQUIPMENT, INSPECTION OF EQUIPMENT FOR DAMAGE, VERIFICATION OF EQUIPMENT RECEIVED FOR PROPER STORAGE, SETTING AND MOVING OF EQUIPMENT INTO SPACE AS WELL AS REASSEMBLING OF SECTIONS INTO ONE COMPLETE UNIT PER MANUFACTURER'S DOCUMENTATION. B. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CONNECT ALL PROVIDED INTERCONNECTING CABLES BETWEEN SECTIONS AND TORQUE CONNECTIONS PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. C. ALL CONNECTIONS WITHIN THE 14. 1. 2. 3. 4. TELEPHONE/DATA SECTION AND HVAC CONTROL SECTION OF THE IFS ENCLOSURE WILL BE DONE BY OTHERS. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLATION OF LOW VOLTAGE CONDUIT SYSTEM (IF REQUIRED BY CODE OR LANDLORD) INTO THESE SECTIONS ONLY. D. SWITCHBOARD WILL BE SHIPPED ON AN ENCLOSED SEMI -TRAILER. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR MUST ARRANGE FOR A FORKLIFT TO OFF-LOAD AT JOB SITE. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR WILL RECEIVE 24 NOTICE PRIOR TO DELIVERY. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE ALL COSTS TO FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL LOW VOLTAGE WIRING IN CONDUIT, AS PART OF BASE BID. DEMARC DEMOLITION NOTES THE GC SHALL NOT CUT THE MAIN TELEPHONE WIRES LEADING TO THE TERMINATION STRIP (DEMARC BLOCK) OR PHONE SYSTEM. IF THE DEMARC IS TO BE RELOCATED, IT SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH LIMITED TECHNICAL SERVICES (LTS). FOR BBW CALL 1-877-415-7911 AND SELECT OPTION 2. FOR BBW CANADIAN STORE CALL LASENZA 1-877-211-5151 THEN 877#, 3. FOR VS CALL 1-614-415-1011. THE GC SHALL ALLOW ADEQUATE TIME FOR RELOCATION IN THE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. IF THE WALL WITH THE TELEPHONE BLOCK IS SCHEDULED FOR DEMOLITION, THE ENTIRE BACKING PANEL SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE WALL (WITHOUT DISCONNECTING THE WIRING) AND IT SHALL BE SAFELY SECURED IN THE CEILING UNTIL IT CAN BE RELOCATED TO THE NEW AREA OR REINSTALLED ON WALL. SERIES RATED NOTES 208V/120V: 1. ALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS IN 'PANEL MDP' SHALL BE FULLY RATED TO PROVIDE AN INTERRUPTING RATING OF 65,000 AMPS RMS. 2. MAIN BREAKERS FEEDING 'PANEL A' AND 'PANEL B' (AND 'PANEL C') .SHALL BE "SERIES" RATED WITH ALL PANEL BRANCH BREAKERS TO PROVIDE AN INTERRUPTING RATING OF 65,000 AMPS RMS. 3. PANELBOARDS OR OTHER EQUIPMENT THAT IS PROTECTED BY "SERIES" RATED OVERCURRENT PROTECTED DEVICES UPSTREAM SHALL BE MARKED WITH A PERMANENT LABEL THAT INDICATES THE SHORT-CIRCUIT RATING OF THE SERIES COMBINATION AND CALLS OUT THE SPECIFIC REPLACEMENT OVERCURRENT DEVICE(S) THAT CAN BE UTILIZED. 480-208/120V: 1. ALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS IN 'PANEL MDP' SHALL BE FULLY RATED TO PROVIDE AN INTERRUPTING RATING OF 65,000 AMPS RMS. 2. MAIN BREAKERS IN 'PANEL A' AND 'PANEL B' )"SERIES" RATED WITH SHALL BE . ALL PANEL BRANCH(AND 'PANEL C'')ING BREAKERS TOAN INTERRUPTING RATING OF S7PROVIDE AMPS RMS. 3. PANELBOARDS EQUIPMENT THAT IS S PROTECTED BOR OTHER RATED OVERCURRENT PROTECTED DEVICES UPSTREAM SHALL. E MARKED WITH A PERMANENTDCS THAT INDICATES THE SHORT-CIRCUIT LABELOL THEA SERIES COMBINATION N AND RATINGNLS OUT THE SPECIFIC REPLACEMENT OVERCURRENT DEVICE(S) THAT CAN BE UTILIZED. Panel Wiring Panelboard Panel Type NEMA Type Schedule (3 -Phase) "A Voltage OCPD Mounting 208Y/120 Phase Wire Buss 3 Options/Notes AIC Rating 65,000 WESCO ENCLOSURE 100A M.C.B. 4 1 SURFACE 225A A A-14 4 6A Ckt. No. Zone Load Description Brkr. Size * Brkr. Opts. N.E.C. kVA ** Phase N.E.C. kVA ** Brkr. Opts. Brkr. Size * Load Description Zone Ckt. No. 1 ' SALES AREA TRK (SL) LO 0.720 A 0.361 LO ®❑5 SALES (SUEM/EX) LTG 2 3 A SHOW WINDOW TRK 24•® LO 0.360 B 1.196 Lo ❑ ® NON -SALES LTG 28®05 4 5 Al ENTRY LTG ®❑5 Lo 0.057 C 0.300 13on'33 FTG RM LTG C 6 7 Al STOREFRONT SIGN ❑ ou 37 1.200 A 0.095 39 40' FTG RM ALCOVE LTG B1 8 9 A SHOW WINDOW REC 0.360 B 0.525 FTG RM PENDANT LTG B1 10 11 B2 SALES PERM LTG 0.633 C 1.200 LO SALES CTR DISPLAY TRK B1 12 13 B1 CASHWRAP LTG Lo 0.141 A 0.720 SALES CTR GEN. TRK C 14 15 B1 CORR LTG CTRL RELAY 0.100 B 1.200 SALES PERM TRK D 16 17 D FTG RM.SIGN Lo 0.300 C 1.200 Lo SALES PERM TRK D 18 19 D PINK SIGN Lo 0.148 A 1.200 SALES PERM TRK D 20 21 D PINK SIGN 0.756 B 0.000 SPARE 22 23 D SALES FLOOR REC 0.720 C 0.000 SPARE 24 25 D SALES FLOOR REC 0.540 A 0.000 SPARE 26 27 D SALES FLOOR REC 0.720 B 0.000 SPARE 28 29 C FTG RM REC 0.180 C 0.000 SPARE 30 31 B1 MGRS UTIL. REC 0.720 A 0.000 . SPARE 32 33 B1 BREAK RM REC 0.360 B 0.000 . SPARE 34 35 B1 BOH HAND STEAMER 20/2 0.360 C 0.000 SPARE 36 37 1.500 SPARE 0.000 0.000 A 0.000 38 39 SPARE SPARE 38 39 0.000 SPARE 0.000 0.000 B 0.000 40 41 SPARE SPARE 40 41 0.000 SPARE 0.000 0.000 C 0.000 42 Notes SPARE 8.566 8.305 8.330 42 Notes All circuit breakers to be 20 -Amp, 1 -Pole unless otherwise noted. All Phases to be balanced to within 10% using Actual Load Totals. N.E.C. Connected Totals: PhA N.E.C. Connected Totals: Ph.B N.E.C. Connected Totals: Ph.0 Total Existing Circuit to remain Isolated Ground Circuit Connected Load: NEC Demand Feeder Load: 5.845 5.577 4.950 kVA kVA kVA kVA amps amps Breaker Options: * ** E IG AS Powerlink AS Breaker LO Handle lock -on device ST Shunt Trip Type AUX Auxiliary Contacts PA Handle Padlock Attachment GFCI Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter HACR Heating, AIC & Refrigeration SF Subfeed AFCI Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter 16.372 45.4 58.6 LANDLORD CURRENT LIMITING BREAKERS CKT. NUMB. BKR. SIZE A-1 1 6A Options/Notes AIC Rating A-3 2 3A 4 A-12 3 10 A A-14 4 6A Ckt. No. A-16 5 10 A A-18 6 10 A A-20 7 10 A EXISTING 2" CONDUIT WITH EXISTING 4#3/0 THWN + 1#6 CU G. TO REMAIN AND BE REUSED. NOTE: GC IS TO VERIFY LOCATION AND SIZE OF LANDLORD ELECTRICAL STUB -UP (IF EXISTING) PRIOR TO BEGINNING OF CONSTRUCTION INCLUDING OTHER RELATED WORKS. REFER TO FIELD SURVEY OR DESIGN CRITERIA. i-- LEASE LINE TENANT SPACE Panel Wiring Panelboard Panel Type NEMAType Schedule (3 -Phase) "B" Voltage OCPD Mounting 208Y/120 Phase Wire Buss 3 Options/Notes AIC Rating 65,000 WESCO ENCLOSURE 150A M.C.B. 4 1 SURFACE 225A 7 8®❑b Jo au Ckt. No. Zone Load Description Brkr. Size * Brkr. Opts. N.E.C. kVA ** Phase N.E.C. kVA ** Brkr. Opts. Brkr. Size * Load Description Zone Ckt. No. 1 ' BURGLAR SYSTEM LO 0.600 A 0.800 20' ®❑5 MUSIC/SOUND SYSTEM 2 3 ° ®,23 DATA CABINET 24•® LO 1.799 B 0.000 ® ❑ 5 ❑ ® SPARE 28®05 4 5 33 ALL SYSTEM ®❑5 Lo 0.360 C 0.360 13on'33 TRANE CONTROLLER 0005 6 7 36 PAGING SYSTEM ❑ ou 37 0.360 A 0.000 39 40' SPARE ] ❑ on 8 9 ® ❑ 5 SENSOR MONITOR 0.500 B 0.500 TEL DEMARC 10 11 NON -SALES REC 0.360 C 0.500 LO FACP 12 13 SENSORMATIC Lo 0.440 A 0.720 CLOSET QUADS 14 15 ROLLING GRILLE 1.176 B 0.540 BACKWRAP REC 16 17 MGR DED. REC Lo 0.360 C 0.900 Lo CASH REGISTERS 18 19 MGR DED. REC Lo 0.360 A 0.900 CASH UTILITY PWR 20 21 BRK RM ON REC &VAV 1 0.460 B 0.990 VIDEO MONITORS 22 23 REFRIGERATOR 1.200 C . 0.990 VIDEO MONITORS 24 25 MICROWAVE 1.200 A 0.990 VIDEO MONITORS 26 27 HAND DRYER 1.800 B 0.000 SPARE 28 29 HAND DRYER 1.800 C 0.000 SPARE 30 31 DRINKING FOUNTAIN 0.696 A 0.000 . SPARE 32 33 RR/HALL REC 0.540 . B 0.000 . SPARE 34 35 WATER HEATER 20/2 1.500 C 0.000 SPARE 36 37 1.500 A 0.000 SPARE 38 39 SPARE 0.000 B 0.000 SPARE 40 41 SPARE 0.000 C 0.000 SPARE 42 Notes All circuit breakers to be 20 -Amp, 1 -Pole unless otherwise noted. All Phases to be balanced to within 10% using Actual Load Totals. N.E.C. Connected Totals: PhA N.E.C. Connected Totals: Ph.B N.E.C. Connected Totals: Ph.0 Total Existing Circuit to remain Isolated Ground Circuit Connected Load: NEC Demand Feeder Load: 8.566 8.305 8.330 kVA kVA kVA kVA amps amps Breaker Options: * ** E IG AS Powerlink AS Breaker LO Handle lock -on device ST Shunt Trip Type AUX Auxiliary Contacts PA Handle Padlock Attachment GFCI Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter HACR Heating, NC & Refrigeration SF Subfeed Am Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter 25.201 70.0 70.0 NEW 2" CONDUIT WITH EXISTING 4#3/0 THWN + 1#6 CU G. TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY E.C.. CONDUITS STUBBED INTO IFS ENCLOSURE SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A CLEAN AND NEAT MANNER. ANCHOR IFS ENCLOSURE ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS AND LOCAL CODES IN SEISMIC AREAS. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION. MAINTAIN MINIMUM WORKING CLEARANCE IN THE DIRECTION OF ACCESS TO LIVE PARTS OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT PER ADOPTED ELECTRICAL CODE. ROOF LINE LEVEL POINT WHERE TO INTERCEPT/EXTEND CONDUIT (SERVICE FEEDER) STUB -IN. PROVIDE PULL/CONNECTION BOX AS NECESSARY, SIZE AS PER CODE REQUIREMENTS. EC SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL A 3/4" CONDUIT AND PULLWIRE FROM DATA CABINET TO IFS ENCLOSURE. CURRENT LIMITING BREAKERS. TYPICAL. REFER TO CURRENT LIMITING BREAKERS, THIS SHEET, FOR SIZING. FAULT CURRENT IS 16,970 SYM AMPS. EXTEND 1- TELEPHONE CONDUIT FROM SERVICE ENTRANCE AT DEMISING WALL TO TELEPHONE/DATA SECTION OF IFS ENCLOSURE. CEILING LINE LANDLORD MAIN 1200 AMP SWITCHBOARD IN "TFD" ELECTRIC ROOM, 277/480V, 30, 4W, 60HZ. FIELD VERIFY. SEE SERIES RATED NOTE #1. LANDLORD'S EQUIPMENT FAULT CURRENT RATING IS 42,000 SYM AMPS AT LL PANEL. REFER TO MDP SCHEDULE THIS SHEET FOR BREAKER SIZES AND QUANTITY. EXISTING TENANT ELECTRICAL SERVICE METER TO REMAIN AND BE REUSED. FIELD VERIFY REQUIREMENTS WITH THE LANDLORD AND/OR UTILITY COMPANY, PRIOR TO BID AND WORK COMMENCEMENT. EXISTING 200A OVERCURRENT PROTECTION DEVICE TO REMAIN AND BE RESUED. FIELD VERIFY REQUIREMENTS WITH THE LANDLORD ENGINEER PRIOR TO BID AND WORK COMMENCEMENT. TRANSFORMER AND PANEL FEEDER SIZED AND FURNISHED BY IFS MFGR. AS REQUIRED PER N.E.C. GUIDELINES. E.C. TO MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS TO PANELBOARD (TYP.) PANEL MDP; 277/480V; 30; 4W; 60HZ SUPPLY; 400A BUSS; 65,000 A.I.C. • • • • • SEE SERIES RATED NOTE #2. (TYP.) ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO BALANCE TRANSFORMER TO SUPPLY 120V±3% AFTER ALL CONNECTIONS ARE MADE AND RUNNING. PROVIDE BALANCE SHEET TO THE LSD&C PROJECT MANAGER AT PUNCHLIST. 75 KVA PANEL "B" ❑on1 1 3 2 ®❑F ❑ ®'3 4 ® ❑5 ❑ ®'5 '9 6,®❑g ®❑p ]❑ on 7 8®❑b Jo au 9 10 111:1 0 E ❑ ®' 11 12 ®❑5 ❑ ® 13 14,® 0 ❑ ®15 ' 16'®05 ' =❑ ®'17 18i®05 0 ❑ ®19 20' ®❑5 Jo ®'21 22® 0 ° ®,23 24•® 0 ]❑ ®, 25 26, ® ❑ 5 ❑ ® 2 7 28®05 ®❑5 ❑on29 33 30 ®❑5 ]❑ ®'31 35 32~®05 ®❑ h 13on'33 34,000p 0005 ❑®35 39 36 ®❑5 ❑ ou 37 38, E ]❑ ® 39 40' 0305 ] ❑ on 41 42 ® ❑ 5 61 610 00 B-6 PANEL "A" g ® 60® �❑®5 1 3 2 4.0005' 6 ®❑5 ' ®❑5 �❑ on'7 8®05 3 ® '9 10 ®❑p ~ 4❑®11 12,0005 3❑®13 14 ' ®❑5 30 ®w 15 16® o 80®' 17 18 ®❑5 30011 ®19 20®❑5 ' �❑ ®'21 22'*® 0 00 ®*23 24,11005 D011255 26®❑5 30 ®27 28',® 0 L° ®'29 30000p 30 011'31 32 ®❑5 0 ❑ ®, 33 34 ®❑ 5 3 ❑ ®. 35 • 36 ®❑ h 30 ®'37 38 0005 8❑OD, 39 40 ®❑h 6❑cal [j41 42 00 0 5 FURNISH AND INSTALL 3/4" CONDUIT WITH PULLWIRE FROM HVAC SECTION OF IFS ENCLOSURE TO ABOVE 'CEILING. COORDINATE EXACT REQUIREMENT WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. LIGHTING/HVAC EQUIPMENT CONTROL PANEL B-10 DEMARCATION POINT PROVIDED BY PHONE CO. (REFER TO DEMARC DEMOLITION NOTES). GC TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL PLYWOOD SURFACE MOUNTED BACKBOARD ON WALL LOCATE ADJACENT TO IFS PANEL ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL #6 GROUND CONDUCTOR, TERMINATED AT GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR, CONFORMING TO ADOPTED ELECTRICAL CODE AND LOCAL UTILITY REQUIREMENTS. IFS IS A SINGLE SWITCHGEAR ENCLOSURE THAT MEETS NEMA STANDARD PB -2 AND UL/ULC (SWITCHBOARD CONSTRUCTION). FINISH FLOOR LEVEL #2 GROUND CONDUCTOR (SYSTEM BONDING JUMPER) TO BLDG. STEEL, METALLIC WATER PIPE AND/OR GROUND ROD PER ADOPTED ELECTRICAL CODES. APPROX. 125'-0". FIELD VERIFY EXACT DISTANCE PRIOR TO BID. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GC & EC TO VERIFY THE LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM IS WORKING PROPERLY AND IS WIRED PER THE MOST RECENT CONSTRUCTION DRAWING PRIOR TO STORE TURNOVER. CONTACT WESCO RETAIL AND COMMERCIAL AT 614-934-6400 FOR TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA SEP 012017 SEPARATE' PERN►tTAND PERMIT CENTER APPROVAL. REQUIRED ELECTRICAL RISER DIAGRA PANEL SCHEDULES, AND NOTES NTS 00D -83501-A OO-DETL A ocv24/i2 M -Engineering 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, Ohio 43081 phone: 614.839.4639 fax: 614.839.2222 www.mengineering.us.com CO0 CD CV 01 gcI" to O ▪ • O r uc O X E LL O • 0 0 • O A 0 •in CL (i . � C _I O i O I- I- J W N 2 Q - ce 2 La X Z W O N cey W C S2Z J La C Q N = ▪ N U0W 2 Gd.� O 0p Ei4,v .2 20 m'33�� 0 W W W og W z-ao NQwN 0 U s U O U ,- v _4~ O C H = W N W 2 UO4)C W VI d W d K 2 • y W = 1' N C V1 - Z 5 W~_ 4 o C O z a a a ''- 0. Z Z U O U Z -� O W �2NZ s. ~ Q,ym NO W ..6.1e. 6 - J R' � O 00� W Z ,.-3-6 0 Ci C Z< O O r= C d O m U m V l 0 O Q.W O -t W t1 Z W U La H• d• a W ' U U ce U O =• -2QW,..W Q - N▪ CC O N ..1.'- , 1- ,C o- vL . Z O Ll 0 CWa.4 O dOW- W N .l_ 0 tW Z IZoN .46 CI 02 t 66 !".1 1Z P<,o-soZyiW0y0V-zONNN=mK• OVNc�:OO0WZHNWrONWQZOZj�rCW 5. W SW 4 Q Kgo�-UoWdp;VcW ii HUaC-Q• .QCQNO AUG 2 5 2017 0 Iva ■ T D C X1 CO 0 PROJECT INFORMATION: 1- z V 0 •-) C Q c ce Cn Q J M 00 W ce 00 • ~u)Lai 00 Z"Z0) W W Q he: gSg0 ~ W 071 '�QM� LAN �v�iccool- REVISIONS: REQUIRED BY: DATE DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 CDH CDH DFG ELECTRICAL PANELS AND RISER DIAGRAM DRAWING NUMBER: 1 411 AI -Engineering 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, Ohio 43081 phone: 614.839.4639 fax: 614.839.2222 www.mengineering.us.com PANEL "A" LIGHTING SEQUENCE OF OPERATION: SALES • FOR STORE OPENING THE REMOTE "MANUAL ON" SWITCH IS USED TO TURN ON THE ZONE "B1" STORE LIGHTS. THE SWITCH ALSO INITIATES THE SEQUENCE FOR ALL OTHER SALES AREA LIGHTS TO TURN ON. AT THE END OF THE DAY THE LIGHTING TIMER WILL AUTOMATICALLY SHUT OFF ALL LIGHTS. A-4 MANUAL OFF/ON SW (IF USED) WITH INDICAT❑R LIGHT ZONE Al CKT BKRS ZONE A CKT BKRS ZONE Bi CKT BKRS ZONE B2 CKT BKRS ZONE C CKT BKRS ZONE D CKT BKRS MTM -6 INTERFACE TRANE UC400 I/O MODULE ZONE A OVERRIDE SW r-1— ZONE B1 OVERRIDE SW / MANUAL -ON SWITCH I- ZONE B2 OVERRIDE SW ZONE C OVERRIDE SW ZONE D OVERRIDE SW CORRIDOR/HALLWAYS • LIGHTS SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY MANUAL ON SWITCH AND OCCUPANCY SENSOR(S). OCCUPANCY SENSOR(S) SHALL AUTOMATICALLY REDUCE LIGHTS BY AT LEAST 50% WHEN UNOCCUPIED FOR 30 MIN. AND BRING LIGHTS UP TO 100% WHEN OCCUPIED. THE "END OF DAY" LIGHTING TIMER WILL SHUT OFF ALL LIGHTS. AFTER HOURS OPERATION: EACH LIGHTING ZONE INCLUDES A 2 HOUR OVERRIDE SWITCH MOUNTED ON THE IFS EQUIPMENT RESTROOM WHICH IS USED TO TURN ON ANY REQUIRED LIGHTING ZONE • RESTROOM LIGHTS SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY WALL AFTER HOURS. OCCUPANCY SENSOR SWITCH. LIGHTING CONTROL BLOCK DIAGRAM, PART OF HVAC CONTROL PACKAGE NTS BAS - CEC APPLIANCE DATA BASE LISTED+ MODEL BMTXOO1CABOO1 TYPE! LIGHTING CONTROLS, MANUF+ TRANE, BRAND+ TRACER, MODEL! BMTX 00100* *** WITH 4950 0N(90 1 DUAL TECHNOLOGY CEILING VACANCY SENSOR (OAC -DT) STOCKROOM. OFFICE, MULTI-PURPOSE ROOMS, BREAKROOMS • LIGHTING SHALL BE CONTROLLED THRU ROOM CONTROLLER WITH MANUAL ON WALL SWITCHES AND VACANCY SENSOR(S). z 0 V 1— z 0 U %6 w w cc 0 1- ci) 0 0) M "4:f' CV CO ti qt Ln O 71. O X• ELL 0 0 0 L C0 a) C_ 0 0) QUANTITY AS NEEDED LINE STOCK ROOM LTG ROOM CONTROLLER RC3 1=1 OCC-RJ45 (OCCUPANCY COUPLER) DUAL TECHNOLOGY CEILING VACANCY SENSOR (OAC -DT) *ALLOWS CONNECTION TO ANY GREENGATE OCCUPANCY/VACANCY SENSOR. QUICK CONNECT CABLES ARE PRE -TERMINATED AND INCLUDED IN THE ROOM CONTROLLER QUICKIT AND MEASURED TO FIT TYPICAL ROOM LAYOUTS BUTTON 1: LOAD 1 ON BUTTON 2: LOAD 1 OFF BUTTON 3: BLANK BUTTON 4: BLANK BUTTON 5: BLANK BUTTON 6: BLANK RC-6TSB-0S3-* STOCK WALL STATION SWITCHED LINE STOCK ROOM LTS STOCK ROOM LIGHTS ON BI -LEVEL: - LIGHTS OFF SEQUENCE OF OPERATION - VIA WALL STATION. NONE REQUIRED. - VIA VACANCY SENSOR. STOCK ROOM WIRING DIAGRAM LINE HALLWAY 2 LTG CONTROLLER RC3 11=1 OCC-RJ45 (OCCUPANCY COUPLER) DUAL TECHNOLOGY CEILING VACANCY SENSOR (OAC -DT) *ALLOWS CONNECTION TO ANY GREENGATE OCCUPANCY/VACANCY SENSOR. QUICK CONNECT CABLES ARE PRE -TERMINATED AND INCLUDED IN THE ROOM CONTROLLER QUICKIT AND MEASURED TO FIT TYPICAL ROOM LAYOUTS 11=1 BUTTON 1: LOADS 1 AND 2 ON. BUTTON 2: LOAD 2 OFF. BUTTON 3: BLANK. BUTTON 4: BLANK. BUTTON 5: BLANK. BUTTON 6: LOADS 1 AND 2 OFF. 2015 WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE FUNCTIONAL TESTING: PER 2015 WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE SECTIONS C405.13 AND C408.3, IT IS THIS CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO HIRE A 3RD PARTY TESTING AGENT TO CONDUCT AND CERTIFY FUNCTIONAL TESTING OF THE LIGHTING CONTROLS IN ACCORDANCE WITH 015 WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE SECTIONS C405.13 AND C408.3. THIS TESTING AGENT IS TO REVIEW THE COMPLETE M.E.P. DESIGN DOCUMENTS, CODE INTERPRETATIONS AND DESIGN ASPECTS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION AND CONTACT THE ENGINEER OF RECORD WITH ANY QUESTIONS OR COMMENTS REGARDING THE DESIGN SET. THE INDIVIDUAL(S) RESPONSIBLE FOR THE FUNCTIONAL TESTING SHALL NOT BE DIRECTLY INVOLVED IN EITHER THE DESIGHN OR CONSTRUCTION OF THE PROJECT AND SHALL PROVIDE DICUMENTATION CERTIFYING THAT THE INSTALLED LIGHTING CONTROLS MEET OR EXCEED ALL DOCUMENTED PERFORMANCE CRITERIA. INCLUDE ALL COSTS OF THIS AGENT IN BID. = w v y 8 a O W d 1=- 0 d OC AUG 252017 A.L$.4' • waste r 2 RC-6TSB-0S3-* ROOM WALL STATION SWITCHED UNE 12 HALLWAY 2 LT SWITCHED UNE #1 HALLWAY 2 LT HALLWAY SEQUENCE OF OPERATION LIGHTS ON - VIA WALL STATION. BI -LEVEL CTRL - VIA WALL STATION. LIGHTS OFF - VIA VACANCY SENSOR. NOTE: SHOWN COMPONENTS ARE PART OF GREENGATE WHICH IS AN EATON LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM SEARCH GREENGATE CONTROLS -COOPER INDUSTRIES WWW.COOPERINDUSTRIES.COM HALLWAY 2 WIRING DIAGRAM LINE BREAK ROOM LTG ROOM CONTROLLER RC3 1 1=1 OCC-RJ45 (OCCUPANCY COUPLER) *ALLOWS CONNECTION TO ANY GREENGATE OCCUPANCY/VACANCY SENSOR. DUAL TECHNOLOGY CEILING VACANCY SENSOR (OAC -DT) LINE OFFICE LTG ROOM CONTROLLER RC3D i I' OCC-RJ45 (OCCUPANCY COUPLER) DUAL TECHNOLOGY WALL CORNER VACANCY SENSOR OAK -DT -121M *ALLOWS CONNECTION TO ANY GREENGATE OCCUPANCY/VACANCY SENSOR. LIGHTING CONTROL NOTES 1. THIS ONE -LINE DRAWING IS DIAGRAMATIC ONLY. DO NOT WIRE THE SYSTEM PER THIS ONE -LINE. 2. REFER TO PLANS FOR LOCATIONS, SIZE AND QUANTITY. 3. REFER TO ALL MANUFACTURERS INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR CORRECT WIRING INFORMATION. 4. IF SENSORS ARE NOT BEING CONNECTED TO GREENGATE RELAY PANELS, SP2O-MV SWITCHPACKS ARE REQUIRED. 5. RC-6TSB-0S3 WALLSTATION CONTROLS BOTH SCENES AND ZONES. CUSTOM ENGRAVED BUTTON KITS ARE AVAILABLE. USING STANDARD DECORATOR OPENING FOR EASY GANGING OF STATIONS. 6. IF USED, EACH SWITCHPACK (SP20-MV OR SPD20-MV-NO) CAN POWER UP TO 5 OCCUPANCY SENSORS. QUICK CONNECT CABLES ARE PRE -TERMINATED AND INCLUDED IN THE ROOM CONTROLLER QUICKIT AND MEASURED TO FIT TYPICAL ROOM LAYOUTS 11=1 MEI 0 0 BUTTON 1: LOADS 1 AND 2 ON. BUTTON 2: LOAD 2 OFF. BUTTON 3: BLANK. BUTTON 4: BLANK. BUTTON 5: BLANK. BUTTON 6: LOADS 1 AND 2 OFF. 11=1 QUICK CONNECT CABLES ARE PRE -TERMINATED AND INCLUDED IN THE ROOM CONTROLLER QUICKIT AND MEASURED TO FIT TYPICAL ROOM LAYOUTS BUTTON 1: LOAD 1 ON. BUTTON 2: LOAD 1 DIMMED TO 50%. BUTTON 3: BLANK. BUTTON 4: BLANK. BUTTON 5: BLANK. BUTTON 6: LOAD 1 OFF. RECEIVED CITY OF TU .ILA SEP 01201 7 cin IIA 0 CC ,x co 5 I-Lr)Woo �NzO um,UW III • i = O 1- Z z° W to aMg IAN COV1tOt- REVISIONS: REQUIRED BY: -J Cf) OZo00 ot-LO M W ce W 0- N W C V W O 0L 0_ U 0 DATE PERMIT CENTER RC-6TSB-0S3-* ROOM WALL STATION CONTROL 0-10V RC-6TSB-0S3-* ROOM WALL STATION SWITCHED LINE OFFICE LIGHT SWITCHED LINE #2 BREAK ROOM LTS SWITCHED LINE #1 BREAK ROOM LTS BREAK ROOM SEQUENCE OF OPERATION LIGHTS ON - VIA WALL STATION. nl 1 rum ATM till WAI 1 CTATIA\I DI-LCYLL t,II L - VIM MALL JIAIIVII. LIGHTS OFF - VIA VACANCY SENSOR. i OFFICE TASK LTS OFFICE SEQUENCE LIGHTS ON - VIA DIMMING: - VIA LIGHTS OFF - VIA OF OPERATION . WALL STATION. WALL STATION. VACANCY SENSOR. TASK LTS RECPTS BREAK ROOM WIRING DIAGRAM OFFICE WIRING DIAGRAM - ONLY 1 CEILING FIXTURE IN OFFICE LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM CABLE SCHEDULE SYM. TYPE CABLE NOTE O LOW VOLTAGE LOW VOLTAGE INPUT WIRE - #18 AWG, 3 CONDUCTOR WIRE NNOTE NO. 2 BELOW 0 - QUICK CONNECT QUICK CONNECT CABLE, PRE -TERMINATED RJ45 - CATEGORY 5 CABLE SEE NOTE NO. 3 BELOW O I -CUMIN CABLE USE COOPER CONTROLS LCCNP NON -PLENUM CABLE OR LCCP PLENUM CABLE. (BELDEN 1502) SEE NOTE NO. 2 BELOW A LOW VOLTAGE LOW VOLTAGE CABLE - #18 AWG, 2 CONDUCTOR WIRE. BLEDEN 53000E, OR BELDEN 63000E PLENUM. SEE NOTE NO. 2 BELOW NOTE: SEPARATE 1. CABLES TO BE PROVIDE BY LSD&C AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 2. CABLES TO BE PROVIDE AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. PERMIT AND 3. PROVIDED BY COOPER CONTROLS APPROVAL 1 [IIHt DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 CDH CDH DFG ELECTRICAL LIGHTING CONTROLS DRAWING NUMBER: NTS LIGHTING CONTROL WIRING DIAGRAM 00D -EO 2-BOO-DETL 07/30/14 • C 0 - BA ELECTRICAL RE= ' S A. NOTE 1. THE ABBREVIATION LSD&C WHEREVER IT APPEARS IN THESE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND/OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALL REFER TO "UMITED STORE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION. ANY REFERENCE TO TENANT'S PROJECT MANAGER OR FURNISHED BY ANY OF THE ABOVE REFERS TO LSD&C. 2. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND ALL OTHER SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, APPLY TO THIS AND THE OTHER SECTIONS OF DIVISION 26. 3. THE CONTRACTOR FOR THIS DIVISION OF WORK. IS REQUIRED TO READ THE SPECIFICATIONS AND REVIEW DRAWINGS FOR ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK AND IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION OF THIS WORK AND THE WORK OF HIS OR HER SUBCONTRACTORS WITH ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK. IT IS THIS CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE HIS OR HER SUBCONTRACTORS WITH A COMPLETE SET OF BID DOCUMENTS. 4. THIS ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR SCHEDULING THE COMPLETION AND INSPECTION OF THIS WORK TO COMPLY WITH THE LSD&C SCHEDULE AND THE PROJECT COMPLETION DATE. 5. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL OF BID TO DETERMINE CONDITIONS AFFECTING THE WORK. ANY ITEMS WHICH ARE NOT COVERED IN THE BID DOCUMENTS OR ANY PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL BE LISTED SEPARATELY AND QUALIFIED IN THE CONTRACTORS BID. SUBMITTAL OF BID SHALL SERVE AS EVIDENCE OF KNOWLEDGE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS AND ANY MODIFICATIONS WHICH ARE REQUIRED TO MEET THE INTENT OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. FAILURE TO VISIT THE SITE DOES NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR OF RESPONSIBILITY IN PERFORMANCE OF HIS OR HER WORK. 6. REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ON SHEET E01.01 OF THIS SET FOR INFORMATION IN REGARD TO RESPONSIBILITY OF WORK OR ITEMS WHICH MAY AFFECT BID. B . RAL RECIIMIBMNTS 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, SERVICES, TOOLS, TRANSPORTATION, INCIDENTALS AND DETAILS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, AND AS REQUIRED BY JOB CONDITIONS. ALL WORK NOT SPECIFICALLY NOTED AS BEING BY THE LANDLORD OR LSD&C SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THIS CONTRACTOR. CLOSELY COORDINATE THE ENTIRE INSTALLATION WITH THE LANDLORD AND THE LSD&C PROJECT MANAGER, AS REQUIRED. 2. THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE INTENDED TO SUPPLEMENT EACH OTHER AND ANY MATERIAL OR LABOR CALLED FOR IN ONE SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED EVEN THOUGH NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED IN BOTH. ANY MATERIAL OR LABOR WHICH IS NEITHER SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS NOR CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, BUT WHICH IS OBVIOUSLY NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE WORK, AND WHICH IS USUALLY INCLUDED IN WORK OF SIMILAR CHARACTER, SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED AS PART OF CONTRACT. 3. WHERE THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS CALL FOR ITEMS WHICH EXCEED CODES OR THE LANDLORD'S TENANT CRITERIA, THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FURNISHING AND INSTALLING THE SYSTEM WITH THE MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS AS DESIGNED AND DESCRIBED ON THESE DRAWINGS, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. 4. ALL WORK IN THIS SECTION SHALL BE INSTALLED SO AS TO BE READILY ACCESSIBLE FOR OPERATING, SERVICING, MAINTAINING, AND REPAIRING. THIS CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING SUFFICIENT SERVICE ACCESS TO ALL EQUIPMENT. 5. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN A NEAT PROFESSIONAL MANNER USING GOOD CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES. 6. UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE, MATERIALS, PRODUCTS, AND EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING ALL COMPONENTS THEREOF, SHALL BE NEW, UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES LISTED AND LABELED AND SIZED IN CONFORMITY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF STATE AND LOCAL CODES, WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT. 7. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL DO ALL CUTTING, CHASING AND CHANNELING REQUIRED FOR ANY WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION. CUTTING SHALL HAVE PRIOR APPROVAL BY LSD&C PROJECT MANAGER AND THE LANDLORD. ALL PATCHING SHALL BE BY G.C. AND SHALL MATCH THE SURROUNDING SURFACES. 8. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERATING SYSTEM. C. TEWORARY UGHT AND POWER 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL TEMPORARY WIRING AND RELATED GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTION PROTECTION FOR LIGHT AND POWER FOR ALL CONTRACTORS AND IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ITS REMOVAL 2. ALL TEMPORARY LIGHTING WILL CONFORM WITH OSHA STANDARDS. 3. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SETS UP ALL ELECTRICAL UTILITIES IN THE NAME OF LIMITED BRANDS. LIMITED BRANDS PAYS FOR ALL UTILITIES THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION. D. COWS 1. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE LANDLORDS' CRITERIA, THE STATE'S, COUNTY'S, CITY'S, PROVINCE AND LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES, SAFETY AND HEALTH CODES, NFPA/NFPAC CODES, ENERGY CODES AND ALL OTHER APPLICABLE CODES AND REQUIREMENTS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INQUIRE INTO AND COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES, ORDINANCES, AND REGULATIONS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE ANY CHANGES REQUIRED BY CODES IN THE BID AND IF THESE CHANGES ARE NOT INCLUDED IN THE BID, THEY SHALL BE QUALIFIED AS A SEPARATE LINE ITEM IN THE BID. AFTER CONTRACT IS AWARDED, CHANGE ORDERS FOR INCREASED COSTS DUE TO CODE ISSUES WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED BY LSD&C, UNLESS ALLOWANCES HAVE PREVIOUSLY BEEN AGREED UPON. E. LICENSES, IIS + 8,INSPECTIONS & FEES 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL LICENSES, PERMITS, INSPECTIONS, AND FEES REQUIRED OR RELATED TO HIS OR HER WORK. 2. FURNISH TO THE LSD&C'S PROJECT MANAGER ALL CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION AND FINAL INSPECTION APPROVAL AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT. F. TRADE N 8, NIAMFACTIMERS AIM SHOP DRA G8 1. WHERE TRADE NAMES AND MANUFACTURERS ARE USED ON THE DRAWINGS OR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, THE EXACT EQUIPMENT SHALL BE USED AS A MINIMUM FOR THE BASE BID. MANUFACTURERS CONSIDERED AS AN EQUAL OR BETTER IN ALL ASPECTS TO THAT SPECIFIED WILL BE SUBJECT TO APPROVAL IN WRITING BY LSD&C'S PROJECT MANAGER THROUGH SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL PROCESS FOR ACCEPTANCE PRIOR TO INSTALLATIONS. THE USE OF ANY UNAUTHORIZED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE REPLACED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT ONLY SUBSTITUTION REQUESTS TO LSD&C PROJECT MANAGER FOR APPROVAL SUBMISSIONS SHALL BE MADE EARLY ENOUGH IN PROJECT TO ALLOW FOUR (4) WORKING DAYS FOR LSD&C PROJECT MANAGER'S REVIEW WITHOUT CAUSING DELAYS OR CONFLICTS TO THE JOB'S PROGRESS. SUBMITTALS SHALL BEAR THE STAMP OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND THE SUBCONTRACTOR SHOWING THAT HE HAS REVIEWED AND CONFIRMED THAT THE SUBMITTALS ARE IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS OR INDICATE WHERE EXCEPTIONS HAVE BEEN TAKEN. G. GUARANTEE 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE ALL MATERIALS AND WORK PROVIDED UNDER HIS OR HER CONTRACT AND SHALL MAKE GOOD, REPAIR OR REPLACE AT HIS OR HER OWN EXPENSE, ANY DEFECTIVE WORK, MATERIAL, OR EQUIPMENT WHICH MAY BE DISCOVERED WITHIN A PERIOD OF 12 MONTHS FROM THE DATE OF ACCEPTANCE OF THE INSTALLATION BY LSD&C'S PROJECT MANAGER (IN WRITING). EXTENDED WARRANTIES ARE AS SPECIFIED WITH INDIVIDUAL EQUIPMENT. 2. THE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER SHALL GUARANTEE AND PROVIDE A 12 MONTH GUARANTEE TO LSD&C FROM THE DATE OF ACCEPTANCE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL WARRANT THE INSTALLATION OF THIS EQUIPMENT AND WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE AND/OR MALFUNCTION CAUSED BY THE INSTALLATION. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT BEAR ADDITIONAL WARRANTIES BEYOND A COMPLETE WORKING SYSTEM. H. RECORD IMA GS 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN ONE SET OF DRAWINGS ON THE JOB SITE UPDATED WEEKLY TO RECORD ALL DEVIATIONS FROM CONTRACT DRAWINGS, SUCH AS: a. LOCATION OF CONCEALED PULLBOXES. b. REVISIONS, ADDENDUMS, AND CHANGE ORDERS. c. SIGNIFICANT DEVIATIONS MADE NECESSARY BY FIELD CONDITIONS, APPROVED EQUIPMENT SUBSTITUTIONS, AND CONTRACTOR'S COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES. 2. AT COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT AND BEFORE FINAL APPROVAL, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ANY FINAL CORRECTIONS TO DRAWINGS AND CERTIFY THE ACCURACY OF EACH PRINT BY SIGNATURE THEREON. FAILURE TO KEEP THESE RECORDS WILL ALLOW LSD&C TO DIRECT THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE THESE RECORDS AT HIS OR HER EXPENSE PRIOR TO FINAL PAYMENT. IMSCREPANCMS IN • , NTS 1. DRAWINGS (PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND DETAILS) ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND INDICATE THE GENERAL LOCATION AND INTENT OF THE MECHANICAL SYSTEMS. WHERE DRAWINGS, EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS, SPECIFICATIONS OR OTHER TRADES CONFLICT OR ARE UNCLEAR, ADVISES THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IN WRITING, PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL OF BID. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR 1S RESPONSIBLE TO ADVISE LSD&C'S PROJECT MANAGER, IN WRITING, OF VARIATIONS TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID. OTHERWISE, LSD&C PROJECT MANAGER'S INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS OR CONDITIONS SHALL BE FINAL WITH NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION PERMITTED. J. PHASBIG RE NTS 1. THIS CONTRACTOR IS TO INCLUDE IN HIS OR HER BID ALL NECESSARY SERVICE REQUIRED TO KEEP THE OPERATING PHASE OF THE STORE'S HVAC, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING AND SPRINKLER SERVICE IN OPERATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL SCHEDULE IN WRITING WITH LSD&C'S PROJECT MANAGER AND THE LANDLORD ONE WEEK PRIOR TO ANY SHUT DOWN OF THE HVAC, PLUMBING OR FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS. K. DEMOLITION 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION OF THE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING WORK AND THE DEMOUTION PROVIDED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR ANY EXISTING EQUIPMENT REQUIRED TO BE LEFT INTACT. 2. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE, AND WILL BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR, THE REMOVAL OF ALL EXISTING CONDUIT, FIRE ALARM SYSTEM, SWITCH GEAR, PITCH POCKETS AND EQUIPMENT ETC.. UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY WITH THE LANDLORD ALL PRESUMED ABANDONED EQUIPMENT, CONDUIT AND SWITCH GEAR PRIOR TO REMOVAL PITCH POCKETS SHALL BE REMOVED AND THE ROOF PATCHED, AS REQUIRED BY THE LANDLORD. ALL EXTRANEOUS ITEMS IN THE SPACE OR ON THE ROOF NOT APPLICABLE TO THE NEW WORK SHALL BE REMOVED AND ROOF/WALL/FLOOR PATCHED/REPAIRED TO LIKE NEW CONDITION. EXISTING ABANDONED CONDUIT OR EQUIPMENT IN THE FLOOR, EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE, OR OTHERWISE INACCESSIBLE, ARE TO BE CUT OFF AND SEALED BELOW OR WITHIN FLOOR OR WALL LEVEL WHEN THEY ARE NOT TO BE REUSED IN THIS PROJECT. IF REQUIRED BY LANDLORD OR CODES, ABANDONED CONDUIT SHALL BE REMOVED TO POINT OF ORIGINATION. CONFIRM EXTENT OF DEMOLITION PRIOR TO BID AND INCLUDE IN PROPOSAL 3. ALL UNUSED COMMUNICATION, DATA, AND LOW VOLTAGE CABLING IS TO BE REMOVED IN ACCORDANCE WITH N.E.C. 725.(3)B AND 760.3(A). L SLEEVES 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SLEEVES TO PROTECT EQUIPMENT OR FACILITIES IN THE INSTALLATION. EACH SLEEVE SHALL EXTEND THROUGH ITS RESPECTIVE FLOOR, WALL OR PARTITION AND SHALL BE CUT FLUSH WITH EACH SURFACE EXCEPT SLEEVES THAT PENETRATE THE FLOOR, WHICH SHALL EXTEND 2" ABOVE THE FLOOR. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THROUGH THE LANDLORD ANY CORE DRILLING OR CUTTING OF OPENINGS IN MASONRY FLOORS OR WALLS. 2. ALL SLEEVES AND OPENINGS THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLS AND/OR FLOORS SHALL BE FIRE SEALED WITH CALCIUM SILICATE, SILICONE "RTV" FOAM, "3M" FIRE RATED SEALANTS OR EQUAL, SO AS TO RETAIN THEIR FIRE RATING. 3. SLEEVES IN BEARING AND MASONRY WALLS, FLOORS, AND PARTITIONS SHALL BE STANDARD WEIGHT STEEL PIPE FINISHED WITH SMOOTH EDGES. FOR OTHER THAN MASONRY PARTITIONS, THROUGH SUSPENDED CEILINGS, OR FOR CONCEALED VERTICAL PIPING, SLEEVES SHALL BE NO. 22 U.S.G. GALVANIZED STEEL MINIMUM. M. HANGERS 1. HANGERS SHALL INCLUDE ALL MISCELLANEOUS STEEL SUCH AS ANGLE IRON, BANDS, C -CLAMPS WITH RETAINING CLIPS, CHANNELS, HANGER RODS, ETC., NECESSARY FOR THE INSTALLATION OF WORK. 2. HANGERS SHALL BE FASTENED TO BUILDING STEEL CONCRETE, OR MASONRY, BUT NOT TO PIPING. HANGING FROM METAL DECK IS NOT PERMITTED. HANGERS SHALL BE ATTACHED TO UPPER CHORD OF BAR JOIST. WHERE INTERFERENCES OCCUR, AND IN ORDER TO SUPPORT DUCTWORK OR PIPING, THE CONTRACTOR. SHALL INSTALL TRAPEZE TYPE HANGERS OR SUPPORTS WHICH SHALL BE LOCATED WHERE THEY DO NOT INTERFERE WITH ACCESS TO FIRE DAMPERS, VALVES, AND OTHER EQUIPMENT. HANGER TYPES AND INSTALLATION METHODS ARE ALSO SUBJECT TO LANDLORD CRITERIA. 3. HANGERS FOR ALL INSULATED PIPING SHALL BE SIZED AND INSTALLED FOR THE OUTER DIAMETER OF INSULATION. INSTALL 6" LONG SPLIT CIRCLE GALVANIZED SADDLE BETWEEN THE HANGER AND THE PIPE INSULATION. 4. HANGERS AND PIPING OF DISSIMILAR METALS SHALL BE DI -ELECTRICALLY SEPARATED. N. FBIAL ELECTRICAL DISPECTION 1. ASIDE FROM NORMAL INTERIM INSPECTIONS OF WORK IN PLACE, LSD&C MAY HAVE AN INDEPENDENT ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR INSPECT THE FINISHED ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION UPON . COMPLETION FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS AND CODES. THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE TO BRING ALL ITEMS REPORTED BY THE INDEPENDENT ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR UP TO PLANS AND SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. 0. SCOPE OF UMRK 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, SERVICES, TOOLS, TRANSPORTATION, AND FACILITIES NECESSARY FOR, O TESTING OFTHE WORK FOR THE ELECTRICAL REASONABLY IMPLIED AND INCIDENTAL TO, THE FURNISHING, INSTALLATION, COMPLETION AND TALL SYSTEMS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, AND AS REQUIRED BY JOB CONDITIONS, TO INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: a. A COMPLETE ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM INCLUDING THE INSTALLATION OF LSD&C FURNISHED POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM UNIT, SAFETY SWITCHES, DISCONNECT SWITCHES AND MOTOR STARTERS (SOMETIMES FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR), AND LIGHTING. IT IS THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO INCLUDE IN HIS OR HER BID FOR PROVIDING SERVICE EQUIPMENT NECESSARY FOR TIE-IN TO LANDLORD'S DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT OR TO OBTAIN SERVICE FROM LOCAL UTILITY COMPANY. REFER TO ELECTRICAL RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE AND ELECTRICAL POWER RISER DIAGRAM FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. b. CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE IN BID ALL NECESSARY MATERIALS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE SYSTEM INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, FEEDERS, BRANCH CIRCUITS, JUNCTION BOXES, OUTLET BOXES, WIRING DEVICES, COVERPLATES, CONDUITS, MOTOR STARTERS, DISCONNECTS, ETC. c. METERING AND CURRENT TRANSFORMERS AS REQUIRED BY DRAWINGS, LSD&C, UTILITY COMPANY, AND/OR LANDLORD. d. THE WIRING OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AS OUTLINED ON THE BID SET DRAWINGS AND IN THE SPECIFICATIONS. WORK SHALL INCLUDE WIRING OF ALL STARTERS, DISCONNECTS, AND POWER WIRING OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. ALL LOW VOLTAGE (24 VOLT) EMS TEMPERATURE CONTROL WIRING SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBIUTY OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR UNLESS NOTED SPECIFICALLY ON DRAWING. e. INSTALLATION OF LIGHT FIXTURES AND LAMPS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS INCLUDING ALL DEVICES, EQUIPMENT, ETC. REQUIRED FOR MOUNTING. f. A COMPLETE CONDUIT SYSTEM FOR TELEPHONE/DATA AND TRAFFIC COUNTER INCLUDING BRANCH CONDUITS, OUTLET BOXES, PULL WIRES, GROUND CONDUCTORS, COVER PLATES, ETC. OR AS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS. g. A COMPLETE EMERGENCY AND EXIT LIGHTING SYSTEM AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. h. TEMPORARY SERVICE AS INDICATED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, INCLUDING ITS REMOVAL. i. FINAL CONNECTIONS TO ALL SIGNS, CORNICE LIGHTING, CASE LIGHTING, ETC. AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. j. INSTALLATION AND WIRING OF SPEAKERS, AMPLIFIERS, CONDUIT AND FINAL CONNECTIONS FOR SOUND SYSTEM AS SHOWN. k. SMOKE/FIRE ALARM WIRING, DEVICES AND CONDUIT, AS SHOWN OR DESCRIBED ON DRAWINGS OR AS NECESSARY TO MEET LANDLORD, STATE, LOCAL, INSURANCE AND FIRE DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS. I. INSTALLATION OF CONDUITS STUBBED TO ABOVE CEILING FOR HVAC. ALSO, ANY ADDITIONAL CONDUIT FOR HVAC CONTROL EQUIPMENT WHERE PLENUM RATED CABLES ARE NOT PERMITTED. m.BALANCING LOADS. n. AS -BUILT, PANEL DESCRIPTION AND CIRCUIT BREAKER SPECIFIC LABELING. 2. WORK NOT INCLUDED: THE FOLLOWING ITEMS OF ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION ARE NOT INCLUDED IN THIS CONTRACT: a. TELEPHONE INSTRUMENTS AND WIRING UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. b. DATA CABLE WIRING UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 3. BEFORE STARTING WORK, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL EXAMINE THE ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, FIRE PROTECTION, MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING PLANS, SHOP DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS TO SEQUENCE, COORDINATE, AND INTEGRATE THE VARIOUS ELEMENTS OF THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS TO AVOID INTERFERENCES AND CONFRONTATIONS. P. CLE G 1. AT THE END OF THE PROJECT, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEAN ALL EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING LIGHT FIXTURES, TO THE SATISFACTION OF LSD&C. ALL DUST, DIRT, DEBRIS, AND FOREIGN MATTER SHALL BE REMOVED FROM ALL EQUIPMENT. SECTION 280128 - MAMTENANCE TEBTBIG OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. ALL CONNECTIONS AT PANELS, LIGHTING CONTACTORS AND SWITCHES ARE TO BE MADE, ALL SPLICES COMPLETE, ALL FUSES IN PLACE, AND ALL CIRCUITS CONTINUOUS FROM POINT OF SERVICE CONNECTION TO ITS FINAL DESTINATION, AND ALL COVERS AND PLATES INSTALLED PRIOR TO THE TIME OF FINAL INSPECTION BY LSD&C'S PROJECT MANAGER. UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK, ALL PARTS OF THE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION SHALL BE TESTED AND PROVED FREE OF UNWANTED GROUNDS AND OTHER DEFECTS. . ALL OVERLOAD DEVICES, INCLUDING EQUIPMENT FURNISHED UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS, SHALL BE SET AND ADJUSTED TO SUIT THE LOAD CONDITIONS. . TEST AND MAKE CORRECTIONS/ADJUSTMENTS FOR PHASE BALANCING. THIS CONTRACTOR IS TO BALANCE THE VOLTAGE LEAVING THE STEP-DOWN TRANSFORMER TO PROVIDE A SECONDARY VOLTAGE OF 120 MINIMUM TO 125 VOLTS MAXIMUM BY ADJUSTING THE TRANSFORMER TAPS ONCE ALL THE FINAL CONNECTIONS HAVE BEEN MADE TO THE LOW VOLTAGE. PANELBOARD. INCLUDE FINAL BALANCE REPORT WITH AS -BUILT DRAWINGS. SECTION 200519 - ELECTRICAL POWER CO TORS AtM CABLES A. CONDUCTORS FOR FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE COPPER AND THE AWG SIZE AND TYPE AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. MINIMUM WIRE SIZE SHALL BE #12 AND THE CONDUCTORS SHALL BE 600 VOLT INSULATION TYPE THW, THWN, THHN, OR RW90(CANADA). . MINIMUM WIRE SIZE - 20 AMP BRANCH CIRCUIT SHALL BE AWG LISTED. SIZE PER DISTANCE SHOWN BELOW. DISTANCE SHALL BE MEASURED FROM THE PANELBOARD CIRCUIT BREAKER TO THE FARTHEST OUTLET. 1.#12 LESS THAN 100 FEET 2. #10 BETWEEN 100 - 150 FEET 3. #8 BETWEEN 150 - 250 FEET 4. #6 OVER 250 FEET • ON ALL 20 AMP BRANCH CIRCUITS, CONDUCTORS LARGER THAN #10 AWG SHALL BE REDUCED TO #10 AWG WITHIN 10 FEET OF PANELBOARD AND DEVICE IN JUNCTION BOXES ON RATED TERMINAL STRIPS. D. CONDUCTORS MAY BE STRANDED FOR SIZES #10 AWG AND LARGER. CONDUCTORS' SIZE #12 SHALL BE SOLID. ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS ARE NOT PERMITTED, EXCEPT AT SERVICE ENTRANCE, WHERE REQUIRED BY LANDLORD. CONDUCTOR CONNECTION SHALL BE PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND LSD&C'S PROJECT MANAGER WHEN USED. F. ALL WIRING SHALL BE IN CONDUIT, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE (I.E. LOW VOLTAGE PLENUM RATED WIRE). G. THE USE OF ROMEX OR BX CABLE IS NOT PERMITTED. THE USE OF MC CABLE IS NOT PERMITTED IN CANADA. H. WIRE CONNECTORS SHALL BE EQUAL TO "SCOTCH LOCK" FOR #8 AWG WIRE AND SMALLER AND EQUAL TO T & B "LOCKTIGHT" FOR #6 AWG AND LARGER. SECTKIN 280523 - CONTROL VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CABLES A. D STATES 1. FURNISH AND INSTALL A SYSTEM OF CONDUIT RACEWAYS, OUTLET BOXES AND PULL WIRES AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON PLANS. TELEPHONE SWITCHING APPARATUS, CONDUCTORS, INSTRUMENTS, MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT AND APPURTENANCES ARE NOT PART OF THIS CONTRACT AND WILL BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY LSD&C. 2. OUTLET BOXES TO BE 4" SQUARE MINIMUM WITH SINGLE DEVICE COVER AND TELEPHONE PLATE. 3. CONDUIT RUNS FROM IFS ENCLOSURE OR MANAGER'S OFFICE FOR TELEPHONE AND DATA LINES TO CASHWRAPS ARE TO BE CONTINUOUS WITH NO JUNCTION BOXES EXCEPT AS NOTED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. 4. ALL PULL WIRES ARE TO BE LABELED FOR PURPOSE DESIGNATED. 5. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL ELECTRICAL WORK TO . BE INCLUDED IN HIS OR HER BID. 6. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL DO ALL POWER WIRINGS, LINE VOLTAGE WIRINGS, AND LINE VOLTAGE CONTROL WIRING INDICATED UNDER THE HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING, PLUMBING AND FIRE PROTECTION SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO DO ALL INTERCONNECTING LINE VOLTAGE WIRINGS BETWEEN RELAYS AND SWITCHES AS REQUIRED. 7. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FURNISHING AND INSTALLING CONDUIT FOR HVAC CONTROL WIRING WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE OR SHOWN ON PRINTS TO BE IN CONDUIT. REFER TO PLANS FOR REQUIREMENTS AND SIZE. 8. FIRE AND/OR SMOKE DAMPERS SHALL BE WIRED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE WITH HVAC CONTRACTOR FOR POWER REQUIREMENTS. 9. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR AVAILABLE SCHEMATIC WIRING DIAGRAMS OF EQUIPMENT. B. CANADA 1. ALL CCTV CABLES TO BE CAT5E TYPE AND WHITE IN COLOR. 5'-0" LOOP OF CABLE TO BE LEFT AT DVR AND 10'-0" LOOP OF CABLE TO BE LEFT AT EQUIPMENT LOCATION END COILED UP IN CEILING. 2. ALL SECURITY/ADT CABLING TO BE 22/4 NON -SHIELDED FT6 TYPE. NO CONDUIT REQUIRED IF RUN WITHIN THE PLENUM. 5'-0" LOOP OF CABLE TO BE LEFT AT THE CONTROL PANEL END AND 5'-0" TO BE LEFT AT THE EQUIPMENT LOCATION COILED IN CEILING. SECTION 280528-GROLOMBIG AIM BOWING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. FURNISH AND INSTALL COMPLETE WIRED GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SYSTEM, #12 AWG MINIMUM, SIZED AND INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST ADOPTED EDITION OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, STATE AND LOCAL CODES, THE LANDLORD'S TENANT CRITERIA, AS NOTED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, AND AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. B. ALL CONDUITS, INCLUDING FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT, SHALL BE GROUNDED WITH A GREEN GROUNDING CONDUCTOR. C. GROUNDING CONNECTIONS MADE TO THE WATER PIPING SYSTEM SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR AND A BONDING JUMPER INSTALLED AROUND WATER METER PER CODES AND AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. D. ALL DEVICES SHALL BE BONDED TO THE CONDUIT SYSTEM. USE A BONDING JUMPER BETWEEN THE OUTLET BOX AND THE DEVICE GROUNDING TERMINAL METAL -TO -METAL CONTACT BETWEEN THE DEVICE YOKE AND THE OUTLET BOX IS NOT ACCEPTABLE AS A BOND FOR EITHER SURFACE MOUNTED BOXES OR FLUSH TYPE BOXES. ALL JUNCTION BOXES, OUTLET BOXES, AND PULL BOXES SHALL BE BONDED TO THE CONDUIT SYSTEM. E. ALL ENCLOSURES AND NON-CURRENT CARRYING METAL PARTS ARE TO BE GROUNDED. CONDUIT SYSTEM IS TO BE ELECTRICALLY CONTINUOUS. ALL LOCKNUTS SHALL CUT THROUGH ENAMELED OR PAINTED SURFACES ON ENCLOSURES. WHERE ENCLOSURES AND NON-CURRENT CARRYING METAL PARTS ARE ISOLATED FROM THE CONDUIT SYSTEM, USE BONDING JUMPERS WITH APPROVED CLAMPS. ALL GROUND CLAMPS SHALL BE "PENN -UNION" OR EQUAL, SIMILAR TO "GPL" TYPE. SECTION 280533 -RACEWAY AIM BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL CONDUITS SERVING ALL EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LIGHTING, RECEPTACLES, HEATING, AIR CONDITIONING, PLUMBING EQUIPMENT, TELEPHONE, DATA, SPEAKERS, SECURITY, PAGER, TRAFFIC COUNTING SYSTEM AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. B. ALL CONDUITS SHALL BE GALVANIZED IMC OR EMT UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED IN SPECIFICATIONS OR ON DRAWINGS. ALL CONDUIT IS TO BE UL/ULC LABELED. EMT CONNECTORS SHALL BE STEEL COMPRESSION OR SET SCREW TYPE. CONDUIT UNDER SLAB ON GRADE SHALL BE RIGID STEEL, OR SCHEDULE 40 PVC WITH RIGID STEEL ELLS WHERE PERMITTED BY LANDLORD OR CODE. C. MINIMUM SIZE OF CONDUIT SHALL BE: 1. MAIN FEEDER CONDUIT TO 2" OR LARGER FOR ALL APPLICATIONS. 2. 1/2" MINIMUM FOR ALL LOCATIONS (IF ACCEPTABLE BY THE LANDLORD AND LOCAL CODE OFFICIALS), UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE IN PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, OR DRAWINGS. 3. IF HVAC CONTROL WIRING IS REQUIRED TO BE RUN IN CONDUIT, IT SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 3/4", UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. 4. ALL IN/UNDER FLOOR CONDUIT SHALL BE OF MINIMUM 3/4" SIZE. 5. ALL FIRE ALARM CONDUIT SHALL BE OF MINIMUM 3/4" SIZE. D. SUPPORT ALL CONDUIT, INCLUDING SEISMIC AND SWAY BRACING, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LOCALLY ADAPTED CODES. E. GENERALLY, ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE CONCEALED EXCEPT FOR UNFINISHED AREAS, SUCH AS EQUIPMENT ROOMS. EXPOSED CONDUIT SHALL BE ALLOWED ONLY AS NOTED ON PLAN AND AS APPROVED BY LSD&C'S PROJECT MANAGER. PAINTING OF CONDUITS, NOTED ON DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS WILL BE BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 6. FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT, MC TYPE CABLE OR AC90(CANADA). ADDITIONALLY, FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT, MC TYPE CABLE OR AC90(CANADA) SHALL BE USED FOR THE FOLLOWING APPUCATIONS: a. FINAL CONNECTIONS TO MOTORS. b. FINAL CONNECTIONS INTO AND OUT OF THE TRANSFORMER. c. FINAL CONNECTIONS TO VIBRATING EQUIPMENT. d. INTER -CONNECTIONS BETWEEN ALL RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURES AND JUNCTION BOXES. e. FINAL CONNECTIONS WHERE RIGID CONDUIT IS NOT PRACTICAL f. IN WALLS (FOR LIGHT SWITCHES AND 120 VOLT POWER RECEPTACLES AND HVAC CONTROL EQUIPMENT). 2. FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT OR AC90 (CANADA) SHALL BE THE SAME SIZE AS THE IMC OR EMT CONDUIT TO WHICH IT IS CONNECTED. BOTH THE FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT, OR AC90 (CANADA) AND ITS FITTINGS ARE TO BE LISTED FOR GROUNDING. A GREEN GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SHALL BE INSTALLED. ALL CONNECTORS ARE TO BE OF A NEMA APPROVED TYPE. 3. LENGTH OF FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT, MC TYPE CABLE, OR AC90 (CANADA) IS NOT TO EXCEED 6'-0" EXCEPT WHERE ALLOWED PER F.1.F. OF THIS SECTION. 4. THE USE OF ROMEX OR BX CABLE IS NOT PERMITTED. G. CONNECTION TO ANY OUTDOOR EQUIPMENT SHALL BE MADE WITH LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT OR AC90 (CANADA). H. PROVIDE PULL -WIRE IN ALL EMPTY CONDUITS EXCEPT AS NOTED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. I. HOME RUNS AND MAIN CONDUIT RUNS ARE TO BE HELD TIGHT TO STRUCTURE ABOVE OR AS REQUIRED TO ALLOW PROPER SERVICE ACCESS AND OTHER TRADES WORK. CONDUIT SHALL BE TRAPEZED TO ALLOW 3 FEET MINIMUM CLEARANCE ABOVE CEILING. J. ALL CONDUITS SHALL BE SIZED PER LOCALLY ADOPTED CODES. K. ALL SENSORMATIC WIRING SHALL BE PLACED IN EMT, IMC, OR RMC CONDUIT. PVC IS NOT ALLOWED. L. ALL OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE GALVANIZED PRESSED STEEL OF THE STANDARD KNOCKOUT TYPE. NO ROUND OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE PERMITTED UNLESS INDICATED AND FOR LIGHTING THAT REQUIRE SUCH CONFIGURATION. CONCEALED BOXES SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN SINGLE GANG AND 1-1/2" DEEP, WITH PLASTER RINGS. M. ALL KNOCKOUT BOXES, UPON WHICH LIGHTING FIXTURES ARE TO BE INSTALLED, SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH 3/8" FIXTURE STUDS. N. EXTERIOR BOXES SHALL BE CAST RUST -RESISTING METAL WITH GASKETED COVERS. 0. INSTALL BOXES RIGIDLY FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE AND SUPPORT INDEPENDENTLY OF THE CONDUIT SYSTEM. ALSO PROVIDE SUITABLE BOX EXTENSIONS TO EXTEND BOXES TO FINISHED FACES OF FLOORS, CEILINGS, WALLS ETC. ALL OUTLET BOXES TO BE PROVIDED WITH CADDY "QUICK -MOUNT BOX SUPPORT" TO MINIMIZE THE DEFLECTION THAT OCCURS WHEN PLUGGING/UNPLUGGING INTO THESE DEVICES. P. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON DRAWINGS OR OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, ACCESSIBILITY CODES OR LOCAL CODES, OUTLET HEIGHTS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: 1. SWITCH HEIGHT 42" FROM FINISHED FLOOR TO CENTERLINE OF OUTLET. 2. CONVENIENCE OUTLETS: a. SALES AREAS: MOUNTED ON THE WALL 15" AFF UNLESS INDICATED OR HORIZONTALLY MOUNTED IN BASEBOARD BENEATH CABINETS, AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS, OR AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES. SEE DRAWINGS. b. NON -SALES AREA: 15" FROM FINISHED FLOOR TO CENTERLINE OF OUTLET. 3. TELEPHONE OUTLETS SHALL BE LOCATED AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS. Q THE PLANS INDICATE ONLY SCHEMATIC ROUTINGS FOR CONDUIT RUNS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ADDITIONAL BOXES WHERE REQUIRED BY FIELD CONDITIONS OR BY CODE. R BOXES AND COVERS SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL OF CODE GAUGE SIZE ARRANGE CIRCUITS TO AVOID THE USE OF JUNCTION BOXES IN INACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS. THE USE OF JUNCTION BOXES ABOVE DRYWALL CEILINGS SHOULD BE LIMITED TO LOCATIONS NEAR ACCESS FRAMES USED FOR DIFFUSERS AND RETURN AIR GRILLES OR ACCESS PANELS AS LOCATED ON PLANS. SECTION 280 ICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. FOR ALL U.S PROJECTS ALL WIRING SHALL BE COLOR -CODED AS FOLLOWS: 1.120/208 VOLT SYSTEM a. NEUTRAL - WHITE b. PHASE A OR L1 - BLACK c. PHASE B OR L2 - RED d. PHASE C OR L3 - BLUE e. GROUND - GREEN 2.277/480 VOLT SYSTEM a. NEUTRAL - GRAY b. PHASE A OR L1 - BROWN c. PHASE B OR L2 - ORANGE d. PHASE C OR L3 - YELLOW e. GROUND - GREEN . FOR CANADIAN PROJECT ALL WIRING SHALL BE COLOR -CODED AS FOLLOWS: 1. 120/208 VOLT SYSTEM a. NEUTRAL - WHITE b. PHASE A OR L1 - RED c. PHASE B OR 12 - BLACK d. PHASE C OR L3 - BLUE Es. GROUND - GREEN 2.347/600 VOLT SYSTEM a. NEUTRAL - GRAY b. PHASE A OR L1 - RED c. PHASE B OR L2 - BLACK d. PHASE C OR L3 - BLUE e. GROUND - GREEN C. JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES SHALL BE LABELED WITH CIRCUIT NUMBER IDENTIFICATION AND SYSTEM TYPE ON COVER. SECTION 280923-LIGHTMG CONTROL E0 NT A. LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL WILL BE PROVIDED BY LSD&C THROUGH CONTROL MANUFACTURER, MOUNTED IN IFS PANEL WITH CONDUIT, INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. THE CONTROL PANEL SHALL BE PROGRAMMED AND COMPLETE WHEN SHIPPED TO THE JOB SITE. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE TO PULL ALL WIRES AS DETAILED ON THESE DRAWINGS AND CIRCUITED EXACTLY AS DIAGRAMMED ON THE ELECTRICAL PLAN DRAWINGS. NO VARIATIONS TO THE CIRCUITING ARE ALLOWED WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL BY LSD&C'S PROJECT MANAGER. B. DIMMING SYSTEM WILL BE PROVIDED BY LSD&C THROUGH LIGHTING SUPPLIER, INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE TO PULL ALL WIRES AS DETAILED ON THESE DRAWINGS AND CIRCUIT EXACTLY AS DIAGRAMMED ON THE ELECTRICAL PLAN DRAWINGS. NO VARIATIONS TO THE CIRCUITING ARE ALLOWED WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL BY LSD&C'S PROJECT MANAGER. SECTION 282213 -DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS A. TRANSFORMERS ARE GENERALLY INCLUDED IN THE IFS SWITCHGEAR. IF NOT, TRANSFORMER SHALL BE PAD MOUNTED OR SHALL BE SECURELY MOUNTED FROM THE BUILDING STRUCTURE, REINFORCED WALLS OR AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS. USE ADDITIONAL VIBRATION ISOLATORS AT POINTS OF MOUNTING TO CUT VIBRATION NOISES. USE FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT WITH GROUNDING BUSHING FOR PRIMARY AND SECONDARY CONNECTIONS TO TRANSFORMER. TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE LOCATED, SET, MOUNTED AND CONNECTED IN SUCH A MANNER AS TO KEEP NOISE LEVELS WITHIN THE SURROUNDING AMBIENT NOISE LEVELS AND MAINTAIN ALL CODE REQUIRED CLEARANCES. B. TRANSFORMER SHALL BE QUIET TYPE CONSTRUCTION AND HAVE SIX (6) 2-1/2% TAPS, TWO (2) TAPS ABOVE AND FOUR (4) TAPS BELOW NORMAL PRIMARY RATING. C. ALL DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS PROVIDED SHALL MEET THE DOE 2016 EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENT. SECTION 2152415-PAIMLBOARDS A. ALL PANELBOARDS SHALL BE FACTORY ASSEMBLED OF THE BOLTED CIRCUIT BREAKER TYPE WITH SOLID COPPER BUSSING, FULL SIZED COPPER NEUTRAL, 100% GROUND BUSHING, AND OVERALL HINGED/LOCKABLE DOOR. ALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE OF THE QUICK -MAKE AND QUICK -BREAK DESIGN, THERMAL -MAGNETIC TYPE, TRIP FREE AND TRIP -INDICATING. ALL PANELS SHALL BE DEAD FRONT AND FLUSH OR SURFACE MOUNTED AS SHOWN. B. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL A TYPEWRITTEN DIRECTORY CARD OF THE CIRCUITS AND PLACE IN PANEL DOOR. THE DIRECTORY SHALL IDENTIFY THE SPECIFIC ROOM LOCATION FOR EACH CIRCUIT. C. ALL PANELBOARDS PHASE AMPERAGE SHALL BE BALANCED TO WITHIN 7 PERCENT MAX. TO MIN. REARRANGE NON -LIGHTING BRANCH CIRCUITS AS REQUIRED AND NOTE CHANGES ON RECORD DRAWINGS. LIGHTING PANEL CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE INSTALLED AND WIRED EXACTLY AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. ▪ IF LOOSE PANELBOARDS ARE USED, PANELBOARDS SHALL BE MOUNTED ON MINIMUM 3/4" A/D PLYWOOD AND PAINTED IN A COLOR TO MATCH THE SURROUNDING WALLS OR A COLOR AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE. PLYWOOD SHALL EXTEND 1 FOOT MINIMUM BEYOND EDGE OF EQUIPMENT. E. PANELBOARDS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RATING AND LUG CONNECTIONS AS FOLLOWS: 1. 120/208 VOLT PANELBOARDS: 10,000 A.I.C. 2.277/480 VOLT PANELBOARDS: 14,000 A.I.C. 3.347/600 VOLT PANELBOARDS: 14,000 A.I.C. 4. VERIFY ACTUAL A.I.C. SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT REQUIREMENTS WITH THE LANDLORD OR UTILITY COMPANY AND VERIFY SWITCHGEAR COMPLIANCE PRIOR TO INSTALLING EQUIPMENT. ALL LUG CONNECTIONS TO BE 75'C RATED. F. IFS ENCLOSURE FURNISHED BY LSD&C AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS HEREIN DESCRIBED: 1. UNIT WILL BE SHIPPED TO THE PROJECT IN MULTIPLE SECTIONS AND THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR OFF-LOADING OF EQUIPMENT, INSPECTION OF EQUIPMENT FOR DAMAGES, VERIFICATION OF EQUIPMENT RECEIVED, ENSURING THAT THE EQUIPMENT RECEIVED IS COMPLETE AND MEETS THE SCHEDULED PANELS FOR THE PROJECT, MOVING AND MOUNTING OF SECTIONS AS WELL AS REASSEMBLING OF SAME INTO ONE COMPLETE UNIT PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. 2. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS TO CONNECT ALL PROVIDED INTERCONNECTING CABLES BETWEEN SECTIONS AND TORQUE CONNECTIONS PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. CONTRACTOR IS TO ANCHOR PANEL SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS AND LOCAL CODES IN SEISMIC ZONES. 3. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS TO CONNECT LIGHTING BRANCH CIRCUITS TO APPROPRIATE LOAD TERMINALS OR PRC LIMITER PANEL PROVIDED WITHIN IFS ENCLOSURE PER LIGHTING ZONES INDICATED IN THE PANEL SCHEDULE (I.E.: ZONE A, B, C, OR D)AND CURRENT LIMITING BREAKER SCHEDULE. LINE SIDE WIRING AND LIGHTING CONTROL WIRING WILL BE PREWIRED BY MANUFACTURER AT FACTORY. COORDINATE EXACT TERMINAL NUMBER FOR EACH CIRCUIT CONNECTION WITH MANUFACTURER'S DRAWINGS. 4. ALL LIGHTING, RECEPTACLE AND MISCELLANEOUS BRANCH CIRCUITS NOT SPECIFIED AS BEING CONTROLLED, ARE TO BE WIRED DIRECTLY TO THE CORRESPONDING BRANCH BREAKER IN THE DESIGNATED PANEL 5. ALL CONNECTIONS WITHIN THE TELEPHONE/DATA SECTION AND HVAC CONTROL SECTION OF THE IFS ENCLOSURE ARE TO BE PERFORMED BY OTHERS. 6. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR WILL ONLY BE RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLATION OF THE CONDUIT SYSTEM INTO THE LOW VOLTAGE SECTION OF THE IFS PANEL 7. PRC LIMITER PANEL IS COMPLIANT WITH CALIFORNIA TITLE 24, SECT. 130 C(3) AND ASHRAE. SECTION 282728- EMVMES A. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, AS NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. COLOR OF DEVICES AND PLATES SHALL BE SELECTED BY LSD&C. THE DEVICES SHALL BE OF THE TYPES AND RATINGS LISTED, OR EQUALS BY ARROW -HART, HUBBELL OR PASS SEYMOUR. WEATHERPROOF GFI RECEPTACLES SHALL BE INSTALLED WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS OR AS REQUIRED BY CODE. 1. SINGLE POLE TOGGLE SWITCHES: 20 AMP,120-277V: PASS & SEYMOUR "PS2OAC1W" 2. THREE WAY SWITCHES: 20 AMP, 120-277V: PASS & SEYMOUR "PS2OAC3W" 3. DUPLEX RECEPTACLES: 20 AMP, 125V: PASS & SEYMOUR "CRB5362W" 4. GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTING RECEPTACLES: 20 AMP, 125V: PASS & SEYMOUR "2097W" B. ALL DEVICE COVERPLATES SHALL BE PASS AND SEYMOUR SERIES "TP" OR EQUAL SECTS 2828 NCLOSED SWITOMS AIM CIRCLET BREAKERS A. SAFETY AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES SHALL BE HEAVY DUTY TYPE, QUICK -MAKE, QUICK -BREAK FUSED OR NON -FUSIBLE WITH RATINGS AND SIZES AS NOTED ON PLANS AND REQUIRED BY CODES. B. SWITCHES SHALL BE WEATHERPROOF IN OUTDOOR LOCATIONS OR AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES. C. AT SERVICE ENTRANCE, DISCONNECT SHALL BEAR THE MANUFACTURER'S LABEL INDICATING THE EQUIPMENT IS UL/ULC RATED FOR APPLICATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL CODES. D. E. CUTLER HAMMER OR EQUAL MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS, LESS OVERLOAD PROTECTION HEATERS, ARE TO BE USED AS A DISCONNECTING MEANS ONLY WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS FOR MOTORS ABOVE 1 1/2 HP AT 120 VOLTS AND 2 HP AT 240 VOLTS THAT DO NOT REQUIRE AUXILIARY CONTROL MOTORS THAT ARE BELOW THE 1 1/2 HP AT 120 VOLTS, 2 HP AT 240 VOLTS, WATER HEATER AND ROLLING GRILLE ARE TO BE PROVIDED WITH HUBBELL "HBL-1221, OR 1222" AC SWITCH. MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTERS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH RESET TYPE OVERLOADS THAT CLOSELY MATCH MOTOR NAMEPLATE RATING AND SHALL BE ELECTRICALLY HELD (MINIMUM SIZE #1 IN A NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE) AND BE USED FOR ALL SINGLE PHASE AND THREE PHASE MOTORS RATED ABOVE 1/2 HP THAT REQUIRE AUXILIARY CONTROL PROVIDE CONTROL DEVICES (AUXILIARY CONTACTS, TRANSFORMERS, H -O -A, ETC.) IN STARTERS AS REQUIRED FOR INTERLOCKS. COORDINATE ALL CONTROL DEVICES WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. COMBINATION STARTER/DISCONNECT SWITCHES SHALL CONTAIN FUSIBLE SWITCHES AND ONLY USED WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. SECTION 2 RIOR LIGHTING A. B. C. D. E. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES AND LAMPS AS SHOWN ON THE FIXTURE SCHEDULE. LIGHTING FIXTURES AND LAMPS ARE SUPPLIED BY LSD&C, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. CONTRACTOR IS TO REPLACE ALL NON -WORKING LAMPS PRIOR TO MERCHANDISE DATE AND IS TO INCLUDE COST IN BID. ALL RECESSED INCANDESCENT FIXTURES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH APPLICABLE THERMAL PROTECTION. WHERE FLUORESCENT FIXTURES ARE SPECIFIED, THEY SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH HIGH POWER FACTOR RAPID START BALLASTS, U.L./U.L.0 LISTED, C.B.M. CERTIFIED, AND E.T.L. APPROVED WITH EFFICIENCY FACTORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH "THE ENERGY POLICY ACT OF 1992" AND ITS AMENDMENTS AS A MINIMUM. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ADDITIONAL AUXILIARY SUPPORT STEEL HANGER WIRES ADEQUATELY SIZED TO SUPPORT THE WEIGHT OF THE FIXTURE FASTENED TO THE BUILDING STRUCTURE (MINIMUM TWO PER FIXTURE) FOR ALL FIXTURES IN LAY -IN CEILINGS AND OTHER FIXTURES AS REQUIRED BY THE LANDLORD AND LOCAL CODE OFFICIALS. FURNISH AND INSTALL APPLICABLE FIRE RATED DRYWALL BOXES OVER RECESSED FIXTURES IN FIRE RATED CEILINGS AS REQUIRED BY CODES. FIELD COORDINATE AS REQUIRED TO AVOID CONFLICTS. G- \7- 0237 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA SEPARATE SEP 01 2011 PERMIT AND APPROVAL PERMIT CENTER REQUIRED M -Engineering 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, Ohio 43081 phone: 614.839.4639 fax: 614.839.2222 www.mengineering.us.com z 0 U D 1- z 0 0 ttz V w 0 w 0 cn M ct t"1 0") Rd' ui O tit O r O co 1.•./ W O cm AUG 2 5 2017 ■ ■ w Cn■ CD CD 11== 0 2 co LLI ix co 5' ill - LU W < AZ15 O - wg Q M CD (5 PROJECT INFORMATION: -J W O O Q a. Q w Z 0 000 p 0- Ir) M 0 w 0: 0 0 C) N W 0 FF) V W O 0 0 9 REVISIONS: REQUIRED BY: DATE DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 CDH CDH DFG ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS DRAWING NUMBER: 1 02/22/201% GENERAL NOTES ALL NOTES INCLUDED HEREIN ARE MADE PART OF EACH AND ALL MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING SECTIONS OF WORK. 1. REFER TO LANDLORD'S SPECIFICATIONS AND TENANT DESIGN CRITERIA FOR NECESSARY INFORMATION AND COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES. 2. THE ABBREVIATION LSD&C WHEREVER IT APPEARS IN THE DRAWINGS, SHALL REFER TO "LBRANDS DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION". ANY REFERENCE TO TENANT, BRAND SPECIFIC (VICTORIA'S SECRET, ETC.) OR FURNISHED BY ANY OF THE ABOVE REFERS TO LSD&C. 3. ANY DISCREPANCY BETWEEN LSD&C DRAWINGS AND TENANT CRITERIA, LSD&C DRAWINGS SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE. 4. THE DRAWINGS ARE ESSENTIALLY DIAGRAMMATIC TO THE EXTENT THAT ALL INSTALLED ITEMS AND LOCATIONS ARE NOT EXACTLY PLACED AND ARE NOT TO BE SCALED. 5. EACH CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL RELATED PERMITS AND INSPECTION FEES. 6. BEFORE COMMENCING ANY WORK, CONTRACTORS SHALL REVIEW THE LATEST NATIONAL, STATE AND LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS INCLUDING LANDLORD CRITERIA AND PERFORM THE WORK IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THESE. IN CASE OF CONFLICT THE STRICTER REQUIREMENTS WILL PREVAIL 7. NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION SHALL BE MADE FOR ANY CHANGE ORDERS DUE TO CONTRACTOR'S FAILURE TO VISIT THE JOBSITE AND/OR PREDETERMINE ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING HIS BID. A. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD VERIFICATION OF ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING A BID. FOR THE PURPOSE OF SURVEYING EXISTING CONDITIONS, WHICH MAY AFFECT THE WORK TO BE DONE UNDER THIS SECTION, ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY REPORTED TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, LSD&C OR THE LANDLORD'S FIELD REPRESENTATIVE FOR CLARIFICATION. B. AFTER BID, ANY QUESTIONS RELATING TO SPECIFIC M, E, OR P ISSUES ARE TO BE DIRECTED AS RFI'S THROUGH THE LSD&C PROJECT MANAGER. C. SHOULD THE SPACE HAVE BEEN INACCESSIBLE FOR INSPECTION CONTRACTOR MUST INDICATE SO ON HIS BID. 8. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S FIRE SPRINKLER SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL DESIGN AND INSTALL FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM CONFORMING TO LANDLORD'S CRITERIA, TENANT'S REQUIREMENTS AND PER LOCAL CODES AND NFPA STANDARDS. 9. THE CONTRACTOR, WITHIN FIFTEEN (15) DAYS OF THE AWARD OF THE CONTRACT, SHALL SUBMIT TO THE OWNER, SIX (6) COPIES OF A COMPLETE LIST OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT PROPOSED FOR THE JOB INCLUDING ALL DATA, PART NUMBERS, RATING CAPACITY, SIZE, DIMENSIONS, ELECTRICAL DATA, GRADE, MANUFACTURER, AND ANY OTHER DESCRIPTIVE DATA FOR ALL EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEMS THAT DEVIATE FROM SPECIFIED ITEMS. ANY DELAYS OR COSTS DUE TO THESE DEVIATIONS, WILL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. 10. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE DISPOSAL OF ALL UNUSED OR ABANDONED MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT, AND ITS REMOVAL OFF THE LANDLORD'S PREMISES. 11. OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO HAVE CONSTRUCTION REVIEWED BY AN OUTSIDE CONSULTANT PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE OF THE PROJECT. 12. EACH CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE ALL MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP RELATED TO HIS WORK FOR A MINIMUM PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM THE DATE WHICH THE OWNER ACCEPTS THE PROJECT. THE CONTRACTOR AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER OR TENANT SHALL CORRECT ANY DEFECTS IN MATERIALS OR WORKMANSHIP DURING THIS GUARANTEE PERIOD. 13. EACH CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE AND ENSURE A CLEAN INSTALLATION ESPECIALLY IN EXPOSED CEILING AREAS. THE FINAL APPROVAL OF THIS WORK WILL BE ISSUED BY LSD&C PROJECT MANAGER. 14. PROVIDE ONE SETS OF "AS -BUILT" DRAWINGS INTO PLAN TUBE AND ONE BOUND SETS OF ALL OPERATIONS MANUALS, DIAGRAMS, SERVICE CONTRACTS AND GUARANTEES IN BINDER TO STORE MANAGER. A REPORT PREPARED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS BY AN INDEPENDENT AIR BALANCE CONTRACTOR, HIRED BY GC, MUST BE INCLUDED IN THE CLOSE-OUT PACKAGE. HVAC GENERAL NOTES 1. THESE PLANS MAY BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION ONLY AFTER APPROVAL IS OBTAINED FROM THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT MECHANICAL PLAN CHECK DIVISION AND THAT DIVISION'S STAMPED APPROVAL AND AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE APPEAR ON THE PLANS. 2. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH ALL TRADES INCLUDED BUT NOT LIMITED TO ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, FIRE PROTECTION AND STRUCTURAL CONTRACTORS. INSTALL ALL WORK TO CLEAR NEW AND EXISTING ARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. NO ITEM SUCH AS PIPE, DUCT, ETC. IS TO COME IN CONTACT WITH ANY EQUIPMENT. 3. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DEMOLITION WORK. 4. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT FIXTURE LOCATION. 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CUT SHEETS TO LSD&C FOR ALL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES FURNISHED BY THE CONTRACTOR THAT DEVIATE FROM SPECIFIED ITEM FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO THE PURCHASE OF ANY SUCH EQUIPMENT OR DEVICES. 6. HVAC CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO INQUIRE WITH THE LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE ON ANY SMOKE EVACUATION SYSTEM IN USE AT THE MALL AT THE TIME OF THE BID. IF THE SAID SYSTEM IS NOT ADEQUATELY DESCRIBED ON THE DRAWINGS, THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO INFORM THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND INCLUDE THE COST AS A SEPARATE LINE ITEM IN THE BID. NO ADDITIONAL MONEYS SHALL BE AWARDED FOR TIE-IN REQUIREMENTS TO A LANDLORD'S SMOKE EVACUATION SYSTEM THAT IS IN EXISTENCE AT THE TIME OF THE BID, WITHOUT HAVING IDENTIFIED A SEPARATE UNE ITEM FOR THE SMOKE EVACUATION SYSTEM AT THE TIME OF THE BID. 7. ACCESS TO ALL COMPONENTS AND EQUIPMENT MUST BE PROVIDED TO MEET CODE AND SERVICE/MAINTENANCE EASE. 8. PRIOR TO STARTUP OF HVAC EQUIPMENT, MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR WILL CONFIRM WITH ONE OF THE LISTED HVAC MANUFACTURER REPRESENTATIVES THAT CORRECT POWER FOR EQUIPMENT HAS BEEN PROVIDED TO LSD&C PROVIDED HVAC UNITS AND HAS BEEN TURNED ON FOR A MINIMUM OF 24 HOURS. LSD&C RESERVES THE RIGHT TO CHECK CONSTRUCTION COMPLIANCE WITH PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. SHOULD THE OWNER FIND CORRECTIVE WORK TO BE NECESSARY, HE WILL NOTIFY CONTRACTOR OF SUCH WORK IN WRITING AND EXPECT COMPLIANCE PERFORMED WITH DUE DILIGENCE. IF ANY CORRECTIVE WORK IS DEEMED TO BE NECESSARY, THE COST OF REINSPECTIONS WILL BE BORNE BY THE CONTRACTOR. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR WILL THEN ENSURE THAT THE EQUIPMENT IS POWERED FOR A MINIMUM OF 24 HRS BEFORE START-UP. 9. IF WORK 15 REQUIRED BY LSD&C IN ORDER TO IMPROVE, CHANGE OR CORRECT AIR CONDITIONING OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS DUE TO: PART MALFUNCTION, WARRANTY OR OTHER INABILITY TO PROVIDE THE COMFORT CONDITIONS REQUIRED BY THE STORE, CONTRACTOR SHALL BE DIRECTED BY LSD&C TO ADDRESS THIS WORK IN A TIMELY MANNER. IF IT BECOMES EVIDENT THAT THE CONTRACTOR CANNOT ACCOMPLISH THE TASK, THEN AFTER 72 HOURS OF WRITTEN NOTICE THE OWNER MAY, AT HIS DISCRETION, TAKE OVER SUCH WORK AND BACK CHARGE THE CONTRACTOR FOR ANY CORRECTIVE WORK THAT WAS REQUIRED DUE TO LACK OF PERFORMANCE, WORKMANSHIP AND/OR ADHERENCE TO PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 10. UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK, CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE PROPER WORKING ORDER OF THE SYSTEM(S) AND MAKE ANY ADJUSTMENTS AS REQUIRED. 11. PROVIDE FILTER CHANGES THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION AS REQUIRED FOR ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE FILTER CHANGES AT LEAST TWICE MONTHLY ONCE STARTED, PRIOR TO TEST AND BALANCE, AND LASTLY, PRIOR TO MERCHANDISING. ANY EQUIPMENT OR DUCTWORK THAT BECOMES SOILED DUE TO A LACK OF FILTER CHANGES, AS DETERMINED SOLELY BY THE LSD&C PROJECT MANAGER, SHALL BE CORRECTED ON BEHALF OF THE CONTRACTOR AND CHANGES BILLED TO THE CONTRACTOR. 12. NOTES TO EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES USE THE WORDS "FURNISH" AND "PROVIDE". WHERE THE WORD "FURNISH" IS USED, SOME FIELD INSTALLATION IS REQUIRED BY THE CONTRACTOR. WHERE THE WORD "PROVIDE" IS USED, NO FIELD INSTALLATION IS REQUIRED AS THE DEVICES OR ACCESSORIES ARE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE MANUFACTURER AS PART OF THE EQUIPMENT WHEN SHIPPED. 13. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL EQUIPMENT, MATERIAL, LABOR AND SUPERVISION NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS AS OUTLINED HEREIN. SEE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ON SHEET M04.01. 14. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD MEASURE EXISTING ROOF CURB(S) FOR CURB ADAPTER(S), WHERE APPLICABLE, AND SHALL SUPPLY DIMENSIONS TO LSD&C HVAC SUPPLIER PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION. 15. ALL HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT SHALL BE CLEARLY IDENTIFIED WITH TENANT'S NAME, SPACE NUMBER AND UNIT DESIGNATION AND SHALL BE STENCILED IN 4" HIGH BLACK LETTERS. 16. FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL NEW DUCTWORK INCLUDING INSTALLATION OF OWNER SUPPLIED PLENUM BOOTS, SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSERS, AND RETURN AIR GRILLES. (SEE AIR DEVICE SCHEDULE ON THIS SHEET). A. ALL MATERIAL SHALL BE NEW AND OF COMMERCIAL GRADE AND BEAR UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORY AND UNION LABELS WHERE SUCH LABELING APPLIES. B. ALL PLENUMS SHALL BE FABRICATED FROM GALVANIZED SHEET METAL OF THE APPROPRIATE GAUGE AND BE INSULATED WITH A MINIMUM OF 1" THICK, 0.75 LB/CU.FT. DENSITY FIBERGLASS INSULATION WITH ALUMINUM FOIL BACKED VAPOR BARRIER. C. WHERE DESIGNATED, BRANCHES FROM MAIN LOW VELOCITY TRUNK DUCTWORK SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH SPLITTERS, DAMPERS OR SIMILAR BALANCING DEVICES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE STANDARDS OF SMACNA. D. ALL DUCTS FOR FINAL CONNECTION TO DIFFUSERS SHALL BE CLASS 1. UL LISTED (SL 181) FLEXIBLE AIR DUCT NOT TO EXCEED 4'-0" IN LENGTH (THERMAFLEX, GLASFLEX, OR APPROVED EQUAL). E. SUPPLY AND RETURN DUCTWORK SHALL BE LINED AND WITH CODE COMPLYING BLANKET INSULATION. ACOUSTICAL LINER MAY BE PROVIDED. ALL MATERIALS SHALL COMPLY WITH N.F.P.A. 90A AND 90B. SEE SPECIFICATIONS ON SHEET M05.01. F. HANGER WIRES, DUCT STRAPS, FASTENING DEVICES, ETC. SHALL BE FASTENED TO THE STEEL JOISTS AND/OR BEAMS ABOVE. DO NOT ATTACH ANY SUCH ITEMS DIRECTLY TO FLOOR SLABS, PIPING, OTHER DUCTWORK, ELECTRICAL CONDUITS OR THE ROOF DECK ABOVE. G. ADDITIONAL FIRE DAMPERS SHOULD BE INSTALLED AS REQUIRED BY ANY APPLICABLE CODES AND/OR JURISDICTIONAL AUTHORITIES. 17. SEAL AROUND PIPES AND DUCTS PENETRATING FIRE SEPARATIONS WITH LISTED AND APPROVED FIRE SEAL MATERIAL ONLY LISTED AND APPROVED SEALANTS AND METHODS FOR THE SPECIFIC USE WILL BE PERMITTED. 18. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL TEMPERATURE SENSORS AND AS SHOWN ON THE PLAN (VERIFY LOCAL CODES. IF PLAN LOCATION IS NOT ACCEPTABLE, IMMEDIATELY CONTACT LSD&C PROJECT MANAGER FOR DIRECTION.) 19. UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FULLY PRESSURE CHECK AND CHARGE ALL REFRIGERANT SYSTEMS (IF REQUIRED). 20. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ENGAGE THE SERVICES OF AN INDEPENDENT, AIR/WATER BALANCING COMPANY THAT IS A NEBB CERTIFIED CONTRACTOR OR HAS AN AABC CERTIFIED TEST & BALANCE ENGINEER. THIS COMPANY SHALL PERFORM THE BALANCING OF AIR/WATER SYSTEM(S) AND MAKE ANY REQUIRED ADJUSTMENTS TO ENSURE PROPER WORKING ORDER. UPON COMPLETION, THE BALANCING COMPANY SHALL PROVIDE A COMPLETE SYSTEM REPORT. ABBREVIATIONS - MECHANICAL AABC AFF AHU APD ASHRAE BDD BHP BLDG BOD BOP BTUH CAP CD CFM CHWR CHWS CO2 CONTR COP. CWR CWS DB DEG DIA DWG DX EA EAG EAT EC EER EF EFF EOD ESP EWT F FCU FLA FLEX AMERICAN AIR BALANCE COUNCIL ABOVE FINISH FLOOR AIR HANDLING UNIT AIR PRESSURE DROP AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING, REFRIGERATING AND AIR CONDITIONING ENGINEERS BACK DRAFT DAMPERS BRAKE HORSEPOWER BUILDING BOTTOM OF DUCT BOTTOM OF PIPE BRITISH THERMAL UNIT PER HOUR CAPACITY CEILING DIFFUSER OR CONDENSATE DRAIN CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE CHILLED WATER RETURN CHILLED WATER SUPPLY CARBON DIOXIDE CONTRACTOR COEFFICIENT OF PERFORMANCE CONDENSER WATER RETURN CONDENSER WATER SUPPLY DRY BULB, DECIBEL DEGREE DIAMETER DRAWING DIRECT EXPANSION EXHAUST AIR EXHAUST AIR GRILLE ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR ENERGY EFFICIENCY RATIO EXHAUST FAN EFFICIENCY ELECTRICALLY OPERATED DAMPER EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE FAHRENHEIT FAN COIL UNIT FULL LOAD AMPS FLEXIBLE FPM FPS FV GAL GALV GC GPM HD HP HTR HVAC HWR HWS ID IN KW LL LB LD LF LWT MAX MBH MCA MECH MFR MOCP MTD MTR FEET PER MINUTE FEET PER SECOND FACE VELOCITY GALLONS GALVANIZED GENERAL CONTRACTOR GALLONS PER MINUTE HEAD HORSEPOWER HEATER HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING HOT WATER RETURN HOT WATER SUPPLY INSIDE DIAMETER INCH KILOWATT LANDLORD LONG POUND LINEAR DIFFUSER LINEAR FEET LEAVING WATER TEMPERATURE MAXIMUM THOUSAND BTU PER HOUR MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY MECHANICAL MANUFACTURER MAXIMUM OVER CURRENT PROTECTION MOUNTED MOTOR NEBB NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL BALANCING BUREAU N.C. NORMALLY CLOSED N.I.C. NOT IN CONTRACT N.O. NORMALLY OPEN N/A NOT APPLICABLE NTS NOT TO SCALE X• SUPPLY AIR . DIFFUSER / RETURN AIR GRILLE COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER ACCESS PANEL FD • NS NS AUTOMATIC BACKDRAFT DAMPER QABD v VSEF1204 EXHAUST AIR REGISTER VSEF1003 S0 -+-`- UNDERCUT DOOR co 5 OR R LINEAR DIFFUSER S=SUPPLY, R=RETURN HUMIDISTAT O TEMPERATURE SENSOR O 4::::::::74 NEW DUCTWORK DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR -..--S- DUCTWORK TO REMAIN IEXISTING , 2" ":". �t EXISTING DUCTWORK TO BE REMOVED 1,200 WNW- FLEXIBLE AIR DUCT 4'-0" MAX. NOTE: (N)=NEW, (R)=RELOCATED, (E)=EXISTING OA OAT OBD OD OPNG PD PLBG PSI RA RG RH RPM SA SENS SF SMACNA SP SQ SQ FT SS TEMP TSP TSTAT TYP UC UH UON VAV VENT VFD VTR WB WG WPD WT OUTDOOR AIR OUTDOOR AIR TEMPERATURE OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER OUTSIDE DIMENSION OR DIAMETER OPENING PUMP PRESSURE DROP PLUMBING POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH RETURN AIR RETURN GRILLE RELATIVE HUMIDITY REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE SUPPLY AIR SENSIBLE SUPPLY FAN SHEET METAL AND AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS NATIONAL ASSOCIATION STATIC PRESSURE SQUARE SQUARE FEET STAINLESS STEEL TEMPERATURE TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE THERMOSTAT TYPICAL UNDERCUT UNIT HEATER UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED VARIABLE AIR VOLUME VENTILATION, VENTILATOR VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE VENT THRU ROOF WATT WET BULB WATER GAUGE WATER PRESSURE DROP WEIGHT MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES NTS 00N410101400 TE F4 02/22/16 ABBREVIATIONS AND SY BOLS LEGEND NTS J 8/26/15 FAN TERMINAL UNIT SCHEDULE MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER 1 CFSD COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER SD -3 FD FIRE DAMPER NS NS AUTOMATIC BACKDRAFT DAMPER QABD v VSEF1204 ELECTRONICALLY OPERATED DAMPER VSEF1003 S0 -+-`- UNDERCUT DOOR co CARBON DIOXIDE SENSOR O HUMIDISTAT O TEMPERATURE SENSOR O THERMOSTAT X-® DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR -..--S- POINT OF CONNECTION 975 , 2" MINIMUM AIR FLOW (CFM) 800 MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES NTS 00N410101400 TE F4 02/22/16 ABBREVIATIONS AND SY BOLS LEGEND NTS J 8/26/15 FAN TERMINAL UNIT SCHEDULE MARK (FPVAV-#) 1 2 3 SD -3 TRANE PACKAGE NUMBER NS NS NS TITUS MODEL VSEF1204 VSEF1405 VSEF1003 OMNI FAN SIZE 04SQ 06SQ 03SQ NECK SIZE (L"XW") INLET SIZE 12" DIA. 14" DIA. 10" DIA. = P MAXIMUM PRIMARY AIR FLOW (CFM) 1,500 2,200 975 , 2" MINIMUM AIR FLOW (CFM) 800 1,200 450 N FAN PERFORMANCE MAXIMUM AIR FLOW (CFM) 1,500 1,200 975 NOTES EXTERNAL STATIC (IN W.C.) 0.5 0.5 0.5 ELECTRIC HEAT FAN MOTOR HP 1/3 1/2 1/3 2 FAN MOTOR VOLTAGE 277/1/60 277/1/60 277/1/60 NOTES ELECTRIC HEAT POWER INPUT (WATTS) 12,000 12,000 10,000 ELECTRIC HEATER VOLTAGE HEAT OUTPUT (BTU/HR) 40,956 40,980 34,150 ELECTRICAL STAGES 2 2 2 TITUS ELECTRIC HEATER VOLTAGE 460/3/60 460/3/60 460/3/60 S300 ELECTRICAL VOLTS/0/HZ (WIRES) 460/3/60 (4) 460/3/60 (4) 460/3/60 (4) MCA (AMPS) FAN MOTOR AMPS (VOLTS/0) 1.2 (277/1) 2.4 (277/1) 1.2 (277/1) MOCP (AMPS) ELECTRIC HEATER AMPS (VOLTS/0) 16.4 (460/3) 18.2 (460/3) 13.63 (460/3) APPROX. WEIGHT (LBS) MCA (AMPS) 20.5 22.8 17.0 ACCESSORIES MOCP (AMPS) 25 25 20 NOTES APPROX. WEIGHT (LBS) 121 121 109 ACCESSORIES ("S" INDICATES STANDARD; "0" INDICATES OPTIONAL): 1. S -FACTORY PROVIDED DISCONNECT SWITCH. 2. S -FACTORY PROVIDED CONTROL TRANSFORMER. 3. S -FACTORY FURNISHED HEATING/COOLING CHANGEOVER SENSOR. ACCESSORIES 1-2 1-2 1-2 1,9 NOTES 1 1 1 NOTES ACCESSORIES ("5" INDICATES STANDARD; "0" INDICATES OPTIONAL): 1. S -FACTORY PROVIDED DISCONNECT SWITCH. 2. S -FACTORY PROVIDED CONTROL TRANSFORMER. NOTES: 1. REFER TO CONTROL WIRING SCHEMATICS FOR ANY FIELD INSTALLED CONTROL DEVICES NOT FACTORY INSTALLED. VAV TERMINAL UNIT SCHEDULE MARK (VAV-#) 1 2 SD -2 . SD -3 TRANE PACKAGE NUMBER D19 NS TITUS TITUS MANUFACTURER TRANE TRANE MODEL OMNI MODEL VCCF008 VCCF014 OMNI NECK SIZE (L"XW") INLET SIZE 8 14 P = P MAXIMUM AIR FLOW (CFM) 200 900 40 , 2" MINIMUM AIR FLOW (CFM) 100 200 0.35 N ACCESSORIES 1-3 1-3 4,038 TITUS #26 NOTES 1 1 120/1/60 120/1/60 ELECTRIC HEAT POWER INPUT (WATTS) --- 10,000 33 2 HEAT OUTPUT (BTU/HR) --- 37,560 5.5 NOTES STAGES --- 2 RESTROOM 1 ELECTRIC HEATER VOLTAGE --- 208/3/60 1 SD -7 ELECTRICAL VOLTS/0/HZ (WIRES) --- 208/3/60 (3) TITUS TITUS FAN MOTOR AMPS (VOLTS/0) --- --- MODEL S300 ELECTRIC HEATER AMPS (VOLTS/0) --- 30.5 (208/3) TDC NECK SIZE (L"XW") MCA (AMPS) --- 38.1 S: P 9"X9" / 8"0 MOCP (AMPS) --- 40 12 , 2" 24' , , 4" APPROX. WEIGHT (LBS) --- 60. LAY -IN N ACCESSORIES --- 1-2 TITUS #26 TITUS #26 NOTES --- 1 NOISE CRITERIA LEVEL <30 ACCESSORIES ("S" INDICATES STANDARD; "0" INDICATES OPTIONAL): 1. S -FACTORY PROVIDED DISCONNECT SWITCH. 2. S -FACTORY PROVIDED CONTROL TRANSFORMER. 3. S -FACTORY FURNISHED HEATING/COOLING CHANGEOVER SENSOR. NOTES: 1. REFER TO CONTROL WIRING SCHEMATICS FOR ANY FIELD INSTALLED CONTROL DEVICES NOT FACTORY INSTALLED. V . V TERMINAL UNIT SCHEDULE MARK ( ) 1 1 SD -2 . SD -3 TRANE PACKA # UMBER D19 FANTECH TITUS TITUS MANUFACTURER TRANE FG 4 MODEL OMNI MODEL VCCF008 INLINE FAN OMNI NECK SIZE (L"XW") INLET SIZE 8 DIRECT P = P MAXIMUM AIR FLOW (CFM) 200 240 40 , 2" MINIMUM AIR FLOW (CFM) . 0.35 0.35 N ACCESSORIES FAN SPEED (RPM) 2,542 4,038 TITUS #26 NOTES 1 VOLTS/0/HZ 120/1/60 120/1/60 ACCESSORIES ("S" INDICATES >F 'DARD; "0" INDICATES OPTI+ 1. S -FACTORY PROVIDED ! ECT SWITCH. 2. 5 -FACTORY PRO .6x r% ONTROL TRANSFORMER. 3. S -FACTOR r -:'' NISHED HEATING/COOLING CHANGEOVER SENSOR. • NOTES: 1. FER TO CONTROL WIRING SCHEMATICS FOR ANY FIELD INSTALLED CONTROL DEVICES NOT FACTORY INSTALL EXHAUST AND VENTILATION FAN SCHEDULE MARK (EF-#) 1 1 SD -2 . SD -3 MANUFACTURER FANTECH FANTECH TITUS TITUS MODEL FG 6 FG 4 MODEL OMNI TYPE INLINE FAN INLINE FAN OMNI NECK SIZE (L"XW") DRIVE TYPE DIRECT DIRECT P = P PERFORMANCE AIR FLOW (CFM) 240 40 , 2" , EXT. STATIC (IN W.C.) 0.35 0.35 N N FAN SPEED (RPM) 2,542 4,038 TITUS #26 S 6 ELECTRICAL VOLTS/0/HZ 120/1/60 120/1/60 <30 <30 FAN MOTOR WATTS 122 33 2 2,6 APPROX. WEIGHT (LBS) 15 5.5 NOTES 1 SERVES RESTROOM RESTROOM 1 ACCESSORIES 1 1 SD -7 SD -8 NOTES 1,2 1,2 TITUS TITUS ACCESSORIES ("S" INDICATES STANDARD; "0" INDICATES OPTIONAL): 1. S-BACKDRAFT DAMPER 2. S -DISCONNECT PLUG. NOTES: 1. INTERLOCK WITH LIGHTS. 2. DISCONNECT SWITCH PROVIDED BY EC. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA SEP 012017 PERMIT CENTER MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES NTS OON-M0101-E01-SCHD EE 02/22/16 GRILLE, REGISTER, AND DIFFUSER SCHEDULE MARK SD -1 SD -2 . SD -3 SD -4 SD -5 MANUFACTURER TITUS TITUS TITUS TITUS TITUS MODEL OMNI OMNI TMSA OMNI OMNI NECK SIZE (L"XW") SEE PLAN SEE PLAN : P P = P FRAME SIZE (L"XW") 24"X24" 24"X24" , 4" , 2" , FRAME TYPE LAY -IN LAY -IN N N FINISH* TITUS #26 TITUS #26 S 6 S 6 S ' : NOISE CRITERIA LEVEL <30 <30 <30 <30 <30 ACCESSORIES 2 2,6 .2 2 2 NOTES 1 1 1 1 1 MARK SD -6 SD -7 SD -8 SD -9 SD -10 MANUFACTURER TITUS TITUS TITUS TITUS TITUS MODEL S300 OMNI OMNI OMNI TDC NECK SIZE (L"XW") 20"X4" SEE PLAN S. P S: P 9"X9" / 8"0 FRAME SIZE (L"XW") 22"X6" 12"X12" 12 , 2" 24' , , 4" 12"X12" FRAME TYPE SURFACE LAY -IN N N TYPE 3 / G2 FINISH* TITUS #26 TITUS #26 TI S / :4 TI S ' :4 TITUS #26 NOISE CRITERIA LEVEL <30 <30 <30 <30 <30 ACCESSORIES 1,9 4,6 4,6 2,6 4,6 NOTES 3 1 1 1 6 MARK . SD -11 SD -12 SD -13 MANUFACTURER TITUS TITUS TITUS MODEL TDC TDC TDC NECK SIZE (L"XW") 9" " / :"0 9" '" / :"0 9" " / :"0 FRAME SIZE (L"XW") 12 ` , 2" 12 ` , 2" 12 ` , 2" FRAME TYPE TYPE A3 TYPE G2 TYPE A3 FINISH* TI S 6 TI S ' :4 TI S ' :4 NOISE CRITERIA LEVEL <30 <30 <30 ACCESSORIES 4,6 4,6 4,6 NOTES 6 6 6 MARK LD -1 LD -2 LD -3 MANUFACTURER PRICE PRICE PRICE MODEL AS210 AS210 AS220 NECK SIZE (L"XW") S P S: P FRAME SIZE (L"XW") 4' X (2 SLOTS 4' X (2 SLOTS 4' X (1 " SLOT FRAME TYPE TYP' 2P TYP' 2P TYP' 2P FINISH* PR E #:17 PR E #:12 PR E #:17 NOISE CRITERIA LEVEL <30 <30 <30 ACCESSORIES 4,5,7 4,5,7 8 NOTES MARK RG -1 RG -2 RG -3 RG -4 RG -5 MANUFACTURER TITUS TITUS TITUS TITUS TITUS MODEL 355RL 355RL 355RL 50F 355RL NECK SIZE (L"XW") "X1 + "X10 10"X10" 22"X22" "X1 FRAME SIZE (L"XW") 24 , 2" 24 , 2" 12"X12" 24"X24" , 2" FRAME TYPE N N LAY -IN LAY -IN ' • CE FINISH* TI S ' 6 TI S 6 TITUS #26 TITUS #26 S .' 6 NOISE CRITERIA LEVEL <30 <30 <30 <30 <30 ACCESSORIES 6 6 NOTES 2 2 2,5 2 MARK RG -6 RG -7 RG -8 RG -9 RG -10 MANUFACTURER TITUS TITUS TITUS TITUS TITUS MODEL 355RL 355RL 355RL 355RL 355RL NECK SIZE (L"XW") "X1 + "X2 "X10 "X10 "X2 FRAME SIZE (L"XW") , 2" , 4" 4 4 • , FRAME TYPE N N FINISH* S '' 6 S 6 S': S ;' : S;: NOISE CRITERIA LEVEL <30 <30 <30 <30 <30 ACCESSORIES 2 6 6 2,6 6 NOTES 2 2 2 2 2 MARK RG -11 EAG -1 EAG -2 EAG -3 MANUFACTURER TITUS TITUS TITUS TITUS MODEL 355RL 355RL 355RL 355RL NECK SIZE (L"XW") +"X1 + 10"X10" +"X1 + +"X1 + FRAME SIZE (L"XW") 12 ` , 2" 12"X12" 4 , 2" FRAME TYPE N LAY -INN FINISH* TI S ; 6 TITUS #26 S <' : S 6 NOISE CRITERIA LEVEL <30 <30 <30 <30 ACCESSORIES 1,6 1,6 1 NOTES 2 2,5 2,5 2,5 ACCESSORIES: 1. OBD -OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER. 2. LQD-LOCKING QUADRANT VOLUME DAMPER (PROVIDED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR). SEE MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 233300.D.1. 3. CFD-RUSKIN MODEL CFD OR CFDR FIRE DAMPER WITH VOLUME CONTROL. 4. YRD-YOUNG'S REGULATOR REMOTE DAMPER WITH CABLE CONTROL SYSTEM (MODEL 5020 -CC) (PROVIDED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR). 5. ASPI-INSULATED ENGINEERED LINEAR SLOT PLENUM FOR CONCEALED MOUNTING PROVIDED BY FACTORY. 6. TRM-RAPID MOUNT FRAME FOR GYPSUM CEILINGS. 7. FURNISH WITH TYPE WW ENDCAPS AND PATTERN CONTROLLERS. 8. FURNISH WITH RB220 SIGHT BAFFLE, TYPE WW ENDCAPS, AND PATTERN CONTROLLERS. NOTES: 1. 4 -WAY DIFFUSER (UNLESS 1 -WAY, 2 -WAY OR 3 -WAY AS INDICATED ON PLAN). 2. INSTALL BLADES FACING THE BACK OF STORE, CABINET, OR WALL 3. GC TO FIELD PAINT DIFFUSERS TO MATCH CEILING OR WALL WITH ENAMEL FINISH. 4. PROVIDE WITH GYP BOARD FRAME. 5. MC SHALL PROVIDE SQUARE TO ROUND ADAPTOR. 6. BORDER TYPE 3 IS LAY -IN STYLE. PATTERN TYPE G2 IS 2 -WAY ADJACENT THROW PATTERN FOR SQUARE DIFFUSERS. PATTERN A3 IS A 3 -WAY THROW PATTERN. INSTALL DIFFUSERS SO THROW IS AWAY FROM NEAREST WALLS. * FINISH REFERENCE: TITUS #26 IS WHITE; TITUS #84 IS BLACK; PRICE #B12 IS WHITE; PRICE #B17 IS BLACK AIR DEVICE SCHEDULE-VS/PINK NTS 05t1-M0101-BOO-SCHD NATIONAL ACCOUNTS HVAC SUPPLIER GENERAL NOTES HVAC EQUIPMENT NOTED HAS BEEN PREPURCHASED BY L BRANDS STORE DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION. WITHIN THE FIRST WEEK OF CONSTRUCTION, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR OR THEIR MECHANICAL SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY SUPPLIER VIA EMAIL THE EMAIL SHALL STATE THE PHONE NUMBER, EMAIL ADDRESS AND DELIVERY ADDRESS OF THE CONTACT PERSON RESPONSIBLE FOR SCHEDULING AND RECEIVING THE HVAC EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES. EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES ARE TO BE SHIPPED BY ANY SPECIAL SHIPPING INSTRUCTIONS REQUIRED OR REQUESTED. ALLOW A MINIMUM OF TWO WEEKS AFTER CONSTRUCTION STARTS FOR DELIVERY UNLESS SPECIAL ARRANGEMENTS ARE MADE PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY ADDITIONAL SHIPPING COST INCURRED IF DELIVERY IS REQUIRED PRIOR TO THE STANDARD TWO WEEKS SCHEDULED. IF THIS INFORMATION IS NOT SENT TO NATIONAL ACCOUNT SUPPLIER, THEN THE EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES WILL BE SHIPPED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PURCHASE ORDER DATE AND INSTRUCTIONS. ISSUED BY LSD&C AND THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR UNLOADING AND STORAGE OF EQUIPMENT UNTIL SUCH TIME AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION ON PROJECT. IF OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE IS PERFORMING START UP, THEN GC AND/OR MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR MUST COORDINATE W TH MANUFACTURER REP. 2 WEEKS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION END DATE. Warp MANUFACTURER 44 P -j TRANE CONTACT INFORMATION fF'ROr�i JODY SOWERS TRANE TECHNICAL SUPPORT, PRIMARY EMAIL: JSOWERSOTRANE.COM PHONE NO: 866.415.2499 ROLLAND SCOTT TRANE TECHNICAL SUPPORT, SECONDARY EMAIL: ROLLAND.SCOTTOTRANE.COM PHONE NO: 866.415.2499 JOHN D'AGOSTINO EQUIPMENT SUPPORT EMAIL: JOHN.DAGOSTINOOTRANE.COM PHONE NO: 866.415.2499 b ramt• SCOTT DAVIS PROJECT MANAGER AND HVAC COMMISSIONING EMAIL SCOTT.DAVISOTRANE.COM PHONE NO: 866.415.2499 X37 NATIONAL ACCOUNTS INFORMATION NTS 00N -M0101 -A00 -NOTE A 08/26/15 M -Engineering 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, Ohio 43081 phone: 614.839.4639 fax: 614.839.2222 www.mengineering.us.com z 0 V D z 0 U ttznn W 0 rzeW 0 0 M cv) g4h O_ -c O Cl) E O U ca to "-J a) a) 0 O 0 L ad' r c 0 CL 1) F- AUG 2 5 2017 ■ D(nLI) o0 O INFORMATION: 0le= J -J 0 CC 2 co W o0 I- ,n W ao zNZcr) mg"t-z0A (iivcco .. 1- 0 � QC= 0 IC La Ct. CD AC W Z 0 - 00 O C- +r)0 w 5- w O CL. C.) 0 REVISIONS: REQUIRED BY: DATE DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 GMT GMT BMM MECHANICAL NOTES AND SCHEDULES DRAWING NUMBER: INSTALL TEMPERATURE AND CARBON DIOXIDE SENSORS AT 48" AFF. TEMPERATURE SENSOR SHALL BE KELE ST -BP SERIES FLUSH MOUNT, PAINTED TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISHES. SEE SHEET M04.01 FOR RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE. TENANT CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD ENGINEER PRIOR TO BID AND CONSTRUCTION. EXTEND EXHAUST DUCT TO LANDLORD EXISTING EXHAUST DUCT. CONNECT TO EXISTING LANDLORD EXHAUST DUCT PER LANDLORD SPECIFICATIONS. ACCESS PANEL BY GC IN THIS LOCATION FOR ACCESS TO EQUIPMENT ABOVE CEIUNG. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS. INSTALL SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR IN DUCT. SEE SHEET M04.01 FOR RESPONSIBIUTY SCHEDULE. INSTALL MONITORING SENSOR AT 48" AFF. SEE SHEET M04.0 FOR RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE. RETURN AIR THROUGH OPENING IN BACK OF VALANCE ABOVE CABINET. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS. PROVIDE RETURN AIR GRILLE DUCT BOOT FOR REDUCED SOUND AND LIGHT TRANSMISSION. CONSTRUCT BOOT FROM 1" DUCT BOARD WHERE ALLOWED BY LANDLORD. SEE DETAIL E/M03.01 FOR ADDITIONAL CONSTRUCTION INFORMATION. 21 INSTALL MONITORING CONTROLLER AT IFS. SEE SHEET M04.01 FOR RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE. M-Englneering 750 Brooksedge Blvd Westerville, Ohio 43081 phone: 614.839.4639 fax: 614.839.2222 www.mengineering.us.com WALL TO BE LEFT DOWN IN THIS AREA FOR ACCESS TO FPVAV-2. 12 PROVIDE YOUNG REGULATOR CABLE CONTROLLED BALANCING DAMPER, BOWDEN CABLE CONTROL KIT, CONTROL WIRE AND CASING, OR LSD&C APPROVED EQUAL INSTALL CABLE CONTROLLER IN CEILING NEAR DIFFUSER, IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS, OR OTHER APPROVED LOCATION. TYPICAL OF ALL INACCESSIBLE MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS LOCATED ABOVE GYP. BOARD CEILINGS OR DAMPERS WHICH ARE OTHERWISE INACCESSIBLE. REFERENCE DETAIL F/M03.1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 14 LOCATION OF ELECTRICAL AND CONTROL PANELS. DO NOT ROUTE DUCTWORK OR PIPING ABOVE THIS AREA. 16 DUCTWORK BETWEEN TERMINAL UNIT AND LANDLORD'S DUCTWORK SHALL BE MEDIUM PRESSURE. PROCESS/ RECEIVING sZ1!2!!! 1 W Z N � � 2 O Oc�ai.i W 3. N N m W (J O = z Jz 3 < z J H O O 4 W W Z N W W C CLC ~ 2 a o r !„:„..„..i.-!,.._. a ZOroymNOW W O ¢ UyWUO—W WQ U�C dZ ypy� N� JyCl QO OOO ZQ Z.CCWZ li C Wilill O W W a1.) ) � Q C Q N O WOMEN'S 8"0 DN RESTROOM NOTE: DUCTWORK IN SALES AREA TO BE FLAT OVAL, SPIRAL WOUND INTERNALLY LINED DUCT. SIZES NOTED ON DUCTWORK ARE TO INTERNAL FREE AREA. NOTE: ANY EXISTING DEMISING WALL OPENINGS ARE TO REMAIN. NOTE: SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR CEILING HEIGHTS CITY ROF TUKWILA SEP 01 2017 PERMIT CENTER DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 GMT GMT BMM MECHANICAL PLAN 12 i �T_kIII SD -7 50 CF ,:1l ,100 RG -3 sZ1!2!!! 1 W Z N � � 2 O Oc�ai.i W 3. N N m W (J O = z Jz 3 < z J H O O 4 W W Z N W W C CLC ~ 2 a o r !„:„..„..i.-!,.._. a ZOroymNOW W O ¢ UyWUO—W WQ U�C dZ ypy� N� JyCl QO OOO ZQ Z.CCWZ li C Wilill O W W a1.) ) � Q C Q N O WOMEN'S 8"0 DN RESTROOM NOTE: DUCTWORK IN SALES AREA TO BE FLAT OVAL, SPIRAL WOUND INTERNALLY LINED DUCT. SIZES NOTED ON DUCTWORK ARE TO INTERNAL FREE AREA. NOTE: ANY EXISTING DEMISING WALL OPENINGS ARE TO REMAIN. NOTE: SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR CEILING HEIGHTS CITY ROF TUKWILA SEP 01 2017 PERMIT CENTER DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 GMT GMT BMM MECHANICAL PLAN M -Engineering 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, Ohio 43081 phone: 614.839.4639 fax: 614.839.2222 www.mengineering.us.com DUCT SUPPORT FASTENED TO NEAREST ROOF STRUCTURAL MEMBER. SIZE PER SMACNA GUIDELINES. AUST AIR DUCT ASSEMBLY DETAIL CTANGULAR TO ROUND ADAPTER WITH 1/2" 3LB LINER. BREAK FOR STRENGTH. SEAL TO GRILLE AND SECURE WITH MIN. TWO(2) SCREWS PER SIDE. LOCKING QUADRANT ROUND DAMPER EXTENDED ADJUSTMENT HANDLE YOUNG REGULATOR MODEL 5020CC (830ACC FOR RECTANGULAR) RIGID DUCTWORK, INSULATED PER SPECIFICATIONS Duct Main — Transitions aNW� CCN. 0 o H C O W Z.. W Z . O. •2 NC � � � G. l • 2; Q N W • QZ ~ H W O !! U N. 0 .m W.-. W mc 0O.0 , O a C > y =, W a -0 0 .- 0 <(11)0 t;08, Q W o Q -. C d U 0 i 4 d O W = 0 a o • r o \ W � �a0O O l� 0 WO N U Ci O O V) F- V fW/1 N 1-> UQ QO pO W.- O Q N 9 N U W yZj O 0 0 F O Z Z x Z U 6 O Qc?azzt= > N d • O Q Z H x o z o 0 W o 0 O W O z Q '615° O Enuc _ • W 110111 �FE les' 0zU'OY. Z U FLEXIBLE CASING AND WIRE (30'-0" MAXIMUM) RACK & PINION OPERATOR FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK NO LONGER THAN 3'-0" 0 - MAX. 45' DIVERGING, 60' CONVERGING NOTE: FOR REMOTE DAMPER ADJUSTMENT CEILING DIFFUSER SOCKET WRENCH CONICAL FITTING, SEAL AIRTIGHT W/ MASTIC ROUND DUCT CONCEALED REGULTOR KIT - LOCATE NEAR REMOVABLE DIFFUSER OR GRILLE NOTE: COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF CEILING MOUNTED CONCEALED REGULATOR WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. YOUNG REGULATOR REMOTE DAMPER 0 - MAX. 30' (EXCEPT 45' IS PERMITTED AT ROUND TO FLAT OVAL). n ECCENTRIC TRANSITION SUPPORT FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE DAMPER HANDLE TO BE INSTALLED MAXIMUM OF 3'-0" ABOVE CEILING. 1" DUCT BOARD SOUND BOOT TO MATCH SIZE OF GRILLE 18" LONG ORANGE MARKER TAPE ATTACHED TO DAMPER TO IDENTIFY LOCATION. INSULATED FLEXIBLE CONNECTION (MIN 4 FT., MAX. 8 FT.). FIRE DAMPER WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS. PROVIDE VOLUME DAMPER ASSEMBLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFICATION 233300.D.1. REFERENCE M02.XX FOR LOCATION. PROVIDE RIGID 2 PIECE ROUND ELBOW WITH 1.5 RADIUS RATIO. WHERE CLEARANCES ALLOW. WHERE CLEARANCES ARE RESTRICTED PROVIDE ELBOW WITH RADIUS RATIO OF 1.0. SECURELY TAPE VINYL FLEXDUCT TO SHEET METAL W/ MIN. OF (2) CONTINUOUS WRAPS OF DUCT TAPE. STRAP CLAMP OVER FLEX DUCT INSULATION & VINYL TO SHEET METAL. TAPE INSULATION TO DUCT TO FORM A GOOD SEAL. 8" LONG SHEET METAL SECTION SECURED TO DIFFUSER COLLAR W/ MIN. (3) SHEET METAL SCREWS, DUCT TAPE AND MASTIC. TRANSITION FROM DUCT SIZE TO DIFFUSER NECK SIZE AS NECESSARY. INSULATE DIFFUSER BACKPAN WHEN RETURN IS FULLY DUCTED. THERMAL INSULATING BLANKET REQUIRED FOR FIRE RATED CEILINGS ONLY. TITUS MODEL "DB" DIRECTIONAL BLOW PLATE CLIPPED ON DIFFUSER RODS. SEE NOTE BELOW. CEILING MOUNTING FRAME FOR GYP. BD. APPLICATION TITUS MODEL TRM. DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER (LAY -IN FRAME) T� DIFFUSERS ARE 4 -WAY BLOW UNLESS NOTED ERWISE. PROVIDE OPTIONAL DIRECTIONAL BLOW, TITUS N ODEL "DB" TO CONVERT DIFFUSER FROM STANDARD 4 -WAY TO 1 -WAY, 2 -WAY OR 3 -WAY BLOW AS DESIGNATED ON PLANS BY SHADED AREA. MECHANICAL DETAILS RETURN GRILLE SOUND BOOT DETAIL FAN POWERED VARIABLE AIR VOLUME (FPVAV) TERMINAL UNITS WITH ELECTRIC HEAT NETWORK WIRING AND SEQUENCE ITEM(S) NOT SHOWN ON ANY OF THE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULES ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. M -Engineering 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, Ohio 43081 phone: 614.839.4639 fax: 614.839.2222 www.mengineering.us.com SUPPLY AIR SENSOR POWER BY OTHERS SMOKE EVACUATION CARBON DIOXIDE MONITORING HURRICANE ZONE SEISMIC ZONE SPECIAL CURB HEIGHT REQUIREMENTS TEN MILE COASTAL PROXIMITY OTHERS, I.E. METHANE, CARBON MONOXIDE, SOUND SENSITIVE, ETC. DESCRIPTION... ABBREVIATIONS, RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULES HVAC EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR LC LANDLORD CONTRACTOR LD LIGHTING PACKAGE DISTRIBUTOR LL LANDLORD LSD&C LIMITED STORE DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION MC MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR City Name ._.. ... Seattle IAP Location ..... Washington Latitude ..... ..... 47.5 Deg. Longitude ._.. 122.3 Deg. Elevation .... .....449.0 ft Summer Design Dry -Bulb ..... .- 85.0 'F Summer Coincident Wet -Bulb. ...- 65.0 'F Summer Daily Range ..». 18.3 'F Winter Design Dry -Bulb ...... ..... 23.0 'F Winter Design Wet -Bulb ..._. 19.2 'F Atmospheric Clearness Number ..... 1 05 Average Ground Reflectance Soil Conductivity COMMUNICATION FRONT END TERMINATE NETWORK WIRES ON THE LIGHTING CONTROLLER NETWORK TERMINALS LOCATED IN THE IFS ELECTRICAL PANEL SYSTEM. ZONE ZONE CO2 SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR (CASHWRAP) (FR) (SALES) NOTES: (1) ALL WIRE SHALL BE 18/3 UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. (2) NUMBER OF CABLES FURNISHED BY HVAC SUPPLIER IS INDICATED BY NUMBER OF TICK MARKS ACROSS THE UNE. (3) PURPLE 18/2 WIRE IS FURNISHED BY HVAC SUPPLIER AND IS PLENUM RATED. (4) SCHEMATIC IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY. AT TIME OF CONSTRUCTION, THE HVAC SUPPLIER WILL PROVIDE A COMPLETE DIAGRAM FOR INSTALLATION. SEE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULES, THIS SHEET, FOR A LIST OF ALL COMPONENTS AND SENSORS REQUIRING FIELD INSTALLATION. FAN POWERED VAV (FPVAV) SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS MANUFACTURER SHALL FURNISH AND/OR INSTALL ALL NECESSARY CONTROL DEVICES TO ACCOMPLISH THE FOLLOWING SEQUENCE OF OPERATION (REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE FOR FIELD INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS): DURING OCCUPIED HOURS THE VARIABLE AIR VOLUME TERMINAL UNIT FAN SHALL BE ENERGIZED AND DAMPER SHALL MODULATE TO MAINTAIN THE SPACE TEMPERATURE. IF THE SPACE TEMPERATURE DROPS ONE DEGREE BELOW SETPOINT AND THE DAMPER IS AT MINIMUM POSITION, THE UNIT'S ELECTRIC HEAT SHALL ENERGIZE. THE HEAT WILL REMAIN ON UNTIL THE SPACE TEMPERATURE IS SATISFIED. THE TERMINAL UNIT DAMPER SHALL FULLY CLOSE AND THE FAN SHALL DEENERGIZE UPON A SIGNAL FROM THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. DURING THE UNOCCUPIED SCHEDULE, THE DAMPER SHALL CLOSE AND FAN/HEATER WILL DEENERGIZE. THE DAMPER SHALL OPEN AND THE FAN SHALL ENERGIZE IF UNOCCUPIED COOLING SETPOINT IS REACHED. THE FAN AND HEATER SHALL ENABLE IF UNOCCUPIED TEMPERATURE IS 2'F BELOW UNOCCUPIED SETPOINT. FAN AND HEATER SHALL STOP WHEN SETPOINT IS REACHED. Air System Project Name: PINK SOUTHCENTER Prepared by: M ttngineenng OCCUPIED HEATING: 70'F COOLING: 74'F UNOCCUPIED HEATING: 60'F COOLING: 85'F umber of zones 1 Floor Area 47.ft? ocatia . Seattle IAP, ashington Sizing Calculation Information Sizingauaha Months Iota col` �aacL gotta co aad d Collsi FM at I 8I 1500 Max lock CFM at Jan um of peak zone CFM 4062 CFM i.tr§lblne heat ratio 918 g 5 1 Wate �h1 low? 0 10.0 'F rise ... 20 95 gpm Zone CFM Slzi g...Peak. zone sensible C Space M zInsrdividual peak space o oc wi .at ADB�.Y�7st3 gntering DB / e vin DB.....� Col A�P I esiilting..L oneaiatuCJ%a Max zone emp NON -FAN POWERED VAV (VAV) SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS MANUFACTURER SHALL FURNISH AND/OR INSTALL ALL NECESSARY CONTROL DEVICES TO ACCOMPLISH THE FOLLOWING SEQUENCE OF OPERATION (REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE FOR FIELD INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS): DURING OCCUPIED HOURS THE VARIABLE AIR VOLUME TERMINAL UNIT DAMPER SHALL MODULATE TO MAINTAIN THE SPACE TEMPERATURE. THE TERMINAL UNIT DAMPER SHALL FULLY CLOSE UPON A SIGNAL FROM THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. DURING THE UNOCCUPIED SCHEDULE, THE DAMPER SHALL CLOSE. THE DAMPER SHALL OPEN IF UNOCCUPIED COOLING SETPOINT IS REACHED. OCCUPIED HEATING: UNOCCUPIED HEATING: Preheat Coil Sizing Data No heating coil loads occurred dur Supply Fan Sizing . Data Actual max CFM at Jan 1900 MgraxM Actual mCFFiVii? 1046 CFM CFM/person. DESIGN COOLING DESIGN HEATING COOLING DATA AT Jul 1500 HEATING DATA AT DES HTG COOLING OA DB / WB 85.0 HEAVN65®4'DB / WB 23.0 'F / Sensible Latent Details (BTU/hr) (BTU/hr) 0 ft? 0 ft? 0 0 ft? 0 0 ft? 0 - 0 ft? 0 0 ft? 0 - 1473 ft? 0 0 ft? 0 0 ft? 0 0 0 ZONE LOADS Window & Skylight Solar Wall Transmission Roof Transmission Window Transmission Skylight Transmission Door Loads Floor Transmission Partitions Ceiling Overhead Lighting Task Lighting Electric Equipment People Infiltration Miscellaneous Safety Factor » Total Zone Loads Zone Conditioning Plenum Wall Load Plenum Roof Load Plenum Lighting Load Return Fan Load Ventilation Load Supply Fan Load Space Fan Coil Fans Duct Heat Gain / Loss Total System Loads Central Cooling Coil Preheat Coil Terminal Reheat Coils » Total Conditioning Key: Sensible Latent Details (BTU/hr) (BTU/hr) LoadsO ft? 0 - 0 ft? 0 0 ft? 0 0 ft? 0 0 ft? 0 0 ft? 0 1473 ft? 0 0. ft? 0 0 ft? 0 12286 W 23999 0W 0 8500 W 26646 70 13294 - 0 0 10% / 10% 6394 70333 79225 0% 0 70% 0 30% 12576 3788 CFM 0 975 CFM 4343 3788 CFM 0 0 0% 0 0 0 0 0 - 0 0 10% A - 0 - 4375 0 0 0 0 0 1046 CFM 269 CFM 1046 CFM 0% 0 0 12718 0 0 96144 8558 - 11336 0 Positive values are clg loads Positive values are htg Toads Negative values are htg loads Negative .values are clg Toads FAN POWERED VARIABLE AIR VOLUME (FPVAV) & VARIABLE AIR VOLUME. (VAV) BOX RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ITEM FURNISHED BY INSTALLED OR PERFORMED BY RE -USE EXISTING N/A REMARKS LSD&C LANDLORD CONTR. LANDLORD CONTR. OTHER SERIES ARRANGEMENT FAN POWERED VAV BOX (WITH HEAT AND NO HEAT OPTIONS) AC MC HIRE LANDLORD APPROVED ROOFING CONTRACTOR NON -FAN POWERED VAV BOX AC MC 0 POWER WIRING PROVIDED BY FAC FAN POWERED BOX ELECTRICAL DISCONNECT AC AC 0 UNLESS FACTORY INSTALLED NON -FAN POWERED BOX ELECTRICAL DISCONNECT AC MC AC BAS CONTROLLER WITH INTEGRATED ACTUATOR AC AC SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR AC MC HEATING/COOLING CHANGEOVER TEMPERATURE SENSOR AC MC SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSORS AC MC MC TERMINAL UNIT COMMISSIONING AC MC MC AC CALL HVAC EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER LANDLORD UNIT CONTROLLER MC MC 0 HIRE LANDLORD DESIGNATED CONTROLS CONTRACTOR LANDLORD SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR/THERMOSTAT MC MC HIRE LANDLORD DESIGNATED CONTROLS CONTRACTOR ADDITIONAL LANDLORD CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS HIRE LANDLORD DESIGNATED CONTROLS CONTRACTOR MONITORING SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR AC MC MONITORING CARBON DIOXIDE SENSOR AC MC MONITORING HUMIDITY SENSOR MONITORING ONLY CONTROLLERS PATH ANALOG INPUTS AND COMMUNICATION CAPABILITY AC MC INSTALL MONITORING CONTROLLER AT IFS CONTROL TRANSFORMERS MC MC AS REQUIRED FOR MONITORING DEVICES CONTROL SYSTEM WIRE FOR SYSTEM COMPONENTS AC MC FINAL CONN. BY MC NETWORK WIRING AND SEQUENCE NTS 00D4401-E03-SCHD 02/22/2014 HVAC RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ITEM FURNISHED BY INSTALLED OR PERFORMED BY RE -USE EXISTING N/A REMARKS LSD&C LANDLORD CONTR. LANDLORD CONTR. OTHER ROOFING CUT & PATCH, INSULATED TOE KICK & CURB LEVELING. HIRE LANDLORD APPROVED ROOFING CONTRACTOR DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR 0 POWER WIRING PROVIDED BY FAC SMOKE SYSTEM ACCESSORIES, ETC. 0 UNLESS FACTORY INSTALLED DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES LD MC DIFFUSERS/GRILLES FIRE DAMPERS WALL FIRE DAMPERS COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK MC MC RECTANGULAR TO ROUND DUCT ADAPTER MC MC HIGH/MEDIUM PRESSURE DUCTWORK. MC MC DUCT SUPPORTS MC MC SEISMIC BRACING HURRICANE WIND BRACING DUCT HEATER(S) UNIT HEATER(S) INLINE AND CEILING EXHAUST FAN(S) LD MC ROOF AND WALL MOUNTED EXHAUST FAN(S) AND CURB EXHAUST FAN ROOF CURB TOILET EXHAUST DUCTWORK WALL OR ROOF CAP PIPING AND PIPING APPURTENANCES (CIRCUIT SETTERS, ETC.) BALANCE CONTRACTOR REPORT GC AABC OR NEBB CERTIFIED AS -BUILT DRAWINGS MC LANDLORD REQUIRED TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS MC MC HIRE LL REQUIRED CONTRACTOR WHEN REQUIRED BY LL TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM WIRE FOR 11 REQUIRED SYSTEM COMPONENTS MC MC HIRE LL REQUIRED CONTRACTOR WHEN REQUIRED BY LL YOUNG REGULATOR W/ BOWDEN CABLE MC MC LOCKING QUADRANT VOLUME DAMPER MC MC PNEUMATIC TUBING FIRE ALARM SHUTDOWN RELAY 0 WHERE APPLICABLE FOR FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS RELIEF AIR DAMPER AND ACTUATOR MC MC - RELIEF AIR FAN OR RETURN AIR FAN SMOKE EVACUATION OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE HOOD/LOUVER WITH DAMPER 17 Ca.37 OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE DAMPER ACTUATOR REUEF AIR HOOD OR LOUVER WITH COUNTER -BALANCED BACKDRAFT DAMPER RECEIVED DAMPERS FOR FIELD BUILT ECONOMIZER SEPARATE CITY OF TUKWILA DAMPER ACTUATORS FOR FIELD BUILT ECONOMIZER PERMIT AND SEP 01 2011 OUTSIDE AIR DAMPER APPR3VAL REQUIRED PERMIT CENTER OUTSIDE AIR DAMPER ACTUATOR Z sZ N��ZOD�Q II Wf�/3N:''' mwf.�FxxZz3~�r .-1::: G=W2NNW_= w r 4 Q C .Sww= O C m 0 rm y o !it: i=F-NiidWOCaWVOLam.xWW4�-�dZ_Wa�oH N Q ii CZZ= C 0W -WG W Wm11: W0 u !El:: e5 o o zo a 2 j g Q NU' Q.=...U:W I -1= Z W Li. H e-6�Qtn O DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: HVAC RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULES 00D -M0401 -A00 -SCIS 02/22/201 4 ECM 23VXM: BASIC E REQUIREMENTS A. PM 1. THE ABBREVIATION LSD&C WHEREVER IT APPEAPFHESE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS AND/OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALL REFER TO "LIMITED STORE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION". ANY REFERENCE TO TENANT'S PROJECT MANAGER OR FURNISHED BY ANY OF THE ABOVE REFERS TO LSD&C. 2. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND ALL OTHER SPECIFICATION SECTION ' APPLY TO THIS AND THE OTHER SECTIONS OF DIVISION 15. 3. THE CONTRACTOR FOR THIS DIVISION OF WORK IS REQUIRED TO READ THE SPECIFICATIONS AND REVIEW DRAWINGS FOR ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK AND IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION OF THIS WORK AND THE WORK OF HIS SUBCONTRACTORS WITH ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK. IT IS THIS CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE HIS SUBCONTRACTORS WITH A COMPLETE SET OF BID DOCUMENTS. 4. THIS CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR SCHEDULING THE COMPLETION AND INSPECTION OF THIS WORK TO COMPLY WITH THE LSD&C SCHEDULE AN1 THE PROJECT COMPLETION DATE. 5. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL OF BID TO DETERMINE CONDITIONS AFFECTING THE WORK. ANY ITEMS WHICH ARE NO COVERED IN THE BID DOCUMENTS OR ANY PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL BE LISTED SEPARATELY AND QUALIFIED IN THE CONTRACTORS BID. SUBMITTAL OF BID SHALL SERVE AS EVIDENCE OF KNOWLEDGE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS AND ANY MODIFICATIONS WHICH ARE REQUIRED TO MEET THE INTENT OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. FAILURE TO VISIT THE SITE DOES NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR OF RESPONSIBILITY IN PERFORMANCE OF HIS WORK. 6. REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ON SHEET M04.01 OF THIS SET FOR INFORMATION IN REGARD TO RESPONSIBILITY OF WORK OR ITEMS WHICH MAY AFFECT THE BID. B. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, SERVICES, TOOLS, TRANSPORTATION, INCIDENTALS AND DETAILS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE MECHANICAL SYSTEM AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, AND AS REQUIRED BY JOB CONDITIONS. ALL WORK NOT SPECIFICALLY NOTED AS BEING BY THE LANDLORD OR LSD8cC SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THIS CONTRACTOR. CLOSELY COORDINATE THE ENTIRE INSTALLATION WITH THE LANDLORD AND THE LSD&C PROJECT MANAGER, AS REQUIRED. 2. THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE INTENDED TO SUPPLEMENT EACH OTHER AND ANY MATERIAL OR LABOR CALLED FOR IN ONE SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED EVEN THOUGH NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED IN BOTH. ANY MATERIAL OR LABOR WHICH IS NEITHER SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS NOR CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, BUT WHICH IS OBVIOUSLY NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE WORK, AND WHICH IS USUALLY INCLUDED IN WORK OF SIMILAR CHARACTER, SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED AS PART OF CONTRACT. 3. WHERE THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS CALL FOR ITEMS WHICH EXCEED CODES OR THE LANDLORD'S TENANT CRITERIA, THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FURNISHING AND INSTALLING THE SYSTEM WITH THE MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS AS DESIGNED AND DESCRIBED ON THESE DRAWINGS, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. 4. ALL WORK IN THIS SECTION SHALL BE INSTALLED SO AS TO BE READILY ACCESSIBLE FOR OPERATING, SERVICING, MAINTAINING, AND REPAIRING. THI CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING SUFFICIENT SERVICE ACCESS TO ALL EQUIPMENT. 5. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN A NEAT PROFESSIONAL MANNER USING GOOD CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES. 6. UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE, MATERIALS, PRODUCTS, AND EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING ALL COMPONENTS THEREOF, SHALL BE NEW, UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES/UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES OF CANADA LISTED AND LABELED AND SIZED IN CONFORMITY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF STATE/PROVINCE AND LOCAL CODES, WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT. 7. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL DO ALL CUTTING, CHASING AND CHANNELING REQUIRED FOR ANY WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION. CUTTING SHALL HAVE PRIO APPROVAL BY LSD8cC PROJECT MANAGER AND THE LANDLORD. ALL PATCHING SHALL BE BY G.C. AND SHALL MATCH THE SURROUNDING SURFACES. 8. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL FINAL MECHANICAL CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERATING SYSTEM. a. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO CONTACT LSD8cC'S DESIGNATED COMPANY (EMS) FOR START-UP. (REFER TO SHEET M01.01). C. CODES 1. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE LANDLORDS' CRITERIA, THE STATE'S/PROVINCE'S, COUNTY'S, CITY'S AND LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES, SAFETY AND HEALTH CODES, NFPA/NFPAC CODES, ENERGY CODES AND ALL OTHER APPLICABLE CODES AND REQUIREMENTS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHA INQUIRE INTO AND COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES, ORDINANCES, AND REGULATIONS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE ANY CHANGES REQUIRED BY CODES IN THE BID AND IF THESE CHANGES ARE NOT INCLUDED IN THE BID, THEY MUST BE QUALIFIED AS A SEPARATE LINE ITEM IN THE BID. AFTER CONTRACT IS AWARDED, CHANGE ORDERS FOR INCREASED COSTS DUE TO CODE ISSUES WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED BY LSD&C. D. UCENSES, PERMITS, INSPECTIONS & FEES 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL LICENSES, PERMITS, INSPECTIONS, AND FEES REQUIRED OR RELATED TO HIS WORK. 2. FURNISH TO THE LSD&C'S PROJECT MANAGER ALL CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION AND FINAL INSPECTION APPROVAL AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT. E. TRADE NIES, MANUFACTURERS AND SHOP DRAWINGS 1. WHERE TRADE NAMES AND MANUFACTURERS ARE USED ON THE DRAWINGS OR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, THE EXACT EQUIPMENT SHALL BE USED AS MINIMUM FOR THE BASE BID. MANUFACTURERS CONSIDERED AS AN EQUAL OR BETTER IN ALL ASPECTS TO THAT SPECIFIED WILL BE SUBJECT TO APPROVAL IN WRITING BY LSD&C'S PROJECT MANAGER THROUGH SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL PROCESS FOR ACCEPTANCE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. TH USE OF ANY UNAUTHORIZED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE REPLACED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT ALL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES TO LSD&C PROJECT MANAGER FOR APPROVAL. SUBMISSIONS SHALL BE MADE EARLY ENOUGH IN PROJECT TO ALLOW FOUR (4) WORKING DAYS FOR LSD&C PROJECT MANAGER'S REVIEW WITHOUT CAUSING DELAYS OR CONFLICTS TO THE JOB'S PROGRESS. SUBMITTALS SHALL BEAR THE STAMP AND/OR THE SIGNATURE OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND THE SUBCONTRACTOR SHOWING THAT THEY HAVE REVIEWED AND CONFIRMED THAT THE SUBMITTALS ARE IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS OR INDICATE WHERE EXCEPTIONS HAVE BEEN TAKEN. F. GUARANTEE 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE ALL MATERIALS AND WORK PROVIDED UNDER HIS CONTRACT AND SHALL MAKE GOOD, REPAIR OR REPLACE AT HIS OWN EXPENSE, ANY DEFECTIVE WORK, MATERIAL, OR EQUIPMENT WHICH MAY BE DISCOVERED WITHIN A PERIOD OF 12 MONTHS FROM THE DATE OF ACCEPTANCE (IN WRITING) OF THE INSTALLATION BY LSD&C'S PROJECT MANAGER. EXTENDED WARRANTIES ARE AS SPECIFIED WITH INDIVIDUAL EQUIPMENT. 2. THE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER SHALL GUARANTEE AND PROVIDE A 12 MONTH GUARANTEE TO LSD&C FROM THE DATE OF ACCEPTANCE. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL WARRANTY THE INSTALLATION OF THIS EQUIPMENT AND WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE AND/OR MALFUNCTION CAUSED BY THE INSTALLATION. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT BEAR ADDITIONAL WARRANTIES BEYOND A COMPLETE WORKING SYSTEM. G. RECORD DRAWINGS 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN ONE SET OF DRAWINGS ON THE JOB SITE UPDATED WEEKLY TO RECORD ALL DEVIATIONS FROM CONTRACT DRAWINGS, SUCH AS: a. LOCATION OF CONCEALED PIPING VALVES AND DUCTS. b. REVISIONS, ADDENDUM, AND CHANGE ORDERS. c. SIGNIFICANT DEVIATIONS MADE NECESSARY BY FIELD CONDITIONS, APPROVED EQUIPMENT SUBSTITUTIONS, AND CONTRACTOR'S COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES. 2. AT COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT AND BEFORE FINAL APPROVAL, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ANY FINAL CORRECTIONS TO DRAWINGS AND CERTIFY THE ACCURACY OF EACH PRINT BY SIGNATURE THEREON. FAILURE TO KEEP THESE RECORDS WILL ALLOW LSD8cC TO DIRECT THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE THESE RECORDS AT HIS EXPENSE PRIOR TO FINAL PAYMENT. H. DISCREPANCIES IN DWUMENTS 1. DRAWINGS (PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND DETAILS) ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND INDICATE THE GENERAL LOCATION AND INTENT OF THE MECHANICAL SYSTEMS. WHERE DRAWINGS, EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS, SPECIFICATIONS OR OTHER TRADES CONFLICT OR ARE UNCLEAR, ADVISE THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IN WRITING, PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL OF BID. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO ADVISE LSD8cC'S PROJECT MANAGER, IN WRITING, OF VARIATIONS TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID. OTHERWISE, LSD&C PROJECT MANAGER'S INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS OR CONDITIONS SHALL BE FINAL WITH NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION PERMITTED. L PHASING REQUIREMENTS 1. THIS CONTRACTOR IS TO INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL NECESSARY SERVICE REQUIRED TO KEEP THE OPERATING PHASE OF THE STORE'S HVAC, PLUMBIN AND SPRINKLER SERVICE IN OPERATION. CONTRACTOR MUST SCHEDULE IN WRITING WITH LSD&C'S PROJECT MANAGER AND THE LANDLORD ONE WEE PRIOR TO ANY SHUT DOWN OF THE HVAC, PLUMBING OR FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS. J. DEMOLITION 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION OF THE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING WORK AND THE DEMOUTION PROVIDED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR ANY EXISTING EQUIPMENT REQUIRED TO BE LEFT INTACT. 2. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE, AND WILL BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR, THE REMOVAL OF AU. EXISTING HVAC UNITS, HYDRONIC PIPING, REFRIGERANT RECAPTURE, EXHAUST FANS, ETC. AND ASSOCIATED ROOF CURBS NOT TO BE REUSED ON THIS PROJECT, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY WITH THE LANDLORD ALL PRESUMED ABANDONED EQUIPMENT, PIPES, AND DUCTWORK PRIOR TO REMOVAL ROOF CURBS SHALL BE REMOVED AND THE ROOF PATCHED. ALL EXTRANEOUS ITEMS IN THE SPACE OR ON THE ROOF NOT APPLICABLE TO THE NE WORK MUST BE REMOVED AND ROOF/WALL/FLOOR PATCHED/REPAIRED TO MATCH EXISTING STRUCTURE. EXISTING ABANDONED PIPES, DUCTS, OR EQUIPMENT IN THE FLOOR, EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE OR OTHERWISE INACCESSIBLE ARE TO BE CUT OFF AND SEALED BELOW OR WITHIN FLOOR OR WALL LEVEL WHEN THEY ARE NOT TO BE REUSED IN THIS PROJECT. IF REQUIRED BY LANDLORD OR CODES, ABANDONED PIPING AND/OR DUCTWORK MUST BE REMOVED TO POINT OF ORIGIN. CONFIRM THE EXTENT OF DEMOLITION PRIOR TO BID AND INCLUDE IN BID PROPOSAL K. SLEEVES 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SLEEVES TO PROTECT EQUIPMENT OR FACILITIES IN THE INSTALLATION. EACH SLEEVE SHALL EXTEND THROUGH ITS RESPECTIVE FLOOR, WALL OR PARTITION AND SHALL BE CUT FLUSH WITH EACH SURFACE EXCEPT SLEEVES THAT PENETRATE THE FLOOR, WHICH SHALL EXTEND 2" ABOVE THE FLOOR. CONTRACTOR MUST COORDINATE THROUGH THE LANDLORD ANY CORE DRILLING OR CUTTING OF OPENINGS IN MASONRY FLOORS OR WALLS. 2. ALL SLEEVES AND OPENINGS THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLS AND/OR FLOORS SHALL BE FIRE SEALED WITH CALCIUM SILICATE, SIUCONE "RTV" FOAM, "3M" FIRE RATED SEALANTS OR EQUAL SO AS TO RETAIN THEIR FIRE RATING. 3. SLEEVES IN BEARING AND MASONRY WALLS, FLOORS, AND PARTITIONS SHALL BE STANDARD WEIGHT STEEL PIPE FINISHED WITH SMOOTH EDGES. FO • OTHER THAN MASONRY PARTITIONS, THROUGH SUSPENDED CEILINGS, OR FOR CONCEALED VERTICAL PIPING, SLEEVES SHALL BE NO. 22 U.S.G. GALVANIZED STEEL MINIMUM. L. SCOPE OF V/ORK 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, SERVICES, TOOLS, TRANSPORTATION AND FACILITIES NECESSARY FOR, REASONABLY IMPLIED AND INCIDENTAL TO, THE FURNISHING, INSTALLATION, COMPLETION AND TESTING OF ALL THE WORK FOR THE HVAC SYSTEMS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, AND AS REQUIRED BY JOB CONDITIONS, TO INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: a. HVAC UNITS, ALL RELATED EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE). b. DUCTWORK, FITTINGS, DAMPERS, AND INSULATION. c. HYDRONIC PIPING. (AS APPUCABLE, REFER TO PLANS). d. REFRIGERANT PIPING (AS APPLICABLE, REFER TO PLANS). e. CURBS, ROOFING, AND STEEL FRAMING FOR SUPPORT (AS APPLICABLE, REFER TO PLANS). f. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING. g. KEEPING A RECORD SET AND PREPARE AS -BUILT DRAWINGS. 2. BEFORE STARTING WORK, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE JOB SITE AND EXAMINE THE ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS TO SEQUENCE, COORDINATE, AND INTEGRATE THE VARIOUS ELEMENTS OF THE HVAC SYSTEM, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS TO AVOID INTERFERENCES AND CONFRONTATIONS. 3. RELOCATION OF EXISTING DUCT MAINS OR BRANCHES TO MEET STORE DESIGN CRITERIA MUST BE INCLUDED IN BID PROPOSAL 14. HVAC EQUIPMENT 1. PRIMARY HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING UNITS ARE TO BE FURNISHED BY LSD&C AS SCHEDULED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. REFER TO PLANS FO' REQUIREMENTS. AU_ EQUIPMENT SHALL INCLUDE A FIVE (5) YEAR COMPRESSOR AND TEN (10) YEAR HEAT EXCHANGER WARRANTY. 2. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE COMPLETE IN EVERY RESPECT WITH ALL DEVICES AND ACCESSORIES PROVIDED TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT AND OPERATION OF THE SYSTEMS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFIED HEREIN. 3. EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. N. EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY LIMITED STORE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTO1 1. THE FOLLOWING EQUIPMENT IS FURNISHED BY LSD&C AND INSTALLED BY THIS CONTRACTOR UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE AND PLANS FOR APPUCABILITY. a. HVAC UNITS. b. TOILET EXHAUST FANS. c. DIFFUSERS, GRILLES AND REGISTERS. d. TEMPERATURE CONTROLS. 11 -0-, -so 11. THIS CONTRACTOR. 0. CURBS FOR SUPPORT 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL CURB ADAPTORS ON EXISTING CURBS WHERE ALLOWED BY LANDLORD. CURB ADAPTORS MUST BE MANUFACTURED BY THYBAR, MICROMETL, OR LSD&C APPROVED EQUAL. 2. WHERE EXISTING CURBS ARE NOT AVAILABLE OR WHERE CURB ADAPTORS ARE NOT ALLOWED THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL NECESSARY CURBS REQUIRED TO INSTALL ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT AS DESCRIBED ON THE DRAWINGS. CURBS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 14" HIGH (SEE M04.01 "LOCAL AREA REQUIREMENTS" ITEM # 5), OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER OF THE EQUIPMENT UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 3. ALL CURBS AND CURB ADAPTORS SHALL BE INSTALLED SUCH THAT TOP OF CURBS ARE LEVEL ALL PENETRATIONS OF EXISTING STRUCTURE SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LANDLORD'S GUIDELINES AT THIS CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL RECEIVE LSD&C PROJECT MANAGER'S WRITTEN APPROVAL BEFORE ANY WORK TAKES PLACE. THIS CONTRACTOR IS ALSO RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL SEISMIC, HURRICANE OR OTHER SECURING DEVICES REQUIRED BY LOCAL OR OTHER CODES. P. LABEIS/PIPE MEM 1. FURNISH AND INSTALL PIPE IDENTIFICATION MARKERS ON ALL PIPES INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT. MARKERS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 1-1/2" X 8" AND IDENTIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE BACKGROUND AND LETTER COLORS ISSUED BY THE AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI). 2. PIPING SHALL BE IDENTIFIED AS FOLLOWS: CHILLED WATER RETURN, CHILLED WATER SUPPLY, CONDENSATE, HOT WATER RETURN, HOT WATER SUPPLY, CONDENSER WATER RETURN, CONDENSER WATER SUPPLY, REFRIGERANT LIQUID, REFRIGERANT SUCTION, AND DIRECTIONAL ARROWS. ALL IDENTIFICATIONS MUST BE VISIBLE AT EQUIPMENT. 1 , 1 • • "1'1 4" I 11 •.,1 :, 1" " 1 ,11 Q. FINAL HVAC INSPECTIONS 1. ASIDE FROM NORMAL INTERIM INSPECTIONS OF WORK IN PLACE, LSD&C SHALL HAVE AN INDEPENDENT HVAC CONTRACTOR INSPECT THE FINISHED HVAC INSTALLATION UPON COMPLETION FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS AND CODES. THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE TO BRING ALL ITEMS REPORTED BY THE INDEPENDENT HVAC CONTRACTOR UP TO PLANS AND SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. SECTION 230500: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC A. HANGERS 1. HANGERS SHALL INCLUDE ALL MISCELLANEOUS STEEL SUCH AS ANGLE IRON, BANDS, C -CLAMPS WITH RETAINING CLIPS, CHANNELS, HANGER RODS, ETC., NECESSARY FOR THE INSTALLATION OF WORK. 2. HANGERS SHALL BE FASTENED TO BUILDING STEEL, CONCRETE, OR MASONRY, BUT NOT TO PIPING. HANGING FROM METAL DECK IS NOT PERMITTED. HANGERS MUST BE ATTACHED TO UPPER CHORD OF BAR JOIST. WHERE INTERFERENCES OCCUR, AND IN ORDER TO SUPPORT DUCTWORK OR PIPING, THE CONTRACTOR MUST INSTALL TRAPEZE TYPE HANGERS OR SUPPORTS WHICH SHALL BE LOCATED WHERE THEY DO NOT INTERFERE WITH ACCESS TO FIRE DAMPERS, VALVES, AND OTHER EQUIPMENT. HANGER TYPES AND INSTALLATION METHODS ARE ALSO SUBJECT TO LANDLORD CRITERIA. 3. HANGERS FOR ALL INSULATED PIPING SHALL BE SIZED AND INSTALLED FOR THE OUTER DIAMETER OF INSULATION. INSTALL 6" LONG SPLIT CIRCLE GALVANIZED SADDLE BETWEEN THE HANGER AND THE PIPE INSULATION. 4. HANGERS AND PIPING OF DISSIMILAR METALS SHALL BE DI -ELECTRICALLY SEPARATED. B. VIBRATION ISOIATION DEVICES 1. SPRING VIBRATION ISOLATION DEVICES SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED IN ALL SUPPORTS BETWEEN VIBRATING EQUIPMENT (FANS, AIR HANDLERS, ETC.) AND STRUCTURE. ISOLATORS TO BE SIZED ACCORDING TO LOAD WITH A MIN. 1" DEFLECTION. VIBRATING EQUIPMENT HUNG FROM STRUCTURE SHALL BE ISOLATED WITH RUBBER AND SPRING DEVICES. VIBRATING EQUIPMENT SUPPORTED FROM FLOOR OR DECK SHALL BE ISOLATED WITH HOUSED SPRING MOUNT DEVICES. 2. EXAMINE DEAD LOAD AND OPERATING LOAD CONDITIONS WHEN SELECTING DEVICES. ADJUST FOR PROPER ALIGNMENT AND LOADING. AVOID "GROUNDING" THE ISOLATOR. 3. CHECK HANGER ROD SIZE FOR ALLOWABLE LOADS AT THE ISOLATING DEVICE AND AT THE UPPER AND LOWER ATTACHMENTS TO STRUCTURES, DUCTS EQUIPMENT, ETC. 4. CONSULT MANUFACTURER FOR APPLICATION DATA. C. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 1. TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING OF ALL WORK SHALL BE MADE BY AN INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR WHO IS A CURRENTLY LICENSED ASSOCIATED AIR BALANCING COUNCIL (AABC) OR NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL BALANCING BUREAU (NEBB) BALANCING CONTRACTOR. NO OTHER BALANCE REPORTS WILL BE ACCEPTED. ALL BALANCING WORK MUST BE COMPLETE AND DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MOST RECENT STANDARDS OF THEIR SOCIETY. PAYMENT OF ALL COSTS FOR TESTING AND BALANCING SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE BID. HOWEVER, IT WILL BE THE G.C. THAT WILL CONTRACT DIRECTLY WITH THE AIR BALANCING COMPANY. 2. FINAL TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING REPORT MUST BE COMPLETE AND SUBMITTED WITH FINAL CLOSE-OUT DOCUMENTS TO LSD&C 1 WEEK PRIOR TO MERCHANDISING DATE. 3. THE HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL BE PRESENT FOR AIR BALANCE TO VERIFY ACCESSIBILITY TO ALL DEVICES, VERIFY ALL OPERATING SEQUENCES (WITH CONTROLS VENDOR REMOTELY SUPPORTING THE SEQUENCES) AND INSTALL NEW FILTERS IN ALL UNITS JUST PRIOR TO THE AIR BALANCE. THE COMPLETE AIR BALANCE SHALL TAKE PLACE WITH OUTSIDE AIR DAMPERS IN MINIMUM POSITION, EXCEPT AS NOTED OTHERWISE. HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO INSTALL A NEW SET OF FILTERS ONE DAY PRIOR TO MERCHANDISING. 4. THE BALANCE REPORT SHALL INCLUDE AS A MINIMUM THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: A. B. c. D. E. F. G. H. J. K. L. AABC OR NEBB CERTIFICATION NUMBER AND SIGNATURE OF BALANCING CONTRACTOR. INSTRUMENTATION LIST WITH LAST CALIBRATION DATES. MAKE AND MODEL NUMBERS OF ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT TESTED. AIR CFM AND STATIC PRESSURE READINGS (DISCHARGE AND SUCTION) AS MEASURED BY PITOT TUBE DUCT TRAVERSE AT THE UNIT. MOTOR NAMEPLATE DATA WITH ACTUAL FIELD VOLTAGE AND AMPERAGE READINGS FOR EACH LEG. MOTOR AND FAN RPMS, SHEAVE SIZES AND BELT SIZES. OUTSIDE, RETURN, MIXED AND SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURES AT FULL COOLING. WATER BALANCE DATA INCLUDING GPM WITH INLET AND OUTLET TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE READINGS (WHERE APPLICABLE). MAKE AND MODEL NUMBERS OF ALL AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT. FINAL BALANCED AIR VOLUMES AT ALL OUTLETS (INCLUDING RETURNS WHERE DUCTED). INDEXED PLAN WITH DIFFUSER AND RETURN LOCATIONS. MAXIMUM AND MINIMUM SET POINTS FOR DEMAND CONTROL VENTILATION SYSTEMS INCLUDING CFM, FAN SPEED, AND OUTDOOR AIR DAMPERS POSITIONS. 5. BALANCE ALL MEDIA QUANTITIES TO WITHIN 5% OF THAT INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS WITH STORE IN OPERATING CONDITION (SALES/NON-SALES, OFFICE, AND RESTROOM DOORS CLOSED). ANY REQUIRED CHANGES IN SHEAVES, BELTS OR PULLEYS NEEDED TO ACHIEVE SPECIFIED FLOW RATES SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE HVAC CONTRACTOR WITH NO ADDITIONAL COST TO LSD&C. 6. ALL CONTROL SEQUENCES SHALL BE TESTED (INTERLOCKED EQUIPMENT, SMOKE DETECTORS, SMOKE EVACUATION, ECONOMIZER, ETC.) AND OPERATING STATUS RECORDED IN THE BALANCE REPORT. 7. AIR BALANCING CONTRACTOR IS TO CONFIRM OVERRIDE OF MINIMUM OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE UPON CO2 MONITORING CONFIRMATION. FOR CO2 MONITORING CONTACT, SEE CONTACT INFORMATION ON SHEET M01.01. 8. THREE COPIES (ELECTRONIC COPIES ARE ACCEPTABLE) OF THE BALANCE REPORT SHALL BE SUBMITTED THROUGH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO LSD&C FOR APPROVAL THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE COMPLETENESS OF THE REPORTS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING TO LSD&C. SUBMIT ONE COPY OF FINAL APPROVED AIR BALANCE REPORT TO MALL GENERAL MANAGER. 9. TRANE SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ENSURING PROGRAMMING FOR ALL OUTDOOR AIR DAMPERS REFLECTS THE APPROVED CERTIFIED AIR BALANCE. CONTROLS VENDOR SHALL PROVIDE REMOTE SUPPORT AS NEEDED TO TAB CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE DAMPER SETPOINT. 10.THE BALANCING CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM ALL APPLICABLE TESTING AND BALANCING FUNCTIONS REQUIRED FOR THE SYSTEM DESIGNED ON THESE DRAWINGS. ALL SYSTEMS UNABLE TO BE COMPLETELY BALANCED AT THE TIME OF ORIGINAL BALANCE MUST BE BALANCED IN FUTURE AT NO ADDITIONAL EXPENSE TO LSD&C THE BALANCING CONTRACTOR SHALL RECHECK ANY ITEMS THAT LSD&C DEEMS NECESSARY AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO LSD&C. D. VALVES 1. GATE VALVES, 2 -INCH AND SMALLER: CLASS 150, BODY AND UNION BONNET OF ASTM B 62 CAST BRONZE WITH THREADED OR SOLDER ENDS, INTEGRAL SEAT, RENEWABLE SOLID BRONZE WEDGE DISC, RISING STEM, SCREWED BONNET AND RE -PACKABLE UNDER PRESSURE. BALL VALVES ARE ACCEPTED AS AN EQUAL SUBSTITUTION. 2. GATE VALVES, 2-1/2 INCH AND LARGER: CLASS 125 CAST IRON BODY, RENEWABLE BRONZE SEATS AND SOLID WEDGE DISC, RISING STEM, FLANGED ENDS, AND RE -PACKABLE UNDER PRESSURE. 3. SWING CHECK VALVES, 2 -INCH AND SMALLER: CLASS 150, CAST BRONZE BODY AND CAP CONFORMING TO ASTM B 62 WITH HORIZONTAL SWING, Y -PATTERN, RENEWABLE BRONZE DISC, AND HAVING THREADED OR SOLDERED ENDS. 4. SWING CHECK VALVE, 2-1/2 INCH AND LARGER: CLASS 125 CAST IRON BODY AND BOLTED CAP, HORIZONTAL SWING, RENEWABLE BRONZE DISC, FLANGED ENDS AND CAPABLE OF BEING REFITTED WHILE THE VALVE REMAINS IN THE LINE. 5. COMBINATION BALANCING AND SHUTOFF VALVES: BELL 8c GOSSETT CIRCUIT SETTER WITH LOCKING SET POINT. A CIRCUIT SMER BALANCE WHEEL MUST BE INCLUDED WITH 0 & M MANUAL TACO OR GRISWOLD ARE CONSIDERED AS EQUAL SECTION 230700: HVAC INSULATION A. DUCTWORK INSULATION 1. FURNISH AND INSTALL INSULATION PRODUCTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH RECOGNIZED INDUSTRY PRACTICES. INSULATION MUST COMPLY WITH NFPA/NFPAC 90A. 2. ALL INSULATION SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD RATING OF NOT MORE THAN 25 AND A SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING OF NO HIGHER THAN 50 WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 84-05, OR AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES. 3. DUCTWORK SHALL BE INSULATED ACCORDING TO THE ENERGY CODE ADOPTED BY LOCAL AHJ. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO CONFIRM CODE AND PROVIDE ADEQUATE INSULATION AS INDICATED BELOW (WITHIN ASSUMED PARAMETERS).THIS SPEC DOES NOT INCLUDE REQUIREMENTS FOR DUCPNORK LOCATED WITHIN A VENTILATED ATTIC OR OUTSIDE. IN SUCH INSTANCES, REFER DIRECTLY TO CODE ADOPTED BY LOCAL AHJ. a. RECTANGULAR SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCTS - PLENUM OR DUCTED RETURN AIR SYSTEM: DUCT SIZES SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE INSIDE CLEAR DIMENSIONS. ALL RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK (SUPPLY AND RETURN) SHALL BE EXTERNALLY INSULATED TO THICKNESS LISTED BELOW. (1) ASHRAE 90.1-2007, 2010 8c 2013. IECC-2009, 2012 & 2015. OREGON ENERGY CODE -2014. WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE -2015: PROVIDE 2" THICK, 1.0 LB/Fr3 (R=7.6, R=6.1 INSTALLED) DUCT WRAP WITH VAPOR BARRIER 4. ALL OUTDOOR AIR (ROUND, OVAL, AND RECTANGULAR) AND ROUND/OVAL SUPPLY AIR DUCTWORK SHALL BE EXTERNALLY INSULATED AS INDICATED: a. PLENUM AND DUCTED RETURN AIR SYSTEMS: ALL OUTDOOR AIR (ROUND, OVAL, AND RECTANGULAR) AND ROUND/OVAL SUPPLY AIR DUCTWORK SHALL BE EXTERNALLY INSULATED WITH A DUCT WRAP WITH VAPOR BARRIER. REFER TO THICKNESS BELOW. VAPOR BARRIER IS TO BE MAINTAINED THROUGHOUT DUCT SYSTEM. ALL JOINTS MUST BE OVERLAPPED AND TUCKED SO THAT NO INSULATION FIBER IS VISIBLE. EXTEND DUCTWORK INSULATION WITHOUT INTERRUPTION THROUGH WALLS, FLOORS AND OTHER PENETRATIONS. (1) ASHRAE 90.1-2007, 2010 & 2013. INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CODE -2009, 2012 & 2015. OREGON ENERGY CODE -2014: PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF 2" THICK, 1.0 LB/FT"3 (R=7.6, R=6.1 INSTALLED) DUCT WRAP WITH VAPOR BARRIER. (2) 2015 WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE (a) SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR ROUND AND OVAL DUCTWORK INSULATION: ROUND/OVAL SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCTWORK SHALL BE EXTERNALLY INSULATED WITH A MINIMUM OF 2" THICK DUCT WRAP, 1.0 LB/FT"3 (INSTALLED R-6.1). (b) OUTSIDE AIR DUCTWORK INSULATION FOR UNITS SUPPLYING LESS THAN 2800 CFM: ALL OUTDOOR AIR (ROUND, OVAL AND RECTANGULAR) DUCTWORK SHALL BE EXTERNALLY INSULATED WITH A MINIMUM OF 2-1/2" THICK DUCT WRAP, 0.75 LB/Fr3 (INSTALLED R-7.1). (c) OUTSIDE AIR DUCTWORK INSULATION FOR UNITS SUPPLYING MORE THAN 2800 CFM: PROVIDE TWO LAYERS OF 2.5" THICK, 2.25 LB/Fr3, EXTERNAL BOARD INSULATION (CONDUCTIVITY 0.24 75'F; R-20.8). B. HYDRONIC PIPING INSULATION 1. ALL HYDRONIC PIPING FOR CHILLED WATER AND/OR HOT WATER (NOT INCLUDING CONDENSER WATER UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE), VALVES, FITTINGS, AND ACCESSORIES SHALL BE INSULATED ACCORDING TO THE ENERGY CODE ADOPTED BY LOCAL AHJ. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO CONFIRM CODE AND PROVIDE ADEQUATE INSULATION AS INDICATED BELOW (WITHIN ASSUMED PARAMETERS). CHILLED WATER TEMPERATURE IS ASSUMED TO BE NO LESS THAN 40'F AND HOT WATER TEMPERATURE NO GREATER THAN 200'F. IN THE CASE THAT ACTUAL PROJECT CONDITIONS EXCEED THESE VALUES, REFER DIRECTLY TO THE CODE ADOPTED BY LOCAL AHJ FOR REQUIREMENTS. a. PER ASHRAE 90.1-2007: (1) WHEN ALL PIPE SIZES ARE LESS THAN 8 INCHES: INSULATE WITH 1 INCH THICK FIBERGLASS INSULATION WITH ALL SERVICE JACKET AND VAPOR BARRIER. INSULATION SHALL HAVE A CONDUCTIVITY NOT TO EXCEED 0.28 BTUIN/HFT2'F 075'F WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 547. (2) WHEN PIPE SIZES EXCEED 8 INCHES: INSULATE WITH FIBERGLASS INSULATION WITH ALL SERVICE JACKET AND VAPOR BARRIER. INSULATION SHALL HAVE A CONDUCTIVITY NOT TO EXCEED 0.28 BTUIN/HFT2'F AT 75'F WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C547. INSULATE PIPES SIZED LESS THAN 8 INCHES WITH 1 INCH THICK INSULATION. INSULATE PIPES SIZED 8 INCHES AND LARGER WITH 1-1/2" THICK INSULATION. b. PER ASHRAE 90.1-2010: • • 1 WH N AlL • • S A• SS HAT 1-1 C'ES:1 TIH 1-1 C :R .S St Al • C JACKET AND VAPOR BARRIER. INSULATION SHALL HAVE A CONDUCTIVITY NOT TO EXCEED 0.26 BTUIN/HFTTF 075'F WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C547. (2) WHEN PIPE SIZES EQUAL OR EXCEED 1-1/2 INCHES: INSULATE WITH FIBERGLASS INSULATION WITH ALL SERVICE JACKET AND VAPOR BARRIER. INSULATE PIPES SIZED LESS THAN 1-1/2 INCHES WITH 1-1/2 INCH THICK INSULATION. INSULATE PIPES SIZED 1-1/2 INCHES AND LARGER WITH 2" THICK INSULATION. INSULATION SHALL HAVE A CONDUCTIVITY NOT TO EXCEED 0.26 BTUIN/HFTTF 075'F WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C547. c. 2009 INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE: (1) INSULATE WITH FIBERGLASS INSULATION WITH ALL SERVICE JACKET AND VAPOR BARRIER. INSULATION SHALL HAVE A CONDUCTIVITY NOT TO EXCEED 0.27 BTUIN/HFTTF 0 75'F WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C547. INSULATE PIPES SIZED 1-1/2 INCHES AND SMALLER WITH 1 INCH THICK INSULATION. INSULATE PIPES SIZED LARGER THAN 1-1/2 INCHES WITH 1-1/2 INCH THICK INSULATION. d. 2012 INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE: (1) INSULATE WITH FIBERGLASS INSULATION WITH ALL SERVICE JACKET AND VAPOR BARRIER. INSULATE CHILLED WATER PIPES WITH 1 INCH THICK INSULATION HAVING A CONDUCTIVITY NOT TO EXCEED 0.28 BTUIN/HFT2'F 0 75'F WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C547. INSULATE HOT WATER PIPES WITH 2 INCH THICK INSULATION HAVING A CONDUCTIVITY NOT TO EXCEED 0.28 BTUIN/HFTTF 0 125'F WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C547. e. 2013 CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE: (1) INSULATE WITH FIBERGLASS INSULATION WITH ALL SERVICE JACKET AND VAPOR BARRIER. INSULATE CHILLED WATER PIPES WITH 1 INCH THICK INSULATION WITH A CONDUCTIVITY NOT TO EXCEED 0.27 BTUIN/HFTTF AT 75'F WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C335. INSULATE HOT WATER PIPES WITH 2" THICK INSULATION WITH A CONDUCTIVITY NOT TO EXCEED 0.29 BTUIN/HFTTF AT 125T WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C335. f. 2012 WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE: (1) INSULATE WITH FIBERGLASS INSULATION WITH ALL SERVICE JACKET AND VAPOR BARRIER. INSULATE CHILLED WATER PIPES WITH 1-1/2 INCH THICK INSULATION WITH A CONDUCTIVITY NOT TO EXCEED 0.26 BTUIN/HFTTF AT 75'F WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C335. INSULATE HOT WATER PIPES (UP TO 200'F) SIZED LESS THAN 1.5 INCHES WITH 1-1/2" THICK INSULATION WITH A CONDUCTIVITY NOT TO EXCEED 0.29 BTUIN/HFTTF AT 125'F WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C335. INSULATE HOT WATER PIPES SIZED 1.5 INCHES OR LARGER WITH 2" THICK INSULATION WITH A CONDUCTIVITY NOT TO EXCEED 0.29 BTUIN/HFT2'F AT 125'F WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C335. g. 2010 OREGON ENERGY EFFICIENCY SPECIALTY CODE: (1) INSULATE WITH FIBERGLASS INSULATION WITH ALL SERVICE JACKET AND VAPOR BARRIER. INSULATION SHALL HAVE A CONDUCTIVITY NOT TO EXCEED 0.27 BTUIN/HFTTF 75'F WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C547. INSULATE PIPES SIZED 1-1/2 INCHES AND SMALLER WITH 1 INCH THICK INSULATION. INSULATE PIPES SIZED LARGER THAN 1-1/2 INCHES WITH 1-1/2 INCH THICK INSULATION. 2. INSULATION AT ALL HANGERS FOR PIPING 2-1/2 INCHES AND LARGER SHALL BE HARD AND NON-COMPRESSIBLE. 3. ALL INSULATION SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD RATING OF NOT MORE THAN 25 AND A SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING OF NO HIGHER THAN 50 TO CONFORM WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE NFPA/NFPAC. 4. PROVIDE ZESTON OR EQUAL INSULATION FITTINGS FOR ALL TEES, ELLS OR SPECIALTY FITTINGS. . REFRIGERANT PIPING INSULATION 1. INSULATE THE REFRIGERANT SUCTION LINES AND CONDENSATE LINES WITH 1 1/2" PIPE INSULATION SIMILAR TO FLEXTHERM SEAM -SEAL OR INSUL-LOCK. INSULATION SHALL BE A CLOSED CELL FIBER FREE ELASTOMERIC FOAM IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 534, TYPE I - TUBULAR, GRADE 1; SHALL HAVE A CONDUCTIVITY NOT TO EXCEED 0.26 BTUIN/HFTTF AT 75'F WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 177 OR C 518; SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD RATING OF NOT MORE THAN 25 AND A SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING OF NOT MORE THAN 50 WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 84; AND SHALL HAVE A MAXIMUM WATER ABSORPTION % OF 0.2 BY VOLUME WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 209. DO NOT INSULATE THE HOT GAS (LIQUID) LINES OR ANY HOT GAS BYPASS. ECTION 230800: COMMISSIONING OF HVAC . DETAILED HVAC COMMISSIONING INFORMATION IS INCLUDED IN THE LSD8cC SITE MANUAL PROVIDED TO THE CONTRACTOR AT THE START OF THE PROJECT. • MANUFACTURER WILL CONTACT THE CONTRACTOR EARLY IN THE PROJECT TO SET PRELIMINARY DATES FOR HVAC INSPECTION, COMMISSIONING AND HVAC CONTROLS COMMISSIONING. WORK REQUIRED PRIOR TO HVAC INSPECTION / COMMISSIONING (TO BE COMPLETED BY MECHANICAL SUBCONTRACTOR) 1. CONNECT AND BLEED CONDENSATE, DUCTWORK, NATURAL GAS, CHILLED WATER PIPING, AND/OR CONDENSER WATER PIPING. 2. CHARGE HVAC SYSTEMS WITH REFRIGERANT FOLLOWING MANUFACTURERS' GUIDEUNES AND INSTRUCTIONS. COLD WEATHER CONDITIONS REQUIRE SPECIFIC PROCESSES, CONTACT MANUFACTURER FOR TECHNICAL SUPPORT. 3. CONNECT POWER TO THE HVAC EQUIPMENT FOR A MINIMUM OF 24 HOURS. a. IN COLD WEATHER SITUATIONS, DO NOT OPERATE THE UNITS PRIOR TO COMMISSIONING! HVAC EQUIPMENT SHOULD BE STARTED UP EARLY IN THE PROJECT. COORDINATE EARLY STAT UP OF EQUIPMENT WITH THE MANUFACTURER. THE GC MAY BE BACK CHARGED FOR ADDITIONAL AC SITE VISITS BEYOND THE FIRST THREE (3) NECESSARY TO DOCUMENT THE RESOLUTION OF THE HVAC PUNCHLIST ITEMS. . HVAC COMMISSIONING PRMESS 1. VISIT 1: HVAC EQUIPMENT START UP - CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE THE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTOR ON SITE DURING THE HVAC INSPECTION AND COMMISSIONING. BUDGET 5 HOURS FOR THE HVAC INSPECTION AND COMMISSIONING. (NOTE: THESE HOURS ARE TO BE USED FOR THE COMPLETION OF THE COMMISSIONING PROCESS ONLY. ADDITIONAL HOURS WILL NOT BE APPROVED FOR WORK THAT WAS IN SCOPE AND NOT COMPLETED PRIOR TO THE COMMISSIONING PROCESS.) a. CONTRACTOR TO COMPLETE AND EMAIL, OR FAX, THE HVAC EQUIPMENT STAT UP SURVEY TO MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO THE HVAC STARTUP. b. MANUFACTURER COORDINATES THE HVAC EQUIPMENT COMMISSIONING. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COMMUNICATING SCHEDULE DATE CHANGES TO MANUFACTURER AND SUBCONTRACTORS. c. PROVIDED THERE ARE NO HVAC INSTALLATION ISSUES SYSTEMS SHALL BE STARTED FOR TEMPORARY OPERATION ON LOCAL CONTROL d. IF THERE ARE HVAC INSTALLATION PUNCHLIST ITEMS, THE GC MUST CORRECT THEM AND RESCHEDULE COMMISSIONING WITH MANUFACTURER. 2. VISIT 2: HVAC CONTROLS COMMISSIONING - THE CONTROLS COMMISSIONING IS PERFORMED BY THE MANUFACTURER IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND THE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTORS. ALLOW FOR 4 HOURS TO COMPLETE THE CONTROLS COMMISSIONING. (NOTE: THESE HOURS ARE TO BE USED FOR THE COMPLETION OF THE COMMISSIONING PROCESS ONLY. ADDITIONAL HOURS WILL NOT BE APPROVED FOR WORK THAT WAS IN SCOPE AND NOT COMPLETED PRIOR TO THE COMMISSIONING PROCESS.) FOLLOW THE CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS AND MANUFACTURER'S DETAILS AND DRAWINGS DURING THE INSTALLATION OF THE HVAC CONTROL EQUIPMENT. a. CONTRACTOR TO COMPLETE AND EMAIL, OR FAX, THE CONTROLS COMMISSIONING SURVEY TO MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO THE CONTROL COMMISSIONING. b. CONNECT THE HVAC CONTROLS TO AN OPERATIONAL ANALOG PHONE LINE OR ETHERNET CONNECTION TO ALLOW COMMUNICATION. IF NECESSARY, UTILIZE SITE FAX LINE TO CONNECT TO THE CONTROLS MODEM IN THE IFS PANEL. c. CONTACT MANUFACTURER AT THE SCHEDULED TIME FOR THE CONTROLS COMMISSIONING. d. PROVIDED THERE ARE NO OPEN ISSUES, VISIT. 2 IS COMPLETE. IN THE EVENT THERE ARE OPEN ITEMS, THE GC MUST CORRECT THEM AND RESCHEDULE THE CONTROLS COMMISSIONING. 3. VISIT 3: FINAL HVAC INSPECTION - THIS VISIT IS TO DO A FINAL INSPECTION OF THE HVAC EQUIPMENT AND CONTROL INSTALLATION. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR HAVING THE MECHANICAL SUBCONTRACTOR AND THE ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTOR ON SITE DURING THE FINAL INSPECTION. BUDGET 4 HOURS FOR THE FINAL INSPECTION. THIS VISIT MUST TAKE PLACE PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION COMPLETION. THE FOLLOWING ITEMS MUST BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO THE INSPECTION: (1) THE GC MUST COMPLETE TRANE'S SITE VISIT #3 SURVEY PRIOR TO THE VISIT BEING SCHEDULED. (2) HVAC SYSTEM INSTALLATION IS COMPLETE - NO OPEN PUNCHLIST ITEMS EXCEPT FOR POSSIBLY THE PERMANENT PHONE LINE. (3) AIR BALANCE IS COMPLETE. NOTE: AIR BALANCE IS IN THE CONTRACTOR'S SCOPE OF WORK. b. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COMMUNICATING SCHEDULE DATE CHANGES FOR THE FINAL INSPECTION. c. FILTERS ARE TO BE REPLACED DURING THIS VISIT. FILTERS ARE TO BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR AND SHALL BE ON SITE WHEN THE TRANE TECHNICIAN ARRIVES. d. WHEN COMPLETE AND ALL OPEN CONTRACTOR HVAC ISSUES ARE RESOLVED A CONTROL NUMBER IS ISSUED BY THE MANUFACTURER. IT IS RECORDED INSIDE THE CONTROL PANEL DOOR IN THE IFS ELECTRICAL PANEL AND ON THE FINAL VISIT CHECK LIST. e. IN THE EVENT THERE ARE OPEN ITEMS, THE CONTRACTOR MUST CORRECT THEM AND RESCHEDULE THE FINAL INSPECTION WITH THE MANUFACTURER. GC IS RESPONSIBLE FOR REPLACEMENT OF SHEAVES, PULLEYS, AND BELTS, IF NEEDED. f. THE HVAC CONTROL NUMBER WILL BE ISSUED AT THE END OF THE VISIT PROVIDED THERE ARE NO UNRESOLVED HVAC PUNCHLIST ITEMS. g. THE TRANE TECHNICIAN WILL WRITE THE HVAC CONTROL NUMBER ON THE STICKER INSIDE THE WR CONTROLS PANEL (IFS PANEL) AND ON THE FINAL VISIT CHECK LIST. h. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL 3RD PARTY COMISSIONING/REVIEW REQUIRED BY CODE. CTION 230900: INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC WORK RESPONSIBILITY 1. LSD&C HVAC SUPPLIER WILL FURNISH NECESSARY CONTROL DEVICES TO THE FIELD. FOR ALL DEVICES NOT FACTORY INSTALLED, IT WILL BE THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO INSTALL. CTION 232100: HYDRONIC PIPING AND PUMPS HYDRONIC PIPING 1. FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE HYDRONIC PIPING SYSTEM IF APPLICABLE. REFER TO PLANS TO DETERMINE IF A HYDRONIC SYSTEM IS REQUIRED. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED THE WORKING PRESSURE FOR SYSTEM PIPING AND COMPONENTS SHALL BE AT MINIMUM 150 PSIG. 2. PIPING a. HYDRONIC PIPING FOR CHILLED WATER, CONDENSER WATER AND/OR HEATING WATER SHALL BE ASTM A 53, SCHEDULE 40, ERW, BLACK STEEL PIPE WITH PLAIN ENDS. INSTALL STEEL PIPE WITH WELDED JOINTS WHERE PIPE IS 2-1/2 INCH AND LARGER. INSTALL STEEL PIPE WITH THREADED JOINTS AND FITTINGS. INSTALL TYPE "K" COPPER PIPE FOR 2 INCH AND SMALLER PIPE. PROVIDE DIELECTRIC UNIONS BETWEEN DISSIMILAR METALS. ALL PIPING SHALL BE IN STRICT CONFORMANCE WITH ASTM, ASA, AND LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS; WHICHEVER IS MOST STRINGENT. UNIONS OR FLANGES MUST BE USED AT EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS WHERE SERVICE OR REMOVAL MAY BE REQUIRED. b. ALL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PRESSURE TESTED WITHOUT LEAKAGE AT A MINIMUM PRESSURE OF 125 PSI. c. ALL HYDRONIC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT CONNECTED TO THE HVAC PIPING SYSTEM SHALL BE CLEANED AND FLUSHED. REMOVE, CLEAN, AND REPLACE STRAINER SCREENS. FILL TENANT'S SYSTEM WITH DOMESTIC WATER AND VENT ALL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO CONNECTION TO THE LANDLORD'S SYSTEM. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT FILL TENANT'S SYSTEM WITH WATER FROM THE LANDLORD'S SYSTEM UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INSTRUCTED TO DO SO FROM THE LANDLORD'S FIELD REPRESENTATIVE. ANY RUNS THRU A CHASE OR SHAFT WILL BE DONE WITH FEWEST JOINTS POSSIBLE USING THE LONGEST LENGTH OF HARD COPPER PIPE AVAILABLE. SHOULD A JOINT BE REQUIRED, CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL EFFORTS TO KEEP THE JOINTS IN ACCESSIBLE AREAS. d. PRIOR TO CONNECTION TO THE LANDLORD'S SYSTEM, CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN WRITTEN CONFIRMATION FROM THE LANDLORD'S FIELD REPRESENTATIVE, THAT ALL TESTING, FLUSHING, AND PROPER FILLING OF THE TENANT'S SYSTEM HAS BEEN COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE TO THE LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS AND THAT THE TENANT'S SYSTEM IS READY TO BE CONNECTED TO THE LANDLORD'S SYSTEM. 3. PIPING SPECIALTIES a. PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE TEST PLUGS (PETE'S PLUG) - 1/4 INCH NPT FITTINGS TO RECEIVE EITHER A TEMPERATURE OR PRESSURE PROBE, 1/8 INCH 0.D. FITTING AND CAPS SHALL BE BRASS WITH VALVE CORE OF NORDEL, RATED AT 400 PSIG, 0 TO 200 DEGREES F. b. STRAINERS - "Y" PATTERN STRAINERS, 125 PSIG, CAST IRON BODY WITH PERFORATED STAINLESS STEEL SCREEN, THREADED FOR 2 INCHES AND SMALLER, FLANGED FOR 2-1/2 INCHES AND LARGER. SCREEN OPENING SIZE AT 0.033 INCH FOR HEATING AND 1/8 INCH FOR CHILLED OR CONDENSER WATER. PROVIDE WITH BLOWDOWN VALVE WITH HOSE END FITTING. c. FLEXIBLE HOSE: PIPE SIZE 1/2 INCH TO 1-1/4 INCH - PROVIDE PLENUM RATED STAINLESS STEEL BRAIDED HOSE WITH EPDM CORE. END CONNECTIONS SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH PIPES TO BE JOINED. PROVIDE DIELECTRIC UNIONS BETWEEN DISSIMILAR METALS. PIPE SIZE 1-1/2 INCH AND LARGER - PROVIDE STAINLESS STEEL BRAIDED HOSE OVER A CORRUGATED STAINLESS STEEL TUBE WITH CARBON STEEL END FITTINGS. END FITTINGS SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH PIPES TO BE JOINED. PROVIDE DIELECTRIC UNIONS BETWEEN DISSIMILAR METALS. d. DIELECTRIC UNIONS: WHERE JOINING PNO SEPARATE METALS PROVIDE A CONNECTOR ASSEMBLY OF COPPER ALLOY AND FERROUS MATERIALS WITH SEPARATING NONCONDUCTIVE INSULATING MATERIAL INCLUDE END CONNECTIONS COMPATIBLE WITH PIPES TO BE JOINED. 4. GENERAL INSTALLATION a. INSTALL WATER MAINS WITHOUT PITCH. USE ECCENTRIC REDUCING COUPLJNGS AT CHANGES IN SIZE WITH THE TOP OF PIPES AT SAME ELEVATION. :". ' 1 : 1" Y, : •O' :1 I' 1 ". 1 • .1 j• 11"1",'1 1"..1 I' BRANCHES TO UNITS ABOVE MAINS TO BE TAKEN FROM TOP OF MAINS AT A 45 DEGREE ANGLE PITCHED UPWARD TOWARDS UNITS. PITCH NOT LESS THAN 1" TO 10 FEET. c. SEE MECHANICAL DETAIL DRAWINGS FOR APPLICABLE DETAILS. d. PROVIDE UL/ULC LISTED FIRE STOPPING SYSTEM AROUND ALL PIPING PENETRATIONS THROUGH RATED WALLS. PENETRATIONS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF UL/ULC DETAILS WL1001 (UNINSUIATED WALL) AND WL5039 (INSULATED WALL). C'TION 2323tX): EFRIGERANT PIPING REFRIGERANT PIPING: 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE REFRIGERANT PIPING SYSTEM BETWEEN THE INDOOR FAN UNITS AND OUTDOOR CONDENSING UNITS. REFER TO PLANS TO DETERMINE IF A REFRIGERANT SYSTEM IS REQUIRED. NEW PIPING IS REQUIRED. REUSE OF EXISTING PIPING IS NOT ALLOWED. 2. PIPING a. REFRIGERANT PIPING SHALL BE TYPE ACR COPPER TUBING. TUBING SHALL BE CLEAN AND CLEAR OF DEBRIS, AND EVACUATED WITH A DEEP VACUUM PRIOR TO REFRIGERANT CHARGE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFIRM THE DIAMETER OF THE REFRIGERANT PIPING RUNS IN EXCESS OF 50 EQUIVALENT FEET WITH THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER, AND MANUFACTURER FOR ALL SPLIT SYSTEMS. NO REFRIGERANT PIPING RUNS EXCEEDING 100 EQUIVALENT FEET ARE TO BE INSTALLED WITHOUT LSD&C PM'S PERMISSION. THE MANUFACTURER SHALL PROVIDE ALL FINAL PIPE SIZING AND COIL SELECTIONS FOR ALL REFRIGERANT PIPING SYSTEMS. b. ALL FITTINGS AND JOINTS SHALL BE WROUGHT COPPER OR CAST BRONZE (ANSI B 16.22). ALL COPPER TO COPPER JOINTS SHALL BE BRAZED WITH A COPPER -PHOSPHORUS ALLOY AND ALL OTHER JOINTS SHALL BE BRAZED WITH SILFOS-5 ALLOY. c. ALL ELBOWS ARE TO BE LONG RADIUS TYPE. 3. INSTALLATION a. REFRIGERANT PIPE SIZING SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE HVAC SUPPLIER. CONTRACTOR WILL PROVIDE A SCHEMATIC PROPOSED LAYOUT OF THE SYSTEM INCLUDING ALL ELBOWS, RISES, RUNS, ETC., WITH DIMENSIONS. THE HVAC SUPPLIER WILL THEN PROVIDE WRITTEN DOCUMENTATION OF PIPE SIZES AND ADDITIONAL REQUIRED SYSTEM COMPONENTS TO THE FIELD. b. SUCTION LINES SHALL HAVE ADEQUATE LIFT TRAPS AND/OR DOUBLE SUCTION RISERS TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF FIELD CONDITIONS AND EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. c. BRAZE ALL JOINTS WITH SILFOS-5 STARTING AT THE INDOOR UNIT AND WORKING TOWARD THE OUTDOOR UNIT. THE SEALS ON THE OUTDOOR UNIT SHALL BE BROKEN LAST. A NITROGEN BLEED SHALL BE USED DURING ALL BRAZING AND ANY TIME THE SYSTEM IS OPEN. ALL OPEN LINES SHALL BE CAPPED AND SEALED BEFORE LEAVING THE SITE DURING CONSTRUCTION. PRESSURE TEST FOR LEAKS WITH AN INERT GAS UP TO 245 PSIG. REDO LEAKING JOINTS AND RETEST UNTIL SYSTEM IS TIGHT. EVACUATE ENTIRE SYSTEM TO 200 MICRONS OF MERCURY. CHARGE SYSTEM WITH 5 PSI OF R -410A AND AN INERT GAS TO 245 PSI AND RETEST SYSTEM. ENERGIZE CRANK CASE HEATERS 24 HOURS PRIOR TO STARTING COMPRESSOR TO ENSURE THAT ALL REFRIGERANT LIQUID IS OUT OF THE COMPRESSOR. d. UPON COMPLETION OF TESTING, BUT BEFORE THE REFRIGERANT PIPING INSULATION IS APPLIED, THE PIPING MUST BE INSPECTED BY A REPRESENTATIVE OF THE LOCAL GOVERNING AUTHORITY AS NECESSARY. e. INSULATE THE REFRIGERANT SUCTION LINES AND CONDENSATE LINES AS SPECIFIED HEREIN. f. PROVIDE UL/ULC USTED FIRE STOPPING SYSTEM AROUND ALL PIPING PENETRATIONS THROUGH RATED WALLS. PENETRATIONS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF UL/ULC DETAILS WL1001 (UNINSULATED WALL) AND WL5039 (INSULATED WALL). 4. INSPECTION a. CONTRACTOR MUST PREPARE AND SUBMIT A COMPLETE PIPING SCHEMATIC TO THE LOCAL MANUFACTURER REPRESENTATIVE FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO BEGINNING INSTALLATION. UPON COMPLETION OF PIPING, THIS CONTRACTOR MUST CALL THE LOCAL REPRESENTATIVE FOR FIELD INSPECTION OF WORK PERFORMED. ALL ITEMS FOUND TO BE INADEQUATE FOR PROPER PERFORMANCE BY MANUFACTURER REPRESENTATIVE MUST BE CORRECTED. THIS INSPECTION IS PERFORMED AT LSD&C EXPENSE. 1CTION 233100: HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS METAL DUCTNORK 1. NO FIBERGLASS DUCT ALLOWED (RETURN AIR GRILLE BOOTS MAY BE DUCT BOARD WHERE ALLOWED BY LANDLORD). 2. NO DUCTWORK SHALL BE FABRICATED PRIOR TO JOB SITE VISIT AND APPROVAL BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. A SHOP DRAWING MUST BE SUBMITTED INDICATING CONSTRUCTION METHODS FROM DESIGN AND MUST BE APPROVED BY LSD&C'S PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO FABRICATION OR INSTALLATION. 3. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED, FABRICATE AND INSTALL RECTANGULAR AND ROUND DUCTWORK WITH GALVANIZED STEEL, IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA "HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS" OF THE LATEST EDITION. WHERE OTHER CODES ARE ENFORCED, (1E. UMC, BOCA, ETC.) USE THE MOST STRINGENT CODE FOR DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS. 4. EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE INDICATED, CONSTRUCT DUCT SYSTEMS TO THE FOLLOWING PRESSURE CLASSIFICATIONS: a. SUPPLY DUCTS: 2" W.G., POSITIVE b. RETURN AND EXHAUST DUCTS: 2" W.G., NEGATIVE EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE INDICATED, USE DUCT SEALANTS OF THE FOLLOWING PRESSURE CLASSIFICATIONS: c. SUPPLY DUCTS: CLASS B - 3" W.G. d. RETURN AND EXHAUST DUCTS: CLASS C - 2" W.G. IN ACCORDANCE WITH THESE CONSTRUCTION AND SEALANT PRESSURE CLASSIFICATIONS, MAXIMUM DUCT AIR LEAKAGE WILL NOT EXCEED 5% AS REQUIRED FOR FINAL AIR BALANCE APPROVAL. 4. ROUND DUCTWORK SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL WITH SPIRAL LOCKSEAM CONSTRUCTION FOR ALL SIZES 14" DIAMETER AND LARGER. ROUND DUCTWORK SIZES 13" DIAMETER AND SMALLER MAY BE SNAP -LOCK CONSTRUCTION. ALL SNAP -LOCK SEAMS SHALL BE SEALED AS DESCRIBED IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS. ROUND FITTINGS SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL WITH SPOT WELDED AND BONDED CONSTRUCTION. 5. ROUND SPIRAL GALVANIZED STEEL DUCTWORK MAY BE USED IN PLACE OF RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK IN HORIZONTAL APPLICATION WHEN ABOVE CEILING CLEARANCES PERMITS AND EQUIVALENT FREE AREA IS MAINTAINED, WITH THE FOLLOWING EXCEPTION; ALL SUPPLY AND RETURN DUCTWORK WITHIN 15 FEET OF THE AIR HANDLER MUST BE RECTANGULAR AND INTERNALLY LINED. ONCE A TRANSITION IN THE DIRECTION OF THE AIRFLOW TO SPIRAL HAS BEEN DONE, DUCT WILL NOT BE ALLOWED TO REVERT TO RECTANGULAR. WHERE ROUND DUCT SUBSTITUTION WILL TAKE PLACE, SUBMIT A SKETCH AND CHART SHOWING EQUIVALENT ROUND CONVERSIONS OF RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK TO LSD&C PROJECT MANAGER'S FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION OR INSTALLATION. 6. INSTALL FACTORY MANUFACTURED DOUBLE THICKNESS TURNING VANES IN RIGHT ANGLE ELBOWS IN MAIN DUCT PER LATEST EDITION OF SMACNA. 7. INSTALL RIGID ROUND AND RECTANGULAR METAL DUCT WITH SUPPORT SYSTEMS INDICATED IN SMACNA STANDARDS. SUPPORT HORIZONTAL DUCTS WITHIN 2 FEET OF EACH ELBOW AND WITHIN 4 FEET OF EACH BRANCH INTERSECTION USING DOUBLE STRAP HANGERS ON EACH SIDE OF FITTING. SUPPORT VERTICAL DUCTS AT A MAXIMUM INTERVAL OF 16 FEET AND AT EACH FLOOR. NO WOOD SHALL BE USED TO SUPPORT OR BRACE DUCTS. PROVIDE SWAY AND SEISMIC BRACING AS REQUIRED BY STATE/PROVINCE AND LOCAL CODES OR BY LANDLORD. 8. WHERE DUCTS PASS THROUGH ROOFS AND FLOORS, PROVIDE AS MINIMUM 1 -1/2"X1 -1/2"X1/8" STEEL ANGLE FRAMES AT EACH SIDE OF OPENING. THE ANNULAR SPACE BETWEEN DUCT AND ANGLE FRAMES SHALL BE CAULKED WITH SILICONE SEALANT OR FIREPROOFED AS REQUIRED BY ASSEMBLY FIRE RATING. 9. ALL JOINTS AND SEAMS SHALL BE SEALED WITH 2" WIDE, GLASS -FIBER -FABRIC REINFORCED TAPE. JOINTS ALSO SHALL BE RIVETED OR CONNECTED WITH SHEET METAL SCREWS. LIQUID SEALANTS BY UNITED MCGILL CORP., DOW CORNING, MIRACLE ADHESIVES AND SUREBOND INC. WILL BE ACCEPTED IN LIEU OF TAPE. 10. SOFT ELASTOMER BUTYL GASKET WITH ADHESIVE BACKING SHALL BE USED TO SEAL FLANGED JOINTS. 11. DUCT TRANSITIONS SHALL NOT EXCEED 30 DEGREES SLOPE EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. 12. PROVIDE ACCESS TO ALL MOTORIZED DAMPERS, FIRE DAMPERS, CONTROLS, AND OTHER ITEMS IN DUCTWORK THAT REQUIRE SERVICE OR INSPECTION. IF THE ACCESS PANEL LOCATION IS EXPOSED TO THE SALES AREA, IT MUST BE APPROVED BY LSD&C'S PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. IN HARD CEILINGS, LAY -IN SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DIFFUSERS, GRILLES AND REGISTERS WITH PLASTER FRAMES MAY BE USED AS ACCESS LOCATIONS WHEN WITHIN 3'-0" OF DEVICE. 13. ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH INSIDE CLEAR DIMENSIONS AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS. WHERE DUCTWORK SIZE IS LARGER THAN CONNECTED DEVICE (IE. VAV BOX, DIFFUSER, REGISTER) SMOOTH DUCT TRANSITIONS ARE TO TAKE PLACE JUST PRIOR TO DEVICE CONNECTION. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR DETAIL MEDIUM PRESSURE DUCT 1. WHERE DUCTWORK IS SPECIFICALLY NOTED AS MEDIUM PRESSURE, IT SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA STANDARDS FOR A PRESSURE RATING OF 4 INCHES WATER COLUMN MINIMUM OR GREATER AS REQUIRED BY LANDLORD. 2. ALL GAUGES AND REINFORCEMENT MUST MEET WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF SMACNA STANDARDS FOR MEDIUM PRESSURE DUCT AND WITH THE LANDLORD'S CRITERIA. 3. CONNECTIONS TO THE LANDLORD'S MEDIUM PRESSURE DUCTWORK SHALL BE MADE WITH "LO -LOSS" SADDLE TEE TAPS OR AS OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY THE LANDLORD. 4. ALL OTHER ITEMS FROM METAL DUCTWORK SPECIFICATION SECTION APPLY TO THIS SECTION, WITH THE EXCEPTION THAT ALL MEDIUM PRESSURE DUCTWORK MUST BE WRAPPED WITH INSULATION, NOT LINED. CTION 2333tX): AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS 1. FLEXIBLE COLLARS SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED IN ALL CONNECTIONS BETWEEN VIBRATING EQUIPMENT (FANS, AIR HANDLERS, ETC.) AND DUCTS OR CASINGS. ALSO, FURNISH AND INSTALL FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS WHERE DUCTS CROSS BUILDING EXPANSION JOINTS. 2. FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF NEOPRENE -COATED FLAMEPROOF FABRIC. PROVIDE ADEQUATE JOINT FLEXIBILITY TO ALLOW FOR MOVEMENT AND PREVENT THE TRANSMISSION OF VIBRATION. FLEXIBLE AIR DUCT 1. FLEXIBLE AIR DUCT SHALL BE 1" INSULATED CLASS 1, UL/ULC LISTED AND RATED FOR THE OPERATING PRESSURE OF THE SYSTEM. DUCT CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL (PLASTIC, CLOTH, ALUMINUM) MUST ADHERE TO LOCAL CODES AND LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS AND BE INCLUDED AS SUCH IN THE BID. 2. FLEXIBLE AIR DUCT SHALL BE ATTACHED PER DETAILS ON THE DRAWINGS. FLEXIBLE AIR DUCT MAY ONLY BE USED IN VERTICAL APPLICATIONS. 3. FLEXIBLE DUCT SHALL NOT EXTEND OVER 8'-0" IN LENGTH AT ANY ONE LOCATION. WHERE LANDLORD HAS SHORTER LENGTH RESTRICTIONS, COMPLY WITH LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. . SUPPLY AIR TAKE -OFF FITTINGS 1. FURNISH AND INSTALL CONICAL, TAPERED OR 45 DEGREE SADDLE TAKEOFFS FROM MAIN DUCTWORK TO ROUND BRANCHES. INSTALLATION SHALL BE PER SMACNA LATEST EDITION. • DAMPERS 1. WHERE DESIGNATED, FURNISH AND INSTALL ROUND BALANCING DAMPERS. PROVIDE MINIMUM 20 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL FRAME AND BLADES WITH MINIMUM 3/8" SQUARE STEEL AXLE, AND MOLDED SYNTHETIC BEARINGS (EQUIVALENT TO RUSKIN MODEL MDRS25) WITH MANUAL LOCKING POSITION REGULATOR WITH STANDOFF (EQUIVALENT TO DURO DYNE MODEL KR). 2. WHERE DESIGNATED, FURNISH AND INSTALL RECTANGULAR VOLUME DAMPERS. PROVIDE MINIMUM 16 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL CHANNEL FRAME, 16 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL BLADES, MINIMUM 1/2" HEAGONAL AXLE, MOLDED SYNTHETIC BEARIN.GS, WITH 3/8" SQUARE PLATED STEEL CONTROL SHAFT (EQUIVALENT TO RUSKIN MODEL CD35). MAXIMUM BLADE WIDTH SHALL NOT EXCEED 6". LINKAGES SHALL BE CONCEALED IN THE FRAME. CONTROL SHAFT SHALL EXTEND BEYOND FRAME AND DUCT COVERING TO A LOCKING QUADRANT WITH ADJUSTABLE LEVER (EQUIVALENT TO DURO DYNE MODEL K-4) WITH STANDOFF. 3. OPERATING HANDLES ON ALL DAMPERS SHALL BE TAGGED WITH A MINIMUM 18" LONG ORANGE MARKER TAPE AND SHALL BE INSTALLED FAR ENOUGH AWAY FROM DUCT TO ENSURE IT FULLY AND COMFORTABLY CLEARS THE INSULATION WHEN TURNED. 4. WHERE ACCESS TO BALANCING DAMPER IS RESTRICTED, A REMOTE DEVICE, MANUALLY OPERATED SHALL BE USED. UNITS EFAUZERED THREE WEEKS BEFORE INSTALLATION TO ALLOW FOR DELIVERY LEAD TIME. PEfi FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS APPRov 1. FURNISH AND INSTALL PRIMARY FIRE DAMPERS WHERE INDICATED OR REQUIRED BY CODES. DAMPERS SHALL BE DESIGlir A VERTICAL FLOW OF AIR AS REQUIRED. FIRE DAMPERS SHALL BE UL/ULC LABELED AND MEET ALL CODE REQUIREMENTS. 2. FIRE DAMPERS SHALL HAVE THE BLADES OUT OF THE AIRSTREAM AND A 165 DEGREE F FUSIBLE UNK, TYPE B, AS MINIMUM. FURNISH AND INSTALL ACCESS DOORS AS NECESSARY. 3. FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL NECESSARY FRAMING AND SLEEVES FOR DAMPER MOUNTING PER UL/ULC AND CODE REQUIREMENTS. 4. FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED WI ELECTRIC POWERED MECHANISM. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR FOR POWER REQUIREMENTS A3 7 M -Engineering 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, Ohio 43081 phone: 614.839.4639 fax: 614.839.2222 www.mengineering.us.com z 0 E__ WE - 0 (i) a Ln -1 0 E__ 0 0) C") ":1" CN1 Cv) C") tri 0 74 a- 4 0 rs-) xa co E u_ z o • 0 0 0 sr) co - a a) . 0 1 - tri Tr _c tn. Nu) W.< ;Wa:- !.4:4= ;:;61; ,L6- La: C:V7 C) = C3 E2 >-= M'ir z f4 23 23 47 02! !! !! iii; g MMW,- 6 -- ad t=e41:9.61,." 43wwo c, La 15 3 ▪ ow- - = wiz 0D a- o zoo &.• • C :f •••"' :f E3 ▪ )- E! 2 La cc mc c> ce !3 w 11,c.)11-156:=1"jecii1/1 aw....$nmLa f3 u7 SE ccu' t3 r' !: :2113 ! "41 :113' ! ;: 32:! g = >=1- wal: f4 ,... !! ! !! !! !! 1:7-c g w y It az Z • ••C CM AUG 2 5 2017 a D , Ci) LC) L.; 00 0 CL T-- (2! 11.1 120 Fuzi 0 cc 2 � 1.1.1 > I ow < 0 = S54 Z ° t`51 (/) =I 0 < Pte) P- PROJECT INFORMATION: C.) La a La 1= 0 ..CC +X CC C1- 4.1 C.) La .CC La ****... 0- CD ..et 1-1-1 Z - 00 o Lr) 0 C.) • • LLI 0- 0 r- CL CLI CL C-5 ekj 0 C71 ci (-) La in tr) 1=1 REVISIONS: REQUIRED BY: DATE RE El CITY OF TUKWILA SEP PERMIT CENTER DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 GMT GMT BMM MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS DRAWING NUMBER: DRINKING FOUNTAIN & ASSOCIATED ACCESSORIES ACCESS DOOR AMERICAN DISABILITY ACT ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION ACCESS PANEL CEILING DIFFUSER OR CONDENSATE DRAIN CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE CAST IRON CLEANOUT CONTINUE CONTRACTOR CLEANOUT TO GRADE COLD WATER DETAIL DRINKING FOUNTAIN DOOR LOUVER DREAMSTEAMER DOWN THRU ROOF DRAWING GAS GENERAL CONTRACTOR GALLONS GALLONS PER MINUTE HOSE BIBB HEAD HORSEPOWER HOT WATER HOT WATER RETURN FLOOR DRAINS, CLEANOUTS, WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS, ETC. ANY ITEM NOT SHOWN IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTOR. PLUMBING & FIRE PROTECTION RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE-VS/PINK 121211111E1 WATER CLOSET ■■111111ilil WC -2 I (FLR. MNTD.) -■1111,�.� PKGI+ALTERNATE LAVA --------mmin11111111111 (UNDERCOUNTER) LAV -1 I VSL POWDER Moon ROOM LAVATORY LAV -2 (ASSOCIATE AMENITY ROOM) CONNECTIONS TO HORIZONTAL DRAIN LINES SHOULD BE MADE WITH WYE (Y) FITTINGS. DO NOT USE DOUBLE -WYE (Y) FITTINGS WASTE & VENT PIPING DIAGRAM MIIMIMI11111 ®e (DRP-INLAVATORY, PIe POWDER ROOM) TIOINK ` uuuuuI IINIIIIIII (UNDERCOUNTER) 118111.61 VSL POWDER ROOM PiliiIIIIIIIIii 111111 DRINKING FOUNTAIN DRINKING FOUNTAIN (NON -CHILLED) KOHLER "HIGHLINE PRESSURE UTE" MODEL NO. K -3519-T, 1.0 GPF, PRESSURE ASSISTED WHITE WATER CLOSET WITH ELONGATED VITREOUS CHINA BOWL, (OR ZURN MODEL 25561-V4 1.0 GPF WITH HIGH PERFORMANCE ECOFLUSH TECHNOLOGY), 17}x" HIGH, WHITE OPEN FRONT SEAT AND COVER #K-4650. FURNISH WITH BOLT CAPS AND CHROME SUPPLY STOP. (FOR PUBLIC AND NON-PUBLIC RESTROOMS). FLUSH LEVER SHALL BE LOCATED ON THE WIDE SIDE OF THE TOILET. KOHLER "CIMARRON" MODEL NO. K-3609-0, 1.28 GPF, GRAVITY -F WATER CLOSET WITH ELONGATED VITREO SH WITH BOL NON-PUBLIC RESTROOMS). FLUSH LEVER SHAL OF THE TOILET. MODEL NO. ITE OPEN FRONT SEAT AND COVER #K-4650. SUPPLY STOP. (FOR PUBLIC AND E WIDE SIDE G.C. SUPPLIED UNDER -COUNTER KOHLER #K -2602 -MU -NA SINK AND TOT #TEL115-D1OET#CP POLISHED CHROME, SOLID BRAS #TLT10 THERMOSTATIC MIXING UCET WITH AERATOR, GRID STRAINER DRAIN ERFLOW TO BE ORIENTED TO THE SIDE TO MAINTAIN WITH BRUSHED NICKEL SUPPLY STOPS SUPPLY LIN " r „ TRONG CCESSIBLE KNEE CLEA `7• . AND P -TRAP. INSULATE P -TRAP AND SU "ARMAFLEX" PIPING INSULATION OR EQUIVALENT. EXISTING ELECTRIC WATER COOLER FLOOR CLEANOUT FAN COIL UNIT FLOOR DRAIN FURNISHED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR FEET PER SECOND FLOOR SINK LAVATORY POUND LANDLORD CONTRACTOR LIGHTING PACKAGE DISTRIBUTOR LINEAL FEET LANDLORD L -BRANDS STORE DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR MECHANICAL MANUFACTURER MOUNTED MOTOR NEW NORMALLY CLOSED NOT IN CONTRACT NORMALLY OPEN NOT APPLICABLE NOT TO SCALE PUMP PLUMBING CONTRACTOR PRESSURE DROP. PLUMBING PROJECT MANAGER POINT OF CONNECTION PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH RELOCATE ROOF DRAIN REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTER REVOLUTION PER MINUTE SCHEDULE SHUT-OFF VALVE OR SCHEDULE OF VALVE M -Engineering 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, Ohio 43081 phone: 614.839.4639 fax: 614.839:2222 www.mengineering.us.com UNIT HEATER UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED UP THRU ROOF WATER CLOSET WALL CLEANOUT WATER GAUGE WATER HEATER WATER HAMMER ARRESTER WEIGHT KOHLER K-2084-0 "SOHO" 20" X 18" WHITE WALL HUNG SINK. FURNISH WITH CONCEALED ARM WALL HANGER, CHROME SUPPLY STOPS, P -TRAP, CHROME PLATED GRID DRAIN, TOTO #TEL105-D1OET#CP FAUCET WITH #TLT10 THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE AND 0.5 GPM AERATOR. INSULATE P -TRAP AND SUPPLY UNES WITH }¢" ARMSTRONG "ARMAFLEX" PIPING INSULATION OR EQUIVALENT. MOUNT AT HEIGHT DIRECTED BY THE ARCHITECT. KOHLER "INTAGUO" #K-2292-0 LAVATORY IN WHITE. GC T "KELSTON" #K -13491 -4 -BN BRUS & ` 1 AND P -TRAP. INSULATE P -TRAP AND SUP "ARMAFLEX" PIPING INSULATION OR EQUIVALENT. , WIDESPREAD LAVATORY POP-UP ROD & LOCK NUT). GC TO PROVIDE GRID URNISH WITH BRUSHED NICKEL SUPPLY STOPS " ARMSTRONG G.C. SUPPLIED UNDER -COUNTER KOHLER #K -2602 -MU -NA SINK AND KOHLE #K -13132 -4B -CP POLISHED CHROME FAUCET (LESS P - & LOCK NUT). GC TO PROVIDE CESSIB AND P -TRAP. INSULATE P -TRAP AND SUPPLY "ARMAFLEX" PIPING INSULATION OR EQUIVALENT. -UP ROD , GRID STRAINER DRAIN AND TO BE ORIENTED TO THE SIDE TO MAINTAIN SH WITH BRUSHED NICKEL SUPPLY STOPS " ARMSTRONG NEW WASTE OR SAN. SEWER 1 EXISTING WASTE OR SAN. SEWER 8 FLOOR DRAIN CONDENSATE DRAIN D ..—••— GAS i 0 i NEW VENT ---i —FbI— EXISTING VENT Q NEW COLD WATER — RECESSED PENDANT SPRINKLER HEAD EXISTING COLD WATER UPRIGHT SPRINKLER HEAD BRASS FINISH ® NEW HOT WATER — — — NEW HOT WATER RETURN — • • - EXISTING HOT WATER — PIPE DROP .- PIPE RISE o —0— KOHLER K-2084-0 "SOHO" 20" X 18" WHITE WALL HUNG SINK. FURNISH WITH CONCEALED ARM WALL HANGER, CHROME SUPPLY STOPS, P -TRAP, CHROME PLATED GRID DRAIN, TOTO #TEL105-D1OET#CP FAUCET WITH #TLT10 THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE AND 0.5 GPM AERATOR. INSULATE P -TRAP AND SUPPLY UNES WITH }¢" ARMSTRONG "ARMAFLEX" PIPING INSULATION OR EQUIVALENT. MOUNT AT HEIGHT DIRECTED BY THE ARCHITECT. KOHLER "INTAGUO" #K-2292-0 LAVATORY IN WHITE. GC T "KELSTON" #K -13491 -4 -BN BRUS & ` 1 AND P -TRAP. INSULATE P -TRAP AND SUP "ARMAFLEX" PIPING INSULATION OR EQUIVALENT. , WIDESPREAD LAVATORY POP-UP ROD & LOCK NUT). GC TO PROVIDE GRID URNISH WITH BRUSHED NICKEL SUPPLY STOPS " ARMSTRONG G.C. SUPPLIED UNDER -COUNTER KOHLER #K -2602 -MU -NA SINK AND KOHLE #K -13132 -4B -CP POLISHED CHROME FAUCET (LESS P - & LOCK NUT). GC TO PROVIDE CESSIB AND P -TRAP. INSULATE P -TRAP AND SUPPLY "ARMAFLEX" PIPING INSULATION OR EQUIVALENT. -UP ROD , GRID STRAINER DRAIN AND TO BE ORIENTED TO THE SIDE TO MAINTAIN SH WITH BRUSHED NICKEL SUPPLY STOPS " ARMSTRONG FINISH: CONCEALED AND RECESSED PENDANT HEADS WHITE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED B: BLACK C: CHROME G: CUSTOM FINISH PT -93 = AF715 "DOLPHIN" BU: CUSTOM FINISH PT -20 = "DAY BLUE" BBW PAINT PROCUREMENT INSTRUCTIONS (LONG LEAD TIME ITEM): 1. INFORM THE SHERWIN WILLIAMS STORE EMPLOYEE THAT PAINT IS FOR A BATH & BODY WORKS STORE. 2. TELL THE STORE EMPLOYEE THAT BATH & BODY WORKS HAS A NATIONAL ACCOUNT AND THE COLORS CAN BE FOUND ON THE BROWSER UNDER THE NATIONAL ACCOUNT TAB (UNDER THE MARKETING TAB). 3. ALL CUSTOM COLORS ARE LISTED WITH PRODUCT CODE, COLOR NUMBER AND COLOR NAME. 4. ONCE THE LIST OF COLORS IS AVAILABLE, PROVIDE THE STORE EMPLOYEE THE COLOR NUMBER AND COLOR NAME. 5. HAVE THE STORE EMPLOYEE PRINT A COPY OF THE COLOR FORMULAS FOR YOUR RECORD. 6. ALL FORMULAS ARE FOR GALLONS ONLY. ALL COLORS MUST BE ORDERED IN GALLON INCREMENTS. NO QUARTS ALLOWED. PLUMBING & FIRE PROTECTION LEGEND, SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS HALSEY TAYLOR SELF-CONTAINED, BARRIER -FREE, ELECTRIC, REFRIGERATED, WALL -MOUNTED, BI -LEVEL WATER COOLER #HTVZ8BLPV-NF. FURNISH WITH PLUG-IN, 3 -WIRE GROUNDING TYPE SERVICE CORD. STANDARD 12011, 60 HZ, AMP 1PH. 120V RECEPTACLE REQUIRED, RATED AT 15 M MINIMUM, U , TO RECEIVE 3 -WIRE PARALLEL BLADE GROUNDING TYPE MALE PLUG: PROVIDE CHROME SUPPLY STOP AND P -TRAP. SEE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROPER INSTALLATION PER ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS. HAWS #1011, "HI -LO", BARRIER -FREE, WA -- 00 CARRIER. PR OOLER WITH LY STOP AND P -TRAP. SEE FOR PROPER INSTALLATION PER ACCESSIBILITY FIAT MOP MOLDED STONE SERVICE BASIN MODEL NO. MSB -2424 WITH VINYL BUMPERGUARD. FURNISH WITH AMERICAN STANDARD FAUCET MODEL NO. 8344.012 WITH INTEGRAL VACUUM BREAKER AND STOPS. PROVIDE 42" RUBBER HOSE WITH FAUCET. RHEEM WATER HEATER MODEL NO. EGSP-6, 6 GALLON WITH FACTORY EQUIPPED HEAT TRAPS INSIDE NIPPLES, 208V-10-60, 3 KW AND 14.4 AMPS. TP ( TRAP PRIMER 111111111111 FD I FLOOR DRAINIEEE WI�A ( ARRESTER MMER 111111 WCO WALL111111 ENE --mimmomm 111111 CLEANOUT FCO ( LE2NOUT -1111 RN CLE CO I CLEANOUT v1wOp ;nom•--� SK ( BREAK SINK CP I PUMPENSATE v00000��, LIR URINAL WALL ■■v•1 qua„ MOUNTED .v®® 1Yx" 1Y" PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCTS TRAP PRIMER, MODEL NO. P-2, COPPER BODY, ADJUSTABLE WITH )" COPPER TYPE "L" TO FLOOR DRAIN. ZURN FLOOR DRAIN MODEL NO. Z -415-6B, CAST IRON BODY, COMBINATION INVERTIBLE CLAMP AND ADJUSTABLE COLLAR, 2" BOTTOM OUTLET WITH 6" ROUND NICKEL BRONZE STRAINER. SIOUX CHIEF 650 SERIES WATER HAMMER ARRESTER OR EQUAL *SIZE & INSTALL PER PDI #WH -201 STANDARD OR MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTION. ZURN ZN-1446-BP CLEANOUT TEE, DURA -COATED CAST IRON BODY, GAS AND WATER TIGHT BRONZE PLUG AND STAINLESS STEEL WALL ACCESS COVER WITH SECURING SCREW. ZURN FLOOR CLEANOUT MODEL NO. ZN-1400 WITH GAS-TIGHT AND WATER -TIGHT TAPERED THREADED PLUG AND ROUND POLISHED NICKEL BRONZE SCORIATED ADJUSTABLE TOP. DURA -COATED CAST IRON - GHT ABS TAPERED THREADED PLUG. DAYTON D117191 SINGLE BOWL SINK (19" x 17" x 6 " BOWL) WITH CHICAGO 50-ABCP RIGID/SWING GOOSENECK FAUCET. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY EQUIPMENT, MATERIAL, LABOR AND SUPERVISION NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE PLUMBING WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS. FIELD VERIFY EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION OF EXISTING WASTE PIPING BELOW SLAB, VENT PIPING ABOVE CEILING AND UP THROUGH ROOF AND COLD WATER SUPPLY PIPING ABOVE CEILING PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. AFTER INSTALLATION AND FINAL CONNECTION OF NEW CCO NCE WITH THE LANDLORD'S PIPING BELOW SLAB, BACK FILL AND PATCH IN A RDA T CRITERIA REGARDING SUCH WORK. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL OF THE NECESSARY PLUMBING FIXTURES (SEE PLUMBING RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ON THIS SHEET) TO SERVE THE TENANT'S DEMISED PREMISES AND MAKE NECESSARY INSTALLATION OF DOMESTIC WATER AND .SEWER PIPING FROM TENANT'S DEMISED PREMISE TO CONNECTION PROVIDED .BY LANDLORD. SANITARY VENTS SHALL BE ROUTED TO THE EXISTING •LANDLORD'S POINT OF CONNECTION WITHIN THE TENANT'S DEMISED PREMISES OR TO A POINT APPROVED BY LOCAL AUTHORITY. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A CAPPED TEE FOR POSSIBLE FUTURE CONNECTION (IF REQUIRED BY THE LANDLORD). CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS WITH THE LANDLORD'S ROOFING CONTRACTOR, AS REQUIRED. VENT THRU ROOF SHALL BE AT LEAST 15 FEET AWAY FROM A/C UNIT FRESH AIR INTAKE. SEAL AROUND ALL PIPES PENETRATING FIRE SEPARATIONS WITH LISTED AND APPROVED FIRE SEAL MATERIAL. ONLY LISTED AND APPROVED SEALANTS AND METHODS FOR THE SPECIFIC USE WILL BE PERMITTED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL TOILET FIXTURES IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL CODES AND AS REQUIRED BY LANDLORD'S CRITERIA. CONTROLS FOR FLUSH VALVES SHALL BE MOUNTED ON THE WIDE SIDE OF THE WATER CLOSET AND NO MORE THAN 44" A.F.F. < Z0 Q W 0 a Z it z1wvi<< O U ,- W y Z 0 • 0 W • C7 4• = a O = 0 0 0 -oo'"• a 3/, O N N W 0 • N U N N =<o= z =a - N `33cy�� xwz o i= 11 < H W W x W Z<- L� j g L V n. O o=3 -w o0 Z O 0 4 Z U f O ' O 2S W Z m �� N 9�m�s W= 1:::: 0oow!aL�a !! O2:: 21a' !,; Y =00 W V r Jo �. p U WO Y J R a°'Zoa � N W < N O,!! (// 4 O U p U w xi! :11 WtOj, La =..!! C}.,`<Z¢x.H No0 0 O0'VQ O 0� O La w= LL 1� W 2 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THAT ALL SLAB PENETRATIONS WITHIN THE TENANT'S DEMISED PREMISES ARE PROPERLY SEALED AND REMAIN WATERTIGHT TO PREVENT ANY POSSIBLE DAMAGE TO OTHER TENANTS AND/OR TO THE BUILDING. FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL BE AT THE RISK AND SOLE EXPENSE OF THE CONTRACTOR.' ALL MATERIAL SHALL BE NEW AND OF COMMERCIAL GRADE, AND BEAR UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES AND UNION LABELS WHERE SUCH LABELING APPLIES. 9. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY PROPER SLOPE OF EXISTING SEWER TO MAIN SEWER PRIOR TO ANY NEW PLUMBING INSTALLATION. 10. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR MUST VISIT THE JOBSITE TO BECOME FAMILIAR WITH MAJOR ITEMS SUCH AS STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS AND OTHER EXISTING JOB CONDITIONS THAT MAY AFFECT THE WORK. ADDITIONALLY, PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS AND DIMENSIONS OF SUCH ITEMS AS WASTE, VENTS, WATER LINES, ETC. - 11. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO FAMILIARIZE AND FOLLOW SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAILS CONTAINED IN DESIGN CRITERIA OF TENANT HANDBOOK. 12. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO CLEAR ALL EXISTING AND NEW DRAIN LINES AND FIXTURES, PRIOR TO TURNING OVER SPACE TO TENANT. 13. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ACCESS TO VALVES, TRAP PRIMERS, ETC. INSTALLED BEHIND WALLS, FLOORS OR CEILINGS. 14. NO PVC PLASTIC PIPING ALLOWED WITHIN CEILING VOIDS USED FOR NON -DUCTED RETURN AIR PLENUM OR IN WALLS, :EXCEPT IN CANADA WHERE XFR-PVC MAY BE USED IF PERMITTED BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 15. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S FIRE SPRINKLER SUB -CONTRACTOR SHALL DESIGN AND INSTALL FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM CONFORMING TO LANDLORD'S CRITERIA, TENANT'S REQUIREMENTS, AND PER . LOCAL CODES AND NFPA STANDARDS. 16. HEADS MOUNTED UNDER EIGHT FEET (8'-0") ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR SHALL BE CONCEALED OR BE PROVIDED WITH WIRE GUARDS. 17. THESE PLANS MAY BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION ONLY AFTER APPROVAL IS OBTAINED FROM THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT PLUMBING PLAN CHECK DIVISION AND THAT DIVISION'S STAMPED APPROVAL AND AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE APPEAR ON THE PLANS. KOHLER "BARDON SUPERIOR" URINAL MO ► ' • ' ' ITH . (OR ZURN #Z5738, 0.125 GPF, WHITE VITREOUS CHINA, WITH ZTR6203-ULF ZOELLER #131, FLOOR MOUNTED 5 GAL POLYETHYLENE BASIN WIT POLYETHYLENE LID. PUMP: ZOELLER #M98, 115V - HD. U.L LISTED. PUMP PASSES s " ADE WIT, , 1725 RPM, 25 FT. SOLIDS. ELECTRICAL CONNECTION USTED 3 WIRE CORD AND PLUG. BASIN AND PUMP TED TO 130 T. UNIT IS FURNISHED WITH CHECK VALVE, OPEN (N.O.) SINGLE PIGGYBACK FLOAT N.C.) SINGLE MODEL #10-0032-115V-1 SWITCH, MODEL #10-0064-115V-15FT NOR PIGGYBACK FLOAT SWITCH. SYMMONS MIXING .VALVE #7 -225 -CK "MAXUNE", h" INLETS AN THERMOSTATIC CONTROLLER WITH RASS BODY WITH DUAL , VANDAL -RESISTANT TEMPERATURE ADJUSTMENT ON TIGHT UNDER SINK IN HANDLE. SET T+ 1 . '.1 LEAST VISIBLE LOCATION POSSIBLE). BELL & GOSSETT #100, BRONZE PUMP WITH 1750 RPM, 115V-10. INSTALL NEAR COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH ALL TRADES INCLUDED BUT NOT LIMITED TO ELECTRICAL, FIRE PROTECTION, MECHANICAL AND STRUCTURAL CONTRACTORS. INSTALL ALL WORK TO CLEAR NEW AND EXISTING ARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. NO ITEM SUCH AS PIPE, DUCT, ETC. IS TO BE IN CONTACT WITH ANY EQUIPMENT. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DEMOLITION WORK. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT FIXTURE LOCATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CUT SHEETS TO LSD&C FOR ALL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES FURNISHED BY THE CONTRACTOR THAT DEVIATE FROM SPECIFIED ITEM FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO THE PURCHASE OF ANY SUCH EQUIPMENT OR DEVICES. - - - THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO FIELD VERIFY THE EXACT LOCATIONS, SIZES, INVERTS AND CONDITION OF EXISTING SANITARY WASTE PIPING BELOW SLAB, VENT PIPING ABOVE CEILING AND UP THROUGH ROOF AND DOMESTIC COLD WATER SUPPLY PIPING TO TENANT'S DEMISED PREMISES PRIOR TO SUBMITTING HIS BID. NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION WILL. BE MADE FOR ANY EXTRAS DUE TO CONTRACTOR'S FAILURE TO VISIT THE JOB SITE AND/OR FAILURE TO PREDETERMINE ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING HIS BID. ACCESS TO ALL COMPONENTS AND EQUIPMENT MUST BE PROVIDED TO MEET CODE AND SERVICE/MAINTENANCE EASE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY WITH LOCAL CODES AS TO THE REQUIREMENT/INSTALLATION OF ANY "WATER SAVING" DEVICES TO THE PLUMBING FIXTURES.. (EXAMPLE: TOILET, FAUCETS, ETC.). PLUMBING SYSTEM SHALL BE PRESSURE TESTED ` AND STERILIZED PER LANDLORD'S CRITERIA AND LOCAL AUTHORITY. UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK, CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THE PROPER WORKING ORDER OF THE SYSTEM(S) AND MAKE ANY ADJUSTMENTS AS REQUIRED. PROVIDE AN APPROVED BACKFLOW PREVENTER FOR MAIN DOMESTIC WATER LINE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL CODE AND LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. FOR WATER HAMMER ARRESTER (WHA) REQUIREMENTS REFER TO PLUMBING SCHEDULE AND SEE RECEIVED SEPARATE CITY OF TUKWILA PERMIT AND� SEP 0l 2017 APPROVAL REQUIRED PERMIT CENTER DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 GMT GMT BMM FLOOR CLEAN-OUT 1 WALL CLEAN-OUT 8 FLOOR DRAIN 0 VENT THRU ROOF --0--S- POINT OF CONNECTION i 0 i WATER METER ---i —FbI— SHUT-OFF VALVE Q CONCEALED SPRINKLER HEAD RECESSED PENDANT SPRINKLER HEAD o UPRIGHT SPRINKLER HEAD BRASS FINISH ® PENDANT SPRINKLER HEAD BRASS FINISH 4 EXISTING SPRINKLER HEAD Fe PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER FINISH: CONCEALED AND RECESSED PENDANT HEADS WHITE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED B: BLACK C: CHROME G: CUSTOM FINISH PT -93 = AF715 "DOLPHIN" BU: CUSTOM FINISH PT -20 = "DAY BLUE" BBW PAINT PROCUREMENT INSTRUCTIONS (LONG LEAD TIME ITEM): 1. INFORM THE SHERWIN WILLIAMS STORE EMPLOYEE THAT PAINT IS FOR A BATH & BODY WORKS STORE. 2. TELL THE STORE EMPLOYEE THAT BATH & BODY WORKS HAS A NATIONAL ACCOUNT AND THE COLORS CAN BE FOUND ON THE BROWSER UNDER THE NATIONAL ACCOUNT TAB (UNDER THE MARKETING TAB). 3. ALL CUSTOM COLORS ARE LISTED WITH PRODUCT CODE, COLOR NUMBER AND COLOR NAME. 4. ONCE THE LIST OF COLORS IS AVAILABLE, PROVIDE THE STORE EMPLOYEE THE COLOR NUMBER AND COLOR NAME. 5. HAVE THE STORE EMPLOYEE PRINT A COPY OF THE COLOR FORMULAS FOR YOUR RECORD. 6. ALL FORMULAS ARE FOR GALLONS ONLY. ALL COLORS MUST BE ORDERED IN GALLON INCREMENTS. NO QUARTS ALLOWED. PLUMBING & FIRE PROTECTION LEGEND, SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS HALSEY TAYLOR SELF-CONTAINED, BARRIER -FREE, ELECTRIC, REFRIGERATED, WALL -MOUNTED, BI -LEVEL WATER COOLER #HTVZ8BLPV-NF. FURNISH WITH PLUG-IN, 3 -WIRE GROUNDING TYPE SERVICE CORD. STANDARD 12011, 60 HZ, AMP 1PH. 120V RECEPTACLE REQUIRED, RATED AT 15 M MINIMUM, U , TO RECEIVE 3 -WIRE PARALLEL BLADE GROUNDING TYPE MALE PLUG: PROVIDE CHROME SUPPLY STOP AND P -TRAP. SEE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROPER INSTALLATION PER ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS. HAWS #1011, "HI -LO", BARRIER -FREE, WA -- 00 CARRIER. PR OOLER WITH LY STOP AND P -TRAP. SEE FOR PROPER INSTALLATION PER ACCESSIBILITY FIAT MOP MOLDED STONE SERVICE BASIN MODEL NO. MSB -2424 WITH VINYL BUMPERGUARD. FURNISH WITH AMERICAN STANDARD FAUCET MODEL NO. 8344.012 WITH INTEGRAL VACUUM BREAKER AND STOPS. PROVIDE 42" RUBBER HOSE WITH FAUCET. RHEEM WATER HEATER MODEL NO. EGSP-6, 6 GALLON WITH FACTORY EQUIPPED HEAT TRAPS INSIDE NIPPLES, 208V-10-60, 3 KW AND 14.4 AMPS. TP ( TRAP PRIMER 111111111111 FD I FLOOR DRAINIEEE WI�A ( ARRESTER MMER 111111 WCO WALL111111 ENE --mimmomm 111111 CLEANOUT FCO ( LE2NOUT -1111 RN CLE CO I CLEANOUT v1wOp ;nom•--� SK ( BREAK SINK CP I PUMPENSATE v00000��, LIR URINAL WALL ■■v•1 qua„ MOUNTED .v®® 1Yx" 1Y" PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCTS TRAP PRIMER, MODEL NO. P-2, COPPER BODY, ADJUSTABLE WITH )" COPPER TYPE "L" TO FLOOR DRAIN. ZURN FLOOR DRAIN MODEL NO. Z -415-6B, CAST IRON BODY, COMBINATION INVERTIBLE CLAMP AND ADJUSTABLE COLLAR, 2" BOTTOM OUTLET WITH 6" ROUND NICKEL BRONZE STRAINER. SIOUX CHIEF 650 SERIES WATER HAMMER ARRESTER OR EQUAL *SIZE & INSTALL PER PDI #WH -201 STANDARD OR MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTION. ZURN ZN-1446-BP CLEANOUT TEE, DURA -COATED CAST IRON BODY, GAS AND WATER TIGHT BRONZE PLUG AND STAINLESS STEEL WALL ACCESS COVER WITH SECURING SCREW. ZURN FLOOR CLEANOUT MODEL NO. ZN-1400 WITH GAS-TIGHT AND WATER -TIGHT TAPERED THREADED PLUG AND ROUND POLISHED NICKEL BRONZE SCORIATED ADJUSTABLE TOP. DURA -COATED CAST IRON - GHT ABS TAPERED THREADED PLUG. DAYTON D117191 SINGLE BOWL SINK (19" x 17" x 6 " BOWL) WITH CHICAGO 50-ABCP RIGID/SWING GOOSENECK FAUCET. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY EQUIPMENT, MATERIAL, LABOR AND SUPERVISION NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE PLUMBING WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS. FIELD VERIFY EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION OF EXISTING WASTE PIPING BELOW SLAB, VENT PIPING ABOVE CEILING AND UP THROUGH ROOF AND COLD WATER SUPPLY PIPING ABOVE CEILING PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. AFTER INSTALLATION AND FINAL CONNECTION OF NEW CCO NCE WITH THE LANDLORD'S PIPING BELOW SLAB, BACK FILL AND PATCH IN A RDA T CRITERIA REGARDING SUCH WORK. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL OF THE NECESSARY PLUMBING FIXTURES (SEE PLUMBING RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ON THIS SHEET) TO SERVE THE TENANT'S DEMISED PREMISES AND MAKE NECESSARY INSTALLATION OF DOMESTIC WATER AND .SEWER PIPING FROM TENANT'S DEMISED PREMISE TO CONNECTION PROVIDED .BY LANDLORD. SANITARY VENTS SHALL BE ROUTED TO THE EXISTING •LANDLORD'S POINT OF CONNECTION WITHIN THE TENANT'S DEMISED PREMISES OR TO A POINT APPROVED BY LOCAL AUTHORITY. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A CAPPED TEE FOR POSSIBLE FUTURE CONNECTION (IF REQUIRED BY THE LANDLORD). CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS WITH THE LANDLORD'S ROOFING CONTRACTOR, AS REQUIRED. VENT THRU ROOF SHALL BE AT LEAST 15 FEET AWAY FROM A/C UNIT FRESH AIR INTAKE. SEAL AROUND ALL PIPES PENETRATING FIRE SEPARATIONS WITH LISTED AND APPROVED FIRE SEAL MATERIAL. ONLY LISTED AND APPROVED SEALANTS AND METHODS FOR THE SPECIFIC USE WILL BE PERMITTED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL TOILET FIXTURES IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL CODES AND AS REQUIRED BY LANDLORD'S CRITERIA. CONTROLS FOR FLUSH VALVES SHALL BE MOUNTED ON THE WIDE SIDE OF THE WATER CLOSET AND NO MORE THAN 44" A.F.F. < Z0 Q W 0 a Z it z1wvi<< O U ,- W y Z 0 • 0 W • C7 4• = a O = 0 0 0 -oo'"• a 3/, O N N W 0 • N U N N =<o= z =a - N `33cy�� xwz o i= 11 < H W W x W Z<- L� j g L V n. O o=3 -w o0 Z O 0 4 Z U f O ' O 2S W Z m �� N 9�m�s W= 1:::: 0oow!aL�a !! O2:: 21a' !,; Y =00 W V r Jo �. p U WO Y J R a°'Zoa � N W < N O,!! (// 4 O U p U w xi! :11 WtOj, La =..!! C}.,`<Z¢x.H No0 0 O0'VQ O 0� O La w= LL 1� W 2 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THAT ALL SLAB PENETRATIONS WITHIN THE TENANT'S DEMISED PREMISES ARE PROPERLY SEALED AND REMAIN WATERTIGHT TO PREVENT ANY POSSIBLE DAMAGE TO OTHER TENANTS AND/OR TO THE BUILDING. FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL BE AT THE RISK AND SOLE EXPENSE OF THE CONTRACTOR.' ALL MATERIAL SHALL BE NEW AND OF COMMERCIAL GRADE, AND BEAR UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES AND UNION LABELS WHERE SUCH LABELING APPLIES. 9. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY PROPER SLOPE OF EXISTING SEWER TO MAIN SEWER PRIOR TO ANY NEW PLUMBING INSTALLATION. 10. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR MUST VISIT THE JOBSITE TO BECOME FAMILIAR WITH MAJOR ITEMS SUCH AS STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS AND OTHER EXISTING JOB CONDITIONS THAT MAY AFFECT THE WORK. ADDITIONALLY, PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS AND DIMENSIONS OF SUCH ITEMS AS WASTE, VENTS, WATER LINES, ETC. - 11. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO FAMILIARIZE AND FOLLOW SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAILS CONTAINED IN DESIGN CRITERIA OF TENANT HANDBOOK. 12. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO CLEAR ALL EXISTING AND NEW DRAIN LINES AND FIXTURES, PRIOR TO TURNING OVER SPACE TO TENANT. 13. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ACCESS TO VALVES, TRAP PRIMERS, ETC. INSTALLED BEHIND WALLS, FLOORS OR CEILINGS. 14. NO PVC PLASTIC PIPING ALLOWED WITHIN CEILING VOIDS USED FOR NON -DUCTED RETURN AIR PLENUM OR IN WALLS, :EXCEPT IN CANADA WHERE XFR-PVC MAY BE USED IF PERMITTED BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 15. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S FIRE SPRINKLER SUB -CONTRACTOR SHALL DESIGN AND INSTALL FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM CONFORMING TO LANDLORD'S CRITERIA, TENANT'S REQUIREMENTS, AND PER . LOCAL CODES AND NFPA STANDARDS. 16. HEADS MOUNTED UNDER EIGHT FEET (8'-0") ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR SHALL BE CONCEALED OR BE PROVIDED WITH WIRE GUARDS. 17. THESE PLANS MAY BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION ONLY AFTER APPROVAL IS OBTAINED FROM THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT PLUMBING PLAN CHECK DIVISION AND THAT DIVISION'S STAMPED APPROVAL AND AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE APPEAR ON THE PLANS. KOHLER "BARDON SUPERIOR" URINAL MO ► ' • ' ' ITH . (OR ZURN #Z5738, 0.125 GPF, WHITE VITREOUS CHINA, WITH ZTR6203-ULF ZOELLER #131, FLOOR MOUNTED 5 GAL POLYETHYLENE BASIN WIT POLYETHYLENE LID. PUMP: ZOELLER #M98, 115V - HD. U.L LISTED. PUMP PASSES s " ADE WIT, , 1725 RPM, 25 FT. SOLIDS. ELECTRICAL CONNECTION USTED 3 WIRE CORD AND PLUG. BASIN AND PUMP TED TO 130 T. UNIT IS FURNISHED WITH CHECK VALVE, OPEN (N.O.) SINGLE PIGGYBACK FLOAT N.C.) SINGLE MODEL #10-0032-115V-1 SWITCH, MODEL #10-0064-115V-15FT NOR PIGGYBACK FLOAT SWITCH. SYMMONS MIXING .VALVE #7 -225 -CK "MAXUNE", h" INLETS AN THERMOSTATIC CONTROLLER WITH RASS BODY WITH DUAL , VANDAL -RESISTANT TEMPERATURE ADJUSTMENT ON TIGHT UNDER SINK IN HANDLE. SET T+ 1 . '.1 LEAST VISIBLE LOCATION POSSIBLE). BELL & GOSSETT #100, BRONZE PUMP WITH 1750 RPM, 115V-10. INSTALL NEAR COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH ALL TRADES INCLUDED BUT NOT LIMITED TO ELECTRICAL, FIRE PROTECTION, MECHANICAL AND STRUCTURAL CONTRACTORS. INSTALL ALL WORK TO CLEAR NEW AND EXISTING ARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. NO ITEM SUCH AS PIPE, DUCT, ETC. IS TO BE IN CONTACT WITH ANY EQUIPMENT. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DEMOLITION WORK. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT FIXTURE LOCATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CUT SHEETS TO LSD&C FOR ALL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES FURNISHED BY THE CONTRACTOR THAT DEVIATE FROM SPECIFIED ITEM FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO THE PURCHASE OF ANY SUCH EQUIPMENT OR DEVICES. - - - THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO FIELD VERIFY THE EXACT LOCATIONS, SIZES, INVERTS AND CONDITION OF EXISTING SANITARY WASTE PIPING BELOW SLAB, VENT PIPING ABOVE CEILING AND UP THROUGH ROOF AND DOMESTIC COLD WATER SUPPLY PIPING TO TENANT'S DEMISED PREMISES PRIOR TO SUBMITTING HIS BID. NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION WILL. BE MADE FOR ANY EXTRAS DUE TO CONTRACTOR'S FAILURE TO VISIT THE JOB SITE AND/OR FAILURE TO PREDETERMINE ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING HIS BID. ACCESS TO ALL COMPONENTS AND EQUIPMENT MUST BE PROVIDED TO MEET CODE AND SERVICE/MAINTENANCE EASE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY WITH LOCAL CODES AS TO THE REQUIREMENT/INSTALLATION OF ANY "WATER SAVING" DEVICES TO THE PLUMBING FIXTURES.. (EXAMPLE: TOILET, FAUCETS, ETC.). PLUMBING SYSTEM SHALL BE PRESSURE TESTED ` AND STERILIZED PER LANDLORD'S CRITERIA AND LOCAL AUTHORITY. UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK, CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THE PROPER WORKING ORDER OF THE SYSTEM(S) AND MAKE ANY ADJUSTMENTS AS REQUIRED. PROVIDE AN APPROVED BACKFLOW PREVENTER FOR MAIN DOMESTIC WATER LINE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL CODE AND LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. FOR WATER HAMMER ARRESTER (WHA) REQUIREMENTS REFER TO PLUMBING SCHEDULE AND SEE RECEIVED SEPARATE CITY OF TUKWILA PERMIT AND� SEP 0l 2017 APPROVAL REQUIRED PERMIT CENTER DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 GMT GMT BMM CONNECT (N) 4" SANITARY SEWER BELOW SLAB TO (E) SANITARY SEWER LINE. (FIELD VERIFY EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION MIN.- 4.r) 10 CONNECT (N) 1" COLD WATER TO (E) COLD WATER UNE. (FIELD VERIFY EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION - MIN. 1") P.O.C. OF (N) VENT TO (E) VENT UNE. (FIELD VERIFY EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION - MIN. 2") O5 PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE WATER METER 'HERSEY MODEL NO. 3/4" MVR' AT MINIMUM OF 16 GPM. VERIFY LOCATION. MOUNT 48" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. MAKE NECESSARY CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED. METER TO READ IN GALLONS. SPRINKLER HEADS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE, STYLE, FINISH, SUGGESTED LOCATION AND QUANTITY ONLY. FILED UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT. GC TO PROVIDE WRITTEN REPORT TO LSD&C PM ON CONDITION OF EXISTING SEWER TIE-IN REGARDING SLOPE AND FLOW. • SCOPE WITH CAMERA PRIOR TO CONNECTION • DO NOT CONNECT WITHOUT LSD&C PM AUTHORIZATION IF SPECS NOT MET GC SHALL PROVIDE COVERS ON ALL FLOOR DRAINS DURING CONSTRUCTION TO PREVENT DEBRIS IN PIPES. PLUMBING AND FIRE SPRINKLER HEAD PLAN KEYNOTES 01/02/11 ADJACENT TENANT - N.I.C. L-=== = = JiII = DO NOT ROUTE ANY PIPING OVER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL CLOSET PINK 2 0 HALLWAY 2 FIRE TECTION-CONTRACTOR TO V IFY IF SPRINKLER HEADS O IN STO EFRONT AND TRANSITIONS Z ARE QUIRED BY THE CODE, LOCA (AUTHORITIES, FIRE 0 MARS NI AND THE LANDLORD. 0 ELIMI TE IF NOT REQUIRED P03.01 NCO (TY13) TP (TYP.2) FD (TYP.2) HALLWAY 1 n II fl it== Ir=__ Ir=__ _ TRANS *4 TRANS #5 - 0 2 PERSON OFFICE ALCOVE 1 r EPARARMIT 7.E REQU APpRR FQ RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA SEP 01 2017 PERMIT CENTER M -Engineering 750 Brooksedge Blvd Westerville, Ohio 43081 phone: 614.8394639 fax: 614.839.2222 www.mengineering.us.com z 0 1- 0 Ct 1- (1) z 0 0 dS z (9 W 0 W 0 1-- (/) 0 CD 07 'V' M ui 0r .�qd', 0 CO c. � X E LL ▪ • 0 • o >0 • • c . CL � r cp c ▪ o cu m I— 1- o Z Z ZO ? 0 O g O y U NC a H O V m J W O O. () p w Z O d.7 (GNg R =U 1 CeQ C Z Q W Q = Z e, gl. Q U = 0 H C � d 3 O O W N Q a D i- G = W Z W d � ~ i r O ti p N U O O N IW/) N WZ W pZ � � N 9 O U O =m y � = = 2 O Q O a az aoj W Z a = 0 � O y 2 > Z :Ce: a :J. W U= U :Ea: ¢ ZJy N W Q U 0Z �o_oz := O <. H O Y W c:, = I. • 3"!I:: o g CD WO_Qy z3�33o0 O O 1W_- . G..j W U= Q O Zc. ,W d= O W Z AUG252017 r CNLO tr) 00 0 O o- Q NG La Q W _I Y01 W Z 0 00 O 0- M w PROJECT INFORMATION: J 0 2 co LI J ce co to La ZNZo LLI W a 0 .z3 Uzi = it; (�g O<M� �t�tCi— REVISIONS: 0 0 V N REQUIRED BY: DATE DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 GMT GMT BMM PLUMBING AND FIRE SPRINKLER HEAD PLAN DRAWING NUMBER: 1 BRONZE BODY, SCREWED CONNECTION, PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE, SET AT 75 PSI 1" REDUCED PRESSURE TYPE BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICE, WATTS #909 SERIES OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT GATE VALVE: BRONZE BODY, SCREWED, RESILIENT SEATED, NRS. DO NOT USE A QUARTER TURN VALVE BALL VALVE: BRONZE BODY, FULL PORT, SCREWED ENDS (TYP) TURN DOWN INTO STACK FIXED AIR GAP DRAIN CONNECTION WITH DRAIN PIPING TO MOP SINK ROOFING (FLASHING, ET . LANDLORD REQUIR 140 M-Englrieering.` 750 Brooksedge Blvd. - Westerville, Ohio 43081 phone: 614.839.4639 fax: 614.839.2222 www.inengineering.us.com SUPPORT PIPING VIA PIPE STANDS AND/OR WALL BRACKETS AS REQUIRED (TYP) STRAINER: BRONZE BODY, SCREWED, STAINLESS STEEL SCREEN. MOUNT AS REQUIRED FOR SCREEN REMOVAL. DETAIL SHOWS GENERAL SCHEMATIC REQUIREMENTS. INSTALL ITEMS FURNISHED BY WATER COMPANY, PAY ANY FEES REQUIRED BY WATER COMPANY, FURNISH AND INSTALL ITEMS NOT PROVIDED BY THE WATER COMPANY. PROVIDE BACKFLOW PREVENTER OF TYPE AND MANUFACTURER APPROVED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES. PROVIDE PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE ONLY IF PRESSURE EXCEEDS 80 PSI - VERIFY. STRAINER AND REDUCING VALVE MAY BE INSTALLED IN VERTICAL PIPE IF SPACE LIMITATIONS REQUIRE IT. CLEAN STRAINER BEFORE TURNING BUILDING OVER TO OWNER. PROVIDE ANY REQUIRED CERTIFICATION OF TESTING OF THE BACKFLOW PREVENTER TO LOCAL AUTHORITIES. DOMESTIC WATER SERVICE ENTRY •.•.•.•.•.•.•.•.•.......... _..........................- I1iili J . -'i - ,i ROOFING MATERIAL ROOF CONSTRUCTION INCREASER WHERE REQUIRED SLEEVE ROOF CONSTRUCTION REQUIRED ON BRANCH LINE GREATER THAN 20 FEET LONG, PLACE ANOTHER ARRESTER IN THE MIDDLE, EACH IS SIZED FOR HALF THE FIXTURE UNITS ON HORIZONTAL BRANCH LINE LESS THAN 20 FEET LONG, PLACE ONE WITHIN SIX FEET OF THE LAST FIXTURE SERVED ARRESTER WITHIN SIX FEET OF FIXTURE SERVED SINGLE FIXTURE PDI SIZE FIXTURE UNIT LOAD AA 1-3 A 4-11 B 12-32 C 33-60 D 61-113 E 114-154 F 155-330 1" FIBERGLASS INSULATION THRU WALL ONLY FIXTURE UNIT TABULATION FIXTURE COLD HOT VALVE WATER CLOSET 10 - TANK WATER CLOSET 5 - URINAL 5 - LAVATORY 1.5 1.5 SINK 2 2 MOP BASIN 3 3 SHOWER/BATHTUB 2 3 DRINKING FOUNTAIN 0.5 - NON-COMBUSTIBLE UL LISTED FIRE STOPPING PC TO PROVIDE WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS BY SIOUX CHIEF, PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCTS, WATTS OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT WITH PISTON AND 0 -RING CONSTRUCTION, HAVING PDI #WH -201, ASSE #1010 OR ANSI #A112.26.1M CERTIFICATION. SIZE AND INSTALL PER PDI #WH -201 STANDARD OR MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTION. THE TABLES ABOVE ARE BASED ON THE SIOUX CHIEF PRODUCT LINE. IF PRESSURE IS IN EXCESS OF 65 PSIG THEN UPSIZE THE ARRESTER BY ONE (EXAMPLE: AN 'A' ARRESTER WOULD BECOME A 'B' ARRESTER.) NOTE: ALL FLOOR PENETRATIONS MUST BE SLEEVED AND LIQUID TIGHT. INSTALLATION TO FOLLOW UL SYSTEM WL 1001 OR WL 5039 AND BE A UL TESTED ASSEMBLY. PIPE FLOOR PENETRATION DETAIL TYPICAL SPRINKLER HEAD LOCATION FOR T -BAR CEILING TRAP PRIMER WITH INTEGRAL VACUUM BREAKER TYPICAL SPRINKLER HEAD LOCATION FOR T -BAR CEILING DOMESTIC COLD WATER LINE IN PLUMBING CHASE OR UNDER FIXTURE. MAKE BRANCH TO TRAP PRIMER OFF TOP OF THIS PIPE REFER TO HOT WATER RECIRC. PUMP DETAIL L HVy �. ON THIS SHEET 3/" TO FIXTURES UNION BY PC (TYP) WATER HEATER, SEE , PLUMBING FIXTURE SCH. FOR ADDITIONAL INFO.. Z 113 Q Z wII W G R O - C w y 4 C O w a O N cin 0,6 gi N v N y O -1E2 CD N U :14: = U Q O C7 Z • Z /- � a9azN ▪ O W O ¢ ¢ _ ao3�• c�� C W C yyj O U W Z • = 0 ,Uy, 2. U !H y :!)1-D � � Z � y Q �� O W = W Q O ». C 3y0w ,... C7 < 1- V, =3��00 a � g W Z N y U_. O F_ �w >. N U O �..�kWo U Lo . Q Z W TRAP PRIMER IN CHASE OR UNDER FIXTURE. INSTALL PRIMER MINIMUM SIX INCHES ABOVE FLOOD RIM OF FIXTURE BEING SERVED PROVIDE DISTRIBUTION UNITS WHERE MORE THAN ONE TRAP IS SERVED BY A PRIMER REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR SEISMIC SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS PRIMER MAY BE LOCATED ABOVE CEILING WHERE ACCESSIBLE. IF LOCATED IN A CHASE OR WALL, PROVIDE A HINGED, LOCKABLE, PRIME COATED ACCESS DOOR IN AN ACCESSIBLE BUT INCONSPICUOUS PLACE TYPE "K" SOFT COPPER TUBE BELOW FLOOR SLAB WITHOUT JOINTS. SLOPE TOWARD FLOOR DRAIN. TRAP. PROVIDE ELASTOMERIC INSULATION FROM TRAP TO ABOVE FLOOR SLAB FLOOR DRAIN OR FLOOR SINK P -TRAP WITH TRAP PRIMER CONNECTION 1 T WELDED STEEL EXPANSION TANK WITH POLYPROPYLENE LINING Y" T & P RELIEF VALVE BY PC RUN 3" COPPER PIPE TO MOP SINK AIR CHARGING VALVE FILL TANK WITH AIR PRESSURE. THEN OPEN VALVE GALV. DRIP PAN BY PC TRAP PRIMER MAY BE LOCATED ABOVE CEILING WHERE ACCESSIBLE. TYPICAL 48"X24" CEILING TILE (FAUX 24"X24") PLATFORM BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR 1" SECONDARY DRAIN NOTE: INSULATE ALL PIPING IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFICATIONS. PIPING ARRANGEMENT SHOWN IS SCHEMATIC. ADJUST TO SUIT FIELD CONDITIONS. MAKE PIPE SAME SIZE AS TANK FITTINGS. FITTINGS COME FACTORY EQUIPPED WITH HEAT TRAPS IN NIPPLES. FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLATION PROCEDURE. VERIFY PROPER OPERATION WHEN INSTALLED. WATER HEATER DETAIL CONCRETE SLAB OR FINISHED FLOOR REFER TO PLAN AND LEGEND FOR POP -OUT CONCEALED COVER FINISH COLOR. WATERPROOF MEMBRANE SHALL EXTENT INTO THE DRAIN BOWL FLANGE. PC SHALL CLAMP PAN WATER TIGHT INTO DRAIN COLLAR - TO TRAP PRIMER (SEE RISER DIAGRAMS) PENDANT HEAD RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA SEP 01 2417 PERMIT CENTER DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY:. CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 GMT GMT BMM PLUMBING AND FIRE PROTECTION DETAILS CLEANOUT DETAILS FLOOR DRAIN DETAIL SECTION MOM FRE PROTECT/ON A. SCOPE Of WORK 1. PROVIDE A COMPLETE AND OPERABLE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM AS IT APPLIES TO THE DEMISED PREMISE. 2. WHERE APPLICABLE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTRACT THIS WORK WITH A LANDLORD APPROVED FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR, ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL BE NEW AND LISTED BY UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES/OF CANADA, INC. FOR FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM INSTALLATION. 3. THE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: SECTION22000 A. SCOPE Of WORK 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, SERVICES, ..TOOLS, TRANSPORTATION AND FACILITIES NECESSARY FOR, REASONABLY IMPLIED AND INCIDENTAL TO, .THE FURNISHING, INSTALLATION, COMPLETION AND TESTING OF ALL WORK FOR THE . PLUMBING SYSTEMS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, AND AS REQUIRED BY JOB CONDITIONS, TO INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: a. NEW WET SPRINKLER FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM FOR ALL AREAS OF THE RETAIL SPACE, PORTIONS THAT ARE UNHEATED OR EXPOSED TO FREEZING TEMPERATURES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH AN AUTOMATIC DRY PIPE SYSTEM COMPLYING WITH NFPA/NFPAC 13. b. COVERAGE SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS, NFPA/NFPAC 13, LOCAL CODES, LANDLORD'S CRITERIA, MALL INSURANCE AND LSD&C'S STANDARDS AND SHALL INCLUDE: (1) ALL PIPE TAPS, RISERS, LATERALS, BRANCHES, VALVES, HANGERS, ALARMS, SPRINKLER HEADS AND ALL COMPONENTS REQUIRED. (2) PROVIDE PROFESSIONALLY DESIGNED AND SEALED DRAWINGS, HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS, SUBMITTALS AND APPROVALS AS NEEDED INCLUDING ANY SEALS, PERMITS, FEES, AND CHARGES. c. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS SHALL BE PROVIDED. REFER TO INSTALLATION SECTION OF THIS SPECIFICATION. 4. EXAMINE ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DOCUMENTS TO PROPERLY SEQUENCE, COORDINATE, AND INTEGRATE THE VARIOUS ELEMENTS OF THE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS TO AVOID INTERFERENCES AND CONFRONTATIONS. 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL USE APPROVED INDUSTRY FIRE SPRINKLER STANDARDS FOR REUSING EXISTING FIRE SPRINKLER BRANCHES AND SUBMIT CALCULATIONS TO THE LSD&C'S PROJECT MANAGER UPON REQUEST OR REWORK SYSTEM TO THE LSD&C PROJECT MANAGER'S SATISFACTION. 6. RELOCATION OF EXISTING MAINS, LATERALS, BRANCHES AND RISERS TO FACILITATE STORE DESIGN CRITERIA SHALL BE INCLUDED AS PART OF THIS WORK. B.BHOP DRA G8 DESIGN 1. IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PREVAILING STANDARDS, BUT NO LESS THAN THAT REQUIRED BY NFPA/ NFPAC 13, THIS FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE COMPLETE CALCULATIONS AND SHOP DRAWINGS. SIX (6) COPIES SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ADDITIONAL SETS AS REQUIRED TO THE PROPER CODE AUTHORITIES FOR APPROVAL (NO WORK SHALL BEGIN UNTIL ALL APPROVALS HAVE BEEN 2. COPY OF THE LETTER OF APPROVAL FROM THE LANDLORD'S INSURANCE RATING BUREAU SHALL BE FORWARDED TO THE LANDLORD'S AGENT AND TO THE LSD&C PROJECT MANAGER. a. REQUIREMENTS IF PROJECT IS A SIMON MALL: A MINIMUM OF FIVE SETS OF SHOP DRAWINGS ALONG WITH HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS (IF APPLICABLE) SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO GLOBAL RISK CONSULTANTS FOR APPROVAL HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS SHALL BE SUBMITTED REGARDLESS OF THE SCOPE OF WORK INVOLVED. a. COMPLETE SANITARY PIPING SYSTEMS OF WASTE, DRAINS, AND VENTS. b. COMPLETE COLD AND HOT WATER PIPING SYSTEMS, APPURTENANCES AND INSULATION. c. FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT AS SCHEDULED. d. COMPLETE NATURAL GAS OR PROPANE PIPING SYSTEMS (AS APPLICABLE, REFER TO PLANS). e. CONDENSATE PIPING SYSTEMS (AS APPLICABLE, REFER TO PLANS). f. TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS. g. SUBMIT A COMPLETE SET OF REPRODUCIBLE AS-BUILTS. 2. BEFORE STARTING WORK, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL EXAMINE THE ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS TO SEQUENCE, COORDINATE, AND INTEGRATE THE VARIOUS ELEMENTS OF THE PLUMBING SYSTEM, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS TO AVOID INTERFERENCES AND CONFRONTATIONS. 3. GC TO PROVIDE WRITTEN REPORT TO LSD&C PM ON CONDITION OF EXISTING SEWER TIE-IN REGARDING SLOPE:. AND FLOW. a. SCOPE WITH CAMERA PRIOR TO CONNECTION. b. DO NOT CONNECT WITHOUT LSD&C PM AUTHORIZATION IF SPECS NOT MET. Y 4. RELOCATION OF EXISTING WATER, GAS, WASTE, VENT, OR DRAINAGE LINES TO FACILITATE STORE DESIGN CRITERIA MUST BE INCLUDED IN BID PROPOSAL. M -Engineering 750 Brooksedge Blvd. Westerville, Ohio 43081 'phone: 614.839.4639 • fax: 614.839.422 www.mengineering::us.com B.E • NT AM RISTALLATION 1. REFER TO PLANS FOR SCHEDULES OF EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES. AMERICAN STANDARD AND CRANE MAY BE CONSIDERED WITH APPROVAL FROM LSD&C PROJECT MANAGER. b. REQUIREMENTS IF PROJECT IS A SIMON MALL: FIVE SETS OF MATERIAL BROCHURES SHALL ALSO BE SUBMITTED TO GRC FOR REVIEW. BROCHURES SHALL BE LIMITED TO NEW SPRINKLER HEADS, FLEXIBLE DROPS AND VALVES. PLANS SHALL INDICATE THE TYPE OF PIPING BEING UTILIZED WITH THE GAUGE INDICATED. 3. LISTED BELOW ARE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR SPRINKLER SYSTEM DESIGN AND INSTALLATION. SYSTEM SHALL BE HYDRAULICALLY DESIGNED: a. ORDINARY HAZARD, GROUP 2: PROVIDE A 0.20 GPM/SF PER 1,500 SQUARE FEET DENSITY WITH 165W RATED 1/2" ORIFICE SPRINKLER HEADS OR FOLLOW NFPA/NFPAC DENSITY/AREA CURVE FOR DENSITY COVERAGE. PROVIDE A MAXIMUM COVERAGE OF 130 SQUARE FEET PER HEAD. (1) REQUIREMENTS IF PROJECT IS A SIMON MALL MINIMUM SPACING SHALL BE 70 SQUARE FEET PER HEAD AND SPACING SHOULD NOT EXCEED 100 SF FOR DENSITIES OVER 0.25 GPM/SF. (2) REQUIREMENTS IF PROJECT IS A SIMON MALL: FM GLOBAL REQUIRED DENSITY WILL BE 0.15 GPM/SF OVER THE MOST HYDRAULICALLY REMOTE 2500 SF USING 11" ORIFICE, 165 DEGREE RATED HEADS. HEAD SPACING SHOULD NOT EXCEED 130SF. OPTIMUM SPRINKLER OPERATING AREA SHOULD BE 300SF UNLESS SPECIFIC APPROVAL IS GIVEN OTHERWISE FOR SPECIAL OCCUPANCIES. THE MOST REMOTE AREA SHOULD HAVE THE DIMENSIONS PARALLEL TO THE BRANCH LINE OF AT LEAST 1.4 TIMES THE SQUARE -FOOT OF THE AREA. THE DENSITY DESIGN SHOULD CONFORM. TO:4HE MOST STRINGENT FM GLOBAL OR NFPA/NFPAC 13, ORDINARY HAZARD GROUP TWO OCCUPANCY FOR RETAIL/COMMON/OFFICE AND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AREAS. b. MAXIMUM HEAD SPACING: 15 FT. c. SPRINKLERS SHALL BE TESTED FOR A MINIMUM OF 2 HOURS AT 200 PSI. d. DESIGN CALCULATIONS OF INSIDE PIPE SHALL USE C=100 FOR DRY AND C=10 FOR WET SYSTEMS. 1. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE NEW (EXISTING HEADS IN EXISTING LSD&C STORES ARE NOT TO BE REPLACED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE), U.L. AND F.M. LISTED AND APPROVED AUTOMATIC SPRAY TYPE AS MANUFACTURED BY AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER, GRINNELL, RELIABLE, OR VIKING. 2. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE RATED AS FOLLOWS OR AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES: a. STORAGE AREAS OR MEZZANINES: 200'F -225'F. b. SALES AREA: 150'F -170'F OR 200'F -225'F AS NOTED ON PLANS. 3. MANUFACTURER FOR ALL SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: a. SALES AREA: BASE BID SHALL INCLUDE HEADS MANUFACTURED BY RELIABLE WITH ALTERNATE BIDS BASED ON VIKING MICROMATIC MODEL M OR GRINNELL MODEL F972 AND SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE LSD&C PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO ORDERING AND INSTALLATION. b. NON -SALES AREA: ROUGH BRASS FINISH AS MANUFACTURED BY AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER, STAR, RELIABLE, GRINNELL OR VIKING SPRINKLER COMPANY ONLY. 4. ALL SALES AREA SPRINKLER HEADS INCLUDING TRIM AND COVER SHALL HAVE FACTORY APPLIED FINISH. REFER TO FIRE SPRINKLER HEAD PLAN FOR FINISH REQUIREMENTS. 5. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS ON THE MALL SIDE OF TENANT'S STOREFRONT ENCLOSURE, IF ANY, SHALL MATCH LANDLORD'S TYPE. D. G. FITTINGS, A VALVES 1. SCHEDULE 40 BLACK STEEL: ASTM A-53 WELDED AND SEAMLESS, ANSI B-36-10-70 FOR WROUGHT STEEL PIPE. 2. CAST IRON OR MALLEABLE IRON SCREWED FITTINGS FOR PIPES 2 INCHES AND SMALLER, SCREWED OR CAST IRON FLANGED JOINTS FOR PIPES LARGER THAN 2 INCHES. FITTING SHALL BE APPROVED FOR 175 PSI WORKING PRESSURE. 3. GALVANIZED OR BLACK MALLEABLE IRON WITH BRASS SEAT SCREWED UNIONS FOR PIPES 2 INCHES AND SMALLER. 4. VICTAULIC TYPE COUPLINGS ARE ACCEPTABLE WHERE APPROVED BY LOCAL CODE AND THE LANDLORD. 5. REQUIREMENTS IF PROJECT IS A SIMON MALL: APPROVED FM LIGHTWALL PIPING WITH ROLL GROVES MAY BE USED IS SIZES LARGER THAN 2 INCHES, EXCEPT WHERE PIPE IS SUBJECT TO PHYSICAL DAMAGE. 6. REQUIREMENTS IF PROJECT IS A SIMON MALL: ALL HANGERS SHALL CONFORM TO FM GLOBAL GUIDELINES, STRUCTURAL STEEL HEADERS SHALL BE INSTALLED FOR SUPPORTING CROSS MAIN HANGERS WHERE THE MAIN IS NOT DIRECTLY BELOW A STRUCTURAL MEMBER. 7. REQUIREMENTS IF PROJECT IS A SIMON MALL: CAST IRON WALL PLATES SHALL BE PROVIDED ON EXPOSED PIPING WHERE PIPE PASSES THROUGH WALLS, PARTITIONS, CEILINGS, ETC., SECURED BY SETSCREWS. . 8. REQUIREMENTS IF PROJECT IS A SIMON MALL: VALVES SHALL BE FM GLOBAL APPROVED AND RATED 175 PSI MINIMUM. 1. A FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM TAP IS NORMALLY FURNISHED BY THE LANDLORD, VERIFY IN FIELD PRIOR TO BID. a. WHENEVER AN EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM IS BEING RENOVATED, THE INTEGRITY AND RELIABILITY OF THE EXISTING SYSTEM SHALL BE a. PROVIDE ALL SANITARY WASTE, SEWERS, AND VENTS WITHIN THE PROJECT SPACE WITH CONNECTION TO THE EXISTING DRAINAGE SYSTEMS ON-SITE. SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING ABOVE FLOOR SHALL BE HUBLESS CAST-IRON PIPE, FITTINGS AND CONNECTIONS. SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING BELOW GRADE SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 PVC PLASTIC PIPE WITH SOLVENT WELD FITTINGS, OR SERVICE -WEIGHT CAST-IRON WITH NEOPRENE GASKET JOINT SYSTEM. NO PVC PLASTIC PIPING ALLOWED WITHIN CEILING VOIDS USED FOR NON -DUCTED RETURN AIR PLENUM OR IN WALLS, EXCEPT IN CANADA WHERE XFR-PVC MAY BE USED IF PERMITTED BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. ALL DRAINAGE PIPING SHALL BE UNIFORMLY PITCHED, 1/4" PER FOOT FOR PIPE SIZES 3" AND SMALLER, 1/8" PER FOOT FOR PIPE SIZES 4" AND LARGER, UNLESS OTHERWISE. REQUIRED BY EXISTING CONDITIONS, OR INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. b. INSULATE ALL HORIZONTAL RUNS OF PIPING LOCATED IN CEILING SPACES, WHEN APPLICABLE. INSULATION TO BE AS SPECIFIED FOR WATER c. CONDENSATE PIPING SHALL BE TYPE 'L' DRAWN COPPER TUBE WITH 95-5 TIN -ANTIMONY SOLDERED JOINTS AND WROUGHT COPPER FITTINGS WITH DIELECTRIC SEPARATION BETWEEN DISSIMILAR METALS. 3. POTABLE WATER PIPING SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: a. BELOW GRADE: TYPE 'K', ANNEALED TYPE TEMPERED COPPER TUBE FOR PIPE SIZES 2 INCHES AND SMALLER, BRAZE ALL JOINTS. (PROPRESS FITTINGS ARE NOT PERMITTED) b. ALL OTHER: TYPE 'L' DRAWN COPPER TUBE WITH WROUGHT COPPER FITTINGS AND 95-5 TIN -ANTIMONY SOLDER. 4. PIPING OF DISSIMILAR METALS MUST BE DIELECTRICALLY SEPARATED. 5. GENERALLY, SANITARY AND POTABLE WATER TAPS WILL BE PROVIDED BY THE LANDLORD. FIELD VERIFY EXACT CONNECTION POINTS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID. NOTIFY THE LSD&C PROJECT MANAGER, IF CONDITIONS ARE NOT AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS OR AS STATED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS. CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY THE OPERABILITY OF ENTIRE SYSTEM PRIOR TO TIE-IN AS FOLLOWS: a. SCOPE SANITARY TO LEASE LINE, SNAKE AS REQUIRED AND REPORT ANY BLOCKAGES. b. TEST WATER PRESSURE TO INSURE MINIMUM PSI MATCHES MOST DEMANDED BY EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED. 6. INSULATE ALL HOT WATER, COLD WATER AND CONDENSATE PIPING WITH 1" THICK (K=0.23 D 75'F) PIPE INSULATION WITH AN ALL SERVICE JACKET TO MEET LOCAL CODES AND UL/ULC FLAME SPREAD AND SMOKE DEVELOPED RATINGS. 7. INSULATE THE TRAP, SANITARY AND SUPPLY PIPES UNDER LAVATORY WITH 1/2" ARMSTRONG "ARMAFLEX" PIPING INSULATION OR TRUEBRO MODEL 102W "HANDI LAV GUARD" INSULATION KIT. 8. INSTALL ALL NECESSARY PIPE HANGERS, SADDLES, AND CARRIERS TO PROPERLY SUPPORT ALL PIPING AND FIXTURES. HANGERS SHALL SUIT TYPE OF PIPING PROVIDED AND BE SPACED AT A MAXIMUM SPAN OF 5 FEET. PROVIDE SWAY AND SEISMIC BRACING WHERE REQUIRED BY CODES. 9. STERILIZE WATER SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL CODES. 10. CLEANOUTS AND FLOOR DRAINS SHALL BE INSTALLED PER LOCAL CODES. WALL COVERS ARE TO BE STAINLESS STEEL AND FLOOR COVERS ARE TO BE BRASS, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. PROVIDE FLOOR COVERS WITH INSET AREA FOR CARPETED LOCATIONS. ALL CLEANOUT LOCATIONS SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE LSD&C PROJECT MANAGER. 11. ESCUTCHEONS SHALL BE CHROME PLATED, SIZE AS REQUIRED, AND PLACED AT ALL PIPE PENETRATIONS AT WALLS, FLOORS AND CEILINGS IN FINISHED AREAS. 12. LEAKAGE TESTS SHALL BE PER LOCAL CODES MINIMUM AS FOLLOWS: a. TEST WATER PIPING AT 100 PSIG FOR SIX HOURS. b. TEST DRAIN, WASTE, VENT PIPING BY A 10' WATER COLUMN FOR TWO HOURS. 13. FLASHING SHALL BE SEALED WATERTIGHT AND PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE TO THE LANDLORD'S CRITERIA. USE A LANDLORD APPROVED ROOFING CONTRACTOR, WHERE APPLICABLE: 14. PROVIDE WATER METER AND REMOTE READER PER LANDLORD'S CRITERIA OR LOCAL UTILITIES REQUIREMENTS, IF APPLICABLE. REFER TO PLANS TO DETERMINE IF WATER METER IS REQUIRED. C. GAS PIPING 1. FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE GAS PIPING SYSTEM, IF APPLICABLE. REFER TO PLANS TO DETERMINE IF A GAS SYSTEM IS REQUIRED. 2. GAS LINES SHALL BE BLACK STEEL, SCHEDULE 40, ASTM A-53, WITH MALLEABLE THREADED FITTINGS FOR 2" AND SMALLER, AND WITH WELDED JOINTS FOR 2-1/2" AND LARGER. 3. FURNISH AND INSTALL A GAS COCK, DRIP LEG AND UNION CONNECTION TO EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT. 4. SUPPORT PIPING AS REQUIRED BY CODE OR REQUIRED BY LANDLORD CRITERIA, WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT. 5. GAS PIPING EXPOSED ON ROOF MUST BE PAINTED: WITH RUST -INHIBITING PAINT. 6. GAS PIPING INSTALLED IN RETURN AIR PLENUMS SHALL BE SLEEVED AND VENTED, OR WELDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LOCAL GAS COMPANY, LOCAL CODE, AND APPLICABLE NFPA/NFPAC 54 CODES. 7. TESTING AND PURGING OF GAS PIPING SHALL BE -DONE PER THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LOCAL GAS COMPANY, LOCAL CODES, AND APPLICABLE NFPA/NFPAC 54 CODES, UP TO FINAL CONNECTION POINT AT THE APPLIANCE. 8. CONTACT AND COORDINATE GAS SERVICE, METER AND REGULATOR REQUIREMENTS WITH THE LOCAL GAS COMPANY AND THE MALL'S OPERATIONS MANAGER PRIOR TO BID. INCLUDE INSTALLATION COST OF GAS METER AND REGULATOR IN BID. J WCC N W X W W Z y 4 N = N_ 1W -OO To a G K G W WNmWoW~2=H� W Z�0;C-5, WO- m 0 =Na=3ohSd . d H ? N W U O= :II! OU�jOO�aN=D O D- I.i x Z �1- 0-'s mt,-,�00 C.3 O2QNUNO BE O a H W Y d .•-• W x mc 1.3 La cC Q c� H 6� Q C I O U U n U• O d Z p C N 0 O_ r Q LA, U I_ O=ce c=1 Q 4 W Z G� N O W W O W m N C 0 Wj =N 11w OW yZ Z <» OwU CcW W0 U = CO El! C O I G O L.dNVCiOSe O liL" -UNC0U,wO6J0 OI -.j Zz� :ILLi oUw OH x O Cto 42 Z C W dO W O Z (n J O:5:5°-g:t:' ,aj, ZO w W w ,- h 0- H 0 U -. V K W Z Z W � H � � H 0 O F Z N N Q 9 W C C W W 0 �oaa�-.v, o z� EM: :); lb! z CI! 3! 3 0 0 � U � � � Y � U J:� U I=-. Q g Z W N b AUG 25201i b. ORIGINAL SPRINKLER SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE ACQUIRED THROUGH THE MALL MANAGER/PROJECT MANAGER; HOWEVER, THE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM IN THE FIELD AND SHALL COORDINATE WITH AND SHOW DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE ORIGINAL SHOP DRAWINGS AND FIELD CONDITIONS IN THE RENOVATED SHOP DRAWINGS. 2. INSTALLATION SHALL INCLUDE TESTING THE BUILDING SYSTEM PRIOR TO CONNECTING TO MALL SPRINKLER SYSTEM. TESTING SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE FIRE DEPARTMENT AND LANDLORD REPRESENTATIVES. FINAL CONNECTION TO LANDLORD'S SPRINKLER MAIN WILL NOT BE MADE UNTIL THE ENTIRE SYSTEM WITHIN THE DEMISE PREMISES IS TESTED AND READY FOR SERVICE. 3. SPRINKLER HEAD SPACING SHALL COMPLY WITH ORDINARY HAZARD, GROUP 2. 4. SYSTEM SHALL COMPLY WITH THE MOST STRINGENT OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS, THE LANDLORD'S DESIGN CRITERIA OR LOCAL CODES WITH PIPE. SIZING BEING BASED ON NFPA/NFPAC ORDINARY HAZARD, GROUP 2 AND COMPLY WITH NFPA/NFPAC 13 LATEST EDITION. 5. ALL SPRINKLER LINES SHALL BE CONCEALED AND MOUNTED AS HIGH AS IS PRACTICAL, AVOIDING INTERFERENCE WITH LIGHTS, DUCTS, PIPES, STORAGE DECK, ETC. 6. FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE COORDINATED SHOP DRAWINGS INDICATING THE LOCATIONS OF ALL SPRINKLER HEADS, SPRINKLER LINES, LIGHTS, DIFFUSERS, GRILLES AND REGISTERS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 7. RELOCATE ALL MAINS AND BRANCHES INTERFERING WITH CEILING HEIGHTS, EQUIPMENT AND MAJOR COMPONENTS, INCLUSIVE OF ADJACENT TENANTS AND MALL COMMON AREAS, REMOVE ALL UNUSED PIPING. 8. FASTENING AND/OR SUSPENSION DEVICES MUST BE ATTACHED TO THE BUILDING STRUCTURE ONLY. SUPPORT SHALL BE FROM THE TOP OF ANY BAR JOIST OR AS DIRECTED BY THE LANDLORD OR THE BUILDING STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. 9. FURNISH AND INSTALL A VALVED TEST CONNECTION IN AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION FOR THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM AS REQUIRED OR REQUESTED BY THE MALL, LOCAL INSPECTOR, OR INSURANCE CARRIER - COORDINATE LOCATION WITH THE LSD&C PROJECT MANAGER AND LOCAL FIRE PROTECTION OFFICIAL TO ROUGH -IN. 10. WHEN COMPLETED, THE ENTIRE FIRE PROTECTION PIPING SYSTEM SHALL BE HYDROSTATICALLY TESTED AS REQUIRED BY THE RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. SYSTEM SHALL SHOW NO SIGNS OF LEAKAGE OR OTHER DEFECTS. THIS .CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGE TO THE WORK OF THE OTHER CONTRACTORS. OR TO THE BUILDING, OR TO ITS CONTENTS, PEOPLE, ETC., EXPENSE. COMPLETELY FLUSH THE SYSTEM UNTIL DISCHARGE SHOWS NO DISCOLORATION. 11. PROPERLY COMPLETED AND SIGNED "SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR'S MATERIAL AND TEST CERTIFICATES SHALL. BE FURNISHED TO THE LANDLORD, AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, TENANT'S ARCHITECT, INSURANCE REPRESENTATIVE, PROJECT OFFICE AND THE LSD&C PROJECT MANAGER. 12. PROVIDE VALVED DRAIN WITH HOSE THREAD AT ALL LOW POINTS OR TRAPS IN SPRINKLER PIPING. IDENTIFY DRAIN VALVES IF ABOVE HARD CEILINGS WITH A SUITABLE CEILING MARKER AND PROVIDE ARCHITECT APPROVED METHOD FOR ACCESS AS REQUIRED. 13. COORDINATE SPRINKLER WORK WITH FIRE/ALARM CONTRACTOR WHERE THERE ARE FLOW AND TAMPER SWITCHES AND ALARM REQUIREMENTS. 14. SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE INTERFACED WITH BUILDING FIRE/LIFE SAFETY AND SMOKE EXHAUST SYSTEM IF REQUIRED. REFER TO LANDLORD TENANT CRITERIA AND REQUIREMENTS. 15. FURNISH AND INSTALL 10LB. TYPE "ABC" FIRE EXTINGUISHERS WITH CABINETS IF REQUIRED, AND AT LEAST A "4A-80B:C" RATED EXTINGUISHER. LOCATIONS ARE TO BE ESTABLISHED IN THE FIELD BY THE LSD&C PROJECT.. MANAGER AND THE LOCAL FIRE PROTECTION OFFICIAL MAXIMUM TRAVEL DISTANCE BETWEEN EXTINGUISHERS SHALL BE 75 FEET OR LESS AS•;'REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA SEPARATE ` SEP 01 2017 PERMITANp APPROVAL PERMIT CENTER REQUIRED DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BX: DRAWN BY CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 GMT GMT BMM LIGHT GAGE FRAMING MIL. THICKNESS - STRUCTURAL GAGE NUMBER CROSS REFERENCE 20 GA. 33 MIL 18 GA. 43 MIL 16 GA. 54 MIL 14 GA. 68 MIL 12 GA. 97 MIL EXAMPLE CROSS REFERENCE: 3 5/8", 18 GA STRUCTURAL METAL STUD = 362 S 16 STUD (S=STUD) DEPTH (T=TRACK) =3.625" =3 5/8" 3 METAL STUD FLANGE WIDTH =1.625" =1 5/8" STUD THICKNESS =43 MIL (18 GA.) SEE GENERAL NOTES FOR LOCATIONS WHERE NON-STRUCTURAL AND STRUCTURAL STUDS ARE TO 5E USED. TABLES ABOVE ARE A REFERENCE GUIDE FOR STRUCTURAL STUDS ONLY. LIGHT GAGE FRAMING SCREW CONNECTIONS UNLESS NOTED, LIGHT GAGE FRAMING CONNECTIONS SMALL BE MADE USING #8 SCREWS. SEE DETAIL A/503.01 FOR DIAGONAL BRACING CONNECTIONS. AT LOCATIONS WHERE SHEATHING MATERIAL IS PLACED AGAINST THE SCREW MEADS OF LIGHTGAGE METAL FRAMING CONNECTIONS, PANCAKE HEAD SCREWS SHALL 8E USED SO THAT THE SHEATHING MATERIAL REMAINS STRAIGHT AND SMOOTH. r 418 SCREWS, TYP -17 6" r VERTICAL WALL STUD #8 SCREWS, TYP / - 4- - 0 0 6" VERTICAL WALL STUD J TOP TRACK SPLICE (CENTERED BETWIEI1 VERT STUDS) 0 1 ------I METAL STUD x 11-011 (GAGE TO MATCH GAGE OF TRACK) SECTION SEE A/503.01 FOR CONDITIONS WHERE ADD'L STUD 15 REQUIRED. PROVIDE SIMILAR SPLICE DETAIL WHERE STUD BREAKS. TOP TRACK METAL STUD x 1'-0" TOP TRACK SPLICE - NON-STRUCTURAL STUDS 6" = 1'-0" 00D -S011 -MOO -DET CODED NOTES: lO DBL 6" DP, 20 GA STUDS WITH 3 5/8", 20 GA TRACK TOP $ BOTTOM O NOT USED 3O DBL 10" DP, 18 GA BEAM WITH 3 5/8", 20 GA TRACK TOP 4 BOTTOM. (PROVIDE 18 GA WEB STIFFENER AT ALL BEAM BEARING POINTS. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS.) ® DBL 10" DP, 18 GA BEAM WIT( -I 3 5/8', 16 GA TRACK TOP $ BOTTOM. (PROVIDE 18 GA WEB STIFFENER AT ALL BEAM BEARING POINTS. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS.) 0 NOT USED 0 BUILT-UP BOX COLUMN - DBL 3 5/8' DP, 20 GA STUDS WITH 3 5/8", 20 GA TRACK, EA SIDE. ATTACH BOX COLUMN TO BEAM PER DETAIL C/503.01, UNLESS NOTED. #8 SCREW • 12"c/c #8 SCREW • 12"c/c #8 SCREW 12"c/c O7 NOT USED ® NOT USED Oq NOT USED 10 NOT USED 11 NOT USED 12 NOT USED ICI NOT USED 14 NOT USED CI NOT USED M 08.15.011 ICI BUILT-UP BOX COLUMN - DBL 3 5/8" DP, 20 GA STUDS WITH 3 5/8", 20 GA TRACK, EA SIDE. SEE 14/503.01FOR BEAM CONNECTION AND BRACING. 17 #8 SCREW NOT USED 12"c/c #8 SCREW 12"c/c STRUCTURAL NOTES: A. CONTROLLING BUILDING CODE: 2015 SEATTLE BUILDING CODE SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY D SDS 0.971 GROUND SNOW: 15 PSF WIND SPEED: 110 MPH 5. STRUCTURAL COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING C. 1. ALL STOREFRONT FRAMING SHOWN IN STRUCTURAL SECTIONS (502.XX DRAWINGS) AND AREAS HIGHLIGHTED 014 PLAN BELOW SHALL CONFORM TO TI4E REQUIREMENT OF 11H15 SECTION. IN ADDITION, MEMBERS SUCH AS LEDGE JOISTS, MAIN HEADER MEMBERS OR MEMBERS SPECIFICALLY NOTED AS STRUCTURAL SHALL BE INCLUDED 114 THIS SECTION. 2. COLD FORMED STEEL FRAMING SHALL CONFORM TO REQUIREMENTS OF TI4E CURRENT EDITION OF AISI "SPECIFICATION FOR DESIGN OF GOLD -FORMED STEEL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS". 3. ALL MEMBERS SHALL BE FORMED FROM CORROSION -RESISTANT STEEL (GRADE 33 UNLESS OTI(ERWISE SPECIFIED) AND THEN ZINC COATED PER ASTM A653, GRADE G-60. 4. ALL COLD FORMED MEMBERS SHALL COME FROM A SINGLE MANUFACTURER, 'CLARKDIETRIC1-1' OR EQUAL. TI4E INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 5. DESIGN BASED ON Fy = 33 KSI FOR MEMBERS 43 MILS AND LIGHTER. Fy = 50 KSI FOR MEMBERS 54 MILS AND HEAVIER. 6. ALL STOREFRONT FRAMING SHOWN 114 THE STRUCTURAL SECTIONS SHALL HAVE 1 5/8" FLANGES AND WEB DEPTHS AS INDICATED 014 THE DRAWINGS 7. TRACK BLOCKING 114 WALLS AND CEILINGS 514OWN IN 714E ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS SUCH AS F/Al2.01, ETC. SHALL BE 18 GA (43 MIL) WITH 1 1/4° FLANGES 8. SEE SECTION L/503.0I FOR DEEP LEG DEFLECTION TRACK DETAILS 9. BASE TRACKS SHALL BE SET ON SMOOTH AND LEVEL CONCRETE OR NON -SHRINK GROUT SUCH AS "MASTERFLOW 713" BY BASF (FORMERLY MASTER BUILDERS). 10. FASTENING OF COMPONENTS 51 -TALL BE WITH SELF -DRILLING CADMIUM PLATED OR ZINC COATED SCREWS (UNLESS NOTED). SCREWS SHALL BE OF SUFFICIENT SIZE TO ENSURE TI4E STRENGTH OF THE CONNECTION. 11. SEE DETAIL R/501.01 FOR ADDITIONAL SCREW REQUIREMENTS. 12. SPLICES IN FRAMING COMPONENTS OTHER THAN BOTTOM WALL TRACK ARE NOT PERMITTED. 13. STUDS SHALL BE INSTALLED 50 114E ENDS ARE POSITIONED AGAINST TI4E INSIDE OF THE RUNNER TRACK WEB PRIOR TO FASTENING AND SHALL BE ATTACHED TO 5011-1 FLANGES OF THE UPPER AND LOWER RUNNER TRACKS, WITI1 (1)-#8 SCREW IN EACH FLANGE OF EACH STUD, UNLESS NOTED. 14. ATTACH BOTTOM TRACKS WITH 0.157" DIA POWDER ACTUATED FASTENERS (I-IILTI X -U OR EQUIVALENT) AT 16" 0.C., TYP U.N. (1" EMBED) NON-STRUCTURAL COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING 1. ALL INTERIOR FRAMING NOT COVERED IN STRUCTURAL LIGI-ITGAGE FRAMING SECTION SHALL COMPLY 141114 11415 SECTION. 2. COLD FORMED STEEL FRAMING SHALL CONFORM TO REQUIREMENTS OF THE CURRENT EDITION OF THE AMERICAN IRON AND STEEL INSTITUTE PUBLICATION 'NORTH AMERICAN SPECIFICATION FOR THE DESIGN OF COLD -FORMED STEEL FRAMING - NONSTRUCTURAL MEMBERS", EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SIIOWN OR SPECIFIED. 3. FRAMING MEMBERS SHALL COMPLY WITH ASTM C 645 FOR CONDITIONS INDICATED. STEEL SHEET COMPONENTS SHALL COMPLY WITH ASTM C 645 AND PROTECTIVE COATING SHALL COMPLY WITH ASTM A 653 G40 OR HAVE A COATING THAT PROVIDES EQUIVALENT CORROSION RESISTANCE. A40 GALVANNEALED PRODUCTS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. 4. FRAMING SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM THICKNESS OF 0.01q INCHES (57 K51 MINIMUM YIELD STRENGTH) OR 0.030 INCHES (33 KSI MINIMUM YIELD STRENGTH). 5. FRAMING SHALL HAVE 1 1/4' FLANGES AND WEB DEPTHS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 6. FRAMING BASIS OF DESIGN: CLARKDIETRICH PROSTUD20, MARINONARE VIPER 20. 30 MIL, 33 KSI DRYWALL STUDS ARE ALSO ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATIVES. IF SUBSTMUTIONS ARE REQUESTED, THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVING 114E SUB5T1TUTION 15 AT LEAST EQUIVALENT TO TI4E BASIS OF DESIGN. 11415 INCLUDES SUBMITTING LOAD TABLES SNOWING THE SUBSTITUTED STUDS MEET OR EXCEED THE UNBRACED HEIGHTS GIVEN IN THE NON -COMPOSITE TABLES OF THE BASIS OF DESIGN STUDS AS WELL AS TESTING DATA THAT INDICATES SCREW CONNECTIONS FOR I8 SCREWS MEET OR EXCEEDS PUBLISHED VALUES OF THE BASIS OF DESIGN STUDS. 7. SEE SECTION L/503.01 FOR DEEP LEG DEFLECTION TRACK DETAILS 8. BASE TRACKS SHALL BE SET ON SMOOTH AND LEVEL CONCRETE OR NON -SHRINK GROUT SUCH AS "MASTERFLOW 713" BY BASF (FORMERLY MASTER BUILDERS). 9. FASTENING OF COMPONENTS SHALL BE W1TH SELF -DRILLING CADMIUM PLATED OR ZINC COATED SCREWS (UNLESS NOTED). SCREWS SMALL BE OF SUFFICIENT SIZE TO ENSURE TI4E STRENGTH OF THE CONNECTION. 10. SEE DETAIL R/S01.01 FOR ADDITIONAL SCREW REQUIREMENTS. 11. SPLICES 114 FRAMING COMPONENTS OTHER THAN TOP AND BOTTOM WALL TRACK ARE NOT PERMITTED. SEE DETAIL M/S01.01 FOR SPLICES IN TOP WALL TRACK. 12. ATTACH BOTTOM TRACKS WITH 0.157' DIA POWDER ACTUATED FASTENERS (HILT( X -U OR EQUIVALENT) AT 16" 0.C., TYP U.N. (1" EMBED) 13. STUDS SMALL BE INSTALLED SO THE ENDS ARE POSITIONED AGAINST THE INSIDE OF THE RUNNER TRACK WEB PRIOR TO FASTENING AND SHALL BE ATTACHED TO BOTH FLANGES OF THE UPPER AND LOWER RUNNER TRACKS, 14111-I (1)-#8 SCREW 114 EACH FLANGE OF EACH STUD, UNLESS NOTED. LIGHT GAGE METAL FRAMING - NON-STRUCTURAL AND STRUCT STUDS 05A-SO11-ROO-NOTE 08.27.15 CODED NOTES 10.1q.16 STRUCTURAL SPECIFICATIONS C 08.27.15 STUD SIZE MATRIX TABLE 1 PARTITIONS FOR ALL INTERIOR EXCEPT AS NOTED IN TABLES 2 & 3 STUDS FOR SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES D, E, & F STUD DESIGNATION STUD DEPTH FLANGE WIDTH MIN THICKNESS STUD SPACING MAX WALL HEIGHT SPANNING FROM FLOOR TO BRACING 3 5/5' NON-STRUCT STUD 3 5/8' 1 1/4" 0.019" 16' I3'-0' 6' NON-STRUCT STUD 6" 1 I/4" 0.030' 16' ICI' -0' TABLE 2 STUD SIZE MATRIX FOR VSBEAUTY CABINET AND PINK CABINET WALLS SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES D, E. & F. FULL HEIGHT VERTICAL STUDS SHALL BE 3 5/8", NON-STRUCTURAL STUDS (WITH 1 1/4° FLANGE) @ 16" O.C. MAX. INSTALL DIAGONAL BRACING AT APPROXIMATELY 11'-8" A.F.F. AS SHOWN IN THESE SECTIONS TABLE 3 STUD SIZE MATRIX FOR PARTITIONS THAT LATERALLY SUPPORT FLOOR MOUNTED STOCKROOM SHELVING SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES D, E, & F SEE DRAWING S03.02 - ALSO SEE PLAN FOR LOCATIONS WHERE STRUCTURAL STUDS (1 5/8" FLANGE) ARE REQUIRED NOTE: FOR ALL THREE TABLES ABOVE, AT LOCATIONS WHERE SHELVING OCCURS ON EACH SIDE OF A SINGLE STUD WALL, REDUCE THE STUD SPACING SHOWN IN THE TABLES ABOVE BY ONE-HALF, AND REDUCE THE DIAGONAL SPACING SHOWN IN DETAIL A/S03.01 BY ONE-HALF. NOTES: 1. DESIGN BASED 014 ALLOWABLE DEFLECTION OF L/200. 2. PROVIDE HORIZONTAL BRIDGING to 4'-0' O.C. FOR FULL HEIGHT OF WALL PER DETAIL R/S03.01. 3. DESIGN BASED ON MINIMUM 5 PSF LATERAL LOAD, OR LATERAL SEISMIC LOAD, WHICHEVER CONTROLS. 4. TABLE IS VALID FOR UP TO (2) LAYERS OF 5/8" TI -IK GYPSUM BOARD ON EACI-I SIDE OF METAL STUDS. 5. SEE A/503.01 FOR DIAGONAL BRACING. HATCHED WALLS SHALL BE STRUCTURAL STUDS - 3 5/8', 20 GA, 1 5/8" FLANGE AT 16" 0.G. SEE SECTIONS ON A/503.02 FOR REQUIRED BRACING AT TOP OF WALLS. I 1 If 1 WATER 14EATER 1 SUPPORT 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 11 4 STOREFRONT FRAMING b oxY7 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED ; `: 77 SMBH STRUCTURAL 1114111492RNG smbh job ncc 317-006S01 1166 Dublin Road Suite200 Columbus, OH 43215-1038 614-481-9800 www.smbh / / 3 5/8"x1 5/85(33 MIL MIN D1AG BRACE @ 48" 0.C. SEE DETAILS A 4 E/S03.01 FOR ATTACI-IMENT TO STRUCTURE A5OVE. CONT 3 5/13", 20 GA STUD VI/ (2) #8 SCREW @ EA STUD 0 0 CONT 3 5/8", 20 GA STUD 14/ (2) #8 SCREW @ EA STUD 1 0/—3 5/8" 1 20 GA. (MIN) METAL STUDS 4) 16" 0.C., TYP UNLESS NOTED ; Ei 11 gg , : : E5 111 'NAS 0 14 0 Dix CD to 0 ce 0 0 CD cv) cv) cv) 1,•••L .0 ;I. • Co CO .0 co E ILL ▪ ° 0 0 . 0 0 as • (La VI. a. .4 ▪ o m CD .1.a a k•_,; E. ; ;;E' rro - rsrr= = "" — "7 1=. :E2 ;ii sEE F=-= Z-=" sZLE: V! s.. sEE :rg 6 8 F_ E55- L.L,v) = ›- 41 • Ul La .x a0 = -a -4 2 5` 5. a 8 ca 1=L.gm 6. «5 disww= Mot'.33 CAM C) Li 4, zoct'n>c .9.! E 6n. 8 !!45Em! 0 n_ LA c, ;:.373 L._ ,1 Et Ne 4 43 4.11.7,5g,cm MS) 6a5c"D c. en C. p_W iE IWZIN uc±' E IZ 0 z Z 7." —01 " ISE Z a 1-- 1-c11) c. z .-e). • 0 Lz 0 0 ••:e _ L-rf, p c• La 0 =41 ul 52 3e mc.19'11:. LL--,,-.es.i Z 1.,, ed o •-•'-- 2 2 a ex I 'A ii ; i ii ii i !:=1!!: 0 ....:. 62 1., Ciiciz. ,114. i,c;_, e;_2p:f34 IL's :: tii: :: :: :: ; 46' a- IT4 :5 !! ':rii ! ! jEtl: : '-::: t : g C, M 2 :a:::: g. ic!4 ....5g PEr.4:P 1; !! !! !! il : wo—, z . _ ...,,. .— T.—„, .........- 0;—::: ci . 4 ''' (^ 0 Q a ti a k"Adggf LI 5 .5 • ,._ .. ,._ cn .‹ s - m I; LO 15 = g == Ca Ca .4 I— < M c4nQcet' en •ee L' E E rt. p_ te) 0 0 :::= • A. -rs F Arr. 105.0t14 Al 9.02 v" 1%. V) V) a— Fr) le 00 0 0_ NOTE: SEE DRAWING 501.01 FOR CODED NOTES \\--- 0.157" DIA POWDER ACTUATED FASTENERS X -U OR EQUIV) @ 16" 0.C., TYP (1" EMBED) STOREFRONT WALLS ARE 3 5/8", 20 GA1 STRUCTURAL (1 5/8" FLANGE) METAL STUD FRAMING @ 16"c/c, UNLESS NOTED STOREFRONT WALLS ARE 3 5/8", 20 GA, STRUCTURAL (1 5/8" FLANGE) METAL STUD FRAMING @ 10c./c, UNLESS NOTED STOREFRO1•1T WALLS ARE 3 5/8", 20 GAI STRUCTURAL (1 5/8" FLANGE) METAL STUD FRAMING @ 16"c/c, UNLESS NOTED STOREFRONT SECTION - PINK 1" - 1' 0" 12.0c1.16 La c-1 0 0 0 dll !f) ogt LLi Z 0 0 — CO 0 eL w ao co co 1.1:1 0_ :2: til 1.61 F•• LU 0 REVISIONS: REQUIRED RI': DATE DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: STOREFRONT WALLS ARE 3 5/8", 20 GA, STRUCTURAL (1 5/8" FLANGE) METAL STUD FRAMING @ 16Ic/c, UNLESS NOTED OB/25/1 7 NAM JC RAB STOREFRONT FRAMING PLAN & SECTIONS DRAWING NUMBER: NOT USED N NOTE: SEE STOREFRONT FRAMING PLAN A/502.01 FOR LOCATIONS WHERE BEAM 15 CONTINUOUS ACROSS TOP OF COLUMN SMBH STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING smbh job na 317-006501 1166 Dublin Road ColuMbu 43215 614-481-980 www.smb ccom STANDARD CEILING DANGER WIRE 48" c/c (PROVIDE DIAGONAL WIRES AS REQ'D FOR STANDARD DRYWALL CEILING CONSTRUCTION). EXTEND TO STRUCTURE ABOVE (TOP CHORD OF JOISTS OR STEEL BEAMS) AND WRAP WIRE WITH MINIMUM OF 3 TIGHT TURNS. MAX LOAD PER WIRE = 90 LESS ALLOWABLE LOAD CONTINUOUS 3 5/8", 20 GA MTL STUD ArrAcHmENT, rriD DRILL HOLE AT MID -DEPTH OF STUD FOR CEILING WIRE 111 1111111111111 GAGE FRAMING SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR LIGHT SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR LIGHT GAGE FRAMING 1 1/2" x 1 1/2" x 16 GA FRAMING CLIP x 3 5/8" LONG W/(2)-#10 PANCAKE HEAD SCREWS EACH LEG (TYP, TOP BOTTOM OF BEAM) STANDARD CEILING HANGER WIRE @ 24" O.C. EXTEND TO STRUCTURE ABOVE (TOP CHORD OF JOISTS OR STEEL BEAMS) AND WRAP WIRE WITH MINIMUM OF 3 TIGHT TURNS. MAX LOAD PER WIRE = '10 LBS ALLOWABLE LOAD. 2"x2"x 12 GA FULL ID BENT FRAMING C #12 SCREWS Th 2" O.C. EA. LEG NOTE: SEE CODED NOTES L/S01.01 FOR BEAMS REQUIRING WEB STIFFENERS AT BEARING POINTS SECTION 18 GA BASE TRACK STOP FULL LENGTI4 TRACKS OF BUILT-UP BEAM SHORT OF END TRACK 16 GA TRACK W #I0 PANCAKE I-IEAD SCREWS EACH FLANGE AT 2' O.C. AND (2) ROWS OF #10 SCREWS AT 2" 0.C. INTO POST (TRACK LENGTH TO MATCH BEAM DEPTH) STOP FULL LENGTH TRACKS OF BUILT-UP COLUMN SHORT OF BASE TRACK (4)-3/16"0 CONCRETE SCREWS SEE PLAN 4 SECTIONS FOR IBUILT-UP BOX BEAM STOP FULL LENGTH TRACKS OF BUILT-UP COLUMN SHORT OF TOP TRACK SUSPENDED FRAMING DETAILS 00D-S031-800-DETL 08.26.16 HEADER CONNECTION 00D -8031 -MOO -HEAD COLUMN CONNECTIONS ODD-8031-HOO-COLM 08.26.15 3 5/8" OR 6" DEEP TRACK AS REQUIRED BY OTHER SECTIONS AND DETAILS MTL STUD FRAMING, TYP. SEE WALL LEGEND ON ARCI-I DRAWINGS, DETAIL N/S01.01 FOR STUD MATRIX 2" x x 16 GA CHANNEL CLIP ANGLE 1/4" LESS THAN STUD WIDTH, TYP. - ATTACH AT EVERY STUD 141114 (4) #8 SCREWS AT LOCATIONS WI-IERE VERTICAL STUD SPACING 15 TIGI4T, (MAKING INSTALLATION OF ANGLES DIFFICULT AFTER STUDS ARE IN PLACE), ATTACH ANGLES TO STUDS BEFORE INSTALLING STUDS. 1 1/2" WIDE x 1/2" DP x 16 GA COLD -ROLLED CHANNEL - LOCATE AT 41-0" 0.C. MAX VERTICALLY NOTE: BRIDGING IS NOT REQUIRED IF SI4EATI-IING 15 ATTACI-IED TO BOTH /2' FACES OF THE STUD. (SHEATHING INCLUDES, BUT 15 NOT LIMITED TO, P- N . GYPSUM BOARD, PLYWOOD, CEMENT BOARD, ETC.). WHERE 514EATI4ING ii ONLY EXTENDS PARTIAL HEIGHT PROVIDE BRIDGING MERE THERE IS NO SHEATHING. Iliit r 18 GA VERTICAL SLOTTED SLIP -TRACK 'SLP -TRK" BY DIETRICH SYSTEMS, INC. (DEPTH TO MATCH VERTICAL STUD DEPTH) ATTACH TO STRUCTURE w/ #12 SCREWS AT 6" O.C. STAGGERED (EACH LINE SPACED AT 12" O.C.) IN METAL DECK OR 0.157" DIA PAF (3/4" EMBED) AT 6" O.C. STAGGERED IN CONCRETE SLAB (w/ OR w/o METAL DECK) 3/4' MAX MAX SE FOR A 14EADER T N OF RUNNER TRACK GWENT OF ULL I4T STUD 3 5/8" OR 6" DEEP STUDS AS REQUIRED BY OTHER SECTIONS AND DETAILS RUNNER TRACK SEE ADJACENT NOTE 3/4' MAX G STUD t.IGI-ITGAGE 50X BEAM TO COLUMN CONNECTION #8 SCREW (TYP) (r(P, UNLESS NOTED) z 0 Hz0 0 z w 0 (NON -RATED) (1) #8 WAFERHEAD SCREW IN EAC.1-1 FLANGE OF EACH VERT STUD. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS 3/4" DEFL. GAP INSTALL. SLIP TRACK AND FIRE-SAFING MATERIALS PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS TO ACI-IIEVE ONE HOUR FIRE RATING NH_ LINTEL, SEE PLAN FOR SIZE STANDARD TRACK INSTALL PIECE OF TRACK AT TOP OF STUD AND CONNECT TRACK TO STUD AND LINTEL. STOP FULL LENGTH TRACKS OF BUILT-UP COLUMN 51-1ORT OF BASE TRACK (2)-#8 PAN 14EAD SCREWS EACH SIDE (ONE HOUR FIRE -RATED) JACK STUD NOTE: CONSTRUCT 1A1ALL PER UL ASSEMBLY REQUIREMENTS SI101AIN ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. SECTION SECTION (4)-3/16" DIA CONCRETE SCREWS BRIDGING DETAIL 000-8031-ROO-DETL-R1 OS.26.15 DEFLECTION TRACK SEISMIC DESIGN CATGORIES D, E & F OCID-S031-L01-DETL HTGAGE LINTEL DETAIL LIGHTGAGE BOX COLUMN DETAIL 10.22.2015 00D-8031-GOO-DETL 000-8031-COO-COLM 06.15.11 NOTE: IF REQUIRED BY LANDLORD, USE 3/4" CEMENT BONDED PARTICAL BOARD IN PLACE OF PLYWOOD. (2)-#12 x 3/4" LG SCREWS 3x2x12 GA x 4" LONG FRAMING CLIP LLI-1 (TIGHT TO WATER 1-IEATER) SEISMIC RESTRAINTS. SEE DETAIL 5. WATER NEATER w/GALV DRIP DRIP / PAN (SEE PLUMBING DWGS) PAN NOTE: DO NOT ATTA0-1 DIAGONAL BRACING DIRECTLY TO DECK. BEFORE INSTALLING ANCI4ORS, CONTRACTOR SI-IALL VERIFY WITH MALL MANAGEMENT THAT ATTACHMENT 51-1OWN IS ACCEPTABLE. 2"x2"x01-6" LG, 12 GA FRAMING CLIP 3x2x12 GA x 4" LONG FRAMING CLIP LLV EXIST JOIST CHORD OR BEAM FLG E2 503.0r MST MTL DECK OR COMP CONC SLAB (6)-#12 SCREWS AT EXIST MIL DECK OR EACH ATTACHMENT COMP CONC SLAB (2)-#12 SCREWS D I AGONAL BRAG' NG TO 1 -ISS BEAM CENTER DIAGONAL OVER VERTICAL STUD ADD STUD BIM DIAG WHEN USING lq MIL TRACK. SEE DETAIL BELOW ;::::i : `,•-'2 0, irr''`I'g 2k1zg..-. -.3 -•.1,ci... ..u.,„, . .-- ., i- L., 2.--0P` ,?, L_ .< - Ti - .-- E ,c 5 8 25=g ...1.....0 at„,_= 1...ic, ,., 41 F.lo-nco—' n,z1=c, :g< d:, eAlgED 40 oRww 2,9).Em 0...t, ...,=,13e....E : : : : gi--)5IN 2sx2"x01-6" LG, 12 GA FRAMING CLIP W/(3)-#8 SCREWS EA LEG CONTINUOUS TRACK (GAGE TO MATCH WALL STUD, EXCEPT USE 20 GAGE MIN TRACK) WALLS WI-IERE SEE ARCH DWGS FOR ELEVATION DRYWALL DIAG BRACE DIAGONAL IS ATTACI-IED TO TOP OF OUTSIDE EDGE JOIST TO BEAR ON JACK STUD 6"x 1 1/4", 16 GA STRUCTURAL TRACK DETAIL B (2)-#q x I 1/2' LG SCOTS TRUGRIP SCREWS WITH BONDED WASHER BY BUILDV, THROUGH THE DRIP PAN AND INTO THE PLYWOOD. SECTION EXIST JOIST CI4ORD OR BEAM FLG DIAG BRACE SECTION DIAG BRACE DIAG BRACE CONNECT TO EXISTING STRUCTURE PER DETAIL E/503.01 (2)-418 SCREWS AT EACH JOIST (SECTION .J C7) Z 0 r—� 0 a- in w ',- ix SECTION EXIST BAR JOISTS OR STEEL BEAMS • 6'-0" 0.C. MAX 3 5/8", MIL STUD FRAMING, TYP 3/4" TI4K. FRT PLYWOOD, CONNECT TO SUPPORTS w/#8 SCREWS 6" de AROUND PERIME1 LK OF DECK. 21-61 MAX SEE ARCH CONTACT STRUCTURAL ENGINEER FOR REVISED DETAILS IF JOIST OR BEAM SPACING EXCEEDS 0-0". DIAGONAL PERPENDICULAR TO EXIST BAR JOISTS OR STEEL BEAMS #12 SCREWS (TYP) I. i El 1 I S03.01 TYPE /a 3 5/8"x 1 1/4" lq MIL 81-0" 18'-0" I 33 MIL 101-0 - - Adik1/4E21 ‘)/ I A503.0 SEE VIEW E2/503.01 FOR CONNECTION #12 SCREWS, TYP REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED SEP 19 20ii • SEE TYPES BELOW ADD lq MIL STUD WHEN USING 19 MIL TRACK. ATTACH W/ (2) #8 SCREWS @ 12' O.C. CONTINUOUS TRACK (GAGE TO MATCH WALL STUD DIAGONAL BRACING DIAGONAL BRACING NOTE: FOR DOUBLE STUD DIAGONALS, "SECOND' STUD SHALL END AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO END CONNECTION, TOP 4 BOTTOM. CONNECT TRACK TO VERT STUDS 141/(1)-#8 SCREW IN EACH FLANGE OF EACH STUD, EXCEPT INSTALL (2)-#8 SCREWS IN EACH FLANGE AT VERT STUDS WITI4 DIAGONALS I 0 LU a z 0 zw Ci) - J - J M co IX CID LLI C° IJZ < -..._ pt) pr) co I— 0 0 • • 1- 0 w 0 Le. 0 1 0/1 (4)-#8 SCREWS REVISIONS: REQUIRED BY: DATE EXISTING JOIST SECTION N.T.S. DIAGONAL BRACING OPTIONS 6' JOISTS ARE TO BE 20 GA STRUCTURAL STUDS PARTIAL PLAN VIEW DIAGONALS PARALLEL TO TYPE TYPE IC TYPE III EXIST OAR JOISTS OR STEEL BEAMS CONTINUOUS NOTE: POSITION RESTRAINT STRAPS TO MI55 WATER I4EATER FITTINGS. CODED NOTES: 6"x 1 5/8", 20 GA. JOIST. CONNECT PLYWOOD DECKING TO SUPPORTS w/#8 SCREWS @ 8" c/c AROUND PERIMETER OF DECK, AT PANEL EDGES AND AT INTERIOR SUPPORTS. SEEVIE E2/503.01 FOR CONNECTION ALTERNATE DIAGONAL BRACING ATTACHMENT TO EXISTING STRUCTURE DIAGONAL PERPENDICULAR TO JOIST SINGLE MEMBER DBL MEMBER #8 SCREWS @ 12"c/c #8 SCREWS @ 12"dc DBL MEMBER w/ CONTINUOUS TRACK TOP 4 BOTTOM W/ SAME THICKNESS AS STUD. PARTIAL PLAN VIEW DIAGONALS PERPENDICULAR TO EXIST BAR JOISTS OR STEEL BEAMS SPACING OF DIAGONAL BRACING NON-STRUCTURAL INTERIOR PARTITIONS - 48' O.C. MAX STRUCTURAL STOREFRONT FRAMING - SEE SECTIONS * CONTACT STRUCTURAL ENGINEER FOR LENGTHS LONGER TI -IAN 18'-0". L2x2x16GAx5" LONG CLIP w/ (3) #12 SCREWS EA LEG ® 2 x 2 x 12 GA x 6' LG FRAMING CLIP, ONE SIDE OF DIAG, W/(3)-#12 SCREWS EACH LEG. #12 SCREWS 6" O.C. MAX AND 2' FROM EACH END PLAN VIEW DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 08/25/17 NAM JC RAB STUD SIZE STUD THICKNESS MAXIMUM DIAGONAL LENGTH TYPE 1 TYPE n TYPE /a 3 5/8"x 1 1/4" lq MIL 81-0" 14'-0" 18'-0" 3 5/8"x I 6/8" 33 MIL 101-0 18'-0" - SEE 501.01 FOR LEDGE LOCATION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA SEP 0 1 2017 PERMIT CENTER STRUCTURAL CONSTRUCTION DETAILS DRAWING NUMBER: WATER HEATER SUPPORT ON SHELF SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES D, E, F 00D -3031 -N04 -PLAT -R1 N 0 07.17 TYPICAL DIAG BRACE CONNECTIONS — EXISTING BAR JOISTS OR STEEL BEAMS 00D -8031 -E00 -BRAC TYP DIAGONAL BRACING — STRUCT & NON—STRUCTURAL STUDS — SDC D, E & F 05D -S031 -A00 -BRAC -R1 10 i.2015 SHEATHING STRUCTURAL Er4GraRr4G smbh job no: 317-006.S01 1166 Dublin Road Suite 200 Colum us, OH 43215-1038 614-48 9800 www. bhinccom METAL BLADE SIGN MOUNTING PLATE, SIZE VARIES (SEE BLADE SIGN SHOP DRAWINGS) BLADE SIGN 2x2x16GAx2"LG FRAMING CLIP TOP $ BTM w/ (2) *12 SCREWS EA LEG OF BLOCKING EACH END METAL BLADE SIGN PLATE, SIZE V - BLADE 5 ' PLAT •R WGU • R FITTING. • OR ADD'L SHADE SWIVEL OUNTING PLATE ATTACHED TO JUNCTION BOX EXISTING BAR JOIST, TYPICAL DOUBLE 2x6 FRT BLOCKING LAG SCREW -MATCH LAG DIAMETER MOUNTING PLATE HOLE DIAMETER-LENGT REQUIRED TO EXTEND THROUGH FULL DEPTH 0 BLOCKING - COORD FINISH w/ ARCH DRAWINGS PROVIDE PLYWOOD SHIM IF SHEATHING 15 GYPBOARD. THICKNESS OF SHIM TO MATCH SHEATHING. DOU FRT BLOC PROVIDE PLYWOOD SHIM IF EXIST 51-IEATHING IS GYPBOARD. THICKNESS OF SHIM TO MATCH SHEATHING. DIRECT MOUNT ELECTRIC JUNCTION BOX. WOOD PANEL MTL STUD FRAMING. MINIMUM 3 5/8" DP, 20 GA @ 16" O.C. MAX WOOD PA SPRING NUT w/ UNISTRUT PLATE WASHER * NUT @ EA ROD 3/32" DIA AIRCRAFT CABLE w/ THIMBLE AND DOUBLE CABLE CLAMP AT EACH END. SEE W503.02 FOR LOCATIONS AT P1000 UNISTRUT (FOR SPANS UP TO 6'-0") P100I (DOUBLE) UNISTRUT (FOR SPANS 6'-1" TO 12'-0") 1/2" DIA THREADED ROD UNISTRUT. EXTEND CABLES TO UNISTUT ABOVE (UNISTRUT ATTACHED TO STRUCTURE MEL SIMILAR AS SHOWN ABOVE). SHEATHING SECTION 3":1'-O" —�- DRUM SHADE WITH S EL MOUNTING PLATE =- DRUM SHADE VEND." SEE W503.02. MAX WEIGHT = 80 LBS CEILING JUNCTION BOX " ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS W/ (2) 4" DIAMETER BOLTS INTO UNISTRU LOCK WASHER AND NUT BLADE N SUPPORT DETAIL ARD" EXTERIOR FINISH DR M4 SHADE MOUNTING PLATE - SEISMIC SIGN CATEGORIES C -F DR r SHADE SUPPORT DETAILS ISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES C -F /////�A ///////////////////// // ////////, VERTICAL SLOTTED SLIP -TRACK PER DETAIL L/503.01 CONTINUOUS DEEP LEG TRACK (TRACK GAGE TO MATCH STUD GAGE) CONNECT TO EXISTING STRUCTURE PER DETAIL L/503.01 CONNECT TO EXISTING STRUCTURE PER DETAIL E/503.0I CONNECT TO EXISTING STRUCTURE PER DETAIL E/503.01 CONTINUOUS HORIZONTAL STUD (SIZE TO MATCH WALL STUD) 3 5/8" DIAD BRACE @ 32" O.C.. SEE DETAIL A/503.01 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. (2)-#8 SCREWS INTO EACH VERT STUD CONNECT TRACK AND STUD TOGETHER w/(2)-#8 SCREWS @ 8" O.C. 3 5/8" DIAL BRACE SEE DETAIL A/S03.01 =0" A.F.F G.C. TO FIRESAFE PENETRATIONS IN FIRE -RATED WALLS G.C. TO FIRESAFE PENETRATIONS IN FIRE -RATED WALLS (6)-#8 SCREWS 13'_0" A.F.F. G.G. TO FIRESAFE PENETRATIONS IN FIRE -RATED WALLS (6)-#8 SCREWS EXISTING DEMISING WALL STANDARD BRIDGING AT 5'-0" O.C. PER DETAIL R/503.01 STANDARD BRIDGING AT 5'-0" O.C. PER DETAIL R/503.1 STANDARD BRIDGING AT 5'-0" 0.C. PER DETAIL R/603.01 ._ O Z a E ;:51 6 N W C 1-iOWz0oo aC-CH O U ZVFW4=VV I W W W 0 0� W� 0 0 4- C O Z O 1- Y. y = W 2 SEE ARCH DRAWINGS FOR SHELVING CONNECTION TO NALL SEE ARCH DRAWINGS FOR SHELVING CONNECTION TO WALL SEE ARCH DRAWINGS FOR SHELVING CONNECTION TO WALL NON -SALES SHELVING. SEE ARCH DRAWINGS NON -SALES SHELVING. SEE ARCH DRAWINGS NON -SALES SHELVING. SEE ARCH DRAWINGS REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED SEP 10 2017 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION SEP 012017 REVISIONS: REQUIRED BY: PERMIT CENTER NOTES: REFER TO NOTES ON N/S01.01 STUD SIZE MATRIX TABLE A3 LATERALLY FOR PARTITIONS THAT SUPPORT FLOOR MOUNTED STOCKROOM SHELVING SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES D, & F STUD DESIGNATION STUD DEPTH FLANGE WIDTH STUD GAUGE STUD SPACING MAXBRIAI WALL HEIGHT 3625162-33 3 5/8" 1 5/8" 20 8" 14'-0" 3625162-43 3 5/8" 1 5/8" 18 12" 14'-0" 3625162-54 3 5/8" 1 5/8" 16 12" 16'-0" 3629162-54 3 5/8" 1 5/8" 16 16" 13'-0" 6005162-43 6" 1 5/8" 18 16" 18'-0" NOTES: REFER TO NOTES ON N/S01.01 NOTES: REFER TO NOTES ON N/S01.01 STUD SIZE MATRIX TABLE A2 LATERALLY FOR PARTITIONS THAT SUPPORT FLOOR MOUNTED STOCKROOM SHELVING SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES D. E & F STUD DESIGNATION STUD DEPTH FLANGE WIDTH STUD GAUGE STUD SPACING MAXIMI WALL HEIGHT TO DOUBLE TRACK 3625162-33 3 5/8" 1 5/8" 20 12" 13'-0" 3625162-43 3 5/8" 1 5/8" 18 16" 13'-0" �7Vr NOTES: REFER TO NOTES ON N/S01.01 NOTES: REFER TO NOTES ON N/S01.01 DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: NOT USED 08.15.11 FULL HEIGHT STUD WITHOUT DIAGONAL BRACING WALL SECTIONS - NON -SALES SHELVING STRUCTURAL STUDS SDC D, E & F FULL HEIGHT STUD WITH DIAGONAL BRACING 08/25/17 NAM JC RAB WALL FRAMING AT NON -SALES SHELVING DRAWING NUMBER: 05D -5032 -A02 -BRAC 04.07.17 STUD SIZE MATRIX TABLE Al , _ . LATERALLY FOR PARTITIONS THAT SUPPORT FLOOR MOUNTED STOCKROOM SHELVING SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES • , E & F STUD DESIGNATION STUD DEPTH FLANGE WIDTHGAUGE STUD STUD SPACING - - MAXIMWA WALL HEIGHT 3625162-33 3 5/8" 1 5/8" 20 16" 13'-0" �7Vr NOTES: REFER TO NOTES ON N/S01.01 DATE ISSUED: DESIGNED BY: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: NOT USED 08.15.11 FULL HEIGHT STUD WITHOUT DIAGONAL BRACING WALL SECTIONS - NON -SALES SHELVING STRUCTURAL STUDS SDC D, E & F FULL HEIGHT STUD WITH DIAGONAL BRACING 08/25/17 NAM JC RAB WALL FRAMING AT NON -SALES SHELVING DRAWING NUMBER: 05D -5032 -A02 -BRAC 04.07.17